wipead » Ito a
vie vey \
wa t ¥ ou De
Wily

Vir
RA iL ‘
sy. evry tT. te ee ee rf a
th nr ©
ag ee f early wl .

ORCS ICON tr vy the Verea ks | 4 ark
ins PA AM ere aren teed EE BNO T CY ahs tate
Re ANCHO cAL Aa are els wis A ace ie
4 y man ry ; tH) ede)
AA, : vente aces

Nar:
SAAR

vin
\ che ya
iw "OO WANT DON
ovis y
hts Ne ‘ Wy Re
' yy htita Dh aa i Ms ARN hb vente
San Rice) ryt} Makati eoas
AH Chea tay
ae: ear ‘at \

x
+
he

yr

MALE OAL,
s

volar ee
ee fe
he 47

perry tery thy TAR
a ee

2 NA
a oR
aes aed

oa
wary -_
hates aes

;

A better aye yy lnaaa ry ea of { ;
iit gts RN aw st Prey A ‘ ; é Sy per y
See: ROM AAS, h AA MK ARAD
* ary hy pide ee 7

SO ace

Meine ab, ne tee

Piva dy

(it STs
Ts

Wa}
hay

ts ‘s
is Eb autor?

WaT

a) Ube eA Aa
RO eR A

J SSS

+t s’, | and WL 4) yy hee \ (oy, od 5 oy
ne” 2 YP, Nee NAY
— 7) rad '

OILNLILSN! NVINOSHLINS S31YVvualt LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN

SA
INST

z= “ Ps iar
=< <Gmn = aa ae Z
af 4 AE: zZ
a oi
i= =
js} vi
ic
hal oe aa
a ox
sie | <
= iV
pe a
$
Da . . i -
a William Healey Dall » -
S o
> A
2 see a
€ Division of Mollusks 0
7 Sectional Library mn
Ww
IBR/
. W
z
=
al
Ww
O
2
>
z

ama” S 5 W) > goes 2" —
a ul 7% ul z
5 a = = a
o < = < 7
= = 5 = :
3 - = = :
al z
IBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILONLILSNI NVINOSHLIWS
cS a Zz rz ae z
SR gee Oe gh = a as 2
Pigs yA Pe Ss -
eG = : = :
- Gy; 2 - _ -
p= oe w a ae
OlLNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS Sa lYyVvagl Toul BRARI ES SMITHSONIAN

= ac NS =

Sei tae. Soe US

5 YY ‘ip D YY -

re} Uf I WE S

2 Vm = & 2

> ; = >

m4 w z

IBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILOLILSNI NVINOSHLIWS

of Daz A, XS
fp iif %

RARIES SMITHSONIAN
PARIES SMITHSONIAN

ALILSNI
NLILSNI

RARIES

<

Wee

\ th ~
OLS
@
nis’

Vij

Sale
INST.

N NOILALILSNI SMITHSON

NVINOSHLIWS
Nc
SMITHSONIAN
NVINOSHLINS S31?
SMITHSONIAN
NVINOSHLINS SJZI2

7 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILOLILSNI NVINOSHL

_— — w —
toon | ¥, at “4 ra «_
| « th | fae &
na co lig fa oO 3
2) ES 2) - ro)

z 23) z = akties :
N NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3/14YVYEIT LIBRARIES SMITHSON
z ee : ae
= e ~~ E : =
M2 | : io, =

)e > ANE : F
- S ‘Q \ i ed ee
UW”) sy 2p) Ww)
ee a A ae D z

1 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILONLILSNI NVINOSHL
= 4 w z=: * Ww za
< s < = =
z 4 z= 4 z=

we) < co) ae re)

ae) Ww 7p) wees) 22)
ax O ae a ae
om Zz me “ 4% =
= . > = ala =
uv) ae Pod ” Fie ”

N NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS LIBRARIES SMITHSON
w an TA@ > Ww
ut 7) ud w Lu

-— m~ aa
< c .< a <
o + a S om
rs 9 = 3 sh
J Zz au P4 al

7. LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLI
ae - Ee z re
ise) = . © ow

> K 3 > sas >
a F = = ae
oD “ 2 i o z yi

N NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS $3 ldvudd roti BRARI ES SMITHSON
Z = .< \e =
= = "2 OS 3
e. ae 89 Mi 3Z
oO \@ ive De \. O
Z 2 E » 2
> > = a" ae
z 4 ”) =

7_LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI

RARIES SMITHSONIAN

— —— Ww =
a 4 & a SAL ra
m3, Po 44 a x fry 2 =
= " — =|

| Cc : (723 | ox me a is 8 ( ope!

mye oul Lhe " iD eine ¢
: ce ie ‘yi of i ia,

Divisi
~“WVISION of Mottaet
Jk SSMU Glee

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

VOL. X.

1912—1913.

a;
ao :
a +
>, —
7 7 aa
i
a
=
ve oF
> - 7
- =
7 .
Lien 7
oP,
ah * ‘
J.
4
»
Cr
os
7 ‘
7 '
’ _ a
- : Vi¢
7 at
¢ - i 7 »
i
ba _
“07
-
7 7
; - 7
o
5
; A
’
oh 7
ao
= ;
| *%
y a
‘i a S)
; ‘
qi ¥ :
= : Bie
7 __
° »
’
7 7
>< aan
7
a
a a
7 17 :
J
- : 7
¥ _
7 — oe
. ~
=
i
a
_
— 7
, ,
aM Pm
- -
»
3
7 a
7
: = _ . 1
i i os
a - y .
fel 7

“~~

7 7 a 7 ve ff > =
™ 7 oe re
. = ™) om
; .
: >
- : / >
5 “7% A ne 7
: a IG :
J pap
Be , Feu]
x +
, - ar -
a =
ue
f : :
+ o >
_ mn i
7 a4
i _ L)
’ anne
ny = :
roa : ¢ 7 ia
w ol ¢
ie 8
- 7
-) TUF Ou
y ‘ af
7 1
a 7 :
ee Wee _ . 7
o ‘
: _ = oy
: a ue
rq : a
- . a i
¥, 7
nl -
7 ie
: o
<2 i i m4 ,
- i ‘ , oe 5 ;
7 ee 1
- @
Ue -
a
"a
' * a |
i
ae ! o
o:' Om S|. '
‘¢€
"

aw

'
“¢ aah
m7 3 & boy)
-
ny
7 id
7
ae
os
,
1
i)
i]

, Une)
q
'
#
’
ie ‘ th
«@ #
. Vs

i

NOTICE

AFTER CAREFUL EXAMINATION OF THE
INNER MARGIN AND TYPE OF MATERIAL
WE HAVE SEWN THIS VOLUME BY HAND
SO IT CAN BE MORE EASILY OPENED
AND READ.

4 PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

WALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF LONDON.

EDITED BY
E. A. SMITH, 1.S.0., F.Z.S.

Under the direction of the Publication Committee.

VOLUME X.

1912—1913.

ZDONGO

AUTHORS ALONE ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE STATEMENTS IN THEIR RESPECTIVE
PAPERS.

LONDON : BERLIN :
DULAU & CO., Lrp., R. FRIEDLANDER & SOHN,
11 Karustrasse, N.W.

37 Sono Sauarz, W.
1913.

DATES OF PUBLICATION, VOL. X.

Rartiel March 8th, 1912.
II June 29th, 1912.
55 October 30th, 1912.
av, March 28th, 1913.
Lae AY June 2dth, 1913.
eal

September 22nd, 1913.

CONTENTS OF VOL. X.

PROCEEDINGS :—

PAGE

Ordinary Meeting, November 10th, 1911 . : : : 1
_ = December 8th, ue ' ; 1

. - January 12th, 1912. ; : : 2
Annual Meeting, February 9th, _,, : 48
Ordinary Meeting, February 9th, _ ,, , : ; 49
* + March 8th, : ; : A 49

Pf B. April 12th, es 50

55 53 May 10th, 5 : : ; Be Aly

A ee June 14th, a : : 2 S22

: ~ November 8th, ,, : , 2263

a e. December 13th, ,, : ; 263

5 - January 10th, 1913 ; 5 ASS?
Annual Meeting, February 14th, ,, ; ; 5 SW
Ordinary Meeting, February 14th, ,, : : » Vols
a “ March 14th, so 7 Spill!

‘3 Aa April 11th, e, : é . 314

5 3 May 9th, %. : : : ero:

+ i June 13th, Fe : A cull

al CONTENTS.

Notes :—
Note on the occurrence of Pisidiuwm Lilljeborgdi in the Isle of
Arran By Staff-Surgeon K. H. Jonss, R.N.
Note on a large specimen of Anodonta eygnea. a K. A. SMITH,
1.8.0.

Note on Aphanitoma Locardi, Bavay, and Mitra biconica, : ykes.
By E. R. Syxgs, B.A. : : : :

Fragments of Limestone eroded by Helicella caperata. By B. B.
Woopwarbd, F.L.S. : : 5 : :

Note on the existence of two editions of Férussac’s Tableawa
Systématiques. By M. CONNOLLY : :

Note on Pleurotoma (Clionella) bi Smith. By Ki. A. SMITH,
S105) Gig.) , ;

On the occurrence of Pistdium Hibernicum in Southern Sweden.
By B. B. Woopwarp, F.L.S.

Note on Lapparia Purki. By H. Surer '
Note on Glyptorhagada Silveri (Angas). By G. C. Rosson, B.A.
Non-marine Mollusca from the Old Bed of the Thames at Barn

Elms with Margaritana (Pseudunio) auricularius (Speng.).
By A. S. Kennarp, F.GS., and B. B. Woopwarp, F.L.S.

OxpitruaRy Novices :—
Colonel R. H. Beddome. By H. H. Gopwin-AustTEN
Rev. R. Ashington Bullen. By E. A. Smira
Dr. J.C. Cox. By E. A. Smita

PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS :—

On the Lower Tertiary Mollusca of the Fayum Province of Egypt.
By R. B. Newton, F.G.S. (Plates IIT and IV.)

PAPERS :—

On the Anatomy of Species of Cultellus and Azor. By H. H.
Brioomer, F.L.S. (Plate L) . :

Descriptions of new Terrestrial Mollusca from North-West China.
By H. B. Preston, F.Z.S. (Figs.)

Descriptions of new Helicoid Shells from Cape ae By HS.
Preston, F.Z.S. (Figs.) E

Note on Viquesnelia of Deshayes from the Miocene (Sarmatian)
of Turkey. By G. K. Gung, F.ZS.

Characters of two undescribed Land Shells from the Republic of
Colombia and a new genus of Helicoids. By G. K. Gupr,
F.Z.S. (Figs.)

PAGE

or

11

16

CONTENTS. vill

PAPERS (continued)— PAGE

Explanation of the Figures occurring in Westerlund’s “ Sibiriens
Land- och Sétvatten-Mollusker”, 1877. By G. K. Gunn,

F.Z.S. 5 é : : : . 24
On two Preoccupied Specific Names in Gastropoda. By G. K.

Gupk, F.Z.S. ; : ’ A : ; ; sD
Note on the genus Aricia of Gray. By H.O. N. Saaw, F.Z.S. . 26
Description of Sistrum Oparense, n.sp., from the South Pacific.

By J. C. Metvint, M.A., D.Sc. (Fig.) . : ; ; cee
Notes on the Shells of 7'ridacna, and description of a new species.

By G. B. Sowrrsy, F.L.8. (Fig.) : : : : >, 29
On a case of presumed Viviparity in Limicolaria. By G. C.

Rosson, B.A. : : : : ; : ‘ a 5
Note on the genus Panope, Ménard. By Dr. W. H. Dat . . 4
The Nomenclature of the Veneridz: a reply to Dr. W. H. Dall.

By A. J. Jukes-Brownge, F.R.S., F.G.S. : : : = 36:
The occurrence of Helicella Heripensis (Mabille) in Great Britain.

By A. W. Stetrox. (Plate IL.) . : : : : 27 139
Notes on some British Non-marine Mollusca. By A. W. SteLrox,

(Plate IT.) ; 42

On the occurrence of Pupisoma in South Africa. By H.C. Burnup. 45

The Distribution and Habits of Alopia, a sub-genus of Olausilia.
By the Rev. A. H. Cooks, M.A., F.Z.S. ‘ 5 : . 90

The genus Dosinia and its subdivisions, By A. J. Jukes-Browne,

Pubes, E.G:S: 95
On the generic name to be applied to the Venus tslandica, Linn.

By E. A. Smita, 1.8.0. . ‘ : ; : ; . 105-
Characters of three new species of Freshwater Shells from

Uruguay. By H. B. Preston, F.Z.S. (Figs.) ; : - LO7
Descriptions of five new species of Zimicolaria from British East

Africa. By H. B. Preston, F.Z.S. (Figs.) . : : . 108
A Synopsis of the Recent and Tertiary Land and Freshwater

Mollusea of the Californian Province. By H. HANNIBAL.

(Plates V-VIII.) . , ‘ : ’ : : . 112
On Dosinia lucinalis (Lamk.) and its synonyms. By A. J.

JUKES-Browne, F.R.S., F.G.S. : ‘ , : : . 214
New Generic Names and New Species of Marine Mollusca. By

T. [REDALE. (Plate IX and Figs.) : “ ; ee

On a Collection of Land and Freshwater Mollusca from Java.
By M. M. Scuepman. (Plate X.) . A ; 229

Vill CONTENTS.

PAPERS (continued)— PAGE
Descriptions of thirty-three new species of Gastropoda from the
Persian Gulf, Gulf of Oman, and North Arabian Sea. By
J.C. Menviun, M.A., D.Sc. (Plates XI, XII, and Figs) . 2407
Note on the generic name Pectunculus. By Dr. W.H. Daun. 255~
Note on some Helicoids from New Guinea. By G. K. Gupp,
lA eae : 2 : ; ; : 3 : ; ~ Doi
Remarks on the Evolution of the Recent Marine Molluscan Fauna
in the Newer Tertiary Rocks of India. a KE. W. VREDEN-

BurRG, F.G.S. (Plate XIII.) . : : 259
On Trvela and Grateloupia. By A. J. JuKus-Browne, F.R.S.,

F.G.S. (Figs.) A : : ‘ 266 ~
On some remarkable Shell Monstrosities. By en C. eae BA.

(Figs.) . : : ; : ; : : : ; . 274

Descriptions of New Species of Limicolaria and Krapfiella from
East Central Africa. By H. B. Preston, F.Z.S. (Figs.) . 277

Descriptions of two new Helicoids from British East Africa and

Uganda. By H. B. Preston, F.Z.S8. (Figs.) ; ; . 285
Note on Cyprina islandica. By Dr. W. H. Dawu . d . 286
Note on Murex mancinella, Linn. By E. A. Suir, 1.8.0. . . 2

On Hygromia rufescens, auct., in Ireland. By A. W.STeELFox . 290

On some Preoccupied Molluscan Names Sak and ei

By G, kK. Gupny E-Z:s. ¥. : ; 292
A Collation of the Molluscan Parts of the Synopses of the Caen
of the British Museum, 1838-1845. By Tom [REDALE . . 294

Note on the identity of Tortnia densegranosa, Pilsbry, and
T. Enoshimensis, Melvill. By J. C. Metvitz, M.A., D.Sc. . 3177

Note on a Holocene oe at peas Buckinghamshire. By

J. E. Cooper . 3 : : : : . 318
Description of a New anaeits of Cutis By the Rev. A. H.

Cooxn, M.A.,F.ZS. (Figs) . . . «| «. . 820%
Characters of a noe Sub-genus and Species of Choanopoma from

Cuba. By H. B. Preston, F.Z.S. (Figs.) . : 3 323

The Helicoid Land Shells of the Fiji Islands, with definitions of
three new genera and descriptions of four new species. By

G. K. Gupz, F.Z.S. (Plate XIV.) : : : . 325
Descriptions of three new species of Land Shells from New :

Zealand. By H. Surer : : : : ; . 333
On Callista, Amiantis, and Pitaria. By A. J. JUKES-BROWNE,

F.R.S:, E-G.S. : : : : . 383857

Descriptions of new species of Land Shells from Africa, By
C. R. Borrtcrr. (Plates XV-XVII.) . . 3848

CONTENTS.

PAPERS (continued)—

On a Collection of Land and Freshwater Shells from the Upper
Nile Region. By C. R. Bomrraer and F. Haas. (Figs.)

Note on the genus Pseudomalaxis, Fischer, and descriptions of
a new species and sub-genus. By the Marquis de MonTERO-
SATO. (Figs.) , . : : ,

The Land Mollusca of the Kermadec Islands. By T. IREDALE.
(Plate XVIIT.)

Definitions of further new genera of Zonitide. By G. K. GuDE,
F.Z.S. ;

PAGE

List OF TLLVSTRATIONS ENT VOE TOS

PAGE
Portrait of Lieut.-Colonel H. H. Godwin-Austen, F.R.S., President
1898-9. (Frontispiece.)

Anatomy of species of Cultellus and Azor, (Plate I.) (0)
Eulota (Cathaica) Orestias, n.sp. . : J ; ; ae
» (Plectotropis) Wardi, nsp. — . : ; Bree
Buliminus castaneo-balteatus, n.sp.— . ; : ; ; ae D2
5 ordinarius, .8p. ; : ; : . eae
oscitans, D.Sp. . , : ; : 13
‘ Wardi, n.sp. . - : > as
. (Serinus) sobrinus, n.sp.. : : = "sale
* (Napeus) Cookei,n.sp. — . ; : 2 lib
Clausilia Cooket, n.sp. : , » 5
Helicarion Cox, n.sp. : ; : ; = 6
c 5 Knysnaensis, n.sp. . : é : : 1G
Natalina liliacea, n.sp. — . : ; : of ante
Zingis perlevis, v.sp. . : ; : ; 2 auld
Trachycystis Knysnaensis, n.sp. : ; : ; aed
microstriata, n.sp. ; 7 ans
3 Coxi, n.sp.. : é . is
Ambages Sharmani, n.g. et n.sp. , : , ; 2 ee,
Neocyclotus Peilet, usp. - : f : ; : . 22,
Sistrum Oparense, n.sp. 27
Tridacna acuticostata, n.sp. : ; : : . oll
Some British Non-marine Mollusca. (Plate II.) . : : . 48
Clionella tripurtita (Weinkauff) : : : ; . 54
Eocene Gastropoda from the Ee Province of i Bayt (Plates III
and LV.) @. ; : : : E : 80, 82
Hydrobia Adamsi, n.sp. . : : : : ; 5 LOT,
Planorbis levistriatus, n.sp. : : : : : : ‘ © AlOz
» Uruguayensis, n.sp. . : : : : : : OT
Limicolaria Alhiensis, n.sp. d : : : ; : ‘ 8
_ Nakuruana, nsp. . : : : 4 . 109
5 Nyiroensis, n.8p. — . ; : : : : : . 109
A (hebmanniella) percurta, n.sp. : : : ; Poe
3 ss perobtusa, n.sp. ; : : _ Wil
Sub-species of Anodonta cygnea from Western NE th America.
(Plate V.) . : , : : . 125

New species of freshwater ahells from Wieetern North America.
(Plate VI.) . : ; : 7 m2

ILLUSTRATIONS.

PAGE

Recent and Tertiary Mollusca from Western North America.

(Plates VII and VIII.)
Roya Kermadecensis, n.sp.

Mollusca from the Kermadec sande: (Plate IX.) .

Brookula stibarochila, n.sp.
Heterorissoa secunda, Iredale

Land and Freshwater Mollusca from Java. (Plate X.)
Gastropoda from the Persian Gulf, etc. (Plates XI and XII.)

Latiaxis princeps, n.sp.

167,

240,

Schematic representation of the avalucen of the reiodionn marine
Mollusca fauna in the Oligocene and Miocene of India.

(Plate XIII.)

Hinges of Tivela damaoides, mactroides, argentina, gracilior, fl

Grateloupia wrregularis
Shell monstrosities
Limicolaria Feather?, n.sp.
Kivuensis, n.sp.

bs Laikipiaensis, n.sp.
Bs Percivali, n.sp.

oe Kempi, n.sp.

7 radius, 0.8p-

n scabrosa, n.sp.

as pellislacerte, n.sp.
~ radula, sp. .

Krapfiella magnifica, n.sp.
» princeps, n.sp.
Gudeella Kigeziensis, n.g. et n.sp.
» Vernhouti, n.sp.
Cryptoplax evanescens, 0.8p.

Choanopoma (Ramsdenia) mirifica, n. Rohe et n.sp.

Land Sheils from Fiji Islands. (Plate XIV.)
Endodonta (Charopa) Longstaffi, n.sp.
Thalassohelix pygmea, 0.sp.
Laoma (Phrixgnathus) gracilis, n.sp.
Land Shells from Africa. (Plates XV-XVIL.)
Limicolaria Koenigi, n.sp.

5s Leroti, n.sp.
Pseudomalaxis Actoni, u.sp.

”

(Spirolaxis) centrifuga, Me torcat :
Land Shells from Kermadec Islands. (Plate X VIII.)

274

?

349,

Or bo bo
me © bw

p mw rhbtyt

ia
ee)

Vol. X. Part I. MARCH, 1912. Price 7s. 6d. net.

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

FALACOLOGICAL SOCLETY
OF LONDON.

EDITED BY
A: SMITE, (8:0: .E-Z:8.
Under the direction of the Publication Comuttee.

AUTHORS ALONE ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE STATEMENTS IN THEIR RESPECTIVE
PAPERS.

CONTENTS.

PROCEEDINGS :— PAGE | PAPERS contuvued :— PAGE
Ordinary Meetings : Explanation of the Figures
November 10th, 1911 ......... 1 occurring in Westerlund’s
December Sth)... nee cesses 1 ‘¢ Sibiriens Land- och Sét-
Jamtranyy Lt LOUIS s seecen nse 2 vatten-Mollusker ’’, 1877. By

NOTES :— G. K. GUDE, F.Z.S. Sererciqasiel 5,

Note on the occurrence of 1
Pisidium Liljeborgii in the eee Preocopied Sper

Isle of Arran. By Staff-
Surgeon K.H. Jones, R.N. 4 G. K. GUDE, F.Z.S. ......... 25

Note on a large specimen of
Anodonta cygnea. By B.A.

Note on the genus Aricia of
Gray. By H. O. N. SHAW,

Gummer, 1.9: Oss. veccsccsaceescne 4 EZR S Gate tanices aesctassGsrteceune 26
Note on Aphanitoma Locardi, Description of Sistrum Oparense,
Bavay, and Mitra biconica, n.sp., from the South Pacific.
Sykes. By E.R.SykES,B.A. 4 By J. C. MELVILL, M.A.,
Fragments of Limestone eroded D.Se. (Fig.) ......-sesseeeeeee 27
by Helicella caperata. By Notes on the Shells of Tvidaena,
B. B. WooDWaRD, F.L.S..... 4 and description of a new
PAPERS :— species. By G. B. SOWERBY,
On the Anatomy of Species of HLS (Fig.) nares eels estes clserels 29
Cultellus and Azor. By On a case of presumed Viviparity
H. H. Buoomer, F.L.S. in Limicolaria. By G. C.
(Plate. TIS) let een etaeee Ghee serdeeic 5 ROBSON BAG, saecekecercaneemes 32
Descriptions of new Terrestrial Note on the genus Panope,
Mollusca from North-West Ménard. By Dr. W.H.DaLL 34
ae a i B. PRESTON, rl The Nomenclature of the
Deseriy tions ab new Ealeod ES ig ee
Shella tram Cape Col = W.H. Dall. By A. J. JUKES-
ae Sas 5 diheie cena BROWNE, F.R.S., F.G.S. ... 36
: S ERESUTONS ech. Zc ;
UISHIG aN tates Secabe recta «bs Sales 16 The occurrence of Helicella

Heripensis (Mabille) in Great

Note on Viquesnelia of Deshayes Britain. By A. W. STELFOX.

from the Miocene (Sarmatian)

of Turkey. By Gk: GUDE, (Plate II.) cece etcevcenveseeceecces 39

BZ San eniseecpalesaiaseseve dates’ 19 Notes on some British Non-
Characters of two undescribed marine Mollusca. By A. W.

Land Shells from the Republic STELFOX. (Plate iis) Pe 42

of Colombia and a new genus On the occurrence of Pupisoma

of Helicoids. By G. K.GUDE, in South Africa. By H. C.

BEAaSt (HIgsS) paves ecowavees ae 21 IBURNUB vcitencssse eet eretewsecee 45

LONDON: BERLIN :
DULAU & CO., LTD., R. FRIEDLANDER & SOHN,

37 SOHO SQUARE, W. 11 KARLSTRASSE, N.W.

For information concerning the

MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON

See page iv of this wrapper.

RISER AAG»
BAe ay cree eh Lane 7

BS, ee eomtineet 24 We
ee — oad ae

A BARGAIN.

Offered: Biologia Centrali-Americana: Mollusca.
By von Martens. - Bound half-morocco, plates guarded; clean
as new. Price £10.

Journal de Conchyliologie, 1893-1909. 14 volumes
bound half-morocco, clean as new ; 3 volumes in original paper
wrappers. Price £8 10s.

Apply : “ Malacologist,” c/o Messrs. Stephen Austin and Sons,
Ltd., Hertford.

MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

FounpDED 1893.

LST OF: MEME ER's:

*.* The date preceding each name indicates the year of election. Those

1906
1898
1911
1910

1909

1893 —

1901
1902
1893
1901
O
1898
1911
1893
1908
1907
1902
TOU

1897
1895

1893
O
1905

1903
1895
1901
O
O
1906

1908

O
1906

1895
1893

1898
O

members whose names are preceded by O are original members, while
those who have compounded for their annual subscription are indicated
by L. The members to whose names a * is attached have contributed
papers for the Proceedings.
(Corrected up to March 31, 1912.)

Adams, Fraucis E., St. Milburga, Kingsland, Shrewsbury.

Aldrich, T. H.,615 Brown Marx Building, Birmingham, Ala.,U.S.A.

Archangelsky, A. D., The University, Moscow.

Armstrong, E. L., c/o The Agent-General for Victoria, Melbourne

Place, Strand, W.C,

Balch, Francis N., 60 State Street (Rooms 504-507), Boston,
Mass., U.S.A.
Baldwin, D. D., Haiku, Maui, Hawaiian Islands.
Bavay, A., 82 Rue Lauriston, xvi, Paris.
Becker, Dr. H., Grahamstown, Cape Colony.
*Bednall, W. T., Kuightsbridge, South Australia.
Bentley, R. H., 60 Rosebery Road, Muswell Hill, London, N.
Bles, E. J., D.Sc., F.Z.8., Esterholm, Cambridge.
*Bloomer, H. Howard, F.L.S., 35 Paradise Street, Birmingham.
Boettger, C. R., Gunthersburgallee, 36a, Frankfurt a. M.
Bonnet, A., 186 Boulevard Pereire, Paris.
Bourne, Prof. G. C., D.Se., F.R.S., Savile House, Oxford.
*Bowell, Rev. E. W., 21 Princes Road, 8. Norwood, London, 8.E.
*Bridgman, F. G., 5 Duchess Street, Portland Place, London, W.
Bromehead, C. N., B.A., The Geological Survey, Jermyn Street,
London, 8.W.

L*Bullen, Rev. R. Ashington, B.A., F.L.S., Hilden Manor, Tonbridge.

*Burne, R. H., M.A., F.Z.S., 21 Stanley Crescent, Notting Hill,
London, W.
*Burnup, Henry, Box 182, P.O., Maritzburg, Natal.
Burrows, H. W., F.G.S., 28 Lambert Road, Brixton, London, 8.W.
Buschbeck, E., Karlstrasse 11, Berlin, N.W. 6.

Chaplin, J. G., The Red House, near Port Elizabeth, Cape Colony.
Clapp, George H., 7th and Bedford Avenues, Pittsburg, Pa., U.S.A.
Coen, G. S., San Polo, 1978, Venice.
Collier, E., Glen Esk, Whalley Range, Manchester.
*Collinge, W. E., M.Sc., F.L.S., 59 Newhall Street, Birmingham.
Comber, Edward, c/o Shaw, Wallace & Co., P.O. Box No. 203,
Bombay, India.
*Connolly, Major M., c/o Messrs. Cox & Co., 16 Charing Cross,
London, 8.W.
*Cooke, Rev. A. H., M.A., F.Z.S., Aldenham School, Elstree.

L Cooke, C. Montague, jun., c/o Bishop Museum, Honolulu, Hawaiian

Islands.
Cooper, Charles, Ranmore, Bourne Street, Mt. Eden, Auckland,
New Zealand.
*Cooper, James Eddowes, 53 North Road, Highgate, London, N.
Cort, Prof. H. de, Rue d’Holbach, Lille, France.
Cossmann, Maurice, 163 Route de St. Leu, Enghien-les-Bains,
S. & O., France.

LIST OF MEMBERS.

Cousens, H. S., Shantung Union University, College of Arts and
Ee Weihsien, Shantung, N. China.
*Cox, Dr. James C., F.L.S., C.M.Z.S., 87 Pitt Street, Sydney, New
South Tales
Cox, Colonel Sir P. Z., K.C.LE., F.Z.S., H.B.M.’s Consul and
Political Agent, Muscat, Arabia; c/o Messrs. Grindlay,
Groom & Co., 54 Parliament Street, London, S.W.
Crick, C. P., 94 Palmerston Crescent, Palmers Green, London, N.
*Crick, G. C., F.G.S., British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell
Road, London, 8.W.

Dale, T. H., Government Experimental Farm, Potchefstroom,
Transvaal.
*Dall, Dr. William Healey, Honorary Curator Department of
Mollusca, U.S. National Museum, Washington, D.C., U.S.A.
Dautzenberg, Ph., 209 Rue de l’ Université, Paris.
Dollfus, Adrien, 35 Rue Pierre Charron, Paris.
Dollfus, Gustave, 45 Rue de Chabrol, Paris.
Dupont, Evenor, H.U. Boury, Island of Réunion.

Ede, Francis J., A.M.I.C.E., F.G.8., Silchar, Cachar, India.
Ehrmann, P., Eisenacherstrasse 15, I11, Leipzig, Gohlis, Germany.
*Kliot, Sir Charles N. E., K.C.M.G., Endcliffe Holt, Endclifte
Terrace, Shefteld.
Etheridge, R., Australian Museum, Sydney, N.S.W.

Farquhar, John, 3 Rose Terrace, Grahamstown, Cape Colony.

Fischer, Henri, 51 Boulevard St. Michel, Paris.

Fleure, H. J., University College of Wales, Aberystwyth.

Foote, R. Bruce, F.G.S., Ivy Cottage, Yercand, Madras Presidency.

Foster, Miss A. C. 8., Hendra, Alum Chine, Bournemouth.
*Fulton, Hugh C., Riverside, Kew, Surrey.

Gabriel, C. J., 293 Victoria Street, Abbotsford, Victoria, Australia.
Gathff, J. H., The Commercial Bank, Carlton, Melbourne, Victoria.
Germain, L., 55 Rue de Buffon, Paris.

*Godwin-Austen, Lieut.-Col. H. H., F.R.S., Nore, Godalming.

*Gude, G. K., F.Z.8., 45 West Hill Road, Wandsworth, London, 8. W.

L Guerne, Baron Jules de, 6 Rue de Tournon, Paris.
Guppy, R. J. Lechmere, Kinersly, Port-of-Spain, Trinidad.

*Gwatkin, Rev. Prof. H. M., D.D.. 8 Scrope Terrace, Cambridge.

*Haas, Dr. Fritz, Senckenbergisches Museum, Frankfurt a. M..
Germany.
Hannibal, Harold, Box 704, G.P.O., San José, Cal., U.S.A.
Haynes, T. Henry, 17 Denmark Avenue, Wimbledon.
*Hedley, Charles, F.L.S., Australian Museum, Sydney, N. 8S. Wales.
Heller, Julius, Villa Gisela, Teplitz, Bohemia.
Henderson, os Brooks, jun., 16th Street, Washington, D.C., U.S.A.
Hesse, P., P.O. Box, 335, Venice. :
Hickey, Miss M. Finucane, Algeria, Greenwood Park, Durban,
Natal, S.A.
Hirase, Y., Kioto, Japan.
Hoyle, W. E., D.Sc., F.R.S.E., Director of the National Museum
of Wales, City Hall, Cardiff.
Hull, A. F. Basset, Box 704, G.P.O., Sydney, N.S.W.
*Thering, Dr. H. von, Museu Paulista, Sao Paulo, Brazil.
*Tredale, T., 13 Gainsborough Mansions, Queen’s Club Gardens,
West Kensington, London, W.

1896
gyi
1903

co

LIST OF MEMBERS.

Johansen, A. C., D.Sc., Duntzfeldts Allé 10, Hellerup, Denmark.
Johnson, C. W., Boston Society of Natural History, Berkeley Street,
Boston, Mass., U.S.A.
Johnston, Miss Mary 8., Hazelwood, Wimbledon Hill, London, 8.W.
*Jones, Staff-Surgeon K. Hurlstone, R.N., c/o Admiralty, S.W.
Jousseaume, Dr., 29 Rue de Gerjovie, Paris.
*Jukes-Browne, A. J., F.R.S., Westleigh, Ash Hill Road, Torquay.

*Kennard, A. 8., F.G.S., 161 Mackenzie Road, Beckenham, Kent.
*Kenyon, Mrs. Agnes F., 291 Highett Street, Richmond, Victoria,
Australia.
Kobelt, Dr. W., Schwanheim (Main), Germany.
Kraepelin, Professor Dr. K., Naturhistorisches Museum, Stein-
torwal, Hamburg.

Lange, H. O., c/o H. Lehmann & Stage, Lévstreede, Copenhagen.

Lebour, Miss M. V., B.Sc., Radcliffe House, Corbridge-on-Tyne,
Northumberland.

Lightfoot, R., South African Museum, Cape Town, Cape of Good
Hope.

elon Mrs. G. B., F.L.8., Highlands, Putney Heath, London,S.W.

Lucas, B. R., Winnington Park, Northwich, Cheshire.

Lucas, F. R. Tindall, High Welwyn, Herts.

Lynge, H., Rathsackswej 32, Copenhagen.

L MacAndrew, J. J., F.L.S., Lukesland, Ivy Bridge, 8. Devonshire.
McBean, John, c/o Mrs. E. McBean, Inglenook, Parkwood Road,
Boscombe, Bournemouth.
Manger, W. T., 100 Manor Road, Brockley, London, S.E.
Marshall, Arthur Grotjan, c/o W. C. Marshall, 90 Cannon Street,
London, E.C.
*Matthews, E. H. V., Post and Telegraph Station, Norwood, South
Australia.
May, Dr. T. H., Bundaberg, Queensland.
May, W. L., Forest Hill, Sandford, Tasmania.
Meiklejohn, Dr. W. J. 8., F.L.8., 105 Holland Road, Kensington,
London, W.
*Melvill, J. Cosmo, M.A., LL.D., F.L.S., Meole Brace Hall,
Shrewsbury.
Monterosato, Marquis A. de, 2 Via Gregorio Ugdulina, Palermo,
Sicily.
Mort, H.S., B.Sc., Tewallewah, Bondi Road, Waverley, N.S.W.
*Moss, W., F.C.A., 13 Milton Place, Ashton-under-Lyne.
*Murdoch, R., Wanganui, New Zealand.

Napier, H. C., 15 The Common, Woolwich.

*Newton, R. Bullen, F.G.8., British Museum (Natural History),
Cromwell Road, London, 8.W.

Norman, Rev. Canon Merle, D.C.L., F.R.S., The Red House,
Berkhamsted, Herts.

L Oke, A. W., LL.M., F.L.S., 32 Denmark Villas, Hove, Sussex.
Oldham, Charles, Kelvin, Boxwell Road, Berkhamsted.
Overton, H., Newlands, Boswell Road, Sutton Coldfield.

*Pace, S. L, F.Z.S., Milneholm, Hounslow, and 6 Provost Road,
Haverstock Hill, London, N.W.
L Pavlow, Dr. Alexis, Professor of Geology, The University, Moscow.
Pavlow, A. W., Assistant Professor, The University, Moscow.
*Peile, Major A. J., R.A., School of Gunnery, Shoeburyness.

+
1897

O
O
1893

1903
1907
1901

1900
1905
1911

1910
1897
O
1894
1910
1908
1911
1894
O

1908
1912

O
1911
VOU
1893
1910
1894

O
1906

1910
O
O

1894
1895
1907
1894
1904

1905
O
O

1897
O
O

LIS? OF MEMBERS.

*Pilsbry, Dr. H. A., Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia,
Pas U.S A.
*Ponsonby, J. H., F.Z.S., 15 Chesham Place, London, 8. W.
*Preston, Hugh B., F.Z.8.,53 West Cromwell Road, London, S.W.
Pritchard, G. B., Talavera, Kooyongkoot Road, Hawthorne, Victoria,
Australia.
*Randles, W. B., Technical College, Derby.
Reader, F. W., 17 Gloucester Road, Finsbury Park, London, N.
*Reynell, Alexander, Grove Cottage, Salmon’s Lane, W hyteleafe,
Surrey.

L Ridewood, W. G., D.Sc., F.L.S., 61 Oakley Street, Chelsea, S.W.
L Ritchie, John, jun., 581 Warren Street, Boston, Mass., U.S.A.

*Robson, G. C., B.A., British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell
Road, 8.W.
Rogers, A. W., M.A., D.Se., South African Museum, Cape Town.
Rolle, Hermann, Speyerer Strasse 8, Berlin, W.

*Scharff, R. F., D.Sc., F.L.S., Tudor House, Dundrum, Co. Dublin.
Schepman, M. M., Bosch & Duin, Huis ter Heide, Utrecht, Holland.
Sell, Henrick, Blegdamsvej, 126, Copenhagen, Denmark.

*Shaw, H. O. N., F.Z.S., Skreens Park, Roxwell, Chelmsford, Essex.
Shirley, John. B.Se., New Farm, Brisbane, Queensland.

*Simroth, Dr. Heinrich Rudolf, Oetzsch-Gautzsch, Leipzig.

*Smith, Edgar A., I.S8.0., British Museum (Natural History),

Cromwell Road, London, 8.W.
Smith, Maxwell, Hartsdale, Westchester Co., New York, U.S.A.
Soos, Dr. L., Hungarian National Museum, Zoological Section,
Budapest.

*Sowerby, G. B., F.L.S., Riverside, Kew, Surrey.

Steenberg, C. M., Mag. Sc., 3 Ostervoldgade, Copenhagen.

L*Stelfox, A. W., Delamere, Chlorine Gardens, Belfast.

Stump, E. C., 13 Polefield Road, Blackley, Manchester.
Superintendent, Indian Museum, Natural History Section,Calcutta.
*Suter, Henry, 559 Hereford Street, Linwood, Christchurch, New
Zealand.
*Sykes, Ernest Ruthven, B.A., F.L.S., 8 Belvedere, Weymouth.

Thiele, Dr., Kénigl. Zoologisches Museum, Invaliden Strasse, 43,
Berlin.

Tipper, G. H., Geological Survey of India, Calcutta.

Tomlin, J. R. le B., M.A., 42 Alexandra Road, Reading, Berkshire.

Turton, Lieut.-Col. W. H., D.S.O., 256 Southtown, Great Yarmouth.

L Verco, Dr. J. C., North Terrace, Adelaide, South Australia.

Vignal, L., 28 Avenue Duquesne, Paris.
Waite, E. R., Canterbury Museum, Christchurch, New Zealand.
*Walker, Bryant, 205 Moffat Buildings, Detroit, Michigan, U:S: 4
Walker, Commander J. J., R.N., F-L.S., Aorangi, Lonsdale Road,
Summertown, Oxford. i

L Watson, Hugh, Bracondale, The Avenue, Cambridge.

*Webb, W. M., F.L.S., 7 Campbell Road, Hanwell, London, W.
Wilmer, Lieut.-Col. L. W., Lothian House, Ryde, Isle of Wight.
Woods, Henry, M.A., F.G.S., 39 Barton Road, Cambridge.

*Woodward, B. B., F.L.S., 4 Longfield Road, Ealing, London, We

*Woodward, Dr. Henry, F.R.S., 13 Arundel Gardens, Notting

Hill, London, W.

All corrections or alterations of address are to be sent to G. K. Gude,
F.Z.S8.,45 West Hill Road, Wandsworth, London, S. W.

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

ORDINARY MEETING.

Friupay, 10ta Novemser, 1911.
R. BULLEN NEWTON, F.G.S., President, in the Chair.

Mr. Guy Coburn Robson, B.A., was elected a member of the
Society.

The following communications were read :—

1. ‘*On the Anatomy of Species of Cultellus and Azor.” By
HH. H. Bloomer, F.L.S.

2. ‘* Description of new Terrestrial Mollusca from North-West
China.” By H. B. Preston, F.Z.S8.

3. ‘*Note on Viquesnelia lenticularis, Desh., from the Miocene
(Sarmatian) of Turkey.” By G. K. Gude, F.Z.8.

Mr. A. 8. Kennard exhibited a specimen of Lulota fruticum
collected in Kent by the Rev. E. W. Bowell. It was surmised that
the species might possibly have survived from the Pleistocene Age,
and has been either overlooked by conchologists or mistaken for
Helicella Cantiana. On the other hand, it was admitted that on the
strength of a single stray specimen the species could not be recognized
as a member of the British recent fauna.

Mr. Kennard and Mr. B. B. Woodward both exhibited specimens
of Planorbis Stremi from Oxford.

The Rey. R. Ashington Bullen exhibited some shells of Hulota
similaris collected by him in the Bermudas, some of which showed
a strongly thickened lip; also a scalariform specimen of the same
species.

ORDINARY MEETING.

Fripay, 8ra Decemser, 1911.

R. BULLEN NEWTON, F.G.S., President, in the Chair.

Messrs. Cesar R. Boettger, John Shirley, B.Sc.. F. R. Tindall
Lucas, Harry Overton, A. W. Stelfox, and Julius Heller were elected
members of the Society.

VOL. X.—MARCH, 1912. 1

2 PROCEEDINGS OF THK MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

The following communications were read :—

1. ‘Note on the genus Aricia of Gray.” By H. O. N. Shaw, F.Z.S.

2. “Deseription of Sistrum Oparense, n.sp., from the South Pacific.”
By J. Cosmo Melvill, M.A., D.Sc.

3. ‘Notes on the Shells of Zrédacna, and description of a new
species.” By G. B. Sowerby, F.L.S.

4. ‘Ona case of presumed Viviparity in Limicolaria.” By G. C.
Robson, B.A.

5. ‘ Descriptions of New Helicoid Shells from Cape Colony.” By
H. B. Preston, F.Z.S8.

Mr. B. B. Woodward exhibited fragments of limestone eroded by
Helicella caperata taken by Mr. C. Davies Sherborn at Tregeagle Cove,
Pendower Beach, Cornwall.

Mr. E. A. Smith exhibited a very large specimen of Anodonta
cygnea from Lancashire, and on behalf of Mr. K. Hurlstone Jones
specimens of Pisidium Lilljeborgit from Loch Urie, Isle of Arran, and
of Pistdium Steenbuchi from Glengarriff, co. Cork.

ORDINARY MEETING.
Fripay, 12TH January, 1912.

R. BULLEN NEWTON, F.G.S., President, in the Chair.

Dr. Henry Woodward and Mr. G. C. Robson were elected Auditors.
Dr. L. Soos and Mr. P. Hesse were elected members of the Society.

The following communications were read :—

1. ‘Note on the genus Panope, Ménard.” By Dr. W. H. Dall.

2. ‘The Nomenclature of the Veneride: a reply to Dr. W. H.
Dall.” By A. J. Jukes-Browne, F.R.S., F.G.S.

3. ‘The occurrence of LHelicella Heripensis (Mabille) in Great
sritain’’? and ‘‘ Notes on some British Non-marine Mollusca’. By
A. W. Stelfox.

4. ‘Characters of two undescribed Land Shells from the Republic
of Colombia and a new genus of Helicoids’’; ‘‘ Explanation of the
figures occurring in Westerlund’s ‘Sibiriens Land- och Sdétvatten-
Mollusker’, 1877”; ‘On two preoccupied specific names in
Gastropoda.” By G. K. Gude, F.Z.S.

5. ‘On the occurrence of Pupisoma in South Africa.’ By H. C.
Burnup.

6. ‘Note on Aphanitoma Locardi, Bavay, and Mitra byconica,
Sykes.” By E. R. Sykes, B.A.

Mr. B. B. Woodward exhibited the types, obtained on loan from
the Stockholm Museum, of the following: Pisitdium Baicalense,
var. P. subtilistriatum, Lindholm, both of which he found upon
examination to pertain to P. amnicum; also other Pisidia from the
region of Lake Baikal. He exhibited on behalf of Mr. H. C. Napier
Pseudanodonta elongata from the River Cherwell.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. 3

Mr. A. S. Kennard exhibited, on behalf of the Rev. R. Ashington
Bullen, a living specimen of Helicella cespitum, from Sicily, taken
nine months previously and kept without food during the whole of
that period. He also showed a specimen labelled Pseudanodonta
Rothomagensis, Locard, from the River Teme, near Worcester.

Mr. G. K. Gude exhibited the two species of Pupisoma in illustration
of Mr. Burnup’s paper, and an extensive series of species of Jsomeria
and Labyrinthus, together with Ambages vexans, Dohrn, A. enigma,
Dohrn, and A. Sharmani, n.sp., all in connexion with the proposed
new genus Ambages, while Mr. E. A. Smith contributed the types of
A. assimilans, Smith.

4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

NEO Se

Nore ON THE occURRENCE oF Pisrzpium LILLJEBORGIT IN THE ISLE
oF ARRAN. (ead 8th December, 1911.)—In September, 1911, in Loch
Urie, at an elevation of 1,300 feet above Lamlash Bay in the Isle of
Arran, many specimens of Pistdium Lilljeborgii were obtained, and some
of these were of very large size. Pisidium Lilljeborgiz in the above loch
is associated with P. Casertanum and P. pusillum. The specimens were
identified by Mr. B. B. Woodward. K. H. Jones.

Nore ON A LARGE SPECIMEN OF ANODONTA CYGNEA. (Read 8th
December, 1911.)—The average length of adult shells of this species
recorded in works on British Mollusca is about 5-6 inches, but examples
74 and 9 inches long are mentioned in Mr. Lionel Adams’ work, The
Collector's Manual of “British Land and Freshwater Shells, 2nd ed., p. 151.
The largest of these were taken by Mr. W. H. Heathcote near Preston.
The example which I now exhibit, recently acquired by the British
Museum, was, I am informed by Mr. J. R. Charnley, also taken near
Preston by his friend, W. H. Heathcote. Its measurements are: length
8? inches, height 4.9, diam. 3%, girth 11%. In the year 1899 Mr. E. R. Sykes
presented to the Museum a specimen from Claughton in Lancashire,
72 inches in length, and a specimen in the Cuming Collection, which has
been i in the Museum forty-five years, 1s 84 inches long. Unfortunately no
locality was attached to this shell. E. A. SMITH.

Nore on ApwanrroméA Locarvi, Bavay, And Mirra BICONICA,
Sykes. (ead 12th January, 1912.)—In the last part of the “ Proceedings ”
(p. 384), I described a new species under the name of JJitra biconica.
Mons. Bavay very kindly wrote to me pointing out the exceeding similarity
of this species to his Aphanitoma Locardi+; and, having compared my
species with his figure and description, I feel no doubt that they are the
same. Whether the form belongs to the Mitride or Pleurotomide,
remains to be finally settled; but it may well prove to belong to
Aphanitoma, which genus, hitherto supposed extinct, I had overlooked,

E. R. Syxezs.

FracMents oF LimEstonE ERODED BY MeLICELLA CAPERTA. (Read
8th December, 1911.)—Specimens were shown that had been picked up
ona field above Tregeagle Cove, Pendower Beach (between Veryan and
Nare Head), South Cornwall, by Mr. C. Davies Sherborn, when on a recent
visit to that locality. The limestone was not indigenous, but had been
brought there and spread as ‘dressing’ for the soil. The pieces had
been sought out by the snails to obtain the lime-salts for their shells,
and at the time of their discovery some of the little pits they had eroded
were occupied by the excavators.

The big burrows formed by the larger helicoids have been well known for
many years and were correctly described by Dr. Buckland in 1841, but at
a later period were assigned by other observers to various agents, including
Pholas, till Mr. J. Rofe in 1870 (Geol. Mag., pp. 4-10) gave an admirable
little summary of the whole history and fully re-established Buckland’s
conclusions. The fact that in districts where there is scarcity of lime in
the soil, snails will resort to limestone outcrops, or, as in the Channel
Islands, attack the shells of their comrades, seems to show that the
animals do not rely on their plant-food solely for their lime-salts, but
must get some direct from the soil. B. B. Woopwarpb.

Bull. ine Bee Nat. Pane, aa xii, p. 548, 1906.

Gr

ON THE ANATOMY OF SPECIES OF CULTELLUS AND AZOR.
By H. H. Broomer, F.L.S.

Read 10th November, 1911.
PLATE I.

I pestrE to express my thanks to Mr. Edgar A. Smith, I.8.0.,
of the British Museum, for kindly permitting me to examine the
following :—

CULTELLUS CULTELLUS (Linn.).

The specimen examined from the Indian Ocean measures 61 mm.
antero-posteriorly by 17 mm. dorso-ventrally. Along the dorsal edge
it is straight, except at the anterior end, where it bends upwards.
The other edges are curved.

The mantle-lobes are united in front of the anterior adductor muscle
and project anteriorly. The pedal aperture occupies nearly the
anterior half of the ventral surface, then the pallial edges coalesce.
Posteriorly the other openings are only the siphonal ones, there being no
fourth aperture. The lobes bordering the pedal aperture carry a minute
tentacular fringe on the middle longitudinal fold, the same being
a little more evident at the anterior end. The inner longitudinal fold’
or velum on the ventral surface of the animal is shallow, but becomes
deeper anteriorly. The whole of theexternal surface of the mantle is
mottled with small brown markings, which to an extent correspond
to, and account for, the mottled appearance of the periostracum
covering the shell, the more distinctive feature of this species.

The siphon is nearly all in one piece, the free portions being
very short. ‘he siphonal chambers are short, but deep, and their
apertures are bordered by a long tentacular fringe, the outer tentacles
being- much longer than the inner ones. The fringe continues dorsally
and ventrally, though in a considerably lesser degree, and gradually
disappears. Fig. 1 (£u.8., Jn.S.) shows the free portions of the
siphon to poiit dorso-posteriorly, but this is probably due to the
greater contraction of the muscles controlling the exhalent part.

The foot (Fig. 1, /) is apparently large and muscular, with the
distal part pointing anteriorly. Its exact length, however, cannot be
determined, as a portion of it is missing.

Muscunature. Pallial Muscles—The anterior adductor muscle
(Fig. 1, A.A.) is a broad muscle, with the anterior part turning
sharply upwards, and increasing in depth as it proceeds posteriorly.
It is joined at the anterior end with the mantle-lobes, and at the
posterior one with the protractor pedis anterior muscles. Compared
with the same muscle in Solen pellucidus it is neither so broad nor so
deep, and at the posterior end the bend ventrally is not so pronounced.

The posterior adductor muscle (Fig. 1, ?.A.) is large, being both
wide and deep, and is much larger than that of S. pellucidus. It is
flattened dorsally and curved ventrally. Anteriorly it is connected
with the retractor pedis posterior muscle, and posteriorly with the
mantle-lobes.

6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

The muscular band of the pallial edge does not vary much in depth,
but is somewhat shallower at the posterior end, and the transverse
muscle-fibres have the usual radial direction. The latter become more
developed near the posterior part of the pedal aperture and increase in
thickness towards the siphon. The longitudinal muscle-fibres, forming
the circumpallial muscles, also increase in number from the same region.
The siphon is muscular and compact.

Pedal Muscles.—The protractor pedis anterior muscles (Fig. 1, P.P.)
are long and connected with the anterior adductor muscle, whilst
proximally their fibres lie close to the pedal integument.

The retractor pedis anterior muscles (Fig. 1, P. 2.4.) are long, flat,
very wide, and bifurcated ; each bifurcation is divided, the anterior
into two and the posterior one into three parts. They extend over
the greater part of the anterior adductor muscle with their distal ends
inserted into the shell. Proximally they pass inside the longitudinal
muscles of the foot in a fan-shaped direction.

The retractor pedis posterior muscle (Fig. 1, ?.2.P.) is long, but
not bifurcated. It is attached to the posterior adductor muscle, and
laterally is also inserted into the shell. Proximally its fibres pass
longitudinally along the foot.

Alimentary Canal.—The mouth (Fig. 1, Jf) is on the ventral
surface to the rear of the anterior adductor. The csophagus, which
is short, proceeds dorsally with a slight curve, where it joins the
cesophageal division of the stomach. This division is separated from
the cardiac one, which lies dorsally to it, by a lateral process of the
gastric wall from its left side, and extends about half the length of
the stomach. ‘The pyloric division is the largest one, and on the
postero-ventral side is continued as the caecum of the crystalline style
(Fig. 1, C.C.); the latter passes with a curve near to the ventral edge
of the foot. The intestine (Fig. 1, Zn.) also leaves the pyloric divieee
in front of the czecum, but a little to the left. It then passes near to
the distal end of the cecum. There it makes a number of folds, then
proceeds below the cecum, turns dorsally, passing close to the posterior
pedal wall to the dorsal part, where it turns posteriorly, going over
the posterior adductor muscle into the exhalent siphonal chamber, and
ends in a conspicuous anus.

The branchié along the gill axis are separate from each other. The
lamellae are heterorhabdic and plicate. There are about seventeen
filaments to a plica in the inner, and fourteen in the outer demi-branch.
The frontal ridge of the principal filaments is sharp.

Nervous System.—The cerebro-pleural ganglia are situated just in
front of the mouth, one on each side, and ‘each ganglion gives off
anteriorly a nerve which passes to the lateral posterior edge of the
anterior adductor muscle; this divides and innervates the muscle and
the mantle.

The viscero-parietal ganglia are situated at the antero-ventral edge
of the posterior adductor muscle, and each ganglion gives off poster iorly
a nerve, the branchial nerve, which passes directly to the gill, and
another nerve which goes obliquely across the muscle, innervating it,
the siphon, and the mantle.

~I

BLOOMER: ANATOMY OF CULTELLUS AND AZOR.

SoLecurtus (Azor) antiquatus (Pult.).

The one specimen examined from the English Channel is imperfectly
preserved, and is much swollen laterally. The measurements, from the
shell, are 47 mm. antero-posteriorly by 21 mm. dorso-ventrally. There
is a slight lateral constriction towards the centre of the ventral surface.
The mantle is muscular and strongly formed.

The pedal aperture extends from the anterior adductor muscle
about half-way along the ventral surface of the mantle. The imner
longitudinal fold or velum is short and not so well developed as the
middle longitudinal fold which prominently projects ventrally. The
union of the two velar processes, terminating the pedal aperture,
encloses the posterior portion of the mantle-cavity, and is also
continuous with the ventral wall of the siphon. Similarly, the
mantle covering the dorsal surface of the posterior adductor muscle is
continuous with the dorsal siphonal wall.

Ventrally to the posterior adductor muscle (Fig. 2, ?.A.) lies the
musculus cruciformis, and near it commences the fusion of the proximal
portion of the siphon with the mantle; still, from that position the
mantle-lobes extend some distance posteriorly.

The siphon is very muscular, with its proximal part (Fig. 2, 7z.S.,
In.S.) extending a considerable distance rearwardly beyond the fusion
of its lateral walls with the mantle. Internally from the junction of
the tubes with the proximal portion is on each side a process of the
lateral wall (Fig. 2, S.2.), which runs just above the siphonal retractor
muscle to the posterior adductor muscle. To the free edge of this
process is attached the basal portion of the gills, thus completing the
division of the inhalent from the exhalent chamber. The siphonal
tubes are likewise large and long. The edge of the mantle carries
a minute tentacular fringe; it is, however, a little more distinct near
the anterior adductor muscle, whilst there is no sign of it on the
siphon or at the free end of the tubes.

Muscurature. Pallial Muscles—The muscles of the mantle
(Fig. 2, JZ.) consist of the radial fibres and the cireumpallial or
longitudinal ones nearer the edge, but the latter are more numerous
in the part supporting the velum. The anterior adductor muscle
(Fig. 2, 4.4.) spreads out somewhat towards each end, where it is
moderately deep and wide, but is much longer ventrally than dorsally
owing to the convexity of the shell. The posterior adductor muscle
(Fig. 2, P.A.) is large and, like the anterior one, spreads out towards
each end, and is also longer ventrally than dorsally. The musculus
cruciformis (Fig. 2, J.C.) is situated on the inner surface of the
mantle ventrally to the posterior adductor muscle, and its two branches
on each side gradually diverge, the one going anteriorly and the other
posteriorly. Both are then inserted into the shell. \ The siphon is
characterized by the rearward prolongation of its proximal portion
(Fig. 2, Hx.S., In.S.), the same being all in one piece. On each side
the muscle-fibres of its walls are drawn together into a round and
powerful muscle (Fig. 2, S.2.J/.), which afterwards penetrates the
mantle and, spreading out into a large ovoid-shaped disc, becomes

8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

attached to the shell. The siphonal tubes (Fig. 2, Zw.S.’, In.S.’) are
also muscular and externally are transversely ribbed, whilst internally
they present evidences of slight longitudinal ribbing.

Pedal Muscles —The retractor pedis anterior muscles are inserted
into the shell on the dorsal surface.

The protractor pedis anterior muscles are attached to the shell and
to the anterior adductor muscle close to the lateral edge.

The retractor pedis posterior muscle (Fig. 2, P.2.P.) is short and
thick, with its bifurcations resting upon the antero-dorsal edge of the
posterior adductor muscle.

The attachment to the shell of the pedis elevator and branchial
retractor muscles cannot be traced with certainty.

Alimentary Canal.—The mouth (Fig. 2, J) is wide with the lips
lying in an anverion direction. The cesophagus passes with a curve to
the stomach (Fig. 2, S¢.); the latter is long, but internally its shape
is not plainly discernible. It appears to be divided into three parts,
the cesophageal and cardiac ones being long and shallow, and separated
from each other, on the left side, by a lateral process of the gastric
wall, whilst the pyloric division is much larger, and on the ventral
surface is continued as the cecum of the crystalline style (Fig. 2, C.C.)
which extends to near the ventral part of the foot. The intestine
(Fig. 2, In.) has the aspect of being only a groove on the left side of
the cecum, but becomes quite separate at the distal end of the cecum,
where it turns rearwardly, and passes dorsally to near the posterior
part of the stomach ; there it makes a number of folds and goes
posteriorly, as the rectum, over the posterior adductor muscle to the
anus (Fig. 2, 4.), situated at the postero-ventral edge of the latter
muscle.

It is not possible to make out the nervous system except the position
of the viscero-parietal ganglia, situated at the antero-ventral edge of
the posterior adductor muscle.

Sotrcurtus (Azor) coarcratus (Gmel.).’

The specimen described from Japan in 15 fathoms differs con-
siderably from 4. antiquatus from the English Channel.

The Japanese shell, measured antero-posteriorly, is shorter than the
English species, the difference being chiefly in the part posterior to
the umbonal region, whilst the posterior edge is a little more angular.
Measured dorso-ventrally it is deeper than the English species. From
the umbonal region of both specimens, and passing in a slightly
postero-ventral direction, is on each side a constriction of the shell.
This is, however, more pronounced in 4. coaretatus.

The animal itself is in a far better state of preservation than the
one previously described, though more contracted. The muscles of
the mantle border are well developed and much deeper at the anterior
part. The chief difference, however, is in the proximal portion of
the siphon, which is very prolonged in the English species, but the

1 See Smith, Challenger Lamellibranchiata, 1885, p. 79.

BLOOMER: ANATOMY OF CULTELLUS AND AZOR, 9

anterior part is folded upon itself im a somewhat similar manner as in
Solecurtus strigillatus.

The anterior adductor muscle (Fig. 3, 4.4.) is similar, but smaller.
The posterior adductor (Fig. 3, P.A.)is deeper, angular on the antero-
dorsal surface, and is situated more ventrally. The siphonal tubes
(Fig. 8, Ex.8.’, In.8.’) are more compact, though very muscular.

In transverse section the arrangement of the muscles of the inhalent
siphonal tube appears to be very similar to that of Solecurtus
strigillatus and Tagelus gibbus ; it is also akin to that of Psammobia
vespertina, as described and illustrated by Rawitz im Der Mantelrand
der Acephalen, and by myself On the Anatomy of the British Species
of Psammobia, whilst in the distribution of the nerves there is still
a closer resemblance. <A tentacular fringe is present all round the
ventral portion of the mantle from the anterior adductor to the
posterior adductor muscle, but it is more pronounced at the anterior
and posterior ends. What, however, is the chief characteristic, in
fact a striking feature of the animal, is the mass of tentacular
processes, which covers the entire external surface of the siphonal
tubes. This is in great contrast to the British and Mediterranean
species of 4. antiquatus, which are quite bare. The bifurcations of
the retractor pedis posterior muscle (Fig. 3, P.2.P.) are longer, and
their terminal parts are situated on the dorsal, instead of the dorso-
anterior, surface of the posterior adductor muscle.

The alimentary canal also varies. The cesophagus is a little
shorter, the stomach more compact, being shorter and deeper, and
the intestine makes a larger number of folds before turning
posteriorly,

From the foregoing description of the British specimen of
A. antiquatus, the type of the subgenus Azor, it will be observed
that it differs considerably from the genus Psammosolen, Risso,
type S. strigillatus (Linné),! and more so from the genus Solecurtus,
Blainville, type Solen legumen (Linné),’ consequently -dzor should
be raised to the position of a genus; further, the Japanese is quite
distinct from the English species and bears out the justification of
treating it as a separate species, but whether it agrees in its structure
with the animal of the Nicobar shell described by Chemnitz, the type
of coarctatus, I have as yet been unable to determine, as I have not
succeeded in obtaining a specimen from that locality. At the same
time I shall not be surprised to learn later that the Japanese
specimen, owing to the peculiarity of the mantle fringe and the
siphonal tentacular processes, is only local, and consequently will
have to be made a distinct species.

In the work of Dr. Dall just referred to he states ‘“‘ The Solenide
form a compact group after the elimination of the soleniform
Psammobiide such as Novaculina and Zagelus”, but to this exclusion
must be added the genera Azor and Psammosolen (in the latter as far
as S. strigillatus, S. candidus, and S. Philippinarum are concerned).

1 Dr. W. H. Dall, ‘‘ Tertiary Fauna of Florida’’: Trans. Wagner Inst.
Phil., vol. iii, pt. ii, p. 951, 1900.

10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE I.

Fic. 1. Cultellus cultellus. View from the right side, showing internal
structure, etc. Nat. size.

,, 2. Azor antiquatus. View from the right side, showing internal
structure, etc. Nat. size.

,, 8. Azor coarctatus. View from the right side, showing internal
structure, etc. Nat. size.

A. anus; A.A. anterior adductor muscle; C.C. cecum of the crystalline
style; D.G. digestive gland; Hx.S. proximal portion of the exhalent siphonal
chamber; Fx.S.’ exhalent siphonal tube; F'. foot; In. intestine; In.S.
proximal portion of the inhalent siphonal chamber; Jn.S.’ inhalent siphonal
tube; M. mouth; M.C. musculus cruciformis; M.L. mantle-lobe; P.A.
posterior adductor muscle; P.P. protractor pedis anterior muscle; P.R.A.
retractor pedis anterior muscle; P.R.P. retractor pedis posterior muscle ;
FR. vectum; S.R. ridge dividing the inhalent from the exhalent chamber
of the proximal portion of the siphon, and to which is attached the basal
part of the gill; S.R.M. siphonal retractor muscle; St. stomach.

Huth, Lath? London,

VotX.Px_I.

ANATOMY OF SPECIES CULTELLUS AND AZOR.

Roc.Marac.Soc.
Tro.

r H.Bloomer del.ad nat.

11

DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW TERRESTRIAL MOLLUSCA FROM
NORTH-WEST CHINA

By H. B. Presron, F.Z.S8.
Read 10th November, 1911.

EKutora (Carnaica) Orestias, n.sp.

Shell rather small, perforate, depressedly turbinate, whitish above,
painted with a supersutural band of reddish chestnut, which appears
as a superperipheral band on the last whorl; base of shell ornamented
with two or three zones of pale brown, which are transparent, and
between which the ground-colour is of a rather yellowish white ;
whorls 53, the apical whorls pale flesh-coloured and smooth, the
remainder somewhat coarsely plicate and sculptured with very fine,

wavy, spiral strize, which become more noticeable on the base of the
shell; suture impressed; umbilicus rather narrow, deep; columella
thin, outwardly expanded, descending in an abrupt curve; labrum
simple, except at the base, where it is shghtly internally thickened ;
aperture broadly and irregularly sub-lunate. Alt. 6mm.; diam.
maj. 10°25, min. 9mm. Aperture: alt. 3°25, diam. 3°75 mm.

Hab.—Mountains of S.E. Kan-su, at an altitude of from 2,000 to
5,000 feet.

Evora (Precrorropis) Warpt, n.sp.

Shell very depressedly orbicular with slightly convex base, acutely
earinated at the periphery, rather thin, light bronze colour, somewhat
shining; whorls 53, the last abruptly descending i in front, sculptured
with closely set, arcuate costule, becoming much finer on the base,
which is also sculptured with slightly distant, fine, revolving strie ;
suture impressed, margined above with a narrow whitish callus which

forms the carina on the last whorl; umbilicus very wide, open,
moderately deep; labrum thickened, especially at the base, narrowly
expanded, reflexed, continuous; aperture obliquely sub-quadrate,
somewhat nasute in front. Alt. 5°5mm.; diam. maj. 18°5, min.
16mm. Aperture: alt. 4°5, diam. 7mm.

Hab.— Limestone region, 8.E. Kan-su, at an altitude of 3,000 feet.

A marvellously beautiful species, which I have much pleasure in
dedicating to the discoverer.

12 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

BuLiMinus CASfANEO-BALTEATUS, D.sp.

Shell imperforate, subulately fusiform, with sub-mamillary apex ;
the apical whorls reddish chestnut, the later whorls bluish grey
painted with irregular, oblique, transverse bands of the same colour ;
whorls 8, not very convex, the last ascending in front, marked with
very oblique irregular growth-lines; suture impressed, scarcely
erenellate, very narrowly banded with white below; umbilical area

depressed ; Jabrum white, broadly expanded, not reflexed, the margins
joined by a callus which thickens almost into a tubercle just before
its junction with the right margin, aperture ovate ; interior of shell
reddish chestnut. Alt. 21°5 mm.; diam. maj. 12, min. 8°75 mm.
Aperture: alt. 7°5, diam. 5 mm.

Hab.—Limestone region, 8.E. Kan-su, at an altitude of 3,000 feet.

BULIMINUS ORDINARIUS, 0.Sp.

Shell perforate, fusiform, rather thin, somewhat polished, brown;
whorls 7, moderately convex, the last two broad in proportion to the
remainder, the last ascending in front, malleated and marked with
very oblique, slightly arcuate growth-lines, and small interrupted
spiral scratches; suture well impressed, very narrowly margined
below; umbilicus rather broad above, rapidly narrowing to a mere

}
—_

chink; labrum white, expanded, the margins converging and joined
by a thin callus which thickens almost into a nodule where it reaches
the right margin; aperture ovate; interior of shell pale brown.
Alt. 17°5 mm.; diam. maj. 7:25, min. 5°75 mm. Aperture: alt. 5,
diam. 3 mm.

Hab.—Mountains of S.E. Kan-su, at an altitude of from 2,000 to
5,000 feet.

Buiminvs oscitans, n.sp.

Shell thin, fusiform, scarcely perforate, slightly shining, dark livid

flesh-colour, irregularly transversely banded with pale reddish chestnut,

PRESTON : MOLLUSCA FROM N.W. CHINA. 13

the last whorl painted with a very narrow, whitish spiral streak at the
periphery ; whorls 63, the apical whorls small, the last two very
broad, the last ascending in front, rather flat, marked with lines of
growth; suture impressed, narrowly margined below; columella
descending obliquely ; labrum white, thin, expanded, hardly reflexed,

the margins joined by an almost imperceptible callus; aperture very
large for the size of the shell, broadly inversely auriform ; interior of
shell reddish, polished, shining. Alt. 22°75 mm.; diam. maj. 10°5,
min. 775mm. Aperture: alt. 9, diam. 5mm.
Hab.—Limestone region, 8S.E. Kan-su, at an altitude of 3,000 feet.
Easily distinguished fiom other forms from this region by the
exceptionally large aperture.

Bourmiunvus Ward, n.sp.

Shell fusiform, with rather acuminate apex, rimate, dark flesh-
colour, obliquely transversely banded, and occasionally blotched with
white; whorls 7, moderately convex, the later whorls rather rapidly
increasing, marked with fine growth-strie; suture well impressed,

narrowly margined with white below; perforation reduced to a mere
chink ; labrum white, expanded, not reflexed, the margins joined by
a light callus; aperture irregularly ovate. Alt. 15°5mm.; diam. maj.
6°75, min. 5'5mm. Aperture: alt. 4, diam. 38mm.

Hab.—Mountains of S.E. Kan-su, at an altitude of from 2,000 to
5,000 feet.

Butiminus (SEeRINUS) SOBRINUS, 0.Sp.

Shell cylindrically fusiform, pale flesh-colour, mottled and banded
here and there with a darker shade of the same colour; whorls 11,
somewhat convex, regularly and rather slowly increasing, malleated,
occasionally almost sub-costulate, the last ascending in front, and
somewhat dilated below, just behind the aperture; suture impressed,
margined below; umbilical area forming a shallow, elongate

14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

depression; columella rather obliquely descending; labrum narrowly
expanded, not reflexed, a very light, scarcely perceptible callus
uniting the margins; aperture inversely auriform. Alt. 16°25 mm.,
diam. maj. 3°775mm. Aperture: alt. 3, diam. 2mm.

Hab.—Mountains of S.E. Kan-su, at an altitude of from 2,000
to 5,000 feet.

Closely allied to B. Szechenyi, Hilber, also from Kan-su, but with —
a broader and more ovate aperture, more convex whorls, and deeper ~
suture.

Bouuiminus (Napamus) Cooxet, n.sp.

Shell sinistral, rimate, fusiform, smooth but for growth-lines,
scarcely shining, pale yellowish brown; whorls 73, rather flat, the
earlier whorls small, the last two rapidly increasing ; sutures some-
what lightly impressed ; umbilicus appearing as an extremely narrow

fissure ; labrum white, expanded, the margins converging and united
by such a thick callus as to be practically continuous; aperture
rectangularly ovate. Alt. 18 mm.; diam. maj. 7, min. 6mm.
Aperture: alt. 4, diam. 3mm.

Hab.—Mountains of §8.E. Kan-su, at an altitude of from 2,000
to 5,000 feet.

Crausiiia CooKel, n.sp.

Shell large, moderately solid, cylindrical, with very obtuse apex,
pale brownish straw-colour, somewhat shining; whorls 10, flat, the
two last very broad, marked with fine, very closely set, oblique,
transverse strive ; suture impressed, slightly crenellate ; labrum white,
continuous, broadly expanded and reflexed below, exserted and
narrowly reflexed above; aperture broadly, inversely auriform, armed
with a high, erect, white lamella on the parietal wall suddenly
decreasing in height, and curving round in the interior of the shell to
form a junction with the columella plait, which is moderately broad

PRESTON : MOLLUSCA FROM N.W. CHINA. 15

and very oblique, and below which is situated a small, twisted, basal
plication ; a thin, elongate, revolving lamella is also visible on the
outer wall, but situated well within the shell. Alt. 42 mm.; diam.

io
.

maj. 10, min. 8°75mm. Aperture: alt. 8, diam. 5°5 mm.

Hab.—From the Loess Plain of the Wei River, S. Shen-si, at an
altitude of 1,200 feet.

16

DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW HELICOID SHELLS FROM CAPE COLONY.
By H. B. Preston, F.Z.8.
Read Sth December, 1911.

Heticarion Coxt, n.sp.

Shell small, vitreous, very thin, transparent, shining, semi-
orbicular, not very depressed, very pale greenish ; whorls 23, rapidly
increasing, the last large, inflated, smooth; suture impressed, rather
narrowly margined below; base of shell inflated ; columella descending

in a gentle curve; labrum simple, acute, projecting in front, receding
below; aperture dilated below, broadly sub-lunate. Alt. 3°5 mm. ;
diam. maj. 6°5, min. 5mm. Aperture: alt. 4, diam. 3 mm,

Hab.— Knysna Forest, Cape Colony.

Heticarion KnysNaensts, n.sp.

Shell thin, semi-transparent, shining, pale greenish yellow,
depressedly turbinate ; whorls 33, rapidly i increasing, the last lar ge
but not dilated in front, smooth ; suture impressed, narrowly margined
below; base of shell rather "inflated and malleatedly wrinkled ;

columella descending in an oblique curve; labrum projecting in
front, receding behind; aperture depressedly and broadly sub-lunate.
Alt. 9 mm.; diam. maj. 13°73, min. 11°25 mm. Aperture: alt. 7°75,
diam. 7 mm.

Hab.— Knysna Forest, Cape Colony.

The wrinkles on the base of the shell are only visible with the aid
of a microscope.

PRESTON: HELICOID SHELLS FROM CAPE COLONY. 17

NATALINA LILIACEA, 0.sp.

Shell moderately thin, very depressedly turbinate, yellowish
brown above, shading to straw-colour round the umbilical area,
somewhat shining; whorls 33, rapidly increasing, sculptured with
closely set, coarse, transverse, arcuate striz which become obsolete on
the base of the shell; base of shell somewhat flattened; suture
impressed; umbilicus rather wide, deep; columella descending

obliquely, angled below; labrum pinkish, thickened but scarcely
reflexed, projecting in front, receding below, a light but well-defined
yellowish callus uniting it with the columella; aperture irregularly
ovate; interior of shell lilac-coloured, Alt. 16°5 mm.; diam. maj. 20,
min. 15 mm. Aperture: alt. 9, diam. 10 mm.

Hab.—Knysna Forest, Cape Colony.

ZINGIS PERLEVIS, 0.Sp.

Shell thin, depressedly suborbicular, pale yellowish flesh-colour,
shining; whorls 4, the first three regularly increasing, the last large,
quite smooth; sutures impressed, narrowly margined below; per- _
foration extremely narrow, almost concealed by the narrow reflexion of

the columella; columella reflexed above, descending in a gentle curve ;
labrum thin, membranaceous; aperture broadly sub-lunate. Alt. 6°5mm.;
diam. maj. 12, min. 10mm. Aperture: alt. 6, diam. 6 mm.

_ Hab.—Knysna Forest, Cape Colony.

TracHycystis KNnysNaENsIs, n.sp.
Shell small, perforate, depressedly turbinate, brownish flesh-colour ;
whorls 44, regularly increasing, the last obtusely carinate at the

periphery, sculptured with closely set, somewhat wavy, spiral strie,
crossed by coarse, arcuate, transverse, membranaceous riblets,

VOL. X.—MARCH, 1912. 2

18 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

occasionally terminating in a short bristle; suture impressed ;
umbilicus narrow, deep; columella outwardly expanded above,
descending in an oblique curve, extending into a light, whitish
callus which joins the upper margin of the labrum; labrum simple,
acute ; aperture obliquely sub-lunate. Alt. 2°5mm.; diam. maj. 4°5,
min.4mm. Aperture: alt. 1°75, diam. 1°75 mm.

Hab.—Knysna Forest, Cape Colony.

TRACHYCYSTIS MICROSTRIATA, N.Sp.

Shell imperforate, turbinate, thin, semi-transparent, very pale
yellowish brown; whorls 43, somewhat shouldered above, regularly
increasing, the last convex, sculptured throughout with very fine,
closely set, arcuate, transverse striz, crossed by extremely fine, spiral
stri, these latter being visible only under the microscope; suture

impressed, very narrowly margined above; columella white, almost

vertically descending above, then angled and very obliquely descending

below; labrum simple; aperture broadly sub-lunate. Alt. 3mm. ;

diam. maj. 4°5, min. 4 mm. Aperture: alt. 2°5, diam. 1°75 mm.
Hab.—Knysna Forest, Cape Colony.

Tracuycystis Coxt, n.sp.
Shell closely allied to Zrachycystis microstriata, but of a pale flesh-
colour, marked with dark, radiate, transverse bands; the upper whorls
are rather flattened, not shouldered above, and the sculpture differs

entirely in the present species, the transverse striae being much finer

and the spirals very much coarser than in 7. microstriata, Alt. 3°25mm.;

diam. maj. 4°5, min. 3:55mm. Aperture: alt. 2, diam. 1°75 mm.
Hab.—Knysna Forest, Cape Colony.

m2

NOTE ON VIQUESNELIA OF DESHAYES FROM THE MIOCENE
(SARMATIAN) OF TURKEY.
By G. K. Gups, F.Z.S.

Read 10th November, 1911.
Tue genus Viquesnelia was established by Deshayes in 1857," being
based on some simple testaceous rudiments found in great abundance
in nummulitic beds in Rumelia. These he considered to be the
internal shell of a limacoid Gastropod, which he named Vquesnelia
lenticularis.2 A note was appended to this article by P. Fischer, who
referred a mollusc from Mahé, Seychelles, and labelled Clypetcella
Dussumiert, Val., in the Paris Museum, to the same genus. Another
species discovered by Morelet & Drouet in the Azores was also placed
in this genus, and described by the former under the designation
Vigquesnelia Atlantica.* Neither of these, however, bears any resemblance
to the type of Viquesnelia, as was pointed out subsequently by Fischer,*
who rejects the hypothesis that the Azorean molluse is the living
representative of the genus, adding that no evidence exists that these
structures should be the internal shells of limacoids rather than
opercula.

Morelet’s species possesses a shell resembling Aneylus and is now
placed in the genus Plutonia, while Gray in 1855 ° created the genus
Mariaella for the reception of the Seychelles species.

D’Archiac® had already previously restricted the genus to the type
and only species originally indicated by Deshayes.

While recently working at some Turkish Tertiary Mollusca at the
British Museum I had occasion to examine the specimens forming part
of the set of fossils collected by A. F. Dabell, Esq., in the district
surrounding the Dardanelles, and presented by him to the National
Collection.

The specimens of the so-called Vigquesnelia lenticularis had been
obtained with other fossils from the Sarmatian Beds of the Tekfur
Dagh district, to the north of the Dardanelles. On examining these
I was at once struck with their resemblance to a molluscan
operculum. ‘The outer or upper surface is slightly concave, has
a short spiral nucleus, situate considerably below the centre,
consisting of about 13 whorls. The spiral character then seems
to disappear and the lines of growth apparently become sub-ovate
or auriculate, the excentricity becoming emphasized by the closer
crowding together of the lines of growth at the lower and outer
(righty sides. A shallow groove proceeds upwards from the nucleus,
running more or less parallel with the right margin and traversing the

Journ. de Conchyl., vol. v, p. 289.

Tom. cit., p. 287, pl. vii, figs. 14-17.

Hist. Nat. des Acores, 1860, p. 139, pl. i, fig. 1.

Man. de Conchyl., 1883, p. 457.

Cat. Pulm. Coll. Brit. Mus., pt. i, p. 62.

Viquesnel, Voyage dans la Turquie, vol. ii, p. 457, 1868.

i

ant wn

20 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY

lines of growth towards the acute oblique apex, while in some
specimens another shallow groove proceeds parallel with the left
margin. Some radiating impressed lines are also observable in some
specimens. The inner or lower surface is convex and more or less
finely rugose or papillate, but no spiral or other lines of growth are
to be seen. It is surrounded by a raised rim, which is grooved at
its periphery. In texture it is evidently horny, as upon being tested
by Mr. Newton with acid no reaction took place, as would have been
the case had it been calcareous. These organisms appear very
abundant, as according to Fischer as many as 500 may be found in
a space of 7 or 8square cm. Although as a rule they are thus found
congregated in the matrix without any shells being present, I have
found stray specimens associated with various freshwater shells, such
as Planorbis, Viviparus, and bivalves. The presence of one of these
structures in a piece of rock containing the shell of a species of.
Viviparus or allied genus led me to compare it with some of the
Slavonian operculates, and I found that they accurately fitted the
aperture of Zylopoma Pilari. It may, consequently, be reasonably
inferred that these structures are the operculum of a species of
Tylopoma or of some allied genus, on the following grounds: (1) They
bear no resemblance to the internal shell of any known mollusc.
(2) They have combined characters of the operculum of various opistho-
branchiate molluscs, i.e. they share the amorphous inner surface of
the operculum of Bithynia and the excentric lines of growth of the
outer surface of that of Pomatias. (3) They differ from the operculum
of Viviparus, which has concentric rings on both surfaces and lacks
the grooved rim. The fact that it has never been found 7m széu in the
aperture of a shell does not, in my opinion, militate against this
assumption, since amongst the numerous specimens of Vivipar us and
allied genera from the Slavonian, Dalmatian, Croatian, and Roumanian
beds which have passed through my hands I have never come across
a single specimen with the operculum 7m situ. This, I think, may be
accounted for by the fact that when these creatures died and the soft
parts perished the operculum would probably sink to the bottom and
the shell float away. Perhaps some day a specimen may come to
light with the operculum 7m stu, when all doubts on the subject will
vanish.

CHARACTERS OF TWO UNDESCRIBED LAND SHELLS FROM
THE REPUBLIC OF COLOMBIA AND A NEW GENUS OF
HELICOIDS.

By G. K. Gupr, F.Z.S8.

Read 12th January, 1912.

Tue shells forming the subject of the present communication were
collected in the United States of Colombia at an altitude of 5,600 feet
near Alejandria, a place 50 miles from Medellin, by Mr. T. P.
Sharman, a mining engineer, who is also a good naturalist and
sportsman. ‘They were forwarded by him to Major A. J. Peile, who
sent them to me for identification, and as they appeared to be new to
science he obligingly placed them at my disposal for description.

The first species belongs to a small group of Helicide, of which
hitherto only three species were known, two of which Professor
Pilsbry assigned to Jsomeria, namely, Pleurodonta verans, Dohrn, and
P. enigma, Dohrn,' while the third species, Z. ass¢milans, Smith,? was
referred by Mr. EK. A. Smith to Labyrinthus. The former two species
were regarded by Pilsbry ‘‘as an independent line of evolution from
typical Jsomerta, rather than as an intermediate or ancestral form
between Jsomeria and Labyrinthus”’. Previously, however, he had
regarded the group intermediate between these two sections.* Since
this group does not, in my opinion, assimilate with either section
named, | adopt his earlier view and therefore dissociate it from
Ixomeria, and propose to create for its reception the genus Ambages,*
taking ?. verans as the type. It differs from Jsomerta in having
the teeth more strongly developed, and from Zabyrinthus in the
sub-globose depressed form.

AMBAGES SHARMANI, n.gen. et n.sp.

Shell umbilicate, depressed orbicular, closely striated, the strie
broken up into rather coarse granules ; light brown. Spire sub-convex,
suture impressed, apex obtuse. Whorls 43, increasing regularly,
slightly convex above, tumid below, penultimate whorl angulated,
last whorl rounded at the periphery, suddenly and shortly deflexed
at the mouth, slightly constricted behind the peristome, and
bi-scrobiculate behind the basal margin. Aperture oblique, rhomboid ;
peristome white, expanded and reflexed, continuous; outer margin
semicircular, basal margin slightly inecurved, columellar margin
projecting over the umbilicus, parietal margin nearly straight.
Aperture provided with four folds, namely, two equal, short,
transverse, entering, convergent folds—one on the basal and one on
the outer margin; a third fold, close to the latter, but less elevated,

1 Man. Conch., vol. ix, p. 94, 1894.

> Journ. Malac., vol. vi, p. 27, pl. iv, figs. 6-8, 1897.
> Man. Conch., vol. v, p. 157, 1889.

* Ambages, ‘ obscurity.’

22 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

oceurs on the outer margin, nearly parallel with the peristome, its

upper termination bent slightly forward; on the parietal wall is

a low bifurcated entering fold, its lower arm terminating close to the

peristome, descending abruptly, its upper arm shorter, descending

gradually. Diam. maj. 21, min. 18°5mm.; alt. 10 mm.
Hab.—Alejandnia, Republic of Colombia.

Type in the British Museum, presented by Major A. J. Peile, R.A.

The new species is nearest to P. verans, but is smaller and more
distinetly and coarsely granulated, almost beaded. It differs further
in having a white peristome, in having the upper fold parallel with,
instead of transverse to, the peristome, in the fold on the basal margin
being oblique, in the junction of the basal and outer margins being
more acute, in the straight parietal margin, and finally in the biturcate
entering parietal fold. The aperture in shape resembles more that
of Labyrinthus triplicata, Mart.

Neocyctorus PEILet, n.sp.

Shell somewhat narrowly umbilicated, depressed turbinate, more
or less striated transversely, the striz being intersected by other
strie descending obliquely forward, thus forming coarse granules

arranged in quincunx, except in a few scattered places where
a portion of either set of striz is continuous, in some instances even
forming zigzag lines, while near the peristome the oblique striz
tend to disappear and the granules become obsolete. Whorls 5,

a

GUDE: LAND SHELLS FROM COLOMBIA. 23

convex, increasing rather slowly at first, the last increasing rapidly,
and dilated towards the mouth; the earlier whorls pale brown,
becoming gradually darker, the last dark brown with blackish streaks
at the lines of growth, descending slowly in front. Aperture circular,
scarcely oblique; peristome simple, acute, slightly sinuate at the
junction of the upper and columellar margins; operculum slightly
concave. Diam. maj. 39°5, min. 30 mm.; alt. 30mm.
Type in the British Museum, presented by Major Peile.

Its nearest ally appears to be Weocyclotus Belli, Beddome,' but that
species is considerably larger, and lacks the coarse granules so
conspicuous a feature in the present species.

1 These Proceedings, vol. viii, p. 20, 1908.

24

EXPLANATION OF THE FIGURES OCCURRING IN WESTERLUND’S
‘“‘STBIRIENS LAND- OCH SOTVATTEN-MOLLUSKER”’, 1877.

By G. K. Gunn, F.Z.S.
Read 12th January, 1912.

My attention was recently drawn to the fact that the treatise by
Westerlund entitled ‘‘Sibiriens Land- och Sétvatten-Mollusker”
forming article No. 12 of Bandet xiv of Kongl. Svenska Vetensk.
Akad. Handl., 1877, contained no explanation of the figures on the
plate accompanying this article. It at once occurred to me that, when
several years ago I acquired a copy, I noted the omission and that no
reference was made in the text to these figures. I requested the
author to supply the missing information, and, writing under date of
16th September, 1900, he complied with my request, stating that the
explanation had been accidentally omitted.

Under the circumstances it may be worth while to publish this
information for the benefit of those possessing copies.

The Mollusca there illustrated are—

FIG.
Helix ( Eulota) fruticum, Miiller.
H. ( Eulota) Nordenskioldi, Westerlund.
H. | Trichia) Stuxbergi, Westerlund.
Pupa Theeli, Westerlund.
Succinea turgida, Linné.
S. putris, var. acuta, Pfr.
. S. Altaica, Martens.
Timnea attenuata, Say.
. L. lagotis, var. patula, Westerlund.
10. LZ. pereger, var. producta, Westerlund,
11. Z. pereger, var. torquilla, Westerlund.
12. Physa hypnorum, var. polaris, Westerlund.
13. P. Sibirica, Westerlund.
14. Planorbis infralineatus, Westerlund.
15. Valvata aliena, Westerlund.
16. V. Sibirtea, Middendorf.
17. Spherium levinodis, Westerlund.
18. S. nitidum (Clessin), Westerlund.
19. Calyculina lacustris, var. septentrionalis (Clessin), Westerlund.
20. Pisidium Nordenskioldi (Clessin), Westerlund.
21. P. Sibiricum (Clessin), Westerlund.
22. P. mucronatum (Clessin), Westerlund.
23. P. boreale (Clessin), Westerlund.,

OONDaR WW

bo
Or

ON TWO PREOCCUPIED SPECIFIC NAMES IN GASTROPODA
By G. K. Gunz, F.Z.S.
Read 12th January, 1912.

A new species of Happia, from Sao Paulo, South Brazil, was
described by Professor Pilsbry in Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia,
1900, p. 385, pl. xii, figs. 1-3, under the designation Happia Lheringt.
In 1888, however, Clessin published Myalinia Iheringi in Malak.
Blitter, neue Folge, vol. x, p. 166, from Taguara, South Brazil,
This species is undoubtedly also a Happia, since Clessin compares it
with Happia ammoniformis, Orbigny, which he also assigns to Hyalinia,
and since, to judge from the rather scanty description by Clessin, the

two species, although evidently near allies, are not co-specific, and

Clessin’s name having priority, it becomes necessary to rename Pilsbry’s
species, for which I propose Huppia Pilsbryz, nom. mut. In 1910
D’Ailly, in working out the mollusca collected by the Kilimandjaro—

Meru Expedition, described Helix alienus (Wissens. Ergebn. Schwed.
Zool. Exped. Kilimandjaro, Meru, Deutsch-Ost-Africa, Band i, No. 6,
Mollusca, p. 17). Now Pfeiffer as far back as 1841 published Helix
aliena, a manuscript name of Ziegler’s (Symb. Helic., vol. i, p. 89),
which was subsequently relegated by him to the synonymy of Helix
-umbilicata, Montagu [ Pyramidula rupestris (Drap.)] (Mon. Heli.
Vivent., vol. i, p. 86, 1848). Since the Rules of Nomenclature adopted
in zoology do not permit the use of a synonym to designate another

species, | propose to substitute for D’Ailly’s species Helix Aillyi,
nom. mut.

26

NOTE ON THE GENUS ARICIA OF GRAY.
By HOF N.SHaw, 2-2.8:
Read 8th December, 1911.

Tur sub-genus <Aricia was created by Gray in his Descriptive
Catalogue of Shells, 1832, pp. 7-12, which, it has been conclusively
proved, was never published, and can therefore only be regarded as
a manuscript.! It was formed on conchological grounds for fifty-
two species of Cyprea, in which were included C. moneta and
C. annulus (p. 8), and contained a collection of species which in no
way resemble each other. Whether the characters of the shells were
sufficiently distinctive on which to form asub-genus, which has by Gray
himself and others been raised to generic rank, is a matter for each
Cypreologist to determine for himself. The point in question is this.
As the Descriptive Catalogue cannot be accepted as a publication, the
first time the generic or sub-generic appellation Aricva was published in
connexion with Mollusca was by Herrmannsen, Jndicis generum Malac.,
suppl., p. 12, 1852, and contained C. moneta only, but as he gave no
description of the genus it must be considered as first published in
the Genera of Recent Mollusca, H. & A. Adams, vol. i, pp. 265-6, 1854,
type C. annulus, next C. moneta. Previous, however, to this use by
Herrmannsen in 1852, Adams in 1854, or even by Gray in 1882,
Aricia had been employed generically by Savigny in 1822,” Description
de l’ Egypte: Systéme des Annelides, vol. i, pt. 11, pp. 8, 12; also
by Robineau - Desvoidy in 1830, Essav sur les Myodaires, p. 486;
and by Macquart in 1835, Histoire naturelle des Insectes Dipteres
(Suites 4 Buffon), vol. 1, p. 285. It is therefore clear that this
name cannot, according to the rules of priority, be retained for
a genus or sub-genus of Mollusca. As I have already indicated,
Gray’s genus contained widely different species, and the group
consisted of fifty-two species of Cyprea. The next writer to split up
Cyprea into different genera (on anatomical grounds) was Troschel, |
Das Gebiss der Schnecken, vol. i, pp. 205, 212, 1856. In this
work he used the genus Avicia, Gray, and created the sub-genus
Monetaria for ten species of Cyprea, containing C. moneta, C. annulus,
and C. obvallata. Since Aricia was created for C. moneta amongst
others, it is clear that this genus or sub-genus, according to the value-
assigned to it, must now be known as Donetaria, Troschel.

Jousseaume in 1884, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, p. 96, used Monetaria,
Troschel, as a genus. Although he restricted the species contained
in it to C. moneta, C. icterina, C. annulus, and C. obvallata, he retained
C. moneta as his type. A footnote by Rochebrune, Bull. Soc. Malac.
France, vol. i, p. 74, 1884, gives in six lines a certain amount of
the information contained in the present paper, but as no references,
etc., are given, it is hoped that the further information now added
may be of use.

1 Sherborn & Shaw, ‘‘ Sowerby’s Conchological Illustrations and Gray’s
Descriptive Catalogue of Shells’’: Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. viii, pt. vi,
pp. 331-40, Sept., 1909. Shaw, ‘‘ Notes on the genera Cyprea and
Trivia’’: ibid., pt. v, pp. 289-90, July, 1909.

° Date taken from Sherborn, ‘‘ On the Dates of the Natural History portion of
Savigny’s Description de l Egypte’’: Proc. Zool. Soc., 1897, pp. 285-8.

~I

DESCRIPTION OF SISTRUM OPARENSE, N.SP., FROM THE
SOUTH PACIFIC.

sy J. Cosmo Metvitt, M.A., D.Sc.
Read 8th December, 1911.

SistkuM OPARENSE, N.sp.

S. testa ovata, solida, versus apicem paullum attenuata, regularite.
spiraliter tuberculata, et minute transversim squamulata, anfractibus
5-6, quorum duo apicales in omnibus speciminibus hactenus visis
multum attriti, vel partim fracti, albi, leves, ceteris spiraliter
tuberculatis, tuberculis rotundis, regularibus, nitidis, ochraceis,
supernis duobus, ultimo anfractu quintis ordinibus decoratis, cetera
superficie transversim minute simul ac regulariter imbricato-
squamulata vel striata, apertura ovata, peristomate pallide lilacino,
labro intus 4-5 noduloso-dentato, margine columellari incrassato,
supra excayato, dein binoduloso, canali brevissimo, operculi nucleo
laterali. Long. 15, lat. 10 mm.

Hab.—Insula Rapa vel Opara, e grege Tubaiensi vel Australi,
Oceano Pacifico.

I first noted this very attractive little species in the Shrewsbury
‘Museum, the specimens being gummed to a card, labelled on the
underside ‘‘ S’strum, sp, new?” presumably in the handwriting of
Mr. J. C. Lambert, whose well-selected general collection had lately
(1998) been presented to that institution. Upon my taking them
for comparison to the British Museum (Nat. Hist.), Myr. Edgar
Smith and I soon found corresponding examples, presented by
Mr. Lambert, with the fuller locality, as above recorded, given. The
species is allied to S. tuberculatum, Blainville, morus, Lamk., etc.,
but may be at once known by its much smaller size, regular symmetry,
and colour, of a pleasing ochraceous-chestnut, the tubercles being of
a slightly darker hue. Minute squamate stri, spirally arranged,
decorate the remainder of the surface; the aperture and peristome are
very pale lavender in colour. In common with the majority of
authors who have recently added species to this genus,’ I have
preferred continuing to employ the old Montfortian Svstrum, 1810,
to the more unfamiliar Drupa of Bolten. Anyhow, if the genus be
considered subdivisible into two sections, whether Drupa, Bolten,
Pentadactylus, Klein, or Ricinula, Lamk., be used for the whole

' Vide Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. viii, pp. 17, 369, 1908-9.

28 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

collectively, the name Sistrwm can still be applied as heretofore for
the smaller series of species with simple peristomatal processes.
I take the type, or first species mentioned in the Museum Boltenianum
under Drupa' as D. morum, to be identical with the old Murea ricinus
of Linneeus (Ricinula ricinus) = R. arachnordes, Lamk., var. albolabris,
Blainville, of the typical section. It is well figured by Knorr,’ and
Bolten refers both to his representations and those of Martini
(iii, tab. ci, figs. 972, 978).

1 Mus. Bolten., 1798, p. 55.
2 **Tes délices des yeux et de l’esprit,’’ 1764, tab. xxv, figs. 5, 6.

NOTES ON THE SHELLS OF TRIDACNA, AND DESCRIPTION OF
A NEW SPECIES.

.By G. B. Sowxksy, F.L.S.
Read 8th December, 1911.

In my endeavours to sort out a large number of shells of this genus,
and to place together the supposed species, I have found, as is usually
the case in other genera, that some of the Gharacters regarded as
specific are inconstant, and that intermediate forms link together
some of those apparently distinct. I have examined the hinges of
a large number of specimens in the expectation of finding some
distinctive characters, but in this respect there appear to be no
differences excepting such as may be accounted for by age or
circumstances of development. The more or less elongated forms ot
the shells and the number of radiating ribs do not appear to be
reliable characters.

Having brought my investigations to this point, it may seem almost
an inconsistency to propose a new species; but the form I propose to
eall Zridacna acuticostata certainly does seem distinct from all the
others.

The following are the principal works treating upon the genus :—

(a) MONOGRAPHS OF THE SHELLS.
1845. J.C. Chenu, Ilustrations Conchyliologiques, pp. 1-2, pls. i-viii.
1862. lL. Reeve, Conchologia Iconica, vol. xiv, pls. i-vili.
1868. H.C. Kiister, Conchylien-Cabinet, pp. 1-7, pls. iti.
1ss4. G.B. Sowerby, Thesaurus Conchyliorum, vol. v, pp. 179-82, pls. 485-9*.
1903. J.G. Hidalgo, Mem. Real. Acad. Ciencias Madrid, vol. xxi, pp. 382-99.
(b) ANATOMY.
1865. L. Vaillant, Ann. Sci. Nat. Paris, vol. iv, pp. 64-172, pls. vili—xii.
1890. A. Ménégaux, Recherches circulation Lamellibranches, pp. 130-4.
1899. K. Grobben, Denkschrift. Akad. Wissensch., vol. lxv, pp. 438-44, pl.
1902. H. de Lacaze-Duthiers, Archiv. Zool. Expér., vol. x, pp. 99-212, pl.
1904. R. Anthony, Comptes Rendus Acad. Sci. Paris, vol. exxxvili, pp. 296-8,
figs.
List or SpEcrEs.

1. T. e1eas, Linn, (Sowerby, Thes. Conch., vol. v, p. 179, pl. 188,
fig.11). Of this, largest of all bivalved molluses, there i is a specimen in
the British Museum 8 feet in length and weighing 3101b., and specimens
have been recorded attaining to even larger dimensions and weighing
500 lb.! I have not been able with any certainty to trace the young
of this species; the shells supposed to represent it in Reeve’s Conch.
Icon., figs. 16, ¢, I regard as very unlikely; at all events they are
inseparable from the diversiform 7. elongata. The shell figured and
described by Reeve as 7. gigas (pl. i, fig. 1) figures in the Thes.
Conch. as 7. mutica, Lamk., but it is identical with the 7. gigas as
figured in Chenu’s Jilustrations Conchyliologiques from the Delessert

1 See Smith, Proc. Malac. Soce., vol. iii, p. 111.

30 PROCEEDINGS OF 'THE MALACOLOGICAL SOUIELY.

Collection. This variety has been named by Hidalgo 7. Lamareki.
A specimen of intermediate size, 18 inches in length, unites these two
forms, showing that the differences pointed out in the Thes. Conch.
(vol. v, p. 180) are not constant.

2. T. morica, Lamk. (Chenu, Jdlustrations Conchyliologiques).
This is quite distinct from the forms mentioned above. It has no
appearance of lamelle or scales, while the fine radiating lire are very
conspicuous. It seems readily separable from all the other species.

8. T. sauamosa, Lamk. (Thes. Conch., vol. v, p. 180, figs. 2, 7;
15). This common well-known species can scarcely be confounded
with any other.

4. T. enoneara, Lamk. (Conch. Icon., pl. ii, figs. 2a, 6; Thes.
Conch., vol. v, pl. 486, figs. 3, 4). I am compelled to unite with
this very variable species Reeve’s 7. compressa (Conch. Icon., sp. 5)
and 7’. rudis (Conch. Icon., figs. 4a, 6). It seems to me also that
T. lanceolata, Sowerby (Thes. Conch., vol. v, p. 181, pl. 489%, fig. 18),
is only a more than usually lanceolate form of the same. Z. elonga-
tissima, Bianconi,' is the variety compressa, Reeve. Hidalgo has given
the name 7. Reever to the shell figured in Reeve’s Conch. Icon.,
fig. 26, which differs from the type in being more sharply acuminated
in front.

I have exhibited an abnormal form shaped like a Zrigonia, and
another of the variety compressa, a very curious malformation, in
which the animal having formed a very perfect little shell made
afresh start from the umbones, leaving the young shell as a decorative
appendage.

5. T. crocka, Lamk. (Reeve, Conch. Icon., pl. viii, figs. 9a, 5).
This is of a very different type from the preceding, but so variable in
form that I am obliged to unite with it Z. Cuming?, Reeve (Conch.
Icon., pl. vii, figs. 7a, 6), ZT. ferruginea, Reeve (Conch. Icon., sp. 8),
and 7. scapha, Meusch. (Thes. Conch., fig. 16).

6. T. serrirera, Lamk. (Thes. Conch., vol. v, pl. 489*, fig. 17,
as var. of Z. sqguamosa). This species seems to stand alone. The
beautiful specimen in the British Museum is yellow ; it has no lamella
or prominent scales, but is serrated near the umbones with a few very
small sharp scales. Our specimens from the Philippines are white,
smaller, and more compressed.

7. T. opesa, Sowerby (Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. ii, p. 210, 1899).
Beyond the three specimens mentioned of this very distinct species
I have as yet seen no others.

8. TRIDACNA ACUTICOSTATA, N.sp.

Shell oblong, white, anterior produced, rounded at the extremity,
posterior shorter, sloping, and forming at the extremity with the ventral
margin a rather acute angle; byssal orifice large, oblong-acuminate,
revealing two short rows of nodules at the posterior end; ribs about
9, angular, distant, surmounted by small, close-set, angular, and
noduldus scales, interstices broadly concave, lirate, crossed by stout

' Spec. Zoolog. Mosambicana, p. 238, pl. iv, fig. 2.
o i=)

SOWERBY: ON THE SPECIES OF TRIDACNA. 31

irregular waved ridges. Hinge as in other Zrzdaene, the principal
cardinal tooth in each valve being moderately thick. Length 125,
height 68 mm.

Hab.—Philippines.

This species differs from 7. elongata chiefly in the angularity of its
ribs, the absence of lamelle, and the very different character and
small size of the scales on the ribs.

All the species mentioned in this paper, with the exception of
T. mutica (which I have not seen), were received from the Philippines
in the year 1898, when I described 7. obesa; most of them, however,
are pretty generally distributed in the Indian and Pacifie Oceans.

I am much indebted to Mr. E. A. Smith, I.8.0., for his valuable
assistance, and particularly for his insertion in my paper of references
to works on the subject.

ON A CASE OF PRESUMED VIVIPARITY IN LIMICOLARIA.
By G. C. Rosson, B.A.

(By permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)
Read 8th December, 1911.

Ly September of the present year Mr. H. B. Preston received some
living specimens of Limicolaria from South-West Uganda and Belgian
Congo. Two species were represented—L. Smithi and a new species
as yet undescribed. After some time the uterus, in both cases,
was found to be full of apparently well-developed young. In
view of the fact that viviparity is not a phenomenon of frequent
occurrence among Mollusca the matter was deemed worthy of some
consideration, and Mr. Preston kindly handed the specimens over to
me to report upon.

In the new species the young are well advanced, are all totally
free from any envelope, and already show traces of coloration
upon the shell. In Z. Smithi, however, the majority are still encased
in a thin membrane of a soft and pliant nature which is attached
to the mouth-region by a chalaza-like structure, remains of which are
to be seen in the young of the previously mentioned species. ‘The
young of JL. Smithi are fairly well developed, and the shell has
advanced considerably beyond the rudimentary stage. The envelope
has disappeared over nearly all the region opposed ‘to the aperture of
the shell. The parent in this case contained also three or four eggs
with hard shells. These had been perforated in situ in two or more
places, and contained only some loose tissue of doubtful nature.

The specimen of the unnamed species certainly, then, is viviparous.
Can we say the same of the specimens of Z. Smithi? The young
were certainly*encased in a membrane; but as a matter of fact the
latter in nearly all cases was frayed away and perforated over all
the aperture of the shell. On considering the difference in degree of
development between the two species I am inclined to think that the
condition seen in Z. Smzthi is an early stage of the complete freedom
from enveloping structures seen in the new species.

The question that arises out of these data is whether this is
actually a case of normal ,viviparity, and further whether the genus
Limicolaria as a whole is viviparous,

We may briefly deal with the latter consideration by saying that,
as far as can be made out, no references to the reproduction of this
genus are to be found in the literature of Pulmonate ontogeny.
‘Achatina, a very near relative, has several ovoviviparous species
(4, 21-3).

Turning to our first question, we should be careful before we accept
this evidence as proving that Zimicolaria is viviparous. It is possible
that the young in these two species may have been retained longer in
the uterus of the parent than is natural under ordinary circumstances,
owing to the change in environment to which they had been subjected.

ROBSON: ON VIVIPARITY IN LIMICOLARIA. 38

Transference from a tropical climate to that of England may well
have caused a normally ovoviviparous or oviparous animal to become
viviparous. I believe a similar result was achieved (artificially) by
Kammerer (4), who has changed the mode of reproduction in
Salamandra by alteration of the environmental conditions. Un-
fortunately I have not been able to verify the facts of this experiment,
but I believe S. maculosa ordinarily keeps its embryos a short time
in the uterus, and eventually they are hatched out as larve. If,
however, the temperature is lowered, the ova remain a longer time in
the uterus, and the larval stages are suppressed.

I have mentioned the fact that the eggs which were found in
LI. Smithi were perforated, and a good part of their contents absent.
In addition several of the young in the new species had holes in their
shells, and the integument of the foot and mantle seemed to be frayed
and torn. It suggests itself to me that we have here a case of inter-
uterine cannibalism, in which, owing to the inability of the young to
obtain food as the result of their delayed delivery from the parental
uterus, they were forced to obtain their supply of food and calcareous
matter from each other. Such a phenomenon undoubtedly does occur
as a natural process among Mollusca. Cases are known among the
Streptoneura in which the embryos devour one another and have
developed as a consequence larv al excretory organs. An especially
interesting case is recorded by Glaser (5) in his account of the
development of Fasciolaria. I am indebted to Dr. Jenkinson,
lecturer in Embryology in the University of Oxford, for reminding me
of this instance. The difference between it and the phenomena under
consideration in this paper is of course that in Fusevolaria it is of
regular occurrence and constitutes part of the necessary events of
ontogeny, while in Limicolaria I presume it to be exceptional in its
occurrence. Lastly, as a point of detail, in Fasciolaria the cannibal
embryos and their victims are all within the same capsule, which is
not the case in Limicolaria.

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

Semper, Sitzb. Phys. Med. Ges. Wurzburg, 1886.
Gibbons, Journal of Conchology, vol. ii, p. 143.
Pelseneer, Mollusca (Lankester’s Treatise), p. 131.
Kammerer, Archiv. Entw. Mechanik, vols. xvii, xxii.
Glaser, Biological Bulletin, vol. x.

Or Co DOR

VOL. X.—MARCH, 1912. 3

NOTE ON THE GENUS PANOPH, MENARD.
By Dr. W. H. Datt.
Read 12th January, 1912.

On the 17th of December, 1806, before the Faculty of the Museum
of Natural History of Paris, France, M. Ménard de la Groye read
a paper entitled ‘*‘ Mémoire sur un Nouveau Genre de Coquille
bivalve-équivalve de la famille des Solenoides’’, etc., which was
printed as a separate pamphlet in small quarto of thirty-seven pages,
with one plate and a separate title-page, dated January, 1807. On
the title-page it is indicated that the paper would appear in the
issue of the Annales for February, 1807, as No. 19 of the collection ;
but in my copy, which is annotated by the author himself, this
statement is corrected to read the issues for March and April,
Nos. 50 and 51 of the collection of memoirs. In any ease, the issue
of the pamphlet antedates by at least a month the issue in the Annales.
Turning to the latter, we see that not only is the memoir condensed
from thirty-seven pages to nine, but the title is slightly shortened by
leaving out the ‘bivalve-équivalve’, and it stops short after ‘Solenoides’.
Other important changes are made, as we shall see.

In the memoir of January, after thirty preliminary pages, the
genus is formally described under the name Panope, which is stated
on p. 16 to be the well-known name of a sea nymph in classical
mythology. This name appears also on p. 30. No other Latin
version of it occurs in the memoir; elsewhere the French equivalent
alone is used, or the initial P. M. Ménard states expressly that
Lamarck agreed with him as to the necessity for a new name for the
genus, but does not state on what grounds.

The reason may well have been that twenty-one years before
Lamarck applied the generic name of Glyeimeris to this genus in his
Prodrome of 1799, Da Costa had given it in binomial form to the
Arca glycimeris of Linné.

In 1606 Ulysses Aldrovandus, in his work on animals without red
blood, discussed the species to which the ancients had given the name
of Chama glycymeris (p. 472), and figures a Mya (?), an Anodonta, and
the recent Panope of the Mediterranean. He does not apply any
special name to either of them. In the third book of Lister’s
Historie Conchyliorum (edition of 1687) he figures the same shell
under the caption ‘‘ Sect. 10. De Chamis” and refers to it (fig. 258)
as ‘* Chama glycymeris Aldrovand:”, although it is only one of
Aldrovandus’ species. This citation has been accepted by nearly all
subsequent authors. Gualtieri in 1742 referred it to his group of
Musculus and described it in a phrase beginning ‘‘ Dusculus rugis
transversis”, etc. Finally, Born (‘lest. Mus. Ces. Vind., 1780, p. 20)
gives it the binomial name of Mya glycymeris, with a figure and
references to the earlier authors, and is followed by Chemnitz in 1782
and Gmelin in 1792. It is to this shell that Ménard gives the name
of Panope Aldrovandi in his January memoir.

DALL: ON THE GENUS PANOPE. 395

Now, on referring to the abbreviated synopsis of the January memoir
which appears in the Annales du Muséum (vol. ix, pp. 181-9, pl. xii)
in the March and April numbers (probably issued in May), we find at
the head of the formal description and on the following page in the
synonymy that the name Panope has been changed to Panopea. This
change is of course inadmissible under the rules of nomenclature, and
the first published name for the genus must stand. The specific name
given by Ménard to the Mediterranean recent species must give way to
that applied to it by Born twenty-seven years previously, and the name
of the type of the genus will therefore be Panope glycymeris (Born).

In 1812, in his Avtract du Cours de Zoologie, a synopsis of lectures
delivered at the Museum, Lamarck uses the name Panope (p. 108),
but in 1818, in the fifth volume of the Animaux sans Vertebres
(p. 456), he introduces the erroneous form Panopea without comment.
This form is indicated by Carus and Englemann (Bibl. Zool., 11, p. 922,
1861) as used by Ménard in the Nouveau Bulletin des Sciences,
Société Philomatique (Paris, 1809, t.1, No. 19, pp. 515-14), but on
reference to the paper itself this is seen to be erroneous, as only the
French form of the word is used in the review of Ménard’s paper
there printed. This laxity of citation appears in the work of nearly
everyone who has referred to the nomenclature of the genus, and
only a reference to the original will ensure to the student freedom
from error.

The only other reference to the correct name I have been able to
find is that of Herrmannsen, who, not having seen the original paper,
cites it as Panopea (Index Gen. Mal., ii, p. 197, 1847) with doubt,
and in his Addenda et Corrigenda of 1852 notes it as ‘‘ Panope sive
Panopea, Virgilio”. To this authors seem to have paid no attention.
Under various forms, Panopea, Panopia, etc., the name has remained
in the works of those citing the genus. In 1889 the Marquis
di Monterosato proposed (Journ. de Conchyl., xxxvil, p. 26, note,
1889) to reserve the specific name glycymeris, Born, for the form
found on the coasts of Spain, and to apply a new name, eyelopana, to
the more elongated type found on the shores of Sicily and the
Cyclopean Islands. The present writer has seen too few specimens
of the European shell to have formed a positive opinion, but, if one
may judge by analogy from the Floridan and Californian species of
Panope, such modifications would fall well within the lmits of
specific variation.

36

THE NOMENCLATURE OF THE VENERIDH: A REPLY TO
DR. W. Ho DAI:

By A. J. Juxes-Browne, F.R.S., F.G.S.
Read 12th January, 1912.

Iy the September number of these ‘‘ Proceedings” there is a short article
on this subject by Dr. W. H. Dall which contains many statements
that cannot be passed over in silence. Dr. Dall naturally defends
his own views on nomenclature and generic grouping, but he also
makes assertions which cannot be supported, e.g. when he declares
my writings to show that my ‘idea of the relation of species is
largely based on superficial characters’’.

I am quite sure that anyone who carefully peruses my papers
on the Veneridee will see that my generic groups are based on a full
consideration of all the characters of the shells, internal as well as
external, and that I have not allowed myself to magnify the im-
portance of some one or two characters, as Dr. Dall has done in
the case of the J/ercenaria group, which he separates from the Chione
group on small differences of sculpture and tooth-granulation. I unite
them under the name of Venus.

Again, it is not correct to say that in uniting Protothaca with
Chione I ignore ‘‘the anatomical differences, the pallial sinus, the
hinge, and everything except the more or less reticulate surface
sculpture”. Dr. Dall has apparently forgotten that in 1907 I wrote
to him about this very group, expressing my surprise that he had
detached it from Chione and had placed it under Zapes. I then
asked him his reasons for doing so, since they were not obvious
from his description of the Protothaca shell, and I inquired about
the anatomy of the animal. The following was all the reply which
he vouchsafed: ‘‘In putting Protothaca under Paphia, or associated
with the European forms, I have perhaps been biassed by the uniform
practice of naturalists for more than a century, but on reflection
I see no reason to change the location.”” I have only two comments
to make on this extraordinary statement—first, that if true it would
be a very weak argument; secondly, that it is incorrect. It has
not been the uniform practice of conchologists to refer these shells
to Tapes; the practice in Europe has been to refer them to Chione ;
thus Deshayes in 1853 placed most of the species under Chione,
though he referred the type (Venus Dombet) to his Venus group ;
the Messrs. Adams adopted the same grouping in 1857; by Romer
in 1867 they were all included under Chione. I need only add that
the principal species were listed as Chione by G. B. Sowerby in his
Catalogue of the Pelecypoda (1903) to prove the inaccuracy of
Dr. Dall’s statement.

It must also be noticed that Dr. Dall’s reply to my inquiry omits
any reference to anatomical differences. It is true that in his
Synopsis of 1902 he says of the animal of Protothaca that ‘‘ the

JUKES-BROWNE: NOMENCLATURE OF VENERID, 37

siphons are short and united, the foot hatchet-shaped and not
byssiferous ”’, while under Chione he states that the siphons are
shott and separate ; ; but if this latter statement is meant to apply
to all sections of Chione, as seems to be intended, then it is erroneous,
for most of the European species have their siphons more or less
united. The common C. gallina and the British variety C. striatula
have siphons united for more than half their length; in C. fasccata
they are united for about half the length, and of C. (Timoclea) ovata
Forbes & Hanley say that ‘‘ the siphons are united nearly to the
extremities, but they diverge at the ends”. The length of the
siphons varies in different species and sections of Chione.

Consequently the onus probandi rests upon Dr. Dall, not upon
me. If he still persists in his opinion he must justify it by a full
and complete comparison, stating clearly the characters in which
he thinks Protothaca (both shell and animal) differs from Chzone,
and those in which it resembles Zapes. In my opinion the hinge
is that of Chione and not that of Zapes. The only point, so far as
I can see, in which Protothaca resembles the latter more than the
former is in the pallial sinus, which is deeper and more rounded
at the extremity than in typical Chione, but some species of the
Timoclea section, such as 7. gallinula and T. lagopus, have a similar
rounded sinus.

Dr. Dall makes another extraordinary statement when he writes that
because genera proposed with only one species are monotypical, ‘‘on
this basis I have regarded the species cited in Lamarck’s Prodrome
of 1799 as typical of the genera accepted or proposed by him in
that publication.’ The italics are mine, for there is all the difference
in the world between proposing a new genus and accepting an old
one! The example given by Lamarck for his genus J/eretrix is of
course to be taken as the type, but that given for the Linnean genus
Venus is not necessarily the type, because he did not specify it as
such. Hence it is untrue to say that I have objected to ‘‘ the
acceptation of the monotypical genus”. Dr. Dall must have read
my paper very carelessly, or he would not have failed to notice
that I began by drawing attention to the recent decision of the
International Committee on Zoological Nomenclature to the effect
that ‘‘ mention of a species as an illustration or example of a genus
does not constitute a selection of a type”’

I do maintain that Gafrarium (as adopted by the Adams brothers)
is monotypical, because the five supposed species listed by the Adams
are now acknowledged to be only varieties of one species, and I quoted
Dr. Dall’s own statement to that effect, viz. that ‘‘the type and
sole recent species is Venus fimbriata, Linn.”

If Kolten’s names are to be accepted Corbis must give way to
Gafrarium, but I trust that the rigid application of the priority rule
will not be enforced. I entirely approve of the proposal that the
International Committee should publish an official list of generic
names, and that they should be authorized to establish certain names
which have been in general use for half a century or more on a
permanent basis by exempting them from change. I would, in fact,

38 PROCEEDINGS OF THK MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

have them bar the use of any of Bolten’s names in preference to
those of Lamarck.

I also continue to maintain that Dr. Dall made a mistake in his
selection of a type for Paphia (Bolten). As he repudiates having
made any mistake, I proceed to make it more clear. In selecting
a type for Paphia in 1903 he proceeded by elimination only without
any other consideration, for he wrote simply, ‘‘ from Paphia, Bolten,
Sunetta and Meretriz have been eliminated, leaving only species
ordinarily called Zapes, which must retain Bolten’s name.’’ That
is true, but what are we to understand by the genus Jleretrix?
Dr. Dall himself claims it as ‘ monotypieal’, and it certainly can
only carry the species of the Venus meretrix group, not the large
and comprehensive assemblage afterwards catalogued by Lamarck.
For the purpose of elimination the genus Ieretrixv is that recognized
by modern conchologists (including Dr. Dall) and typified by
V. meretriz, and no such Jferetrix occurs in Bolten’s list. No one
would now include in this genus the Cad/ista or Macrocallista type,
i.e., either Venus chione, Linn., or V. giyantea, Gmelin, which under
the name of V. ala-avis is the first species on Bolten’s list.

Since we cannot adopt the name Callista from Poli, and since
Macrocallista was not proposed till 1876, while Zapes was established
by Megerle in 1811, I hold that Zapes was wrongly displaced by
Dr. Dall, who should have eliminated the species of Zapes and have
selected V. ala-avis as the type of Bolten’s Paphia. Vhe question
is, does such a mistake invalidate his selection of a type, or 1s any
selection good on whatever grounds it is made? ‘The Committee
can solve the question in this case by simply authorizing the use
of the name Callista for the Venus chione group.

ee

39

THE OCCURRENCE OF HELICELLA HERIPENSIS (MABILLE)
IN GREAT BRITAIN.

By A. W. Srerrox.
Read 12th January, 1912.
PLATE II.

In the month of October, 1907, when collecting in the neighbourhood
of Canterbury, I found a shell which appeared to me to be distinct
from any known British species. It was evident from the first that
it belonged to the group of Helicella caperata (Mont.), and most
collectors to whom I showed specimens were inclined to consider them
as a variety of that common species. Some examples were sent by
Mr. A. S. Kennard to the late Professor Boettger, who pronounced
them to be Helicella Heripensis (Mab.),' but that in his opinion this
was not specifically distinct from H. caperata (Mont.). Since 1907
I have collected this shell many times in the southern counties, and
have observed no trace of an intermediate form between H. Heripensis
and H. caperata, although they live frequently in close proximity to
each other. Though it is with great diffidence that I venture to
differ from Dr. Boettger, I do not think we can do otherwise than
regard H. Heripensis as a good species.

In case the accompanying illustrations are not sufficient to permit
of the separation of the two shells mentioned above, I give below
what appears to me to be the chief distinguishing characters of
each, though it is a much easier matter to observe these in actual
specimens than to describe them on paper.

HeELIceLta capeRaTa (Montagu). Hexricerta Herreensis (Mabille).
(Figs. 12-17.) (Figs. 1-11.)
GENERAL COLOURING.
Varies greatly in colour from Usually of a creamy - brown
pure white to almost black. colour, but often pale cream,

with radiating markings.

BANDS.

Montagu’s type has a dark band The bands above the periphery
above the periphery, visible on are always more or less inter-
all the whorls, while ‘‘at the rupted and faint, and never as
base of the shell are generally dark nor as distinct as in cer-
several small circular bands; these tain forms of H. caperata. Bands
are frequently interrupted or beneath, numerous, seldom inter-
broken, and appear spotted’’. rupted, and frequently darkening
near the lip, and then ceasing
abruptly.

1 Bull. Soe. Zool. France, 1877, p. 304.

40 PROCEEDINGS OF THE

Heticetia caperata (Montagu).

MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Hezicerta Hrripensis (Mabille).

SIZE.

Montagu gives the diameter of
the shell as ‘‘three-eighths of an
inch, rarely half an inch”. This
equals 9°5-12°7 mm. The largest
examples which I possess from
the south-east of England are,
however, all under 10mm. in
diameter. (In the west of Ire-
land this shell attains a maximum
diameter of about 12 mm.)

Usually larger than 7. caperata,
but not always so. Specimens
from the Thames Embankment
near Laleham, Middlesex, do not
measure more than 8 to 9mm.
The average diameter is from
10 to 12mm. It sometimes,
however, exceeds 13mm.

SPIRE.

Spire usually distinctly raised,
and somewhat conical.

Spire low, and pyramidal

rather than conical.

SUTURE,

Marked by a distinct furrow.

Less distinctly marked.

UMBILICUS.

Well marked, deep, and of more
or less uniform rate of increase

Narrow, until the last whorl
is reached, then increasing with

throughout. The reflection of the remarkable rapidity. The chief
lip tends to obscure the umbilicus. — superficial character of the shell.
STRIATION.

Very strongly marked, but At a rough glance the shell
irregular and rugged when appears to be smooth. In reality
examined closely. it is closely, finely, and regularly

striated in comparison with
HT, caperata.
PERISLOME.

Sharp, and not reflected, except
towards the umbilicus. Furnished
with a strong white internal rib.

Sharp, but more delicate than
that of Hl. caperata. The in-
ternal rib is frequently of a flesh

colour, and is not so strongly
marked.
HABITAT.
More commonly met with in Hedges and grassy _ banks.

open and uncultivated
than in shady places.

ground

Common in the autumn months
in certain places on the withered
stems of Sisymbrium officinale,
upon which its colouring renders
it great protection.

The range of this shell would appear to be confined in these islands

to southern Britain.

Thanks to Mr. A. G. Stubbs—who appears to

have been the first in this country to observe the ee Wome

these two shells, but has not published his discovery

ASS:

Kennard, I am able to record it here from many logalitien that ik have

STELFOX ON HELICELLA HERIPENSIS. 41

not visited myself. Mr. C. E. Wright has also separated the shells,
and a number of his records are given below. The remainder are from
shells in the cabinet of Mr. R. J. Welch, of Belfast.

Surrey. Addington (A. S. Kennard); Merrow Down (A. W.

| Stelfox, 24th October, 1906); Ranmore Common (A. W.8., 24th

May, 1908).

Wesr Kent. Luddesdown, Wrotham, Cobham, and Erith (A. 8.
Kennard). 5

Kast Kenr. Canterbury (A. W.S8., 14th October, 1907).

East Sussex. Lewes (A. W.8., September, 1911).

Weer Sussex. Devil’s Dyke (A. G. Stubbs; also A. W. S.,
17th February, 1908); near Duncton (A. W.S., 5th April, 1908).

Sourn Hans. Stoner Hill, Petersfield (A. W.S., 31st May, 1908).

Mrippiesex. Thames Embankment, near Laleham (A. W. 8.,
drd November, 1907); River Gate, Hampton Court (A. W. S.,
16th November, 1907).

Bucxs. Wendover (A. W. S8., 3rd May, 1908); Stony Stratford
(C. E. Wright, 1909).

Herts. Near Watford (A. W. S., 10th November, 1907).

East Surrorx. Blythburgh and Kessingland (A. 8S. Kennard).

Sourn Lrycoty. Ruckland, near Louth (A. 8. Kennard).

Norrnants. Ringstead, Weldon, Oakley, and Kettering (C. E.
Wright, 1909).

Hunts. Buckden (C. E. Wright, 1909).

Campringr. Cambridge (C. E. Wright, 1909).

LetcestErsHIRE. Market Harborough (C. E. Wright, 1909).

East Guovucester. ‘Tredworth and other localities (A. G. Stubbs).

PemBroxr. Pembroke (C. kK. Wright); Tenby (J. W. Boult, 1899,
ex coll. R. J. Welch).

Sourn-Wesr Yorks. Pontefract (A. G. Stubbs).

SoutH-Easr Yorxs. Brough, near Hull (J. W. Boult, 1909,
e-coll. R. J. W.).

Norta-East Yorxs. Scarborough (J. W. Boult, 1909, ex coll.
mee. W.).

It is probable that H. Heripensis is the H. caperata, var. Gigaxii,
of Jeffreys and other British authors, and from the description given
in the Fauna Europea Molluscorum Extramarinorum Prodromus (1876)
it is the H. Gigaxi of Westerlund.

In this work (p. 111) Westerlund records H. Gigaxi as occurring
in ‘‘ Lusitania, Gallia, britann., Belgia’’.

Locard* includes twenty-three ‘species’ under the group of
HT. Heripensis, one of which is H. Gigaxi. This latter form is stated
to be met with in southern France, while H. Heripensis is recorded
from northern and central France.

' Catalogue Général des Mollusques vivants de France, 1882, pp. 107-11.

NOTES ON SOME BRITISH NON-MARINE MOLLUSCA.
By A. W. Srerrox.
Read 12th January, 1912.
PLATE Ii.

1. PLanorpis vorticutus, Troschel.

In 1908 Mr. A. 8. Kennard recorded this species in a recent state
from Pevensey in Sussex, from examples collected by the late
P. Rufford in Pevensey Level (Proc. Malae. Soc. London, vol. viii,
p. 46). Mr. Rufford was unaware of the specific identity of these
shells, he having considered them as P. vortex. As the exact locality
from which the shells came is unknown, Mr. Kennard urged me to
keep a sharp look ont for it when in Sussex. It was not, however,
until September, 1911, that 1 was fortunate enough to meet with it.
Upon this occasion a party consisting of L. E. Adams, EK. Collier,
R. J. Welch, C. E. Wright, and myself were working the district
round Lewes in East Sussex. PP. vorticulus was taken by us in five
different stations, viz., in the moat of Pevensey Castle; in the
marshes east of Pevensey; in the marshes between Pevensey
and Eastbourne; in those east of Lewes (near Stoneham Farm);
and in those north-west of Lewes, beyond the Abbey, and along
the south side of the Cockshute River. In all the above
stations, except the first, P. vortex occurred also, and there can be
no doubt that P. vorticulus has been passed over as the young of
P. vortex. In most of the localities P. vorticulus was scarce, one
example occurring to about fifty of P. vortex. In its habits it rather
resembles P. fontanus than P. vortex, since it appears to be almost
confined to the extreme edge of the drains, preferring the grassy
margins to the open water of the centre. When this vegetation is
disturbed the shells float off, and remain upon the surface of the
water for some time. Mr. Kennard informs me that he has taken it
alive at Thorpe near Norwich, East Norfolk, and that it also occurs
in the Holocene peat near Ely (example in Sedgwick Museum,
Cambridge). Since no illustration of this species has yet been given
in this country, Mr. Welch has kindly photographed it (Fig. 22)
beside P. vortex (Fig. 23).

2. Vatvara MACRostoma, Steenbuch.

At my first unsuccessful attempt to obtain Planorbis vorticulus in
Pevensey Level I was compensated by finding the present species
(Kennard & Stelfox, Proc. Malac. Soc. London, vol. ix, p. 128, 1910).
Upon returning to Sussex in September, 1911, I obtained further
examples in the marshes near Stoneham Farm, east of Lewes, also in
East Sussex, and it was taken sparingly by our party in the marsh
east of Pevensey. Like Valvata piscinalis (Miill.), this species is
generally found on the bottom or sides of the drains. In the marsh
at Lewes I found the three British species of this genus in association,
but only in one spot. In many places V. eristata and JV. piscinalis

ae

og

Jl

sl Eat

Wore

Soc.

Proc. MALaAc.

Photo.

R. Welch,

MOLLUSCA.

British Non-MarINE

SoME

STELFOX: SOME BRITISH NON-MARINE MOLLUSCA. 43

occurred together, in others V. eristata and V. macrostoma, whilst
in several only one species of the three was found. Some of the Lewes
examples are flatter in the spire than the original ones from Pevensey
Level. This form appears to be the V. depress, Pfeiffer, of Clessin!
and the var. pulchella of Westerlund. In one of the latest German
works* the name V’. pulchella, Studer, is used instead of V. macrostoma,
Steenbuch, but Mr. Kennard tells me that Studer’s name is a nomen
nudum. (Figs. 18-21.)

3. Patupesrrina conrusa (Frauenfeld), in West Sussex.

Through the hamlet of Bury, which is situated on the Arun not far
from Amberley Station, there flows asmall stream. The bottom of this
is very muddy and the sides ov ergrown with various plants, which
are at high tides covered by the waters of the Arun backing up into
this tributary. Among this ‘vegetation lives P. confusa, as wells as in the
small pools remaining after the tide has subsided, along the sloping
banks of this and lie Arun itself. In September, 1911, only a few
very young shells were collected in the former locality, while a single
example was taken by R. J. Welch in the main river. In May, 1908,
the species was common in the tributary stream, when it was
discovered by Mr. C. P. Harrington and myself. In the Arun at this
point Neritina fluviatilis and a stunted and eroded form of Vivipara
viripara occur, while the marshes are chiefly remarkable for the
absence of Paludestrina Jenkinsi, one of the characteristic species of
those near Lewes, Eastbourne, and Rye.

4. Vertigo Movrrnstana (Dupuy), in Surrey.

When collecting between Haslemere and Godalming in October,
1907, 1 found a colony of this somewhat local species close to the
main road. ‘The locality is not far from Witley, and is a marshy spot
beside the small stream which flows from Lea Park through a series
of ponds marked upon the Ordnance Map as Hammer Ponds. On
a second visit in March, 1909, the shell was again taken, while
V. antivertigo occurred with it and V. substriata and V. pygmea not
far away. Upon my last visit in September, 1911, when I was
accompanied by Messrs. C. E. Wright and R. J. Welch, no trace of
any Vertigoes were to be seen in the locality. Perhaps the severe
drought had something to do with their disappearance. I may add
that in the stream close by a very dwarf form of Anodonta eygnea was
found living in 6 inches of water. he locality is one which would
well repay further work.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE II.

Figures 18-23 are magnified 1°25 diameters; the remainder are natural size.
Fia.
1. Helicella Heripensis (Mab.). Devil’s Dyke, near Brighton, West Sussex.
2. : a oeeeaet East Kent.
34, ri R: BES, East Sussex.

1 Deutsche Fe ta Moluusiion: Raina. 1876, p. 307, fig. 167.
2 Die Siissw ee Deutschlands, Heft xix; Mollusca, J. Thiele (1909)
p. 29, fig. 68.

44

Fia,

4.
5.
6.
Te

PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Helicella Heripensis (Mab.).

9 ’

Valvata cristata, Mill.
V. macrostoma, Steenbuch.

Vee piscinalis, Mill.

Eastbourne, East Sussex.

Stoner Hill, near Petersfield, South Hants.

Laleham, Middlesex.

Cambridge.

Ringstead, Northants.

Market Harborough, Leicestershire.
Brough, near Hull, South-East Yorks.
Oakley, Northants.

Devil’s Dyke, near Brighton, West Sussex.

Bignor, West Sussex.
Buckden, Hunts.
Horn Head, West Donegal.

Stradbally, Dingle Peninsula, South Kerry.

Marshes near Lewes, Kast Sussex.
Marshes near Lewes, East Sussex.
Marshes near Kastbourne, Kast Sussex.
Marshes near Lewes, Fast Sussex.

Planorbis vorticulus, Troschel. Marshes near Lewes, East Sussex.

P. vortex (Linn.).

Marshes near Lewes, East Sussex.

|
|
|
|

The uppermost of the four specimens shown in Fig. 10 is an immature shell,
pp i g ”

which has the somewhat sharp peripheral keel characteristic of juvenile’
examples of H. Heripensis. |

Figs. 15, 16, and 17 represent the large Western Irish form of H. caperata.
The lowest examples given in Figs. 19 and 21 are juveniles, which may be
compared with specimens of V. cristata of equal diameter.

in Figs. 18, 19, and 21 were all taken in the same habitat.

The shells shown

45

ON THE OCCURRENCE OF PUPISOMA IN SOUTH AFRICA.
By Henry C. Burnvp.
Read 12th January, 1912.
TurovucnH the generosity of Mr. J. H. Ponsonby in placing at my
disposal for study and comparison every specimen of Pupisoma in his
collection, I have been enabled to identify two representatives of
the genus in South Africa; and through the kindness of Mr. H.
Suter and Dr. H. A. Pilsbry in checking and confirming my tentative
conclusions, I am able to publish the results of my investigation.

| 1. Pourtsoma orcuta (Bens.).!

Originally described from India, this species is widely distributed
through South Africa, specimens having been examined by me from
Port Elizabeth (Crawford, per Ponsonby), Grahamstown (Farquhar),
Pretoria (Connolly), Victoria Falls, Zambesi (Warren and Connolly),
and the following localities in Natal: Richmond (Wakefield and
Cooper), Karkloof (Taynton and Burnup), Maritzburg, Edendale,
Dargie, and Ntimbankulu, Mid-Illovo (Burnup).

Under a strong lens fine, undulating, spiral striae may be seen in
the spaces between the oblique costulate growth-lines, especially on
‘the base, a feature not recorded in Benson's original description.
This is not confined to the South African specimens, but has also
been observed in the examples from India, Java, and Japan that
I have examined.

In Natal the shells are found on the trunks, branches, and leaves
of Cussonia and other native shrubs and trees in woods, as well as
on orange- and apple-trees in orchards. Mr. Wakefield, of Richmond,
attributes to these snails a beneficial influence in the matter of
clearing orange-trees of scale, but I have not been able to obtain
further confirmative evidence on the subject. Sometimes a distinct
yarix, showing a former resting-place, is formed upon the shell.

It is difficult to decide in these minute, thin-lipped shells when
maturity has been reached; therefore to record average dimensions
of the shells measured would be misleading. I have, however, chosen
a few shells which seem mature, and hereunder give their dimensions—

|
|
|

Height
Height. Width. x 100.

Width

mm. mm.

1°57 1°75 90

1°62 1°88 86

2°00 1°74 115

2°18 1°94 112

1 Helix orcula, Bens., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 1, vol. vi, p. 251, 1850.
Reeve, Conch. Icon., vol. vii, Helix, pl. 174, fig. 1176, 1853. Pupa
(Pupisoma) orcula, G. Nevill, Handlist Moll. Ind. Mus., i, p. 192, 1878.
Pupisoma orcula, Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. 11, vol. ix, p. 52, 1894;
Hirase, Conch. Mag., vol. iii, pl. ix, figs. 30, 31, 1909.

46 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIELY.

The ratio of height to width shows, as is substantiated by further
measurements taken but not recorded here, that in the later stages
of development the shells are proportionately high for their width.

A remarkable shell, much larger than any other that I have
examined, local or foreign, collected by Major Connolly at Victoria
Falls, measures 2°8 mm. high and 2°5 mm. wide, the ratio of height.
to width being 112 to 100. It has 43 whorls. '

Both this species and the following are ovoviviparous, many of the
specimens examined containing one young molluse furnished with
a shell, and some few containing two, one much larger than the
other.
Mr. H. Suter and Dr. H. A. Pilsbry concur in the determination
of this form.

2. Pupitsoma Japonicum, Pils.}

I have not received specimens of this species from any of my
South African correspondents, but have myself collected it at Maritz-
burg, Edendale, Karkloof, and Ntimbankulu, Natal; commensal
with 2. orcula on indigenous trees and shrubs. The following are
some of the measurements that I have taken of apparently mature

specimens :— ;
Height |
Height. Width. — x 100. |
Width |
.
mm mm :
2 1°16 105 ;
1°32 1°24 | 106 .
SB HS) ieBy 102
1°41 Wes yi | 103

;

By these figures it will be seen that this species is much truer to
a normal proportion than P. orcula, the ratio of height to width
remaining nearly constant.

In this species I cannot find any trace of the minute spiral. strive
to be seen in P. orcula, Bens., pulvisculum, Issel, and other species.

As compared with P. or cula, Japonicum is of a much more regular.
form, strongly suggesting Trigonephrus globulus (Miill.) in miniature.
By this ditference in form, by the umbilical perforation being open
instead of nearly covered by the triangular reflection of the columellar
lip, by the absence of the revolving striae, and by the much smaller
size, this species is easily separable from P. oreula.

I have submitted examples to Dr. H. A. Pilsbry, who confirms
the ake determination.

i Wass vol. xvi, p. 21, 1902.

mea ARGES FOR ADVERTISEMENTS.

OUTSIDE COVER. Each insertion—

Whole page . : 30s.
Half page . 3 : 15s.
Quarter page. : : 7s. 6d.

INSIDE COVER. Each insertion—

Whole page . : : 20s.
Half page : : ; 10s.
Quarter page . : : 5s.

Two Publications of Interest to Malacologists.—The
undersigned has ready for distribution the Directory of American
Conchologists and a Catalogue of Author Abbreviations. The
former contains the names, addresses, and particulars of about
315 conchologists in North and South America. Either publication
may be had post free for 25 cents (Is. coin and Id. unused stamp
accepted). Only 150 copies of the Directory remain unsold.
Address : Maxwell Smith, Hartsdale, New York, U.S.A.

Walacologtcal Soctety of Mondon.

(Founded 27th February, 1893.)

Officers and Council—elected 9th February, 1912.
President :—R. BuLLEN Newton, F.G.S.

Vice-Presidents :—Rev. A. H. Cooxn, M.A.; G. C. Crick, F.G.S.;
Rev. Professor H. M. Gwarxtn, D.D.; B. B. Woopwanrp, F.L.S.

Treasurer :—J. H. Ponsonsy, F'.Z.S., 15 Chesham Place, London, S.W.

Secretary :—G. K. Gupn, F.Z.S., 45 West Hill Road, Wandsworth,
London, S.W.

Editor: —E. A. Suir, 1[.8.0., Natural History Museum, Cromwell
Road, London, S.W.

Other Members of Council:—Rev. E. W. Bowe tt, M.A.; Rev. R.
AsHInetoN Buen, B.A., F.L.S.; H. B. Prusron, F.Z.8.3
H. 0. N.. Saaw, F.Z.8.; E. R. Syxus, B.A, F.L:S.; J. Roun
Tomuin, M.A., F.E.S.

By kind permission of the Council of the Linnean Sociury, the
MEETINGS are held in their apartments at Burttnaron Hovse,
Piccaptniy, W., on the secoND FRIDAY in each month from NovEMBER
to JUNE.

The OBJECT of the Society is to promote the study of the Mollusca,
both recent and fossil.

MEMBERS, both Ordinary and Corresponding (the latter resident
without the British Islands), are elected by ballot on a certificate of
recommendation signed by two or more Members.

LADIES are eligible for election.

The SUBSCRIPTION is, for Ordinary Members 10s. 6d. per annuum
or £7 7s. for Life, for Corresponding Members 7s. 6d. per annum or
£5 5s. for Life. All Members on election pay an Entrance Fee of 10s. 6d.

The PROCEEDINGS are issued three times a year, and each
Member is entitled to receive a copy of those numbers issued during
membership.

[Vols. I-VIII and Vol. IX, Parts I-III, consisting of 52 Parts,
price 5s. net per Part. Parts IV-VI of Vol. IX, and all|
succeeding Parts, price 7s. 6d. each. A discount of 20 per
cent upon the above prices is allowed to Members purchasing
these Volumes or Parts through the Secretary. ]

Further information, with forms of proposal for Membership, may be:
obtained from the Secretary, to whom all communications should be sent:
at his private address, as given above.

STEPHEN AUSTIN AND SONS, LTD., PRINTERS, HERTFORD,

Vol. X. Part II. JUNE, 1912. Price 7s. 6d. net.

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF LONDON.

EDITED BY
E. A. SMITH, 18.0., F.Z.S.

Under the direction of the Publication Committee.

UTHORS ALONE ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE STATEMENTS IN THEIR RESPECTIVE
PAPERS.

CO EN ML Se SEN: eS:

PROCEEDINGS :— PAGE | PAPERS continued :— PAGE

Annual Meeting, Feb. 9th, 1912 48
Ordinary Meetings:

February 9th; 1912............ 49
IMAGO Si iaceiteessvecssessecses 49
PAG UL OG) we ccwcssestscssneresass 50
Obituary Notices ................4. 51
NOTES :—

Note on the existence of two
editions of Férussac’s
Tableaux Systématiques.
yi \CONNOLLY, 6-cc-0sss00s 53

Note on Plewrotoma (Clionella)
bipartita, Smith. By HE. A.
SmitH, 1.8.0. (Fig.)......... 53

On the occurrence of Pisidiwm

Mibernicum in Southern
Sweden. By B. B. Woop-
UPMELDD ENS Ss.) aiclaaveastinceainactls 54
Note on Lapparia Parki. By
PUP OTENS fies snascscsssscnnatonse 55
PAPERS :—

Presidential Address: On the
Lower Tertiary Mollusca of
the Fayum Province of Egypt.
By R. B. Newton, F.G.S.
(Plates III, IV.)

LONDON:
DULAU & CO., LTD.,
37 SOHO SQUARE, W.

The Distribution and Habits
of Alopia, a sub-genus of
Clausilia. By the Rey. A. H.
Cooke, M.A., F.Z.S. ......... 90

The genus Dosinia and its
subdivisions. By A. J. JUKES-
BROWNE, F.R.S., F.G.S. ... 95

On the generic name to be
applied tothe Venus islandica,
Linn. By E.A.SmituH,I.8.0. 105

Characters of three new species
of Freshwater Shells from
Uruguay. ByH.B. PRESTON,
Ta VASES ((UTEERIN ence doamdased: 107

Descriptions of five new species
of Limicolaria from British
East Africa. By H. B.
PRESTON, F.Z.S. (Figs.) ... 108

A Synopsis of the Recent and
Tertiary Land and Freshwater
Mollusea of the Californian
Province. By H. HANNIBAL.
(Plates, Vi) VL.) ecccs.sancseenvnns 112

BERLIN:
R. FRIEDLANDER & SOHN,
11 KARLSTRASSE, N.W.

For information concerning the

MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON

See page iv of this wrapper.

MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

4

0

OF THE

DINGS

=,

v)

PROCEI

s1opipn y NOS@OU “O ADD . “GIGL ‘9% hunnune
S GQUVMdGOOM AUNWH JOINSVOLT, “UOFT ‘XANOSNO “PL NMOL

“qQOTLO0 oq 0} JUDWOYLIsS DAOGU
oy} puy aM pus ‘uopuo'y jo Ayo10g [LoLsopooxye yy IY} JO LoMsvor], 9} JO syUNOIV OY poulMexd Av Pp SUZ DART OAV

0 L GF Oa Salis;
“i
OS ee RL ac, SR AE ee ei ay 907 Uorpsoduog ‘
7 wach oe | es © = >) SonepeqeMar on some, a ee ee enn Cue woreuo(, OF,
‘UNAA TVIOAdS
OF iS ols: O VEGits
(Ss CO) I Aas cg es CC EO QoUBTEC. WO) Pile Gee: ) eeannanatS ‘SUOTPVAYSNT[] LOZ suotyruog ‘
Que te = pony ewodator 0) <e o0N9 “lof £7 SHED Eee eae 0¢F uo puoptrayy *
eee etey sa Soop Woryptsoduoy pure WoTyVUo(y SGGt SOqkuist cee * ( SSUIpIO0OLg ,, Jo apeg “
ele. <8 = = * * sosuod xy B,Arejomvog “ kg ye ee eo mormon aes
0 e1e = OF De Q —* & Pehe Be oe eas” Soa ne omen, ae
0 OL G — * spuypudyzY oF soryinyeay 9 819 =
0 2 oF ° - sulo0yy Jo 9 OL & °° sdoquay, Sutpuodsatiog
asn Aq potmour sosuodxny 0 € SF ° * * stoquwoyy ArvuIps¢
—joroog uvouury “ —ooUvApe ur suot4diiosqng yenuuy “
OF ASI Gs Bena enares
0 L1G * sdoqmoyy Surpuodsori09 =
a ©¢ : dg ee (sdwvjzg) tamsvoary, “ O 1 IF ° * °* stequmop Arvurpr9 a
O zalhe Se Siemon oun —iIvoalie ut suordiimsqng [enuuy “ a
10 28 & 2£ 0g P
~ od . Qa
oe ae ee suomesnT] 6) (Oi Ze ; Siegal Surpuodsarto( I
pee ek aoe tabs ou 9 OL LAF Sloquoyy ATwuTpagG n
8 F 695 dovjsog puv suryurag : ’ eae see see
=» sfumpannoaaisemo nso ih —suoydiiosqng penuuy a
6“ : “dad rexel ( rell 7 ss ss geod a8] UOT ome OF) >

ee er a zg) 8 “17

48

ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING.
Fripay, 9rH Fxrsruary, 1912.
R. BULLEN NEWTON, F.G.S., President, in the Chair.

Mr. R. H. Burne and Mr. A. S. Kennard were appointed scrutineers.
The following report was read :—

‘Your Council, in presenting their nineteenth Annual Report, are
able again to record a year of progress.

‘During that period thirteen new members have been elected,
while death has removed two of our old ones, namely, Miss Mary
Lodder and Mr. Robert Cairns.

‘“The membership of the Society on December 31, 1911, stood as
follows :—

Ordinary members. : : : : ; ‘ 70
Corresponding members. ‘ : ‘ é ‘ 90

Total . 160
an increase of eleven as compared with the preceding year.

‘‘The financial condition of the Society shows an improvement,
partly through the increase of membership and partly on account of
the increased price of the ‘Proceedings’. The current account
consequently has a credit balance of £9 6s. 3d. The special fund,
created three years ago, and which last year was transferred to the
current account, has been resuscitated. ‘This was made possible by
a donation from a member, and this fund now has £12 7s. standing
to its credit. Moreover, the Society still holds the sum of £50
invested in Metropolitan 23 per cent stock.

‘* During the year 1911 the usual three parts of the ‘ Proceedings’
have been issued, forming the second half of Vol. IX. They contain
149 pages, illustrated with 4 plates and 53 text-figures.

‘‘The following gentlemen have very kindly contributed towards
the cost of the illustrations or have supplied drawings or photographs
for the plates and text-figures: H. H. Bloomer, Rev. A. H. Cooke,
Lieut.-Col. H. H. Godwin-Austen, R. Bullen Newton, Major A. J.
Peile, H. B. Preston, E. A. Smith, G. B. Sowerby, and E. R. Sykes.
It is only through such liberal assistance that it is possible to illustrate
the ‘ Proceedings’ so fully.

‘‘ Further, the thanks of the Society are especially due to the Council
of the Linnean Society, through whose kindness it has been permitted,
as in former years, to hold its meetings in Burlington House.”

On the motion of the Rev. E. W. Bowell, seconded by Mr. C. P.
Crick, the above was adopted as the Annual Report of the Society.

The following were elected as Officers and Council for 1912 :—

President.—R. Bullen Newton, F.G.S.

Vice-Presidents.—Rev. A. H. Cooke, M.A., F.Z.8.; G. C. Crick,
F.G.S.; Rev. Professor H. M. Gwatkin, D.D.; B. B. Woodward,
F.L.S.

Treasurer.—J.H. Ponsonby, F.Z.8., 15 Chesham Place, London, 8. W:

PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. 49

Secretary. —G. K. Gude, F.Z.8., 45 West Hill Road, Wandsworth,
London, S.W.

Editor—E. A. Smith, 1.8.0., F.Z.S., Natural History Museum,
Cromwell Road, London, 8. W.

Other Tiare of Coanal: —Rev. E. W. Bowell, M.A.; Rev. R.
@enineton Bullen, B.A., F.L.S.; H. B. Preston, F.Z.8.; H. O. N.
Shaw, Re7S. > Ee AX. Sykes, Baa Je ete. Tomlin, M.A., BOKS.

On the motion of Mr. C. P. Crick, seconded by Mr. R. H. Burne,
a yote of thanks was passed to the Retiring Officers and Members of
the Council, and to the Auditors and Scrutineers.

ORDINARY MEETING.
Fripay, 9rH Fresruary, 1912.
R. BULLEN NEWTON, F.G.S., President, in the Chair.

The President delivered his annual address, entitled ‘‘On the
Lower Tertiary Mollusca of the Fayum Province of Egypt”, which
was illustrated by some of the shells mentioned, including the types
of several new species. Afterwards numerous views of the district in
question, kindly provided by Dr. C. W. Andrews, were thrown on
the screen.

On the motion of Mr. B. B. Woodward, seconded by Mr. C. P.
Crick, a vote of thanks was passed to the President for his address,
and he was asked to permit it being printed 7m extenso. Dr. Andrews,
who had been in charge of the expedition and who brought the
fossils home, made some interesting observations.

ORDINARY MEETING.
Fripay, 8tH Marcu, 1912.
R. BULLEN NEWTON, F.G.S., President, in the Chair.

Mr. H. C. Napier was elected a member of the Society.

The following communications were read :—

1. ‘*The Distribution and Habits of Alopia, a sub-genus of
ee iite. ? By the Rev. A. H. Cooke, M.A., F.Z.S.

2. ‘A Synopsis of the Recent and Tertiary Land and Freshwater
Mollusca of the Californian Province.”” By H. Hannibal.

3. ‘Note on the existence of two editions of Férussac’s Zubleaux
Systématiques.”’ By M. Conolly.

4. “Note on Pleurotoma ( Clionella) bipartita, Smith.” By E. A,
Smith, 1.8.0.

The Rev. A. H. Cooke exhibited ten specimens of Zremina
desertorum, forming part of a collection of forty taken by him
near Cairo in 1904, which had been placed in a tin box and
kept without food until January last, when it was found that ten
individuals were still alive; they were supplied with lettuce leaves
which, however, they would not touch, whereas some desert sand
was greedily devoured by them. Of these ten specimens seven had
since died, but the other three were still alive.

50 PROCEEDINGS OF ‘THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Mr. A. 8. Kennard exhibited a fragmentary valve of Unio batavus,
Lam., from the Pleistocene of Swanscombe, a species not hitherto
recorded from these Islands. ‘wo other specimens had been forwarded
by him to Dr. Haas of Frankfurt a/M., who confirmed the specifie
determination.

ORDINARY MEETING.
Fripay, 12TH Apri, 1912.
R. BULLEN NEWTON, F.G.S., President, in the Chair.

Mr. E. W. Vredenburg was elected a member of the Society.

The following communications were read :—

1. ‘The genus Dosinta and its subdivisions.” By A. J. Jukes-
Browne, F.R.S., F.G.S.

2. ‘On the generic name to be applied to the Venus islandiea,
Linn.” By E. A. Smith; 1.8.0.

3. ‘ Note on Lapparta Parki, Suter.” By Henry Suter.

4. ‘‘Characters of three new species of freshwater shells from
Uruguay” and ‘ Descriptions of five new species of Limicolaria from
British East Africa’. By H. B. Preston, F.Z.S.

The Rev. R. Ashington Bullen exhibited a series of living mollusea
collected by him in the island of Grand Canary, comprising Luparypha
Grassett, LHelicella monilifera, Curacollina Parryti, and Folliculus
folliculus ; a piece of limestone rock containing Zonitordes minusculus,
from the Upper Pliocene, Warwick, Bermuda; and, on behalf of
Miss Dorothy Bate, Pleistocene cave shells from Mallorca and
Minorea.

OBITUARY NOTICES.

By the death of Colonel Richard Henry Beddome, F.L.S., this Society
has lost one of its original members. As a conchologist he was
particularly distinguished among those who collected in Peninsular
India. For twenty-five years he was in the Forest Department,
having been appointed to it in 1857 by Dr. Cleghorn, Conservator,
Captain Beddome being his chief assistant, and for twenty-two years
he was the superintendent. His departmental tours gave him
splendid opportunities for collecting in many branches of Natural
History in the then little-known hill ranges and forests of Central
and Southern India, opportunities of which he took the fullest
advantage, as shown by the number of new species he discovered,
not only of the land mollusca but of mammals and reptiles, and by
valuable notes respecting their geographical distribution, which led to
association with Dr. W. T. Blanford, Dr. T. C. Jerdon, and many
other naturalists working in that part of India.

Colonel Beddome, however, was essentially a botanist, and in the
‘study of the flora of Southern India he devoted the best days of his
life, the result of which was the publication of quite a series of
valuable works containing figures of numberless species, the drawings
being executed with great fidelity by the native draughtsmen he had
trained to the work.

Some of his botanical publications are as follow :—

Trees of the Madras Presidency, 1863; Flora Sylvatica for
Southern India, 1869-73; Ferns of Southern India, 1873; Ferns of
British India, 1876; Forester’s Manual of Botany for Southern India,
1869-74; Lcones Plantarum Indie Orientalis, 1874; Handbook of the
Ferns of British India, Ceylon, and the Malay Peninsula, 1883
(Supplement, 1892).

On Reptilia and Batrachians he wrote no less than fifteen papers,
most valuable contributions to their study.

The following is a complete list of his papers on Mollusca :—

1. “Descriptions of some new Operculated Land-shells from Southern India

and Ceyion,’’ 1875.

‘* Descriptions of Land-shells from the Island of Koror, Pelew Group,’’ 1889.
““ Descriptions of some new Land-shells from the Indian Region,’’ 1891.
‘Notes on Indian and Ceylonese species of Glessula,’’ 1906.

“Descriptions of Labyrinthus euclausus and Neocyclotus Belli, n.spp.,
from Colombia,’’ 1908.

In conjunction with myself—

“New species of Cyclophorus and a Spiraculum from the Khasi and Naga
Hills, Assam.’’

Beddome formed a fine collection of land shells from India and
other parts of the world, among which the operculates, especially the
minute forms, were, I think, his favourites.

I feel this notice is late in its appearance, but had it come out
earlier I could not have put on record, which I do with considerable
pleasure, and it will I am sure be shared by the fellows of this
Society, that all the Indian types and rarer Indian species in the

ge ges

ak

52 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Beddome Collection will find a resting-place in the Natural History
Museum alongside species found by Benson, many made by Henry
and William Blanford, Theobald, myself, and others. This will make
the collection from India and adjacent countries almost complete and
wonderfully rich in types. For this generous gift we have to thank
his widow, who, having a deep interest in what it took hours and
hours of her husband’s life to bring together, desired to see it placed
where it would be most appreciated and helpful to those engaged
in malacological and conchological investigations. This is quite
what Colonel Beddome would have desired, for I know that in the
preparation of the Mollusca volume of the ‘‘ Fauna of British India”
Beddome placed his collection at the disposal of Dr. Blanford and
assisted him in every way.

Colonel Beddome’s death on the 23rd February, 1911, was sudden
and quite unexpected by his conchological friends. He attended the
Council Meeting of this Society on 20th January, and I met him just
before it began, and we talked over a new species of Oxytes he
had just received from Burma and which is now named after him.
He was the eldest son of Richard Boswell Brandon Beddome, solicitor,
of Clapham Common, 8.W., and was born 12th May, 1830, so was
in his 8lst year. He was educated at Charterhouse School, and
Hart’s Army List gives the following dates of his commissions:
Ensign 20th January, 1848; Lieutenant 15th November, 1853;
Captain 18th February, 1861; Major 20th January, 1868; Lieut.-
Colonel 20th January, 1874; Colonel 20th January, 1879. I have
been able to glean that he first studied for the legal profession,
but he could not get interested in it, and, preferring a life abroad,
entered the Army in the Hon. East India Company’s service.
Obtaining a direct cadetship, and going out to India, he joined the
42nd Madras Native Infantry, and was with that regiment at
Jabbalpur in 1856, being at that time Quartermaster and Interpreter
of the regiment; from there he went to Secunderabad, and soon after
his arrival at this station, about the end of the year 1856, he was
appointed to the Madras Forest Department, and never again rejoined
his regiment.

H. H. Gopwry-Avsten.

NOTES.

_ Nove on rae EXISTENCE OF TWO EpITIONS OF FéRussac’s Z'ABLEAUX
| Sysreuariques. (Lead 8th March, 1912.)—It does not appear to be
generally known that there were in 1821 two printings of what, from
_ the pagination, may be called parts ii and il of the above work. I have
only examined two copies, one in the Natural History Museum, South
Kensington, and the other in the Jenyns Library, Bath Literary and
Scientitic Institute.

The first page of part ii, in each case, is inscribed: “Tableau
Systématique /de la Famille/des Limaces, Limaces, / servant de Supplé-
ment provisoire/& notre Histoire naturelle de ces Animaux./ (Voyez
page 21 et suivantes de notre ouvrage.)/” In the South Kensington
copy, however, the date which follows is “Janvier 1821”, while in the
Bath one it is “Juin 1821”.

The ensuing twenty-eight pages of this part are alike in each copy, but in
the following part, ‘“‘ Tableau Systématique / de la Famille / des Limacons,
Cochlece |,” occurs what must be a fruitful source of confusion to reference
hunters. On p. 3 of the January printing is an “ Avertissement ”, which
occupies four pages, and p. 7 commences with “ Observations Générales
sur la Famille”. The work thus runs on to p. 114, and concludes with
a “Récapitulation des esptces mentionnées” and “ Liste des Espéces
_. .. que nous n’avons pas vues”.

__In the June printing of part ili, “Tableau... des Limacons,”
the “ Avertissement ” is omitted, and the ‘Observations Générales ”

begin on p. 3, with the result that from this point to the end of the
volume each page bears a number lower by four than the corresponding
page in the January print, and the final “ Récapitulation ” appears on
p. 110 instead of p. 114. There is also one extra page, 111, containing
a “Table des Matitres”, in which references are correctly made to the
pages as they are numbered in this printing, but it is noteworthy that
on p. 67, in the list of corrections and additions, the altered numbering
has escaped notice, so that each correction is referred to a page four
later than should be the case, as if the pagination were the same as in
the earlier printing.

Since the above was written, Mr. Gude has informed me _ that
his own copy of the Jableaux, as well as that in the library of the
Zoological Society, agrees with the Bath edition.

M. Connotty.

Nore on Prevroroma (CiIoneLLA) BiparTiTA, Suiru. (Read
8th March, 1912.)—Dr. Herman Strebel has very kindly called my attention
to some confusion attaching to this South African species. It has arisen
from a typographical error ; bipartita should have been printed ¢tr7partita.
A reference to the description at once shows this, since it is stated that
the whorls are divided into three parts. This description was published
in 1877, but the previous year Weinkauff described this shell as Plewrotoma
(Clavatula) tripartita, E. Smith, from specimens received from Mr. G. B.
Sowerby, who doubtless had named his shells from the British Museum
collection, where the tablet was labelled tripartita, Smith, although at
the time the description had not been published.

a+ PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

The synonymy of the species is as follows :—
CLIONELLA TRIPARTITA (Weinkauff).
1876, Pleurotoma (Clavatula) tr ipartita (E. Smith, MSS.), Weinkauff,
Conchyl. Cab., p. 120, pl. xxvi, figs. 12, 13.

1877. P. (Clionella) bipartita (typographical error for tripartita), Smith,
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1877, vol. xix, p. 500.

1884. Clavatula ”(Clionella) bipartita, Smith: Tryon, Man. Conchifl
vol. vi, p. 234.

1884. CC. (Perrona) obesa, Reeve : Tryon (partim), op. cit., p. 282, pl. vill,
fig. 4.

1892. Pleurotoma (Clionella) bipartita, Smith: Sowerby, Marine Shells
of South Africa, p. 6, pl. iv, fig. 83.

1904. Clionella bipartita, Smith, Journ, Malae. . Vol. xi, p. 22.

Neither of the figures quoted above is of much use. That in The
Marine Shells of South Africa is simply a caricature, and that in
Weinkauff’s work is not much better, since it does not show the bipartite
feature of the whorls.

iE

With regard to the relationship of Pleurotoma obesa of Reeve to this
species, as suggested by Tryon, I would merely repeat Mr. Sowerby’s
observation that “it is quite unlike it, and certainly belongs to a different

section of the genus”, namely Perrona.
E. A. SMITH.

ON THE OCCURRENCE OF Pyszpivu H1perNICcUM IN SOUTHERN SWEDEN
(Read 12th April, 1912.)—This species was described by Westerlund in
1894 from specimens found by Dr. R. F. Scharff in Lough Nagarriva,
about 4 miles north of Glengarrif, just over the boundary in co. Kerry.

A few years later it was taken by Mr. Stelfox in Lough Namaddra and
another small unnamed tarn, both close to Lough Nagarriva but within
the co. Cork boundary.

More recently I identified the species among specimens sent by

PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. os)

Mr. Stelfox from Lough Gowlanagower, on Inishbofin, West Galway, and
a few weeks ago found a single valve attached to a caddis-case from Lough
Tallanafrankagh, South Galway, sent by Mr. R. A. Phillips.

Whether the species belonged to the Lusitanian group, like the Kerry
slug (Geomalacus), or was of boreal origin, was in doubt till a few days ago,
when I received from Dr. Nils H. Odhner, of the Riksinuseum, Stockholm,
a quantity from South Sweden. i

Dr. Odhner’s specimens came from the Takern See, Ostergitland, to the
east of Omberg, and close to the Wetter See. They occurred abundantly
in an area of a square metre and at about one metre in depth, amongst
Chara, in company with P. subtruncatum, P. Casertanum, P. nitidum,

P. milium, and P. Lilljeborgii.

B. B. WoopWARD.

Nore on Zapparra Parxr. (Read 12th April, 1912.)—Being
occupied with examining the type-specimens of the Tertiary fossils of
New Zealand, which were used by the late Captain Hutton when writing
his Catalogue of the Tertiary Mollusca of New Zealand, 1873, I had before
me, a short time ago, his Voluta (Lyria) corrugata (Cat. Tert. Moll., p. 7).

The specimen being devoid of the protoconch, the curator of the Canterbury

Museum most kindly allowed me to examine a specimen with this part of
the shell in perfect condition. I was surprised to find a very distinct
earicelloid pullus, and this at once reminded me of the immature shells
I described and figured in these Proceedings (vol. vii, p. 207, pl. xviii,
figs. 1, 2, 1907), under the name of Lappariu Parki. I now consider them
to be absolutely identical with Lappuria corrugata, Hutton, and my name
therefore falls into synonymy of Hutton’s species.
H. SUTER.

PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS:
(Delivered 9th February, 1912.)

ON THE LOWER TERTIARY MOLLUSCA OF THE FAYUM
PROVINCE OF EGYPT.’

By R. Buttey Newroy, F.G.S.
PLATES III AND IV.

I. Introduction.
II. On the Geological Age of the Jebel el Qatrani Deposits.
Ill. The Lutetian Mollusea of the Fayum, with list of species, as mono-
eraphed by Dr. Oppenheim.
IV. Observations on some new, or otherwise interesting, Gastropoda from
the Eocene deposits of the Fayum.
V. Literature.
VI. Index to the Genera and Species of the Mollusca.

I. Inrropuction.

In recent years the Fayum Province of Egypt has been the scene of
some remarkable paleontological discoveries which have brought to
light an entirely new vertebrate fauna, consisting of mammals, birds,
reptiles, and fishes, that had their existence during the Kocene stage
of Lower Tertiary times. ‘These interesting remains were collected
by Mr. H. J. L. Beadnell, F.G.S., when, as an officer of the Geological
Survey of Egypt, he was investigating the structure of the region, as
well as by Dr. C. W. Andrews, F.R.S.,? of the British Museum, the
latter having also fully described them in an elaborate memoir pub-
lished by the Trustees of the British Museum. For the stratigraphical
knowledge of this subject, however, we are mainly indebted to
Mr. Beadnell,? who has written a complete history of the beds in
which these animals were found, with a review of all previous
opinions upon the subject.

But besides these relics of a vertebrate fauna, the same rocks of the
Fayum have yielded a large number of invertebrate remains which
are of immense interest and claim an equal scientific importance, since
they constitute a material part of the faunistic characters of that
area of Egypt. Such fossils, belonging to all groups of the invertebrata,
have been known to paleontologists for many years; but by far
the most numerously represented are the Mollusca, particularly the
Pelecypoda and Gastropoda, the Scaphopoda and Cephalopoda being
comparatively seldom found. The chief authorities on the Lower
Tertiary Mollusca of the Fayum include the names of the late
Professor Mayer-Eymar, M. Cossmann, Dr. Blanckenhorn, and Dr. Paul
Oppenheim.

1 Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.

2 A Descriptive Catalogue of the Tertiary Vertebrata of the Faywm, Egypt, 1906.

2 The Topography and Geology of the Fayuwm Province of Egypt. Survey
Dept., Egypt (Cairo), 1905.

NEWTON : LOWER TERTIARY MOLLUSCA OF THE FAYUM. ol

Before proceeding further, however, it will be necessary to refer
briefly to the stratigraphical features of the district under consideration,
which have been so ably described by Mr. Beadnell. From his memoir
we gather that the Fayum is one of the great depressions of the
Libyan Desert, being of circular contour and comprising about 12,000
square kilometres; it lies some fifty miles south-west of Cairo and
immediately west of that part of the Nile Valley which is between
Kafr el Ayat and Feshn. The more southern and western portions
include Wadi Muela, Wadi Rayan, and Gar el Gehannem; the
| northern boundary being a range of hills known as Jebel el Qatrani.
_Mr. Beadnell divides the region into cultivated land, lake, and desert.
‘The main part of the ‘ cultivated land’ is in the eastern half of the
depression, where the villages mostly abound. Like the Nile Valley
itself, the soil here is of alluvial’ character, being nourished by
a complete system of irrigation which emanates Hon ae Nile thr ough
the natural canal of Bahr Yusef and its many offshoots, and so
furnishing the area with an abundant water supply, many of the
streams ultimately draining into Birket el Qurun. ‘This latter,
situated to the north-west of the cultivated land, forms the ‘lake’
area of the province, being a large sheet of brackish water, with
a nearly east and west axis of 40 kilometres and a maximum breadth
of 10 kilometres; it forms the lowest part of the depression. This
lake, in Post-Tertiary and early historical times, must have been far
“more extensive than now obtains, as lacustrine deposits can be traced
over wide areas of what is now desert country. It is supposed to
represent all that remains of the ancient Lake Moeris when its
waters, according to Mr. Beadnell, must have covered an area ten
times the size of that occupied by Birket el Qurun at the present day.
The ‘desert’ country of the ‘Fayum may be said to surround the
lake and cultivated lands. This is the region of greatest antiquity,
being formed of Lower Tertiary rocks belonging to the Middle and
Upper Eocene Series, which have yielded the vertebrate and invertebrate
fossils as well as large masses of silicified tree remains. It is in the
escarpment area between the northern shores of Birket el Qurun and
Jebel el Qatrani that the chief fossiliferous tract occurs. Speaking,
generally, the strata of the Fayum are of a purely sedimentary
character, consisting of limestones, marls, clays, sandstones, etc.,
which vary greatly in hardness and durability, the beds being nearly
horizontal or with only a slight northerly dip. Igneous rocks are
sometimes present, but they are regarded as having originated, more
or less, from local lava-flows. The stratigraphical sequence is given
as Middle Kocene, Upper Eocene, Oligocene, Pliocene, Post-Pliocene,
and Recent. Certain igneous rocks referred to as intercalated basalts
occur between the topmost Eocene and the Oligocene, which are
considered to represent an arbitr ary demarcation separating those two
formations. Further divisions have been recognized in these strata.
The Middle Eocene or Lutetian of European nomenclature is divided
by Mr. Beadnell into four groups. The first or oldest, at the base, are
termed the Wadi Rayan Serves, containing marine shells and
Nummulites Gizehensis, and which occur at Wadi Muela, Wadi Rayan,

58 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIELY.

and Gar el Gehannem. These are succeeded by the Ravine Series,
also of marine character, with mollusea, fish, and cetacean remains,
forming the valleys of El Bats and El Wadi, which stretch eastwards
towards the Nile Valley, then northwards to Tamia, constituting as
well the basal rocks of the island (Geziret el Qorn) on Birket el Qurun,
then extending westwards to Gar el Gehannem. The third group is
the Birket el Qurun Series, with marine shells and cetacea, which are
developed in the south-eastern regions of the Fayum (Qalamsha) and
along its eastern sides to the northern confines of the cultivated area
(Tamia, etce.); they also form part of the rock structure of the island
on Birket el Qurun, as well as the Gar el Gehannem in the west,
‘These beds are followed by the Qasr el Sagha Series, containing land
and marine vertebrates as well as numerous shells (Carolia, ete.),
mostly marine, but with occasional fluviatile forms (Lanistes), the
whole fauna giving evidence of estuarine conditions prevailing during
the deposition of the beds. This series is mostly found in the
northern areas of the Fayum as well as at Gar el Gehannem, the best
development forming the cliff escarpments overlooking the Birket el
Qurun.

The different ‘series’ of beds here enumerated belong to the
Mokattam or Parisian rocks, the lower of which, comprising the Rayan,
the Ravine, and the Birket el Qurun, being bracketed as Lower
Mokattam, while the Qasr el Sagha Series is referred to as the Upper
Mokattam. Above these occur the Upper Eocene or Bartonian rocks,
which are developed among the escarpments of the northern part of
the depression to Jebel el Qatrani. The lower part of this series
contains quantities of silicitied woods, remains of land animals,
crocodiles, tortoises, etc., while the upper part shows an assemblage
of mollusea of marine and freshwater habits, such as Unio, Lanistes,
Pleurotoma, Turritella, etc., a repetition of the estuarine or fluyio-
marine features noticeable in the older series of the Qasr el Sagha.
The whole of the Bartonian is capped by the basalt, beyond the
boundary of which the Oligocene rocks are thought to occur, although
strata of that age have not been paleontologically determined as being
present within the actual confines of the Fayum. ‘The Miocene
formation is entirely absent, although known at Mogara, some
100 kilometres in a north-westerly direction from the Fayum, as well
as at localities eastward of Cairo. Certain gravel terraces on the
north-east of the region have been referred to the Pliocene epoch, as
well as some sandy beds at Sidmant el Jebel and Qalamsha on the
south-east boundary of the depression, where the well-known Pliocene
ostreiform shell occurs, Alectryonia cucullata. The Post-Pliocene and
Recent deposits are fvund covering the cultivated lands and the north
and west of Birket el Qurun. They contain freshwater mollusca
comparable to forms found in the Nile and other African waters,
which include Zanistes carinatus, Olivier, sp., Viviparus unicolor,
Olivier, sp., ete.

The whole of the divisions may be epitomized as follows in the
succeeding table :—

FAYUM.

THE

LOWER TERTIARY MOLLUSCA OF

NEWTON

“SayRIqo}oA OU Ynq ‘Spaq aso} UL IndV0 ‘oye ‘n.uj~py ‘wuon'T ‘saprownonjid vyowp)

‘aja ‘sAvTO ‘S[IVUL ‘SOUOJSOUTIT :(Spoq srswayazrp sapynuuunyy) sar.iag woliny ipdA, O€T —
— °
. 17? @ y ra 5} = ~ . / Zg
s INd00 OS[v suopoj naz rte SUIBVUIOI-YSIy 099 ‘7702.4YSIUA} OL 4 E
puyjapy ‘vynovprxrid *yo y)NgQ.L0 IA ‘SOUOJSOUN] ATAVUL PUB S[AVUL OFT | Sarsag) aman 74
DUYIAL BINIpPUTLG “fo DjNGLOD WN 4 HL A t I wage OS OULD S 4
“SUIBULAL WOPO)/NaAZF PUNOF BIB UOTJOOS SITY} JO Spaq IOMOT OY UT *87272772 AT 2 =
“oa ‘sayzyvanyQ yo soweds ‘pou0pIDYd = VUOPNSUY.4 DANN], ‘*(p2QvLp =) = Bs
yjauppog wynyos ‘Swydsowhjod wvjynqoog ‘svuopimyg wumonyT oie poyuesoidor Og =) = INC FOXONG |
BOSNT[OW IT, ‘Soauoyspuvs AIVUOeLOU0D payAVUI-[[OM TOUT IO 9UO PUR SaUOySOUTT] Fe 5 WIG
Apuvs yy ‘sAvpo puv souoyspuvs : (Spaq oypNuUMN—v12j729.adQ) sarwag unin?) 1a Jay.uU_ ro
‘ayo ‘pulojsrudy, ‘wopopbnaz ‘wunrwayprvao py % a
SB TONS ‘SUIVUET oyBIGe}IOA UIVJUOD Soles SIYZ JO Spoq AOMOT puB yseysIy oy, one fs
“aga ‘as/inmop,0LT Se rea Zz
uajosowanpy ‘saprownonyd vyowwy ‘rWiaq-10)) piuoli.oa) y ‘oyorvospf vYywsayy ‘vovuon.oYy. ST Pate
DaNLINy, ‘srnbyuy sajsvuv'yT ‘snjpynvpyT sv sypeys yous peprerk vavy speq seddn oxy, 3
‘souoyspurs pur ‘sAvyo ‘SspIVUL ‘SOUOJSOUT] SUIYVUIEY[B +: (Spaq V20WV/A) sarvag DYyboY a wsv) ;
‘aya ‘WOpolayT “WnNwaypL.IoOpy “wopooup ‘winr.vayj0Ws..y7 i
‘UOPOJSYUOM)V SB TONS ‘SUIBVUAT O}VAGI}IOA SJIqIyX9 WOES eyy Jo gavd ABMOT oY, ia
“ojo ‘suabwe pwu0jowna,g ‘8140V.1)SV.L) * 0cz 3 “ANHOO UY
‘sapvo.nj] vos sapuumjog ‘snupiuojwg sajsvun'yT ‘ds ov :urejyuoo speq ysourteddn ory, : z Wadd {)
‘auo0ysaUTT] JO Spuvq uryy pus >
SHAS OUOJSOUUT TIA ‘sprvUt pur ‘sXvpo ‘soeuoyspuus ‘SpuvsS pozVsorIVA : Spoq OULIVUT-OLANL,T a
. c 2 ‘ 9a) = :
snoouvitodusyuos puv peppeqaoqut ‘syooys yyusug Pn
“SnodsejsipIssoyun Z “aNTOOOI'I
ASIMIOTJO ‘SdaI} POYLOI[IS UJI ‘S}IIs OUOJSpUVS PUB SOUOJSpuUVS :Spoq oULIwUT-OTANT WT 0€ rs ; 0
! savwag won?) 12 10qQaf B
“pID}NINI pYUwoli.joay PW YALA ‘syisodep yuvutprg
*soovJIMS YOOL UO Sultoq T[eyg Og “ANHDOTT
*(9UBD0I[-JSOq ¢) SdOVITAT, [BABIN
*[PAZ[-BOS BAOGB SOAJOU EZ SUIPUI}Xe SAVTO JUTTYSNOVT
“purg UMOTA ‘ANDOOIT I -LSOd
‘ayo ‘sypununpyf p)n219.l09 ‘snpnosnija.a? Olu ‘1oj,ODIUN snuwpdraryg GNV LNW
‘snjpuLiwa saysiupryT ‘“DjpAao Mriw}_nduy surureyuod ‘ojo ‘spurs ‘sXvpo ‘s[los [RIANTTY
“SALQOUL U2
YYVAYS SO

YIiden eiypAs—ay

60 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Il. Ox vur GeoLtocicaL AGE OF THE JEBEL EL QaTRANI Deposits,

Since the publication of Mr. Beadnell’s principal memoir on the
Fayum, some criticisms have arisen as to the horizons determined of
certain of the beds forming the Lower Tertiary rocks. No objection)
has been raised to accepting as Middle Eocene or Lutetian the three:
lowest groups of the Fayum succession, viz. the Wadi Rayan, Ravine,
and Birket el Qurun Series. The Qasr el Sagha Beds, which follom
next in ascending order and which undoubtedly belong also to the.
Lutetian (Upper Mokattam) stage of the Eocene period, as hitherto.
advocated by all geologists who have studied them, have quite
recently been regarded as of Upper Eocene age by Dr. Dacqué? in
a memoir on some fossil tortoises from Egypt, in connexion with
which it should be mentioned that the Upper Mokattam rocks of
Egypt had a short time previously been considered by Dr. Emile
Haug? as representing the Auversian stage of the Eocene of Europe,
which is the lowest part of the Bartonian.

Some conflicting views have been, likewise, published as to the
proper place in stratigraphy of the Jebel el Qatr aul or Fluvio-marine
Series, which Mr. Beadnell, Dr. Blanckenhorn, and others assume to
be Bartonian or Upper Eocene. To properly understand the discussion
it is necessary to glance briefly at the literature dealing with this
question, but ‘previously it may be well to explain that the geological
explorations of the Fayum were commenced by Mr. Beadnel lin 1898,
although he published no views thereon until 1901. During that
period, however, Mr. Beadnell was making valuable collections of
fossils, chiefly invertebrates, the majority of which were ultimately
forw arded to the British Museum for determination, although prior to
this they had been subjected to examination by Dr. Blanckenhorn,
especially some molluscan remains of estuarine character which
had been obtained from the Jebel el Qatrani Series, high up above
the vertebrate remains occurring near the base of ‘the section.
Dr. Blanckenhorn, with the assistance of Dr. Oppenheim, was able
to recognize among these specimens certain forms of Gastropods,
which were characteristic of the ‘Beauchamp Sands’ of the Paris
Basin and therefore of Bartonian or Upper Eocene age, hence they
were regarded as belonging to that horizon and duly published as such
in the year 1900.°

Almost simultaneously with the appearance of this first account of
the Jebel el Qatrani Beds and their mollusca, Mr. Beadnell placed
a paper before the Geological Congress at Paris, which was published
in 1901, on the geology of the “Nile and the Libyan Desert,‘ in
which reference was made to the geological structure of the Fayum.

1 Geol. Pal. Abhandl. [Koken], N.S., vol. x, pt. iv, pp. 61, 1912.

2 Traité de Géologie, 1911, pt. ii, p. 1503.

3 ** Neues zur Geologie und Palaeontologie Aegyptens.—Das Palaeogen; Das
Eocin’’: Zeitsch. Deutsch. Geol. Ges., vol. lii, p. 456, 1900.

‘‘ Découvertes Géologiques Récentes dans la vallée du Nil et le Désert
Libyen’’: Congrés Geol. Intern. [Paris], 1901, fase. ii, pp. 858-61. An
English translation of this account was privately published in London in
the same year.

NEWTON : LOWER TERTIARY MOLLUSCA OF THE FAYUM. 61

He pointed out that the Upper Mokattam rocks of that region were
succeeded in its northern part by a series of beds over 200 metres
in thickness, which resembled a fluvio-marine area similar to the
Oligocene of Hampshire in England. He also referred to the Upper
Eocene age of the deposits as determined by Dr. Blanckenhorn from
a study of the shells collected by himself. This was rapidly followed
by Mr. Beadnell’s' English abstract of the French memoir in which
the beds in question were provisionally assigned to the Oligocene. At
the end of the same year (1901) Mr. Beadnell? definitely recognized
these rocks as the ‘ Fluvio-marine Series (Jebel el Qatrani Beds) ’, their
age being given as Upper Kocene for the deposits below the basalts,
and for those above the basalts, where only silicified woods occurred,
a Lower Oligocene horizon was suggested.

In a later work by Dr. Blanckenhorn® on the stratigraphy of
Egypt, reference is again made to the estuarine shells of the Jebel
el Qatrani Series, found below the basalts, which he still regarded
as indicative of an Upper Eocene age. Allusion was also made to
the occurrence of Lower Oligocene mollusca, outside the Fayum
area, between Birket el Qurun and Wadi Natrun, quoting such forms
as Cerithium conjunctum, Deshayes, and WMMelania Nysti, Nyst,
belonging to the ‘‘ Sables de Fontainebleau ” of France, and therefore
of Stampian age. When we come to Mr. Beadnell’s chief memoir *
these particular beds beneath the basalts are similarly regarded as
Upper Eocene, although in addition determined as Bartonian, the
same geological views being also adopted by Dr. C. W. Andrews?®
in his monograph on the fossil vertebrates from the Fayum.
Succeeding this Dr. Oppenheim’s important monograph® on the
older Tertiary mollusca of Egypt was published, in which the fluvio-
marine Gastropods previously referred to by Dr. Blanckenhorn as
from the Jebel el Qatrani Series were noticed as belonging to the
Upper Eocene or Lower Oligocene.

Soon after the publication of this last work Professor Ch. Depéret 7
questioned the Bartonian horizon of the vertebrates occurring near
the base of the Jebel el Qatrani Series. He claimed that the relation-
ship existing between Ancodon Gorringet of Andrews and Beadnell,
and his Brachyodus Cluai from the Sannoisian—Stampian division of

““On some recent Geological Discoveries in the Nile Valley and Libyan
Desert’’: Geol. Mag., 1901, p. 27.

““The Fayum Depression: a preliminary notice of the geology of a district
in Egypt containing a new Paleogene vertebrate Fauna’’: Geol. Mag.,
1901, pp. 544-5.

‘Neue geologisch-stratigraphische Beobachtungen in Aegypten’’: Sitz. Akad.
Wiss. Miinchen, vol. xxxii, p. 400, 1903.

The Topography and Geology of the Faywm Province of Egypt, Survey
Dept., Egypt, 1905, p. 53.

A Descriptive Catalogue of the Tertiary Vertebrata of the Fayum, Egypt,
1906, pp. viii, ix of Introduction.

‘‘Zur Kenntniss alttertiirer Faunen in Aegypten’’: Palsontographica,
vol. xxx, pt. iii, fase. 2, pp. 278, 282, 284, 1906.

“*Sur lage des couches 4 Pal@omastodon du Fayoum’’: Bull. Soc. géol.
France, sér. IV, vol. vii, pp. 198, 194, 1907.

wo

-

ao

o

62 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

the Oligocene of Spain, would be in favour of a similar age for the
Paleomastodon and associated vertebrates of the Fayum.

Such views, however, have been objected to by Dr. Oppenheim!
who regarded the Pal@omastodon beds as of Ludian age and on
the same horizon as the ‘Gypse de Paris’, in his own language
stating very explicitly: ‘‘ De cette maniére on pourrait a la rigueur
Page des couches a Paleomastodon et Arsinoitherium comme Ludien,”

Dr. Oppenheim further mentioned the occurrence of the mollusea
in the upper part of the series, which he unreservedly regarded as
of Kocene age. <A reference was likewise made to Mayer-Eymar’s
discovery of a molluscan fauna at ‘ Walther Hill’, one of the
so-called ‘Sandberger Hills’, which are situated some 20 kilometres
west of the Great Pyramids and to the north-east of the Fayum
escarpment, and consequently outside the limits of the Fayum
depression, where Watica crassatina and other shells had been found,
and considered to belong to the Lower Tongrian stage of the
Oligocene. This was followed by a second statement from Professor
Depéret? involving further vertebrate evidence in support of the
Oligocene age, he being of opinion that the Palgomastodon of the
Fayum is more recent than the Paleotherium fauna of the ‘Gypse
de Paris’. Referring to the shells found high up above the verte-
brates, he mentioned their bad preservation, although one of the forms,
Turritella angulata of Sowerby, related to 7. Pharaonica, Cossmann,
which is usually in a good condition, was quoted as ranging from
Middle Eocene to the Priabonian of Eastern countries such as ‘Tunisia,
Syria, and India. Professor Depéret also called attention to the
Oligocene facies (already acknowledged) of the shells determined
by Dr. Blanckenhorn and Mayer-Eymar, including Watica crassatina,
etc., which were really from the ‘Sandberger Hills’, and therefore
not within the region of the Fayum.

With the exception of Dr. A. von Reinach, who adopts the
geological horizons for the vertebrate beds of the Fayum, as recognized
by Dr. Blanckenhorn, Mr. Beadnell, and Dr. Andrews, we find
that later investigators on the subject, such as Professor H. F. Osborn,
Dr. E. Stromer, Professor Fraas, and Dr. M. Schlosser, accept
Professor Depéret’s views as to the Sannoisian-Stampian stage of
the Oligocene formation being the correct geological horizon for
the so-called Pal@omastodon beds of the Fayum. Quite recently
Dr. Dacqué, in his memoir on the fossil tortoises of Egypt, has
expressed similar stratigraphical views.

A summary of these opinions may be interesting :—

1900. Dr. Blanckenhorn, assisted by Dr. Oppenheim, regarded
the mollusca of the Jebel el Qatrani deposits as of Upper Eocene or
Bartonian age and on the horizon of the Beauchamp Sands of the
Paris Basin.

1 P. Oppenheim, ‘‘ Observations sur Age des couches &4 Pal@omastodon du
Fayoum ’’: Bull. Soc. géol. France, sér. IV, vol. vii, pp. 358-60, 1907.

2 Ch. Depéret, ‘‘Sur l’Age des couches & Pale@omastodon du Fayoum”’’:
Bull. Soe. géol. France, sér. Iv, vol. vii, pp. 455, 456, 1907.

NEWTON: LOWER TERTIARY MOLLUSCA OF THE FAYUM. 63

1901. Mr. Beadnell alluded to the above views of Dr. Blancken-
horn, but regarded the whole of the Jebel el Qatrani Series as
resembling a fluvio-marine area similar to the Oligocene of Hampshire
in England.

1901. _ The beds were again referred to by Mr. Beadnell and
assigned provisionally to the Oligocene period.

1901. Mr.. Beadnell next definitely recognized these rocks as
Upper Eocene for the beds below the basalts, and for those above
a Lower Oligocene age was suggested.

1903. After further studies, Dr. Blanckenhorn still regarded the
beds as Upper Eocene.

1905. In Mr. Beadnell’s principal and final work the beds were
referred to as Upper Eocene or Bartonian.

1906. Similar stratigraphical views to those finally published by
Mr. Beadnell were expressed by Dr. C. W. Andrews in his monograph
on the fossil vertebrates of the Fayum.

1906. Dr. Oppenheim regarded the Jebel el Qatrani mollusca as
Upper Eocene or Lower Oligocene in his monograph on the older
Tertiary shells of Egypt.

1907. Professor Depéret noticed the nearly basal deposits of the
Jebel el Qatrani Series containing the vertebrates as of the Sannoisian—
Stampian stage of the Oligocene.

1907. Dr. Oppenheim, contrary to Professor Depéret’s views,
recognized the same beds as of Ludian age (Ludian Beds being above
the Bartonian and necessarily younger), but the upper beds of the
Jebel el Qatrani Series containing the mollusca were unreservedly
regarded as Eocene.

1907. Professor Depéret again called attention to the subject by
supporting the Oligocene age for the vertebrates, an opinion followed
by nearly all the later writers on the vertebrate paleontology of the
Fayum.

1912. The Jebel el Qatrani or Flnuvio-marine Series was regarded
by Dr. Dacqué as of Lower Oligocene age.

In the chief elements of this discussion it is obvious that we are
indebted to Dr. Blanckenhorn (who was assisted by Dr. Oppenheim)
as to the stratigraphical value of the mollusca occurring in the upper
or younger deposits of the Jebel el Qatrani Series.

Later, however, Dr. Oppenheim monographed the shells as of
Upper Eocene or Lower Oligocene age, and subsequently the same
author somewhat changed his views, stating that the vertebrates were
of Ludian age, and that the mollusca were Eocene, without definition
as to the particular stage of that formation. It should be understood
that the Ludian strata follow the Bartonian, and that they are
variously regarded as topmost Eocene or the lowest Oligocene, such
rocks being also known as Priabonian. We can only assume, therefore,
although not definitely stated, that Dr. Oppenheim no longer regarded
these deposits as Bartonian but Ludian.

The Jebel el Qatrani rocks, which succeed, without unconformity,
the Qasr el Sagha Series, show a total thickness of some 270 metres,
the beds extending from the base near the north-west of Qasr el Sagha

VOL. X.—JUNE, 1912. 5

64 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY,

to the summit of the escarpment, not far from the north-western area
of Widan el Faras. Mr. Beadnell has numbered the beds from 1 to
54, the latter being near the base of the series and therefore the oldest.
The more important of the fossiliferous bands are No. 49, where
Paleomastodon and other associated vertebrates occur; No. 15, con-
taining the estuarine mollusca Unio, Lanistes, Turritella, ete.; and
No. 7, bed with similar estuarine shells as in No. 15, with, however,
the addition of the marine shell Plewrotoma ingens. Some further
mollusea of the same habit were obtained from about 14 kilometres
north of Qasr el Sagha, these being regarded by Mr. Beadnell as on
the same horizon of bed No. 15. As previously stated, the more
estuarine shells from these deposits were determined by Dr. Blancken-
horn as Bartonian and on the same horizon as the ‘ Beauchamp Sands’
of the Paris Basin.

According to Mr. Beadnell the Jebel el Qatrani Series consist of
variegated sands and sandstones, with alternating beds of clay and
clayey marls, in contradistinction to the older Qasr el Sagha Beds
below, which are characterized by ever-recurring bands of limestone.
The Jebel el Qatrani vertebrates are found very low down in the
series, whereas the estuarine shells are located a hundred or more
metres higher up, in the same section ; it follows, therefore, that the
vertebrates were first deposited and must of necessity be the most
ancient. These vertebrates consist more exclusively of the remains of
terrestrial mammals, while those of the Qasr el Sagha Series are
mostly marine and estuarine, with only a few land mammals. Such
difference in facies, together with the lithological variations noticeable
in the beds themselves, have suggested the succeeding age of Bartonian
for the Jebel el Qatrani vertebrates.

‘Turning for a moment to the Qasr el Sagha vertebrates, we find
that they occupy a very high position in the section made by
Mr. Beadnell of these beds, which are composed of thirty divisions,
the fossils being restricted to beds 16, 17, 9, 7, and 2, in ascending
order. The numerous mollusca occurring both above and below and
throughout this series of deposits are referred to the Upper Mokattam
horizon of Egypt, which is included in the Lutetian or Middle Eocene
formation of Europe, some of the species occurring in Anglo-Parisian
rocks of that age. Among the more characteristic shells are Alectryonia
Clot-beyt, Exogyra Fraasi, Carolia placunoides, Macrosolen Hollowayst,
Spondylus Egyptiacus, Turritella transitoria, Mesalia fasciata, Cerithium
lumellosum, Naticina debilis, Lanistes antiquus, ete. There has been
no hesitation hitherto as to these Upper Mokattam Beds of Qasr el
Sagha belonging to the Lutetian or Middle Eocene Series, and yet
quite recently Dr. Dacqué, before referred to, considered that they
belong to the Upper Eocene. There seems to be little difficulty,
therefore, in accepting the Lutetian age for these beds, more especially
when it is known that shells hke <Alectryonia Clot-beyt and Carolia
placunoides, which are found above and below the strata containing.
the vertebrates, are also of frequent occurrence throughout the section,
besides being met with in rocks of the same age in the Mokattam
district and in the neighbouring country of Tunisia.

NEWION : LOWER TERTIARY MOLLUSCA OF THE FAYUM. 65

Returning to the consideration of the age of the Jebel el Qatrani
Series of vertebrates, it is almost possible that, instead of regarding
them as younger than Bartonian, as has been suggested, the field
evidence might even favour an older period for their deposition. This
suggestion would arise out of the fact that there is only a distance of
afew metres between the base of the Jebel el Qatrani Series and Bed
No. 2 of the Qasr el Sagha section, containing the youngest of the
vertebrate remains of that series, and only some 70 metres below to
Beds Nos. 16 and 17 where the chief of the vertebrates are found. In
any case, a generic resemblance has been observed in the two sets of
beds, and it is interesting to note that Maritherium and Stereogenys
ocenr alike in the Qasr el Sagha and the Jebel el Qatrani Series.

The Jebel el Qatrani mollusca now in the Egyptian Geological
Survey Museum at Cairo consist of the following species, the ‘ Beds’
referred to being those described by Mr. Beadnell, while the asterisks
mark Dr. Blanckenhorn’s published determinations.

GASTROPODA.

*Tanistes Bartonianus, Blanckenhorn (Bed No. 15).
*Potamides scalaroides, Deshayes (Bed No. 7).
* Potamides tristriatus, Lamarck (Bed No. 7).
* Velania, n.sp., Blanckenhorn [related to Jf, Wysti] (Bed No. 7).
* Cerithium tiarella, Deshayes (Bed No. 7).
Plewrotoma ingens, Mayer-Eymar (Bed No. 7).
Turritella transitoria, Mayer-Eymar [related to Z. angulata, J. de C.
Sowerby | (Bed No. 7).

PELECYPODA.

Lithophagus allied to cordatus, Lamarck.
Arca, Lucina, Tellina, * Unio, *Mutela, *Spatha (all these forms are
probably from Bed No, 15).

The specimens mostly comprised hard calcareous sandstone casts, the
smaller Gastropods being represented by hollow cavities, impressions
of which were taken in wax so as to obtain a reproduction of the shell
and its sculpture. In this way there is still preserved among the
Egyptian fossils at the British Museum (Natural History) reproductions
in wax of the two more important freshwater species, Potamides
scalaroides and tristriatus. These I have quite recently re-examined ;
and I am still convinced that the original determinations are correct,
and that in those species we have a fragment of a fauna which
ean only be synchronized with the ‘Beauchamp Sands’ of Paris, as
demonstrated in Dr. Blanckenhorn’s published paper of 1900:

According to the latest work on the geology of the Paris Basin,
M. Lemoine! regards the ‘ Beauchamp Sands’ as belonging to the
Ermenouvillien stage of the Bartonian, which is quite the lower
or older portion of that group of rocks, and consequently far removed
from either the Ludian or Sannoisian—Stampian horizon, which some
authorities have acknowledged as the more accurate age for the shells

1 Géologie dw Bassin de Paris, 1911, pp. 239-47.

66 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

in question. In the same treatise Potamides tristriatus is placed
in the younger Lutetian beds of France (eastern region of the Paris
Basin), “known as the ‘ Caleaire Grossier Supérieur’.

The Melania, n.sp., has been briefly described by Dr. Blanckenhorn
(Zeitsch. Deutsch. geol. Ges., vol. li, footnote on p. 456, 1900), and
reproduced in English by Mr. Beadnell (Fayum Memoir, 1905, foot-
note p. 60) as follows:—‘‘It has 4-5 flat spiral rows, the uppermost
of which on the last whorls is often more strongly developed, but
not keel-shaped as in Jf. muricata. There are longitudinal ribs to
the number of 8-12 over the whorls; the largest example was
9 millimetres long, and had 8 whorls.”? Dr. Blanckenhorn was
further of opinion that this new form of Jfelania had its nearest
relation in Jf. Nysti (Duchastel), Nyst, of the Lower Oligocene
deposits of Europe.

With regard to the marine shells, Cerzthium tiarella ranges from the
Lutetian to the Bartonian, and never occurs in the Oligocene Series.
On my determination a fragmentary sandstone cast was referred to
Pleurotoma ingens of Mayer-Eymar. The original type of this
shell had a length of 170 millimetres, and was described from the
Upper Mokattam Beds of the Qasr el Sagha Series of the Fayum.
In a similar way Turritella Pharaonica of Cossmann, or more
accurately 7. transitoria of Mayer-EKymar, a close ally of Z. angulata
of J. de C. Sowerby from the Indian Eocene and Oligocene rocks,
which is well known in the Upper Mokattam Beds of the Fayum and
the area of Mokattam near Cairo, is also a striking fossil of these
deposits and usually well preserved.

On such evidence, therefore, we may conclude that the fluvio-marine
mollusea of the Jebel el Qatrani Series present, 1f anything, a Lutetian-
Bartonian facies rather than Sannoisian—Stampian or even Ludian.
I am quite aware of the presence of Priabonian or Ligurian rocks,
which are regarded as lowest Oligocene, outside the area of the
Fayum depression, containing among other shells Watica crassatina,
a species never found in Eocene strata, which was discovered and
referred to in literature by Mayer-Eymar as coming from the ‘Sand-
berger Hill’, west of the great Pyramids and from beneath the
basalts, although Dr. Andrews has given me to understand that the
lava sheets are of considerable irregularity and probably of more than
one age.

In dismissing this part of my subject, it certainly appears that if
any permanent alteration were to take place in the stratigraphical
views enunciated by Dr. Blanckenhorn and Mr. Beadnell with regard
to the Fayum succession, it would be necessary to completely revise
our previous conceptions as to the sequence of the Tertiary rocks of
Egypt and adjacent countries.

III. Tue Lorerran Moxiusca oF tHe Fayum, WITH LISI OF SPECIESp
AS MONOGRAPHED BY Dr. OPPENHEIM.
A brief survey of the Mokattam or Lutetian shells of the Fayum, as

described by Dr. Oppenheim in the Palgontographica for 1903 and
1906, will now be proceeded with.

NEWTON : LOWER. TERTIARY. MOLLUSCA. OF THE FAYUM. 67

Among the Pelecypoda, Ostreiform shells are largely represented,
belonging to the genera Gryphea, Ostrea, and Alectryonia, the last
genus having both its valves plicated; Alectryonia Clot-bey? is frequently
met with in the Ae occurring in the Ravine Series up to nearly
the top of the Qasr el Sagha Series. The species is also represented
in the Mokattam rocks near Cairo, and in the Lutetian deposits of
Yunis, where it is associated with Carolia placunoides.

The Anomiide are represented by Carolia placunoides, a form
related to the recent Placuna of the Pacific and the genus Anomia.
In the young state this shell exhibits a large byssal foramen in the
eardinal region which is gradually closed up with age, and forms
interiorly a prominent transversely oval cartilage process. The species
is found throughout the Fayum Lower Tertiary deposits, but more
particularly in the Qasr el Sagha Series. It also occurs in other areas
of Egypt, and in Tunisia, where it is recognized as of Lutetian age.

Pectens are rare, only one form having been found belonging to
Pseudamusium; the genus Plicatula is well represented, one species,
P. polymorpha, being characteristic of the Qasr el Sagha Beds; there
are three species of Spondylus which occur in the Lower Mokattam
beds, that of S. Ayyptiacus being probably the most frequently
found; the interesting genus Vwlsella is restricted to the Lower
Mokattam Series, although one of the species, V. ertspata, ranges from
that horizon to the Priabonian of the Siwah Oasis of Egypt; species
of the Nuculide are apparently rare, only one being referred to, while
some forms of Arca and a species of Cucullea, etc., are regarded as of
Upper Mokattam age; Glycymeris (= Pectunculus), several species
of Cardita, and Crassatellites also occur ; species of Luecina are fairly
common, as well as the allied genus, Diplodonta, Divaricella being also
present; among the Cardiide, Zoxocardium is represented; the presence
of Corbicula in the Upper Mokattam Beds (Qasr el Sagha) is of interest
in proving the estuarine character of those deposits; under the family
Veneridze are included several species of Mleretrix, M. suleataria of
Lamarck being of importance as occurring besides in the Eocene deposits
of the Paris Basin; Telliniform shells include the genera Macaliopsis
and Arcopagia, while the genus MJacrosolen of the Solenide occurs
throughout the Mokattam Beds of Egypt, and is also found in the
well-known Bracklesham deposits of England; a fine form of
Pholadomya occurs in the rocks of the island on Birket el Qurun, as
well as J/actra compressa, a species characteristic of the Bartonian of
France and England; two species of Corbula are noted from the Upper
Mokattam Beds, which is again evidence in favour of the estuarine
origin of the deposits.

The Scaphopoda group is represented by one form, Fustiaria Stromerv.

The Gastropoda contain genera of the families Fissurellide,
Patellide, Trochide, and Neritide, the last represented by the
familiar Velates Schmidelianus, which is restricted to the Lower
Mokattam deposits of Egypt, being known also to range from the
lowest to the Middle Eocene horizons in India and Europe; Turritelle
are numerously represented in the Fayum throughout the Mokattam
Series; the Capulide contain Calyptrea aperta, a species well known

68 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

throughout the Eocene beds of France and England; various forms
of Naticide are of frequent occurrence; among the Ampullariide
are the two interesting freshwater shells Lanistes antiquus from the
Lutetian Beds and Lanistes Bartonianus from the Bartonian, the
former species being also found in the Mokattam Beds of the neigh-
bourhood of Cairo; various specimens of the Melaniide occur,
including Bayania stygis, found also in the Eocene of Italy, and
Diastoma costellatum, which is known from the Mokattam Beds near
Cairo, as also from the Lutetian and Bartonian horizons of Europe;
Terebellum sopitum is found in the Lower Mokattam Beds of Muela and
other areas of Egy pt, occurring also in the Lutetian of the Paris Basin,
besides ranging in England from Lutetian to Lower Oligocene times ;
there are shells belonging to the Cassididee, Pyrulide, and Lampuside
(Tritonide), as well as the Fuside, which contain some striking forms
of the genus Clavalithes; the family Turbinellide is represented by
the genus Vasum; the Melongenide contain Heligmotoma, Pugilina,
and Zudiela; among the Volutide is Voluta Arabica of Mayer-Kymar,
a preoccupied name, and for which that of Voluta Beadnelli' is now
proposed ; a giant form of a Pleurotomoid shell, Sureula ingens, has
been found in the Qasr el Sagha and Jebel el Qatrani Series; shells
belonging to the Bullidze also occur in the Fayum, Acera striatella
being characteristic of Parisian and English Eocene beds.

No forms of Cephalopods are referred to by Dr. Oppenheim as
occurring in the Fayum, but Dr. Schweinfurth collected Nautilus
in the ‘Zeuglodon Valley’, 12 kil. W.S.W. of Gar el Gehannem in
the Birket el Qurun Series (Zeitsch. Ges. Erdkunde, Berlin, vol. xxi,
p. 240, 1886); while Mr. Beadnell recorded specimens of the same
genus from the Qasr el Sagha Series at the western end of Birket el
Qurun accompanied by Alectryonia Clot-beyt, Plicatula polymorpha, ete.
Mr. Beadnell also noted that the fossils from the ‘ Zeuglodon Valley’
are found as pseudomorphs in sulphate of strontian (celestine).

Dr. Oppenheim’s monograph on the older Tertiary mollusca of
Egypt (Paleontographica, vol. xxx, pt. iii, pl. xxvii, p. 348, 1908
and 1906) recognized 141 species of shells as occurring in the Middle
Eocene or Lutetian formation of the Fayum, composed of 83 Pelecypoda,
Scaphopoda, and 57 Gastropoda; 45 of these species are known
only in the Fayum, whereas the remainder are distributed over the
other Lutetian areas of Egypt and further countries of Northern
Africa, besides the Lutetian districts of Europe. In the following
list the species follow the order and arrangement as adopted in that
work, with some slight changes in nomenclature, an asterisk being.
placed against those forms which are restricted to the Fayum :—

PELECYPODA.
Family OSTREIDZ.

*GrypH@A PaHaraonum, Oppenheim (= Ostrea dorsata, Fraas, non)
Deshayes ; Gryphaa Escheri, Mayer-Eymar MS., G. Gumbeli,
M.-E. MS., G. Kaufmann, M.-E. MS.).

1 Voluta Beadnelli, nom. mut.

NEWTON: LOWER TERTIARY MOLLUSCA OF THE FAYUM. 69

*G. WuITEHOUSEI, Oppenheim.

*G. EpmonpstonEI, Oppenheim.

*G,(?) nisrrio, Oppenheim.

*G.(?) AraBica, Mayer-Eymar.
OstREA ELEGANS, Deshayes, var. conNIGERA, Mayer-Eymar,

. Fraast, Mayer-Eymar.

. Stanueyr, Mayer-Eymar.

. Carttiaupt, Mayer-Eymar.

. RAMosA, Mayer-Eymar.

. PLiIcaTA, Solander.

. cusitus, Lamarck, var. pauctcostara, Oppenheim.

. Rei, Fraas,

. ScHWEINFuRTHI, Mayer-Eymar.

. SickenBERGI, Mayer-Eymar.

. Hessr, Oppenheim.

. Qerunrana, Mayer-Eymar (= Ostrea Atyyptiaca, Mayer-Eymar).

. ere@antica, Solander (= Ostrea latissima, Deshayes; O. longirostris,
Lamarck).

Axxcrryonta Crot-BeEyt, Bellardi (= Ostrea subarmata, Bellardi).

A. semipectinata, Schafheeutl (= Ostrea subordicularis, Schafheutl ;
O. abscissa, Schaftheeutl; O. Martinsi, Archiac; O. alticostata,
Mayer-Eymar).

*A. Menemetr, Oppenheim.

A. Betiarpi, Oppenheim (= Ostrea (Adectryonia) Heberti, Mayer-

Eymar, non Coquand).

Family ANOMIID.

CAROLIA PLACUNOIDES, Cantraine (= Placuna placenta, Cailliaud, non
Lamarck }.

%

SISISISISISVSIS TSS ero

*

Family PECTINID.
Psrvpamusium Mortnensis, Mayer-Eymar.

Family SPONDYLID.

Pricatuta potymorpnHa, Bellardi (= Zerebratella pyramidarum, Fraas ;
Plicatula abundans, Mayer-Eymar ; P. Bovensis, Oppenheim, pars).
P. Bettarpu, Mayer-Eymar (= Plicatula Bovensis, De Gregorio ;
P. polymorpha, Bellardi, pars).
P. inpigena, Mayer-Eymar (= Plicatula Catrensis, Mayer-Eymar ;
P. Bovensis, Oppenheim, pars).
*P. ScHWEINFURTHI, Oppenheim.
Sponpytus Aieyprriacus, R. B. Newton.
S. Rovautrr, Archiac.
S. PeRHoRRIDUS, Oppenheim.

Family PTERIIDA (= Aviculide).
Voursetta crispara, P. Fischer (=Vulsella lingulata, Lamarck ;
V. Cailliaudi, Zittel; V. deperdita, Mayer-Eymar).
*V. Ltranarta, Oppenheim.

*V. Mortuensts, Oppenheim.
V. cuamirormis, Mayer-Eymar.

70 - PROCEEDINGS- OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Family NUCULIDZ.

*Nucuta Ma@nripis, Oppenheim.

Family ARCID.

*CucutL#A DimMEHENSIS, Oppenheim. ;

Arca suBPLANIcostA, Oppenheim (= Arca planicosta, Fraas, non
Deshayes).

A. UNIFoRMIS, Oppenheim.

7ASSDp., Oppenheim (= Arca Edwardsi, Mayer-Eymar, non Deshayes).
BarBaTia TETHYIS, Oppenheim (= Area planicosta, Fraas, pars).
FossuLARCA TENUIFILOSA, Cossmann, sp.

*PARALLELIPIPEDUM FasuMensts, Oppenheim.
GLYCYMERIS JUXTADENTATA, Cossmann (= Axvinea and Pectunculus).

*G. AiGYPTIaca, Oppenheim (= Avinea and Pectunculus).

Family ASTARTIDA.

Carpira acouricosrata, Lamarck (= Cardita complanata, Fraas;
C. multicostata, Fraas; Cardium obliquum, Fraas).

C. FasuMensis, Oppenheim (= Cardita (Cossmannella) Aigyptiaca,
Mayer-Eymar, zon Fraas).

C. Moxarramensis, Oppenheim.

‘. FIDELIS, Oppenheim.

C. mosis, Oppenheim.

Family CRASSATELLITIDA.

*CRASSATELLITES (= Crassatella) FasumENsIs, Oppenheim.
*C. (= Crassatella) Junxert, Mayer-Eymar.

*C. (= Crassatella) purtLuLa, Mayer-Eymar.

*C. (= Crassatella) tRIgonata, Lamarck.

Family LUCINID.

Lucina Puaraonts, Bellardi (= Z. d/alata, Bellardi; L. Agyptiaca,
Bellardi; Z. Mlevust, Coquand; ZL. subcireularis, Fraas, non
Deshayes; LZ. evanida, Fraas, non Deshayes; LZ. pomum, Mayer-
Eymar, zon Dujardin; ZL. Libyca, Cossmann).

Lucina Rat, Oppenheim (= ZL. concinna, Fraas, non Deshayes).

L. potyrHetr, Oppenheim (= ZL. Fortistana, Fraas, non Defrance).

I,. CALLISTE, Oppenheim.

L. erpposuta, Lamarck.

*L. Fasumensts, Oppenheim.
*DIVARICELLA stnvosa, Bellardi, sp.

Diptoponra cyctorEa, Bellardi, sp. (= Lueina detrita, Fraas, non
Deshayes; Z. pomum, Mayer-Eymar, non Dujardin).

D. 1nFrata, Bellardi, sp.

D. corvuscutum, Oppenheim.

Family CARDIIDZ.

*LoxocarDIuM ScHwe!NFurTHI, Mayer-Eymar, sp.

NEWTON: LOWER TERTIARY MOLLUSCA OF THE FAYUM. FEN

Family CORBICULID.
*CorpicuLaA BranckENuHORNI, Oppenheim.
Family CYPRINIDA.
*Cyprina Aaypriaca, Oppenheim.

Family VENERID.
Merrerrix (= Cytherea) transversa, J. de C. Sowerby.
M. (= Cytherea) sutcatarta, Lamarck, sp.
M. (= Cytherea) Newxoup1, Mayer-Eymar.
M. (= Cytherea) ixcrassata, J. Sowerby, sp. (= Cyprina brevis,
Fuchs).
Family TELLINID.

Macatriopsis rEricuLATA, Bellardi, sp.

M. puricaretta, Mayer-Eymar, sp. (= Zellina Bellardit, Mayer-
Eymar).

Mara (?) Fasumensis, Oppenheim.

Arcopacia Zirreti, Mayer-Eymar, sp. (= Zéllina pellucida, Mayer-
Eymar, ”on Deshayes ; T. grandis, Mayer-Eymar ; 7. latissima,
Mayer-Eymar).

Family SOLENID.

Macrosoten Hortowayst, J. Sowerby, sp. (= Solen wniradiatus,
Bellardi; S. obliqguus, Fraas; Sanguinolaria (AMacrosolen) Hollo-
wayst, Mayer-Eymar ; Macrosolen Hollowaysi, R. B. Newton).

Family PHOLADOMYID&.
*PHontapomya Aeypriaca, Oppenheim.
*Turacta Aleypriaca, Oppenheim.

Family MACTRID.

Macrra compressa, Deshayes (= Jf depressa, Deshayes & J. de 6,
Sowerby, non Lamarck).
*M. Fourraur, Cossmann.
*Rapra ScuwetnFurtHl, Mayer-Eymar, sp. (= Lovellia Schweinfurthi,
Mayer-Eymar).
Family MYID.
Bicorputa Gatrica, Lamarck, sp.
*CorpuLa Lyonst, Oppenheim.
Tuconta Zirrert, Oppenheim.
Family GASTROCH ANID.

Fisrurana /eypriaca, Oppenheim.

SCAPHOPODA.
Family DENTALIID.
*Fusrraria Srromert, Oppenheim.

t2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

GASTROPODA.
Family FISSURELLIDZ.

*FIssURELLA acuticosta, Mayer-Kymar.

Family PATELLIDA.
*PaTELLA FACILIS, Mayer-Eymar.

Family TROCHID.

SonaRIELLA HUMILIS, Oppenheim (= Turbo Parkinsoni, Mayer-
Eymar, non Basterot).

Family NERITIDA.
*PrLorontTA Fasumensis, Oppenheim.

Vetates ScumIpELIaNus, Chemnitz (= Weritina grandis, J. de C.
Sowerby; Patella Catrensis, Fraas).

Family ARCHITECTONICID 2.
ARCHITECTONICA SUBPATULUM, Oppenheim.

Family TURRITELLID&.

TURRITELLA TRANSITORIA, Mayer-Eymar (= 7. angulata, Bellardi,
non J. de C. Sowerby; Z. Pharaonica, Cossmann),
T. vincunara, Zittel (= Z. Parisiana, Mayer-Eymar).
T. Lessepst, Mayer-Eymar ( = Jesalia oxycrepis, Cossmann, non
Mayer-Eymar).
T. pseuprmpricatarta, Oppenheim ( = Z. Desmaresti, Mayer-Eymar, |
non Basterot). .
*T. Crocopit1, Oppenheim.
*T. FRAUDATRIX, Oppenheim.
T. cartnIFERA, Deshayes.
Mesarta Horana, Mayer-Eymar (= J/esalia electa, Locard).
M. Locarpr, Cossmann (= JL. obruta, Locard).
M. rascrata, Lamarck, sp. (=Z. fasciculata, Fraas; JZ. bilirata,
Mayer-Eymar).
*M. anatoca, Oppenheim.

Family VERMETIDZ.
SERPULORBIS CLATHRATUS, Deshayes, sp.

Family XENOPHORIDA.

Tusurium ageturinans, Lamarck, sp. (= Zrochus umbilicaris, Solander;
Xenophora splendida, Vinassa de Regny).

Family CAPULIDZ.

CaLypTRmHA APERTA, Solander, sp. (= Calyptrea trochiformis, Lamarck ;
C. pectinata, Mayer-Eymar). |

Hirponyx Mokarramensts, Oppenheim (=? Crepidula <indigena,
Mayer-Eymar).

rf |!

NEWTON: LOWER TERTIARY MOLLUSCA OF THE FAYUM. 73

Family NATICIDA.
Amputtina tonea, Bellardi, sp. (= Natica spirata, Fraas; NV. ammonis,
Blanckenhorn).
A. steareTINa, Lamarck, sp.
*NeEVERITA CLEOPATR#, Oppenheim.
Naticiva Aicypriaca, Oppenheim.
N. pesruis, Bayan, sp.

Family AMPULLARIID 2.

Lanistes antrquus, Blanckenhorn (=Z. Bolteni, Mayer-Eymar, non
Chemnitz; Ampullaria subcarinata, Bellardi, non G. B. & J.
Sowerby).

Family MELANIID.

*Bayanra sryeis, Brongniart, sp. (=IJklania melanieformis, Bayan).
Drasroma costeLtatuM, Lamarck, sp. (= JL. costellata, var. Roncana,
Brongniart ; JL. elongata, De Gregorio).
Family CERITHIID.
CeERITHIUM LAMELLOsUM, Bruguicre.
Poramipes Fasumensts, Oppenheim.
P. Orenex (Vidal), Cossmann.
Family APORRHAID A.

Aporruatls Artini, Mayer-Eymar, sp.

Family STROMBID.

Rimetra (?) ANeyprraca, Oppenheim.
Perrir#a Beyricur, Mayer-Eymar.
TEREBELLUM soprruM, Solander, sp. (= Z. convodutum, Lamarck).

Family CASSIDID.
Cassts Ninotica, Bellardi (= Cassis tricarinata, Fraas).
C. Aeyptiaca, Oppenheim.
Family PYRULIDZ.
*Pyruta Rat, Oppenheim (=? Pyrula nexilis, Bellardi; Ficula
tricarinata, Mayer-Eymar).

Family LAMPUSIDA (=Tritonide).
Lampusta (=Trironium) cf. virertna, Lamarck.

Family BUCCINIDZ.
*Larruncutus Srromerr, Oppenheim.

Family FUSIDZ.
CLavaLitHEs Lonezvus, Solander, sp. (=Fusus scalaris, Lamarck).
C. contopHorvs, Bellardi, sp.
*C. sprnosus, Mayer-Eymar.
C. Nom, Chemnitz, sp.

74 PROCEEDINGS OF TH MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Family TURBINELLIDA.
Vasum FREQUENS, Mayer-Eymar, sp. (= Voluta labiella, Fraas, non
Lamarck).

Family MELONGENIDA.
Hetiemoroma Nrtoricum, Mayer-Eymar.
*PuGgILINA KoENENI, Maver-Eymar.
*TUDICLA UMBILICARIS, Mayer-Eymar.
Family VOLUTIDA.
Vorura Beapnetii,! R. B. Newton, nom. mut. (= Zurbinella prisea,
Locard, non Conrad; Voluta Arabica, Mayer-Eymar, non Gmelin).

Family HARPIDA.
Harpa mutica, Lamarck.

Family PLEUROTOMIDZ.

*SurcuLa incENSs, Mayer-Eymar.
Prevrotoma Fasumensts, Oppenheim.

Family BULLIDZ.
*BuLLA oasipis, Oppenheim.
*]}. DESERTORUM, Oppenheim.
ACERA STRIATELLA, Lamarck.
*A. SrroMERI, Oppenheim.

TV. OBsERVATIONS ON SOME NEW, OR OTHERWISE INTERESTING, GASTRO-
PODA FROM THE EKocENE DEposIrs OF THE Fayum.

The following account deals with certain forms of Gastropods which
are of interest, either on account of good preservation or because of
some suggested alteration in their nomenclature ; it also includes
some new or unrecorded species from this area of Egypt.

Lanistes antiquus, Blanckenhorn. Pl. III, Figs. 1, 2.

Cirrus, eal Journ. Bombay Branch Roy. As. Soc., 1846, p. 243,
pl. iii, fig. 18 (Geology Egyptian Desert).

Ampullaria ene Bellardi, Mem. R. Accad. Sei. Torino, ser. 11,
vol. xv, p. 176, pl. i, fig. 10, 1854 (Foss. Nummulit. Egitto),
non G. BL & J. oy 1822.

A. (Lanistes) Holtent, Mayer-Eymar, Viertelj. Naturf. Ges. Zurich,
vol. xlvi, p. 28, pl. 1, figs. 1-2, 1901 (Gastropoden Untertertiar
Egyptens), non Chemnitz.

Lanistes antiquus, Blanckenhorn, Centralblatt Mineral., 1901, No. 9,
p. 271, woodcut figures 1, 2 (Palaeogens in Aegypten).

15, subcarinatus, Oppenheim, Palmontogray yhica, vol. xxx, pt. 11, p. 277,
plexxvi, ig. 1, 1906 (Alttertiiirer Haven Agypten).

Remarks.—During some paleontological explorations in the Fayum
in 1902, Dr. C. W. Andrews was fortunate in collecting some

1 Voluta Beadnelli, nom. mut.

NEWTON: LOWER TERTIARY MOLLUSCA OF THE FAYUM, 795

interesting molluscan remains from the Qasr el Sagha Beds, among
them being a giant form of the freshwater shell Lanistes antiquus,
which is worthy of placing on record. Its measurements are diam. 85,
height 50mm. ‘The largest example previously known appears to
be ‘that mentioned by De Blanckenhorn, exhibiting a diameter of
53 and a height of 28mm. The specimen under consideration is
a natural cast formed of a yellowish-red sandy matrix, with no
vestige of shell-structure remaining; small fragmentary ostreiform
shells are seen in the rock material filling up the aperture. It belongs
to the depressed forms of Zanistes, of which Olivier’s Ampullaria
carinata may be regarded as the type. The volutions, numbering
about five, are fairly deep and laterally compressed, while the base
shows considerable inflation, being besides furnished with a wide
and deeply excavated umbilical region, in which the inner whorls
are well exposed. According to Mr. Beadnell’s section of the Qasr
el Sagha Beds (p. 51 of his memoir), this molluse occurs in Bed 18,
associated with marine shells, hence we may assume that the deposits
were laid down under estuarine or brackish-water conditions. The
Qasr el Sagha Series belongs to the Upper Mokattam or Parisian
division of the Eocene, and are consequently of Lutetian age. This
species was originally figured by Orlebar from the ‘ Yellow Limestone ’
of the Mokattam Hills as Cirrus, and subsequently by Bellardi as
Ampullaria subcarinata from the Nummulitic beds in the neighbourhood
of Cairo. Without any reference to these two writers, Mayer-Eymar,
nearly fifty years later, claimed the shell as belonging to the recent
form of Chemnitz’s Helix terrestris Bolteniana contraria, and so figured
and described it as Ampullaria (Lanistes) Bolten, from the Upper
Parisian of Egypt (near Dimé, and the north of Mokattam), being
found in the Alectryonia Clot-beyi beds of that formation. Dr. Blancken-
horn next discussed the shell, pointing out its wrong determination
as a recent species, and established for it the new name of Lanistes
antiquus. In the latest account of this fossil Dr. Oppenheim restored
Bellardi’s name, recognizing it as Lanistes subcarinatus. From the
synonymy now offered it is apparent that Ampullaria subcarinata,
as determined by Bellardi, is no longer tenable, because much earlier
in the last century G. B. and James Sowerby (Genera of Shells, 1822)
had used the same name for a recent shell from the Congo River
of Africa. It follows, then, that Dr. Blanckenhorn’s Lanistes antiquus
should be the recognized name for this shell. The genus ZLanistes
appears to be entirely restricted to African freshwaters at the present
day ; and the fossil species now referred to, in all probability, represents
the ancestral form of Z. carinatus, Olivier, sp. (= LZ. Bolteniana),
which exists in Birket el Qurun, in the Nile, near Alexandria, and
at numerous other places on the same river or its tributaries, as far
south as the Victoria Nyanza (according to Professor E. yon Martens,
Deutsch-Ost-Afrika, vol. iv, p. 169, 1898), Lake Dembea, ete., and
occurring also in some profusion in the younger Post- Pliocene deposits
of the Fayum depression.
Formation.—Lutetian (Middle Eocene).
Locality.— Near Qasr el Sagha (Dr. C. W. Andrews).

76 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

RuopatirHEs Gonropuorvs, Bellardi. Pl. 1V, Fig. 1.

Fusus goniophorus, Bellardi, Cat. Foss. Nummulit. Egitto: Mem. R.
Accad. Sci. Torino, ser. 11, vol. xv, p. 181, pl. i, fig. 8, 1854.
Clavalitihes goniophorus, Oppenheim, Zur Kenntn. alttertiarer Faunen
Agypten: Paleeontographica, vol. xxx, pt. ili, fasc. 2, p. 315,

pl. xxii, fig. 6, 1906.

Remarks.—1 have regarded this species as belonging to Grabau’s
genus Rhopalithes, which has been established on protoconchal
characters besides the presence of two or more oblique plications on
the columella, and the type of which is Fusus Moe of Lamarck from
the Lutetian and Bartonian of the Paris Basin (see Phylogeny of
Fusus and its Allies: Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections, vol. xliv,
No. 1417, p. 185, 1904). A form from Dimé has been well figured by
Dr. Oppenheim agreeing in all essentials with the present specimen
from the same series of beds near Qasr el Sagha, although the latter
is without its apical whorls. The angulated character of the spire is
characteristic. The whorls, of which there are four or five, possess
a very narrow and horizontal sutural platform, followed by an
obliquity reaching to a median carination, from which proceeds
a vertical basal region to the suture. A well-marked obtuse carination
occurs on the anterior area of the body-whorl, followed by a prolonged
canal. ‘This species is closely related to usus Noe of Lamarck, but
differs in its more angulate whorls, in the much contracted and more
elongate aperture, and in the possession of depressed sides to the
body-whorl. Bellardi’s original figure of the shell represents a very
imperfect specimen, although the obliquity of the whorl posteriorly
is well seen. We are indebted, however, to Dr. Oppenheim for the
most useful figure of this form, which gives a dorsal view of an
excellent example exhibiting the early whorls of the spire with their
narrowly rounded and elevated vertical costa, crossed by numerous
horizontal spiral striations. In the succeeding volutions of the same
specimen the posterior obliquity and the anterior vertical surface of
each are well displayed. According to Dr. Oppenheim this fossil belongs
to the Upper Mokattam Beds of the neighbourhood of Cairo as well as
of the Fayum, and is therefore of Lutetian age.

Formation.—Lutetian (Middle Eocene).

Locality.—Near Qasr el Sagha (Dr. C. W. Andrews).

CravaLitHEs Brapnetit, n.sp. Pl. IV, Fig. 2.

Shell of large size, robust, scalariform, smooth; whorls deep,
laterally compressed, vertical, suleated posteriorly, and surmounted
by a wide horizontal sutural platform (rampe of French authors),
with projecting margin ; last whorl moderately inflated from the lower
margin of the suleation to a depth of 32 millimetres, when contraction
sets in to form the narrow anterior canal; columella covered with
a spreading callus; sculpture consisting of obscure concentric ridges
crossed by numerous, closely set, extremely fine and microscopical
striations. Diam. 80 mm.; penultimate whorl, diam. 58, depth 25 mm.

Remarks.—This specimen is a large robust type of shell with
remains of the four last whorls, and a very much fractured apertural

NEWTON: LOWER TERTIARY MOLLUSCA OF THE FAYUM, at

region, and is doubtless closely allied to Fusus sealaris of Lamarck,
found in the Lutetian and Bartonian Beds of Europe, excellent figures
of which are to be seen in Deshayes’s Descr. Coq. Foss. Paris, vol. ii,
p. 525, pl. lxxii, figs. 18, 14, 1835. It differs, however, not only in
size, but in the possession of the widely excavated sulcation, which
forms so prominent a character beneath the margin of the projecting
rampe. This sulcation has a maximum width of 15 millimetres,
the rampe also offering a similar measurement. ‘There is no corre-
sponding furrow in Lamarck’s species referred to, and only a slight
depression exists, which merges rapidly into the ordinary inflation of
the whorl. The Fayum shell has besides vertically-sided whorls to
the spire, whereas in scalars they are gently sloping. The smoothness
of the projecting margins would also separate it from J/wrex longevus,
which, according to Solander’s old figures, pl. ii, fig. 40, and pl. vi,
fie. 73, exhibits a form with mostly irregular and spinous outer margins
to the sutural shelf or rampe. Clavalithes and its species have been
studied by Dr. A. W. Grabau, and his work on the Phylogeny of
Fusus and its Allies (Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections, vol. xliv,
No. 1417, p. 117, 1904) supplies us with much valuable knowledge on
the evolutionary characters of this genus. According to M. Cossmann
(Essais de Paléoconchologie Comparée, 1901, pt. iv, p. 18) the genus
ranges through the Eocene, Oligocene, Miocene, and Pliocene forma-
tions, and a well-characterized species lives at the present day in
Polynesia (C. serotina, Hinds).

I have united the name of Mr. Beadnell with this fine example of
Clavalithes in recognition of his critical and careful work on the
geological structure of the Fayum depression.

Formation.—Lutetian (Middle Eocene).

Locality.—Near Qasr el Sagha (Dr. C. W. Andrews).

CuavaLitHes SotanDerI, Grabau. Pl. IV, Fig. 3.

Murex longevus, Solander, Fossilia Hantoniensia, 1766, p. 22, pl. viii,
fig. 93 (non figs. 40 and 73 = the true longevus).

Fusus longevus, J. Sowerby, Dineral Conchology, 1814, vol. i, pl. Lxiii.

Clavalithes Solandert, Grabau, Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections,
1904, No. 1417, p. 123, pl. xiv, figs. 5, 6, pl. xv, figs. 1, 2, and
text-figs. pp. 123-5.

C. longevus, Oppenheim, Paleeontographica, vol. xxx, pt. ili, sect. 2,
p. 315, 1906, non Solander.

Remarks.—This is a form separated by Dr. Grabau from the true
Murex longeavus of Solander, which possesses irregular and spinous
outer margins to the posterior shelves of the volutions. The same
author regards as a gerontic example of this species James Sowerby’s
Fusus longevus, figured in 1814, pointing out that the spinous
prolongations seen on that specimen are the result of age, and that
they are only present on the sutural platform of the last whorl. The
Fayum fossil appears to be of medium size, consisting of about seven
volutions which are well elevated, closely fitting, and very narrowly
shelved. Well-marked sculpture is seen on the three earliest whorls,
consisting of fairly distant and swollen longitudinal cost crossed by

78 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

spiral striations ; the succeeding whorls ave spirally and longitudinally
striate. More mature forms of this species from English localities
show a greater development of sutural platform.

Distribution.—This form is unknown in the Paris Basin, although
it is a frequent British fossil, being found at Barton, in the Upper
Eocene, and occurring also in the Lutetian or Middle Eocene of
Bramshaw, Bracklesham Bay, Brook, and Huntingbridge.

This. specimen was collected from the south of Dimé, and it forms
one of the duplicate specimens presented to the British Museum
(Nat. Hist.) by the Geological Survey of Egypt.

Formation.—Lutetian (Middle Kocene).

Locality.—South of Dimé (H. J. L. Beadnell).

Hemirusus Errans, Solander. Pl. IV, Fig. 4

Strombus errans, Solander, Brander’s Fossilia Hantoniensia, 1766,
p- 23, pl. ii, fig. 42.

Fusus errans, J. de °C. Sowerby, Mineral Conchology, vol. iv, p. 189,
pl. 400, 1823; and in Dixon’s Geology of Sussex, 1850, pp. 104,
185, pl. vii, fig. 31.

F. (Hemifusus) errans, A. von Koenen, ‘‘Norddeutsche unter-
Oligocin Mollusk.-Fauna”: Abhandl. geol. Specialkarte
Preussen, etc.,. vol. x;:p. 233, pliy xvii, fe: 6, 1889.

Chrysodomus errans, R. B. Newton, Syst. List “Edwards Coll., Brit.
Mus., British Oligocene and Eocene Mollusca, 1891, p. 157.

Semifusus (Mayeria) errans, Cossmann, Eseais de Paléoconchologié
Comparée, 1901, pt. iv, p. 98, pl. iv, fig. 18.

Solander’s cael description of this shell is as follows: ‘* Testa
striata, anfractibus carina acuta notatis. Testa oblongo-ovata, utrinque
conica, transversim striata, ventre anfractibusque omnibus carina acuta
notatis.”

Remarks. — With the exception of mineralization the specimen
referred to this species is fairly well preserved. The general contour
is biconical, while the spire, which is shorter than the aperture, is
strikingly carinated on each volution, the posterior surfaces of which
are wide and oblique, besides being depressed and spirally striated.
The spiral ridges of the body- whorl are coarser and thicker than in
European forms of the species, probably largely due to mineralization.
Crossing the spiral sculpture are numerous regularly arranged oblique
striations, which, however, are more evident on the body- Sahenl than
elsewhere.

A little fracturing has taken place on the front aspect of the
specimen, although the straightness and smoothness of the columella
are to be observed, as well as the narrow elongate aperture which bends
slightly inwards at the base to form a moderately open and short
canal; the posterior angulation is rather longer and more sloping than
in European examples, although it is noticeable that a fragment of
a Spondyloid shell has attached itself to the external surface of that
region of the aperture, thus producing a longer obliquity than may
really exist there. Length 50, diam. 80 mm.

Distribution.—The species has a wide distribution, being found in

NEWION: LOWER TERTIARY MOLLUSCA OF THE FAYUM. 79

the London Clay, the Bracklesham and Barton Beds of England, and,
according to Von Koenen, in the Lower Oligocene deposits of Northern
Germany (Helmstadt).

Formation.—Lutetian (Middle Eocene).

Locality. —Near Qasr el Sagha (Dr. C. W. Andrews).

Meronerna AnpReEws!, n.sp. Pl. IV, Figs. 4, 6.

Shell ovately pyriform, thick, solid, smooth, regularly margined ;
whorls depressed, only slightly elevated, slightly concave, increasing
about one-third, vertical, subangulate, and narrowly exposed at the
suture; base terminating in a narrow short canal, and laterally
furnished with a thickened, transversely twisted, semicircular wall,
which circumscribes an elongate umbilical cavity ; aperture elongate,
narrow, slightly dilated, bending moderately inwards at base to form
anterior canal, posteriorly angulated and oblique; columella smooth,
covered with an extensive callus, which extends considerably over the
umbilical excavation; sculpture consisting of microscopically fine and
obscure spiral striations, crossed by numerous and much more evident
longitudinal lines of growth, arranged more or less in equidistant
groups, which curve outwards in their descent, then inwards, becoming
part of the twisted umbilical wall at the base. Height 52, diam. 35 mm.

Remarks.—This shell, on account of its robust and thick test, is in
aremarkably good state of preservation. It is one of the smooth and
regularly margined examples of MeJongena, being related among recent
shells to the form of Pyrum paradisiacum of Martini, as adopted by
Reeve under the genus Pyrula (Conchologia Iconica, 1847, pl. v,
fig. 176), which may possess either a nodulose or smooth spiral region.
The fossil is also characterized by the closely fitting, depressed, and
only slightly elevated whorls, which are nearly on the same plane, and
by the umbilical details at the base. The extremely fine ornamentation
of the surface, when well preserved, amounts almost to a delicate
decussation.

It may be mentioned that Mayer-Eymar has described Melongena
(Pugilina) Koeneni from the Lutetian (Upper Parisian) of ‘Jebel
Schweinfurth’ to the south of Dimé in the Fayum (Journ. Conchyl.,
vol. xlvi, p. 283, pl. xiv, fig. 1, 1898), which differs from the present
shell in possessing strong spiral ridges, a modulated spire, and
marginal irregularities.

The specimen appears to represent quite a new type of shell among
fossil mollusca, and I am not aware of any similar form having been
recorded from the Lower Tertiary strata of Northern Africa, Europe,
or India.

According to M. Cossmann (Zssais de Paléoconchologie Comparée,
1901, pt. iv, pp. 85, 86) the true J/elongena commenced in the
Oligocene (Tongrian) period, and is living at the present day in
the Indian Ocean. ‘he specific name is suggested in honour of the
collector, Dr. C. W. Andrews, F.R.S., of the British Museum, to
whom we are indebted for our knowledge of the fossil vertebrata of
the Fayum province of Egypt.

Formation.—Lutetian (Middle Eocene).

Locality.—Near Qasr el Sagha (Dr. C. W. Andrews).

VOL. X.—JUNE, 1912. 6

80 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Voitvuta BrEADNELLI, nom. mut.

Turbinella prisca, Locard, Moll. Tert. inf. Tunisie, 1888, p. 7, pl. vii,
fig. 4 (non Conrad). |

Voluta (Volutolyria) Arabiea, Mayer-Eymar, Journ. Conchyl., vol. xliii, |
p. 52, pl. iii, fig. 1, 1895 (non Gmelin).

V. Arabica, Cossmann, Bull. Inst. Egyptien, 1901, p. 177, pl. i,|
fig. 2; Oppenheim, Paleontographica, vol. xxx, pt. 1, fase. 2
p- 327, pl. xxiv, figs. 12, 13, 1906. |

Remarks.—This entry is made to call attention to the necessity
of introducing a new specific name in place of Voluta Arabica, which |
is preoccupied, |

Formation.—Lutetian (Upper Mokattam). |

Locality.—Near Dimé. |

This species is also found in rocks of the same age in the neighbour-
hood of Cairo.

TURRITELLA TRANSITORIA, Mayer-Eymar. Pl. III, Figs. 3, 4.

Turritella angulata, Bellardi, Mem. R. Accad. Sci. Torino, ser. 11,
vol. xv, p. 175, 1854 (non J. de C. Sowerby).

T. transitoria, Mayer-Eymar, Palontographica, vol. xxx, p. 76,
pl. xxi, fig. 6, 1883.

TE Pharaonica, Cossmann, Bull. Inst. Egyptien, 1901, p. 181, pl. ii,
figs. 12s Beaduell, Topogr. Geol. Fayum, Egypt, a
pp. 34, 35; Oppenheim, Paleeontographica, vol. xxx, pt. 1
fasc. 2, p. 2a7, pl. xxim, fies 0) 1906.

Remarks.—This shell was originally recognized from Egypt by
Mayer-Eymar as Archiac’s 7. angulata of India, but according to
M. Cossmann certain differences exist which demanded their separation,
hence his introduction of Z. Pharaonica for the Egyptian fossil.
Previously, however, Mayer-Eymar described Z. transttoria from
the Upper Mokattam deposits of the island (Geziret el Qorn) on
Birket el Qurun in the Fayum, which certainly appears to be
Cossmann’s JZ. Pharaonica, but exhibiting a spirally granulate
sculpture, much more clearly preserved than is generally the case
with ordinary Fayum fossils, otherwise the ornamentation is quite
similar although much more obscure, the granulations having been
smoothed down, or sometimes entirely removed by erosive agencies.
The mere fact that Mayer-Eymar’s figure shows a slightly more
slender form of this species than usually obtains, forms no real
distinction, as much variation is observable among a number of
examples. Strange to say, Dr. Oppenheim admits Z. transitoria
in his synonymy, and yet adopts Z. Pharaonica for the shell, a
name established some eighteen years later. ‘There is no alternative,

therefore, but to recognize Mayer- Eymar’s name of 1883. Two
specimens are now figured, one large “form from the Qasr el Sagha
deposits, and an intermediate example which is of consider ‘able
interest, having been found in the Jebel el Qatrani Series associated
with the estuarine mollusca previously referred to in this address.

These specimens were among some duplicates presented to the
British Museum (Natural History) by the Geological Survey of Egypt.

yc. Malac. Soc. Vol. X, Pl. III.

EOCENE GASTROPODA FROM THE FAYUM PROVINCE OF EGYPT.

NEWTON: LOWER TERTIARY MOLLUSCA OF THE FAYUM. 81

Formations.—Lutetian (Middle Eocene) and Bartonian (Upper
Eocene).
Localities. —South of Dimé ; Jebel el Qatrani (H. J. L. Beadnell).

TURRITELLA OPPENHEIMI, nom. mut. PI. III, Fig. 5.

Turritella carinifera, Deshayes, Descr. Coq. Foss, Paris, vol. ii, p. 278,
pl. xxxvi, figs. 1, 2, 1833 (non Lamarck),’ 1822; Mayer-Kymar,
Paleontographica, vol. xxx, p. 76, pl. xxiii, fig. 8, 1883;
Cossmann, Bull. Inst. Egyptien, 1901, p. 181, pl. ii, figs. 5, 6;

Oppenheim, Palsontographica, vol. xxx, pt. 11, p. 248, 1906.
Remarks.—The specimen figured on this occasion is in a fragmentary
condition, with a somewhat eroded and polished exterior, although,
otherwise, it forms a striking example of the adult condition of this
species. It exhibits the oblong contour of the whorls, with their
slightly excavated surfaces, ornamented with equidistant spiral
striations of more or less granulate structure, and crossed by
deeply sinuous lines of growth; the doubly margined and prominent
anterior carination is, likewise, most evident. Attention is principally
ealled to this shell, however, because of an alteration necessitated in
its specific name. Known hitherto as Zurritella carinifera of Deshayes,

it is imperative to point out that the same designation had been

previously introduced into literature by Lamarck for quite a different
form of Zurritella; hence the proposed new name ot 7. Oppenheimt
is suggested to replace that of Deshayes, in admiration of Dr. Paul
Oppenheim’s researches on the older Tertiary shells of Egypt.

Distribution.—This species occurs throughout the Eocene series of
the Paris Basin (see Cossmann, Ann. Soc. R. Mal. Belgique, vol. xxiii,
p. 296, 1888), and in the Middle Eocene or Lutetian beds of England
(R. B. Newton, Syst. List Edwards Coll. British Oligocene and Eocene
Mollusca, British Museum, 1891, p. 205). Mayer-Eymar recorded
a well-preserved fragment from the island on Birket el Qurun.
Cossmann described it from the neighbourhood of Dimé, and
Oppenheim has recognized the shell from similar localities, as well as
numerous other places in Egypt, especially in the neighbourhood of
Cairo and the Pyramids.

This specimen forms one of the duplicates presented to the British
Museum (Natural History) by the Geological Survey of Egypt.

Formation.—Lutetian (Middle Eocene).

Locality.—South of Dimé (H. J. L. Beadnell).

EXPLANATION OF PLATES III AND IV.
All figures are photographed natural size.
PLATE III.

LANISTES ANTIQUUS, Blanckenhorn.

Fic. 1. Spiral view of a large example of this species, preserved as a calcareous
sandstone cast.
», 2. Basal view of same specimen, showing a great umbilical depth with
the inner volutions. The costated remains of a small Ostreiform
shell are present in the matrix of the aperture.

1 Hist. Nat. Anim. sans Vert., vol. vii, p. 59, 1822.

82 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

TURRITELLA TRANSITORIA, Mayer-Eymar.

Fie. 3. Front aspect of an adult fragmentary example, much polished from
wind and sand erosion, although partially preserving the spirally
eranulate ornamentation of this species.

,, 4. Dorsal view of a medium-sized specimen, with four whorls, showing
obscure sculpturing and granulated margins to the carinations.
This is one of the few marine shells found in the Jebel el Qatrani
beds, and is therefore of Bartonian or Upper Eocene age.

TURRITELLA OPPENHEIMI, nom. mut.

Fie. 5. <A fragmentary adult specimen, somewhat polished through sand and
wind erosion, showing the elongate and slightly excavated whorls
with the basal carination and fairly deep suture. The equidistant
spiral striations and sinuous growth-lines are also well seen.

PRAT VE
RHOPALITHES GONIOPHORUS, Bellardi, sp.

Fie. 1. Front view of an eroded specimen, showing the narrowly elongate
aperture, the vertical and obliquely constituted whorl with its
median carination, as well as obscure evidence of sculpture on the
earlier whorls (= marginal tuberculation).

CLAVALITHES BEADNELLI, n.sp.

Vie. 2. Latero- dorsal view of the only example known, showing the
prominently sulcated, vertical whorls and the horizontal sutural
region. The body-whorl exhibits a part of the columellar callosity.
The perforations on the surface of this specimen are probably of
some organic origin.

CLAVALITHES SOLANDERI, Grabau.

Vic. 3. Dorsal view of a medium-sized specimen, showing the tall and closely
built whorls, with no evidence of irregular or spiny margins.

HEMIFUSUS ERRANS, Solander, sp.

Fic. 4. Dorsal aspect of shell, with the characteristic form and ornamentation
of this species.

MELONGENA ANDREWSI, n.sp.

Front view of the only specimen known, showing the depressed and
slightly elevated whorls, the narrow and elongate aperture, and the
narrow basal umbilical perforation bounded by an inflated outer
margin.

,, 6. Dorsal view of same, exhibiting fine sculpture striations and the

swollen twisted region at the base which cireumscribes the

perforation.

The specimens figured are preserved in the British Museum (Natural History).

Or

FIG.

V. Lrrerature.

Anprews(C. W.). A Deseriptive Catalogue of the Tertiary Vertebrata
of the Fayum, Egypt. 1906.

Beapneti (H. J. L.). ‘* Découvertes géologiques Récentes dans la
Vallée du Nil et le Désert Libyen’’: Congrés Géol. Intern.
(Paris), 1901, fase. 2, pp. 858-61.

— “On some Recent Geological Discoveries in the Nile Valley and
Libyan Desert’: Geol. Mag., 1901, p. 27 (= abstract of French
Congress paper).

oc. Malac. Soc. Vol. X, Pl. IV.

EOCENE GASTROPODA FROM THE FAYUM PROVINCE OF EGYPT.

NEWTON : LOWER TERTIARY MOLLUSCA OF THE FAYUM. 83

Beapnevt (H.J.L.). ‘*‘ The Fayum Depression: a preliminary notice
of the Geology of a district in Egypt containing a new Paleogene
Vertebrate Fauna”: Geol. Mag., 1901, pp. 540-6.

—— The Topography and Geology of the Fayum Province of Egypt:
Survey Dept., Egypt (Cairo), 1905, pp. 101, maps, sections, etc.

BranckenHorn (Max). ‘‘Neues zur Geologie und Palaontologie
Aegyptens.—Das Palaeogen; Das Kociin”’ : Zeitsch. Deutsch. Geol.
Ges., vol. 1, pp. 445-57, 1900.

—— ‘Nachtrige zur Kenntniss des Palaeogens in Aegypten”’ :
Centralblatt Mineralogie, 1901, pp. 265-74. [ Lanistes. |

— ‘‘Die Geschichte des Nil-Stroms in der Tertiar- und Quarti-
periode, sowie des palaeolithischen Menschen in Aegypten”:
Zeitsch. Ges. Erdkunde, Berlin, 1902, pp. 694-762.

— ‘Neue geologisch - stratigraphische Beobachtungen in
Aegypten”: Sitzungsber. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, vol. xxxu,
pp- 358-4338, 19038.

Cossmann (M.). ‘‘ Additions 4 la faune nummulitique d’ Egypte”:
Bull. Inst. Egyptien, 1901, pp. 173-97, pls. 1-11.

Among other shells the following are figured and described
from the Lutetian or Middle Eocene deposits of the Fayum:
Voluta Arabica, Mayer-Eymar; Zwrritella ecarinifera, Deshayes ;
T. Pharaonica, Cossmann; Jfesalia fasciata, Lamarck, sp. ;
MW. Locardi, Cossmann ; Carolia placunoides, Cantraine ; Vulsella
deperdita, Lamarck ; Jfactra Fourtani, Cossmann.

Dacavé (E.). ‘Die Fossilen Schildkroten Aegyptens”’: Geol. Pal.
Abhandl. (Koken), w.s., vol. x, pt. iv, pp. 61, 1912.

Dames (W.). ‘Ueber eine Tertiaire Wirbelthierfauna von der
westlichen Insel des Birket el Qurun im Fajum (Aegypten)”’:
Sitz. Akad. Wiss., Berlin, 18838, pp. 129-88.

Deréret (Cu.). ‘‘ Sur l’Age des Couches a Palgomastodon du Fayoum”’:
Bull. Soe. géol. France, sér. tv, vol. vii, pp. 198, 194, 455, 456,
1907.

Fetix (J.). ‘‘ Korallen aus igyptischen Tertiirbildungen’”’: Zeitsch.
Deutsch. Geol. Ges., vol. xxxvi, pp. 415-53, pls. ili—v, 1884.
Mayer-Eymar (C.). ‘‘ Die Versteinerungen der Tertiaren Schichten
von der westlichen Insel im Birket el Qurun See”: Paleonto-

graphica, vol. xxx, pp. 67-77, pl. xxiii, 1883.

This memoir contains descriptions and figures of Fayum
mollusea collected by Schweinfurth in 1879, which were supposed
to possess a Bartonian facies (now regarded as of Lutetian or
Middle Eocene age) :—

Petrecypopa.— Ostrea plicata, Defrance; O. digitalina, Dubois ;
O. gigantea, Solander; O. longirostris, Lamarck; O. producta,
Delbos & Raulin; Arca Edwardsi, Deshayes; Lucina pomum,
Dujardin; Z. cf. tabulata, Deshayes; Cardium Schweinfurth,
Mayer-Eymar ; J/socardia cyprinoides, Bronn; Cytherea Newboldi,
Mayer-Eymar; TZellina pellucida, Deshayes; Mactra compressa,
Deshayes; Corbula pixidicula, Deshayes.

Gastropopa.— Calyptrea trochiformis, Lamarck; Turritella
angulata, J.de C. Sowerby ; 7. carinifera, Deshayes; 7. transitoria,

84

PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Mayer-Eymar ; 7. turris, Basterot ; Zurbo Parkinsoni, Defrance ;
Pleurotoma sp. ; Ficula tricarinata, Mayer-Eymar.

Mayrr-Eymar (C.). ‘* Plicatularum sex nove e stratis Aegyptia

Parisianis”’: Viertelj. Nat. Ges. Zurich, vol. xxxiv, pp. 392-5,
1889.

Describes Plicatula abundans, Mayer-Eymar, from the Lutetian
or Middle Eocene of the Fayum.

‘Diagnoses Ostrearum novarum ex agris Aegyptiz# nummu-
liticis’’: Viertelj. Nat. Ges. Zurich, vol. xxxiv, pp. 289-99,
1889. [Reprint in Mém. Soc. Belge Géol. Pal. Hydrol.
(Bruxelles), vol. iii, pp. 401-8, 1889. ]

The following forms from the Lutetian of the Fayum are
described but not figured: Ostrea (Alectryonia) Lenzi, O. egyptiaca,
O. Qeruniana, O. Ismaeli.

‘* Description de Coquilles fossiles des Terrains tertiaires
inférieurs ’?: Journ. de Conch. [Paris] for 1887, 1888, 1894,
1896, 1898.

The following mollusea from the Lutetian or Middle Eocene
formation of the Fayum are described and frequently figured in
the various volumes of this periodical: (1887) Lovellia
Schweinfurtht; (1888) Ostrea Fraast and var. Fajumensis, Pecten
Moethensis; (1895) MMelongena (Heligmotoma) Nilotica, Mesalia
Hofana, Fusus (Clavellites) spinosus, Tudicula umbilicaris,
Pleurotoma ingens, Pereirea Beyrichi, Voluta (Volutolyria)
Arabica; (1896) Cardita (Cossmannella) Atgyptiaca; (1898)
Ostrea( Gryphea) Arabica, Tellina Damest, T. grandis, 7. latissima,
T. Zitteli, Melongena (Pugilina) Koenent, Ostrea Schweinfurthi,
Ostrea Siekenbergi, Crassatella Junkert, C. puellula, Chenopus
Artini.

— ‘Diagnoses Mytilorum ex agris Agyptie nummuliticis”’

Viertelj. Nat. Ges. Zurich, vol. xxxvi, pp. 169-75, 1891.
Describes, but without figuring, the new species, Mytilus
Niloticus, from the Lutetian or Middle Eocene of the Fayum.

— “TL’Oasis de Moéleh’”’: Bull. Inst. Egypten, ser. m1, No. 3,

pp. 44-538, 1892.

The following mollusca from the Lutetian deposits are listed
from this area of the Fayum :—

Petxcypopa.—Ostrea Gumbeli, Mayer-Eymar MS.; Pecten
Moelhensis, Mayer-Eymar; P. corneus, J. Sowerby; Vulsella
chamifor mis, Mayer-Eymar ; Lucina globulosa, Deshayes ; L. con-
sobrina, Deshayes; L. Dafrances. Deshayes.

Gastropopa.— Velates Schmiedeli, Chemnitz; Cerithium fodicatum,
Bellardi.,

‘* Ampullaria (Lanistes) Bolten’, Chemnitz’: Eclog. Geol.
Helvetize, vol. vi, p. 120, 1900.

, ** Les Ampullaires de lEockne Egypte”: Bull. Inst.
Egyptien, ser. tv, No. 2, fasc. 4, pp. 205-7, 1901.

— ‘ Interessante neue Gastropoden aus dem Untertertiir

Egyptens”’: Viertelj. Nat. Ges. Zurich, vol. xlvi, pp. 23-7,
plea, fies. 1 SO:

NEWTON: LOWER TERTIARY MOLLUSCA OF THE FAYUM. 85

Describes and figures Ampullaria (Lanistes) Bolten, Chemnitz,
from the Lutetian ( Ostrea Clot-beyi Beds) of the Fayum.

Mayer-Eymar (C.). ‘Liste der nummulitischen Turritelliden
Egyptens auf der geologischen Sammlung in Zurich”’: Viertelj.
Nat. Ges. Zurich, vol. xlvii, pp. 385-92, pl. xxii, 1903.

Records the following Turritellide from the Lutetian of the
Fayum: Protoma cathedralis, Brongniart; Turritella angulata,
J. de C. Sowerby; 7. bicarinata, Kichwald; TZ. carinifera,
Deshayes; Z. Desmaresti, Basterot ; TZ. Lessepst, Mayer-Eymar ;
T. mitis, Deshayes; Z. nana, Mayer-Eymar; Z. Tihana, Mayer-
Eymar; 7. vinculata, Zittel (= ZT. Parisiana, Mayer-Kymar) ;
Mesalia bilirata, Mayer-Kymar ; I. obruta, Locard (= IL, Locardi,
Cossmann) ; J/. electa, Locard; I. terebriformis, Mayer-Eymar.

— ‘“‘Nummulitische Dentaliiden, Fissurelliden, Capuliden, und
~Hipponiciden Aegyptens auf der geologischen Sammlung in
Zurich”’: Viertelj. Nat. Ges. Zurich, vol. xlviii, pp. 271-86, 1903.

Describes the following forms from the Lutetian or Middle
Eocene of the Fayum: Jissurella acuticosta, Mayer - Eymar;
Calyptrea Chinensis, Linneeus; €. pectinata, Mayer - Eymar;
Dentalium striatum, Sowerby; D.circinatum, Sowerby; D. lucidum,
Deshayes; D. Michelottii, Haern.

— ‘Revue des grandes Ovules ou Gisortia, Jousseaume ”’
Viertelj. Nat. Ges. Zurich, vol. xlix, pp. 35-9, 1904.

Records Ovula ( Gisortia) gigantea, Miinster, sp.( = O. ALurchisoni,
Archiac), from the Lutetian of the Fayum.

OppennetmM(Pavt). ‘Zur Kenntnis altertertiarer Faunen in Agypten”’:
Paleeontographica, vol. xxx, pt. ii, sect. 1, Bivalves, 1903;
sect. 2, Bivalves, Gastropoda, Scaphopoda, Cephalopoda, 1906
(plates and text). .

— ‘Observation sur l’Age des Couches a Pal@omastodon du
Fayoum”’: Bull. Soc. géol. France, ser. tv, vol. vii, pp. 358-60,
1907.

Retnacu(A.von). ‘ Schildkrétenreste aus dem aigyptischen Tertiar ”’
Abhandl. Senckenberg. Nat. Ges. { Frankfurt a. M.], vol. xxix,
pp. 64, 19038.

ScuwernrurtH (G.). ‘‘ Reise in das Depressionsgebiet im Umkreise
des Fajim im Januar, 1886”: Zeitsch. Ges. Erdkunde, Berlin,
vol. xxi, pp. 96-149, with a map (topographical), 1886.

Stromer (E.). ‘‘Geologische Beobachtungen im Fajum und am
unteren Niltal’”: Abhandl, Senckenberg. Nat. Ges. [ Frankfurt
a. M.], vol. xxix, pp. 135-47, pl. xxi, 1907.

VI. Inpvex To tHE GENERA AND SPECIES OF THE Mo.tuusca.

abscissa (Ostrea), 69. Aigyptiaca (Cossmannella), 70, 84.
abundans (Plicatula), 69, 84. Agyptiaca (Cyprina), 71.

Acera, 68, 74. Aigyptiaca (Fistulana), 71.
acuticosta (Fissurella), 72, 85. Aigyptiaca (Glycymeris), 70.
acuticostata (Cardita), 70. Agyptiaca (Lucina), 70.
Aigyptiaca (Cardita), 84. Aigyptiaca (Naticina), 73.
AAigyptiaca (Cassis), 73. Agyptiaca (Ostrea), 69, 84.

86 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

gyptiaca (Pholadomya), 71.

Aigyptiaca (Rimella), 73.

Aigyptiaca (Thracia), 71.

Aigyptiacus (Spondylus), 64, 67, 69.

agglutinans (Tugurium), 72.

Alectryonia, 58, 59, 64, 67, 68, 69, 75,
84.

alticostata (Ostrea), 69.

ammonis (Natica), 73.

Ampullaria, 58, 59, 73, 74, 75, 84, 85.

Ampullina, 73.

analoga (Mesalia), 72.

Andrewsi (Melongena), 79, 82.

angulata (Turritella), 62, 65, 66, 72,
80, 83, 85.

Anomia, 67.

antiquus (Lanistes), 59, 64, 68, 73,
74, 15.

aperta (Calyptrea), 68, 72.

Aporrhais, 73.

Arabica (Gryphea), 69.

Arabica (Voluta), 59, 68, 74, 80, 83,
84.

Arabica (Volutolyria), 80, 84.

Arca, 65, 67, 70, 83.

Architectonica, 72.

Arcopagia, 67, 71.

Artini (Aporrhais), 73.

Artini (Chenopus), 84.

Axinea, 70.

Barbatia, 70.

Bartonianus (Lanistes), 59, 65, 68.

Bayania, 68, 73.

Beadnelli (Clavalithes), 76, 82.

Beadnelli (Voluta), 59, 68, 74, 80.

Bellardii (Alectryonia), 69.

Bellardii (Plicatula), 69.

Bellardii (Tellina), 71.

Beyrichi (Pereirsa), 73, 84.

bialata (Lucina), 70.

bicarinata (Turritella), 85.

Bicorbula, 71.

bilirata (Mesalia), 85.

bilirata (Turritella), 72.

Blanckenhorni (Corbicula), 71.

Bolteni (Lanistes), 73, 74, 75, 84, 85.

bovensis (Plicatula), 69.

brevis (Cyprina), 71.

Bulla, 74.

Cailliaudi (Ostrea), 69.

Cailliaudi (Vulsella), 69.

Cairensis (Patella), 72.

Cairensis (Plicatula), 69.

calliste (Lucina), 70.

Calyptrea, 68, 72, 83, 85.

Cardita, 67, 70, 84.

Cardium, 70, 83.

carinata (Ampullaria), 75.

carinatus (Lanistes), 59, 75.

carinifera (Turritella), 72, 81, 83, 85.

Carolia, 58, 59, 64, 67, 69, 83.

Cassis, 73.

cathedralis (Protoma), 85.

Cerithium, 61, 64, 65, 66, 73, 84.

chamiformis (Vulsella), 69, 84.

Chenopus, 84.

Chinensis (Calyptrea), 85.

Chrysodomus, 78.

circinatum (Dentalium), 85.

Cimns, 74.75.

clathratus (Serpulorbis), 72.

Clavalithes, 59, 68, 73, 76, 77, 82, 84.

Cleopatree (Neverita), 73.

Clot-beyi (Alectryonia), 59, 64, 67, 68,
69, 75, 85.

complanata (Cardita), 70.

compressa (Mactra), 67, 71, 83.

concinna (Lucina), 70.

conjunctum (Cerithium), 61.

consobrina (Lucina), 84.

conyolutum (Terebellum), 73.

Corbicula, 59, 67, 71.

Corbula, 59, 67, 71, 83.

cordatus (ef.) (Lithophagus), 65.

corneus (Pecten), 84.

cornigera, var. (Ostrea), 69.

corpusculum (Diplodonta), 70.

Cossmannella, 70, 84.

costellata (Melania), 73.

costellatum (Diastoma), 68, 73.

Crassatella, 70, 84. :

Crassatellites, 67, 70.

crassatina (Natica), 62, 66.

Crepidula, 72.

crispata (Vulsella), 67, 69.

Crocodili (Turritella), 72.

cubitus (Ostrea), 69.

Cucullewa, 67, 70.

cucullata (Alectryonia), 58, 59.

cycloidea (Diplodonta), 70.

Cyprina, 71.

eyprinoides (Isocardia), 83.

Cytherea, 71, 83.

Damesi (Tellina), 84.

debilis (Naticina), 64, 73.

Defrancei (Lucina), 84.

Dentalium, 85.

deperdita (Vulsella), 69, 83.

depressa (Mactra), 71.

desertorum (Bulla), 74.

Desmaresti (Turritella), 72, 85.

detrita (Lucina), 70.

Diastoma, 68, 73.

digitalina (Ostrea), 83.

Dimehensis (Cuculleea), 70.

Diplodonta, 67, 70.

Divaricella, 67, 70.

dorsata (Ostrea), 68.

NEWTON: LOWER TERTIARY

Edmondstonei (Gryphea), 69.
Edwardsi (Area), 70, 83.
electa (Mesalia), 72, 85
elegans (Ostrea), 69.
elongata (Melania), 73.
errans (Chrysodomus), 78.
errans (Fusus), 78.

errans (Hemifusus), 78, 82.
errans (Mayeria), 78.

errans (Semifusus), 78.
errans (Strombus), 78.
Escheri (Gryphea), 68
evanida (Lucina), 70.
Exogyra, 64.

facilis (Patella), 72.
Fajumensis (Cardita), 70.
Fajumensis (Crassatella), 70.
Fajumensis (Crassatellites), 70.
Fajumensis ee Ae
Fajumensis (Mera), 7
Fajumensis (Ostrea), a

Fajumensis (Peloronta), 72.
Fajumensis (Pleurotoma), 74.
Fajumensis (Potamides), 73.
fasciata (Mesalia), 59, 64, 72, 83
fasciculata (Turritella), 72.
Ficula, 73, 84.

fidelis (Cardita), 70.
Fissurella, 72, 85.

Fistulana, 71.

fluminalis (Corbicula), 59
fodicatum (Cerithium), 84.
Fortisiana (Lucina), 70.
Fossularea, 70.

Fourtaui (Mactra), 71, 83.
Fraasi (Exogyra), 64.

Fraasi (Ostrea), 69, 84.
fraudatrix (Turritella), 72.
frequens (Vasum), 74.
Fustiaria, 67, 71.

Fusus, 73, 76, 77, 84.
Gallica (Bicorbula), 71
cibbosula (Lucina), 70.
gigantea (Gisortia), 85.
gigantea (Ovula), 85.
gigantica (Ostrea), 69.
Gisortia, 85.

globulosa (Lucina), 84.
Glycymeris, 67, 70.
goniophorus (Clavalithes), 73, 76.

i

Fajumensis (Parallelipipedum), 70.
(
(

goniophorus (Rhopalithes), 76, 82.

grandis (Neritina), 72.
erandis (Tellina), 71.
Gryphea, 67, 68, 69.
Gumbeli (Gryphea), 68.
Gumbeli (Ostrea), 84.
Harpa, 74.

Heberti (Alectryonia), 69.

MOLLUSCA OF THE FAYUM. 87

Heberti (Ostrea), 69.
Heligmotoma, 68, 74, 84.
Helix, 75.
Hemifusus, 78, 82.
Hessi (Ostrea), 69.
Hipponyx, 72.
histrio (Gryphea), 69.
Hofana (Mesalia), 72, 84.
Hollowaysi (Macrosolen), 59, 64, 71.
Hollowaysi (Sanguinolaria), 71.
humilis (Solariella), 72.
incrassata (Cytherea), 71.
inerassata (Meretrix), 71.
indigena (Crepidula), 72.
indigena (Plicatula), 69.
inflata (Diplodonta), 70.
ingens (Pleurotoma), 59, 64, 65, 66, 84.
ingens (Surcula), 68, 74.
Ismaeli (Ostrea), 84.
Tsocardia, 83.
Junkeri (Crassatella), 70, 84.
Junkeri (Crassatellites), 70.
juxtadentata (Glycymeris), 70.
Kaufmanni (Gryphea), 68.
Koeneni (Pugilina), 74, 79.
labiella (Voluta), 74.
lamellosum (Cerithium), 64, 73.
Lampusia, 73.
Lanistes, 58, 59, 64, 65, 68, 73, 74, 75,
81, 83, 84, 85.
latissima (Ostrea), 69.
latissima (Tellina), 71.
Latrunculus, 73.
Lenzi (Alectryonia), 84.
Lessepsi (Turritella), 72, 85.
Libyea (Lucina), 70.
lignaria (Vulsella), 69.
lingulata (Vulsella), 69.
Lithophagus, 65.
Locardi (Mesalia), 72, 83, 85.
longa (Ampullina), 73.
longevus (Clavalithes), 73, 77.
longevus (Fusus), 77.
longzevus (Murex), 77.
longirostris (Ostrea), 69, 83.
Lovellia, 71, 84.
Loxocardium, 67, 70.
lucidum (Dentalium), 85.
Lucina, 59, 65, 67, 70, 83, 84
Lyonsi (Corbula), 71.
Macaliopsis, 67, 71.
Macrosolen, 59, 64, 67, 71.
Mactra, 67, 71, 83.
Mevusi (Lucina), 70.
Martinsi (Ostrea), 69.
Mayeria, 78.
Mehemeti (Alectryonia), 69.
Melania, 61, 65, 66, 73.
melanizformis (Melania), 73.

88 PROCEEDINGS OF THE

Melongena, 79, 82, 84.
Meretrix, 67, 71.

Mesalia, 59, 64, 72, 83, 84, 85.
Michelottii (Dentalium), 85.
mitis (Turritella), 85

Mitra, 59.

Moelhensis (Pecten), 84.
Moelhensis (Pseudamusium), 69.
Moelhensis (Vulsella), 69.
Meera, 71.

Meeridis (Nucula), 70.
Mokattamensis (Cardita), 70.
Mokattamensis (Hipponyx), 72.
Mosis (Cardita), 70.
multicostata (Cardita), 70.
Murex, 77.

Mutela, 65.

Murchisoni (Ovula), 85
muricata (Melania), 66.
mutica (Harpa), 74.

Mytilus, 84.

nana (Turritella), 85.
Natica, 62, 66, 73.

Naticina, 64, 73.

Nautilus, 59, 68.

Neritina, 72.

Neverita, 73.

Newboldi (Cytherea), 71, 83.
Newboldi (Meretrix), 71.
nexilis (Pyrula), 73.

Nilotica (Cassis), 73.

Niloticum (Heligmotoma), 74, 84.

Niloticus (Mytilus), 84.

Now (Clavalithes), 73.

Now (Fusus), 76.

n.sp. (Melania), 65, 66.
Nucula, 70.

Nysti (Melania), 61, 65, 66.
oasidis (Bulla), 74.

obliquum (Cardium), 70.
obliquus (Solen), 71.

obruta (Mesalia), 72, 85.
Oppenheimi (Turritella), 81, 82.
Orenge (Potamides), 73.
Ostrea, 67, 68, 69, 83, 84, 85.
ovata (Ampullaria), 59.
Ovula, 85.

oxycrepis (Mesalia), 72.
paradisiacum (Pyrula), 79.
paradisiacum (Pyrum), 79.
Parallelipipedum, 70.
Parisiana (Turritella), 72, 85.
Parkinsoni (Turbo), 72, 84.
Patella, 72.

paucicostata (Ostrea), 69.
Pecten, 84.

pectinata (Calyptrea), 72, 85.
Pectunculus, 67, 70.
Pereira, 73, 84.

MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

perhorridus (Spondylus), 69.

pellucida (Tellina), 71, 83.

Peloronta, 72.

Pharaonica (Turritella), 59, 62, 66,
72, 80; 83:

Pharaonis (Lucina), 59, 70.

Pharaonum (Gryphea), 68.

Pholadomya, 67, 71.

pixidicula (Corbula), 59, 83.

placenta (Placuna), 69.

Placuna, 67, 69.

placunoides (Carolia), 59, 64, 67, 69,
83.

planicosta (Area), 70.

Pleurotoma, 58, 59, 64, 65, 66, 74, 84.

plicata (Ostrea), 69, 83.

plicatella (Macaliopsis), 71.

Plicatula, 59, 67, 68, 69, 84. |

polymorpha (Plicatula), 59, 67, 68,69.

polythele (Lucina), 70.

pomum (Lucina), 70, 83

Potamides, 59, 65, 66, 73.

prisea (Turbinella), 74, 80.

producta (Ostrea), 83.

Protoma, 85.

Pseudamusium, 67, 69.

pseudimbricataria (Turritella), 72.

puellula (Crassatella), 70, 84.

puellula (Crassatellites), 70.

Pugilina, 68, 74, 79.

pyramidarum (Terebratella), 69.

Pyrula, 73, 79.

Pyrum, 79.

Qeruniana (Ostrea), 69, 84.

Raeta, 71.

Rai (Lucina), 70.

Rai (Pyrula), 73.

ramosa (Ostrea), 69.

Reili (Ostrea), 69.

reticulata (Macaliopsis), 71.

Rhopalithes, 76, 82.

Rimella, 73.

Roneana, var. (Melania), 73.

Rouaulti (Spondylus), 69.

Sanguinolaria, 71.

sealaris (Fusus), 73, 77.

scalaroides (Potamides), 59, 65.

Schmidelianus (Velates), 67, 72, 84

Schweinfurthi (Cardium), 83.

Schweinfurthi (Lovellia), 71, 84.

Schweinfurthi (Loxocardium), 70.
Schweinfurthi (Ostrea), 69.
Schweinfurthi (Plicatala), 69.
Schweinfurthi (Raeta), 7
Semifusus, 78.

semipectinata (Alectryonia), 69.
serotina (Clavalithes), 77.
Serpulorbis, 72.

Sickenbergi (Ostrea), 69, 84.

NEWTON :

sigaretina (Ampullina), 73.

‘sinuosa (Divaricella), 70.

Solanderi (Clavalithes), 77, 82.
Solariella, 72, 77.

Solen, 71.

sopitum (Terebellum), 68, 73.
sp. (Arca), 70.

Spatha, 65.

spinosus (Clavalithes), 73, 84.
spirata (Natica), 73.

splendida (Xenophora), 72.
Spondylus, 64, 67, 69.
Stanleyi (Ostrea), 69.

striatella (Acera), 68, 74.
striatum (Dentalium), 85.
Strombus, 78.

Stromeri (Acera), 74.

Stromeri (Fustiaria), 67, 71.
Stromeri (Latrunculus), 73.
stygis (Bayania), 68, 73.
subarmata (Ostrea), 69.
subcarinata (Ampullaria), 73, 74, 75.
subearinatus (Lanistes), 74, 75.
subcircularis (Lucina), 70.
suborbicularis (Ostrea), 69.
subpatulum (Architectonica), 72.
subplanicosta (Area), 70.

sulcataria (Cytherea), 71.

suleataria (Meretrix), 67, 71.
Surcula, 68, 74.
tabulata (cf.) (Lucina), 83.
Tellina, 59, 65, 71, 83.
tenuifilosa (Fossularea), 70.
tenuistriata (Tellina), 59.
Terebellum, 68, 73.
Terebratella, 69.
terebriformis (Mesalia), 85.
teretiusculus (Unio), 59.
terrestris Bolteniana contraria (Helix),
75.
tethyis (Barbatia), 70.
Thracia, 71.

LOWER TERTIARY MOLLUSCA OF THE FAYUM. 89

tiarella (Cerithium), 65, 66.

Tihana (Turritella), 85.

transitoria (Turritella), 59, 64, 65, 66,
72, 80, 82, 83. :

transversa (Cytherea), 71.

transversa (Meretrix), 71.

tricarinata (Cassis), 73.

tricarinata (Ficula), 73, 84.

trigonata (Crassatella), 70.

trigonata (Crassatellites), 70.

tristriatus (Potamides), 59, 65, 66.

Tritonium, 73.

trochiformis (Calyptreea), 72, 83.

Trochus, 72.

Tudicla, 68, 74, 84.

Tugonia, 71.

Tugurium, 72.

Turbinella, 74, 80.

Turbo, 72, 84.

turris (Turritella), 84.

Turritella, 58, 59, 62, 64, 65, 66, 72,
80, 81, 82, 83.

umbilicaris (Trochus), 72.

umbilicaris (Tudicla), 74, 84.

unicolor (Viviparus), 58, 59.

uniformis (Arca), 70.

Unio, 58, 59, 64, 65.

uniradiatus (Solen), 71.

Vasum, 68, 74.

Velates, 67, 72.

vinculata (Turritella), 72, 85.

viperina (Lampusia), 73.

viperinum (Tritonium), 73.

Viviparus, 58, 59.

Voluta, 59, 68, 74, 80, 83, 84.

Volutolyria, 80, 84.

Vulsella, 67, 69, 83, 84.

Whitehousei (Gryphea), 69.

Xenophora, 72.

Zitteli (Arcopagia), 71.

Zitteli (Tugonia), 71.

90

THE DISTRIBUTION AND HABITS OF ALOPIA, A SUB-GENUS OF
CLAUSILIA.

By the Rev. A. H. Cooxz, M.A., F.Z.S.
Read 8th March, 1912.

THE sub-genus <Alopia was first constituted by H. & A. Adams
in 1858 for a group of dextrorsal Clausilia inhabiting Transylvania.
The deseription given in Adams is a word-for-word translation of
Charpentier’s characterization of his section’ in his grouping of
Clausilia,? but the French author gave no sub-generic names to his
sections. Both authors grouped only three species under Alopia,
viz., Bielzi, Pfr. (Parr.), Lisehkeana, Parr., prucnosa, Parr., while
they placed several other species now reckoned as Alupia (e.g. plumbea,
tossm., straminicollis, Parr., canescens, Parr., regalis, Parr.) under
another section.

T'wo discoveries caused the subsequent enlargement of the sub-genus.
In the first place it was observed, by E. A. Bielz and others, that
several sinistral species were also to be grouped under Alopia, and,
secondly, Adolph Schmidt pointed out* that the so-called Balea
or Baleo-Clausilia of the Southern Carpathians were also <Alopia,
and that the absence of a clausilium was no true ground for separating
them sub-generically, a view stoutly contested by E, A. Bielz.4

My object in the present paper is not so much to attempt to settle
disputed points of classification or identification, as to record the
impressions I have myself received from two visits paid to Transylvania
in the autumns of 1909 and 1911, with the special purpose of
observing the habits, mode of life, and distribution of the group.

1. Distribution.—The Alopia group is entirely peculiar to Hungary
and the part of Roumania immediately adjacent. More than this,
of the seventy-two species, sub-species, and varieties enumerated
by Kimakowicz,*® seventy-one are found in the south-east corner of
Hungary known to us as ‘Transylvania, and to the Austrians as
Siebenbiirgen, and on the Roumanian slope of the adjacent Carpathians.
More than this still, of these seventy-one, sixty occur within a radius
of 40 km. from Kronstadt (Hung. Brass6), which town, lying as it
does at the foot of the Carpathians, and only 13 km. as the crow
flies from the Roumanian frontier, may be regarded as the nucleus
of the group. And further, if a circle be described with Kronstadt
as the centre, and radius 40 km., and a diameter be run across this
circle from east to west, of the sixty species, sub-species, and varieties
living within the circle, six only occur to the north of the diameter
and fifty-four to the south, a sufficient indication that Alopia is
essentially a mountain-dwelling group.

' Genera, vol. ii, p. 181.

* Journal de Conchyliologie, sér. 1, vol. iii, p. 361, 1852.

* Syst. Europ. Clausilien, 1868, pp. 3, 4, 18-28; Zeitsch. Ges. Naturwiss.,
vol. viii, pp. 407-13, 1856.

* Fauna der Land- und Siisswasser-Mollusken Siebenbiirgens *, 1867, p. 103.

° Verh. Siebenbiirg. Ver., vol. xliii, pp. 19-58, 1894.

COOKE: DISTRIBUTION AND HABITS OF ALOPIA, 91

On the main chain of the South Carpathians the range of the
group is sharply detined. It is not found west of the Konigstein,
or east of the village of Bodza-vama, at the foot of the Czukas and
the Dobromir. in other words, it inhabits about 65 to 70 km. only
of the main chain. ‘The highest peaks of the range stretch unbroken
westward of the Kénigstein, but at the Kénigstein Alopia stops dead,
to appear once more, in a single species and two varieties, 150 km.
to the west, near the Szurduk Pass into Roumania.

. Locality. —Within these limits Alopia occurs exclusively in the
Jurassic, Cretaceous, and Kocene limestones. It is essentially a rock-
haunting group; in vain will you look for it on trees, or on mossy
banks, or amongst nettle-roots, or under stones, or in any of the
localities affected by the ordinary British or Continental Clausilia.
The open mountain ridges, the perpendicular cliffs, the huge boulders
which have become detached from the precipices, are its chosen home,
and it occurs nowhere else. Quite exceptionally I have found
a few specimens of I/eschendérferi, Bielz, on tree trunks growing close
to great boulders, but this was under circumstances which made it
crawl about in a state of excitement, and plumbea, Rossm., may be
found on old walls in Kronstadt itself. But one soon learns the
lesson that it is waste of time to look for Aldopia on any mountain
within the favoured area, unless that mountain contains bare faces
of limestone cliff; if these occur, it may be predicted with some
certainty that Alopia will be present also.

The great limestone range of the South Carpathians is cut into
deep and precipitous valleys. These ‘Schluchten’, the sides of which
often rise in cliffs 500 to 1,000 feet high, and are sometimes so narrow
that you can almost touch both sides with outstretched arms, are
invariably tenanted by AJlopia, and the same species will often vary
considerably, e.g. in the upper and lower ends of the same ‘ Schlucht’.
How variable the group is, is shown by the fact that Kimakowicz
only recognizes fourteen species and sub-species, while he enumerates
fifty-eight named varieties.

It is remarkable within what narrow limits a species or a definite
variety will occur. I will give some instances of this. Bielz'
describes 4. Mleschendérferi as occurring exclusively on the Zeidnerberg,
a somewhat isolated mountain about seven miles from Brassé. In 1909
I went up the Zeidnerberg with the object of collecting this species.
On the ascent I searched for 1t in every possible locality without
any success. I arrived within two minutes of the top without having
secured a single specimen, and seriously thought I must have climbed
the wrong mountain. Suddenly, on a low piece of exposed rock face,
the species appeared in abundance, and it is no exaggeration to say
that, for the remaining 50 feet, if I had wanted a thousand living
specimens, I could easily have taken them.

The Great and Little Konigstein are separated by a narrow and
steep Schlucht called the Krepatura. On the perpendicular sides of
the Schlucht 4. Fussiana, Bielz, var. cns¢gnis, a sinistral form with

’ Fauna der Land- und Siisswasser-Mollusken Siebenbiirgens, p. 127.

92 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

well-marked riblets, occurs in fair abundance. When you get to the
top of the Krepatura, you step over a little saddle, perhaps 40 feet
wide, and descend equally steeply on the other side. The moment
you get to the top, A. Fussiana, var. insignis, stops dead, and is
replaced on the rocks of the Schlucht on the other side by a dextral
form, A. Fussvana, var. pruinosa, Parr.

A, Bielzi, Pir., var. Potaissanensis, Kim., occurs only in the
Schlucht of Torda, and I made a special expedition to Torda to obtain
it. The Schlucht, whose perpendicular limestone sides appeared most
favourable for the occurrence of Alopia, was searched from one end
to the other without the slightest success. At last, when almost
giving up the search in despair, one came upon it in abundance on
a certain buttress of steep rock, but, search as one might on both sides
of the Schlucht, not a single specimen was found except on this patch
of rock, which measured no more than 30 feet in length, and
apparently differed in no respect from neighbouring patches.

But the Donghavas mountain is perhaps more remarkable than any
for its breeding of varieties. It is a round, stumpy mountain of about
5.000 feet, covered with forest, and with streaks of limestone cliff on
all its faces. Kimakowicz enumerates five distinct varieties of Alopia
from different sides of the mountain, and all peculiar. I cannot
pretend to have found all these, but I found three forms of the same
species wholly distinct from one another, each occurring within
sharply defined limits. Not half a mile from the Donghavas rises
another mountain, the Tésla, also round-topped, covered with forest,
and with streaks of limestone cliff. On the Tésla cliffs an Alopia
(glauca, Bielz) occurs, entirely distinct from anything in the
Donghavas, and scarcely varying at all, while A. Hauert on the
Donghavas has five separate varieties.

Alopia elegans, Bielz, a very well-marked species, is confined to
the Dumboviciora Schlucht in Roumania, on the far south side of the
Konigstein. ‘Two good varieties are found in the upper part of the
same Schlucht, cerasima, A. Schm., and cntercedens, A. Schm.

Although the species and varieties are so numerous, and although
the area over which the majority of the group occurs is relatively so
small, the species never overlap. No two distinct species ever live
together on the same cliff face. So far as external features go, the
Malajester, Propasta, Bogater, Dumboviciora Schluchten appear
equally adapted for the habitation of Alopia, and yet each has its one
species and no more, the Malajester divéda, Menke, the Dumboviciora
elegans, Bielz, the Bogater Bogatensis, Bielz, the Propasta Lischkeana,
Parr., the Krepatura Fussiana, Bielz, var. insignis. In the two latter
cases, the Schluchten in question form part of the same mountain, which
is not of great area, and open on to the plain at no great distance
from one another.

These restrictions of locality perhaps do not stand alone and could
be paralleled by similar instances in other genera. But what makes
them more remarkable in this case is, that many other forms of
Clausilia, not being Alopia, occur abundantly all over the district,
with no such restrictions of distribution, and no appreciable tendency

COOKE DISTRIBUTION AND HABITS OF ALOPIA. 93

to extremes of variation. Thus, of the Alinda group, critica, Bielz,
fallax, Rossm., stabilis, Zieg, are found everywhere, and the same is
the case with cana, Held, and plicata, Desh. (Laciniaria), marginata,
Zieg, transsylvanica, Zieg, and orthostoma, Menke (Alarpessa),
latestriata, Bielz, and dubia, Drap. (Iphigenia). Some of these forms
occur wherever an <A/opia is found (I have a specimen of cana from
the top of the Butschetsch, 8,230 feet), and they are spread impartially
all over the district.

3. Habits of Life and Food.—One notices that though all Alopias
live on limestone rocks, and nowhere else, there are certain differences
of method in the various species. In the Krepatura, 4. Pussiana,
yar. insignis, is scattered in ones and twos on the perpendicular face
of the cliff, and seldom packs closely together. On the Donghavds,
A. Haueri, var. ambigua, has similar habits, and a closely related form
from the Czukas is scattered over rocks, showing a special predilection,
which I have noticed in other groups, for bands of moist clay.
On the Tesla, A. glauca does not gather gregariously in cracks or
holes, but stands out singly on the face of the rock. The same is the
case with /ivida in the Malajester Schlucht, and with a form of whose
exact identity I am not quite certain, found on the Furnica in
Roumania. On the other hand, 4. Pussiana, var. prucnosa, from
a similar locality to the east of the Konigstein, fairly astonished me
by its propensity for clotting together in masses at the foot of the
cliffs close to the ground. I first found a bunch of twenty-seven,
then another of sixty, and finally measured a space 2 feet long by

4 inches high, and counted on it over 200 living specimens, all adult.
A. Meschendirferi, on the Zeidnerberg, gathers in bunches in the
hollows of the limestone. On the top of the Piatra Mare A. canescens
is fairly abundant, but if you look on the rock faces you will hardly
find a single specimen, even in the shady cracks ; the species occurs
half buried in the grass at the foot of the rocks and under ledges
which are almost flush with the ground.

The food of A/opra is, as a rule, minute mosses and lichens. There
is no doubt that the microscopic alge and vegetable organisms
occurring on the disintegrated limestone surfaces are also eaten by
them. On the conglomerate it can only find moss and lichen. I have
never found one on a green leaf.

4. Variation in Size.—When large numbers of a given species are
examined, specimens will generally be found of a large and also of
a small form, in each case fully grown. The fact is very marked in
the case of divida from the Malajester Schlucht, g/auca from the Tésla,
Haueri, var. ambigua from the West Donghavas, plumbea from near
Kronstadt, Fussiana from the Konigstein. In each of these cases the
larger form sometimes contains two whorls more than the shorter, and
the shell appears much finer and more fully developed. It seems
probable that this difference in size is not due to any cause marking
an optimum or pessimum of locality, or to any distinctions in the
conditions of food supply. One is more inclined to support a view!

' Kiister, Die Binnenconchylien Dalmatiens, p. 10.

94 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

which refers the difference to causes purely mechanical. A long spiral
shell which is accustomed to live and grow without support is likely
to become produced in the spire, purely by the operation of its own
weight, while a shell which is to a certain extent supported, or at all
events which has not to bear the continual downward pull of its own
weight, would not exhibit this tendency to become produced. It
follows that shells which creep habitually upon the surface of
perpendicular rocks will tend to be, as a rule, longer than shells of the
same species which creep on the level, or on a surface approaching
the level, where the effect of weight is not so pronounced. That this
actually occurs I have noticed in the cases mentioned above, particularly
in that of Z’vida, Menke, where specimens taken from boulders in the
Malajester Schlucht were appreciably smaller than specimens from
the perpendicular cliffs which rose a few score yards away.

5. Derivation of the group.—One is tempted to indulge in speculations
as to where the origin should be looked for of this interesting group,
which, from the absence of a clausilium in some of its species, and its
instability in others, appears' to be a survival of a stage in the
development of Clausilia, whose nearest relatives must be sought tor
in groups now extinct and represented only by fossil or sub- fossil forms.
It seems quite clear that the group, as it is now represented, originated
high up on the mountains,” and did not climb up into them from the
plain. One is led to this conclusion by observing that when the
conformation of a mountain admits of it, a species descends low ; where
it does not, it remains high up. Thus, A. divida, Menke, begins at
about 200 feet below the Schutzhiitte in the Malajester Tal, that is,
at about 5,000 feet, and continues up to the top of the Butschetsch
(8,230 feet). It comes no lower, because the great boulders and cliffs
cease in that Schlucht at about 5,000 feet, and it cannot live except
on these. On the other hand, the forms characteristic of the Propasta
and the Krepatur a (Lischkeana, Parr., and Musszana, Bielz, var. insignis)
almost reach the level of the plain near Zernest (about 2,000 feet),
because the Schluchten in which they live spring almost from the
plain itself, and they have thus been able to descend the mountain to
the lower level. The most striking instance of this is plumbea, Rossm.,
which occurs all over the Schuler (5, 900 feet), the nearest mountain
to Brassd, but it is also found on the walls of Brassd itself (1,800 feet),
because (1) there occurs between the Schuler and Brassé a series of
cliff faces and rocks, never separated by a very distant interval, and
(2) the species seems to have accustomed itself, more than any other
of the group, to living on smaller rock-faces and smaller boulders.

Questions relating to the validity and relationship of the various
species and varieties will be dealt with in a further paper.

1 Boettger, Giaecionstudien. pp. 6, 24.
2 Kimakowicz is bold enough to regard the Czukas and the Butschetsch Mountains
as the two original homes of the parent stock or stocks

THE GENUS DOSINIA AND ITS SUBDIVISIONS.
By A. J. Juxes-Browne, F.R.S., F.G.S.
Read 12th April, 1912.

Tue genus Dosinia includes a large number of species, and these
yary considerably both in external and internal characters. It is by
no means the compact genus that the definitions given by Woodward,
Adams, and Fischer would lead one to suppose, for these definitions
do not apply to all the species.

In his Catalogue of the Conehifera or Bivalve Shells in the British
Museum, Part I, Veneride, ete. (1853), Deshayes enumerated
85 species; Adams described several new species in 1855; Romer
again recorded others in 1860 and 1862, so that his monograph on
Dosinia (published in 1862) contains the names and descriptions of
105 species, notwithstanding the fact that he united some of the forms
which had been described under different names.

In such an assemblage of species it is only likely that differentiation
should have produced several natural groups, and it is not surprising
to find that several authors have arranged the species in a number of
sections. Sowerby and Deshayes grouped them solely by the different
characters of the dorsal border, but though the importance of these
may be admitted, reliance on any one such set of characters does not
lead to a very natural arrangement. Sowerby made seven such
groups or sections, while Deshayes was content with five, which he
defined in Latin as follows :—

1. Margine dorsali integro. [No escutcheon. |
(1) Strize simplices.
(2) Strieze ad latera scabree vel lamellose.
2. Margine dorsali circumscripto. [A defined escutcheon. |
(3) Area dorsali in medio prominente.
(4) Area dorsali depressa, plana.
(5) Area dorsali excavata.

Romer in his monograph objects to Sowerby’s divisions as being
unnatural, and himself proposes a series of eleven sections, but these
are no more natural or satisfactory than those made by Sowerby and
Deshayes. Moreover, he gave no definitions of his sections, merely
pereating them by the name of a typical species, his groups being as

ollows :—

1. Sectio D. concentrice. 7. Sectio D. juvenis.
2, DL exerts: 8. ,, D. scabriuscule.
3. ,, D. isocardiz. 9. ,, JD. angulose.

4 i De prostrate: LO>) 2. 0: ‘Brucniert.

De! 5, “Di exoletm. HS, De jicinalis:

6. D. Africans.

”?

The first of these sections is practically the same as those of Sowerby
and Deshayes, and is undoubtedly a natural group. The second is
also a natural assemblage of peculiar species which I have classed as

VOL. X.—JUNE, 1912. it

96 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

a sub-genus under the name of Sznxodsa. His isocardia group is quite
too restricted, including only that species, D. dupinus, and D. modesta, .
the last being probably only a variety of Jupinus. None of his other
groups are satisfactory, and it is often difficult to understand his;
reasons for associating or separating certain species. Thus he puts :
lineta in the exoleta section and Africana in another one (No. 6),
whereas, in reality, dincta and Africana are so closely allied that some »
consider the latter to be only a variety of the former.
I cannot find that anyone else dealt systematically with the genus |
between the years 1862 and 1902, but in the latter year Dr. W. H.
Dall published a ‘* Synopsis of the Veneride ” ,) and under the head
of Dosinia he definitely proposed six sections, each with a special
name, in addition to the group represented by the type species,
Africana. As most of these are additions to conchological
nomenclature, they must be critically examined in order to ascertain
what other species besides the one selected as a type should be referred
to each section ; further, whether all the known species of Dosinia can
be distributed among these sections. Their names and types are as
follows :—

Dosinia, sensu stricto. Type, D. Africana (Gray).
Orbiculus, Megerle. a . exoleta (Lin.).
Austrodosinia, Dall. . anus (Phil.).
Dosinisea, Dall. alata (Reeve).
Dosinorbis, Dall. . bilunulata (Gray).
Dosinidia, Dall. . concentrica (Born).
Dosinella, Dall. . angulosa (Phil.).

The principal characters of the type section (Dosinia, s.s.)
defined by Dr. Dall are—‘‘ Lunule impressed small, escutcheon narrow,
elongate, bordered on each side by a ridge or keel; middle cardinals
often grooved . . . ; pallial sinus angular, ascending, usually narrow
and extended forward at least halfway from the posterior to the
anterior adductor.” He further remarks that ‘‘the form of the
escutcheon differs in this group from an obscure flattening, often
unequal in the two valves, to a distinctly keeled area with sculpture
differing from that outside the boundary, but in the series of species
almost every gradation between these forms may be observed”.
No mention, however, is made of any of the species ‘he would refer to
the group; but under Orbieulus he remarks that D. prostrata (Linn.)
is a typical Dosinia, a view with which I cannot agree unless he
intended also to include D, Japonica, D. scabriuscula, and other species
hereafter noted.

It is conceivable that he meant to accept Romer’s ‘Section of
D. Africana”’, but if so he should have said so, for that section
exhibits some obvious inconsistencies, including as it does D. fibula,
but not D. cretacea, and excluding D. lincta, which is so closely allied to
D. Africana, All these species certainly belong to this section as well
as D. Adansoni, D. Orbignyi, and D. alta. Probably also D. dupinus

SEES

1 Proc. U.S. National Museum, vol. xxvi, p. 335, 1902.

JUKES-BROWNIT: DOSINIA AND ITS SUBDIVISIONS, 97

should be referred to it, but D. hepatica should not, because its lunule
is not impressed, and it has no escutcheon. One wonders whether he
would include such shells as D. ce@rulea and D. subrosea, which agree
with his wide definition except in regard to their pallial sinus, which
is short, broad, and nearly horizontal, not ascending.

His Orbiculus section he briefly defines as follows: ‘‘There is no
escutcheon, the pallial sinus is very long and narrow, and the anterior
lateral is strong.” As a matter of fact the anterior lateral is no
stronger in D. exoleta than it is in D. lincta, while the middle cardinal
of the left valve shows differences which Dr. Dall failed to perceive
or to think of any importance.

I have elsewhere pointed out that under the present rules of
zoological nomenclature Da Costa’s genus Pectunculus must be
recognized, and I selected his P. capillaceus (Dosinia exoleta) as the
most convenient type. Hence the name Ordbiculus must give place to
Pectunculus. The D. exoleta group is easy to recognize as a natural
section ; it includes D. radiata, Sow. (which is probably only a West
African variety of exoleta), D. erythrea, Romer, D. amphidesmordes,
Reeve, D. grata, Desh., D. nobilis, Desh., D. hepatica, Lam., and
D. sculpta, Hanley, with probably D. conglobata, Romer, though I have
not seen a specimen of that species.

Dosinidia.—This section appears to represent the preceding group
on American coasts, but differs from Pectunculus in the bright shining
white surface of the shells, the sculpture being of flattened riblets
separated by grooves, and in having a short angular pallial sinus.
Dr. Dall also notes that in the nepionic young the posterior cardinal
teeth are serrate or corrugated, though generally smooth in the adult ;
in D. Dunkeri, however, this condition Somenmnes persists, and I have
a specimen in which it is clearly seen.

This section includes D. concentrica (Born), type; D. elegans,
Conrad; D. discus, Reeve; D. ponderosa, Gray; D. distans, Sow.
Gif distinct from ponderosa); D. Dunkeri, Phil.; D. Anne, Carp. ;
D. nitens, Reeve; which, however, is probably only a synonym of
D. Patagonica, Phil. It must also include D. plana ot Chinese waters,
which is closely allied to discus, and consequently the section is not
restricted to American seas as stated by Dr. Dall. D. plana and
D. discus ave the two most compressed and flattened species of the
genus. D. Hanleyana (= D. simplex, Hanley) also probably belongs
to this section, and is found at Singapore and in the Gulf of Siam.

Austrodosinia.—For this section Dr. Dall chose D. anus as his type,
and he defined it as having the ‘‘lunule deeply impressed, escutcheon
impressed and bordered by prominent keels; pallial sinus short and
angular; anterior lateral and the pit into which it is received, and
some of the anterior cardinal teeth sharply corrugated; the middle
eardinals bifid”’. ‘This description, however, is hardly correct, for the
escutcheon of D. anus is only well defined in the left valve, the
concentric riblets of the right valve being continuous to the ligamental
margin. It does not differ, i in fact, from the escutcheon of many species
belonging to the typical section. Again, the middle cardinal teeth
are not bifid in adult shells, being merely rugose; in young shells the

98 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. |

left middle cardinal is grooved near the top, but that of the right is |
not bifid.

Dr. Dall states that ‘‘this group is represented in New Zealand and
Japan’’, but what special Japanese species he would group with anus
I cannot imagine, for Japonica is quite different, both as regards
escutcheon and teeth. The fact is that D. anus has peculiarities
which are shared by few other species, those which come nearest to it
being in my opinion J, histrio, D. variegata, and D. laminata; but
I should group in this section D. guvenis, D. scalaris, D. Gruneri,
D. cerulea, D. Kraussi, and D. ferruginea, which are similar in
dentition and form of pallial sinus.

Dosinorbis.—It will be convenient to take this supposed section
next, Dr. Dall having created it for a single species, D. bilunulata,
which, he says, ‘‘ appears to be unique in the genus.”’ The only unique
feature about this species is the so-called double lunule, for all its
other characters are shared by D. Japonica and other species. More-
over, there is only one real lunule, the outer one being merely
an area of the anterior border defined by a sudden interruption of the
concentric riblets which ornament the shell; these terminate anteriorly
in erect crests along a definite line, thus limiting an area which
resembles that of the escutcheon; but itis nota lunule, only a peculiar
feature of the surface sculpture. No good purpose can be served by
separating a single species under the guise of a ‘section’ when its
special characteristic is not correlated with other peculiarities, and is
therefore merely a specific character.

Dosinisca.—In the definition of this section and in the choice of
D. alata (Reeve) as its typical species, Dr. Dall has excelled himself.
His definition is as follows: ‘‘ Areas of the lunule and escutcheon
pouting mesially, defined by a deep sulcus, forming a posterior wing
which recalls Phacotdes (= Lucina); sculpture of fine, rather distant
sharp lamelle, sometimes with radial striation ; pallial sinus deep and
angular.”? He adds this group is distributed in Australia and Japan.

Now there are several species of which the lunular and escutcheon
areas may be said to pout mesially, but only two species have ever
been represented as possessing a groove or sulcus on the posterior side ;
these are D. lucinalis (Lam.) and D. alata (Reeve). Of the first
very little is known. Mr. E. A. Smith informs me that it was figured
by Delessert,' and that the type is doubtless at Geneva; also that the
delineator of Chenu’s L/lustrations Conchyliologiques seems to have had
a specimen of the true lucinalis before him, though not the actual
type. No one else seems to have seen a specimen, for though it is
mentioned by Hanley and Romer they clearly did not know the shell.

Of D. alata I could learn nothing beyond the description given by
Reeve, and so far as I could ascertain no private collector in “England
possessed a specimen. I then applied to Mr. E. A. Smith, who kindly.
informed me that the type of D. alata is in the British Museum, and
that he regarded it as merely an abnormal specimen of PD. plana,
Reeve; the type of alata being identical with plana in every respect

1 Recueil coquilles de Lamarck, pt. ix, figs. 2, a-c.

JUKES-BROWNE : DOSINIA AND ITS SUBDIVISIONS. 99

except in having the curious groove. He has never seen or heard of
a second specimen. Thus Dr. Dall’s Dosinisca is based on a freak or
deformed specimen, and has no real existence, because there is no
group possessing all the characters indicated in his definition. Whether
a second similar deformity exists in the U.S. National Museum, or
whether Dr. Dall carelessly adopted Reeve’s species without making
any inquiry, is only known to himself, but the name Dosinisca aril
have to be abandoned.

Dosinella.—Here, again, Dr. Dall separated a single species to
constitute a section by itself; at least he evidently thought he was
doing so, though I am of opinion that the species in question,
D. angulosa, is only the extreme form of a small natural group, for
which the name Dosinella may consequently be adopted.

The special characters of D. angulosa are stated by Dr. Dall in the
following terms: ‘‘ Valves sub-orbicular with a shallow, flattish lunule;
the escutcheon narrow, flattish, hardly defined; pallid sinus ample,
ascending, deep, bluntly rounded at the anterior end; anterior lateral
and right posterior cardinal teeth absent or obsolete.” He further
explains that the peculiar sinus and the obsolescent teeth of this form
led him, ‘‘ after some hesitation, to separate it sectionally.”’

It would seem, therefore, that ‘he was unacquainted with D. Bruguert
(Gray) and D. penicillata (Reeve e), which have precisely the same form
of sinus, and very small anterior lateral teeth ; they have, in fact, all
the same shell-characters except that of the obsolescent posterior left

cardinal, for I presume that Dr. Dall really meant the /efé cardinal
and not the s7ght as printed.

In D. penieillata, which is an Australian and Philippine species, the
anterior lateral tooth is obsolescent in the adult, though quite well
developed in a young specimen sent me by Mr. E. J. Banfield from
Dunk Island, Queensland. In D. Bruguiert this tooth is still obvious
in full-grown shells, though small and low.

D. angulosa and D. penicillata are also characterized by the complete
absence of the second posterior cardinal in the right valve of the adult
shell, though it exists as a faint line in the young, and again this
feature persists in the adult D. Brugwiert.

Thus the three species form a series with angulosa at one end and
Bruguiert at the other. The D. funiculata of Romer is probably only
a variety of angulosa, but the D. corrugata of Reeve may be a good
species, and if Rémer’s fuller description of it is correct it also would
appear to belong to this group. JD. dilecta of Adams, from Siam (as
figured by H. Lynge'), also appear to belong to Dosinella.

I have now reviewed all the sections proposed by Dr. Dall, and it
will be seen that they are not all satisfactory natural groups. Four
of them can stand, namely, Ordieulus (= Pectunculus), Austrodosinia,
Dosinidia, and Dosinella, while Dosinorbis and Dosinisca should be
dropped as useless. But there are a number of well-known species of
Dosinia which cannot be referred to any of these sections, at any rate
as I have aPeEDE eted them, nor do ghey, belong to the se ty eon Cau nae)

' Man. Acad. Row. Se. et L. de aneniarie ser. VII, t. v, p. 100, 1909.

100 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

group. Some of these species I separated in 1908 under the name of |
Sinodia with D. trigona as type; others remain which must now be
considered, and chief of these is the group which includes D. Japonica,
Desh., and D. scabriuscula (Phil.).

For this group I propose the name Phacosoma, from g@axos and cma
= lentil-body. This section I define as follows.

Puacosoma (sectio nova).

Type, Dosinia Japonica, Reeve.

Shell orbicular, convex ; lunule deeply impressed; escutcheon rather
wide and pouting mesially on each side of the ligament, defined by
raised lamellose ridges. In the left valve a strong anterior lateral,
generally rugose; a narrow tall anterior cardinal, an oblique median
which is not bifid, but rugosely striated, and runs back so that its
outer edge is nea arly parallel to the posterior tooth. Pallial sinus fairly
deep, angular, and evenerally horizontal. Margin of right valve grooved
posteriorly.

To this section the following other species belong: scabriuscula
(Phil.), d¢scoeta (Reeve), cer ulea (Reeve), prostrata (Linn.), exasperata
(Phil.), contusa (Reeve), pubescens (Phil.), dabeosa (Romer), lamellata
(Reeve), Roemert (Dunker), and subrosea (Gray). In this group
I should also place D. delunulata (Gray), which Dr. Dall separates
as a section by itself.

With respect to the S¢nodia group it differs so much from all the
sections above mentioned that I regard it as a sub-genus, and now
give a condensed description of it.

Srvopra, Jukes-Browne.

Type, Dosinia trigona, Reeve.

Shell trigonal, oval, or orbicular. Lunule non-existent, but part
of the anterior side is circumscribed by a faintly impressed line.
Escutcheon area not defined, but sometimes depressed. In the left
valve the anterior lateral is strong and distant from the anterior
cardinal; the middle cardinal is entire, solid, and equidistant from
the other two, but united at the top to the anterior tooth. Both
valves are erooved on the posterior margins, the right having a long
deep groove, the left a shorter and shallower one. ‘The pallial sinus
is variable, but generally rather short and rounded.

Most of the species are trigonal, and all have an expanded anterior
side; but D. excisa (Chem.) is sub-orbicular and D. globa (Melvill)
is more completely orbicular, still in its hinge and other internal
characters it resembles trzyona and sphericula.

Corptopsis, Cossmann.

Lastly, there are some fossil species which I regard as belonging to
the genus Dosinia, but which have been separated by M. Cossmann
as a sub-genus of Jeretriv under the name of Cordiopsis. The type
of this group is a well-known Oligocene fossil, the Cytherea cncrassata
of Sowerby, which I referred to Srnodia in 1908, remarking that it
agreed with Sznodia in all the points which I then mentioned, and

JUKES-BROWNE: DOSINIA AND ITS SUBDIVISIONS. 101

that it further resembled Dosinia in the thickness of the hinge-plate,
in the rugosity of the anterior lateral tooth, and in the manner in
which the right posterior cardinal springs from the end of the incurved
anterior margin. It also agrees with Dosinia and with Aphrodina in
the forward direction of the right anterior cardinal, which in Pitaria
and in typical Callista is more directly transverse, and nearly parallel
to the middle cardinal.

M. Cossmann, writing in 1909,' differs from me with regard to the
affinities of this species, and remarks as follows (in French, which
I translate): ‘‘Cordiopsis evidently belongs to Meretrix by its form,
by its smooth surface, without a carinated escutcheon, and especially
by the small tooth A 1 [the anterior lateral |, which is always isolated
from 2a” [the anterior cardinal]. He distinguishes it from Pitaria
‘‘by the disposition of its cardinal teeth, the torm of its sinus, by its
much more cordiform shape, and by the disappearance of Ar and A It.
He further remarks: On the other hand, it seems to us impossible
to connect it with Dosinia, which is a genus well differentiated by its
orbicular and flattened form, as well as by its narrow and pointed
sinus, by its impressed lunule, by its grooved surface, ete.”

Now the characters by which he connects Cordiopsis with Ieretrix
are of no value whatever, for Venus incrassata is not absolutely smooth
and glossy like Meretriz and Callista, but is finely concentrically
striated like Pitaria and many Dosinie. Again, the anterior lateral
tooth of V. cncrassata is pustular and tends to disappear with age, as
in some species of Dosinia, whereas in Jeretriz and Callista it is
elongate, tall, and persistent.

Moreover, the points by which he tries to distinguish Cordiopsis
from Dosinta show that he does not at all understand the real
characteristics of that genus, the shells of which are not always
flattened, the sinus is not always narrow and pointed, nor is the
lunule always impressed. It is clear, in fact, that M. Cossmann’s
principles of classification differ from those of most modern con-
chologists in that he regards the external characters of the shell and
the form of the pallial : sinus as being of equal or greater importance
than the characters of the hinge. I adhere to the prevalent view
that the latter afford a much better and more constant criterion
for distinguishing genera and sub-genera from one another than
any other feature in Lamellibranch ‘shells.

Comparing the type of Cordiopsis with that of Sinodia he says,
‘the contour of the hinge-plate is much more excavated and sinuous
in C. inerassata, which when of the same size has a more remote
(posterior lateral) tooth 3d, and a much deeper pit to receive AU,
with two protuberances (A rand Arr) which are not so noticeable
in Sinodia.” ... ‘* The polymorphic ontogeny of Cordiopsis, its
cordiform aspect at all ages, its less developed and narrower sinus,
make it certain that we cannot confuse it with Sznodia, if we do not
rely exclusively on the single criterion of the hinge in the classification

' “Conchologie Néogénique de l’Aquitaine’’: Actes Soc. Lin. Bordeaux,
t. lxiv, p. 387, 1910.

102 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

of sub-genera. It is for this reason that we admit Sinodia as a section
distinct from Cordiopsis, of which it is the modern degenerate
representative.”

On the contrary, I am still of opinion that both Svnodia and
Cordiopsis belong to the genus Dosinia, and are altogether distinct
from Jleretriz, though they are related to Prtaria. At the same time
I admit that there are some differences between the two groups, and
Iam quite willing to accept M. Cossmann’s separation of them; the
more so as he is able to associate several Miocene and Pliocene species
with C. ierassata. These are Cyprina gigas (Lam.), C. islandi-
coides (Lam.), Cordiopsis intercalaris (Cossmann), and Venus Brocchit
(Desh.) of the Italian Phocene. M. Cossmann has figured the
three French Miocene species in the memoir referred to, and they are
evidently of the C. encrassata type. If, however, M. Cossmann means
that he would place Sznodia as a section of Cordiopsis he runs
contrary to accepted rules of nomenclature, for the name Sinodia
has priority. Cordiopsis must be regarded either as a section of
Sinodia or as a separate sub-genus of Dosinea.

Summary.—Hitherto I have dealt chiefly with the descriptions of
sections and sub-genera given by other authors, and it will now be
desirable to mention the characters which I regard as the most useful
in distinguishing the subdivisions of Dos:nza from one another, after-
wards giving brief definitions of these subdivisions. The characters
on which I rely are (1) the features of the lunule and escutcheon,
(2) the teeth of the left valve, (3) the presence or absence of a 4th
cardinal in the right valve, (4) the shape and depth of the pallial
sinus, (5) the presence or absence of a groove on the posterior margin
of the right valve, which receives a ridge on the rim of the left valve.
These characters are more or less correlated with one another, and by
them all the groups which have been mentioned may be defined in
a satisfactory manner.

Dosinia (sensu stricto)—Lunule deeply impressed. Escutcheon
narrow, more or less excavated, but often ill-defined. In the L.V.
the anterior lateral is large and thick, middle cardinal broadly bifid,
the front part being united at top to the anterior cardinal. In the
R.V. there is a distinct 4th cardinal (long and narrow), and the
posterior margin has a narrow and shallow groove. Pallial sinus
long, narrow, obtuse or bluntly angular, and ascending.

Dosinella (Dall).—Lunule shallow and lanceolate. Escutcheon
narrow and slightly excavated, but not well defined. In the L.V.
the anterior lateral is small or obsolete, the middle cardinal broad and
bifid, the front part being united at the top to the anterior cardinal.
In the R.V. the 4th cardinal is absent or very weak, and there is no
groove on the margin of the valve. The pallial sinus is deep,
ascending, of nearly equal width throughout and rounded at the end.

Austrodosinia (Dall).—In this section the lunule is deeply impressed,
but the escutcheon is narrow and ill-defined, though often bordered
by ridges and sometimes excavated in the left valve. In the L.V.
the anterior lateral is strong and rugose, the middle cardinal thick
and solid, centrally placed between the other two. In the R.V. there

JUKES-BROWNE: DOSINIA AND ITS SUBDIVISIONS, 108

is a strong 4th cardinal, and the posterior margin is grooved. The
pallial sinus is short and nearly horizontal, sometimes rounded and
sometimes angular.

Phacosoma (Jukes-Browne).—This has been defined on p. 100; it is
distinguished from Austrodosinia by the broad well-marked escutcheon
and by the oblique median tooth of the left valve, between which and
the anterior there is a wide triangular space. The pallial sinus is
also deeper and is always angular.

Pectunculus (Da Costa).— Lunule moderately impressed. No
escutcheon, In the L.V. a small anterior lateral near the anterior
cardinal; the middle cardinal broad and obscurely bifid, the front
part being united to the anterior tooth. In the R.V. the 4th cardinal
is weak or obsolete; the posterior margin has a shallow groove which
is often obsolete in adult shells. Pallial sinus deep, rounded or
obtusely angular, and generally ascending.

Dosinidia (Dall).—Lunule very little impressed. No escutcheon.
In the L.V. a small pustular anterior lateral close to anterior cardinal,
middle cardinal broadly bifid and united to anterior tooth; posterior
cardinal thin and weak. In the R.Y. the 4th cardinal is distinct and
sharp, the 3rd is deeply bifid and has an anterior expansion over the
median; the marginal groove is absent (except in Dunkeri and Anne).
Pallial sinus fairly deep, ascending, and angular.

Sinodia (Jukes-Browne).—This has been sufficiently defined on
p. 100.

Cordiopsis (Cossmann).—Shell orbicular, thick, generally tumid,
with incurved umbones and cordiform frontal aspect. Lunule super-
ficial. No escutcheon. In the left valve a small pustular anterior
lateral which becomes obsolete with age; middle cardinal thick,
central, rugose, and united at the top to anterior tooth. In R.V.
there is no 4th cardinal, but the posterior margin is grooved. Pallial
sinus very short, small, and rounded.

In conclusion, a few words about the geographical distribution of
the recent species may be useful. Those of the typical section are
restricted to the old world, ranging round the shores of Europe,
Africa, and Asia, the most eastern species being D. prostrata and
D. exasperata, which occur in the Philippine Islands and in North
Australia. The species of Dosinella have a restricted distribution,
dilecta coming from Malacca and Siam, angulosa from the Kast Indian
Islands, Malacca, and the Philippines, penzcellata is Australian, and
Bruguiert ranges from Australia to Japan. Austrodosinia is also an
eastern ocean group, the species ranging from the east coast of Africa
to Australia, New Zealand, the Philippines, and Japan.

The Phacosoma section is essentially Japanese, no fewer than five
species occurring in Japanese waters, but Jamellata is Australian,
while pubescens and Roemeri are East African.

The Pectunculus section is distributed round the whole of Europe
and Africa, but I cannot find that any occur on Asiatic coasts. There
are, however, a number of species in Australian waters, viz. amphi-
desmoides, grata, sculpta, nobilis, and incisa.

The Dosinidia section is essentially American, occurring on both

104 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

sides of Central and South America, but it is also represented in
Chinese seas by the species plana and Hanleyana.

Of the distribution of the Sinodia group little is yet known.
D. trigona was supposed to occur in the Red Sea, but this has not}
been confirmed, while it has recently been obtained from Siam and_
Malacea. D. tripla and D. derupta are both reported by Romer as”
coming from Malacca. The home of D. excisais said to be Tranquebar
and the Nicobar Islands, and lastly D. g/oba was found in the Persian |
Gulf. Thus it would seem that all the species live on the coasts of
Southern Asia.

To Mr. J. J. MacAndrew and Mr. J. C. Melvill I offer my sincere
thanks for their kindness in sending many specimens from their
collections for my examination, and I have also to thank Mr. E. A.
Smith for his valuable assistance in the naming of specimens submitted
to him, and for looking up the types of certain species in the British
Museum.

105

ON THE GENERIC NAME TO BE APPLIED TO THE VENUS
ISLANDICA, LINN.

By E. A. Suirn, 1.8.0.
Read 12th April, 1912.

A CONSIDERABLE amount of discussion has already taken place
concerning the generic name which should be applied to the well-
known Cyprina Islandica, the Venus Islandica of Linneeus, and the
latest writer upon the subject, Dr. W. H. Dall,' has assigned this shell
to the genus ‘ Cyclas (Bruguiére), Link”’.

Now Bruguiére’s plates in the Encyclopédie Methodique (pls. 301,
302) with the word Cyclas at the top (he never published a description)
do not include a figure of Cyprina Islandica, and the figures la, 1, on
plate 301, referred to by Dall as representing that species are very
good illustrations of some form of the genus Batzssa.

Dr. Dall’s mistake may have arisen from the fact that in the
explanation of the plates by Bory de St. Vincent,’ the name Cyprina
Islandica,? Lamk., is given (erroneously) to the two figures quoted
above. But of this I feel certain, that Dr. Dall did not actually
see the figures, for he is too good a conchologist to have regarded
them as representing the above-named species.

The genera figured on Bruguicre’s two plates are Batissa, Corbicula,
Cyrena, and Spherium, as now generally understood, and perhaps
Astarte, but not Cyprina. Bruguicre’s genus Cyclas has therefore
nothing to do with Cyprina.

Link, in 1807,‘ placed the northern shell in ‘‘ Cyelas (Lam.)”’, it
being the only species he mentions. But this name cannot be used,
as it had already been employed by Lamarck in 1799° in a different
sense for the Zedlina cornea, Linn., now known as Spherium corneum.
The figure in the Encyclopédie Meéth. (pl. 301, figs. la, 16) upon
which Dall based the genus ‘‘ Cyclas (Bruguiére), Link”, does not,
as already observed, represent the Cyprina Islandica.’ The form of
the outline is quite different, and the erosion of the apex and the
dentition at once indicate a species of the genus Batissa. Observe
the crenulated lateral teeth in fig. 16, a feature non-existent in
Cyprina Islandiea.

1 Trans. Wagner Free Inst. Sci. Philad., vol. iii, pt. vi, p. 1500, 1903.

* Tabl. Encyel. Méthod. Vers. Moll., ete., p. 156.

3 Also quoted by Lamarck as Cyclas Islandica, Ann. Mus. Nat. Hist. Paris,
vol. vii, p. 420, 1806.

Nat. Sammlung, Rostock, 1807, p. 150.

Mém. Soc. Hist. Nat. Paris, 1799, p. 84.

All the following authors refer to this figure as representing the shell now
known as Batissa violacea: Deshayes (Encycl. Méth. Vers., vol. ii,
p- 49, 1830) under Cyrena violacea, Lamk.; id. (Cat. Conch. Brit. Mus.,
pt. ii, p. 238) under Batissa violacea (Lamk.); Philippi (Conchylien,
vol. iii, p. 108) under Cyrena violacea, Lamk.; Prime (Amer. Journ.
Conch., vol. vii, p. 140) under Batissa violacea (Lamk.); Clessin (Conch.
Cab., p. 208) under B. violacea.

oo

6

106 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

On these two plates Bruguiére grouped as Cyclas a number of
freshwater shells, and even the figure 3 on plate 302, said by some to
represent an Astarte, would equally answer for a Corbicula, and
Deshayes* observes ‘‘elle serait plus probablement du genre Cyréne,
puisque Bruguiére l’a ainsi placée, mais comme elle ne montre pas la
charniére, nous conservons du doute’’.

It now remains to determine what generic name should be applied
to the shell in question.

The name Aretica of Schumacher (1817) has a year’s priority of
Cyprina, Lamarck, but, as pointed out by various writers, it was
preoccupied by Moehring in 1758 for a genus of birds, and therefore
is not available. Although Cyprina, Lamk., and Cyprinus, Linn.
(a genus of fishes), are very similar, the derivations ‘according to
Agassiz,” Herrmannsen,’® Philippi,? Tryon,° Fischer,® Hoyle,’ ete., are
different. Both therefore can be employed in zoological nomenclature.

The synonymy will therefore stand as follows :—

Cyprina Istanpica (Linn.).

1767. Venus, Linn., part.

1806. Cyclas, Lamk., part. (non Cyelas, Lamk., 1799 = Spherium,
Scopoli, 1777).

1807. Cyelas, Link. (non Cyclas, Lamk., 1799).

1817. Arctica, Schumacher (non Arctica, Moehring, 1758).

1818. Cyprina, Lamarck.

1900. Cypriniadea, Rovereto.

1908. Cyclas (Bruguiére), Link, fide Dall (non Cyelas, Brug., 1798
nec Cyclas, Lam., 1799).

Lamarck’s Hist. Anim. sans Vert., 2nd ed., vol. vi, p. 275.
Nomencl. Zool. Moll., p. 28; Vertebrata.

Indicis Gen. Malac., vol. i, p. 361.

Handbuch Conch. und Malac., p. 306.

Struct. and Syst. Conch., vol. iii, p. 187.

® Man. Conchyl., p. 1070.

Journ. of Conch., vol. x, p. 361.

“ to

a

107

CHARACTERS OF THREE NEW SPECIES OF FRESHWATER
SHELLS FROM URUGUAY.

By H. B. Presron, F.Z.S.
Read 12th April, 1912.
Hypropra ADAMSsI, n.sp.

Shell fusiform, thin, pale greenish straw-colour; remaining whorls
63, flattish, showing traces of spiral strie, especially on the last
whorl, and marked with transverse lines of growth; suture impressed,

margined above ; umbilicus very narrow, deep; columella descending

in a curve, slightly reflexed; peristome continuous, simple; aperture

ovate. Alt. 6°75, diam. maj. 3mm.; aperture, alt. 2°5, diam. 1 mm.
Hab.—Monte Video (L. E. Adams).

PLANORBIS LEVISTRIATUS, 0.sp.

Shell sub-orbicular, moderately thin, pale brownish horn-colour ;
spire concave; whorls 53, marked with very oblique, arcuate,
transverse lines of growth, and sculptured with very fine, closely set,
wavy, spiral striz, the last whorl not descending; suture deeply
impressed; umbilicus very wide, shallowly depressed ; labrum thin,

acute, the upper margin projecting considerably beyond that of the
lower, both margins joined by a thin, whitish, pearly callus; aperture
very broadly sublunate. Alt. 4:5 mm.; diam. maj. 14, min. 11 mm. ;
aperture, alt. 4°25, diam. 5 mm.

Hab.—The Miguelete River, Monte Video (L. E. Adams).

Pranorsis URvUGUAYENSIS, usp.
Shell discoidal, thin, semi-transparent, pale yellowish horn-colour ;

spire concave ; whorls 6, shining, marked with lines of growth; suture
rather deeply impressed; base of shell concave; labrum thin, acute,

the margin diffusing into light whitish callosities which do not unite;
aperture broadly lunate. Alt. 1:75, diam. maj. 7 mm.; aperture,
alt. 1°75, diam. 1:25 mm.

Hab.—Monte Video (L. E. Adams).

108

DESCRIPTIONS OF FIVE NEW SPECIES OF JZIMICOLARIA
FROM BRITISH EAST AFRICA.

By H. B. Preston, F.Z.S.
Read 12th April, 1912.
Luwicorarra ALHIENSIS, 0.sp.

Shell cylindrically fusiform, thin, semi-transparent, yellowish
cream-colour, painted with transverse, narrow bands and flame
markings of reddish purple; whorls 7, not very convex, the upper
whorls finely decussately sculptured, the sculpture becoming obsolete
on the later whorls, the lower portion of the sixth and seventh being

quite smooth; suture impressed, slightly crenellate, very narrowly
margined below with white ; perforation very narrow, almost concealed

by the reflection of the columella; columella whitish, granular, nearly
vertically descending above, somewhat obliquely descending below,
diffused above into a very thin, minutely granular parietal callus ;
labrum thin, simple; aperture rather elongately inversely auriform ;
interior of shell faintly bluish, showing the transverse colour
markings through the test. Alt. 37°75, diam. maj. 16°5 mm.; aperture,
alt. 15°5, diam. 6°5 mm.

Hab.—A\hi Plains, British East Africa (A. Blayney Percival).
Var. OVATA, n.var.
Shell differing from the typical form in its shorter and broader
shape and in having a slightly less vertically descending columella.

Alt. 33, diam. maj. 17 mm.; aperture, alt. 15°25, diam. 6°75 mm.
Hab.—A\hi Plains, British East Africa (A. Blayney Percival).

LIMIcoLaRIA NakKURUANA, n.sp.

Shell rather shortly and acuminately cylindrical, with rather obtuse
apex, moderately solid, yellowish white, painted with irregular,
transverse, zigzag bands and streaks of purplish chestnut; whorls 7,
marked with coarse growth-lines, and decussately sculptured, the
sculpture becoming obsolete on the last whorl; suture impressed,

PRESTON : NEW SPECIES OF ZLIMICOLARIA. 109

somewhat crenellate with the lines of growth; columella vertically
descending, retlexed over the very narrow perforation ; labrum acute ;

aperture inversely auriform. Alt. 35 mm. ; diam. maj. 18, min.
16mm.; aperture, alt. 14, diam. 8mm.
Hab.—Nakuru, British East Africa (Robin Kemp).

Liurcorarra NYIROENSIS, L.sp.

Shell cylindrically fusiform, with obtuse apex, dark yellowish
flesh-colour, stained and painted on the later whorls with broad,
flame-like, transverse bands of blackish purple; whorls 63, slightly
convex, rather rapidly increasing, somewhat coarsely decussately
sculptured, except on the lower half of the last whorl, where, but

for coarse, transverse, closely set growth-lines, the surface is smooth ;
suture impressed, narrowly margined with cream-colour below;
umbilicus narrow, deep, half concealed by the outward expansion
and reflection of the columella; columella livid, descending in a very
slight curve, labrum simple, acute; aperture rather squarely inversely
auriform ; interior of shell blue, edged with a band of dark purple
about three millimetres broad behind the labrum. Alt. 49°5, diam.
22°75 mm.; aperture, alt. 21, diam. 11 mm.

110 PROCEEDINGS OF LHE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Hab.—Mount Nyiro, to the south of Lake Rudolph, at an altitude
of 8,300 feet (A. Blayney Percival).

Mr. Percival also collected this species between Eusso Nyiro and
the southern slopes of Mount Marsabit, while he also took a single
specimen, which agrees very well with the type, on the northern
slopes of that mountain; it appears to be somewhat variable both
in general shape and also in colour, some specimens being somewhat
less obese than others, while the colour varies from olive brown
with scarcely any signs of transverse banding to that of the type-
specimen.

Var. FLAVIDA, 0.var.

Shell differing from the typical form in being of a uniform pale
yellowish brown colour, without darker markings of any kind, the
columella is rather more curved, and the aperture is proportionately
somewhat shorter and more oblique; the interior of the shell is pale
lilac without any other colouring. Alt. 47, diam. maj. 21:5 mm.;
aperture, alt. 19, diam. 11°75 mm.

Hab.—Northern slopes of Mount Marsabit, British East Africa, at
an altitude of 4,600 feet (A. Blayney Percival).

LrmicoLarta (REBMANNIELLA) PERCURTA, N.Sp.

Shell rimate, ovate, light yellowish, painted with blotches, transverse
streaks and flame-markings of dark purple; whorls 63, the last
somewhat inflated, sculptured with oblique, transverse ridges crossed
by spiral strie, thus presenting a moderately finely decussate
appearance, this sculpture becoming obsolete towards the base of
the shell, which is marked only with fine, wavy, spiral, incised striz ;

suture impressed, irregular, crenellate, narrowly margined below ;
perforation reduced to a narrow fissure by the reflexion of the
columella; columella curved, narrowly outwardly bent and reflexed,
extending above into a thin, well-defined callus which enters the
aperture a short distance behind the upper margin of the labrum ;

PRESTON : NEW SPECIES OF LIMICOLARIA. 111

labrum acute, simple; aperture inversely auriform; interior of shell
ale bluish lilac, the transverse flame-markings being visible through
the test. Alt. 45°5mm.; diam. maj. 24°75, min. 22°5mm. ; aperture,
alt. 23, diam. 12 mm.
Hab.—Between the Igembi Hills and Nyeri, British East Africa
(Robin Kemp).

Lrrconarta (REBMANNIELLA) PEROBTUSA, 0.Sp.

Shell rimate, ovately fusiform, with extremely obtuse apex, the
earlier whorls pale flesh-coloured, the median whorls yellow, stained
here and there with chestnut and painted with blotches and transverse
flame-markings of livid, blackish purple, the last whorl shading below
to reddish chestnut; whorls 63, regularly increasing, the last convex
below, coarsely granulate throughout; suture impressed, irregularly
erenellate, narrowly margined below with white or pale yellow;
columella whitish, very faintly tinged with pale lilac, vertically

descending and narrowly reflexed over the perforation; umbilicus
reduced to a narrow chink; labrum simple, hlac-coloured within;
aperture elongately inversely auriform. Alt. 55 mm.; diam. maj. 27-5,
min. 25°25mm.; aperture, alt. 26, diam. 12 mm.

Hab.—Mount Kenaugop, Aberdare Range, British East Africa
(Robin Kemp).

A very handsome species, whose granular sculpture and extra-
ordinarily obtuse form readily separate it from other members of
the group.

VOL. X.—JUNE, 1912. 8

A SYNOPSIS OF THE RECENT AND TERTIARY FRESHWATER
MOLLUSCA OF THE CALIFORNIAN PROVINCE, BASED UPON
AN ONTOGENETIC CLASSIFICATION.

By Harorp Hannipat,
Read 8th March, 1912.
PLATES V-VIII.}

GENERAL REMARKS.

Tue CatiFornian Province.

Tp region covered in the following pages has been termed by
Woodward, Tryon, Fischer, and Cooke the Californian Province.
Briefly it embraces the Yukon Basin and tundras to the northward,
the entire Pacific drainage of North America from Western Alaska
south to the vicinity of San Sebastian Viscaino Bay, Baja California,
the Great Basin, and the drainage of the Colorado River, This
vast area, considered as a whole a well-defined faunal unit, may
be conveniently divided into twelve systems,’ or faunules, which
correspond roughly to the principal drainage areas, viz.: Yukon, basin
of the Yukon River and associated streams flowing into the Arctic
Ocean, and tundras to the northward; Alaska, the Alaska Peninsula,
Aleutian Islands, and coastal drainage south to the Stikine River ;
Fraser, the Fraser basin, and rivers northward to the Portland Canal,
Vancouver and Queen Charlotte Islands, the Puget Sound Region,
and the streams flowing north and west from the Olympic Peninsula ;
Columbia, entire basin of the Columbia River, and coastal streams
from Gray’s Harbour to the Umpqua River; Utah, basin of the extinct
Lake Bonneville; Colorado, the Colorado River and its tributaries
above the Needles or thereabouts; Vevada, the drainless basin of old
Lake Lahontan; <A/amath, coastal streams from the Rogue to the
Redwood River, the Klamath drainage, adjacent desert basins of
Eastern Oregon, and streams flowing south from Mount Shasta and
westward from the Sierra Nevada Mountains, north of Yosemite
Valley ; Coast Range, the Sacremento —San Joaquin Valley, southern
Sierra Nevada Mountains, coastal drainage trom Mad River to
Point Conception, and San Francisco Bay region; J/oave, the
drainless basins of Owens Valley, Death Valley, Mojave Desert, and
the adjacent desert regions of Southern Nevada and South-Eastern
California; Zos Angeles, coastal drainage from Point Conception to the
vicinity of San Sebastian Viscaino Bay ; Arizona, the Colorado Desert
and drainage of the Colorado River below the Needles.

1 Plates vii and viii will appear in the next part of the * Proceedings’.
2 See in this connexion Dall, Pop. Sci. Mo., Ixvi, p. 362, 1905; Alaska, xiii,
1905, p. 2; Hannibal, in West Coast Shells, 1910, p. 229.

HANNIBAL: CALIFORNIAN FRESHWATER MOLLUSCA. 1138

CoMposIrIon OF THE Fauna.

The Californian fauna, a summary of which is given in the
accompanying tables, is a composite one and can only be understood
through the Tertiary paleontological history of the region, which
may be summarized as follows : —

1. Older Eocene: conditions West Indian, great interior lakes,
fauna similar to that of contemporaneous deposits in Rocky Mountains,
not closely related to any existing American faunas. (Payette,
Truckee.)

2. Younger Eocene, Oligocene: climate continuing nearly tropical
and moist, widespread estuary conditions along coast; fauna similar
in aspect to preceding, marked, however, by an invasion of Unioids
belonging to recent European genera. (Tejon, John Day.)

3. Miocene: conditions similar to those of Mexico, arid period,
afew minor lacustrine deposits interbedded with volcanic ejectamenta,
fauna consisting of Gulf States or Mexican genera, a few widespread
living species first appear. (Mascall, Rosamond, Contra Costa. )

4. Pliocene: introduction of sub-boreal conditions, slightly colder
than present, period of extensive lakes; peculiar portion of existing
Californian fauna appears abruptly in nearly its present form, wide-
spread recent molluscs few, however; half or more of species living : :
Pyrgulopsis represented by several peculiar species. (Kettleman,
Santa Clara, Cache, Idaho.)

5. Quaternary, Recent: existing conditions, temporary periods of
widespread lakes; faunas occupied present or approximately present
distribution south of limits of glacial ice-sheet. North of lat. 50° the
fauna contains no peculiar forms except in portions of Alaska which
were unglaciated, merely more hardy and readily distributed species
which have immigrated from unglaciated areas since the middle
Quaternary. Most of the species which range beyond the limits of
the Californian Province first appear at this time. (Lahontan,
Bonneville, Le Conte, Yukon loess, various fluvial and spring deposits,
species washed into marine terraces along coast.)

The living fauna is made up of four elements: (1) Peculiar species,
most of which have come down from the Pliocene (Pompholyx effusa,
Ambloxus pliciferus). (2) Species common to central Europe and the
less Arctic portions of Californian Province which appear to have lived
on from a late Miocene migration across Bering Straits (Ilargaritana
margaritifera (Palearctic origin), Anodonta eygnea (Californian origin).
(3) Species common to Alaska and adjacent portions of Siberia,
apparently remnants of a Quaternary migration across Bering Straits
(Anodontacygnea Beringeriana, probably Californian origin). (4) Species
of European or American origin which have immigrated from the east-
ward at various periods, chiefly during pre- Bonneville—Lahontan times.
The European species in the American Province probably date back
to a middle Miocene migration (Physa hypnorum (European origin ?),
Planorbis antrosus (American origin)). On the other hand, several
species of Californian origin have extended their ranges southward or
eastward beyond the limits of the Californian Province (J/argaritana
margaritifera falcata, Lymnea solida Cubensis).

114 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

CLASSIFICATION EMPLOYED.

Since Evolution came to be accepted as a doctrine it has been
a general policy to regard mere systematic work as a thing entirely
apart from the theoretical considerations of species formation. Hence,
in the bulk of zoological writings to-day a treatment of one involves
no co-ordination with the other, to the mutual handicap of each. The
first writer to break through these trammels of convention was
Alpheus Hyatt, and to him the modern classification of the Mollusca
is due. In the attempts to place this Phylum upon a stable footing
an ever-increasing number of students have laboured, important among
whom stand Jackson, Smith, and Grabau. Diverse as were the views
on species-change which these several writers held at the onset, in
recording the evolutionary modifications as they exist and applying
them in their systematic studies, all have arrived at essentially
identical conclusions, and the genetic classification! has ceased to be
the unsupported theories of a philosopher-scientist and become a fact.
To quote Hyatt’s Law of Morphogenesis: ‘A natural classification
may be made by means of a system of analysis, in which the
individual is the unit of comparison, because its life in all its phases,
morphological and physiological, healthy or pathological, embryo,
larva, adolescent, adult, and old (ontogeny) correlates with the
morphological and physiological history of the group to which it
belongs (phylogeny).”’

SYNTONIA.

Various writers, including Cooke? and Dall,’ have noted the
occurrence, in the shells of freshwater molluscs from brackish or
enclosed bodies of water subject to concentration, of malleations,
plications, or scalarity among the Gastropods, arcuity and roughening
among the Pelecypods, and other deviations from the types found
under normal circumstances. ‘These examples have been invariably
extreme instances, however; the less striking ones pass unnoticed,
since hardly a lake, pond, marsh, slough, stagnant stream, semi-
estuary, or enclosed or partially enclosed body of water, contains
molluscs which are not more or less subject to these aberrancies.
Frequently, particularly in the arid regions of Western North America,
these forms have been redescribed as separate species,t but in no
instance are the characters inherited, though the stock may have
passed through a long line of abnormal generations. The progeny
under such conditions appear to be unusually liable to become
abnormal likewise, but this may be explained on the basis of hereditary

1 Recent accounts of the genetic classification and its application to Mollusca
may be found in J. P. Smith, Journ. Geol., v, pp. 509-24, 1897; viii,
pp. 413-25, 1900; A. Grabau, Am. Nat., xxxvi, pp. 917-45, 1902; xli,
pp. 610-46, 1907.

2 Mollusea, Cambridge N Vat. Hist., vol. iii, p. 85, figs. 33, 34, 1895.

3 Science, i, p. 202, 1883; Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., p. 408, 1896.

4 Within a year one writer, evidently of limited experience in the field, has
distinguished as a distinct genus an extreme distortion of the common
Lymnea auricularia from this region.

HANNIBAL: CALIFORNIAN FRESHWATER MOLLUSCA. 115

susceptibility, much as tuberculosis passes from one generation to
another in the human race.

Forms produced under these circumstances are legion, but appear
in every instance not as possessing new characters, but the result of an
accentuation of the principal environmental and evolutionary influences
which affect the mollusc, hence the term syntonia suggested to the
writer by Dr. David Starr Jordan.

The thickness of the shell normally depends, within limits, on
the amount of lime in the water. Affected by these influences the
variation increases, resulting in such extreme forms as typical Lymnea
auricularia on the one hand and the so-called Dighelst on the other.
Lymnea palustris commonly ranges from 20 to 30 mm. in altitude,
depending chiefly on the rapidity of flow of the water. Syntonic
forms have been noted 50 mm. in altitude. Ordinarily Physa fontinalis
varies from about 60° to 70° in the breadth of the apical angle
according as it is found respectively in running streams or lakes.'
In aberrant forms the breadth may be increased to 95°.

An accentuation of the evolutionary influences in the Gastropoda
may produce an exaggeration of the rest periods, resulting in the
development of more or less regular coste, of the spiral strive causing
malleations, angulations, or keeling, of the inflation of the aperture
(to which cause is due the remarkable typical form of Lymnaea
auricularia, a particularly susceptible species, of which the so-called
peregra and catascopium represent the normal condition), an unnatural
development ot the columnar fold as frequently happens in species
belonging to typical Zymnea, and the production of irregularities of
growth such as are common in Planorbis trivolvis. The Pelecypoda
appear to be rather less susceptible, but arcuity among the Unioids is
generally due to this cause.

No two species of Mollusca are affected to a like degree or exactly
in the same manner. Lymnaea, Physa, and Anodonta, for instance,
become progressively deformed, and senile individuals show the effects
most markedly. Onthe other hand, in Ambloxus it is almost impossible
to obtain normal adolescent specimens of certain species, whereas the
adults are but rarely aberrant.

The cause of these phenomena has been the source of much
discussion. Dall held volcanic dust responsible among the Galapagos
Bulimuli, and the salts concentrated in the receding waters
of Lake Bonneville in the instance of the Quaternary freshwater
species of Utah. Cooke suggested brackish water to account for the
deformation of the Lymneas from the Aral Sea. No one, however,
has isolated the particular salt which it is evident is producing the
mischief. The only salts which occur widespread or in sufficient
abundance to be regarded as probabilities are those of sodium,
potassium, calcium, and magnesium. Sodium and potassium salts,
known commonly as white and black alkali respectively, are
frequently abundant in the arid regions of the west. It has been
repeatedly observed that one or the other or both. may be present in

1 Gray’s Turton, p. 228, 1857.

116 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

such abundance as to cover entirely the ground in the vicinity of
a pond or stagnant stream while the Mollusca are indifferently normal
or affected, and when affected seldom to the degree one would expect
if the distortion could be the result of the salt in question. Calcium
salts, as is well known, have no deleterious effect upon molluscan life,
but are a prime necessity for its existence. Magnesium compounds,
on the other hand, produce remarkable physiological effects and act as
poisons. :

Reasoning on this basis the writer has undertaken a series of
experiments with balanced aquaria which prove beyond doubt that
the small quantities of magnesium salts ordinarily present in stagnant
water produce these puzzling forms, and, once produced, their results
are not readily overcome. Both the sulphate and the chloride appear
to be equally pernicious.'

Whether or not other salts have similar effects has not been
ascertained in every case. The eight or nine commoner ones in
ordinary water produce no appreciable distortion.

SYNOPSIS OF SPECIES.

Having considered briefly the faunal subdivisions, origin and
development of the fauna, method of classification, and the interfering
factor, syntonia, it is now possible to proceed intelligently with an
outline of the classification and distribution of the aquatic Mollusca of
the Californian Province. It may be noted at the outset that the
following pages are intended chiefly as a working nucleus for future
papers. A monograph of the fauna would require as many years for
its preparation as this synopsis has months, to say nothing of the
necessity of far more extensive field-work, hence its deficiencies may

be to a degree pardonable.

PELECYPODA.
Superfamily UNIONOIDEZ (Swainson), 1840.

The ancestral form of the Naiad shell seems to have been heavy,
quadrate-discoidal, zigzag sculptured, and possessing a broad, coarse
hinge. From this type there has been a general tendency for the
more specialized forms to acquire a smooth, thin, posteriorly elongated
shell, the markings being carried back to the umbones forming the
characteristic beak sculpture and towards a reduction in the breadth
of the hinge, followed by a loss first of the lateral teeth, later the
pseudo-cardinals, with the ultimate result of a general simplification
of all the shell parts.

This paterina stage is not represented without some modification
by any living species known to the writer. Probably the nearest
approach is in such types as Hyria corrugata, Quadrula undulata, and
Rotundaria tuberculata, in which the sculpture has been largely carried
back to the umbones, a few atavistic, undulating, or broken pustulose

1 It is probable since the salts are ionized in solution that the hydrochloric
acid present in the salivary juices would change the sulphate to chloride
before it entered the circulatory system.

HANNIBAL! CALIFORNIAN FRESHWATER MOLLUSCA. Ty

ridges remaining, particularly on the posterior portion of the shell,
while the broad hinge and the sub-quadrate shape seem to have
suffered little change.!

In the next stage, of which Ivgranya littoralis, Elliptio crassidens,
and Lampsilis luteolus may be taken as representatives, the sculpturing
has been carried back to the umbones, the shells become posteriorly
elongated and the hinge-area much reduced in breadth. Forms such
as Margaritana margaritifera falcata, Stropitus edentulus, and Alasmi-
donta marginata represent the next condition, in which the laterals
have become obsolete, leaving the pseudo-cardinals as tubercles, while
in typical Anodonta the shell has become elongate-elliptical, the
umbones decidedly anterior, and the hinge simple, edentate, and
gently curved.

This series of changes is not characteristic of any one group of
Naiades, but may be observed with more or less modifications in all,
irrespective of the special line of descent. In other words the
entire superfamily exhibits an instance of parallel development, and
the dissimilarities of the species as one sees them are due to the
different stages in the series reached by that species and the degree
of unequal parallelism developed by that particular line of descent
compared with the whole. Since specialization without differentiation
is not very valuable in classification, the shell characters become of
secondary importance in the recognition of groups more comprehensive
than genera.

In the anatomy, however, one finds a sound foundation on which
the higher divisions may be built. Here the specialization which
takes place tends to ultimately result in the production of a parasitic
larva (unlike any stage in the development of the race) which must
pass through a complete metamorphosis before reaching the adolescent
condition, and a specialized marsupium for its development. This
reaches its culmination only in such genera as Spatha, Anodonta, and
Proptera, but all the higher forms show indications of approaching it.
It is evident that parallelism likewise exists in the anatomical
modifications, in that all the groups modify towards a certain definite
end, yet the means by which this is accomplished are diverse, and
the resulting marsupia and larve are not homologous but strictly
analogous.

Margaritana (Margaritanine) represents in its anatomical features,
independent of the modifications of the shell, the oldest and least
differentiated type of Naiad structure. The gill-septa, which in the
more specialized groups (except the Hyriine) coalesce completely
to form the water-tubes, are present on the inner faces of each gill-
lamella. These are never united, but instead regularly beaded with
low-rounded papille lying in rows at right angles to the septa. At
occasional and irregular intervals, perhaps once to a septum, its
development becomes more pronounced, and one or more of the

1 That this shape is really primitive is evident from the inspection of the young
stages of almost any Unioid; cf. pl. v, fig. 7, or Lefevre & Curtis, Journ.
Exp. Zool., ix, pl. iv, fig. 29, 1910.

118 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

papillze will meet and fuse with their neighbours on the opposite
lamella, forming the scattered synapticule which hold the gill-plates
in shape. Other simple features such as the incomplete diaphragm,
undeveloped siphons, indiscriminate use of all the gills as a rudimentary
marsupium, and the little modified subglobular-quadrate glochidia,
may be noted.

From this simple type differentiation has proceeded in at least two
directions, one marked by the southern hemisphere groups, apparently
represented in their simplest condition by /Zyria (Hyriine), while
Spatha (Muteline ?) is a more specialized phase, the other embracing
the numerous and diverse genera which occur in the Northern
Hemisphere. The simplest aspect and the one least modified from the
fundamental Margaritanoid structure among the latter is exemplified
in Quadrula (Quadruline), in which the interlamellar gill-connexions
are completely coalesced into definite water tubes, the diaphragm fully
developed, formed solely by the gills, while on the other hand all the
branchie are retained as a simple marsupium and the glochidia remain
undifferentiated. This group has apparently given rise to another
closely-allied one, in which the brood-pouch has been restricted to the
outer gills only. Several American genera, Pleurobema, Rotundaria,
Elliptio, ete., belong to this division, which may be termed the
Pleurobemine. From the Pleurobeminz in turn no less than two
stocks have arisen. One of these is represented by Zampsilis
(Lampsiline), in which a portion of the outer gills in the female
are permanently modified to serve as a highly organized marsupium
but in which the glochidia remain simple. From this type Proptera
(Bropterne) has been derived, distinguished by its peculiarly modified

‘axe-head’ larvee, thus representing the culmination of the evolutionary
cycle in this branch of the Naiads. Unio (Unionins) represents the
other stock derived from the Pleurobemine. Here the glochidia have
advanced in specialization, becoming triangular and armed, resembling
a spade-head in shape, while the simple marsupium of Pleurobema is
retained. Anodonta is a specialization of this type in which the outer
gills of the female become transformed into a temporary highly
modified marsupium during the gravid season, having advanced pari
passu with the modification of the glochidia, thus resulting in
a condition analogous to that of Spatha and Proptera. So much for
the internal structure; the problem now confronts the systematist as
to how all this may be best classified.

A species in the Hyattian sense consists of a group of related
individuals having a similar genetic history and possessing a tendency
to evolve along strictly analogous lines. If this group may be divided
into sub-groups which occupy a particular stage in the development-
series, then they may be termed sub-species,! while a group of species

' This definition, while very different from that ordinarily given for a sub-
species (that it represents a geographic variety), in practice amounts to
approximately the same thing. Sub-species either occupy a different
geographic area, a different station, or a different life-zone from the type,
so far as the writer’s experience goes.

HANNIBAL: CALIFORNIAN FRESHWATER MOLLUSCA. 119

derived from the same immediate stock constitutes a superspecies or
‘group’ of species. Similarly, a genus is a group of allied species
evolving along approximately parallel lines, and a family a group of
genera whose history is essentially analogous, while sub-genera and
sub-families, and supergenera or ‘ groups’ of genera and superfamilies,
bear analogous relations to genera and families respectively that sub-
species and superspecies do to species.

Applying these criteria to the present group it is obvious that as
a whole the Naiades constitute a well-defined superfamily, the
Unionoideze, while the different development stages, of which there
are nine, constitute sub-families whose relations may be graphically
expressed by the accompanying diagram. These belong to five
radicles, and these radicles the writer would regard as families since
they are more or less equal in value and conform to the definition.
Therefore, on the basis of our present knowledge the Naiades may be
tentatively classified as follows :—

Superfamily UNIONOIDE (Swainson), 1840.
Mareariranip& (Ortmann), 1910.

Hyrup# (Swainson), 1840.
Hyrvin@, 8.8.
Muteline (Gray), 1847.

QuapruLip& (Von Ihering), 1901.
Quadrulina, s.s.
Pleurobemine, nov.

Lampsiiip& (Von Ihering), 1901.
Lampsilinag, s.s.
Propterin@, nov.

Untonip#, Swainson, 1840.
Unionina, s.s.
Anodontine, Swainson, 1840.

It is probable that with a knowledge of more genera than have at
present been studied and made known,! the number of families and
sub-families will be considerably increased since the internal characters
of this group have specialized along a series of similar but distinct lines.

Family MARGARITANID (Ortmann), 1910.

Shell of moderately large size, quadruliform, unioniform, or
margaritaniform ; animal as described above, tachytictic; glochidium
simple; habitat fluviatile and lacustrine.

The Margaritanide, in spite of the fact that modifications of the
shell have taken place to a very considerable degree in all the known

1 See A. E. Ortmann, Nautilus, xxiii, pp. 114 ff., 189 ff., 1910; xxiv, pp. 39 ff.,
94 ff., 1910; pp. 114 ff., 1911; xxv, pp. 5 ff., 1911; Mem. Carn. Mus.,
iv, pp. 279-347, pls. lxxxvi-ix, 1911; Lefevre & Curtis, Journ. Exp. Zool.,
ix, pp. 79-115, pls. i-v, 1910.

SOCIETY

PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL

120

“TUN TpItpooys
ajduus vB waArey ‘utnid
-NSIBUL ——- payeryUarayJIp

-UN UB SB SUIAIOS S][IS ee

IMO [TV ‘padozeaop ATTN |
SUOTXOUUOD Iv[[OULV]
-Iojur ‘s][Is Aq paur1of
‘ajotdunoo usvarydeiqg
‘HNITAUAVA) @

* payer uaraypIp
-uN BAIT ‘uNIdnsavUt

BIpiypoojs §=‘urnidnsavut | 3,5" 8,
2 =e

Mate eae ese
SUOTX9UUOD IVT[OULV] ss
-1oyUL pus wsviqdeiqg =
‘WNINVLIUVDUVN® 5

Mpynspyn¢)

DALY) Patsy WD
pupnoz wuornoyrpout

ajduiis €@ sv SuTAdes g

Ajuo = STJIS. = oqNO =

“(WY NINATOUNATI @ s

ae Sac,

—_ —
_— I
—- —
— —
Se —
*payeryuareyfip
q eget ee ead
ayatdutoo = “un = BAIR, ~—£ wrmidns g
SISOYdAIOUIVJOUL =—- [BAA] 3 wut peziperoeds = oqut | S38
‘umidnsivur oefduus v =: peyrpout = Ayyuouvutted | = &.
S¥ BUTAIOS S][LS 103nGO 8 S][IS 1oynNo Jo uOyIOg c&
“HWNINOIN() @ _ = “WNITISANVI gg 2 &
=k @z ~
i 2 Sui vebasdbduehrahsansmejaseutececendueeeccathuaprediicbess Rxaaeerca erase en ibasa sob anecy Poses alh PavyeReseeNCUUKUs esa scapessaacate > S
‘oqoqd | = & =
o SiS
-ui0d ~=—s Stsoydaourrjouty * < ‘ajopduioo sisoydrou | 2 >
yearey = ‘pored paris iS -vjout «=peArey «= ‘urnidns | wy
suunp wnidnsavut pazi Q -Ivut =pezipetoeds = ojur S S
I 8 te aie

-jeroads Are1odurey B 0FUI i peytpour Ayjuouvurted | S =
peytpout s][Is 193nO s S[T[IS 1oyno Jo uoyIOg 8
‘HNILNOGONV@® & ‘HNIUALIOUG® °*

*(QTQBIIVAG Iv VqAV

“UnIpIyso]s aydurts
@ Arey { unidnsieuL
poyetyuotoyipun uv se
SuIAIOS ATUO S][LS IOUUT
‘ajaydutooul SuUOTXaUUOD
IVIPOULV[TIyUL == ‘aTJUBU
ayy Aq Ajaorteysod ‘sys
ayy Aq Ap 1o110}Uv pouULIOy
‘ajgaqduioo wisvarydeic

“WNITUAH ©

uinidnsivut pozrperoeds &
0} peytpout AYuauvutted
sys deuut { ejeydut0o
SISOYAIOUTILIOU [VAIVIT

6 WNITALOW @

“pawn) Usofrpisy) Y 02 UoYwoYfipoUl ‘apaipy.t Opi. ET

P oy wory sdnoss oy} ATU Surpupoul) WACIONOINA AHL JO WIOAN AUVNOLLATOAY

‘HOVLIS AALLING

‘SHDVLY NOILVOMIGON

“TOVLG
NOILVZITVIONdS

HANNIBAL: CALIFORNIAN FRESHWATER MOLLUSCA. silPUh

recent representatives, indicate a primitive phase of Naiad structure
in so far as the anatomy is concerned.

Margaritana, the only recognized genus, appears to be confined to
the Northern Hemisphere. However, Jf. monodonta, an American
species, should doubtless be separated as a distinct genus; it differs
in important particulars from If margaritifera in the “adolescent shell,
a certain indication of heterogeneous origin.

Genus Mareartrana, Schumacher.

Mya (sp.), Linné, 1758 (JL margaritifera, L.); Unio (sp.), Retzius,
1788 (JL margaritifera, L.); Margaritana, Schumacher, 1817
(iM. margaritifera, L.); Alasmodonta (sp.), Barnes, 1823 (4.
arcuata, Barnes=JL. margaritifera, L. a Capea vs, ‘ Leach MS.,
Gray, 1847 (I. margaritifera, L.), synonymy ; Baphia,
‘Meuschen,’ H. & A. Adams, 1857 (IL. ky ana er I).

Type, Mya margaritifera, Linné.

Sub-genus Pseupunio, Haas.

Lymnium (sp.), Moquin-Tandon, 1855 (UV. sinuata, Lam.) ; Pseudunio,
Haas, 1910 (U. sinuata, Lam.).

Type, Unio stnuata, Lamarck.

Sub-genus Psewdunio. Shell of moderate size, averaging 120 mm.
in length, sub-solid, elongate-elliptical, umbones marked by a few fine
sub-nodulous ridges, moderately elevated and lying about one-third of
distance from anterior extremity, lateral teeth fairly developed; nacre
of concavity marked with numerous small muscle-scars; habitat
lacustro-fluviatile and fluviatile

Sub-genus IJargaritana, s.s. Shell similar to preceding, but the
lateral teeth largely or entirely obsolete ; Psewdunio stage completed
very early during adolescence; habitat running streams.

Marearirana (Psrupunio) Herre, n.sp. Pl. VII, Fig. 17.
Margaritana ‘ margaritifera, Linn.’, Walker, 1910 (partim).

Shell rather large for genus, resembling JL. margaritifera in general
outline, but narrower and more compressed, with a straighter dorsal
line; teeth not obsolete, two clavate pseudo-cardinal and two laterals
of moderate length in right valve, one each in left; habitat apparently
lacustrine. Length 115, breadth 40, depth of valve 12 mm.

Eocene: local freshwater beds in Tejon formation, California.

One-fourth mile above Carnegie Pottery plant, in cut along
Western Pacific Railway, Corral Hollow, Tesla, California (Stanford
University Geological Survey, per W. H. Ochsner) (H. Hannibal).

Named after Dr. A. C. Herre, under whose guidance the writer
first became interested in the study of molluscs.

MarGARITANA MARGARITIFERA (Linné).

Mya margaritifera, Linné, 1758; Alasmodonta arcuata, Barnes, 1823
(syntonic form).

122 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

MARGARITANA MARGARITIFERA FALCATA (Gould),

Alasmodonta falcata, Gould, 1850 (syntonic form, hardly typical) ;
Alasmodon Yubaensis, Trask, 1855.

M. margaritifera. Shell of moderate size, elongate-elliptical, umbones
rather low, lateral teeth sub-obsolete in normal adult, nacre usually
bluish or pinkish ; habitat rapid streams.

Boreal portion of Palearctic and Atlantic seabord of Nearctic
regions, infrequently with falcata in Californian Province.

MW. margaritifera falcata. Shell similar to margaritifera, but the
lateral teeth totally obsolete, pseudo-cardinals much reduced, nacre
prevailingly lurid purple or orange; margaritifera stage completed
before mid-adolescence; habitat similar.

American Province in upper Missouri River. Fraser, Columbia,
Klamath, Utah, Nevada, and Coast Range Systems.

Quaternary : Bonneville Lake beds, “Utah ; Lahontan Lake beds,
Nevada.

The distribution of this species has been made the subject of an
interesting paper by Walker.! | The supposed Eocene record is the
Margaritana Herrei, but the poorly preserved material then at hand
from Tesla, California, showed no lateral teeth. It is probable that
M. margaritifera falcata at no point extends south of the latitude of
Monterey Bay, California.

The very young of this molluse were once obtained, with Spherium,
in a little spring under the bank of a brook in which the adults were
common.

Unrecognized : ‘ Unio (Jlargaritana)’ onariotis, Mayer, 1869.
Miocene (?) of Alaska,

Family UNIONID, Swainson, 1840.

Shell of moderate size, unioniform, margaritaniform, or anodonti-
form; animal as described above; glochidium spadiform, each valve
armed with a spine ; habitat fluviatile and lacustrine.

Sub-family UNIONINA, s,s.

Shell of moderate size, unioniform or margaritaniform; animal as
described above, tachylictic (? ); habitat fluviatile and lacustrine.
Genera: Unio, Iligranaja.

Sub-family ANODONTINZE, Swainson, 1840.

Shell of moderate size, thin or sub-solid, unioniform, margaritani-
form, or anodontiform; animal as described above, brachylictic ;
habitat lakes and streams.

Genera: Anodonta, Gonidea, Arnoldina.

The recognition of two Unionide, unquestionably congeneric with
living European species, in the Eocene—Oligocene of the Pacific Coast,
throws interesting hght upon the former ranges of these genera, not
to mention the evidence afforded of their considerable antiquity and
the fixity oF their characters.

1 Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond., ix, pp. 126-45, 1910.

HANNIBAL: CALIFORNIAN FRESHWATER MOLLUSCA. 123

Genus Unio, Retzius.

Mya (sp.), Linné, 1758 (AL pietorum, L.); Unio, Retzius, 1788
(Ml. pictorum, L.); Lymnium, Oken, 1815 (JL pictorum, L.) ;
Unionea, Rafinesque, 1815 (emended form); Jfysca, Turton, 1822
(IL. pictorum, L.).

Type, Mya pictorum, Linné,

Shell of moderate size, averaging 60 mm.1in length, sub-solid, elongate-
elliptical, anteriorly sub-truncate, somewhat pointed posteriorly,
slightly indented in front of posterior terminus, umbones small, lying
about one-third of distance from anterior end, rather low, and marked
by a few doubly looped nodulous ridges, two lateral teeth, and one
well-developed and one more or less obsolete pseudo-cardinal in left
valve, one lateral and one pseudo-cardinal in right valve, pseudo-
cardinals acicular, lying sub-parallel to hinge; habitat lacustro-
fluviatile.

Unio rranspaciFica, Arnold & Hannibal, n.sp.1. Pl. VII, Fig. 18.

Shell of moderately large size, varying from compressed to somewhat
inflated, very similar to U. pictorum, but proportionately broader,
particularly in the umbonal region, less distinctly truncate anteriorly,
margin of shell slightly sinuate in front of posterior extremity, hinge
heavier than in prctorum, a second pseudo - cardinal imperfectly
developed in left valve; habitat apparently lacustrine.

Type: length 58, breadth 30, depth of valves 20mm. Cotype
(cut into exposing hinge in both valves): length 70, breadth 35,
depth of valves 26 mm.

Eocene: local freshwater beds in Tejon formation of Washington
and California.

Bluffs along Olequa Creek at shoals, one and a half miles above
town (types); above shoals two miles above town; bend below rail-
road bridge, one-third mile below town, Little Falls, Washington
(H. Hannibal).

One-fourth mile above Carnegie Pottery plant, in cutting along
Western Pacific Railway, Corral Hollow, Tesla, California (Stanford
University Geological Survey, per W. H. Ochsner) (H. Hannibal).

The first true American Unio known.

‘Unio’ penultimus, Gabb.

Pal. Cal., i, p. 182, pl. xxiv, fig. 164, 1864.

Eocene—Tejon formation: coal-mines near Mount Diablo, California.

Whatever may be said of this species, the supposed type of which,
in a very fragmentary condition, is preserved in the Geological Museum
at the University of California, it is not a Naiad at all. It bears more
resemblance to an Anomia than any other genus which the writer
could recall while examining it.

1 The types of this species, of Viviparus Washingtonianus (Pachychilus
Drakei), and of Ambloxus Olequaensis were obtained by the writer during
the summer of 1911 while collecting marine Eocene fossils at Little
Falls, Washington, in the interests of Dr. Ralph Arnold.

124 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Genus Migranasa, n.gen.
Unio (sp.), Lamarck, 1801 ( Unio littoralis, Lam.).

Type,, Unio littoralis, Lamarck.

Shell of moderate size, averaging 50mm. in length, sub-solid,
ovate-elliptical, crassiform, rounded in front and behind, umbones
broad, elevated, and marked by numerous rather fine wavy ridges,
which extend out on later growth, grading into obsolete chevrons ;
two lateral and two psendo-cardinal teeth in left valve and one each
in right, the pseudo-cardinals clavate, stumpy, and lying obliquely
transverse to hinge; habitat lacustro-fluviatile.

The present group, which does not seem to have been heretofore
distinguished from Unio, but differs obviously in the form of the hinge-
teeth and early growth of the shell, has a distribution, considering
both fossil and recent records, from Eastern Oregon to Spain, equalled
in the Naiades only by Jlargaritana, Unio, and Anodonta.

Mieranasa Connont (White).

Unio Condoni, White, 1885.

Shell large for genus, similar in outline to /¢¢toralis, but distinguish-
able by the broader, more inflated umbonal region; hinge essentially
the same, but cardinal teeth heavier; habitat apparently lacustrine.

Oligocene: local freshwater beds in upper portion of John Day
formation, Oregon.

Genus Anoponta, Lamarck.

Mytilus (sp.), Linné, 1758 (Jf cygneus, L.); Anodontites (sp.),
Bruguiére, 1792 (JL. eygneus, L.); Anodonta, Lamarck, 1799
(IL, eygneus, L.); Anodon, Oken, 1815 (emended form) ;
Anodontes, Cuvier, 1817 (emended form); Brachyanodon,'
Fischer & Crosse, 1898 (4. coarctata, Anton = A. impura, Say).

Type, Mytilus eygneus, Linné.

Shell of moderate size, averaging 50mm. in length, anodontiform
thin, broadly ovate, ovate- elliptical, or elongate-elliptical, compressed
or inflated, ‘beaks barely elevated above general curvature of shell,
and marked by low calyeules and a varying number of fine wavy
knotted ridges, hinge edentate and gently curved; adolescent growth
broadly ovate, ‘alate and compressed ; habitat lacustrine and lacustro-
fluviatile.

Anodontites of Bruguiére has recently been revived for the present
group without, in the writer’s opinion, good cause. The name appears
to have been originally intended for all the edentate Naiades of
Jurope and elsewhere. lytilus eygneus and anatinus are mentioned,
but the first species, and the only one described, is the South American
A. erispata, a species of Hyriine. In 1799 Lamarck, doubtless
aware of Bruguiére’s group, proposed Anodonta for the European
species, thus incidentally reste ung Anodontites to the single South

' With one or two others from the * Mission Sronanene Mexique’ omitted
from the Zoological Record.

Proc. Malac. Soc. Vol. X, "PL NV.

= SUBSPECIES OF ANODONTA CYGNEA FROM WESTERN NORTH AMERICA.

}

)
\

HANNIBAL: CALIFORNIAN FRESHWATER MOLLUSCA. 125

American species. Attempts a hundred years or more later to
establish eygnea as the type of Anodontites are post mortem.

The Simpsonian Anodonta included a varied assortment of edentate
Anodontine such as imbecillis, grandis, marginata, dejecta, and
suborbiculata, derived without doubt from several none too closely
related stocks possessing hinge-teeth. Since the resemblances are due
chiefly to parallel modifications, these can hardly be regarded as
congeneric with 4. cygnea, which is the only true Anodonta, in America
at least. The proper segregation of these species which lack the most
important index to their relationships is hardly a simple problem.
The anatomy, of prime import in the discrimination of more com-
prehensive groups, offers only partial aid, and other characters, such
as the adolescent stages and beak sculpture, should enter into con-
sideration. A too conservative use of the latter character cannot be
recommended, however; the development of plications, pustules, etc.,
is subject to considerable individual and colonial variation in species
which have not entirely passed beyond the sculptured stage, and it is
reasonable to suppose that this variation remains latent, though the
sculpturing is carried back to the earliest post-glochidial growth.
Anyone may satisfy himself of the truth of this by examining a large
series of Anodonta cygnea from random localities.

Anoponta cyeNnEA (Linné). Pl. V, Figs. 3, 4, 8.
Mytilus cygneus, Linné, 1758; JL anatinus, Linné, 1758 (syntonic
form); A. Cellensis, C. Pfeiffer, 1821; A. ponderosa, C. Pfeiffer,

1825 (syntonic form); dA. Oregonensis, Lea, 18386; Anodon
cognata, Gould, 1850; A. Kennerlyi, Lea, 1861.

ANODONTA CYGNEA ImpuRA (Say). Pl. V, Figs. 1, 2, 7.

>

D4. impura, Say, 1829; A. Nuttalliana, Lea, 1838 ; A. Wahiamatensis,

Lea, 1838 (syntonic form); 4. coarctata, Anton, 1839 (syntonic
form); A. Californiensis, Lea, 1852; -A. triangularis, Trask, 1855
(syntonic form); A. rotundovata, Trask, 1855 (syntonic form) ;
A. exilior, Lea, 1871 (syntonic form); A. Wuttalliana, var.
Idahoensis, Hemphill, 1891 (syntonic form); A. Chapalensis,
Crosse & Fischer, 1892 (syntonic form); A. Chalcoensis, Crosse
and Fischer, 1893 (syntonic form); A. (WVuttalliana var. ?)
lignitica, J. G. Cooper, 1894; A. Hettlemanensis, Arnold, 1910
(syntonic form).

AnoponTa cYGNEA Berinerana (Middendorf). Pl. V, Figs. 5, 6.

A. Zellensis, var. Beringiana, Middendorf, 1851; A. Youconensis,
Lea, 1867; A. Youkanensis, Lea, 1868.

Anodonta cygnea impura. Shell of moderate size, quadrate-discoidal,
alate, decidedly broader posteriorly, rather compressed, early growth
similar in outline to adult; habitat sluggish streams and lakes.

Western and mountainous portions of Mexican Province from the
vicinity of Mexico City northward. Arizona, Los Angeles, Mojave,
Colorado, Coast Range, Klamath, Nevada, Utah, and Columbia
Systems, rarely farther north.

126 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Quaternary: Bonneville Lake beds, Utah; Lahontan and Carson
Prison Like beds, Nevada; Owens and Le Conte Lake beds, California.
Pliocene: Kettleman, Santa Clara, and Cache Lake beds, California.
Miocene: Contra Costa Lake beds, California.

A. cygnea. Shell similar to preceding, usually somewhat larger,
however, elongate-ovate, sub-alate, somewhat broader posteriorly,
tapering to a blunt point, moderately inflated, growth to mid-
adolescence as in impura; habitat similar.

Entire Palearctic Region. Alaska, Fraser, Columbia, Klamath,
Utah, and Nevada Systems, but occasionally farther to north or south.

Quaternary: Bonneville Lake beds, Utah. Pliocene: Kettleman
Lake beds, California; Idaho Lake beds, Idaho and Nevada.

A. cygnea Beringiana. Shell similar to preceding but attenuate-
elliptical, not broader posteriorly, barely alate, strongly inflated;
impura stage pushed back to early adolescence, cygnea stage to mid-
adolescence; habitat same.

North-Eastern Siberia. Yukon, Alaska, Fraser, rarely in Columbia
System.

The accompanying Plate V illustrates the evolution of this species
from impura through eygnea to Beringiana. It seems probable that
impura is of West American origin, and after giving rise to a northern
sub-species, eygnea, the latter spread to Asia by a land-bridge during
the upper Miocene at a time when the climate was somewhat warmer
than at present, and eygnea doubtless occupied all Alaska. Once in
Asia the extension of eygnea to Europe and the Mediterranean region
has been only a matter of time and facility in taking advantage of
stream-captures, etc. There appears to be no evidence that more than
the one race is represented in the Old World outside of Kamchatka,
though occasional atavistic individuals suggest zmpura, while others
tend to acquire the characters of Beringiana. It seems improbable
that the European Najadologists would overlook these well-marked
sub-species if they existed, so thoroughly has this species been studied.
Anodonta eygnea Beringiana appears to be asub-species of comparatively
late origin, arising in Alaska, doubtless, and taking advantage of the
early Quaternary land-bridge to migrate to Siberia. Had it originated
in Kamchatka or crossed the Bering Straits during the Miocene
connexion it would be difficult to explain why it has not extended
its range farther to the westward.

The problem of temperature appears to be an important factor in
limiting the north and south distribution of the various sub-species.
It is noteworthy that eygnea does not extend in the Old World beyond
the latitudes of its extreme limits in the Californian Province.

The very young of this species have been frequently obtained in
organic mud with Corneocyclas pulchella.

Genus Gontpra, Conrad.

Anodonta (sp.), Lea, 1838 (A. angulata, Lea); Gonidea, Conrad, 1857
(A. Randalli, Trask = A. angulata, Lea, first species).

Type, Anodonta angulata, Lea.

‘IA

‘Id ‘X “I9A

"VOINSINY HLUON

NYdLSamM

WOUYd SAl03dS MIN

a ey a ee

"20S ‘OBIBYW 01d

HANNIBAL: CALIFORNIAN FRESHWATER MOLLUSCA. 127

Sub-genus Lrunosasi.issa, n.sub-gen.
Margaritana (sp.), J. G. Cooper, 1894 (IL subangulata, J. G. C.).

Type, Margaritana subangulata, J. G. Cooper.

Sub-genus Limnobasilissa. Shell of moderate size, averaging 60mm.
in length, margaritaniform, sub-solid, elongate-quadrate, rounded in
front, obliquely truncate behind, postero-ventral margin barely acutely
angular, posterior slope sub-rounded, beaks marked by several wavy
ridges which make an abrupt bend on crossing the postero-ventral
slope, early growth similar in outline to adult, hinge with a reduced
clavate pseudo-cardinal in each valve, hinge-line sinuate in front of
umbones; habitat lacustrine.

Sub-genus Gonidea, s.s. Shell of moderate size, similar to Limno-
basilissa, but anodontiform, more or less elongate-trigonal and anteriorly
pointed, posterior slope more or less carinate, hinge with an obsolete
pseudo-cardinal in each valve or edentate, but shghtly sinuate in front
of umbones; Limnobasilissa stage carried back to early adolescence ;
habitat fluviatile.

Gonrpea (LIMNOBASILISSA) ANGULATA SUBANGULATA (J. G. Cooper).

Margaritana subangulata, J. G. Cooper, 1894; G. Coalingensis, Arnold,
1910 (syntonic form) ; G. Coalingensis, var. Coopert, Arnold, 1910.
Shell of moderate size, elongate-quadrate, compressed, of about
equal width posteriorly and anteriorly, rounded in front, rather
squarely decurtate behind, postero-ventral slope barely angular ;
beaks low, hinge with a reduced pseudo-cardinal in each valve;
habitat apparently lacustrine.
Pliocene: Kettleman, Santa Clara, and Cache Lake beds, California.

GonrIDEA ANGULATA (Lea).

Anodonta angulata, Lea, 1838; Anodon feminalis, Gould, 1850;
A. Randalli, Trask, 1855; A. biangulata, Sowerby, 1869.

GonmpEA ANGuLATA Harorprana, Dall. Pl. VI, Fig. 2.

Anodonta angulata, var. subangulata, Hemphill, 1891, not Anodon(ta)
subangulata, Anthony, 1865; G. angulata, var. Haroldiana,
Dall, 1908.

Shell of moderate size, elongate-quadrate, rather compressed, some-
what broader posteriorly, rather obliquely truncate behind, postero-
ventral slope exhibiting a rudimentary carina, beaks barely elevated,
hinge with a very obsolete pseudo-cardinal in each valve; early
adolescent stage as in mature subangulata; habitat quiet rivers, creeks,
and sloughs.

Fraser, Columbia, Klamath, Coast Range, and Los Angeles Systems.

G. angulata. Shell of moderate size, elongate-trigonal, strongly
inflated in the region of the postero-ventral ridge, which is sharply
carinate, giving the shell an appearance of being cut off abruptly
behind, pointed anteriorly, broad and obliquely truncate posteriorly,
beaks somewhat elevated, hinge edentate and but slightly sinuate ;
shell similar to Haroldiana at mid-adolescence, to subangulata in very
young stages; habitat rivers and brisk streams.

VOL. X.—JUNE, 1912. 9

128 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Geographic distribution same as Haroldvana.

G. angulata, angulata Haroldiana, and angulata subangulata all occupy
or occupied the same geographic range. Angulata is confined to rapid
streams and rivers with considerable current; Haroldiana to sloughs,
sluggish creeks, and slow-moving rivers; while subangulata was an
abundant Naiad in the great lakes which existed on the Pacific Coast
during the Pliocene period, « situation in which angulata is never and
Haroldiana seldom found. This is an excellent instance of a change
of station accompanying the evolution of the shell, and therefore of
particular interest.

In attempting to classify this species genetically the writer has
been in somewhat of a quandary. Either two comprehensive stages
equivalent and analogous to sub-genera in all the other Unionide
must be treated as one sub-genus (necessitating a definition sufficiently
broad to cover half the family and several genera which have nothing
to do with this series), or the species must be arbitrarily divided
into two species simply because the extremes are sufficiently distinct,
without regard for an unbroken chain of intermediate stages, or one
sub-species must be placed in one sub-genus and two in the other.
The last alternative has been followed, since it is most nearly in
keeping with natural relationships in the Naiades, though the writer
does not regard it as desirable from a classification standpoint. It is
an unfortunate limitation of the Linnean System that no disposition
was made in case intermediate forms have not died out, or died out
but left fossil remains.

The young of this species have been found in deep quiet reaches of
water burrowing into stiff mud or clay; juvenile Haroldiana occur
in similar situations.

GoyipEaA Hempartty, usp. Pl. VII, Fig. 19.

Shell reminding in a general way of G. angulata Haroldiana, but
decidedly smaller, proportionally more elongate, the postero-ventral
ridge less sharply defined and terminating in a rounded margin, shell
not broader posteriorly, and less obliquely decurtate behind, hinge
with a very rudimentary pseudo-cardinal in each valve; habitat
apparently lacustrine.

Length 31, breadth 14, depth of valve 5 mm.

Miocene: Contra Costa Lake beds, California.

Water-tunnel, head of Telegraph Canon, Berkeley Hills, California.

Named after Mr. Henry Hemphill, the veteran collector.

Genus ARNOLDINA, n.gen.

Anodonta (sp.), Lewis, 1875 (A. dejecta, Lewis).

Type, Anodonta dejecta, Lewis.

Shell of rather large size, averaging 80 mm. in length, anodontiform,
sub-solid, elongate-elliptical, distinctly broader posteriorly, moderately
inflated, beaks which are not elevated above general curvature of
shell, marked by prominent calycules and a few coarse doubly looped
ridges alternating with pits which lie along the postero-ventral ridge,

HANNIBAL: CALIFORNIAN FRESHWATER MOLLUSCA. 129

early growth elongate-ovate, hinge edentate and gently curved ;
habitat lacustro-fluviatile.

Arnoldina, named after Dr. Ralph Arnold, includes, so far as
known, the sole species, Anodonta dejecta, Lewis, a molluse which has
proved an anomaly to everyone who has studied it. The development,
peculiar beak- sculpture, and an indescribable iy texture of the
shell preclude its reference to Anodonta or any allied genus.

ARNOLDINA DEJECTA (Lewis). Pl. VI, Fig. 9.

Anodonta dejecta, Lewis, 1875, in Yarrow, 1875; A. Mearnsiana,
Simpson, 18938.
Shell as in genus; inhabits ponds and sluggish streams.
Arizona System.
Quaternary : Le Conte Lake beds, California.

Superfamily CYRENOIDE (Gray), 1840.

The Cyrenoidew, as here understood, embrace three families—the
Cyrenide, Gray, 1840 (Corbiculide, Gray, 1847), a comprehensive and
probably not entirely homogeneous group of brackish-water bivalves,
which does not concern this discussion particularly, the Spheeriide,
Bourguignat, 1885 (Cyclade, Fleming, 1828), and the Corneocycladide,
nov. (Pisidiade, Gray, 1857), aquatic groups, both of which are
represented west of the Rocky Mountains.

The simplest forms in each family have, or at one time had,
rudimentary hinge-teeth, a quadrate- elliptical form, and low sub-
central umbones. From this type there has been a general tendency
to develop a moderately complex hinge, the teeth corresponding to the
general formula — R. 101—0101- 101, L. 010-1010-010! — followed
ultimately by its degeneration, a iuile a trigonal outline and high
sub-terminal umbones are acquired. In the Cyrenidee and Spheeridee
the umbones migrate toward the anterior extremity, a modification
analogous to that taking place in the Unionoidese and various marine
Pelecypoda, notably the Mytilide and their allies. In the Corneo-
eycladide, however, the migration takes place toward the posterior
end. The cause is not understood, but there is reason to suspect it
to be produced in the same manner as the sinistral coiling of the
Gastropoda—the positions taken by the various cells in the early
cleavage stages of the developing embryo.

An interesting feature of the study of the Spheeriide and Corneo-
eycladide, somewhat aside from the systematic phase, is the colour
of the epidermis. Anyone, with the assistance of a few drops of
oxalic acid, may convince himself that the shells of the members
of these families are uniformly a pale-straw colour. Deposited in the
epidermis, however, at the time of its formation, are generally varying
amounts of iron salts which produce the grey, green, brown, and

' Eupera, a tropical genus, has but a single somewhat bifid cardinal in each
valve in species seen by the writer, and the cardinals of the right valve of
Corneocyclas, sub-gen. Pisidiwm, are commonly united above. On the
other hand, the Amesodas show a tendency toward a bifureation of the
cardinals.

130 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

black colours, commonly described as specific characters. Not
improbably this is a protective device on the part of the mollusc;
the writer’s experience would indicate that such is the case.

Family SPH ARIIDA, Bourguignat, 1885.

Shell small, quadrate, ovate, or trigonal, inflated, concentrically
striate, umbones sub-central or somewhat anterior, hinge more or less
developed, cardinal teeth small and feeble, laterals short and weak,
ligament deep-seated and inconspicuous, pallial line simple; animal
hermaphroditic, viviparous; habitat fluviatile and lacustrine.

Spherium and Musculium represent this family in the Nearctic
Region. The species are characteristically widespread; none of the
recent Californian forms are confined west of the Rocky Mountains,
and at least three are common to the Palearctic Region.

Genus Spuarium, Scopoli.

Tellina (sp.), Linné, 1758 (Z. cornea, L.); Sphertum, Scopoli, 1777
(7. cornea, ite Cyclas (sp.), Bruguiére, 1798, Lamarck, 1799
(7. cornea, L.), not as restricted by Link, 1807, and Dall, 1908 ;
Cornea, Megerle, 1811 (C. communis, Meg. = 7. cornea, L.);
Cycladea, RKafinesque, 1815 (emended form of Cyelas) ; Cycladites,
Kriiger, 1848 ; Corneola, Clessin in Westerlund, 1890 (7. cornea,
L.), not Corneola, Held, 1837.

Type, Zellina cornea, Linné.

Sub-genus Amusopa (Rafinesque).

Amesoda, Rafinesque, 1820 ( Cyclas similis, Say); Pisum, Bourguignat,
1857 (Cyclas rivicola, Leach), not Pisum, Megerle, 1811;
Spheriastrum, Bourguignat, 1854 (Cyclas rivicola, Leach) ;
Cyrenastrum, Bourguignat, 1854 (Cyclas solida, Normand).

Type, Cyelas similis, Say.

Sub-genus Sphertum, s.s. Shell of small size, averaging 10 mm. in
length, sub-solid, quadrate-discoidal, finely striate, beaks low, hinge-
teeth small, poorly developed, cardinals oblique to hinge, laterals
rather short ; habitat lacustrine and fluviatile.

Sub-genus Amesoda. Shell similar to preceding, but usually larger
(averaging 15mm. in length), and more solidly built, trigonal or
quadrate-trigonal in outline, completely coarsely striate, beaks
elevated, hinge heavier and better developed, one of the cardinals
commonly bifid ; Spherium stage passed during early adolescence ;
habitat similar to Spherium.

SpH#RIUM corNEuM (Linné).
Tellina cornea, Linné, 1758; Cyclas rhomboidea, Say, 1822.
Shell of moderate size, quadrate or quadrate-elliptical, moderately
or strongly inflated ; habitat lakes and quiet streams.
Boreal portions ae Palearctic and Nearctic Regions. Yukon, Fraser,
and Columbia Systems.
Quaternary: Loess of eastern States.

HANNIBAL: CALIFORNIAN FRESHWATER MOLLUSCA. 131

SpH#RIUM TENUE (Prime),

Cyclas tenuis, Prime, 1851; Spherium ocerdentale, Prime, 1860 ;
S. Uintaense, Call, 1886; S. Walkeri, Sterki, 1901.
Shell small, quadrate-discoidal, moderately compressed; habitat
lakes and marshes.
Boreal portions of Nearctic Region. Yukon, Columbia, and Utah
Systems.
Quaternary : Loess of eastern States.

SPHERIUM PATELLUM (Gould),
Cyclas patella, Gould, 1850; C. fabale, Prime, 1851; Spherium
Primeanum, Clessin, 1878.
Shell of moderate size, quadrate-elliptical, somewhat compressed ;
habitat marshy lakes and streams.
Boreal portions of Nearctic Region. Fraser and Columbia Systems.

SpH#R1uM (AMESODA) SIMILE (Say).

Cyclas similis, Say, 1817; C. striatina, Lamarck, 1818; C. staminea,
Conrad, 1834; C. dentata, Haldeman, 1841; C. aurea, Prime,
1851; C. solidula, Prime, 1851; C. nobilis, Gould, 1855;
Spherium Vermontanum, Prime, 1861; C. tumédum, Baird,
1863; S. ‘suleatum, Lam.’, Keep, 1888; S. Henderson, Sterki,
1906; S. Pilsbryanum, Sterki, 1909; S. Hettlemanensis, Arnold,
1910; S. Coopert, Arnold, 1910; not S. ‘ s¢mile, Say’, F..C.
Baker, 1898 = S. suleatum, Lam.

Shell of moderate or large size, quadrate-trigonal, varying from
moderately compressed to inflated, rather finely or coarsely striate ;
habitat lakes, marshes, and streams.

Nearctic Region. Fraser, Columbia, Klamath, Utah, Nevada,
Colorado, Arizona, and Coast Range Systems.

Quaternary: Loess of eastern States; Bonneville Lake beds, Utah ;
Lahontan Lake beds, Nevada. Pliocene: Santa Clara, Cache, and
Kettleman Lake beds, California.

Spnarium (Amesopa) Ipanornse (Meek).

Spherium (?) Idahoensis, Meek, 1870; S. rugosum, Meek, 1870 (fig. of
type only = juy. individual).
Shell very large, quadrate-trigonal, inflated, coarsely sparsely
striate ; habitat apparently lacustrine.
Eocene: Truckee Lake beds, Nevada; Payette Lake beds, Idaho.

SpHzrium (Amesopa) Rocersi, n.sp. Pl. VII, Fig. 21.

Shell large, elongate-trigonal, moderately inflated, coarsely striate ;
habitat apparently lacustrine.

Length 20, breadth 14°5, depth of valves 9°5 mm.

Eocene : local freshwater beds in Tejon formation, California.

One-fourth mile above Carnegie Pottery plant, in cutting along
Western Pacific Railway, Corral Hollow, Tesla, California (Stanford
University Geological Survey, per W. H. Ochsner) (H. Hannibal).

132 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

More elongate, more compressed, and more coarsely striate than
S. suleatum, which it most resembles. Named after Dr. A. F. Rogers,
chief of the Stanford University party who discovered the freshwater
deposits in the Eocene of Corral Hollow.

Spuzrium (Amesopa) CarHertnz, n.sp. Pl. VII, Fig. 20.

Shell small, striate, elongate-arceform, umbones high, nearly
medial, hinge-line rather straight, anterior and posterior margins
rounded; habitat apparently lacustrine.

Length 5, breadth 3°8, depth of valves 4 mm.

Eocene: Truckee Lake beds, Nevada,

Hill near Hawthorne on the Belmont stage-road, Nevada.

There is some doubt whether this species is really a Spherium; the
arceeform shape is peculiar. Named after Mrs. Catherine Stevens, of
San Diego.

Spozrium (AmEsopa) ANDERSONIANUM, n.sp. Pl. VI, Fig. 11.

Shell very large, comparing in size with S. (4.) rivicola of Europe,
but proportionally less inflated, less elongate, and trigonal-quadrate
rather than trigonal-ovate, striate, beaks high; habitat apparently
lacustrine.

Length 17:5, breadth 15, depth of valve 4mm.

Pliocene: Idaho Lake beds, Idaho and Oregon.

Badland Hills, one mile east of Sand Hollow, Oregon (type)
(R. B. Moran); near Baker City, Oregon (F. M. Anderson, per
I. B. Sturges) ; Oil City, Idaho (E. L. Ickes).

Named after Mr. F. M. Anderson, of the California Academy of
Science, who has kindly loaned the writer some interesting material
from the Pliocene lake deposits of Eastern Oregon.

Not subsequently recognized :
Spherium Spokani, Baird, 1863.
Spokane and Kootenai Rivers, British Columbia.

Spherium Californicum, Clessin, 1878.

California.

Genus Muscunium, Link.

Tellina (sp.), Miller, 1774 (72. lacustris, Miill.); Cyelas (sp.),
Draparnaud, 1805 (C. caliculata, Drap. = 7. lacustris, Miill.) ;
Museulium, Link, 1807 (7. lacustris, Mill.) ; Calyeulina, Clessin,
1872 (C. caliculata, Drap. = 7. lacustris, Mill.) ; Primella,
J. G. Cooper, 1890 (Spherium (Primella) Raymond, J. G. C. =
T. lacustris, Mill.).

Type, Zellina lacustris, Miiller.

Shell of moderate size, averaging 10 mm. in length, fragile, quadrate,
quadrate-ovate, or quadrate-trigonal, finely concentrically and radially
striate, umbones elevated and usually caliculate, sub-central or slightly
anterior, hinge rudimentary, the teeth minute, cardinals frequently
undeveloped or when developed those in right valve not separated
above ; habitat lacustrine.

HANNIBAL: CALIFORNIAN FRESHWATER MOLLUSCA. Io

For a genus possessing such a fragile shell it is remarkable that
Musculium should occur frequently as a fossil. It might be noted
that Spherium Florissantense, Ckll., of the Oligocene of Colorado,
groups here.

Mvscvrium Lacustre (Miiller).

Tellina lacustris, Miller, 1774; Cyclas Ryckholti, Normand, 1841;
C. truncata, Linsley, 1848; C. baiting Prime, 1851; C. rosacea,
Prime, 1851; C. securis, Prime, 1851; C. spherica, Anthony,
1852; Spherium lenticula, ‘Gould,’ Prime, 1862; ? S. Cooperianum,
Prime, 1869 (nude name); 8S. (Primella) Raymondi, J. G. Cooper,
1890.

Shell of small or moderate size, quadrate-trigonal, inflated in
umbonal region, beaks high; habitat lakes and marshes.
Palearctic and Nearctic Regions. Fraser, Columbia, Klamath,

Coast Range, and Mojave Systems.

Quaternary: Loess of eastern States; post-Glacial deposits of

Vancouver Island.

Muscutium ovate (Férussac).
Cyclas ovalis, Férussac, 1807; C. transversa, Say, 1829.
Shell large, elongate-quadrate, somewhat compressed, but varying
in this respect, umbones high; habitat lakes and marshes.
European and American Provinces, possibly extending into Colorado
? ’ to}
System.
MouscuLiuM PaRTUMEIUM (Say).

Cyclas partumeta, Say, 1822; C. elevata, Haldeman, 1841; C. Jayensis,
Prime, 1851; Spherium ‘ patella, Gould’, Keep, 1888.
Shell large, aiadiste orate moderately or but slightly inflated,
umbones low; habitat lakes and marshes.
Nearctic Region. Klamath and Coast Range Systems.
Quaternary : Loess of eastern States. Miocene: Contra Costa Lake
beds, California.

Family CORNEOCYCLADIDZ, n.fam.

Shell small or minute, sub-solid, ovate or trigonal, compressed or
inflated, finely concentrically striate, umbones posterior or posteriorly
sub-terminal, hinge well developed or more or less obsolete, ligament
deep-seated and inconspicuous, pallial line simple; animal herma-
phroditic, viviparous; habitat lakes, marshes, streams, and springs,
less frequently in moist situations.

The Californian Corneocycladide belong exclusively to the type
and principal group Corneocyclas. Corneocyclas is, however, not
coextensive with the old genus Pistdium; Tellina Henslowiana,
Sheppard, of Europe and the eastern States, and Pisedium cruciatum
of Sterki (American Province) belong to Zropidocyclas, a group whose
species indicate a radially sculptured stage now outgrown in their
phylogenetic histories.

Many of the members of this family are of widespread occurrence.
As frequently happens with microscopic species distributed over

134 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

considerable areas, there has been a rather unnecessary duplication of
specific names and consequently much confusion of the literature.
The revision of the Nearctic species has not been difficult since
cotypes, locotypes, or named specimens (chiefly examined by the late
KE. W. Roper) of nearly all have been at hand, but the European
species constitute a problem which the writer feels neither the
inclination or capability of undertaking; hence the synonymy of
Corneocyclas pulchella, which extends to the Old World, is another
story. It is probable that when the Palearctic forms are thoroughly
worked up they will be found to be comparatively few in number, as
is true of the North American species. One of the chief stumbling-
blocks in classification seems to be the colour of the epidermis. Since
this is known to be not of hereditary consequence, and the grouping
of the species offers no particular difficulties, the elucidation of the
specific synonymy becomes a comparatively simple problem.

Genus Corneocycras, Férussac.?

Tellina (sp.), Gmelin, 1788 (7. pusilla, Gmel.); Cyclas (sp.), Say,
1817 (C. dubia, Say = T. Virginica, Gmel.); Corneocyclas (pars),
Ferussac, 1818 (7. pusilla, Gmel.) ; Phymesoda, Ratinesque, 1820
(C. dubia, Say = T. Virginica, Gmel.); Galileya, Costa, 1839
(G@. tenebrosa, Costa = Pistdium pulchellum, Jenyns); Euglesia,
‘Leach MS.,’ Gray, 1840 (4. Henslowtana, ‘Leach MS.’ (not
T. Henslowiana, Shepp.) = 7. pusilla, Gmel.), in synonymy ;
Buglesa, Leach, 1852 (7. pusilla, Gmel.); Cycladina, Clessin,
1871 (Z. pusilla, Gmel.); Cymatocyclas, Dall, 1908 (Pistdium
compressum, Prime).

Type, Zellina pusilla, Gmelin.

Sub-genus Pisrprum (Pfeiffer),
Cardium (sp.), Montagu, 1803 (Zellina amnica, Mill.); Pisidium,
Pfeiffer, 1821 (P. obliquum, Pfr. = T. amnica, Miill.); Pera,
‘Leach MS.,’ Gray, 1840 (P. fluviatilis, Leach MS. = 7. amnica,

' Dall, Trans. Wagn. Inst., iii (4), p. 1460, 1903, has shown that Corneocyclas,
originally based on an assemblage of Cyrenoidee, from which Tellina
pusilla, Gmel., was selected as type, in a restricted sense takes priority
over the more familiar name of this group, Pisidiwm of Pfeiffer. Corneo-
cyclas has been generally regarded as a synonym of Spheriwm, hence
there have been objections to the use of the name in this novel connexion.
The problem resolves itself into choosing the lesser of two evils. Pisidiwm
cannot be retained as the genus in any event on account of the prior
Phymesoda of Rafinesque. Anyone floundering through the maze of
spelling and names in the Monographie in an attempt to determine what
Rafinesque really intended to designate his genus and the species described
under it (to say nothing of identifying the former except for the citation of
Cyclas dubia, Say), would welcome Corneocyclas as a straw to a drowning
man. Since Dall appears to be the first writer to establish a type for
Férussac’s group, and the one selected was not excluded from consideration,
it does not seem necessary to question why this particular species should
have been cited. Already Corneocyclas has found a place in the literature
of the American and Australian freshwater Cyrenoids, and, if for no other
reason, should not be disregarded without good reason.

HANNIBAL: CALIFORNIAN FRESHWATER MOLLUSCA. 135

Miull.), in synonymy; Pisum, Gray, 1847 (7. amnica, Miill.), not
Pisum, Megerle, 1811; Cordula, Leach, 1852 (7. amnica, Mill.) ;
‘ Museulium, Link,’ H. & A. Adams, 1857 (Z. amnica, Mill.) ;
Fluminina, Clessin, 1873 (7. amniea, Miill.).

Type, Zellina amnica, Miiller.

Sub-genus Pistdium. Shell small or minute, ovate, rather com-
pressed, umbones low, somewhat posterior and naked, hinge well
developed, cardinal teeth small and usually joined above in right
valve, the anterior transverse, the posterior sub-parallel to hinge,
laterals short and weak ; habitat chiefly in rivers.

Sub-genus Corneocyclas, s.s. Shell similar to preceding but trigonal,
umbones elevated, posteriorly sub-terminal, hinge rather poorly
developed, teeth sub-obsolete; Pis¢diwm stage usually completed in
or shortly after leaving the marsupium (species which pass the
Pisidium stage in the marsupium are frequently caliculate, due to
the abrupt change in mode of growth); habitat lakes and springs,
uncommonly in streams.

Corneocyctas (PIstpIuM) PULCHELLA AaBbITA (Haldeman).

Pisidium abditum, Haldeman, 1841; P. ultramontanum, Prime, 1865 ;
P. Angelicum, Rowell, 1865; P. nivale, Westerlund, 1885 ;
P. Randolphi, Roper, 1895; P. Rowelli, Sterki, 1908 ; P. abditum
Huachucanum, Pilsbry & Ferriss, 1906,

Shell of moderate size, rather narrowly ovate and pointed anteriorly,
compressed, beaks inconspicuous, hinge moderately developed; habitat
streams, forms intergrading toward pulchel/a in lakes and springs.

Palearctic and Nearctic Regions, Mexican Province.

Quaternary: Loess of eastern States; Summer Lake beds, Oregon.

Intergrading forms between this sub-species and pulchella are
abundant and often hard to place.

CorneEocycias (Pistp1om) Meek, n.sp. Pl. VI, Fig. 12.

? Spherium rugosum, Meek, 1877 (pars).

Shell large, broadly quadrate-ovate, moderately compressed, beaks
low, hinge well developed; habitat apparently lacustrine.

Length 11, breadth 11, depth of valve 3 mm. ;

Kocene: Truckee Lake beds, Nevada; Payette Lake beds, Idaho.

Hill near Hawthorne on the Belmont stage-road, Nevada.

A large species recalling C. (P.) amnica, but broader, more convex,
and rather quadrate in outline.

Not recognized by subsequent writers :
Pisidium Sibericum, Clessin, 1870.
Siberia; Port Clarence, Alaska.

Pisidium borealis, Clessin in Westerlund, 1890.
Siberia; Port. Clarence, Alaska.

136 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Corneocycras Virernica (Gmelin).
Tellina Virginica, Gmelin, 1788; Cyclas dubia, Say, 1817.

Shell large, broadly trigonal-ovate, moderately inflated, umbones
conspicuous and decidedly anterior, hinge fairly developed; habitat _
lakes and streams.

Boreal portions of American Province. Yukon System

Quaternary : Loess of eastern States; Yukon Valley, Aeekae

A species more or less intermediate in character between Pisidiun
and Corneocyclas, but grouping best with the latter.

CoRNEOCYCLAS PULCHELLA (Jenyns).

Pisidium pulchellum, Jenyns, 1832; P. variabile, Prime, 1851;
P. Adamsi, Prime, 1851; P. ferrugineum, Prime, 1851; P. nov-
eboracense, Prime, 1853; P. occidentale, Newcomb, 18638 ; P. ensigne,
Gabb, 1868; P. Harfordianum, Prime, 1869 (nude name), fide
cotypes; P.arcticum, Westerlund, 1885; P. glaciale, Westerlund,
1885; P. scutellatum, Sterki, 1890; P. Ropert, Sterki, 1898;
P. Ashmuni, Sterki, 19038; P. proximum, Sterki, 1906; P.
Californicum, ‘Newcomb MS.,’ Berry, 1908 (nude name), fide
locotypes ; P. Maret, Sterki, 1909.

Shell of moderate size, prevailing smaller than sub-sp. abdita
apparently, sub-trigonal, inflated, beaks prominent and sub-terminal,
hinge not well developed, teeth sub-obsolete ; habitat springs, marshes,
lakes, and moist places, infrequently in streams intergrading with adbdita.

Distribution apparently same as abdita.

Quaternary: Loess of eastern States; post-Glacial deposits of
Vancouver Island; Summer Lake beds, Oregon; Owens Lake beds,
California. Pliocene: Cache Lake beds, California.

The specific and varietal names adopted for this Corneoeyclas and its
sub-species are probably not the earliest, but they are the earliest
which the writer with the literature and material at hand has been
able to satisfy himself were actually applied to it.

CorNEOCYCLAS COMPRESSA (Prime).
Pisidium compressum, Prime, 1851.
Shell of small size, distinctly trigonal, inflated, beaks narrow and
high, sub-terminal, hinge moderately developed ; habitat lacustrine.
Nearciic Region. Yukon, Fraser, Columbia, Nevada, Klamath,
Coast Range, Arizona, and Los Angeles (locally) Systems.
Quaternary : Loess of eastern States; Lahontan Lake beds, Nevada.

Pliocene: Kettleman, Santa Clara, and Cache Lake beds, California.
Miocene: Contra Costa Lake beds, California.

CorNEOCYCLAS ROTUNDATA (Prime).
Pisidium rotundatum, Prime, 1841.

Shell minute, ovate-trigonal, strongly inflated, beaks broad, elevated,
and decidedly anterior, hinge much reduced ; habitat lacustrine.
Boreal portions of American Province. Yukon System.

HANNIBAL: CALIFORNIAN FRESHWATER MOLLUSCA. 137

CorNEOCYCLAS XQUILATERALIS (Prime).
Pisidium equilaterale, Prime, 1852.
Shell of moderate size, inflated, beaks narrow, anterior, and some-
what elevated, hinge moderately developed ; habitat chiefly lakes.
American Province, Siberia. Yukon System.
Quaternary: Loess of Kotzebue Sound, Alaska.

CorneEocyctas Ipanornsts (Roper).

_ Pisidium Idahoensis, Roper, 1896.

Shell of very large size, ovate-trigonal, strongly inflated, beaks
broad, elevated, and decidedly anterior, teeth sub- obsolete ; habitat
fakes.

Boreal portions of American Province. Yukon, Fraser, and
Columbia Systems.

Cornrocycias Trempert, n.sp. Pi. VII, Fig. 22.

Shell minute, globular-trigonal, beaks anterior, broad, and somewhat
elevated, hinge much reduced; habitat marshy lakes. Length 1:4,
altitude 1°3mm.; depth of valves 1 mm.

Mojave System.

Bluff Lake Cienaga, San Bernardino Mountains, California
(H. Hannibal).

Named after Dr. R. H. Tremper, the first conchologist to visit this
portion of the San Bernardino Mountains.

GASTROPODA.
Superfamily LYMNOIDEZ (Broderip), 1839.

The Lymnoidee, which embrace the purely aquatic inoperculate
pulmonates of the North Temperate regions and the bulk of those
inhabiting the more tropical portions of the world, include a number
of families, all simple types, but differing fundamentally in the
manner of whorling and ontogenetic stages. And the anatomy, of
which much has been written, but little is actually known that will
assist in explaining the internal modifications each group has under-
gone, appears to have specialized along dissimilar lines. There are
excellent reasons for believing that these groups, like less bizarre
types in general, are of considerable antiquity. The Planorbide had
already reached their present specialization at the dawn of the
Cenozoic, while a Physa, P. prisea, Walcott, was described several
years ago from the Carboniferous of Nevada, a discovery which carries
this genus back to rank as one of the oldest known freshwater
molluses.

Family LYMNAIDA, Broderip, 1839 (emended).

Shell of small or moderate size, dextral or sinistral, spire elevated,
whorls varying from appressed to inflated, imperforate to umbilicate,
columellar axis varying in different snb-families, aperture ranging
from succiniform to auriculiform ; animal dextral, hermaphroditic,

15 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

buccal plate with accessory lateral jaws, tentacles flat and triangular,
foot quadrate ; habitat aquatic or amphibious.
There are three sub-families as follows :—

Sub-family ACELLIN A, n.sub-fam.

Whorls appressed, columellar axis imperforate and twisted, produced
by a simple oblique reflection of the inner lip, aperture succiniform ;
habitat deep waters of lakes.

Genus, Acella.}

Sub-family LYMN AINA

Whorls somewhat inflated, columellar axis sub-perforate and twisted,
with a more or less distinct marginal fold, aperture sub-auriculiform ;
habitat lakes and streams, generally in shallow waters.

Genus, Lymnea, 8.8.

Sub-family

Whorls inflated, columellar axis straight and umbilicate, the
marginal fold obsolete, umbilicus partially hidden by a wide, smooth,
vertical expansion of the inner lip, aperture auriculiform; habitat,
young stages passed in water, adults more or less amphibious in habits.

Genus, Lymnaea; sub-genus, Galba.

As with other groups treated in these pages, the old genus Zymnea
(frequently spelt Zémnea) has undergone various vicissitudes during
the last generation, and several classifications have been proposed, of
which that of Dall in 1905 is perhaps the best, though unnecessarily
elaborate for practical purposes. The North American species, which
number about a dozen, may be segregated into Acella, Haldeman,
a strictly American erowiee group, and a very primitive one based
on asingle species, Lymnea, s.s., which includes the larger species of
aquatic “habits with a gyrate pillar, and Lymnea, sub-genus Galba,
which embraces the smaller amphibious species with a reflected pillar.
Other groups have recently been given generic rank, but space is too
valuable to devote to their discussion ; the new ones proposed will be
found in their proper places in the succeeding synonymy.

Lymnea, s.s., and Galba are circumboreal, and occur extensively in
the fossil state. Lymnea ranges from the Mesozoic to the present,
while Galba is first known from the older Tertiary. Plewrolimnea,
Meek, based on a Laramie and Eocene fossil, Z. tenuicosta, M. & H.,
from the Rocky Mountain region, has gone the rounds of the literature
unquestioned as a member of ‘this family. Its striking resemblance to
Zaptychius, Waleott, of the Nevada Carboniferous, and Zortacella,
White, of the Utah Cretaceous, which together ‘form a pecuhar
group of Auriculoid pulmonates, apparently extinct, suggests that its
columellar characters should be carefully examined with a view of
redetermining its family position.

1 Acella is included here merely to give an understanding of the classification.
No attempt is made to give a complete list of the exotic genera of the
various sub-families.

HANNIBAL: CALIFORNIAN FRESHWATER MOLLUSCA. 139

Genus Lymnma, Lamarck.

Helix (sp.), Linné, 1758 (HZ. stagnalis, L.); Lymnea, Lamarck, 1799
(H. stagnalis, L.); Limneus, Draparnaud, 1801 (emended form) ;
Lymnus, Montfort, 1810 (emended form); Radix, Montfort, 1810
(ZH. auricularia, L.); Limnea, Desmarest, 1812 (emended form),
non Poli, 1795, polynomial; ZLymneus, Braird, 1815 (emended
form); Lymneus, Cuvier, 1817 (emended form); Lymnula,
Rafinesque, 1819 (emended form); Auricularia, Fabricius, 1823
(nude name); Lymnea, Risso, 1826 (emended form), not Lymnea,
Rafinesque, 1815; Limnea, Fleming, 1828 (emended form);
Stagnicola, * Leach MS.,’ Jeffreys, 1830 (S. communis, Leach MS.
= Buccinum palustre, Mill.), in synonymy; Gulnaria, ‘Leach MS.,’
Turton, 1831 (4. auricularia, L.), in synonymy; Leachia,
Jeffreys, 1833 (HZ. stagnalis, L.), not Leachia, Lesueur, 1821, nor
Risso, 1829; Limnophysa, Fitzinger, 1833 (B. palustre, Miill.);
Bulimnea, Haldeman, 1841 (Z. megasoma, Say); Weritostoma,
piiems* (Hi: & A. Adams, 1855, (CA. dipaeilaria, L.); | Auricula,
‘Klein,’ H. & A. Adams, 1858 (ZH. stagnalis, L.); Eulimneus,
Sandberger, 1875 (H. stagnalis, L.); Polyrhytis, Meek, 1876
(Limnea Kingi, Meek = H. Auricularia, L.); Pseudosuceinea,
F.C. Baker, 1908 (LZ. columella, Say).

Type, Helix stagnalis, Linné.

Sub-genus Garsa (Shrank),

Buccinum (sp.), Miiller, 1773 (B. truncatulum, Miill.); Galba,
Shrank, 1808 (B. trauncatulum, Mill.) ; Leptolimnea, Swainson,
1840 (Limneus elongatus, Drap. = Buecinum glabrum, Miill.);
Leptolimneus, Sandberger, 1875 (emended form); Jvssaria,
Westerlund, 1885 (B. truncatulum, Miill.); Simpsonia, F.C. Baker,
1911 (L. humilis, Say = B. truncatulum, Mill.).

Type, Buccinum truncatulum, Miller.

Sub-genus Lymnea, s.s. Shell of moderate size, averaging 25 mm.
in altitude, dextral, whorls normally sub-appressed or moderately
inflated, sub-perforate, aperture succiniform or sub-auriculiform, axis
simply reflexed in adolescent stage, with a rudimentary, well- -developed,
or sub-obsolete marginal fold in adult; habitat aquatic, chiefly in
shallower portions of lakes and in sluggish streams, but not entirely
confined to such situations.

Sub-genus Galba. Shell similar to preceding, but small, averaging
10mm. in altitude, umbilicate, whorls usually well inflated, axis
simply reflexed in early adolescence, with a gyrate marginal fold in
later development (Lymnaea stage), adult with a smooth vertical
expansion of the inner lip reflected over the umbilicus ; habitat, the
young in aquatic situations, the adults in springs, or more generally
in moist places with Succinea, particularly on tangles of alow.

The Lymneas are characteristically of widespread occurrence.
Of the species found west of the Rocky Mountains, four, Z. stagnalis,
L. palustris, L. auricularia, and L. ( Galba) truncatula, are cireumboreal,
all of the remainder, except the newly characterized LZ. Cooper’, occur

140 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

in the American Province, while of the species in the latter region
but four are absent from the area under consideration. This extent
of distribution is without doubt dependent upon the adaptability of
the species to a variety of surroundings. JZ. Coopert and L. truncatula
may be noted as examples; the former is practically confined to
mountain streams, and unknown except in the Coast Ranges and
adjacent valleys between San Francisco and Point Conception,
California. LZ. truncatula, on the other hand, occurs in a wide variety
of situations, marshy borders of lakes, moist banks of streams, and
even such artificial situations as greenhouses; if is unquestionably
the most extensively distributed member of the family.

Owing to the chaotic condition of the species of this genus in recent
literature, it has been considered wise to include a brief account of
each of the valid recent American Province forms. Only a few more
prominent synonyms are mentioned, and no attempt is made to note
the numerous mistaken identifications resulting from certain ‘ New
School’ writers using utterly worthless characters in specific dis-
crimination. In case of doubt Binney’s Land and Fresh-water Shells
of North America may usually be taken as a guide in determining the
particular species the writer refers to.

Lymyza sracnatis (Linné),

Helix stagnalis, Linné, 1758; Lymneus appressus, Say, 1821; Limneus
speciosus, Ziegler in Rossmiissler, 1835; Limnea ‘jugularis, Say’,
Haldeman, 1841; Z. depida, Gould, 1847 (juvenile); Z. stagnalis,
var. occidentalis, Hemphill, 1890 (syntonic form); JZ. stagnalis
Sanctemarie, Walker, 1892 (syntonic form); ZL. stagnalis, var.
Higleyt, F. C. Baker, 1905 (syntonic form); JZ. stagnalis, var.
perampla, Walker, 1908 (syntonic form); JZ. stagnalis Lulliane,
F. C. Baker, 1910; LZ. stagnalis Wasatchensis, ‘ Hemphill MS
RC. Baker, 1901:

Shell large, spire acuminate, whorls but slightly inflated, imperforate,
aperture sub-succiniform, columellar fold pronounced ; habitat lakes
and marshes.

Boreal and Arctic portions of Palearctic and Nearctic Regions.
Yukon, Alaska, Fraser, Columbia, Utah, Colorado (locally), Nevada,
Klamath, and Coast Range (locally) Systems.

Quaternary: Loess of eastern States; Lahontan Lake beds, Nevada ;
Bonneville Lake beds, Utah; post-Glacial deposits of Vancouver
Island.

LyMN#A AvuRIcULARIA (Linné).

Helix aurieularia, Linné, 1758 (syntonic form); Buccinum peregrum,
Miiller, 1774; Lymnea catascopium, Say, 1817 ; ; Lymneus emar-
ginatus, Say, 1821 (syntonic form); Z. pinguis, § Say, 1825 (syntonic
form) ; Limnaa pallida, Adams, 1840; Z. decollata, Mighels, 1841
syntonic form); Z. ampla, Michels, 1843 (syntonic ‘form), not
Gulnaria ampla, Hartm., likewise = auricularia, L.; Limneus
Ontariensis, ‘ Muhlfeldt MS.,’ Kiister in Chemnitz, 1862 (syntonic
form); Limnea Sumassi, Baird, 1863 (partim, front view);

HANNIBAL: CALIFORNIAN FRESHWATER MOLLUSCA. 141

L. Mighelst, Binney, 1865 ; L. Binneyi, Tryon, 1865; L. angulata,
Sowerby, 1872 (syntonic form); JZ. Canadensis, Sowerby, 1872 ;
L. (Polyrhytis) Kingi, Meek, 1877 (syntonic form) ;1 Z, sealaris,
Westerlund, 1883 (syntonic form); ZLimnophysa Bonnevillensis,
Call, 1884 (syntonic form); Radix ampla, var. Utahensis, Call,
1884 (syntonic form); ZLimnea ovata, var. Athaensis, Dall, 1884
(nude name); Limneus Atkinensis, ‘ Dall,’ Clessin, 1886 (syntonic
form); Limnea Woodrufi, ¥. C. Baker, 1901; Z. emarginata,
var. montana, Elrod, 1902 (syntonic form); ZL. Randolphi, F. C.
Baker, 1904 (syntonic form); Z. decollata Onoroensis, F.C. Baker,
1904 (syntonic form); ZL. (Binney, var.?) Preble, Dall, 1905
(syntonic form); Z. Peterst, Dall, 1905 (syntonic form); Z. Wasoni,
F. C. Baker, 1906 (syntonic form); Z. Hinkley’, ¥. C. Baker,
1906 (syntonic form); L. Jacksonensis, F.C. Baker, 1907 (syntonic
form); ZL. pseudopinguis, F. C. Baker, 1907 (syntonic form) ;
L. Davisi, Walker, 1908 (syntonic form); Z. Pilsbryana, Walker,
1909 (syntonie form); ZL. emarginata Wisconsinensis, F. C. Baker,
1910 (syntonic form); Galba catascopium Adamsi, F. C. Baker,
1911; G. Alaskensis, ¥. ©. Baker, 1911 (syntonic form); G. cata-
scopium Niagraensis, F.C. Baker, 1911; G. ‘apicina, Lea’, F. C.
Baker, 1911; G. ‘ apicina solida, Lea’, F. C. Baker, 1911.

Shell normally” of moderate size, spire broadly elevated, whorls
moderately inflated, sub-perforate, aperture auriculiform, columellar
fold inclined to partial obsolescence; habitat lakes and sluggish
streams.

Boreal portions of Palearctic and Nearctic Regions. Yukon, Alaska,
Fraser, Columbia (locally—headwaters adjacent to upper Missouri
Basin only), and Utah Systems.

Quaternary: Loess of eastern States; Bonneville Lake beds, Utah.

Lymyma patustris (Miiller).

Buccinum palustre, Miller, 1774 ; Lymneus elodes, Say, 1821 (syntonic
form); LZ. desidiosus, Say, 1821 (syntonic form); Zimneus
umbrosus, Say, 1832; Limnea expansa, Haldeman, 1840;
L. Nuttalliana, Lea, 1841; LZ. Vahli, Beck, in Moller, 1842;
L. Pingelet, Beck, in Moller, 1842; ZL. fragilis, Haldeman, 1842,
not Helix fragilis, L. = L. stagnalis, L.; L. proxima, Lea, 1856
(syntonic form); JZ. ‘pallida, Adams’, Lea, 1856; Limnea
Haydeni, Lea, 1856 (syntonic form); ZL. Sumassi, Baird, 1863
(except front view); JZ. Zraski, Tryon, 1863 (syntonic form) ;
L. ‘ refleca, Say’, Tryon, 1863 (syntonic form); Z. Zraski, Lea,
1864 (not of Tryon, 1863, likewise = Z. palustris, Miill.) ;
L. arctica, Lea, 1864; ZL. Rowelli, Tryon, 1865 (syntonie form) ;

1 Professor G. D. Louderback informs the writer that the ‘ Pliocene’ of Cache
Valley, Utah, whence this species was described, is, in all probabilities,
merely an extension of the Lake Bonneville sediments.

* L. auricularia is subject to excessive syntonic variation. LL. peregra, of
Europe, and L. catascopiwm, of America, were based on comparatively
normal individuals. No attempt is made to give adescription broad enough
to cover the aberrant forms.

142 . PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

L. Tryontt, Lea, in Tryon, 1865; ZL. Zryoniana, Lea, 1866;
LL. (Limnophysa) Shurtlefi, Tryon, 1866 (syntonie form) ;
I. contracta, Currier, 1872 (syntonic form); JZ. Californica,
Sowerby, 1872 (syntonic form); ZL. cnterstriata, Sowerby, 1872
(syntonic form); ZL. palustris, var. septentrionalis, ‘Clessin MS.,’
Kobelt, 1880; Leptolimnea ‘ Kirtlandiana, Lea’, Keep, 1888
(syntonie form); Limnea palustris Michiganensis, Walker, 1892
(syntonic form); L. reflexa Jolietensis, F. C. Baker, 1901 (syntonie
form); LZ. Leai, F. C. Baker, 1907 (syntonic form) ; Z. Danielsi,
F. C. Baker, 1907 (syntonie form); Galba palustris Alpenensis,
F. C. Baker, 1911 (syntonic form); G. palustris Blachleyi, F.C.
Baker, 1911 (syntonic form); G. neopalustris, F. C. Baker, 1911
(syntonic form).

Shell of moderate size, spire well elevated, whorls moderately
inflated, sub-perforate, aperture somewhat narrowly auriculiform,
columellar fold well developed; habitat lakes, marshes, and sluggish
streams.

Boreal portions of Palearctic and Nearctic Regions. Entire
Californian Province except Los Angeles and Arizona Systems.

Quaternary: Loess of eastern States ; Lahontan Lake beds, Nevada ;
Bonneville Lake beds, Utah; post-Glacial deposits of Vancouver and
San Juan Islands.

LYMN#A COLUMELLA, Say.

Lymnea columella, Say, 1817; Limnea chalybea, Gould, 1840; L. casta,
Lea, 1841; LZ. Hrancisca, Poey, 1858; L. columella, var. Championt,
von Martens, 1899.

Shell rather small for group, fragile, spire somewhat elevated,
whorls but little inflated, imperforate, aperture sub-succiniform,
columellar fold incipiently developed; habitat quiet waters.

St. Lawrence Basin and Hudson Bay drainage south to Florida
and Texas (but absent from Great Plains and east slope of Rocky
Mountains), American Province; Gulf of Mexico and Pacifie drainages
south to Panama, Mexican Province; Antillean Province.

Quaternary : Loess of eastern States.

A primitive species. A rather rudimentary columellar fold is
developed, while more or less of the succiniform build of the ancestral
Acellinee is still retained.

LyMN#A REFLEXA (Say).

Lymneus reflexus, Say, 1821; L. exilis, Lea, 18387; LZ. Kirtlandiana,
Lea, 1841; Limnea lanceata, Gould, 1848; ZL. reflexa scalaris,
Walker, 1892, not Z. scalaris, Braun, 1853; ZL. refleca Walkert,
F. C. Baker, 1902; ZL. refleva Hemphilliana, F. C. Baker, 1904.

Shell of moderate size, solid, spire attenuate, whorls but little
inflated, imperforate, aperture succiniform, columellar fold imperfectly
developed; habitat lakes and sluggish streams.

St. Lawrence drainage and Mississippi Basin above junction of
Ohio and Mississippi Rivers, American Province.

Quaternary : Loess of eastern States.

HANNIBAL: CALIFORNIAN FRESHWATER MOLLUSCA. 143

Likewise a decidedly primitive species; the differential character
between these two and ZL. stagnalis is, however, rather one of degree
than any tangible distinction.

Lymyma MEGAsoMA (Say).

Lymneus megasomus, Say, 1824.

Shell very large, solid, bulimuliform, spire elevated, whorls inflated,
imperforate, aperture sub-auriculiform, columellar fold well developed
or sub-obsolete ; habitat lakes and sluggish streams.

Hudson Bay and St. Lawrence drainages, American Province.

A fine large species, which at first glance would hardly seem
referable to the same genus as Lymneus stagnalis, but connected
with it by Z. palustris and similar forms; in essential particulars it
is a true Lymnea. The colouring is unusually pronounced, but
L. reflexa, likewise a heavy-shelled species, presents much of the
same thing.

Lymyxa Conrracosta, J. G. Cooper.

Limnea Contracosta, J. G. Cooper, 1894.

Shell of moderate size, spire acutely elevated, whorls elongate,
rather appressed, and imperforate, aperture succiniform, columellar
fold well developed ; habitat apparently lacustrine.

Miocene: Contra Costa Lake beds, California; Mascall Lake beds,
Oregon.

A species suggesting Z. columella, but more attenuate, and nearly
twice the size, whorls long as in L. megasoma. The type was badly
crushed, hence the original figure does not portray the specific
characters well. The species is not uncommon in the Miocene of
the Berkeley Hills, however, so that its recognition is comparatively
simple. :

Lymnaa Srearnst, Hannibal.

Limnea maxima, Stearns, 1902 (nude name), 1906, figure, not
LL. stagnalis var. maxima, Collins, 1872; Z. Stearnsi, Hannibal
in F. C. Baker, 1911 (copy of original fig. of maxima, Stearns).

Shell large, spire elevated, whorls inflated and imperforate, aperture
sub - auriculiform, columella strongly folded; habitat apparently
lacustrine.

Miocene: Mascall Lake beds, Oregon.

A species of the build of Z. palustris, but decidedly larger and
proportionally broader. Stearns’ figure is nearly half as large again
as the natural size and rather crude.

Lymyza Coorrrt, n.sp. Pl. VI, Figs. 13a-c.

Limnea ‘obrussa, Say’, Tryon, 1865 (partim); L. ‘lepida, Gould’,
Carlton, 1870; Limnophysa ‘ ferruginea, Haldeman’, J. G. Cooper,
1870; LZ. ‘ obrussa, Say’, J. G. Cooper, 1872 (partim); Limnea
‘obrussa, Say (destdiosa, Say)’, Wood & Raymond, 1891;
L. ‘ obrussa, Say’, Hannibal, 1910.

Shell small for group, spire acuminate, whorls rather compressed
and imperforate, aperture narrowly auriculiform, columellar fold

VOL. X.—JUNE, 1912. 10

144 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

moderately developed; habitat chiefly mountain streams, less
frequently in lakes and ditches.

Type: altitude 11, breadth 5 mm. ; altitude of aperture 6°5, breadth
of aperture 3mm. A small specimen: altitude 7, breadth 3mm. A
large specimen: altitude 16, breadth 6 mm.

Coast Range System.

Santa Cruz Mountains, California: Spring, Wrights (type and small
cotype) (H. Hannibal); Adobe Creek, near California Camino Real
(large cotype) (H. Hannibal, H. M. Edson); creek at Congress
Springs (H. M. Edson); San Andreas Reservoir (H. Hannibal) ;
Crystal Springs Reservoir (H. Hannibal); Matedero Creek, near
California Camino Real (H. Hannibal, H. M. Edson); Lagunita,
Stanford University (Dr. J. P. Smith, R. E. Snodgrass, H. Hannibal,
H. M. Edson, 8. 8. Berry fide Berry MS.); San Francisquito Creek,
Stanford University (H. Hannibal, H. M. Edson, 8. S. Berry fide
Berry MS.); San Francisco (W. Wood), fide Wood & Raymond!;
Allanbee Gulch, Portola Valley (H. M. Edson, H. Hannibal);
water-trough, Boulder (H. Hannibal); Stone Water-trough Gulch
between Boulder and Ben Lomond (H. Hannibal) ; creeks near Santa
Cruz (J. G. Cooper), fide Cooper.

Santa Clara Valley: near San Jose (H. Hemphill), fide Cooper;
near Santa Clara (Miss A. E. Laws); Cottle-Malavous Slough,
Artesian Belt (H. Hannibal).

Diablo Range: San Miguel Canon (Miss A. E. Laws); Tienan’s
bog, Hall Valley (H. Hannibal); near Oakland, fide Tryon.

Gavilan Range: Bird Canon at forks, 8 miles west of Hollister
(H. Hannibal); Tres Pinos Creek, 2 miles south of Tres Pinos
(H. Hannibal).

San Joaquin Valley: irrigating ditches near Fresco (C. E. Jenney) ;
slough 8 miles west of Antioch (Miss Ward), fide Carlton!

This little Zymne@a, abundant in the mountain streams of middle
Western California, from its inconspicuous size and general similarity
to L. (Galba) obrussa, a species not known to occur within 200 miles,
has commonly masqueraded under one or another of the names applied
to that species. On careful inspection it may be distinguished by the
compressed nearly shouldered whorls, narrower aperture, and entirely
different thin gyrate pillar. Carlton’s reference of this species to
L. lepida, Gould, is interesting on account of the general similarity
of Coovert to stagnalis at one-fourth scale. The writer takes pleasure
in perpetuating the name of the late Dr. J. G. Cooper, who, during
the last generation, did more than any other writer to make known
the freshwater shells of Western North America.

Lymyma (GatBa) TRUNcATULA (Miller).

Buceinum truncatulum, Miller, 1774; ZLymneus humilis, Say, 1822;
L. modicellus, Say, 1825; Limnea umbilicata, C. B. Adams, 1840 ;
L. parva, Lea, 1841; L. Griffithiana, Lea, 1841; L. curta, Lea,
1841; LZ. rustica, Lea, 1841; ZL. extgua, Lea, 1841; L. Holbolli,
Beck in Morch, 1857; L. (Leptolimnea) Pilsbryi, Hemphill, 1890
(syntonic form); ZL. ‘desidiosa, Say’, Dall, 1897; ZL. Sterkit,

HANNIBAL! CALIFORNIAN FRESHWATER MOLLUSCA. 145

F. C. Baker, 1905; Z. Owascaensis, F. C. Baker, 1905; ZL. Dali,
F. C. Baker, 1906; Z. Alamosensis, Arnold, 1907; L. cyclostoma,
Walker, 1908; Galba Doddsi, F. C. Baker, 1911; G. bulimordes
(partim), F. C. Baker, 1911.

Shell of small or moderate size for group, spire elevated or acuminate,
whorls well inflated and umbilicate, aperture roundly auriculiform,
pillar showing no trace of columellar fold, the reflection of the inner
lip broad; habitat generally in marshy situations about lakes or
streams, also in mountain brooks and springs, frequently in green-
houses.

Entire Palearctic and Nearctic Regions, extending south into
mountainous portions of Mexican Province.

Quaternary: Loess of eastern States; Lahontan Lake beds, Nevada ;
caleareous spring deposit, Los Alamos Valley, and alluvial deposits of
San Soaquin Valley, California. Miocene: Contra Costa Lake beds,
California.

Lymynza (Gaga) osrussa (Say).

Lymneus obrussus, Say, 1825; L. galbanus, Say, 1825; ZL. plica, Lea,
1841; ZL. exigua, Lea, 1841; LZ. Philadelphica, Lea, 1841 ;
LL. planulata, Lea, 1841; Limnea ferruginea, Haldeman, 1841 ;
LL. acuta, Haldeman, 1842; L. desidiosa (partim), Haldeman, 1842 ;
LL. desidiosa, var. Decampi, Streng, 1896; ZL. ‘ Adelina, 'Vryon’,
Pilsbry, 1898; ZL. truncatula, Dall, 1905 (partim); L. desidiosa,
var. peninsule, Walker, 1908.

Shell of moderate size, spire elevated or acuminate, whorls somewhat
inflated, sub-perforate, aperture narrowly auriculiform, columellar fold
nearly or entirely obsolete; habitat streams and lakes on floating
alge or along shore, generally but partially immersed, mountain
brooks.

Boreal portions of Nearctic Region extending south to Colorado in
Rocky Mountains. Columbia, Utah, and Klamath Systems.

Quaternary: Loess of eastern States; Bonneville Lake beds, Utah.

Reported from Mexico; the record will doubtless prove to have
been founded on the preceding species. As with solida and the
European glabra, this Lymneid is barely beyond the Lymnaea stage and
hardly a typical Galba.

Lymyza (Gaba) capErata (Say).

Lymneus caperatus, Say, 1829; L. Smithsoniana, Lea, 1866; Limnea
ferrisst, F. C. Baker, 1902 ; LZ. umbilicata, Cubensis, Pingeler, and
opacina (error for apicina) of authors.

Shell of moderate or large size for group, spire bluntly acuminate
or sub-pupiform, whorls inflated, marked by spiral fringes of epidermis,
and umbilicate, aperture roundly auriculiform, pillar with an obsolete
columellar fold; habitat moist places in the vicinity of lakes and
sloughs.

Boreal portion of American Province.

Frequently reported from portions of the Californian Province.
The records, so far as they have been verified, have proved to have

146 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIEYY.

been based on solida, solida Cubensis, and truncatula. On the other
hand caperata is frequently identified as one or another of these
species. Altogether it is a very badly misunderstood Lymnea.

Lymyaza (Gaxpa) sora (Lea).

Limnea solida, Lea, 1838; L. apicina, Lea, 1838; L. bulimoides, Lea,
1841; LZ. Adelina, Tryon, 1863; L. <ampla, Mighels’, Keep,
1888 (syntonic form) ; L. (Stagnicola?) perpolita, Dall, 1906
(syntonic form); JZ. bulimoides Sonomaensis, ‘Hemphill MS..,’
Pilsbry & Ferriss, 1906 (syntonic form); Z. Hendersoni, F. C.
Baker, 1909; Z. Cubensis Sanetijosephi, Hannibal, 1910 (syntonice
form); Galba ‘ caperata, Say’, F. C. Baker, 1911 (partim).

Lymyn#a (Garba) soripa Cusensts (Pfeiffer).
LInimnea Cubensis, Pfeiffer, 1889; L. ‘caperata, Say’, Tryon, 1863 ;
L. Lecontet, Lea, 1864; L. techella, Haldeman, 1868; ZL. ‘humilis,
Say ’, Keep, 1888; ZL. Bryanti, F. C. Baker, 1905; Z. Cubensis
aspirans, Pilsbry, 1910; Galba bulimoides Cassi, F. C. Baker, 1911;
G. ‘ Galbana, Say’, F. C. Baker, 1911 (partim).

Lymnea solida. Shell of moderate size for group, horny, spire
bluntly elevated, whorls inflated, sub-perforate, aperture broadly
auriculiform, columellar fold sub-obsolete or (usually) obsolete ;
habitat lakes and sluggish streams, commonly on floating alge.

Missouri Basin in American Province. Yukon, Alaska, Fraser,
Columbia, Utah, Colorado, Nevada, Klamath, and Coast Range
Systems, rarely farther south.

Quaternary : Lahontan Lake beds, Nevada; Christmas Lake beds,
Oregon.

Lymnea solida Cubensis. Shell as in preceding, but porcellanous
rather than horny, whorls more inflated, more deeply sutured, and
more pronouncedly umbilicate, pillar showing no trace of columellar
fold in adult; solida stage passed during adolescence ; habitat with
Succinea in moist places, particularly marshes and about the borders
of lakes and sluggish streams.

Antillean and Mexican Provinces. Gulf region, and northward to
Colorado, west of the Mississippi River in American Province.
Arizona, Los Angeles, Mojave, Coast Range, Klamath, Nevada, Utah,
and Colorado Systems, infrequently farther to north grading into
typical solida.

The status of these sub-species has not gained general acceptance
since the appearance of the new edition of West Coast Shells, in
which the writer first pointed out their relationships, due to the
extremely involved condition of the nomenclature, while recent work
by other writers has hindered rather than assisted in simplifying
matters. Lymnea solida, Lea, in violation of the law of priority and
common-sense as well, has been treated as a sub-species [sie /] of
LI. apicina, a synonym according to every writer in fifty years since it
was described some months later from the identical loc vality, and may
be distinguished only by a slightly greater elevation of the spire, and
the latter identified with a dwarfed syntonic form of LZ. auricularia

HANNIBAL: CALIFORNIAN FRESHWATER MOLLUSCA, 147

from the Rocky Mountains and Michigan. The original specimens of
solida and apicina came from the present site of Portland, Oregon, or
thereabouts, several hundred miles from the nearest point from which
auricularia has been recorded. According to the figures and original
description the types of these two resemble the forms of auricularia
only superficially, but agree closely with the Lymnea, later called by
Lea Z. bulimoides, under which name this species has been more
commonly known.

Not subsequently recognized :

Limnea bombycina, ‘ Lunge,’ Wood and Raymond, 1891 (nude name).
San Francisco County, California.

Family ANCYLIDA, H. & A. Adams, 1855.

Shell of small size, patelliform, crepiduliform, or planorbiform,
sinistral or dextral, apex of patelliform genera elevated, medial or
posterior, and generally more or less inclined to right or left, spire of
planorbiform genera more or less planulate, aperture normally simple ;
animal sinistral, hermaphroditic, tentacles stoutly triangular, buccal
plate with accessory lateral jaws, foot large and oval; habitat lakes
and streams.

Four sub-families as follows :—

Sub-family LASVAPECIN A, n.sub-fam.

Shell usually large for family, depressed - patelliform; habitat
chiefly lacustrine.
Genera: Laevapex, Fisherola, Lanx sub-gen. Walkerola.

Sub-family ANCYLIN A, s,s.

Shell small or of moderate size, elevated-patelliform; habitat
lacustrine and fluviatile.

Genera: Ancylus, Zalophancylus, Lanz s.s., Levapex sub-gen. Lerrissia,
Gundlachia sub-gen. Kincaidilla.

Sub-family LATIINAS, n.sub-fam.

Shell small or minute, crepiduliform ; habitat chiefly fluviatile.
Genera: Latia, Gundlachia s.s., Neoplanorbis sub-gen. Amphigyra.

Sub-family NEOPLANORBIN &, n.sub-fam.

Shell minute, planorbiform ; habitat fluviatile.

Genus, Weoplanorbis, s.s.

The genera and species of this family are characterized by their
very limited distribution in contrast to nearly all the other aquatic
Pulmonata.. This, with the simple form and the fact that the
distinctive characters lie chiefly in the outline, microscopic sculpture,
and position of the apex, has led to a lumping in the genus Aneylus of
a wide variety of species whose resemblances are due rather to parallel
specialization than close affinities.

148 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Genus Gunpiacuta, Pfeiffer.

Gundlachia, Pfeiffer, 1850 (G@. aneyliformis, Pfr.); Poeyta, Bour-
guignat, 1862 (P. gundlachoides, Bourg.).1
Type, Gundlachia ancyliformis, Pfeiffer.

Sub-genus Kincaipitta, n.sub-gen.

Type, Ancylus fragilis, Tryon.

Ancylus (sp.), Tryon, 1863 (4. fragilis, Tryon).

Named after Professor Trevor Kincaid, who has kindly examined
this manuscript.

Sub-genus Avneatdilla. Shell small, averaging 3 mm. in diameter,
patelliform, high-arched, narrowly ovate-elliptical in outline, finely
radially and concentrically striate, apex prominent, decidedly sub-
dextral, distinctly posterior, and marked by fine concentric and
sub-spirally radial striee ; habitat lakes and streams.

Sub-genus Gundlachia, s.s. Shell of small size, averaging 2 or 3mm.
in diameter, growth during first year as in Avncaidilla; as animal
nears adult condition, however, a septum develops, cutting off the
posterior half of aperture, succeeding growth crepiduliform ; habitat
chiefly streams.

Gundlachia, s.s., needs no introduction, since the group has been
a matter of discussion for some years, and it only need be noted
that several species from New Zealand, Trinidad, etc., referred here,
when the apical sculpture and other characters are studied will
almost certainly be found to belong to distinct genera which have
reached this same stage of specialization. Aineardilla is instituted
to receive certain Nearctic Gundlachias heretofore confused with the
Ferrissias, from which they differ in the narrowly elliptical outline
and high strongly inclined apex. None of the Ferrissias are known
to develop a septum either regularly or infrequently, but it is,
apparently, occasionally present in all the Kincaidillas. From septate
specimens of G. fragilis it appears that this may be due to syntonic
influence, at least in certain cases.

Gunpiacuia (Krncarpinta) Frraciiis (Tryon).
Ancylus fragilis, Tryon, 1863; Gundlachia Californica, Rowell, 1863
(syntonic form); A. ‘patelloides, Lea’, J. G. Cooper, 1872.
Shell minute, elongate, highly arched, apex prominent, decidedly
posterior and inclined; habitat streams and (less frequently) ponds,
on sticks and submerged vegetation.
Coast Range System.

Genus Lanx, Clessin.

Ancylus (Velletea) (sp.), Haldeman, 1844 (4. (V.) Nuttalli, Hald.);
Lanz, Clessin, 1890 (A. Newberryi, Lea= A. patelloides, Lea).
Type, Ancylus patelloides, Lea.

1 Juvenile Gundlachia, vide Crosse & Fischer.

HANNIBAL: CALIFORNIAN FRESHWATER MOLLUSCA. 149

Sub-genus WALKEROLA, n.sub-gen.

Type, Lana Klamathensis, n.sp.

Named after Mr. Bryant Walker, whose papers on the American
Ancyli have been of much service in working up the Californian forms.

Sub-genus Walkerola. Shell large, averaging 12mm. in diameter,
patelliform, ovate-elliptical in outline, low-arched, coarsely con-
centrically striate, frequently marked internally by an intermittent
radiating white-colour pattern, apex medial, posterior scarcely
prominent, smooth or marked by concentric striz; habitat chiefly
lacustro-fluviatile, on rocks and the shells of Naiades.

Sub-genus Zanz, s.s. Shell similar to preceding, but decidedly
arched and broadly ovate, apex more nearly medial and sub-conspicuous;
Walkerola stage completed fairly early during adolescence; habitat
rapid streams, on rocks and other solid objects.

Lanx (WaLkeroLa) Kramaruensis, n.sp. Pl. VIII, Fig. 25.

Ancylus Newberry? of authors, not of Lea.

Shell of moderate or large size, fragile, ovate-elliptical, laterally
compressed, low-arched, apex sub-central ; habitat lakes and sluggish
streams on solid objects.

Type: max. diam. 11, min. diam. 7°5, alt. 3 mm. Cotype: max.
diam. 16, min. diam. 9°5, alt. 3°5 mm.

Klamath System in basin of Klamath River, Oregon.

Quaternary: Summer Lake beds, Oregon.

Klamath Valley, Oregon: Government Irrigation Dam, Upper
Klamath Lake (types) (E. Applegate, H. Hannibal) ; Upper
Klamath Lake (F. M. Anderson); Link River Rapids, Klamath Falls
(Kk. Applegate, H. Hannibal)'; Klamath River, Keno (H. Hannibal);
(Quaternary) Summer Lake (F. M. Anderson).

This large low-arched Lanz is doubtless present in various collections
under the name of Ancylus Newberryi, Lea, which was described
from (Upper) Klamath Lake. A study of Lea’s diagnosis and figure
and that given by Binney make it certain that Newberry, who
collected the specimens, really obtained them from one of the streams
flowing south from Mount Shasta in California, since they are
unquestionably merely finely developed dark-coloured Lanz patelloides,
and very distinct from the present species.

Lanx Norrarirt (Haldeman).

Ancylus (Velletea) Nuttalli, Haldeman, 1841; A. erassus, Haldeman,
1848; A. Kooteniensis, Baird, 1865; 4. ‘ subrotundatus, Tryon’,
Keep, 1888.

Shell small, solid, roundly ovate, slightly broader posteriorly,
high-arched, apex posterior; habitat streams.
Columbia System in Columbia River and tributaries.

1 One specimen probably washed down from Upper Klamath Lake above.

150 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

LANX PATELLOIDES (Lea).
Ancylus patelloides, Lea, 1856; A. Newberryt, Lea, 1858; A. altus,
Tryon, 1865.

Shell large, sub-solid, broadly ovate-elliptical, broader posteriorly,
moderately regularly conical, apex sub-central; habitat on rocks in
streams.

Klamath System in streams draining into Sacremento River.

Lanx susrotunpatus (Tryon).

Ancylus subrotundatus, Tryon, 1865; A. patelloides and A. Newberryt
of authors, not of Lea.

Shell large, sub-solid, roundly ovate in outline, slightly broader
posteriorly, moderately arched, the anterior and posterior slopes gently
rounded, apex sub-posterior ; habitat streams.

Columbia System in Umpqua River and tributaries.

Very similar to patelloides, but less regularly conical, and the apex
distinetly posterior.

Genus Lavarex (Walker).
Lavapex, Walker, 1903 (A. fuseus, C. B. Ad.).
Type, Aneylus fuscus, C. B. Adams.

Sub-genus Ferrrissta, Walker.

Ancylus (sp.), Say, 1819 (4. rivularis, Say); ? Haldemania, Clessin,
1888 (4. obscurus, Hald.), not Haldemania, Tryon, 1862;
Ferrissia, Walker, 1903 (4. rivularis, Say),

Type, Aneylus rivularis, Say.

Sub-genus Zevapex, s.s. Shell of moderate size for group averaging
8mm. in diameter, patelliform, low-arched, broadly ovate-elliptical
in outline, finely radially and concentrically striate, apex sub-dextral,
barely posterior, not prominent, and marked only by concentric
strie ; habitat chiefly lacustrine.

Sub-genus /¢rrissea. Shell similar to preceding, but of smaller size,
averaging 5mm. in diameter, patelliform, ovate-elliptical in outline,
arched, finely radially and concentrically striate, apex hardly
prominent, sub-posterior, and marked by fine concentric and sub-
spirally radial strive ; Levapex stage completed during early adolescence ;
habitat chiefly streams, less frequently in lakes and ponds.

Lzyvaprex (Ferrissta) cavrinus (W. Cooper).

Ancylus caurinus, W. Cooper, 1860 (nude name), in Binney, 1865,
figure; A. ‘fragilis, Tryon’, Tryon, 1872; 4. ‘ patelloides, Lea’,
J. G. Cooper, 1872; A. Oregonensis, Clessin, 1881; A. caurinus
subalpinus, J. G. Cooper, 1892; A. rivularis of authors, not of
Say ; not 4. ‘caurinus, Coop.’, J. Henderson, 1907 = LZ. rivularis.
Shell of moderate size, somewhat elongate, arched, apex sub-
posterior, not prominent; habitat streams and ponds on submerged
vegetation.
Fraser, Columbia, Utah, Nevada, and Klamath Systems.

HANNIBAL: CALIFORNIAN FRESHWATER MOLLUSCA. 151

Lavarex (Ferrissra) unpuLatus (Meek).
Ancylus undulatus, Meek, 1877.

Shell large, arched, apex posterior, slightly inclined, sub-prominent ;
habitat apparently lacustrine.

Eocene: Truckee Lake beds, Nevada.
’ The internal casts, of which all the specimens seen consist, retain
no trace of the sculpture, hence it is difficult to make certain the
generic position of this species. Aside from the large size it groups
very well with Ferrissia, but it is quite unlike the other Ancyling
in the position of the apex.

Genus Neroprianorsis, Pilsbry.
Neoplanorbis, Pilsbry, 1906 (NV. tantillus, Pils.).

Type, Weoplanorbis tantillus, Pilsbry.

Sub-genus Ampuicyra (Pilsbry).
Amphigyra, Pilsbry, 1906 (A. Alabamensis, Pils.).
' Type, Amphigyra Alabamensis, Pilsbry.

Sub-genus Amphigyra. Shell minute, crepiduliform, dextral, spire
lateral, oblique, and smooth, body-whorl spirally striate, aperture
large and oblique, a broad concave septum projecting across the
posterior portion and reaching up into the spire, indicating an
uppearance very early in the development; habitat fluviatile.

_ Sub-genus WVeoplanorbis, s.s. Shell very minute, planorbiform,

dextral, coarsely spirally striate, more or less carinate at periphery,
spire sub-planulate, aperture oblique, columellar margin straight ;
Amphigyra stage apparently passed early in development ; habitat
rapid streams.

Neropranorsis (AmpHicyrA) Dati (White).
Latia Dalli, White, 1882.

Shell large for genus, apex small, terminal, sub-spiral, and slightly
oblique, aperture very large; habitat apparently lacustrine, at least
in part.

Eocene: Payette Lake beds, Idaho.

This species is known to the writer only from White’s original
descriptions and figures. It is obviously not a Latia nor a Gundlachia,
but appears to resemble Amphigyra, and is placed here tentatively.

Genus FisHErona, n.gen.

Type, Fisherola lancides, n.sp.

Shell of moderate size, averaging 6 mm. in diameter, rounded-ovate,
somewhat broader anteriorly, depressed-conic, finely concentrically
striate, apex small, indistinct; sub-terminal, but not inclined; habitat
sluggish streams.

Fisherola agrees with Lanz, s.g. Walkerola, in general outline, the
medial position of the apex, and the absence of radial striz, while the
nucleus (shaped like a Chinese labourer’s hat) is very similar, in
contrast to <Ancylus, Acroloxus, or any of the Occidental genera.

152 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

No one would mistake the two, however, even at first sight, since the
apex of Fvsherola is more posterior than in Ancylus, while in Lanx it
is very nearly central.

Named after Dr. W. K. Fisher, whose frequent criticisms during
the preparation of this paper have been much appreciated.

FIsHEROLA LANCIDES, n.sp. Pl. VIII, Fig. 35.

Shell small, fragile, ovate-elliptical, broader anteriorly, low-arched,
concentrically striate, apex not inclined, sub-terminally posterior ;
habitat sluggish streams.

Type: max. diam. 6, min. diam. 3°8, alt. 1:°2mm. Cotype: max.
diam. 5°5, min. diam. 4, alt. 1°2 mm.

Columbia System in Snake River Basin.

Snake River, Washington (H. Hemphill).

Genus ZALOPHANCYLUS, n.gen.

Type, Zalophaneylus Morant, n.sp.

Shell of large size averaging 9 mm. in diameter, rounded-ovate,
regularly elevated-conic, concentrically and apparently radially striate,
apex central, large, and prominent, not inclined; habitat apparently
lacustrine.

ZaLopHancyLtus Morant, n.sp. Pl. VI, Fig. 15.

Shell of moderate size, regularly rounded ovate, elevated conic, apex
central and distinctly prominent ; habitat apparently lacustrine.

Max. diam. 9, min. diam. 7, alt. 8-5 mm.

Pliocene: Idaho Lake beds, Oregon.

Badland Hills, one mile east of Sand Hollow, Oregon (R. B. Moran).

Named after Mr. R. B. Moran, who collected the type-specimens.

Family PLANORBIDZ (H. & A. Adams), 1855.

Shell of minute, small, or moderate size, physiform or planorbiform,
sinistral or ultra-sinistral,’ sub-carinate above and below in early stages,

1 The terms ultra-dextral and ultra-sinistral have seen frequent use in the
Lymnoids for genera in which the shell is dextral and the animal sinistral,
or vice versa. The explanation of Simroth and others is probably the
correct one, however, only in the present and one or two analogous
cases. It would be very difficult in the AKincaidilla stage of Gundlachia,
for instance, to explain this phenomenon in such a manner without the
animal living up on top of its shell, a feature the writer has never observed.
In the primitive Planorbide, while the animal is dextral the shell is
obviously sinistral. In the more specialized stages an ultra-sinistral shell
is developed, doubtless the nearest approach possible to a dextral shell to
conform to the dextral animal, but there is no evidence that the ancestral
type was ever dextral. The development of Pompholyx offers similar
difficulties.

In the three patelliform groups of Ancylide—Acroloxus, Kincaidilla, and
Ancylus, for instance—Acroloxrus is sub-sinistral, Kincaidilla sub-dextral,
while Ancylus is not distinctly either, yet the animal is sinistral in all
cases. It seems, therefore, probable that in this family, groups in the
patelliform stages exhibit no constant relation between the position of the
apex and the abortion of the soft parts.

The families of the Lymnoidew have doubtless evolved independently

HANNIBAL: CALIFORNIAN FRESHWATER MOLLUSCA, 1538

frequently throughout life, axially and spirally striate, aperture
lunate, retracted above, commonly simple, but dentate in one of the
modified groups; animal dextral, hermaphroditic, tentacles filiform,
buccal plate with accessory lateral jaws, foot quadrate; habitat lakes
and streams.

An examination of the early stages of the members of this family
reveals the fact that the old classification into Planorbis (edentate
species) and Segmentina (dentate species) has no genetic significance,
since the smaller Planorbes with vertically compressed whorls and
more or less acute peripherally prove to be congeneric with Planorbis
(Segmentina) nitida, as suggested by Ficinus nearly fifty years ago,
constituting species which have either never developed apertural
teeth or in which they have been absorbed, while the large species,
such as corneus, trivolvis, etc., belong to Helisoma.

Both Planorbis and Helisoma in the primitive condition have
a planulate spire and normal umbilicus, and each tends to develop an
invaginate spire and planulate umbilicus to accommodate the dextral
animal. So many features of unequal parallelism appear, however,
that it has not been considered wise to attempt the recognition of
stages or sub-families without the study of additional genera.

Genus Pranorsis, Miiller.

Helix (sp.), Linné, 1758 (HZ. planorbis, L.); Planorbis (pars), Miller,
1774 (P. carinatus, Mill. = 1. planordis, L., type by tautonomy) ;
Planorbarius, Dumeril, 1806 (emended form); Anisus (pars),
Studer, 1820 (P. Planorbis, L., type by substitution); Spzrorbis,
Swainson, 1840 (P. vulgaris, Swains. = H. vortex, L.), not
Spirorbis, Daudin, 1800; Sprralina, Hartmann, 1840 (nude name) ;
Tropidiscus, Stein, 1850 (4. complanata, L.= H. planorbis, L.);
Gyrorbis, Moquin - Tandon, 1855 (P. carinatus, Mill. =
H. planorbis, L., type by substitution), not Gyrorbis, Fitzinger,
1833; Omalodiscus, Benson, 1855 (P. vulgaris, Swains. =
Hf. wrtex, ., type by substitution); Drplodiscus, Westerlund,
1897 (ZH. vortex, L.), not Diplodiscus, Diesing, 1850; Sprralina,
‘Hartmann,’ Von Martens, 1899 (ZH. vortex, L.); Laraspira,
Dall, 1905 (Planorbis rotundatus, Poir. = H. vortex, L.).

Type, Helix planorbis, Linné.

from simple patelliform ancestors, the Ancylid illustrating how this has
taken place. Assuming that then, as now, the animal in each group was
dextral or sinistral as the case might be, while the shells were indis-
criminately sub-sinistral or sub-dextral, a ready explanation is afforded.
Once the evolution commenced toward the development of a spiral shell,
the position of the apex became a matter of the utmost importance, since
it determined absolutely whether the coil would be sinistral, dextral, or
enveloped by succeeding whorls; consequently a sinistral or dextral, dextral
or sinistral shell is superimposed upon a sinistral or dextral animal for all
time. In case an unhappy combination resulted the only relief is in ultra-
sinistral or ultra-dextral growth to accommodate the animal. This latter
phenomenon is genetically distinct and readily detected as such.

154 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Sub-genus Seementrna (Fleming).

Segmentina, Fleming, 1817 (Planorbis nitidus, Miill.) ; Hemithalamus,
‘Leach MS.,’ Turton, 1831 (Nautilus lacustris, Lightf. =
P. nitidus, Mill.), in synonymy; Discus, Haldeman, 1840
(P. armigera, Say), not Discus, Fitzinger, 1838; Planorbula,
Haldeman, 1842 (P. armigera, Say); Dentatus, ‘ Beck,’ Gray,
1847 (P. armatus, Gray); Zrochorbis, Benson, 1855 (P. trochoides,
Bens.); Appendiculata, Ficinus, 1867 (P. nitidus, Miill., type
by inclusion) ; “Zaldemanina, Dall, 1905 (P. Wheatleyz, Lea).

Type, Planorbis nitidus, Miller.

Sub-genus Gyrautus, Agassiz.

Nautilus (sp.), Linné, 1758 (MN. erista, L.); Turbo (sp.), Linné, 1767
(7. nautilus, L. = N. ecrista, L.); Planaria, Brown, 1827
(Planorbis albus, Miull.), not Planaria, Mill., 1776; Gyraulus,
Agassiz in Charpentier, 1837 (P. hispidus, Drap. = P. albus,
Miull., type by later designation); Armiger, Hartmann, 1840
(N. erista, L.); Zrochlea, Haldeman, 1841 (P. albus, Miill.,
type by substitution) ; Mautilina (sp.), Stein, 1850 (NV. erista, L.) ;
Torquis, Dall, 1905 (P. parvus, Say).

Type, Planorbis albus, Miiller.

Sub-genus Hiprrvris, Agassiz.

Hippeutis, Agassiz, in Charpentier, 1837 (Planorbis complanatus,
Drap. = Helix fontana, Lightf.); Bathyomphalus, Agassiz, in
Charpentier, 1837 (H. contortus, L.); Polygyrus, Gray, 1847
(Z. contortus, L.), not Polygyrus, Beck, 1837; Discoidina, Stein,
1850 (Jf. contortus, L.) ; Menetus (sp.), H. & A. Adams, 1855
(Planorbis opercularis, Gould = P. dilatatus, Gld.); Helicorbis,
Benson, 1855 (P. nitidus, Gray, non Miller = ZZ. fontana, Lightf.) ;
Drepanotrema, Crosse & Fischer, 1880 (P. Yzabelensis, C. & F.) ;
Heterodiscus, Westerlund, 1902 (P. Libanicus, West.), not
Heterodiscus, Sharp, 1886.

Type, Helix fontana, Lightfoot.

Sub-genus Planorbis, s.s. Shell of moderate size, averaging 8 mm.
in diameter, discoidal, whorls numerous and vertically compressed,
sinistral, spire planulate, umbilicus broadly dished, margin of spire-
pit and umbilicus normally subangular, periphery carinate, aperture
normal, retracted above; habitat lakes and streams among aquatic
vegetation.

Sub-genus Gyraulus. Shell similar to Planorbis, s.s., but smaller,
averaging 5mm. in diameter, saucer-shaped, whorls moderate in
number and vertically deeper, the periphery rounded, growth
somewhat ultra - sinistral, spire broadly dished; Planorbis stage
passed fairly early during adolescence ; habitat similar to preceding.

Sub-genus Segmentina. Shell similar to preceding but nautiliform,
the whorls usually not numerous and vertically deeper, spire-pit
broadly funicular, umbilicus more or less depressed, aperture dentate
some distance back, the teeth or plaits in two series, one on the

~

HANNIBAL: CALIFORNIAN FRESHWATER MOLLUSCA. 155

whorl, the other the columella; Gyraulus stage passed during early
adolescence, Planorbis stage pushed back to earliest post-larval growth ;
habitat similar to preceding.

Sub-genus Hippeutis. Shell similar to preceding but lacking the
denticulations (which have been absorbed), whorls usually fewer,
spire-pit generally narrower and deeper, umbilicus nearly enveloped ;
Segmentina stage apparently passed fairly early during adolescence ;
habitat same as preceding.

Planorbis has probably suffered worse vicissitudes than any other
genus treated in these pages. Not only has it been incorrectly
divided, but the group to which the name has been restricted in
recent literature belongs to another genus. Miiller instituted Planorbis
in 1774, ostensibly to receive the present families Planorbide and
Physide. No type was designated, since it was not then customary,
but the following species were described :—

Section *, shell depressed.
Planorbis contrarius, Mill. (Helix cornu-arietis, L., renamed) = Marissa
cornu-arietis (L.), South American,
P. purpura, Mill. (ZL. cornea, L.) = Helisoma cornea (L.).
. carinatus, Mill. (ZZ. planorbis, L.) = P. planorbis (L.).
. vortex, Mill. (H. vortex, L.).
. umbilicatus, Mill. (H. complanatus, L.) = P. planorbis (L.).
. spirorbis, Miill. (HZ. spirorbis, L.) = P. vortex (L.).
. contortus, Mill. (ZZ. contortus, L.).
. nitidus, Miill.
. albus, Mill.
. mbricatus, Mill. (Nautilus crista, L.) = P. erista (L.).
. similis, Mill. = Helrsoma cornea (L.), juvenile.

aciasiaclas ache pac iia shlac

Section **, shell conical.

. bulla, Miill. (Bulla fontinalis, L.) = Physa fontinalis (L.).
P. turritus, Mill. (B. hypnorum, L.) = Physa hypnorum (L.).
P. gelatinus, Mill. = ? Physa fontinalis, L.

The second section was removed by Miiller to Buldinus the next
year. Lamarck, 1799 and 1801, cites the Marissa, an Ampullaroid,
the anatomy of which was then unknown, but which has since proved
to be very different from that called for in Miiller’s diagnosis, hence
it must be excluded. Swainson (1840), the Adams (1855), and Tryon
(1884) give the second species, Helix corneus of Linné, as an example,
and Dall (1905) cites this as the type. If this were the sum and
substance of the matter their example must be followed, and Planorbis
of future usage, like Planorbis of the last seventy years, would be
a very different thing from Planorbis of Miiller, including but two of
the original fourteen species, and one of them regarded by the author
as doubtfully distinct. Now seven (five, omitting synonyms) of
Miller’s species are congeneric with Z. planordis of Linné, and one is
proposed as a substitute for it, the author merely following a current
practice of the time of altering the specific name when it became
necessary to place the species in a new genus. It seems perfectly

NS

156 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

obvious that Miller regarded the smaller Planorbide, which formed
the bulk of his genus, as the typical members, and utilized the
suggestive name of an old well-established species of this group, first
described some seventy years before when the binomial nomenclature
had not yet come into use, to designate it by. In other words
H. planorbis is the type of Planorbis by tautonomy, and the efforts of
Swainson or any other writer fifty or more years later to transfer the
name to a different group should not be tolerated. If lack of classical
examples is claimed, it might be noted that in 1837 Charpentier,
utilizing some of Agassiz’s manuscript work, first subdivided the
genus as it now stands into natural groups, correctly restricting
Planorbis to the section including ZZ. planorbis, L., and HZ. vortex, L.

The genus Planorbis in the sense used here embraces the so-called
smaller Planorbes, and is characterized particularly by the peripheral
keel in typical Planorbis, the simple rounded succeeding stage the
denticulations developed in the ‘throat’ of the shell in the sub-genus
Segmentina, and a second ‘round-whorled’ stage following that.
‘These denticules take the form of plaits or cusps, and differ radically
in each species, thus affording a ready means of identification, and
incidentally several unnecessary sectional names. /P. nitida, of Europe,
has a transverse columellar plait and two on the whorl. The American
P. armigera is more complex, possessing cusps in addition to the plaits,
which are in this instance diagonal. The appearance on looking into
the aperture when the shell is oriented in its natural position might be
diagrammatically expressed as follows :—

P. nitida. P. armigera.
RY

LL 4
[Ty ~ 7

PranorBis (GyRAULUS) ALBus (Miiller).

Planorbis albus, Miller, 1774; P. deflectus, Say, 1824; P. hirsutus,
C. B. Adams, 1889; P. vermicularis, Gould, 1847; P. borealis,
‘Loven MS.,’ Westerlund, 1875.

Shell small, whorls rounded, fairly deep, and usually more or less
hirsute, spire-pit narrow for group; habitat chiefly in lakes, preferring
deep water.

Boreal portions of Palearctic and Nearctic Regions. Yukon, Alaska,
Fraser, Columbia, Klamath, and Coast Range (locally) Systems.

Quaternary : Loess of eastern States.

PLanorBIs (GYRAULUS) PARVUS (Say).

Planorbis parvus, Say, 1817; P. glaber, Jeffreys, 1820; P. levis, Alder,
1838; P. elevatus, C. B. Adams, 1840; P. vermicularis of authors
in part, not of Gould.

Shell small, whorls compressed, spire-pit widely evenly concave ;
habitat lakes and streams.

HANNIBAL: CALIFORNIAN FRESHWATER MOLLUSCA. 157

Nearctic Region; European Province.

Quaternary: Loess of eastern States; post-Glacial deposits of
Vancouver and San Juan Islands; San Pedro formation (specimens
washed into marine terraces), alluvial deposits of San Joaquin Valley,
Owen Lake beds, playas of Mojave Desert, and Le Conte Lake beds,
California.

Pranorpis (Gyrautus) Lresmannt (Dunker).
Planorbis Liebmanni, Dunker in Martini & Chemnitz, 1850;
P. gracilentus, Gould, 1855.

Shell of large size, whorls fairly deep, spire-pit rather broadly
concave; habitat lakes and streams.

Mexican and Antillean (?) Provinces. Arizona System (locally).

Le Conte Lake beds, California.

Probably not the earliest name for this species; the Mexican
Planorbide are in need of careful revision.

Pranorsis (Gyravtus) FiLocrncrus (Pilsbry & Ferriss).
Planorbis filocinctus, Pilsbry & Ferriss, 1906.

A species of the type of P. albus and P. parvus, but unknown to the
writer except from the original diagnosis in the J/ollusea of the South
Western States, part 1.

Arizona System.

Prianorpis (SEGMENTINA) ARMIGERUS (Say).
Planorbis armigerus, Say, 1821.
Shell of moderate size, whorls fairly deep, umbilicus and spire-pit

broad, the latter deep, aperture armed, the teeth corresponding to the
formula

Reze:
PA Speassee aa
ee

Res
y

habitat sluggish streams and marshes.
American Province. Yukon System.

Pranorsis (Seementina) Mosavensis, n.sp. Pl. VIII, Fig. 27.

Shell large, nautiliform, whorls rounded, deep, not numerous,
umbilicus and spire-pit broad, and nearly equal in depth, aperture
armed, the denticulations corresponding to the formula

3

Wi
ae
Se 7 |
< YY
FS Lane
WwEsw |

habitat probably lacustrine. °
Diam. 9°5, alt. 4°5, diam. of aperture 3 mm.
Miocene: Rosamond Series, California.

158 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Near Barstow, Mojave Desert, California (J. C. Merriam, C. L.
Baker).

Resembles P. (Zippeutis) contortus of Europe, somewhat in the
nautiliform shape, but decidedly larger, and lacking the numerous
whorls of that species. ‘The absence of apertural lamelle above the
periphery on the whorl is peculiar, but characteristic of all the
specimens in which this character may be made out.

Planorbis (Segmentina) declivis (Tate), 1870.

Dall (Alaska, xiii, 1905, p. 98) cites this Nicaraguan species from
the Umpqua River, Oregon. In several years field-work in California
and Oregon the writer has seen nothing corresponding to it, and the
species does not appear on a manuscript list of the shells observed in
the vicinity of Elkton on the Umpqua River by Fred H. Andrus, an
old collector. Is this not another Unio Oregonensis ?

PranorBis (Hrpprvris) Exacurus (Say).
Planorbis exacuous (misprint for exacutus), Say, 1821; P. exacutus,
‘Say’ of authors.

Shell of moderate size, whorls vertically compressed, spire-pit
broad for group, umbilicus not appreciably depressed; habitat ponds
and streams.

American Province. Yukon, Fraser, and Columbia (locally)

Systems.
Loess of Yukon Valley, Alaska.

PranorBis (Hrprevris) priatatus (Gould).

Planorbis lens, Lea, 1838, not of Brongniart, 1810; P. dilatatus, Gould,
1841, not of Pfeiffer, 1842; P. Jlentieularis, Lea, 1844, not
of Schlotheim, 1818; P. Buchanensis, Lea, 1844; P. Brong-
niartiana, Lea, 1844; P. opercularis, Gould, 1847 (syntonic form);
P. planulatus, W. Cooper, 1860 (syntonic form) ; ? P. ‘gracilentus,
Gould’, Tryon, 1863; P. Centervillensis, Tryon, 1872; P. callio-
glyptus, Vanatta, 1895 (syntonic form); P. opercularis, var.
Oregonensis, Vanatta, 1895, not P. Oregonensis, Tryon, 1865 =
H. trivolvis, Say; P. opercularis, var. multilineata, Vanatta,
1899; P. Vanvlecki, Arnold, 1910 (syntonic form); P. vermicu-
laris of authors in part, not of Gould.

Shell small or of moderate size, whorls deep, spire-pit narrow but
extending to apex, umbilicus not appreciably depressed; habitat
lakes and clear streams.

European and American Provinces. Entire Californian Province
except Los Angeles and Arizona Systems.

Quaternary: Lahontan Lake beds, Nevada; Owens Lake beds and
alluvial deposits of San Joaquin Valley, California; Summer and
Christmas Lake beds, Oregon. Pliocene: Idaho Lake beds, Oregon
and Idaho; Kettleman Lake beds, California.

A common species in the Californian Province, but sporadic else-
where if the records may be depended upon. Besides being reported
under a variety of names it has doubtless been confused with the
preceding species, which is less common west of the Rocky Mountains.

HANNIBAL: CALIFORNIAN FRESHWATER MOLLUSCA. 159

P. Samsoni, Ancey, and Alabamensis, Pils., are two of the better
known synonyms, which have, however, not been used for the species
in the present district.

‘ Planorbis (Spirorbis)’ lunatus, Conrad, 1871.

Oligocene: John Day Series, Oregon.

This is not a Planorbis, as supposed by Conrad, but a land snail
belonging to the genus Ammonitella of J. G. Cooper. Stearns,
apparently unaware of Conrad’s name, redescribed the species in
1900 as Ammonitella Yatesi precursor. Ammonitella lunata is, however,
specifically distinct from 4. Yates?, a recent species from the Sierra
Nevada Mountains, California.

Genus Hettsoma, Swainson.
FHelisoma, Swainson, 1840 (Planorbis bicarinatus, Sowb. = P. antrosus,
Conr.); Zaphius, H. & A. Adams, 1855 (P. andecola, d’Orb.).
Type, Planorbis antrosus, Conrad.

Sub-genus Pranorpetia, Haldeman.

Helix (sp.), Linné, 1758 (1. cornea, L.); Planorbis (sp.), Miiller,
1774 (P. purpura, Mill. = ZH. cornea, L.); Planorbella, Haldeman,
1842 (P. campanulatus, Say); Planorbina, Haldeman, 1842
(P. olivaceus, Spix, cited by Dall, 1905); Coretus, ‘ Adanson,’
Gray, 1847 (H. cornea, L.); DMenetus, H. & A. Adams, 1855
(for ‘ Anisus, Beck, not Fitz.’, hence P. olivaceus, Spix); Adula,
H. Adams, 1861 (P. mudltivolvis, Case = P. campanulatus, Say,
syntonic form), not Adula, H. & A. Adams, 1851; <Anceus,
H. Adams, 1869 (for Adula, H. Adams, hence same type), not
Anceus, Frauvel, 1863; Prerosoma, Dall, 1905 (P. trivolvis, Say).

Type, Planorbis campanulatus, Say.

Sub-genus Prerrinitza, n.sub-gen.

Type, Helisoma Cordillerana, n.sp.

Named in honour of Dr. James Perrin Smith, to whom the writer is
under obligations for frequent advice, particularly pertaining to the
theoretical problems, during the preparation of this paper.

Sub-genus Planorbella. Shell large, averaging 20 mm. in diameter,
whorls moderately deep, sinistral, the spire planulate, tending to
become excavated as the adult condition is reached, its margin
sub-carinate, umbilicus narrow and deep, broadening rapidly during
later development, margin subangular, aperture retracted above,
expanded in adult; habitat lakes and quiet streams.

Sub-genus Helisoma,s.s. Shell similar to Planorbella, but distinctly
ultra-sinistral, the spire-pit and umbilicus funicular, and nearly equal
in depth, each margined by a decided peripheral carina, aperture
expanded in adult; Planorbella stage passed very early during
adolescence; habitat similar to Planorbella.

Sub-genus Perrinilla. Shell similar to Planorbella, except that
it is totally ultra-sinistral, spire-pit deep and narrow, umbilicus but
slightly excavated, superior and inferior peripheries subangular ;
Helisoma stage passed very early during adolescence, Planorbella

VOL. X.—JUNE, 1912. i

160 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIBYTY.

stage not distinguished on account of preservation ; habitat apparently
similar to Planorbella.

Nearly every well-established recent species of this genus has
apparently served as the type of its own peculiar sub-genus. The
present arrangement is not liable to offer particular difficulties to
American conchologists, but the Planorbella group is commonly known
in Kurope under the name of Cortews. This was originally used by
Adanson (as Coretus) in a somewhat different sense, but on its
introduction into Linnean nomenclature it was transferred to the
present group. Since this did not take place until after the appearance
of Planorbella it must be suppressed, a procedure that the writer is
not sorry for on historical grounds.

Helisoma appears to be a Mesozoic genus, which reached its
culmination in the older Tertiary or earlier, and is represented in
the living state chiefly by species belonging to the primitive group.
Perrinilla, which would doubtless be termed by Grabau a ‘second
round-whorled stage’, appears to be an instance of over-specialization
resulting in extinction.

Hetisoma (PLANORBELLA) TRIVOLVIS (Say).

Planorbis trivolvis, Say, 1817; P. tumidus, Pfeiffer, 18389 (syntonic
form); P. ‘corpulentus, Say’, Haldeman, 18144 (syntonic form) ;
P. ‘ glabratus, Say’, Haldeman, 1844 ( partim); P. ammon, Gould,
1855 (syntonic form); P. suberenatus, Carpenter, 1856 (senile) ;
P. Traski, Lea, 1856 Je form) ; P. tumens, Carpenter,
1857 (syntonic form); P. truncatus, Miles, 1861 (syntonic form) ;
P. Horni, Tryon, 1865 (syntonic form) ; P. Oregonensis, Tryon,
1865 (syntonic form) ; P. Binneyt, Tryon, 1868 (syntonic form) ;
Helisoma ‘ tenuis, Phil?, Carlton, 1870 (syntonic form); P. oce?-
dentalis, J. G. Cooper, 1870 (syntonic form) ; ZZ. plexata, Ingersoll,
1874 (syntonic form); P. (subcrenatus, var.?) disjectus, J. G.
Cooper, 1890 (syntonic form); P. ‘lentus, Say’, Stearns, 1893
(syntonic form) ; P. ‘ vermicularis, Gould’, Arnold, 1908.

Shell large, coarsely striate, whorls deep, not numerous, superior
margin sub-prominently carinate, forming an evenly concave spire-pit,
aperture somewhat expanded in adult; habitat lakes and sluggish
streams.

Entire Nearctic Region. Mexican Province.

Quaternary: Loess of eastern States; San Pedro Formation
(specimens washed into marine terraces), alluvial deposits of San
Joaquin Valley, and Le Conte Lake beds, California; Lahontan Lake
beds, Nevada; Bonneville Lake beds, Utah; post-Glacial deposits of
Vancouver Island. Pliocene: Santa Clara and Cache Lake beds,
California.

Herisoma antrosa (Conrad).

Planorbis bicarinatus, Say, 1817, not of Lamarck, 1804; Helix
angulata, Rackett, 1821, not of Burrow, 1815; P. antrosus,
Conrad, 18384; P. elongatus, Conrad, 18385; P. bicarinatus,
Sowerby, 1840, not of Lamarck, 1804; P. angistoma, Haldeman,
1844; P. dautus, H. Adams, 1861.

HANNIBAL: CALIFORNIAN FRESHWATER MOLLUSCA. 161

Shell rather small, finely striate, whorls deep and of moderate size,
umbilicus and spire- pit prominently funicular, the former particularly
so, superior and inferior peripheries pronouncedly carinate, aperture

expanded in adult; habitat lakes and quiet streams.

American Province. Columbia and Fraser Systems.

Quaternary : Loess of eastern States.

Hetisoma (Perriniira) Pasroana (J. G. Cooper).
Planorbis Pabloanus, J. G. Cooper, 1894.

Shell small, coarsely striate, whorls not deep and rather small,
umbilical carina nearly obsolete, sub-marginal, the umbilicus unevenly
concave, spire-pit rather broad for group, aperture but slightly
expanded ; habitat apparently lacustrine.

Miocene: Contra Costa Lake beds, California.

A small inconspicuous species lacking the evenly dished umbilicus
of Cordillerana. The type was crushed flat, and alone would hardly
be sufficient to distinguish the species if still in existence. Several
fairly preserved specimens from the vicinity of the original locality
permit a diagnosis, however.

Herisoma (PErRinitLA) CorDILLERANA, n.sp. Pl. LV, Fig. 34;
Ble} Val) Ere:

Shell of considerable size, whorls large, somewhat compressed, and
strongly ultra-sinistral, the umbilicus barely concave, superior and
inferior peripheries subangular i in young stages, becoming rounded in
adult, growth-striz strong, spiral striz occasionally preser ved, aperture
expanded somewhat in adult ; ; habitat apparently lacustrine.

Diam. 22, alt. 9, diam. of aperture 12 mm.

Eocene: Truckee Lake beds, Nevada.

Hill near Hawthorne on the Belmont stage road (types) ; near
Hawthorne (probably same locality) (H. W. Turner); one mile
south-east of coal-mine, Silver Peak Range (S. A. Knapp, H. W.
Turner); 13 miles south-east of coal- mine (H. W. Turner); hill
iminediately. back of coal-mine (H. W. Turner); 7:7 km. north-east
of Emigrant Gap, and 8°6km. south-east of coal-mine, Silver Peak
Range CH. W. Turner).

Possibly co-specifie with Planorbis Utahensis, Meck, from the same
horizon in the Rocky Mountains. The species belongs to this group,
but the figures are not characteristic and no specimens are available.

Family POMPHOLIGID A, Dall, 1866.

Shell of small or moderate size, velutiniform or sub-planorbiform,
dextral, showing fine spiral and growth strie, aperture ovate or ovate-
quadrate, columella simple, imperforate, or umbilicate ; animal sinistral,
hermaphroditic, tentacles clavate, buccal plate sub-cordiform, lateral
jaws absent, foot quadrate-elliptical ; habitat lakes and clear streams.

The genus Pompholyx, the sole known representative of this family
and a strictly Californian group, contains four Cenozoic species which
differ rather widely in superficial appearance, and with the exception
of the recently described P. Sancteclare have seryed as the types of

fi

162 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

one or more genera and sub-genera. With a limited series at hand it
might be possible to make such distinctions conscientiously, but the
species vary so widely, and individuals of one so closely approach some
other except for some apparently trivial character, that the writer
has felt obliged to reduce the classification to as compact a form as
possible.

The reference of the Baikalian Choanomphalus to this group, first
suggested with doubt forty years ago when that genus was unknown
anatomically, has been taken up and treated as established in spite of
the fact that Dybowski some years later pointed out that it possesses
a truly Planorboid radula.

Genus Pompnotyx, Lea.

Pompholyx, Lea, 1856 (P. effusa, Lea); Pompholopsis, Call, 1888
(Pompholopsis Whiter, Call=P. effusa, Lea, syntonic form).
Type, Pompholyx effusa, Lea.

Sub-genus Carrnirex, Binney.

Planorbis (sp.), Lea, 1858 (Planorbis Newberryi, Lea); Carinifex,
Binney, 1865 (P. Newberry, Lea); Megasystropha, Lea, 1866
(P. Newberryt, Lea); Vorticrfer, Meek, 1870 ( Carinifex Binneyt,
Meek).

Type, Planorbis Newberryt, Lea.

Sub-genus Pompholyx, s.s. Shell of moderate size, averaging 8 mm.
in diameter, velutiniform, imperforate or sub-perforate, spire but
slightly elevated, aperture expanded; habitat lakes and clear streams.

Sub-genus Carinifex. Shell similarto preceding but sub-planorbiform,
whorls usually more or less angular, concave above the periphery,
which is superior, sloping inward below to a broad more or less
funicular umbilicus, spire but little elevated, aperture rather trigonal,
broader above ; Pompholyx stage carried back to very early adolescence ;
habitat lakes and clear streams.

Pompnonyx EFFuSA, Lea.

P. effusa, Lea, 1856; P. solida, Dall, 1870; Pompholopsis Whiter,
Call, 1888 (syntonic form); Pompholyx Leana, H. & A. Adams,
fide Dall, 1870.

Shell as in sub-genus, whorls moderately deep; habitat lakes and
clear streams.

Klamath, Nevada, Mojave, and Coast Range (locally) Systems.

Quaternary: Lahontan Lake beds, Nevada; Owens Lake beds and
playa deposits of Mojave Desert, California; Christmas and Summer

Lake beds, Oregon. Pliocene: Santa Clara Lake beds, California.

Pompno.tyx (Cartnirex) Newserryt (Lea).

Planorbis Newberryt, Lea, 1858; Carinifex Brewert, ‘Newcomb MS..,’
Binney, 1865 (nude name); C. Newberry’, var. minor, J. G.
Cooper, 1870; C. Ponsonbyt, KE. A. Smith, 1875.

Shell large, spire but little elevated, whorls deep, nearly planulate,
and slightly concave above with a more or less distinct marginal keel,

HANNIBAL: CALIFORNIAN FRESHWATER MOLLUSCA. 163

aperture sinuate and retracted below, umbilicus regularly broadly
funicular, the margin keeled; habitat lakes and clear streams.
Klamath, Nevada, and locally in Coast Range Systems.
Quaternary : Lahontan Lake beds, Nevada; Christmas and Summer
Lake beds, Oregon; Owens Lake beds, California.

Pompuotyx (Cartnirex) Binneyr (Meek).
Carinifex (Vorticifex) Binneyi, Meek, 1870; C. Tryont, Meek, 1870 ;
C. Tryont, var. concava, Meek, 1870.
Shell very large, whorls deep, planulate above, the margin sub-
angular, umbilicus broadly funicular, the margin angular, aperture

retracted below ; habitat apparently lacustrine.
Eocene: Truckee Lake beds, Nevada; Payette Lake beds, Idaho.

PompnHotyx (CarrniFex) Sancrmc~ar® (Hannibal).
Pl. VI, Figs. 14a-6.

Carinifex Sancteclare, Hannibal, 1909; C. Marshalli, Arnold, 1910.
Shell small or of moderate size, spire somewhat elevated, whorls
not deep, coronate at suture, the upper surface concave, superior
margin rounded, umbilicus moderately broad and regularly funicular,
the margin acutely angular, aperture retracted below; habitat
apparently lacustrine.
Pliocene: Santa Clara and Kettleman Lake beds, California.

Family PHYSIDA, Dall, 1871.

Shell small, oliviform, sinistral, columella variable, simple or
plicate, imperforate or sub-umbilicate ; animal sinistral, hermaphroditic,
tentacles filiform, buccal plate without accessory lateral jaws, foot
elongate-trigonal; habitat aquatic situations.

The American Physide have been variously maltreated and mutilated,
and from a dozen to over a hundred and fifty nominal species recognized,
depending on the author. ‘Two years ago, after an examination of
several thousand specimens, the writer expressed the opinion’ that the
entire aggregation was reducible to three forms—Aplexa hypnorum,
Physa heterostropha, and P. heterostropha osculans. Wider experience
has proved the correctness of the position taken at that time, and
it only remains to untangle the nomenclature and return to first
principles.

Bulla hypnorum, of Linné, has been generally separated generically
as Aplexa from B. fontinalis, the type of Physa, on the basis of a more
polished shell, absence of mantle-digitations expanded across the
columella, and the dentition. The dentition, however, differs chiefly
in the development of the teeth, for the fundamental type is essentially
the same ; the mantle-fingers, while nearly always present in fontinalis,
vary widely in number and grouping, and cannot be regarded as very
essential in generic discrimination, and, in lieu of other characters, the
elevation of the spire and polish of the shell must be considered as of
no more than specific value. Furthermore, the early stages indicate

1 West Coast Shells, 1910, p. 312.

164 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

that a decidedly closer relationship exists between these species than
would be expected in different genera.

Genus Puysa, Draparnaud.

Bulla (sp.), Linné, 1758 (B. fontinalis, L.); Planorbis (sp.), Miiller,
1774 (P. bulla, Mill. = B. fontinalis, L.) ; Bulinus (sp.), Miiller,
1781 (2B. perla, Mull. = B. fontinalis, L.); Turbo (sp.), Walker,
1787 (7. stagnalis, Walker = B.hypnorum, L.); Physa, Draparnaud,
1801 (B. fontinalis, L.); Physina, Rafinesque, 1815 (emended
form); Lymneéa (sp.), Say, 1817 (L. heterostropha, Say = B.
Jontinalis, L.); Anisus (sp.), Studer, 1820 (B. fontinalis, L.);
Aplexa, ‘Fleming,’ Sowerby, 1822 (B. hypnorum, L.); Nauta,
‘Leach MS.,’ Turton, 1831 (B. hypnorum, L.), in synonymy;
Rivicola, Fitzinger, 1833 (B. fontinalis, L.); Physella, Haldeman,
1842 (P. ( Physella) globosa, Hald. = B. fontinalis, L.) ; Physodon,
Haldeman, 1842 (P. (Physodon) microstoma, Hald. = B. fontinalis,
L.); Aplecta, Herrmannsen, 1846 (emended form of Apleca) ;
Myxas, Gray, 1847 (B. hypnorum, L.), not IWyxas, Leach, 1822 ;
Costatella, Dall, 1870 (P. costata, Newe. = B. fontinalis, L.,
syntonic form).

Type, Bulla fontinalis, Linné.
Shell as in family, averaging 15 mm. in altitude; habitat aquatic
situations of all sorts.

Puysa Fontrnatis (Linné).

Bulla fontinalis, Linné, 1758; Lymnea heterostropha, Say, 1817;
Physa gyrina, Say, 1821; LP. aneillaria, Say, 1825; P. concolor,
Haldeman, 1841; P. dbudlata, Gould, 1855, not of Potiez and
Michaud, 1888; P. triticea, Lea, 1856; P. Lordi, Baird, 1863
(syntonic form); 2. ampullacea, Gould in Carpenter, 1863;
P. Nuttalli, Lea, 1864; P. venusta, Lea, 1864; P. propingua,
Tryon, 1865; 2. politissima, Tryon, 1865; P. malleata, Tryon,
1865; P. hordacea, Lea, 1866; P. Wolfiana, Lea, 1869; P. Parkeri,
Currier in DeCamp, 1881 (syntonic form); Physella Columbiana,
Hemphill in Keep, 1888 (syntonic form),

PuYsA FONTINALIS acura (Draparnaud).

Physa acuta, Draparnaud, 1805; P. oseulans, Haldeman, 1843 (as
subsequently restricted) ; 2. Mexicana, Philippi in Martini and
Chemnitz, 1844; P. virginea, Gould, 1847; LP. humerosa, Gould,
1855 (syntonic form); P. virgata, Gould, 1855; P. costata,
Newcomb, 1861 (syntonic form); 2. Gabdi, Tryon, 1863 (syntonie
form); LP. striata, Lea, 1864, not of Menke, 1880; P. Staffordi,
Lea, 1864; P. parva, Lea, 1864; P. Hawni, Lea, 1864;
P. Grosvenort, Lea, 1864; P. Zraski, Lea, 1864; LP. Blandi,
Lea, 1864; P. Coopert, Tryon, 1865; P. diaphana, Tryon, 1865;
P. distinguenda, ‘Tryon, 1865; P. occidentalis, Tryon, 1865
(syntonic form); P. sparsistriata, Tryon, 1865; P. Dorbignyana,
Lea, 1866; LP. coniformis, Tryon, 1866; P. Carltont, Lea, 1869;
P. Watts, Arnold, 1910 (syntonic form).

HANNIBAL: CALIFORNIAN FRESHWATER MOLLUSCA. 165

Physa fontinalis. Shell of moderate size, spire rather obtuse, whorls
inflated, sutures somewhat impressed, columella short and oblique ;
habitat everywhere in aquatic situations.

Boreal portion of European Province and Nearectic Region. Yukon,
Alaska, Fraser, Columbia, Klamath, Utah, Nevada, and Coast Range
Systems, occasionally farther south.

Quaternary : Loess of eastern States ; post-Glacial deposits of
Vancouver and San Juan Islands.

Physa fontinalis acuta. Shell similar to fontinalis, but the whorls
slightly more inflated, the sutures deeper, and the columella long and
straight, with a rudimentary fold ; fontinalis stage passed during late
adolescence ; habitat same.

Temperate and sub-tropic portions of European Province and
Nearctic Region ; Mexican and Antillean Provinces. Utah, Nevada,
Klamath, Coast Range, Los Angeles, Mojave, Colorado, and Arizona
Systems, infrequently farther north.

Quaternary: Bonneville Lake beds, Utah; Lahontan Lake beds,
Nevada; marls of Santa Rosa Island, alluvial deposits of San Joaquin
Valley, and San Pedro Formation (specimens washed into marine
terraces), California. Pliocene: Kettleman, Cache, and Santa Clara
Lake beds, California.

For those writers who fondly believe that nothing of importance
has been done by the Europeans that will assist in the classification
of the New World molluses, a consultation of Moquin-Tandon’s
LTHistoire Naturelle des Mollusques terrestres et fluviatiles de France in
this connexion is suggested. That work was written in 1855-6 at
a time when writers on American conchology had contributed but
a score or so of synonyms to fontinalis and its sub-species, instead of
the ten score which now burden the literature, yet the characters used
there to distinguish the species are identical with those suggested by
the writer, quite independently, two years ago, and, except that acuta
is given sub-specific rather than full rank, the nomenclature accepted
in these pages follows the French author closely.

Puysa Hypnorum (Linné).
Bulla hypnorum, Linné, 1758; Bulinus Tryont, Currier, 1867.

Shell of moderate size, spire acute, whorls rather appressed, sutures
not appreciably impressed, columella short and oblique ; habitat lakes,
rivers, and sloughs.

Boreal portions of American and European Provinces. Yukon,
Utah, and locally in Columbia System.

CHARGES FOR ADVERTISEMENTS

OUTSIDE COVER. Each insertion—

Whole page . : ; 30s.
Half page F : : 15s.
Quarter page. ; : 7s. 6d.

INSIDE COVER. Each insertion—

Whole page . : ; 20s.
Half page F : 10s.
Quarter page . , é 5s.

Walacological Society of London.

(Founded 27th February, 1893.)

Officers and Council—elected 9th February, 1912.
President :—R. BuLLEN Nrwron, F.G.S.

Vice-Presidents :—Rev. A. H. Cooxn, M.A.; G. C. Crick, F.G.S.;
Rev. Professor H. M. Gwarxin, D.D.; B. B. Woopwarp, F.L.S.

Treasurer :—J. H. Ponsonpy, F.Z.S., 15 Chesham Place, London, S.W.

Secretary:—G. K. Gupr, F.Z.S., 45 West Hill Road, Wandsworth,
London, 8.W.

Editor: — KE. A. Smrrx, L8.0., Natural History Museum, Cromwell
Road, London, 8.W.

Other Members of Council:—Rev. E. W. Bowen, M.A.; Rev. R.
AsHineton Buuren, B.A., F.LS.; H. B. Presron, F.Z.S.;
H. O. N. SHAw, F.Z.8.; E. R. Syxus, B.A., F.L.S.; J. R. te B.
Tomuin, M.A., F.E.S.

By kind permission of the Council of the Linnuan Socrery, the
MEETINGS are held in their apartments at Buriinaton HovssE,
Piccapinty, W., on the sreconp Fray in each month from NovEMBER
to JUNE.

The OBJECT of the Society is to promote the study of the Mollusca,
both recent and fossil.

MEMBERS, both Ordinary and Corresponding (the latter resident
without the British Islands), are elected by ballot on a certificate of
recommendation signed by two or more Members.

LADIES are eligible for election. ;

The SUBSCRIPTION is, for Ordinary Members 10s. 6d. per annum
or £7 7s. for Life, for Corresponding Members 7s. 6d. per annum or
£5 5s. for Life. All Members on election pay an Entrance Fee of 10s. 6d.

The PROCEEDINGS are issued three times a year, and each
Member is entitled to receive a copy of those numbers issued during
membership,

[Vols. I-VIII and Vol. IX, Parts I-III, consisting of 52 Parts,
price 5s. net per Part. Parts IV-VI of Vol. IX, and all
succeeding Parts, price 7s. 6d. each. A discount of 20 per
cent upon the above prices is allowed to Members purchasing
these Volumes or Parts through the Secretary. ]

further information, with forms of proposal for Membership, may be
obtained from the Secretary, to whom all communications should be sent
at his private address, as given above.

STEPHEN AUSTIN AND SONS, LYTD., PRINTERS, HERTFORD.

SAS

me Rs ae Sa

Part III. OCTOBER, 1912. Price 7s. 6d. net.

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

\LACOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF LONDON.

EDITED BY
ESA. SMITE. LS:0:,. H:Z.8:

Under the direction of the Publication Committee.

E ORS ALONE ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE STATEMENTS IN THEIR RESPECTIVE

PAPERS.
CAD IN ES Fane SS
20CEEDINGS eae PAGE | PAPERS continued :— PAGE
— eee 219 Descriptions of thirty-three new
ae ce ae 219 species of Gastropoda from
eae iE, Posies Gall Galt of

A Synopsis of the Recent and
Tertiary Freshwater Mollusca
of the Californian Province
(concluded). ByH.HANNIBAL.
eletes Velie Villis)) Sesccsensnet 167
On Dosimia lucinalis (Lamk.)
and its synonyms. By A. J.
JUKES - BROWNE, F.R.S.,
LAC CRISE: Becockh ane Aeseneeeeanceeten 214
New-Generic Names and New
Species of Marine Mollusca.
By T. IREDALE. (Plate IX
PAM BRIE NS Gono hack Scness caceu's 217
On a Collection of Land and
Freshwater Mollusca from
Java. By M. M. SCHEPMAN.
PPR TOOR SMe ss azscsx dias teaee.s 229

LONDON :
DULAU & CO., LTD.,
37 SOHO SQUARE, W.

Oman, and North Arabian
Sea. By J. C. MELVILL,
M.A., D.Se. (Plates XI,
NOM ANAM BYOB.) i, <eenccceneness' 240

Note on
Pectunculus.

the generic name
By Dr. W.H.

Note on some Helicoids from
New Guinea. By G. K.
GUID IS) DEVAS Ree eee eae 257

Remarks on the Evolution of
the Recent Marine Molluscan
Fauna in the Newer Tertiary
Rocks of India. By E. W.
VREDENBURG, F.G.S. (Plate
POH Mote cacsn'asscccvewecewwsencts 259

BERLIN:
R. FRIEDLANDER & SOHN,
11 KARLSTRASSE, N.W.

For information concerning the

MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LOND¢

See page iv of this wrapper.

Proc. Malac. Soc. Vol. X, Pl. VII.

ana owlartes

a ne —

18 b
RECENT AND TERTIARY MOLLUSCA FROM
WESTERN NORTH AMERICA.

167

A SYNOPSIS OF THE RECENT AND TERTIARY FRESHWATER
MOLLUSCA OF THE CALIFORNIAN PROVINCE, BASED UPON
AN ONTOGENETIC CLASSIFICATION.

(Concluded from p. 165.)
By Harorp Hannrpat,

Read 10th May, 1912.
PLATES VII-VIII.

Superfamily MELANOIDE AX (Swainson), 1840.

Tur Melanoidee include several families of cerithiform operculates
inhabiting the marine littoral zone, estuaries, amphibious situations
near the sea, and purely fresh waters, among which may be noted the
Melaniide, Swainson, 1840, urritellide, H. & A. Adams, 1854,
Cerithiide, H. & A. Adams, 1854, Melanopside (H. & A. Adams),
1854, Pleuroceride, Fischer, 1887, and Ellipstomide, n.fam. In
few other groups of Gastropods is the classification more involved
than among the brackish and freshwater Melanoids; species but
distantly related so closely resemble one another that the only
safe criterion by which to distinguish them hes in the anatomy.
_ Even in the following family, however, represented in fully two-
thirds of the streams of the United States, the internal characters
have not been sufficiently described to offer a clue to what constitutes
generic differences.

Family PLEUROCERID&, Fischer, 1887.

Shell of variable size, fusiform or conical, covered with a greenish
or tawny epidermis frequently marked by darker spiral bands, whorls
more or less appressed, sutures but little impressed, aperture in its
simplest form normal, the outer lip sinuate, slightly retracted and
produced below, in the more specialized forms with an elongate
fusiform canal or sutural pleurotomariform cleft; animal oviparous,
mantle-margin simple, operculum horny and concentric; habitat
chiefly fluviatile.

Two stages or sub-families depending chiefly on the modification of
the aperture are recognizable as follows :—

Sub-family PLEUROCERINA, s.s.

Shell melaniform, periphery generally smooth and rounded, aperture
simple, the outer lip sinuate, slightly retracted and produced below.
Genera, Pleurocera, s.s., Ambloxus, Gyrotoma, sub-gen. Goniobasis.

Sub-family GYROTOMINA, n.sub-fam.

Shell not typically melaniform, whorls more or less peripherally
carinate and nodose or nodose-spinous, aperture produced below into
a fusiform canal, or retracted above into a sutural cleft ; Pleurocerine
stage passed during adolescence.

VOL. X.—OCTOBER, 1912. 12

168 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Genera, Gyrotoma, s.s., Pleurocera, sub-gen. Lo.

Through the efforts of Rafinesque, Lea, Haldeman, Anthony, and
the Adams during the early and middle parts of the last century the
classification of this family has been so burdened with unreduced
‘specific synonyms and a superabundance of genera that no subsequent
writer has cared to undertake its thorough revision, while but two
Tryon' and Pilsbry,* have given serious attention to the group since
that time.

In an endeavour to straighten out the involved generic nomenclature
of the Western forms the recent members of the entire family have
been reviewed, and from among the hundreds of nominal species nine
species and four sub-species, representing three genera, have been
selected as entitled to serious consideration.*

It is not anticipated that this treatment will meet with general

approval in every instance. In the absence of a field acquaintance
with the species from east of the. Rocky Mountains (the family is
restricted to the Nearctic Region, and chiefly to the Mississippi Valley),
and the necessity of depending on figures, locotypes, and named
specimens, certain errors are bound to creep in. If, however, the
way is paved for a thorough revision, the mission of these pages will
have been fulfilled. To assist in. this types have been cited for
all the gronp names current in the literature, without, however,

! Strepomatidee, Smith. Misc. Coll., No. 253, 1873.

» Tn Pilsbry & Rhodes, Proc. Philad. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1896, pp. 495 ff.

’ The genus Hllipstoma (+ Anculosa, Say), ordinarily included in this family,
in reality groups by itself in the Ellipstomide, noy. The species (if there
is more than one with several sub-species) are wholly confined to the
waters east of the Mississippi River, and hardly concern us here. ‘The
following is a summary of the generic arrangement :—

Genus ELLIPSTOMA, Rafinesque.
Ellipstoma, Rafinesque, 1818 (H#. gibbosa, Raf.) ; Lithasia, Haldeman, 1840:
(Anculosa (Lithasia) genicula, Hald. = H. gibbosa, Ratf.).
Type, Ellipstoma gibbosa, Rafinesque.

Sub-genus ANCULOSA, Say.

Leptoxis, Rafinesque, 1818 (no species cited, description apparently based on
prerosa); Anculosa, Say, 1821 (Melania (Anculosa) prerosa, Say) ;
Anculotus, Say, 1825 (emended form); Leptowxis, ‘Rafinesque,’ Haldeman,
1847 (L. retusa, Raf. =? A. prerosa, Say); Ewrycelon, Lea, 1864
(Goniobasis (Hurycelon) umbonatum, Lea = A. prerosa, Say). ;

Type, Melania (Anculosa) prerosa, Say.

Sub-genus MuDALIA, Haldeman.

Bulimus (sp.), Bruguiére, 1792 (B. carinatus, Brug.) ; Paludina (sp.), Say,
1819 (P. dissumilis, Say = B. carinatus, Brug.) ; Mudalia, Haldeman,
1840 (P. dissimilis, Say = B. carinatus, Brug.); Nitocris, H. & A. Adams,
1854 (Aneulosa carinata, Lea:'= B. carinatus, Brug., first species) ;
Spirodon, ‘ Anthony MS.,’ Tryon, 1873 (4. monodontoides, Conr.= B. cari-
natus, Brug.), in synonymy.

Type, Bulumus carmatus, Bruguieére.

The genetic relations of these three are in reverse order. Mudalia represents

the most primitive, and Hllipstoma the most highly modified stage.

-—” oe

HANNIBAL: CALIFORNIAN FRESHWATER MOLLUSCA. 169

interposing unnecessary changes in the existing nomenclature, thus
eliminating them as possibilities for future disturbance. One of the
most knotty problems has been the recognition of Rafinesque’s
genera. The English language is not forceful enough to adequately
express the feeling of the systematist who has to judge these crimes
in the name of science.

Genus Prievrocera, Rafinesque.

Pleurocera, Rafinesque, 1818, 1819 (generic diagnosis only) ;
Pleurocera, Rafinesque, 1820 (P. verrucosa, Raf.) ; Melania
(sp.), Say, 1821 (JL canaliculata, Say) ; Telescopella, Gray,
1837 (JL. undulata, Say = canaliculata, Say); Ceriphasia, Swain-
son, 1840 (C. suleata, Swains. = UW. canaliculata, Say); Angitrema,
Haldeman, 1841 (Jf. armigera, Say); Elimia (sp.), H. & A.
Adams, 1854 (Jf. elevata, Say = canaliculata, Say); Megara
(pars), H. & A. Adams, 1854 (JZ. lima, Conr. = P. verrucosa,
Raf.) ; Streptobasis, Lea, 1861 (S. Spillmanii, Lea = IL. bitenvata,
Conr.) ; Zryphanostoma, Lea, 1862 (If. canaliculata, Say) ;
Strepoma, ‘ Rafinesque MS.,’ Haldeman, 1863 ( Ceriphasia sulcata,
Swains. = IW. canaliculata, Say, by substitution); Jleseschiza,
Lea, 1864 (IZ. Grosvenorii, Lea = MW. armigera, Say, deformed).

Type, Pleurocera verrucosa, Rafinesque.'

! No type species has ever been cited for Plewrocera so far as the writer has
been able to determine. Tryon, Fischer, and Pilsbry appear to have
regarded Melania canaliculata, Say (not described till 1821), as typical,
but do not identify it with any of Rafinesque’s species. Rafinesque first
described the genus in 1818 in the American Monthly Magazine and
Critical Review, and repeated the diagnosis in a somewhat altered form in
the Jowrnal de Physique for 1819. Six species were named in the former
instance, but it does not appear that they ever passed the nomen nudum
stage. The generic description, with a little imagination, would fit any
member of this section of the family about equally well, so that nothing
can be gained from that. In the Annals of Nature, i, p. 11, 1820,
Rafinesque described Plewrocera verrucosa, and mentioned that ihe genus
had been diagnosed in the Jowrnal de Physique. Tryon says in regard to
this species: ‘‘ With no disposition to give place to the description of
Mr. Rafinesque, at the expense of naturalists of honesty and reputation,
I am still constrained, in this instance, to quote his name for the shell
that is so well known amongst us as Mr. Say’s nwpera. Indeed, I cannot
find any description of a species of shell, by Rafinesque, which indicates
so unmistakably the shell intended by him, as does the one here quoted.
It may, be mentioned, not as proof in itself, but merely as collateral
evidence of the correctness of my views of this species, that in a manuscript
by Rafinesque, entitled Conchologia Ohioensis, belonging to the Smithsonian
Institution, a rough pen sketch of Plewrocera verrucosa is given, which is
a very good representation of Mr. Say’s mwpera.’’? Plewrocera must there-
fore be dated from 1820, with P. verrucosa as the monotype.

That Rafinesque’s group was probably no more homogeneous than the
later divisions of the Adams and Lea, may be judged from the fact that in
1831 three more species were added, of which P. gonula, probably, and
P. quadrosa certainly are referable to canaliculata, while P. acuta is
doubtless Ambloxus virguricum.

170 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Sub-genus Io (Lea).

? Oxytrema, Rafinesque, 1819 (no type cited, description appears to
have been based on smooth 3 m of fluviatilis) ; ; Fusus (sp.), Say,
1823 (fF. fluviatilis, Say); Zo, Lea, 18382 (L. fustformis, Lea =
F. fluviatilis, Say) ; Malfisun Swainson, 1840 (no species cited,
description apparently based on fluviatilis).

Type, Pusus fluviatilis, Say.

Sub-genus Pleurocera, s.s. Shell of rather large size, averaging
30mm. in altitude, solid, spire elevated-conic, early whorls normally —
smooth and rounded, adult whorls barely ‘inflated or appressed,
frequently more or less nodose on the periphery, which has a tendency
to become sub-carinate, aperture simple, pillar straight and imperforate,
outer lip sinuate, somewhat produced and channelled below ; habitat
streams.

Sub-genus Jo. Shell similar to preceding but larger, averaging
40mm. in altitude, moderately thin, spire elevated-conic, whorls
barely inflated or appressed, periphery sub-carinate and more or less |
ornamented with nodes which increase in size and complexity with
the later growth tending to acquire the character of spines, imperforate,
outer lip ‘deeply sinuate, and produced below into a fusiform canal ;
Pleurocera stage passed during adolescence ; habitat in streams.

Pleurocera includes the usually peripherally nodose, straight-pillared,
more or less conical American Melanoids, the canalled forms composing
the sub-genus Jo. A somewhat anomalous state of affairs exists, but
one to be expected in the history of all genera, in that all the Ios
are represented by sub-species in typical Pleurocera.

PLEUROCERA veRRUCOSA, Rafinesque.

P. verrucosa, Rafinesque, 1820; Ielania nupera, Say, 1829; Mela-
nopsis semigranulosa, Deshayes, 1830; JL. dima, Conrad, 1834;
M. Hydet, Conrad, 1834; IW. Florentiana, Lea, 1841; IL. fuliga-
nosa, Lea, 1841; JL. venusta, Lea, 1841; JL. Holstonia, Lea,
1841; Lithasia dilatata, Lea, 1841.

Shell of moderate size, broadly conical, whorls barely inflated,
periphery rounded, early volutions smooth, penultimate and body-
whorls with about five rows of tubercles, the fourth row peripheral,
aperture elliptical and somewhat produced below, outer lip sub-sinuate —
and channelled at base; habitat streams.

Holston, Tennessee, and lower Ohio Rivers, American Province.

PLEUROCERA CANALICULATUM, Say.

Melania canaliculata, Say, 1821; JL. conica, Say, 1821 (preoce.) ;
M. Sayt, Wood, 1828; I. undulata, Say, 1829; JL exarata,
Menke, 1830; JL ligata, Menke, 1830; JL. auriscalpium, Menke,
1830; Pleurocera quadrosa, Rafinesque, 1831; JM. alvearis,
Conrad, 1834; JL. annulifera, Conrad, 1834; JL. excurtata,
Conrad, 1834; Jf. prasinata, Conrad, 1834; IL. pyrenellum,
Conrad, 1884; Cerdphasia sulcata, Swainson, 1840; JL. sub-
stricta, Haldeman, 1840; J/. ‘ nupera, Say’, Say, 1840 (pars) ;

HANNIBAL: CALIFORNIAN FRESHWATER MOLLUSCA. Lyra

M. regularis, Lea, 1841; Jf. exarata, Lea, 1841 (preocc.) ;
M. turgida, Lea, 1841; M.arata, Lea,1841 ; IL. producta, Lea, 1842;
M. Foremaniti, Lea, 1842; I. curvatum, Lea, 1842; IL. torquata,
Lea, 1842; Jf. Ordiana, Lea, 1842; WM. torta, Lea, 1842;
M. filum, Lea, 1845; I. pernodosa, Lea, 1845; IM. Brumby,
Lea, 1852; Jf. gradata, Anthony, 1854 ; IL. planogyrum, Anthony,
1854; UW. eximia, Anthony, 1854; JL glans, Anthony, 1854
(preoce.) ; JL. inerassa, Anthony, 1854; JL. fastigeata, Anthony,
1854; IL. opaca, Anthony, 1860; JL. ponderosa, Anthony, 1860;
M. grossa, Anthony, 1860; JL. in/rafusciata, Anthony, 1860;
M. glandula, Anthony, 1860; JL wostoma, Anthony, 1860 ;
M. nigrostoma, ‘Anth. MS.,’ Reeve, 1860; JL rorata, Reeve,
1860; Lo gracilis, Lea, 1861; LZ. robusta, Lea, 1861 ; L. viredula,
Lea, 1861; Zryphanostoma dux, Lea, 1862; 7. Troostii, Lea,
1862; 7. viride, Lea, 1862; 7. ligatum, Lea, 1862; 7. Showal-
therii, Lea, 1862; 7. Thorntonii, Lea, 1862; TZ. trivittatum,
Lea, 1862; 7. Posteliii, Lea, 1862; 7. incurvum, Lea, 1862;
T. Alabamense, Lea, 1862; 7. Florencense, Lea, 1862; 7. olivaceum,
Lea, 1862; 7. simplex, Lea, 1862; 7. canalitium, Lea, 1862;
T. Clarktvi, Lea, 1862; 7. Anthonyi, Lea, 1862; 7. moriforme,
Tea, 1862; 7: Pybasi, Lea, 1862; 7. Jays, Lea, 1862 ;
1. Hartmanti, Lea, 1862; 7. bivittatum, Lea, 1862; 7. Spill-
manit, Lea, 1862; 7. tortum, Lea, 1862; 7. Tennessee’nse,
Lea, 1862; 7. minor, Lea, 1862; 7. dignum, Lea, 1862;
T. moniliferum, Lea, 1862; 7. trochulus, Lea, 1862; 7. pumilium,
Lea, 1862; Z. Christyi, Lea, 1862; 7. Tuomeyz, Lea, 1862 ;
T. labiatum, Lea, 1862; 7. Lewisii, Lea, 1862; 7. curtatum,
Lea, 1868; P. plicatum, Tryon, 1863; 7. Roanense, Lea, 1864 ;
T. Lesley?, Lea, 1864; 7. univittatum, Lea, 1864; 7. subrobustum,
Lea, 1864; Z. cinctum, Lea, 1864; 7. cylindraceum, Lea, 1864 ;
T. napoideum, Lea, 1864; 7. affine, Lea, 1864; P. Leai, Tryon,
1873; P. Parkerwi, Tryon, 1873.

Shell large, rather broadly conical, whorls closely appressed, sutures
not impressed, periphery sub-rounded or angular, aperture elliptical
and more or less produced below, the outer lip sinuate and channelled
at base; habitat chiefly streams.

Ohio, Tennessee, and Alabama River Systems, American Province.

PLEUROCERA FLUVIATILIS ARMIGERA (Say).

Melania armigera, Say, 1821; I. stygia, Say, 1829; IL. tuberculata,
Lea, 1880 (preoce.); I Duttoniana, Lea, 1841; ML Jayana,
Lea, 1841; IM. Spixiana, Lea, 1848; JL robulina, Anthony,
1850; Jo rota, Reeve, 1860; JZ. fasciolata, Reeve, 1860;
M. nodata, Reeve, 1860; Angitrema Wheatleyi, Tryon, 1866.

Shell of moderate size, broadly conical, whorls appressed, periphery
subangular and more or less nodose on body-whorl, aperture elliptical
and slightly produced below, outer lip barely sinuate and channelled
at base; habitat streams.

Cumberland, Wabash, and lower Tennessee Rivers, Alabama, American

Province.

—
“I
bo

PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Pievrocera Brrentara (Conrad),

Melania biteniata, Conrad, 1884; Jf. curta, Haldeman, 1841; JL
pumilia, Lea, 1845; IL. solida, Lea, 1845 (preoce.); IL corpulenta,
Anthony, 1854; Streptobasis Spillmanii, Lea, 1861; S. cornea,
Lea, 1861; S. Clarkii, Lea, 1861; S. olivaria, Lea, 1862;
S. carinata, Lea, 1862; S. Lyoni?’, Lea, 1864.

Shell of moderate size, conic-subpupiform, whorls appressed, com-
pressed, and somewhat concave above the sub-rounded periphery,
aperture sub-elliptical, narrowing above, columella callused, outer lip
sinuate and channelled at base ; habitat streams.

Tennessee and Alabama Rivers, American Province.

Prevrocera sontpa (Lea).

Anculosa solida, Lea, 1842; Melania brevis, Lea, 1842; Lithasia
Showaltherit, Lea, 1850; IL. compacta, Anthony, 1857; LZ. nuelea,
Lea, 1860; JL. trivittata, Reeve, 1860; L. fusiformis, Lea, 1861 ;
L. vittata, Tes, L862); 32. Downiei, Lea, 1862.

Shell similar to preceding but more slender-conic, whorls appressed —
and slightly shouldered at periphery, aperture narrowly elliptical and
produced above and below, columella not heavily callused, outer hp.
but shghtly sinuate and not prominently channelled at base ; habitat
streams.

Coosa and ? Cumberland Rivers, Alabama, American Province.

Tryon has written solida as a synonym of brevis, described by
Lea on a preceding page of the same article. He says, however:
‘Mr. Reeve has not recognized the genus Lithasia, and accordingly
changes the name (i.e. dr evis) to trivittata, Reeve, because Mr. Lea had
already used brevis for a Melanian.” Reeve’s monograph has not
been at hand to verify Tryon’s statement, and there is no record in
Scudder’s Index that Lea described more than the one MJelania brevis.
Owing, however, to the enormous number of specific names used
under Méelania it is not unlikely that brevis is preoccupied several
times. Until the classification is thoroughly cleared up it seems
preferable to write solida.

Prevrocera (Jo) rruviariis (Say).

Fusus fluviatilis, Say, 1825; Lo fusiformis, Lea, 1831; Z. spinosa, Lea,
1834; J. tenebrosa, Lea, 1834; ZL. brevis, Anthony, 1860;
I. spirostoma, Anthony, 1860; JZ. turrita, Anthony, 1860;
I. inermis, Anthony, 1860; Z. verrucosa, Reeve, 1860 (preocc.) ;
I. lurida, ‘ Anth. MS.,’ Reeve, 1860; JZ. gidbbosa, ‘Anth. MS.,’
Reeve, 1860; L. rhombica, ‘Anth. MS.,’ Reeve, 1860; JZ. recta,
‘Anth. MS.,’ Reeve, 1860.

Shell of Taree size, broadly conical, the mid-adolescent whorls
subangular at periphery, and more or less ornamented with nodes
which increase in size and complexity on the later volutions, developing
on the body-whorl into hollow spines, aperture broadly elliptical and
very much produced below, the canal nearly equal in length to the
spire; armigera stage completed during early adolescence; habitat
streams.

HANNIBAL: CALIFORNIAN FRESHWATER MOLLUSCA. 173

Tennessee River and tributaries above Jackson County, Alabama
(fide Jas. Lewis), American Province.
Apparently a northern sub-species of armigera.

Prevrocera (Io) cANALICULATUM NOBILF (Lea).
Melania nobilis, Lea, 1845; Lo Spillmanii, Lea, 1861; JZ. variadbiiis,
Lea, 1861; J. nodosa, Lea, 1861; ZL. modesta, Lea, 1861.

Shell similar to canaliculatum but larger, a sub-carinate nodose
periphery developed on the body-whorl, aperture produced into a
short gyrate canal; canaliculatum stage passed during late adolescence ;
habitat streams.

Little Tennessee and ‘Tennessee Rivers, Alabama, American
Province.

A poorly marked southern race of canalieulatum.

Genus Amstoxts (Rafinesque). !

Buceinum (sp.), Gmelin, 1788 (B. Virginicum, Gmel.); Paludina
(sp.), Say, 1819 (B. Virginicum, Gmel.); Melania (sp.), Say, 1824
(B. Virginieum, Gmel.) ; Ambloxus, Rafinesque, 1881 (Melania
(Ambloxus) rugosa, Raf. = B. Virginicum, Gmel.); Hemisinus (sp.),
H. & A. Adams, 1854 (J/. bulbosa, Gld. = JL. plicifera, Lea) ;
Pachycheilus (Pachychilus, Lea, em.) (sp.), H. & A. Adams, 1854
(ML. simplex, Say = B.Virginicum, Gmel.); Potadoma (sp.), H. & A.
Adams, 1854 (I, depygis, Say = B. Virginicum, Gmel.); Elimia

1 While no mention of previous publications is made, it would appear at first
glance that Amblorus, Rafinesque, 1831, is a lapsus for Ambloxis,
Rafinesque, 1818, under which two species, A. ebwrnea and A. ventricosa,
were named but not described. However, it would take a deal of imagina-
tion—more than the writer possesses—to fit one of the slender Pleurocerids
described in 1831 to the diagnosis of Ambloxis, 1818, which was doubtless
intended for some Viviparoid. This is borne out by the fact that in 1865
Binney, in the third part of his Land and Freshwater Shells of North
America, figured Ambloxis major or Lymnea eburnea and Lymnula
ventricosa from Rafinesque’s manuscript, referring them to Melantho
(= Campeloma) decisa as synonyms. Rafinesque must be credited with
a considerable amount of acumen in recognizing genera; his groups for
homogeneity were fully up to the standard of the time and in this family
about equal to any work that has ever been done. It seems unreasonable,
therefore, to accuse him of referring a vertically plaited syntonic form of
Buccinum Virginicum, Gmel., to a genus of Lioplacide. Rafinesque has
Amblema, Amblotrema, Amblasmodon, Ambloxis, and, according to Binney,
Amblostoma, so that Ambloxws is evidently another formed on the same
favourite plan, though it is unfortunate that he ran out of desirable
etymological combinations of acutws before this was named. The
confusion of these two is merely the outcome of the notorious carelessness
of this author in his writings, but cannot affect the status of Ambloxus,
1831, which was given to include two species, of which the first is
certainly recognizable and the second doubtfully so. Amblorus and
Amblowis are sufficiently distinct to stand side by side nomenclaturally,
but occurring as they do in allied groups from the same region there is
opportunity for confusion on that score. However, Ambloxis, Rafinesque,
1818, has no status, and Amblovis, ‘ Rafinesque,’ Binney, 1865, stands as
a synonym of Campeloma, leaving the field clear for Amblorus, Rafinesque,
1831

174 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

(pars), H. & A. Adams, 1854 (JL. acuticarinata (error for acuto-
carinata), Lea = B. Virginicum, Gmel.); JMlelasma, H. & A,
Adams, 1854 (Melania blanda, Lea = B. Virginicum, Gmel.);
Juga,H. & A. Adams,1854 (B. Virginicum, Gmel.); Zryphanostoma
(sp.), Lea, 1862 (7. ‘Knocvillense, Lea = B. Virginicum, Gmel.) ;
Goniobasis (sp.), Lea, 1862 (G4. Draytonié, Lea = M. plicifera, Lea).

Type, Buceinum Virginicum, Gmelin.

Shell of moderate size, averaging 25 mm. in altitude, sub-solid,
spire attenuate, whorls normally barely rounded or slightly incurved
between the suture and the rounded periphery, aperture simple, the
pillar curved and imperforate, outer lip sinuate and somewhat
produced below; habitat lakes and streams, occupying a wider
variety of situations than any other genus in this family

Ambloxus includes the fusiform Pleurocerids, the last genus of the
family to be definitely separated from the Lamarckian Melania, and
hence one which has suffered considerable nomenclatural vicissitude.

None of the species are known to have specialized up to the stage
corresponding to /o in the preceding genus, or Gyrotoma, s.s., in the ©
one to follow. ‘he members of this group are very similar, and not
always easy to separate, but with the exception of the Eocene tenerus
and the recent Virginicus all seem sufficiently distinct. Normally
each is smooth, but malleated, axially plicate, suturally carinate,
peripherally carinate, multicarinate, and spirally frilled forms or
types embodying a combination of two or more of these characters
apparently occur in every species. ‘These are unquestionably of the
nature of syntonic modifications, but, in contrast to other groups so
affected, the early growth appears to be the most frequently and
seriously deformed, the distortion prevailing in the adult condition
only in extreme instances. The philosophy of this is not entirely
understood, but it is probable that the stage preceding the present
adult stage was a sculptured one, and certain atavistic tendencies are
so influenced that the shell assumes bizarre forms.

The synonymy of A. Virginicus in spite of its length has been
given in full in order to suggest the vast multiplicity of forms that
may be expected in a rampantly susceptible species, distributed over
a wide area and naturally exposed to many influences. While
probably by no means complete, it is yet a striking testimonial of
how the American Melanoids should not be classified. Since the
bulk of the synonyms are based on syntonic forms, for brevity a few
of the better-known normal forms are so noted.

AmBioxus Virernicus (Gmelin).

Buceinum Virginicum, Gmelin, 1788 (normal); Jlelania carinifera,
Lamarck, 1801; Jf elevata, Say, 1821; JL multilineata, Say,
1822; JL. catenaria, Say, 1822; IM. proxima, Say, 1825;
M. simplex, Say, 1825; M. laqueata, Say, 1829; IL. depygis,
Say, 1829; MM. cancellata, Say, 1829; U. semicarinata, Say,
1829; JL. acuta, Lea, 1830; I. subularis, Lea, 1830; JL. livescens,
Menke, 1830; Jf. fasetata, Menke, 1830; JL auriscalpium,
Menke, 1830; JZ. curta, Menke, 1880; JL (Ambloxus) rugosa,

HANNIBAL: CALIFORNIAN FRESHWATER MOLLUSCA. 175

Rafinesque, 18381; ? I (Ambloxus) viridis, Rafinesque, 1881 ;
Pleurocera acuta, Rafinesque, 1831; JL. elongata, Lea, 1881;
M. dislocata, Ravenal, 1834; J2 carinata, Ravenal, 1854;
M. bella, Conrad, 1834; JZ comma, Conrad, 1834; JIL vestita,
Conrad, 1884; JL formosa, Conrad, 1834 ; JL. semicostata, Conrad,
18384; JZ nassula, Conrad, 1834; JL. congesta, Conrad, 1854 ;
MM. exilis, Haldeman, 1840; JL. catenaria, Lea, 1840 (preoce.) ;
M. catenoides, Lea, 1840; IL. Boykiniana, Lea, 1840; I. sutu-
ralis, Haldeman, 1840 ; JL interrupta, Haldeman, 1840 ; JL pieta,
Lea, 1841; JL Ocoéensis, Lea, 1841; I. levigata, Lea, 1841;
MM. nitens, Lea, 1841; IL dubiosa, Lea, 1841; IL gibbosa, Lea,
1841; JL EHdgariana, Lea, 1841; I. mitida, Lea, 1841;
M. nodulosa, Lea, 1841; M. Nickliniana, Lea, 1841; I. circincta,
Lea, 1841; I. castanea, Lea, 1841; I. tenebrosa, Lea, 1841;
M. sordida, Lea, 1841; J. costulata, Lea, 1841; JL dubia, Lea,
1841; I. striata, Lea, 1841 (preoce.); IL blanda, Lea, 1841 ;
WM. teres, Lea, 1841; IL. Potosiensis, Lea, 1841 ; JZ. decora, Lea, 1841;
M. rufa, Lea, 1841; IL erebricostata, Lea, 1841; IL. Niagraensis,
Lea, 1841; JL terebralis, Lea, 1841; JL Curryana, Lea, 1841;
ML. Troostiana, Lea, 1841; JL ebenum, Lea, 1841; JL acuto-
carinata, Lea, 1841; JL. glabra, Lea, 1841; I. sulcosa, Lea, 1841;
M. columella, ea, 1841; IL caliginosa, Lea, 18413; JL. concinna,
Lea, 1841; I. subsolida, Lea, 1841; J. Warderiana, Lea, 1841 ;
M. Lecontiana, Lea, 1841; IL claveformis, Lea, 1841; IL perfusca,
Lea, 1841; Jf obtusa, Lea, 1841; IL. plicatula, Lea, 1841
(preoce.); JL. Taitiana, Lea, 1841; JL corrugata, Lea, 1841
(preoce.); JL gracilis, Lea, 1841; J. Kirtlandiana, Lea, 1841;
M. monozonalis, Lea, 1841; JL. strigosa, Lea, 1841; IL sub-
cylindracea, Lea, 1841; JL Babylonica, Lea, 1841; IL rufula,
Haldeman, Lea, 1841; J gracilis, Anthony in Haldeman, 1841
(preoce.); JL bella-crenata, Haldeman, 1841; IL. costifera,
Haldeman, 1841; J/. approxima, Haldeman, 1841 ; JL symmetrica,
Haldeman, 1841; J/. intersita, Haldeman, 1841; JZ uniealis,
Haldeman, 1841; Jf rugosa, Lea, 1842; I. expansa, Lea,
1842; UW. striatula, Lea, 1842; I. levis, Lea, 1842 (preoce.) ;
M. Deshayesiana, Lea, 1842; I. levigata, Lea, 1842 (preoce.) ;
M, rufescens, ‘Lea,’ De Kay, 1843; JL gemma, De Kay, 1848 ;
M. bizonalis, De Kay, 18438; JL substricta, Haldeman, 1844;
M. Curryana, Lea, 1844; IW lugubris, Lea, 1844; JL abrupta,
Lea, 1845; JL ovoidea, Lea, 1845 ; IZ carinocostata, Lea, 1845;
M. Alexandriensis, Lea, 1845; IL spurea, Lea, 1845; IW. Buddi,
Lea, 1845; JL Haleiana, Lea, 1845; I. pallescens, Lea, 1845;
M. modesta, Lea, 1847; JL. spinalis, Lea, 1847; IL. symmetrica,
Conrad, 1849 (preoce.); IL nebulosa, Conrad, 1849; JL percari-
nata, Conrad, 1849; I. perangulata, Conrad, 1849; I. sublirata,
Conrad, 1850; IL brevispira, Anthony, 1850; Jf suceinulata,
Anthony, 1850; IL tnornata, Anthony, 1850; JL adbbreviata,
Anthony, 1850; JL bicolorata, Anthony, 1850; JL densa,
Anthony, 1850; J. elata, Anthony, 1850; JL tracta, Anthony,
1850; I. inempta, Authony, 1850; IL pulchella, Anthony, 1850;

176

PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

M. cuspidata, Anthony, 1850 (preoce.); IL plebeius, Anthony,
1850; JL coracina, Anthony, 1850; JL. napella, Anthony, 1850;
M. pagodiformis, Anthony, 1850; JL monilifera, ‘ Anthony,’
Jay, 1852; I. Sellersiana, Lea, 1852; IL. Ohioensis, Lea, 1852;
M. Saffordi, Lea, 1852; I. furva, Lea, 1852; IL perstriata,
Lea, 1852; I Clarku, Lea, 1852; IL sculptis, Lea, 18523
M. oblita, Lea, 1852; I varicosa, ‘Ward MS.,’ Haldeman,
1854; JL viridula, Anthony, 1854; JL eliminata, Anthony,
1854; IL neglecta, Anthony, 1854; JL torulosa, Anthony, 1844 ;
MM. tecta, Anthony, 1854 ; JL. tabulata, Anthony, 1854; JL hastata,
Anthony, 1854; J bacula, Anthony, 1854; JL curvilabris,
Anthony, 1854; JZ ngrocincta, Anthony, 1854; JL vittata,
Anthony, 1854; J. subangulata, Anthony, 1854; JL pallidula,
Anthony, 1854; JL imbricata, Anthony, 1854; JL altipeta,
Anthony, 1854; JL. bieineta, Anthony, 1854; JZ cota, Anthony,
1854; JL arachnoidea, Anthony, 1854; JL. coronilla, Anthony,
1854; JL brunnea, Anthony, 1854; JZ virens, Anthony, 1854;
M. gracilor, Anthony, 1854; JL casta, Anthony, 1854; JL rhom-
bica, Anthony, 1854; JL angulata, Anthony, 1854; MZ. athleta,
Anthony, 1854; JL datitans, Anthony, 1854; JL. vicina, Anthony,
1854; JM, elegantula, Anthony, 1854; JL Postel, Lea, 1858; |
MM. crenatella, Lea, 1860; J funebralis, Anthony, 1860;

MW. cubicordes, Anthony, 1860; JL. angustispira, Anthony, 1860 ;
M. adusta, Anthony, 1860; JL. tenebrocincta, Anthony, 1860;
M. bicostata, Anthony, 1860; JL occulta, Anthony, 1860;
M. assimilis, Anthony, 1860; J cognata, Anthony, 1860;
M. valida, Anthony, 1860; JIL bireincta, Anthony, 1860;
M. corneola, Anthony, 1860; JL paucicostata, Anthony, 1860;
M. hybrida, Anthony, 1860; JL glauca, Anthony, 1860;
M. gracillima, Anthony, 1860; JL rigida, Anthony, 1860;
MM. pulcherrima, Anthony, 1860; JL. intertexta, Anthony, 1860 ;
M. versipellis, Anthony, 1860; JL. tripartita, Reeve, 1860;
M. intensa, ‘Anth. MS.,’ Reeve, 1860; JL surgillata, Reeve,
1860; M. Floridensis, Reeve, 1860; IM. bicolor, ‘Anth. MS.,’
teeve, 1860; JL cneurta, ‘ Anth. MS.,’ Reeve, 1860; JL cinna-
momea, ‘Anth. MS.,’ Reeve, 1860; JL angusta, ‘ Anth. MS.,’
Reeve, 1860; JL larveformis, ‘Lea MS.,’ Reeve, 1860;
M. aljecta, ‘ Hald. MS.,’ Reeve, 1860; JL. Deshayesiana, Reeve,
1860 (preoce.); Jf. scabrella, ‘Anth. MS.,’ Reeve, 1860;
M. semigradata, Reeve, 1861; JL. densicostata, Reeve, 1861;
M. Etowahensis, Lea in Reeve, 1861; J. livida, Reeve, 1861 ;
M. curvirostata, ‘Anth. MS.,’ Reeve, 1861; JL papillosa,
‘Anth. MS.,’ Reeve, 1861; Jf tenera, ‘Anth. MS.,’ Reeve,
1861, not of Hall, 1845; JL paula, Vea, 1861; I. Cahawbensis,
lea, 1861; ML Leart, Brot, 1862; M. scabriuscula, Brot, 1862 ;
M. correcta, Brot, 1862; JL mutata, Brot, 1862; JL Conradi.
Brot, 1862; JL charybea, ‘ Anth. MS.,’ Brot, 1862; Gonzobasis
auricoma, Lea, 1862; G. Lyonit, Lea, 1862; G. Binneyana,
lea, 1862; G. intercedens, Lea, 1862; G. cruda, Lea, 1862;

?

G. strenua, Lea, 1862; G. Pybasit, Lea, 1862; G. rubella,

HANNIBAL: CALIFORNIAN FRESHWATER MOLLUSCGA. WE 7

Lea, 1862; G. spinella, Lea, 1862; G. Christy’, Lea, 1862 ;
G. olivella, Lea, 1862; G. Liedyana, Lea, 1862; G. Grosvenorii.
Lea, 1862; G. rubricata, Lea, 1862; G. Whiter, Lea, 1862
(preoce.); G. Estabrookii, Lea, 1862; G. Downieana, Lea, 1862 ;
G. parva, Lea, 1862; G. Gabbiana, Lea, 1862; G. rostellata,
Lea, 1862; G. veridicata, Lea, 1862; G. subuleformis, Lea,
1862; G. Bentoniensis, Lea, 1862; G. stricta, Lea, 1862;
G. Spillmanit, Lea, 1862; G. Spartanburgensis, Lea, 1862 ;
G. amena, Lea, 1862; G. Lindsleyi, Lea, 1862; G. paupercula,
Lea, 1862; G. proletaria, Lea, 1862; G. purpurella, Lea, 1862 ;
G. continens, Lea, 1862; G. attenuata, Lea, 1862; G. Zoumeyr.
Lea, 1862; G. medioeris, Lea, 1862; G. interveniens, Lea, 1862 ;
G. Dutton, Lea, 1862; G. ornatella, Lea, 1862; G. Anthonyr,
Lea, 1862; G. Georgiana, Lea, 1862; G. Canbyi, Lea, 1862;
G. instabilis, Lea, 1862; G. Carolinensis, Lea, 1862; G. induta,
Lea, 1862; G. mutabilis, Lea, 1862; G. macella, Lea, 1862 ;
G, Doolyensis, Lea, 1862; G. sparsa, Lea, 1862; G. Hlhottii,
Lea, 1862; G. cerea, Lea, 1862; G. Thorntonii, Lea, 1862 ;
G. Viennaensis, Lea, 1862; G. Abbevillensis, Lea, 1862 ;
G@. inosculata, Lea, 1862; G. Brumbyi, Lea, 1862; G. difficilis,
Lea, 1862; G. Coupertt, Lea, 1862; G. cinerea, Lea, 1862;
G. Hallenbeckii, Lea, 1562; G. inclinans, Lea, 1862; G. cadus,
Lea, 1862; G. Vanuxremii, Lea, 1862; G. Uchee’nsis, Lea, 1862 ;
G. ecrispa, Lea, 1862: G. Barratti’, Lea, 1862; G. cinerella,
Lea, 1862; G. Vauaxiana, Lea, 1862; G. inconstans, Lea, 1862 ;
Tryphanostoma Vanuxemii, Lea, 1862; 7. mucronatum, Lea, 1862 ;
T. Knoaxvillense, Lea, 1862; TZ. Sycamore’nse, Lea, 1862;
T. Chakasahense, Lea, 1862; 7. Whiter, Lea, 1862 (preocc.) ;
7. subulare, Lea, 1862; 7. strictum, Lea, 1862; 7. Henryanum,
Lea, 1862; TZ. simplex, Lea, 1862; T., parvum, Lea, 1862;
T. Knozxense? Lea, 1862; 7. attenuatum, Lea, 1862; 7. pallidum,
Lea, 1862; 7. Estabrookit, Lea, 1862; 7. Carolinense, Lea, 1862 ;
T. mestum, Lea, 1862; TZ. lativittatum, Lea, 1862; 7. striatum,
Lea, 1862; Z. rostellatum, Lea, 1862; G. Decampit, Lea, 1863 ;
G. Louisvillensis, Lea, 1863; G. infantula, Lea, 1863; G. litha-
sotdes, Lea, 1863; G. aterina, Lea, 1863; G@. Mhilesii, Lea, 1868 ;
G. informis, Lea, 1863; G. Cumberlandiensis, Lea, 1868;
G. porrecta, Lea, 1863; G. vittatedla, Lea, 1863; 7. Curriertanum,
Lea, 18638; 7. Lyonti, Lea, 1863; TZ. luteum, Lea, 1863;
G. Prestoniana, Lea, 1864; T. carinatum, Lea, 1864; 7. corneum,
Lea, 1864; G. Catabea, Haldeman, 1865; G. graminea, Haldeman,
1865; G. translucens, Anthony, 1865; @. enterlineata, Anthony,
1865; G@. Haldemani, Tryon, 1865; B. Conradi, Tryon, 18665 ;
G. Canbyt, Tryon, 1873; G. Stearnsiana, Call, 1886; G. Crandall,
Pilsbry, 1890; G. Comalensis, Pilsbry, 1896; ? G. Columbiensis,
Whiteaves, 1905.

Shell of moderate size, acutely conic, whorls barely inflated,
periphery normally sub-rounded, aperture elliptical, outer lip more
or less sinuate and somewhat produced below; habitat lakes and
streams.

178 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Connecticut River, south to Florida, west to Michigan, Arkansas,
and Texas, American Province.

Quaternary : Loess of eastern States.

Reported from Upper Columbia Lake, British Columbia, by
Whiteaves. The record is a dubious one.

AMBLOXUS PLICIFERUS (Lea).

Melania plicifera, Lea, 1838; JL. oecata, Hinds, 1844; IL bulbosa,
Gould, 1847 (normal); JZ silieula, Gould, 1847; d/. Shastensis,
Lea, 1856; J. nigrina, Lea, 1856 (normal); JL Wahlamatensis,
‘Lea,’ Carpenter,1857 (nude name); JZ. ‘plicata, Lea’, Carpenter,
1857 (error for plicifera); ML. ‘Shortensis, Lea’, W. Cooper, 1860
(error for Shastensis); ML. Newberryi, Lea, 1860; JL. rudens,
teeve, 1860 ; Gontobasis Draytonit, Lea, 1862; G. Bairdiana,
Lea, 1862; G. rubiginosa, Lea, 1863; G. plicifera, var. Oregon-
ensis, Tryon, 1865; G. plicifera, var. bulimoides, Vryon, 1865
G. cireumlineata, Tryon, 1865; JL. Californica, Clessin, 1882
M. ( Goniobasis 2) acutifilosa, Ste: wns, 1891; G. acutifilosa Siski-
youensis, Pilsbry, 18993; G. Rettlemanensts,. Arnold, 1910.

Shell of moderate size, atcntate: conic, whorls rounded, sutures
moderately impressed, periphery showing no trace of a carina, aperture
elliptical, outer lip slightly sinuate, and somewhat produced below ;
habitat running streams and springs, infrequently in lakes.

Columbia, Klamath, Fraser (locally), Nevada (locally), and Coast
Range (locally) Systems.

Pliocene: Kettleman Lake beds, California.

.
>
.
’

AMBLOXUS TENER (Hall).

Cerithium tenerum, Hall, 1845; C. nodulosum, Hall, 1845; Gondo-
basis Cartert, Conrad, 1869; G. columinaris, White, 1883, not
Melania tenera, ‘ Anth. MS.,’ Reeve, 1861 = A. Virginicus.

Shell similar to A. Virginicus, but the whorls usually more
attenuate and less compressed, aperture but slightly sinuate ; habitat
apparently more or less lacustrine.

Kocene: Wasach, Green River, and Bridger formations of Rocky

Mountains; Truckee Lake beds, Nevada.

AmBtoxus Oxequarnsis, Arnold & haus ie n.sp.
PI. Vil, Bigs 27

Shell slender-conic, similar in general outline and size to
A. Virginicus, but more regularly ‘elongate, with proportionally
longer whorls, straight-sided above, and bending in rapidly at the
suture somewhat after the manner of Pleurocera biteniata; sculptured
forms with vertical plications and spiral ridges and frills as in
A. plicifera; aperture deeply sinuate and slightly produced below ;
habitat apparently lacustrine, at least in part.

Altitude (estimated), 32 mm.; breadth, 9°5 mm.; altitude of
body-whorl, 9mm.

Hocene: Local freshwater beds in Tejon formation, Washington.

Proc. Malac. Soc. Vol xX. PE Vili:

RECENT AND TERTIARY MOLLUSCA FROM
WESTERN NORTH AMERICA.

a7

HANNIBAL: CALIFORNIAN FRESHWATER MOLLUSCA. 179

Little Falls, Washington; bluffs along Olequa Creek above shoals
2 miles north of town (types); at shoals 13 miles north of town;
bend half a mile south of town (H. Hannibal).

Genus Gyrotoma, Shuttleworth.

Schizostoma, Lea, 1842 (Melania (Schizostoma) excisa, Lea), not
Schizostoma, Bronn, 18385; Gyrotoma, Shuttleworth, 1845
(G@. ovordea, Shutt. = Wl. excisa, Lea); ‘ Melatoma, Swainson,’
Gray, 1847; Schizochilus, Lea, 1852 (Mf. excisa, Lea, by sub-
stitution), preoce. in Coleoptera; <Aphella, ‘Mighels MS.,’
Anthony, 1860 (no described species cited), in synonymy.

Sub-genus Gonroxpasts (Lea).
Melania (sp.), Conrad, 1834 (Jf. olivula, Conr.); Megara (sp.), H. &
A. Adams, 1854 (JU. olivula, Conr.) ; Goniobasis (pars), Lea, 1862
(G. osculata, Lea = DL. olivula, Conr.); Ilacrolimen, Lea, 1862
(Melania (Macrolimen) Showaltherii, Lea = M. olivula, Conr.).

Type, Melania olivula, Conrad.!

Sub-genus Goniobasis. Shell rather small, averaging 20 mm. in
altitude, solid, regularly conic, whorls appressed and normally smooth,
with a rounded periphery, aperture ovate-elliptical, columella curved,
outer lip barely sinuate, produced below, and slightly retracted above ;
habitat streams.

Sub-genus Gyrotoma, s.s. Shell as in Goniobasis, but the whorls
sub-nodose below the suture, outer lip sinuate, terminating above in
asutural pleurotomariform cleft; Goniobasis stage passed during early
adolescence ; habitat streams.

Gyrotoma embraces two species and two sub-species characteristic
of the Gulf States drainage. Two, both sub-species, belong to typical
Gyrotoma, characterized by a remarkable pleurotomariform cleft
analogous to the canal of Jo, while the remaining forms group in
Goniobasis, in which the more primitive normal character of the
aperture is retained.

On the basis of the aperture alone Goniobasis is liable to be con-
fused with 4méloxus, an error already fallen into by several writers,

1 In describing Goniobasis Lea omitted to designate a type. The contents are
referable to Virginicus, about sixty-five synonyms; olwula, eleven
synonyms ; pliciferus, two synonyms, ete. Some synonym of Virginicus
would be the natural choice, but Lea expressly stated that Virginicus itself
was to be retained in Melania for the time being, hence it cannot be
regarded as a species available to become the type of the present group,
and thus saves the name from falling into the synonymy of Ambloxus.
Lea stated further that the genus might be divided into two sections, of
which the first was to include the conical species (i.e. olivula), and the
second the fusiform (i.e. Virginicus and pliciferus). The first species
named is G. osculata, a synonym of olivula, which may be accepted since
it constitutes the nearest approach to Lea’s original intentions, regardless
of what later writers have attempted to do with the name. The earlier
Megara of the Adams was apparently intended for this same group, and,
judging by the contents, would be a preferable name. However, it
includes the monotype of the prior genus Plewrocera, and is unavailable.

180 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

while the build distinctly reminds one of Plewrocera, s.s. Conchologically »
the adults of these three form an almost complete transition from)
Pleurocera on the one hand to Ambloxus on the other, yet there is;
no reason to regard them as anything but generically distinct. o>
the systematists, following out the idea embodied in Pelseneer’s ;
classification of the Pelecy poda, this may doubtless seem irrational ; ;
a simpler arrangement w ould be to group all the species in Pleurocera ;
as the oldest generic name. Well and good, but Plewrocera represents .
a stock which has in it the latent possibilities of developing a fusiform
canal, Goniobasis a pleurotomariform cleft, while the line of modi-
fication of Ambloxus is not known, but would doubtless involve some
similar modification of the aperture. In other words, these represent
three closely allied stocks modifying in an analogous but not a homo-
logous manner. ‘The similarities are due to the fact that they have
reached the same stage of specialization. It has been noted in
Helisoma that a round-whorled stage is succeeded by a sculptured stage
(carinate in that particular instance), and that in turn by a second
round-whorled stage, while in the allied Planorbis a sculptured stage
(carinate) is sueceeded by a round-whorled, that in turn by a second
sculptured stage (dentate), and that by another round-whorled stage.
This alternation of sculptured and round-whorled stages is as
characteristic of Gastropod evolution as. the ever-increasing complexity
of the lobing of the Ammonoids or the migration of the umbones to
a terminal position in the Pelecypoda. These sculptured Gastropod
stages invariably form a key to the relationships of species, but the
round-whorled ‘stages may not. In the Helicoid land shells, for
instance, several families so closely resemble one another that it has
only been with the study of the anatomy and embryonic whorls in
recent years that even an approximation of relationships has been
established. When the development of each species is studied
carefully, numerous additional changes must be expected.

Of course, the anatomy should be examined to confirm the separations
into Pleurocera, Amblozus, and Goniobasis. But the fact that the
anatomy is unknown is no excuse for the sort of guesswork that has
pervaded this ‘group.

The genus is not certainly known in the fossil state.

Gyroroma (GoNnrIOBASIS) oLIVULA (Conrad).

Melania olivula, Conrad, 1834; Jf. cylindracea, Conrad, 1834;
M. equalis, Haldeman, 1841; JL impressa, Lea, 1841; JL fusi-
formis, Lea, 1841 ; IL erebristriata, Lea, 1841 ; JL Hayesiana,
Lea, 1842; J. Vanuxemiana, Lea, 1842; JL protea, Lea, 1845;
M. auriculeformis, Lea, 1845; I. harpa, Lea, 1845; IL basals,
Lea, 1845; I. arctata, Lea, 1845; IL celatura, Conrad, 1849 ;
M. oppugnata, Lea, 1852; M. clara, ‘Anthony, 1854; J. toxtilosm,
Anthony, 1854; JL pupoidea, Anthony, 1854; JL. cristata,
Anthony, 1854; J£ ampla, Anthony, 1854; JL ambusta,
Anthony, 1854; JL abscida, Anthony, 1860; JL decorata,
Anthony, 1860; JZ. grata, Anthony, 1860: J. lachryma, ‘ Anthony
MS.,’ Reeve, 1861; Jf. varians, Lea, 1861; JL blanda, Lea,

HANNIBAL: CALIFORNIAN FRESHWATER MOLLUSCA, 181

1861; Jf purpurea, Lea, 1861; I. punicea, Lea, 1861;
M. quadrivittata, Lea, 1861; JL clansa, Lea, 1861; JL faseinans,
Lea, 1861; JL propria, Lea, 1861 (preoce.); JL rara, Lea, 1861 ;
M. fallax, Lea, 1861 ; M. Coosaensis, Lea, 1861; IL rubseunda,
Lea, 1861; I. propingua, Lea, 1861; IL. solidula, Lea, 1861;
M. gratiosa, Lea, 1861; JL capillaris, Lea, 1861; M. elliptica,
Lea, 1861; JL midas, Lea, 1861; IL fumea, Lea, 1861; IL. lita,
Lea, 1861; JL gracilor, Lea, 1861 (preoce.) ; JL Shelbyensis, Lea,
1861; JL pergrata, Lea, 1861; JL Alabamensis, Lea, 1861;
M. nubia, Lea, 1861; I. crepera, Lea, 1861; IL Showaltheri,
Lea, 1861; JL equa, Lea, 1861; IL Hartmaniana, Lea, 1861 ;
M. luteola, Lea, 1861; JL straminea, Lea, 1861; Gontobasis
flavescens, Lea, 1862; G. granata, Lea, 1862; G. Stewardsoniana,
Lea, 1862; G@. Zryoniana, Lea, 1862; G. negata, Lea, 1862;
G. fabalis, Lea, 1862; G@. Prairiensis, Lea, 1862; G. flava, Lea,
1862; G. tenebrovittata, Lea, 1862; G. Bridgesiana, Lea, 1862;
G. Gerhardtii, Lea, 1862; G. infusca, Lea, 1862; G. osculata,
Lea, 1862; G. gibberosa, Lea, 1862; G. Hartmanii, Lea, 1862;
G. pudica, Lea, 1863; G@. ellipsoides, Lea, 1863; G@. lepida, Lea,
1863; G. quadricincta, Lea, 1864; Lurycelon Lea, Tryon,
Lea, 1866; G. Leai, Tryon, 1873; G. ‘ inosculata, Lea’,
Tryon, 1873.
Shell of moderate size, conical, whorls sub-inflated, aperture
narrowly elliptical; habitat streams.
Coosa and adjacent streams flowing into the Gulf of Mexico;
American Province.
Gyroroma (Gonronasis) Lara (Jay).
Melania leta, Jay, 1839; M. inflata, Haldeman, 1841; IL. robusta,
Lea, 1841; JL ovalis, Lea, 1842; JZ gravida, Anthony, 1860;
M. Germana, Anthony, 1860; Jf grisea, Anthony, 1860;
MW. teniolata, Anthony, 1860; JL ‘ Buddit, Lea’, Reeve, 1860;
WW. obesa, ‘ Anthony MS.,’ Reeve, 1861; JL orbicula, Lea, 1861;
MW. copiosa, Lea, 1861; JL virgulata, Lea, 1861; IL. culta, Lea,
1861; JL glandaria, Lea, 1861; JL variata, Lea, 1861;
M. sauwis, Lea, 1861; IW. bellula, Wea, 1861; IL calenordes,
Lea, 1861; Jf Lewisiz, Lea, 1861.
Shell of moderate size, broadly conical, whorls not inflated, aperture
broadly elliptical; habitat streams.
Coosa and adjacent streams flowing into the Gulf of Mexico, east
to Florida; American Province.

GyROTOMA OLIVULA Excisa (Lea).

Melania ( Schizostoma) eaxcisa, Lea, 1842; Schizostoma curtum, Mighels,
1844; S. eylindraceum, Mighels, 1844; S. laciniatum, Lea,
1845; Gyrotoma ovoidea, Shuttleworth, 1845; G. earinifera,
Anthony, 1860; G. ampla, Anthony, 1860; G. budbosa, Anthony,
1860; G@. ovalis, Anthony, 1860; IJelatoma spherica, ‘ Anth.
MS.,’ Reeve, 1860; I nucula, ‘Anth. MS.,’ Reeve, 1860;
MV. elliptica, ‘ Anth. MS.,’ Reeve, 1860; JL. ‘ Alabamensis, Lea’,

182 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY,

Reeve, 1860; S. Showaltherit, Lea, 1860; S. castaneum, Lea,
1860; S. pumilum, Lea, 1860; S. globosum, Lea, 1860; S. ‘glans,
Lea, 1860.

Shell as in ol‘vula, but the outer lip sinuate and terminating above:
in a rather broad deep sutural pleurotomariform cleft, body-whorl
sub-suturally nodose ; olivula stage passed during adolescence ; habitat:
streams.

Coosa River, Alabama; American Province.

Gyroroma L#ra Incisa (Lea).

Melania (Schizostoma) incisa, Lea, 1842; Sehizostoma pagoda, Lea,\
1845; S. Babylonicum, Lea, 1845; S. funiculatum, Lea, 1845;
S. Buddii, Lea, 1845; S. constrictum, Lea, 1845 ; Gyroton@
pyramidata, Shuttleworth, 1845; 8S. We tumphaense, Lea, 1860;
S. Alabamense, Lea, 1860; S. Hartmanii, Lea, 1860; S. glandula, ,
Lea, 1860; S. wrens, Lea, 1860; G. quadrata, Anthony, 1860; ;
G. robusta, Anthony, 1860; G. salebrosa, Anthony, 1860 ;;
G. recta, Anthony, 1860; G@. demissa, Anthony, 1860; IJelatomas
ornata, ‘Anth. MS.,’ Reeve, 1860; J/. Anthonyi, Reeve, 1860 ; |
S. Spillmanit, Lea, 1861; S. Showaltherii, Lea, 1864 (preoce.) ; ;
S. Showaltherianum, Tryon, 1878.

Shell similar to /eta, but the outer lip somewhat sinuate and
terminating above in a very deep narrow pleurotomariform cleft,
whorls sub-nodose below the suture ; /eta stage passed during
adolescence ; habitat streams.

Coosa Rin er, Alabama; American Province.

Like the preceding a well-marked northern or western race.

Unrecognized: MMelania (Goniobasis) Furuhjelmt, Mayer, 1869.

Miocene (?) of Alaska.

Family MELANOPSIDA, H. & A. Adams, 1854.
Genus Pacnuycuitus, Lea.
Pachychilus, Lea, 1850 (P. Cumingii, Lea); Pachycheilus, H. & A.

Adams, 1854 (emended form).

Type, Pachychilus Cumingit, Lea.

Three Melanoids from the sub-tropical Eocene and Miocene deposits,
evidently allied to one another, but not grouping closely with any of
the known genera of Pleuroceridee, may be tentatively placed in this
Mexican group. Their true generic position remains to be established.

Pacnycuitus Taytorr (Gabb).

Melania Taylori, Gabb, 1866; Alelania ( Goniobasis ?) sculptis, Meek,
1870, not of Lea, 1852; JL. (G.?) subsculptis, Meek, 1870.
Shell of moderate size, slender-conical, whorls appressed and
rather long, sutures somewhat impressed, periphery rounded, aperture
elliptical, outer lip slightly sinuate ; habitat apparently lacustrine,
at least in part.
Eocene: Payette Lake beds, Idaho and Oregon; Truckee Lake
beds, Nevada.

HANNIBAL: CALIFORNIAN FRESHWATER MOLLUSCA. 183

Pacuycuitus Lawson, n.sp. Pl. VIII, Fig. 23.

Shell slender-conic, spire attenuate and regularly tapering, whorls
very long and appressed, without a distinct periphery, normally
/ smooth, but sculptured forms with several ridges of even magnitude
erossed by plications, aperture but slightly sinuate and produced
below; habitat apparently lacustrine, at least in part.

Length 27, breadth 10, altitude of body-whorl 12 mm.

Miocene : Contra Costa Lake beds, California.

Berkeley Hills, California; near Bald Peak (types) (H. Hannibal) ;
same locality (D. A. C. Lawson, Dr. J. C. Merriam, e¢ a/.); Grizzley
Peak (Dr. A. C. Lawson, Dr. J. C. Merriam, e¢ a/.); north flank of
Ruin Peak (Dr. J. C. Merriam, e¢ a/.).

Named after Dr. A. C. Lawson, of the University of California.

Pacuycuitus Draxet, Arnold & Hannibal, n.sp. Pl. VIII, Fig. 26.

Shell large, averaging about 45 mm. in altitude, elevated-conical,
whorls long and slightly convex, sutures impressed, periphery
rounded, aperture elliptical, outer lip sinuate; habitat apparently
lacustrine, at least in part.

Altitude 45, breadth 14, altitude of body-whorl 12 mm.

Eocene: Tejon formation (local freshwater beds), Washington.

Little Falls, Washington; Bluffs along Olequa Creek at bend
below town (H. Hannibal).

Only a single specimen, evidently syntonically deformed, is at
“hand. The sculpturing consists of about twelve rugose plications
“crossed by an equal number of spirals.

_ Named after Dr. N. F. Drake, of the Department of Geology,
Stanford University.

Superfamily RISSOIDEA (H. & A. Adams), 1854.

Aside from the marine Rissoide, Rissoinide, Skeneide, and
Hydrobiide, and the terrestrial Pomatiopside, the Rissoids include
two aquatic families—the Amnicolide, Tryon, 1862 (+Fluminicoline,
Clessin, 1880, Lithoglyphine, Tryon, 1883, and Paludestrinide,
Newton, 1891), and Bulimide, nom. nov.' (Bythiniine, Tryon, 1868).

1 Type genus Bulimws, Scopoli (Bithynia, Leach, Bythinia and Bithinia of
authors). The name has not come into general use, but as may be seen
from the following is necessarily applicable.

1757. Adanson, Histoire Natwrelle du Sénégal, Coqwillages, p. 5, pl. i,
described and figured ‘‘ Le Bulin, Bulinus’’, from the fresh waters of
Africa. This is one of the physiform Planorbide.

1777. Scopoli, Introductio ad Historiam Naturalium, p. 392, proposed
‘ Bulimus, Adanson’ for the four aquatic and amphibious species of the
Linnean Helix, viz. H. putris (Succinea putris), H. fragilis (Lymnea
stagnalis), H. stagnalis (Lymnea stagnalis), and H. tentacula (Bythinia
tentacula). The diagnosis is not that of Adanson’s Bulinws, which is not
mentioned. No reference is given to where Adanson may have used
Bulimus.

1781. Miller in Der Naturforscher, pp. 1-20, described the anatomy of
‘der Perlen-Blasen’’ (Physa fontinalis), and revived Adanson’s Bulinus,
ostensibly for the physiform section of his genus Planorbis of the preceding

VOL. X.—OCTOBER, 1912. 13

184 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Various authors have disagreed in regard to the limits of the
Amnicolide ; on the one hand it has been extended to include all the:
not strictly rhs irine Rissoid genera, while on the other it has been sub-)
divided on the most superficial characters. Doubtless when restricted:
to embrace only the freshwater Rissoidesee with horny sub-spiral.
opercula, it is a rather over-comprehensive group, but the anatomical
studies necessary to segregate the genera into families and sub-families:
would require time all out of proportion to the results to be gained.
in the present discussion,

Family AMNICOLID, Tryon, 1862.

Shell small or minute, sub-solid, varying from globose to attenuate,
imperforate or umbilicate, whorls more or less inflated, sutures:
impressed, aperture ovate and somewhat retracted below ; animal
oviparous, rostrum short and broad, tentacles cylindrical, blunt or
tapering, foot short and broad, auriculated in front, rounded behind,
and more or less constricted in the middle, operculum corneous and
paucispiral, with a sub-central nucleus; habitat lacustrine and
fluviatile.

Six more or less localized genera, Amnicola, Paludestrina, Flumini-
cola, Pyrgulopsis, Cineinnatia, and Brannerillus, occur in the present

year. Adanson’s species is included and given a binomial name. His
group contains: (1) Bulinus perla (Planorbis bulla, Mill., Bulla fonti-
nalis, L.)=Physa fontinalis; (2) B. turritus (Planorbis tuwrritus, Miull.,
Bulla hypnorum, L.) = Physa hypmorum; (3) B. gelatinus (Planorbis
gelatinus, Mill.) =? Physa fontinalis; (4) B. Senegalensis (Le Bulin,
Bulinus, Adanson).

1786. Scopoli, Delicie Flore et Faune Insubrice, i, p. 67, used Bulimus
for a South American land shell belonging to Boruws, Albers, 1850.

From these data we may draw the following conclusions.

Buluvus, Adanson, is not binomial and pre-Linnzan, hence can only be
cited historically.

Bulimus, Scopoli, 1777, may be based on Brlinws, Adanson, 1757, or it
may be based on some manuscript Bulimws of Adanson. No clue is given
to where Adanson may have used the name, therefore there is no way of
determining. If Bulvmus, Adanson, was a manuscript name, it would
have to be cited as of Scopoli, however, as its first use in print. If
Bulimus is derived from Bulimws, Scopoli’s attribution of the genus to
Adanson explains the derivation of the word, but the fact that he altered
the spelling and used the name for a group, in which Adanson’s species
was not included, places it on a distinct nomenclatural basis, hence it
must be cited as of Scopoli in any event. Helix tentacula, L., has been
named by Dall as a type by elimination, thus giving it priority over
Bithynia, Leach, 1818

Bulinus, Miller, is Bulinws, Adanson, adopted into binomial nomen-
clature. Adanson’s species must go with it, in any event, since it is the
type by autonomy and subsequent elimination.

Bulimus, Scopoli, 1786, makes it impossible to question Bulimus, 1777,
as a lapsus for Bulinws. Its use for a land shell does not concern the
applicability of the name for the species previously included. Scopoli may
have thought his species was aquatic.

The similarity in orthography is undesirable, but does not affect the use
of the names.

One species, Bulimus tentaculus, L., occurs as an introduced form in
the drainage of the Great Lakes and adjacent waters of North America.

>.

HANNIBAL: CALIFORNIAN FRESHWATER MOLLUSCA. 185

district. The shell characters offer only partial satisfaction in their
discrimination.

Genus Amnicora, Gould & Haldeman.
Paludina (sp.), Say, 1819 (P. limosa, Say); Amnicola, Gould and
Haldeman, in Haldeman, 1840, no species cited; in Gould, 1841
(P. porata, Say (=P. limosa, Say), first species, cited by
H. & A. Adams, 1854).

Type, Paludina limosa, Say.

Shell of moderate size, averaging 4mm. in altitude, conic-globose,
sub-perforate, epidermis pale horn-coloured, whorls inflated, sutures
impressed, spire regularly elevated, apex small and obtuse, aperture
ovate, peritreme continuous; habitat quiet streams, lakes, aud springs.

AMNICOLA LimMosa (Say).
Paludina limosa, Say, 1817; P. porata, Say, 1821; A. parva,
Lea, 1841.
Shell large for genus, globose-conic, sutures impressed, spire
elevated; habitat quiet streams and lakes.
Boreal portions of American Province. Utah System.
Quaternary : Loess of eastern States; Bonneville Lake beds, Utah.

AMNICOLA Micrococcus, Pilsbry.
Amnicola micrococeus, Pilsbry, in Stearns, 1902.

Shell minute, globose-conic, spire somewhat elevated, sutures barely
impressed ; habitat springs.

Mojave System.

Unrecognized: Amnicola abavia, Mayer, 1869. Miocene (?) of
Alaska.

Genus Parupesrrina, d’Orbigny.

Bulimus (sp.), Poiret, 1801 (B. viridis, Poir.); Turbo (sp.), Vall,
1801 (Z. griseus, Vall = P. viridis, Poir.); Cyelostoma (sp.),
Draparnaud, 1801 (C. vitreum, Drap.); Hydrobia (sp.), Hart-
mann, 1821 (C. vrtreum, Drap.); Paludina (sp.), Hartmann,
1821 (B. viridis, Poir.) ; Leachia, Risso, 1826 (C. vitrea, Drap.),
not Leachia, Lesueur, 1821; Paludestrina, V@Orbigny, 1840
(Paludina acuta, Desh.); Amnicola (sp.), Haldeman, 1844
(A. attenuata, Hald. = Paludina Nickliniana, Lea); Bithinia
(sp.), Dupuy, 1849 (B. viridis, Poir.); Bythinella, Moquin-
Tandon, 1851 (B. viridis, Poir.); Melania (sp.), Conrad, 1855
(I. exigua, Conr. = A. protea, Gld.); Heleobia, Stimpson, 1865
( Paludestrina culminea, @Orb.), preoce.; Zryonia, Stimpson, 1866
(7. clathrata, Stimp. = A. protea, Gld.); Stimpsonia, Clessin,
1878 (Paludina Nickliniana, Lea).

Type, Paludina acuta, Deshayes.

Shell small or minute, averaging 4mm. in altitude, elongate-conic
or attenuate, sub-perforate, whorls inflated, epidermis pale horn-
coloured, spire regularly elevated, apex small and obtuse, aperture
ovate, peritreme incomplete; habitat lakes, streams, and springs.

The writer entertains doubts that the American species are true

186 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Paludestrinas. If not, Zryonta would become available for their
reception. Of all the aquatic operculates this group is doubtless one
of the most in need of severe critical revision.

PaLuDESTRINA PROTEA (Gould).

Amnicola protea, Gould, 1855 (syntonic form); Jlelania exigua,
Conrad, 1855 (syntonic form); Hydrobia Seemani, Frauenteld,
1863; Zryonia clathrata, Stimpson, 1865 (syntonic form
Bythinella Hemphilli, Pilsbry, 1890; P. Stokes, Arnold, 1908.

Shell usually of rather large size but variable in this respect,
attenuate-conic, sub-perforate, sutures moderately impressed ; habitat
lakes and springs.

Mexican Province. Utah, Nevada, Columbia, Mojave, and Arizona
Systems. Probably present in Klamath, Coast Range, Los Angeles,
and Colorado Systems.

Quaternary: Le Conte Lake beds and San Pedro formation
(specimens washed into marine terraces), California; Summer Lake
beds, Oregon.

Pinecone : Kettleman Lake beds, California.

PaLuDESTRINA Lonerngua (Gould).

Amnicola longingua, Gould, 1855; Pomatiopsis intermedia, ‘Tryon,
1865; Bythinella ‘ Binney, Tryon’, J. G. Cooper, 1888, in part ;
P. Stearnsiana, Pilsbry, 1899 ; ie imitator, Pilsbry, 1899;
P. curta, Arnold, 19038; P. Ander sont, Arnold, 1910.

Shell small or of moderate size, elevated-conic, sub-perforate, sutures
well impressed; habitat lakes, mountain streams, and springs,
generally in organic mud with Corneocyclas.

Utah, Nevada, Columbia (locally), Coast Range, Mojave, Los
Angeles, Arizona, and Colorado Systems.

Quatern nary : Le Conte Lake beds, calcareous spring deposits of Santa
Cruz Mountains, and San Pedro formation (specimens washed into
marine terraces), California; Lahontan Lake beds, Nevada; Bonneville
Lake beds, Utah. Pliocene: Santa Clara, Cache, and Kettleman
Lake beds, California.

Genus Fiuminicota, Stimpson.

Paludina (sp.), Lea, 1838 (P. virens, Lea); Amnicola (sp.), Baird,’
1868 (4. Hindsii, Baird= P. virens, Lea) ; Fluminicola, Stimpson,
1865 C2. oi uttalliana, Lea=P. virens, Lea).

Type, Paludina virens, Lea.

Sub-genus Hear#inta, n.sub-gen.

Anculosa (sp.), Haldeman, 1841 (4. fusea, Hald.).

Type, Paludina seminalis, Hinds.

Named in honour of Dr. Harold Heath, under whose guidance
a portion of the anatomical studies involved in these pages were made.

Sub-genus /luminicola, s.s. Shell of moderate size, averaging
5mm. in altitude, elevated-conic, spire decidedly elevated, early
volutions slender but expanding rapidly before maturity is reached,
whorls inflated, sloping downward and outward, sutures impressed ;
habitat streams and springs.

HANNIBAL: CALIFORNIAN FRESHWATER MOLLUSCA. 187

Sub-genus Heathilla. Shell similar to preceding but more nearly
globose, sub-perforate, the spire but little elevated, early adolescent
whorls slender, but the later ones expanding more rapidly than in
Fluminicola, s.s., sutures shallow, Fluminicola stage carried back to
mid-adolescence ; habitat similar.

The bulk of the Fluminicolas belong to ZZeathilla, which may be
readily distinguished by its globose form. Judging by the localized
distribution of the representatives of this genus, additional species
may be expected when the Great Basin and adjacent desert regions
are explored more fully.

Fruminicora virens (Lea).

Paludina virens, Lea, 1838; P. nuclea, Lea, 1838; P. Nuttalliana,
Lea, 1838; Amnicola Hindsiz, Baird, 1863.

Shell large, elevated-conic, imperforate, epidermis dark green or
tawny, spire elevated, sutures well impressed; habitat streams and
springs.

Columbia and Fraser (locally) Systems.

Froumiicota Mopoct, n.sp. Pl. VIII, Fig. 30.

Shell small, elevated-conic, imperforate, epidermis green-brown,
spire decidedly elevated, sutures oeeRy impressed ; habitat sgunes

Altitude (estimated) 5-0, breadth 3:2, altitude of aperture 2°6 mm.

Nevada System (local ly).

California : Fletcher’ s spring, south end of Goose Lake (type) ;
Fritter’s spring, head of Willow ‘Creek, Honey Lake basin; Troxel’s
spring, Eagle Lake (H. Hannibal).

In the new edition of West Coast Shells this distinct little
Fluminicola was figured as Amnicola micrococcus, to which it bears
some resemblance, though that Rissoid is even more minute and sub-
perforate. LF. Modoci appears to be confined to the lava beds of North-
Eastern California and the adjacent portions of Oregon and Nevada,
once the home of the Modoc Indians, who, led by the intrepid Captain
Jack, for a number of years successfully resisted the settlement of the
country by the whites.

Fromiicota (Hearnmira) rusca (Haldeman).
Anculosa fusca, Haldeman, 1841; Amnicola ‘turbiniformis, Tryon’,
J. G. Cooper, 1871, pars.

Shell large, nearly globose, sub-perforate, epidermis dark silvery-
brown, spire somewhat elevated, sutures impressed, whorls deep ;
habitat streams.

Utah System.

Quaternary: Bonneville Lake beds, Utah.

Frominicota (Herarurria) semrnatis (Hinds).

Paludina seminalis, Hinds, 1842; P. ‘nuclea, Lea’, Hinds, 1844;
F. ‘ Nuttalliana, Lea’, Binney, 1865, pars; Amnicola turbini-
formis, Tryon, 1865; F. ‘ fusca, Haldeman’, Call, 1884, pars;
A, Daili, Call, 1884.

188 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Shell large, globose, sub-perforate, epidermis green-brown, spire
but little elevated, sutures not appreciably impressed, whorls deep;
habitat streams and springs.

Klamath and Nevada Systems.

Varies much in size; specimens from springs are prevailingly |
dwarfed.

Fromrnicora (Hearainca) Merriam, Pilsbry & Beecher.
F. Merriami, Pilsbry & Beecher, 1892.

Shell small, globose-turbinate, perforate, epidermis horn-coloured, |
sutures somewhat impressed, whorls rather deep; habitat springs.

Mojave System.

Friuminicora (Hrarwinia) ERyruRoproma, Pilsbry.
F. fusca, var. minor, Stearns, 1893 (nude name, not used in a strictly
varietal sense); /. erythropoma, Pilsbry, 1899.

Shell small, globose-turbinate, sub-perforate, epidermis silvery
corneous, sutures somewhat impressed, whorls fairly deep, operculum
with slowly increasing volutions and sub-central nucleus; habitat
springs.

Mojave System.

Frioumryicora (Hrarsinta) Corumsrana, Pilsbry.
F’. Columbiana, ‘Hemphill MS.,’ Pilsbry, 1899.

Shell of moderate size, sub-globose, barely perforate, epidermis
dark purplish-black, spire moderately elevated, sutures well impressed,
whorls not deep; habitat streams.

Coiumbia System (locally).

Frominicora (Heraruimia) mrnvurissima, Pilsbry.
F. minutissima, Pilsbry, 1907.

Shell minute, broadly obliquely globose, perforate, epidermis olive-
yellow, sutures impressed, whorls strongly inflated but not deep ;
habitat streams.

Columbia System (locally).

Genus Pyrevunoprsts, Call & Pilsbry.
Pyrgula (sp.), Wolf, 1869 (P. sealariformis, Wolf); Pyrgulopsts,
Call & Pilsbry, 1886 (Pyrgula Nevadensis, Stearns),

Type, Pyrgula Nevadensis, Stearns.

Shell varying from small to large size, averaging 5 mm. in altitude,
turreted-conic, imperforate or sub-umbilicate, epidermis pale horn-
coloured, whorls somewhat inflated, rounded in adolescent stage,
rounded, coronate, or peripherally carinate in adult, the carina
frequently becoming obsolete in senile condition, sutures more or less
impressed in rounded stages, apex usually small and obtuse, aperture
ovate, peritreme continuous; habitat chiefly confined to lakes.

Pyrgulopsis is an interesting group on account of the pronounced
shortening up of the sculptured stage; specimens in each species
frequently pass directly from the juvenile to the senile round-whorled
stage with but a barely appreciable development of the carina, and
in no instance does it occupy a considerable period.

HANNIBAL: CALIFORNIAN FRESHWATER MOLLUSCA. 189

P. Nevadensis is the only living representative of the genus west
of the Rocky Mountains. ‘To this must be added, however, several
additional forms particularly from the Pliocene lake deposits of
California. Other undescribed Amnicolids from the extensive
lacustrine beds of this period on the coast are probably congeneric,
but the writer prefers to delay their description until the sculptured
forms are discovered and their generic position positively established.
The Pyrgulopses are characteristically localized in distribution, and
the fossil forms were apparently rather short-lived, hence become
valuable in horizon determination.

PyreuLopsis ANTIQUA (Gabb).
Lithasia antiqua, Gabb, 1866

Shell large, sub-globose, spire elevated, whorls rounded and smooth,
sutures somewhat impressed, aperture ovate, outer lip slightly sinuate,
peritreme incomplete; habitat apparently lacustrine.

Eocene: Payette Lake beds, Idaho and Oregon.

The writer has seen specimens of this species, but has not had the
opportunity to study the early whorls. While the large size and
globose form suggest Anculosa somewhat, there is scarcely any
hikelhood that it belongs to that family. Its affinities are rather
with the present group, though it is by no means certain that it is
really congeneric with P. Nevadensis. ‘Che proper disposition of

fossil Amnicolide into their respective genera is frequently rather

embarrassing owing to the absence of well-marked shell characters.

Pyrevutopsis Nevapensis (Stearns).
Pyrgula Nevadensis, Stearns, 1883.
Shell of moderate size, slender-conic, imperforate, spire decidedly
elevated, sutures well impressed; habitat lakes.
Nevada System (locally).
Quaternary : Lahontan Lake beds, Nevada.
The prevailing form is peripherally carinate.

Pyreuropsis Yarestana (J. G. Cooper).
Amnicola Yatesiana, J. G. Cooper, 1894.

Shell rather large, pupiform-globose, umbilicate, spire somewhat
elevated, sutures not deeply impressed; habitat, apparently a lake
species.

Pliocene: Santa Clara Lake beds, California.

The prevailing form is the rounded one, but peripherally carinate
individuals are not rare at certain localities.

Pyrevutopsis WittiamMsi, n.sp. Pl. VIII, Fig. 29.
Amnicola ‘ turbiniformis, Tryon’, J. G. Cooper, 1894.

Shell of very large size, broadly conic-globose, sub-perforate, spire
somewhat elevated, sutures more or less impressed ; habitat, apparently
a lake species.

190 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Type (a coronate individual): altitude 8-5, breadth 7, altitude of |
body-whorl 6mm. Co-type (a peripherally carinate individual) : »

altitude 7, breadth 6°3 mm. Co-type (arounded individual): altitude »

8°7, breadth 7 mm.

Pliocene: Kettleman Lake beds, California.

Hills bordering Tulare Valley on west, California; Martin and
Dudley’s oil-well, south-east quarter of section 32, township 26
south, range 21 east, Lost Hills (types) (W. Williams); east of
Dudley—Lemoor road, south-west quarter of section 17, township 23
south, range 19 east, east border of Kettleman Hills (Ferguson) ;
opposite Tulare Lake, west border of Kettleman Hills (W. L. Watts),
fide Watts; well at depth of 1,058 feet, Lambertson’s ranch near
Tulare Lake (W. L. Watts), fide Watts.

P. Williamsi is the largest and most compact Pyrgulopsis yet
described, though Yatescana approaches it somewhat. ‘The prevalent
type in the Kettlemans appears to be the rounded form, and upon
this it seems almost certain that Cooper founded his record of Amnicola
turbiniformis (Fluminicola seminalis). This is the only species in these
deposits which resembles a JVuminicola particularly, but, owing to
the destruction in the San Francisco fire of the material on which
Cooper based his report, which was among the California Academy
collections, there has been no opportunity of verifying such a
supposition. In the Lost Hills no exposures of these lake beds are
known, but through the courtesy of Mr. W. Williams, chief geologist
of the Associated Oil Company, the writer is indebted for some
interesting material derived from an oil-well at a considerable depth.
In this set, rounded, peripherally carinate, and coronate individuals
are present, the latter prevailing. From one of these the type has
been selected.

Genus CrncrynatiaA, Pilsbry.

Paludina (sp.), Anthony, 1849 (P. Cineinnatiensis, Anth.); Ammnicola
(sp.), Anthony, 1843 (P. Cineinnatiensis, Anth.); Cineinnatia,
Pilsbry, 1891 (P. Cincinnatiensis, Anth.).

Type, Paludina Cineinnatiensis, Anthony.

Shell of moderate size, averaging 5 mm. in altitude, elevated
conic-globose, epidermis horn-coloured, whorls strongly inflated and
umbilicate, sutures deep, spire elevated and sub-pupiform, apex bluntly
obtuse, aperture sub-circular, peritreme complete; habitat lakes and
sluggish streams.

The genus contains, so far as known, two species, C. Cincinnatiensis,
which should not be confused with ‘ Cyelostoma’ Cineinnatiensis, Lea,
a Pomatiopsis, and C. Binneyana, nom. noy.'

1 Paludina obtusa, Lea, 1841, not of Troschel, 1837. This has passed in the
literature as Paludina emarginata, Kiister. Whether or not Kiister had
this shell before him is of no consequence; he identifies his species
with Lymneus emarginatus, Say ; hence the name is entirely inadmissible
in this connexion. Lea’s name is a homonym, therefore C. Binneyana
may be substituted.

HANNIBAL: CALIFORNIAN FRESHWATER MOLLUSCA. 191

The two are almost wholely peculiar to the American Province,
C. Cincinnatiensis alone extending west as far as the Great Basin.

Cincrnnatia Cincrnnatiensis (Anthony).
Paludina Cineinnatiensis, Anthony, 1840.
Shell large and ventricose, spire elevated-conic; habitat lakes and
sluggish streams.
American Province. Utah System.
Quaternary : Loess of eastern States; Bonneville Lake beds, Utah.

Genus BraNNERILLUS, n.gen.

Type, Brannerillus physispira, v.sp.

Shell of rather small size, averaging 2°5mm. in altitude, conic-
globose, whorls rounded or peripherally carinate, giving the shell
the appearance of an Astrea, umbilicate, sutures impressed, spire
elevated, but the apex conspicuously depressed below the plane of
the succeeding whorl, aperture nearly circular in rounded forms,
_ peritreme complete; habitat apparently lacustrine.

The present group is known to the writer only from a single fossil
species, but the peculiar planorbiform apex immediately distinguishes
it from the other Nearctic genera of Amnicolide, Cincinnatia
approaching it most closely. In the development of a peripheral
keel in some instances, it resembles Pyrgulopsis, but the outline is
proportionately much narrower, and the apex merely obtuse in that
genus.

Named after Dr. J. C. Branner, of the Department of Geology at

Stanford University.

BRANNERILLUS PuHysisprra, n.sp. Pl. VIII, Fig. 28.

? Valvata ‘virens, Tryon’, J. G. Cooper, 1894 (juvenile).

Shell as in genus.

Altitude 2°5, breadth 3-3, altitude of aperture 1°7 mm.

Pliocene: Kettleman Lake beds, California.

Kettleman Hills near Coalinga, California; marl ‘reefs’ near
mouth of gulch south of Medallion One Canon, east flank of
Kettleman Hills (types) (H. Hannibal); marl ‘reefs’ at head of
gulch north of Huron— Big Tar Canon road, near Lakeview oil-well,
north flank of Kettleman Hills (Dr. J. C. Merriam) (H. Hannibal).

Section 28, township 380 south, range 22 east, Telephone Hills,
near McKittrick, California (R. B. Moran).

The present species, an extremely abundant one at the type
locality, where it locally composes to a considerable degree the
marl ‘reefs’ (made up chiefly of Paludestrina longinqua) that form
so prominent an element of the topography of the east flank of the
Kettleman Hills, is prevailingly carinate at this point. Elsewhere the
rounded form is the more common one. The large planorboid nucleus
in young specimens may have been the basis of Cooper’s record of
Valvata, which has not been verified from these beds. ‘The two have
considerable superficial resemblance.

192 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Superfamily VIVIPAROIDE (Gray), 1857.
The Viviparoids, as at present understood, constitute two families
—the Viviparide, a group common to both the old and new worlds,

and the Lioplacide, at present confined to the American Province, but |

formerly ranging as far west as California. Several bizarre African
genera customarily referred to the former group may be separable
into another division upon more careful study.

Family VIVIPARIDA, Gray, 1857.

Shell large, averaging 25mm. in altitude, conic-turbinate, sub-
perforate or perforate, covered with a greenish, yellowish, or brownish
epidermis, whorls inflated, aperture roundly ovate, and slightly
retracted below, but not sinuate; animal large and viviparous,
operculum annular, with a Pciened margin and nuclear area,
rostrum simple and pronounced, foot quadrate and not greatly
produced i in front of head, tentacles short and stout, the right clavate
in male, branchial lamines numerous, narrow or sub-linear, and
diverging at tips to form several rows, cervical lappets large and
forming trough-like ducts ; habitat lakes, marshes, and quiet streams.

The Viviparide common to Western Europe and North America
belong exclusively to Viviparus or its sub-genus Callina. No member
of this genus occurs in the living state within the present district,
although, ike the succeeding family, fossil forms indicate a greater
western extension during early Tertiary times. Two Viviparas
introduced by the Oriental labourers from Japan as an article of
food are, however, an established element of the fauna of the middle
California lowlands.t| While commonly classed in Paludina, Vivipara,
or Viviparus as it is variously called, an examination of the early
whorls will readily sh8w that they are not congeneric with Viviparus
eiviparus (L.). Several years ago, in describing Vivipara Henzadensis
from India, Pilsbry* commented on certain characters which
peculiarized the operculum (these appear to the writer to be common
to the entire family), and proposed the sub-genus Jdiopoma to
embrace certain species from South-Eastern Asia, of which, however,
this is the only one mentioned. The species is unknown to the writer,
but, judging by the figure and description, doubtless groups with
Bengalensis, Lam., quadrata, Gray, and Japonica, v. Martens. The
writer would therefore extend the name to embrace the entire genus.
For the section represented by madleata, Reeve, and Chinensis, Gray,
in which the adolescent carina is lost early, and the shell becomes
decidedly globose in the adult condition, thus superficially recalling
Callina, the name Cipangopaludina is proposed.

Genus Viviparus, Montfort.
Helix (sp.), Linné, 1758 (ZZ. vivipara, L.); ‘ Cochlea vivipara
fasciata’ (not binomial), Geoffroy, 1767; Martini’s Transl., 176%
Nerita (sp.), Miiller, 1774 (WV. fasciata, Miill. = H. vivipara, Loe

Hannibal, Nawtilws, xxv, p. 31, 1911.
2 Proc. Philad. Acad. Sci., 1901, p. 188.

HANNIBAL: CALIFORNIAN FRESHWATER MOLLUSCA. 193

Bulimus (sp.), Poiret, 1801 (ZZ. vivipara, L.); Cyelostoma (sp.),
Draparnaud, 1801 (C. achatinum, Drap. = H. vivipara, L.);
Natica (sp.), Férussac (Hl. vivipara, L.); Viviparus, Montfort,
1810 (V. fluviatorum, Mont. = H. vivipara, L.); Vivipara,
J. Sowerby, 1813 (emended form) ; Viviparella, Rafinesque, 1815
(emended form); Paludina, Lamarck, 1816 (ZZ. vivipara, L.) ;
Tulotoma, Haldeman, 1840 (nude name); in Binney, 1865
(Paludina magnifica, Conr. = P. subpurpurea, Say, syntonic form).
Type, Helix vivipara, Linné.

Sub-genus CaLiina, n.sub-gen.

Cochlea (sp.), Da Costa, 1778 (Nerita vivipara, Miill., non Linné
= Cyclostoma contectum, Millet).

Type, Paludina intertexta, Say.

Named after Professor Robert Ellsworth Call, well known for his
stndies in this group.

Sub-genus Callina. Shell large, averaging 30mm. in altitude,
conic-turbinate, perforate, whorls inflated and rounded throughout
development, sutures somewhat impressed, aperture rounded-ovate
and slightly retracted below, outer lip not sinuate; habitat lakes,
marshes, and sluggish streams.

Sub-genus Vivéparus, s.s. Shell similar to Callina but smaller,
averaging 25mm. in altitude, elevated-conic, imperforate, whorls
appressed and sub-carinate at the periphery in the adult, sutures not
markedly impressed ; Callina stage carried back to early adolescence ;
habitat lakes, mar shes, and sluggish streams.

The nomenclatural vicissitudes of this genus have been discussed
by authors of wider experience than the writer, and several divergent
opinions have been reached. ‘The best-known name, Paludina,
published in the Lncyclopédie Méthodique, and often credited to
Bruguiére, 1798, did not appear until the livraison of 1816 as
a latinization of Lamarck’s vernacular ‘ Paludine’, 1812, hence is
preceded by Viviparus, Vivipara, and Viviparella, all available.
Vivipara is sometimes credited to Martini, who, in a German trans-
lation of Geoffroy’s Zraité Som. Cog. Paris, indexed ‘ Cochlea vivipara

Jasciata’ as Vivipara fasciata. Geoffroy did not formally accept the

Linnean nomenclature, and, as Martini’s work claimed to be nothing
more than a translation, it seems inconsistent to regard this accidental
binomial as having the same status as the properly formed binomials
of Linné, O. F. Miller, and other contemporaries, hence Sowerby
must be considered the author. ‘The absurdity of the earliest
available name, Viviparus, needs no comment, but according to the
present ruling of the International Congress there seems no sufficient
excuse to avoid its use.

Viviparus (Cattina) Turnert, n.sp. Pl. VIII, Fig.

Shell large, similar in a general way to V’. contectus of nee but
more slender, whorls inflated and not deep, sutures well impressed,
apex small and very obtuse; habitat apparently lacustrine.

Altitude 32, breadth 26, altitude of body-whorl 20 mm.

194 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Eocene: Truckee Lake beds, Nevada.

Silver Peak Range, Nevada: Near coal-mine (type) (H. W. Turner) ;
same locality (S. A. Knapp); 1 mile south-east of coal-mine
(Cate ig Turner) ; 14 miles south-east of coal-mine (H. W. Turner).

All the material of this species examined is rather distorted by
crushing, but the series examined is sufficiently large to determine
the specific characters. Named after Mr. H. W. Turner, formerly of
the United States Geological Survey, who obtained mock of the
material while mapping the Silver Peak Range.

Viviearus Wasurinerontanus, Arnold & Hannibal, n.sp.
Pl, VEU, Pig: 32:

Shell small, seldom over 20mm. in altitude, similar to V. sub-
purpureus of the Gulf States, but with a decidedly elevated spire,
but slightly impressed sutures, and more slender nuclear whorls.
Whorls appressed, decidedly sloping, and distinctly sub-carinate at
the periphery ; habitat appi rently lacustrine.

Altitude 20, breadth 15, altitude of aperture 12 mm.

Eocene: Local freshwater beds in Tejon formation, Washington.

Little Falls, Washington: Bluffs along Olequa Creek above shoals
2 miles north of town (type); at shoals 1} miles north of town;

bend a half-mile south of town (H. Hannibal).

Genus Ipropoma (Pilsbry).
Paludina (sp.), Lamarck, 1822 (P. Bengalensis, Lam.); Vivipara
(Idiopoma) (sp.), Pilsbry, 1901 (V. (Z.) Henzadensis, Pilsbry).
Type, Vivipara (Idiopoma) Henzadensis, Pilsbry.

Sub-genus CIpANGOPALUDINA, n.sub-gen.

Type, Paludina malleata, Reeve.

Sub-genus Jdiopoma, s.s. Shell of moderate size, averaging 25 mm.

in altitude, elevated-conic, sub-perforate, whorls appressed and
tapering, peripherally carinate from early development stages, the
carina becoming sub-obsolete on the body- whorl, apex elevated and
prominent, aperture ovate and slightly retracted below; habitat
lakes, streams, and marshes.

Sub-genus Cipangopaludina. Shell similar to Jdiopoma, but conic-
turbinate, perforate, early whorls appressed and peripherally carinate,
later whorls ecarinate, and inflated with impressed sutures, aperture
ovate ; Zdiopoma stage passed during adolescence ; habitat similar.

Iproroma Japonica (von Martens).
Paludina Japonica, von Martens, 1860.

Shell large, spire broad and strongly elevated, with a small
prominent apex, sutures but little impressed, whorls deep and
broadly appressed, marked by spiral striz which have a tendency
to be accentuated into carinations in forms from alkali waters,
peripheral carina very pronounced in young stages, and becoming
sub-obsolete only on the last half-w horl, axis sub-perforate, aperture
higher than broad; habitat quiet streams and marshy situations.

Japan : : introduced in Coast Range System.

HANNIBAL: CALIFORNIAN FRESHWATER MOLLUSCA. 195

Tptopoma (CrpaNnGoPALUDINA) MALLEATA (Reeve).

? Paludina leta, von Martens, 1860; P. malleata, Reeve, 1863;
P. ‘ Japonica, Mart.’, Wm. Wood, 1892; Vivipara ‘ stelmaphora,
Bet.’, Stearns, 1901; V. ‘ lecythoides, Benson’, Hannibal, 1908.

Shell large and very broad, spire elevated-conic, apex large and
sub-prominent, sutures impressed, whorls inflated and fairly deep,
marked by four revolving lines of punctures, two above, one at,

-and one below the periphery, an obtuse carina in early stages which

is entirely lost before the adult condition is reached, axis perforate,

aperture nearly as broad as high; habitat quiet streams and marshy

‘situations. .

Japan: introduced in Coast Range System.

Family LIOPLACIDA, Gill, 1871.

Shell large, averaging 25mm. in altitude, elevated-conic, covered
with a greenish or brownish epidermis, whorls more or less appressed
and shouldered, aperture sinuate, operculum uniformly thin and
horny, annular, but with a sub-spiral nucleus; animal small, foot
large, quadrate, and produced in front of head, rostrum small,
branchial lamine elongate-triangular, of equal size, and arranged in
a straight row, cervical lappets not forming tubular ducts ; habitat
streams, less frequently lakes.

This group, even to late years included in the Viviparide, from
which it differs in numerous details, comprises two genera, Léoplax
and Campeloma, Rafinesque (+ Ambloxis, ‘ Rafinesque,’ Binney,
‘ Melantho, Bowditch,’ Binney). The family appears to be a decadent
one. While fossil species are fairly numerous and indicate a dis-
tribution as far west as California in early Tertiary times, at present
LInoplax contains only the solitary species LZ. subcarinata, Say
(+ cyclostomatiformis, Lea), and Campeloma embraces but two, decisa,
Say (+-coarctata, Lea, rufum, Hald., subsolidum, Anthony, Jhiles?,
Lea, etc.), and crassula, Raf. (4+-ponderosa, Say).

The presence of a sub-spiral nucleus to the operculum in these
genera is interesting from the lght it throws on the origin of
concentric operculi in groups derived from sub-spirally operculate
ancestors, the annular later growth appearing as an acquired
character.

Genus Lroprax, Troschel.

Lymnea (sp.), Say, 1817 (ZL. subcarinata, Say); Paludina (sp.), Say,
1819 (ZL. subcarinata, Say); Helix (sp.), Wood, 1828 (7. decisa,
Wood = L. subcarinata, Say); Lioplax, Troschel, 1857 (L. sud-
cartnata, Say); Haldemania, Tryon, 1862 (L. subcarinata, Say).

Type, Lymnea subcarinata, Say.

Shell small, averaging 20mm. in altitude, attenuate-conic, sub-
perforate, whorls inflated and rounded, more or less shouldered at
periphery, aperture sinuate and retracted below, peristome complete ;
habitat lakes and streams.

196 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Lioprax AnprrRsonzana, n.sp. Pl. VIII, Fig. 33.

Shell of moderate size, similar to 1. subcarinata, but more slender,

regularly elevated-conic, sub-perforate, whorls not deep, strongly |
inflated, and indistinctly shouldered at periphery, aperture slightly

sinuate ; habitat app: arently lacustrine.
Altitude 21, diameter 11, altitude of aperture 9 mm.
Eocene: local freshwater beds in Tejon formation, California.

Corral Hollow, near ‘Tesla, California; cut along Wiackens Pacifie

Railroad, one- quarter of a mile above Cz arnegie Pottery plant (types)
(Gal Hannibal) ; ; same locality (Stanford University Geological Survey,
per W.H. Ochsner); mouth of long gulch from north, three-quarters
of a mile above Carnegie Pottery plant (Stanford University Geological
Survey, per J. R. Pemberton) (H. Hannibal).

Named after Mr. Robert Anderson, of the United States Geological
Survey.

Superfamily VALVATOIDEZ (Gray), 1840.
Family VALVATIDA, Gray, 1840.

Shell small or minute, planorbiform or turbinate, umbilicate,
whorls normally round, sutures impressed, aperture circular not
oblique, peristome complete, operculum corneus and multispiral ;
animal oviparous, muzzle produced, tentacles filiform, branchie
plumose-pectinate and exposed on right side, foot sub-quadrate and
bilobed in front; habitat lakes,

The family contains but the one widespread genus, Valvata, of
which a single protean species inhabits North America.

Genus Vatyata, Miller.

Valvata, Miller, 1774 (V. cristata, Miill.); | Gyrorbis, Fitzinger,
1833 (V. cristata, Mill.) ; Planella, Schliiter, 1838 (V. cristata,
Miill.); Planorbitina, Betta, 1868 (V. cristata, Miull.).

Type, Valvata cristata, Miller.

Sub-genus Tropipina, H. & A. Adams.

Cyclostoma (sp.), Say, 1819 (C. tricarinata, Say); Tropidina,
H. & A. Adams, 1854 (C. tricarinata, Say); Cinetnna, Morch,
1863 (V7. pisernalis, Miill.); Valvatinella, Betta, 1868 (V. -piscinalis,
Mill.); Zedlskia, Bourguignat, 1877 (V. jelskii’, Crosse) ; Jelskia,
Westerlund, 1886 (emended form), i Jelskia, Taczanovich,
1871.

Type, Cyclostoma tricarinata, Say.

Sub-genus Valvata, s.s. Shell minute, averaging 2 mm. in breadth,
planorbiform, widely umbilicate, sutures moderately impressed ;
habitat lakes.

Sub-genus Zropidina. Shell prevailingly larger than Valvata, s.s.,

averaging 4mm. in breadth, turbinate, narrowly or moderately

umbilicate, sutures deeply impressed; Valvata stage carried back to
early adolescence ; habitat lakes.

HANNIBAL: CALIFORNIAN FRESHWATER MOLLUSCA. 197

VatvaTa (Tropiprna) TRICARINATA (Say).

Cyclostoma tricarinata, Say, 1819 (syntonic form); V. scncera, Say,
1824; V. humeralis, Say, 1829; V. bicarinata, Lea, 1841
(syntonic form); V. striata, Lewis, 1856, not V. striata, Phil.,
18386; V. virens, Tryon, 1868; V. Lewis, Currier, 1868;
V. sincera, var. Utahensis, Call, 1884 (syntonic form) ; /’. mergella,
Westerlund, 1885; V. Lewist, var. helicoidea, Dall, 1905
V. humeralis Californica, Pilsbry, 1908; V. Calli, Hannibal, 1910
(syntonic form); V. Whitec, Hannibal, 1910 (syntonic form).

Shell of moderate size for group, turbinate, moderately umbilicate,
whorls small, sutures well impressed; habitat lakes and larger
sluggish streams.

Sporadically throughout the Nearctic Region and Mexican Province.

Quaternary: Loess of eastern States; Bonneville Lake beds,

Utah; Lahontan Lake beds, Nevada; Owens Lake beds, California ;

Summer Lake beds, Oregon; post-Glacial deposits of Vancouver

Island. Pliocene: Santa Clara and Cache Lake beds, California.

The present species is readily susceptible to syntonic influences,
and as a result varies more or less in the elevation of the spire and
breadth of the umbilicus. Extreme forms frequently develop, in
addition, one, two, three, or more spiral keels. Upon such a form the
original tricarinata was based. V. sincera represents the normal
aspect.

SUMMARY AND RANGE IN TIME OF THE CALIFORNIAN FAUNA.!

ro) a |
O, present; K, characteristic; R, recorded from s se 3 3 2 :
elsewhere, but not from this Province. > |& ° 8 S 5 bo
a lea 2/2 | 8 | £
fea facies | a|-e | 3
UNIONOIDEA.
Family MARGARITANID.
Margaritana (Pseudunio) Herrei, n.sp.. . . K
1A aati ante alee
M. margaritifera (Gy); hats esate | ze 2 ie ea
W. Coast Shells, 1910, pl. i i, fic. : |
M. margaritifera falcata (Gould) Meee ? oT On EO
Alasmodon falcata, Gould, Wilkes Exp. | |
Moll., figs. 545a, b.
Family UNIONIDE.

Unio transpacifica, Arne cHanne. SPs 2. K
Pl. vii, fig. 18.

Migranaja Condoni (White) . K
Unio Condoni, White, Bull. 18U. S. ‘G S. pli ii.

Anodonta cygnea impura (Say). . . . Olay)
Ploy; figs. 1, 2:

A. cygnea (L.) . : | Wotemee Danae O
Pl. vy, figs. 3, 4,

1 See note on p. 211.

A —

198 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

O, present; K, characteristic ; R, recorded from
elsewhere, but not from this Province.

Oligocene.

Early Eocene.
Late Eocene
Miocene.
Pliocene,
Quaternary.

Anodonta cygnea Beringiana (Midd.) . . . ? ede (0) |
BIS vy, ieso, 16 |
Gonidea(Limnobasilissa) angulata subangulata Oni |
(J. G. Cooper)
Margaritana subangulata, Coe Proc.
Cal. Acad., iv, pl. xiv, figs. 1-4, 1894.
G. angulata Haroldiana, Dall . Anos P z
Pl. vi, fig. 10. ;
G. angulata (Lea) : ee eae ?
W. Coast Shells, 1910, figs 289.
aie Hemphilli, MASS 6 c bt PRONE a gh ig K
Plivaiy fie. 19: |
Arnoldina dejecta (GUC oo sg 6 o bo m6 Oo | oF
EME Ayal ttlege 18)

CYRENOIDEZ.
Family SPHA:RIIDE.

Spherium corneum (L.) . orale
S.rhomboideun, Prime, Mon. Corbie. fig. 31.

. tenue (Prime) .

Prime, Mon. Corbic., fig. 44,
\. patella (Gould) . : Welt ee ?
Prime, Mon. Corbic., “fig. 36.
S. (Amesoda) simile (Say) eee On RO
S. striatinum, Prime, Mon. Corbic., fig "99,
S. (Amesoda) Idahoense, Meek. . . K
White, 3rd Ann. Rep. U.S.G.S., pl. xxxii,
figs. 14, 15.
S. (Amesoda) Rogersi, MSP wes, Lee ees K
Pl. vii, fig. 21.
(2S. (Amesoda)) Catherine, n.sp. . . . .|K
Pl. vii, fig. 20.
S. (Amesoda) Andersonianum, n.sp.. . . . K
Pl vig des Malls
Musculiwm lacustre (Miill.) . ? 2 | OF
M. Raymondi, Hannibal, W. Coast Shells,
pl. i, fig. 3

M. partumeium (Bay) : ee COM eal) Jen |) ©)
W. Coast Shells, 1910, pl. i is fig. 5.

Family CORNEOCYCLADIDE.

Corneocyclas (Pisidium) pulchella abdita (Hald.) ? 2 | ORO
Pisidium abditum, Prime, Mon. Corbic.,
fig. 72).
C. (Pisidiwm) Meeiy,a-Sps tu enn ae ae
TEA Sale tlegy 1104,
C. virginica (Gmel. ) :
P. virginicum, Prime, Mon. “Corbic., fig. ict
C. pulchella (Jenyns) . . eel (8)
P. pulchellum, Gray, 1857 eam Turton,
Dl tose

~

HR

or)
Se Ee tere

HANNIBAL: CALIFORNIAN FRESHWATER MOLLUSCA. 199
gig.
3 | 32 Z
O, present; K, characteristic ; R, recorded from § 8 3 g 3 = 4
elsewhere, but not from this Province. a ee 2 g 3 bo
Bolsa SS 1s 1b
eee ls | ale | a
Corneocyclas compressa (Prime) E ae On OOO
P.compressum, Prime, Mon. Corbic., fig. 67.
C. rotundata (Prime). . vas » || 0)
P.rotundatum, Prime, Mon. Corbic., fig. 81.
C. equilateralis (Prime) . x S Onleo
P. equilaterale, Prime, Mon. Corbic., fig. 66.
C. Idahoensis (Roper) RN tae otlect. sen 1s 0
Unfigured.
C. Tremperi, n.sp. O
Pl vil, fig. 22.
LYMNOIDEH.
Family LYMNID.
Lymnea stagnalis (L.) Par alr: Cane crea ROD || 068)
Binney, L. and Bw. “gh. No ANN, aH
| fig. 28.
LL. auricularia (L.) ? 2 ONO
| L. catascopium, Binney, loc a. fig.
L,. palustris (Miill.) Osta lh PW OA ©
| Binney, loc. cit., fig. 66.
LI. contracosta, J. G. Cooper K
Not adequately figured.
L. Stearnsi, Hann. . . SOR Oecn K
L. maxima, Stearns, Bull. ‘Geol. Univ.
C@alliftseiva pa (05 gs Ue
PAC OOPert; DLSPs) «= « «
Pievin figs 13:
Thy. (Galba) truncatula (Mill.) .. ON) || ©
L. humilis, Binney, L. and Fw. Sh.
J\iotloe, Tihsseker, E})
L. (Galba) obrussa (Say). @ | ©
Binney, loc. cit., fig. 69.
L. (Galba) solida, Lea aoe OF iO
Lea, Trans. hoin. Phil. Soc., aie ‘pl. Xxiii,
fig. 91, 1838
L,. (Galba) solida Cubensis (Birt) pe vias 3 2 RO
LL. Cubensis, Hannibal, W. Coast Shells,
1910, pl. iii, fig. 4.
Family ANCYLID.
Gundlachia (Kineaidilla) fragilis (Tryon) . | O
Ancylus fragilis, Hannibal, W. Coast Shells,
1910, pl. ii, fig. 2.
Lane (We alkerola) Klamathensis, n.sp. . O
Teale \abile, saver, D5),
L. Nuttallii (Hald.)
A. Kootamensis, Binney, L. and Fw. Sh.
N. Am., ii, fig. 242.
L. patelloides (Lea) O
A, patelloides, Hannibal, W. Const Shells,
1910, pl. ii, fig. 1.
VOL. X.—OCTOBER, 1912. 14

200 PROCEEDINGS OF ‘THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY,

oO n
O, present; K, characteristic ; R, recorded from 3 8 3 g 3 a : x
elsewhere, but not from this Province. is = oa ae 2 2 te .
=) 25 ° ° a be
$|8°|3/2)| 6 |g
Lanz subrotundatus (Tryon) . . . . . . O-
Not adequately figured.
Levapex (Ferrisia) caurinus (W. Cooper) ? :
A. caurinus, W. Cooper in Binney, L. and
Fw. Sh. N. Am., ii, fig. 243.
(2.L. (Ferrissia)) undulatus (Meek) . . . .| K
A. undulatus, White, 3rd Ann. Rep.
WES*GeSey ply sxe OF
(2 Neoplanorbis (Amphigyra)) Dalli (White) . | K
Latia Dalli, White, loc. cit., pl. xxxii,
figs. 37-40.
Husherola lamcides, M.sp..-. - . - . =. .- O
Pl. viii, fig. 35. | | =
Zalophancylus Morani,n.sp. . . . . . . K
Pl. vi, fig. 15.
Family PLANORBID.
Planorbis (Gyraulus) albus, Mill. . . | 9 2) | eR
Binney, L. and Fw. Sh. N. Am., ii, fig. 220.
12%. (Gyraulus) parvus, Say . . at:
W. Coast Shells, 1910, pl. ii, fig. aun,
12 (Gyraulus) Liebmanni, Dunker

Binney, L. and Fw. Sh. N. Am., ii, figs. 182

183.
P. (Gyraulus) filocmctus, P.& F.. O
Pilsbry & Ferriss, Proc. Philad. Acad., 1906,
pl. ix, figs. 1-3. |
12h (Segmentina) armigerus, Say . . a 2 (@
Gould, Invert. Mass., 1841, fig. 138.
iP: (Segmentina) Mojavensis,n.sp. . . . . K
Pl. viii, fig. 24.
P. (Hippeutis) evacutus, Say . . . . . «| 07/50
Ie. ect Gould, Invert. Mass., 1841,
fig. 137. |
P. (Hippeutis) dilatatus, Gould . . 0 | ONO

P. var. centervillensis, Hannibal, W. Coast
Shells, 1910, pl. ii, fig. 9.
Helisoma (Planorbella) trivolvis (SEay) a 6c O:) 0/30
Planorbis trivolvis, Hannibal, loc. cit.,
figs. 292, 293.
Ee antrosa (Conrad) . . se Ply Deane eae Rk | @
P. bicarinatus, Binney, L. and Fw. Sh. N.
Am., ii, fig. 205.
HA. (Perrinilla) pabloana (J. G. Cooper). . . K
Not adequately figured.
H. (Perrinilla) Cordillerana, n.sp. . . . .| K
Pl. vi, fig. 16 ; pl. viii, fig. 34.

Family POMPHOLIGID®.

Pompholyx effusa, Lea . : ae CON ON (0°
W. Coast Shells, 1910, pl. i ii, fig. 4.

HANNIBAL: CALIFORNIAN FRESHWATER MOLLUSCA. 201

O, present; K, characteristic ; R, recorded from
elsewhere, but not from this Province.

Early Eocene.
Late Eocene,
Oligocene.

Miocene
Pliocene.

oO | Quaternary.
Living

Pompholyx (Carinifex) Newberryi (Lea).
Carwufex Newberryi, Binney, L. & Fw.
Sh. N. Am., ii, fig. 120.
P. (Carinifex) Binneyi (Meek). . K
C. Bonney, White, 3rd Ann. Rep. U. S. G. S.,
pl. xxxil, figs. 5-9.
P. (Carinifex) sancteclare (lsu) 5 5 5 = K
Piva) digs 4,

Family PHysIpm.

Physa fontinalis (L.) . . 27 eas ©
P. heterostropha, Binney, L. and Fw. Sh.
N. Am., ii, fig. 144.
P. fontinalis acuta (Drap.) . : 2? | 0; 0
P. osculans, Binney, loc. cit., ‘fig. 146.
P. hypnorum (i Ves : ? BNR
Aplexa hypnorum, “Hannibal, W. Coast
Shells, 1910, fig. 296.

MELANOIDE.
Family PLEUROCERID.

Amblowus pliciferus (Lea) . . .... . ON ONO)

W. Coast Shells, 1910, pl. iii, fig. 10
(normal), fig. 9; text-fig. 297.

mperenenis(Hall)) % 2 Mj) 5 =. 4 ow «| K

(Eocene Goniobases), White, 3rd Ann. Rep.
U.S.G.S., pl. xxxi, figs. 1-30.

A. Olequaensis, Arn. & Hann.,n.sp. . . . K

Pl. viii, fig. 27.

Family MELANOPSIDZ.

(? Pachychilus) Taylori (Gabb). . . K

Melania Taylort, White, 3rd Ann. Rep.
WzS:G.Ss, pl) xxx Bee 3.

(? P.) Lawsoni, Hsp. - « cee, ee Ve K

PIS va, tig. 232

(22P,) Dyaliei, hers éoHann, Nesp: «. 2 jo -: K

Pl. viii, fig. 26.

RISSOIDEZ.
Family AMNICOLIDZ.

Amuvicola limosa (Say). O
Binney, L. and Fw. Sh. N. Am. | iii, fi. 166.
A. micrococcus, Pilsbry :
Stearns, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., XXIV, Pp. 286,
fig. 4.
Se iidesirina protea (Gould)
Stearns, loc. cit., pls. xix—xxi.
P. longinqua (Gould) . :
Stearns, loc. cit., p. 285, fig. 2,

202 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL S$

O, present; K, characteristic ; R, recorded from
elsewhere, but not from this Province.

Early Eocene.

Late Eocene,
Oligocene.
| Miocene.
Pliocene.

Fluminicola virens (Lea).
W. Coast Shells, 1910, fig. 299.
F', Modoci, n.sp. : 6
Pl. viii, fig. 30.
F. (Heathilla) fusca (Etsd8)) eee
W. Coast Shells, 1910, fig. 298.
F. (Heathilla) seminalis (Hinds)
Loe. cit., pl. iii, fig. 12.
1H. (Heathilla) Merriami, Pils. & Beech .
Stearns, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xxiv, p. 286,
fig. 5.
ae. (Heathilla) erythropoma, Pils. .
Unfigured.
. (Heathilla) Columbiana, Pils.
Unfigured.
F, (Heathilla) minutissima, Pils. .
Unfigured.
(? Pyrgulopsis) antiqua (Gabb). .
Lithasia antiqua, White, 3rd Ann. Rep.
ULS:G. Sy pla xxx hea:
P. Nevadensis (Stearns) ;
Call & Pilsbry, Proc. Davenport “Acad., vy,
1886, pl. ii, figs. 1-10.
P. Yatesiana (J. G. Cooper) Hera Coa
Anuuicola Yatesiana, Cooper, Proc. Cal.
Acad., iv, pl. xiv, fig. 10, 1894.
P. Williamsi, n.sp. > ¢
Pl. vini, figs 29°
Cincinnatia Cincinnatiensis (Anth.) .
A.Cincinnatiensis, Dall, Alaska, xiii, fig. 87.
Bramnerillus physispira, n.sp. ae ‘
Pl. viii, fig. 28

VIVIPAROIDEZ.
Family VIVIPARIDZ.
Viviparus (Callina) Turneri, n.sp.
Pl. viii, fig. 31.
V. Washingtonianus, Arn, & Hann., n.sp. .
Pl. viii, fig. 32.
Idiopoma Japonica (v. Mart.) .
Viviparus Japonicus, Pilsbry, P roc. Philad,
Acad., 1902, pl. ix, fig. 1.
Tf (Cipangopal udina) malleata (Reeve) :
Viwipara malleatus, Hannibal, W. Coast
Shells, 1910, pl. iii, fig. 8
VALVATOIDEA.
Family VALVATID.

Valvata (Tropidina) tricarinata (Say).
V. humeralis, Hannibal, W. Coast Shells,

Ry

1910, pl. ii, fig. 6.

K

K

| Quaternary.

(Se SD ea See) | uivine.

HANNIBAL: CALIFORNIAN FRESHWATER MOLLUSCA. 2038

GEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION OF THE LIVING CALIFORNIAN

FAUNA.
o ; Extra-limital
P Bp o _|__Provinces. _
raat), lar] Ue eh Ls A} + B SAY een 4 a lh as
Ber tvcincsa: 3. eestanio? ail @| sla S GS a © a 3 fe § Es Es 8
X, extinct; K, characteristic. s a z | 5 4 es z & a Bl ole 52 $3 3
Bls/e/ S| H/5| 2 /Sls|S|S/2/2| Salaals
UNIONOIDE.
Family MARGARITANIDA. |
largaritana margaritifera (L.) . §$|/S;S{s|s {8S O} On iNO
(. margaritifera falcata (Gld.) . 0}; 0} O|O} O|L L
Family UNIONIDE.
nodonta c; cygnea igang (Say) . S/S {0} O/O/O;O\O\|oO O
.eygnea (L.) . S/S|O/}O|O/S| S/S I
. cygnea Bert ingiana (Midd. ) 0|0|0O} S
‘onidea angulata Haroldiana, iS|}S |S >) Ss
‘Dall.
mangulata (Lea) . . .. . 0; 0] O O| |0O
rnoldina dejecta (Lewis). . . L
CYRENOIDE.
Family SPHARIUD.
pheriwm corneum (L.) S;/?/S;/ 8s S| S
. tenue (Prime) . S/?]?]S8S S S
-patella (Gld.). . . . S|Ss S
. (Amesoda) simile (Say) 0|0|}0/0}/0/O/O} |O;O|O
hisculium lacustre (Miill.) SHI tS) |f ts) AeA} 2 [UtSHy|AS: ? Ss; s|s
r. ovale (Fér.) et rere ? S| 8
partumewum (Say) . . . . Pe learstal ly Iara AS) S
Family CORNEOCYCLADIDA.
orneocyclas (Pisidiwm) pulchelia 0/0/00} 0} 0/0; O/O/O/O0;0/0/0} 0 | 0 JO
abdita (Hald.)
. Virginica (Gmel.) S S
. pulchella (Jenyns) . 0/0/0/ 0} 0/0} 0 ;O;O;/O/O;O;O} O | O JO
. compressa (Prime) $/?/S| S|] 8S ]?]S |S] ?]/LIS/sis
. rotundata (Prime) S S
. equilateralis (Prime) S S Ss
. Idahoensis (Roper) . = (ISM) 2uSHatss Ss
melivempert, D.sp.-. . . . .« K
LYMNOIDEA.
Family LYMN4ID#. |
ymnea stagnalis (L.) 0;0/0/ O; O/O; O/L OO} OO
. auricularia (L.) . 0/0/ 0} L O O}FON SO
. palustris (Miill.) . OVOHO)|FOWOO} (0) OO} OO}; (0) "Oo FO
. Cooperi, n.s : K
. (Galba) truncatula (Miill.) 0/0}0} 0} 0/0; O}0;0/0;0;0/0; O | O |L
. (Galba) obrussa (Say) . 0; O/O O
: (Galba) solida, Lea. . . .|O/O/O0| O|} O/O] O/O Sa
. (Galba) solida Cubensis (Pfr.) S$ |S} 0/0/0/0;0;0|0 O

204 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

O, regularly present; L, local;
I, introduced; S, sporadic;
X, extinct; K, characteristic.

| Alaska,

Mojave.
Los Angeles.
| Colorado.

Fraser.
| Coast Range.

| Arizona
| American.

| Columbia.

|

| Klamath.
| Utah.
| Nevada.

| Yukon.

Family ANCYLIDE.

cache (Kincaidilla) fragilis
(Tryon)
Lanz "(Walkerala) Klamathensis,

~
m

sp.

L. Nuttallii (Hald.)

L. patelloides (Lea) . :

L. subrotundatus (Tryon) .

Levaper (Ferrissia) caurinus O
(W. Cooper)

Fisherola lancides,n.sp. . . . | KL

Family PLANORBIDE.

Planorbis (Gyraulus) albus, Mill.
ze (Gyraulus) parvus, Say . . |
P.(Gyraulus) Liebmanni, Dunker
P. (Gyraulus) filocinetus, Pils. & |
Pes
P. (Segmentina) armigerus, Say
P. (Hippeutis) eracutus, Say
P. (Hippeutis) dilatatus, Gould .
Helisoma (Planorbella) trivolvis
(Say)
H. antrosa (Conrad)

ecu
ey |S

On
oO
Om
on
On
ow
jo)
Or
ORO
ole)

CONN
oow~
oo
eke)
oo

jo)

oo

72) Coon
22 Keio) a!
oko)

o)
ey COece)

Family POMPHOLIGIDA.

Pompholyz effusa, Lea. . . . S
P. (Carinifex) Newberryi (Lea) .

oo
MR
oat ey!

Family PHYSIDE.

Physa fontinalis(L.) . . . .|0/0/0| 0} O|
P. fontinalis acuta (Drap.) S
P.hypnorum(L.) . . .

MELANOIDE#.

Family PLEUROCERID 2.
Ambloxus pliciferus (Lea). . . Ti) 703 | cOn a ei is

RISSOIDES. | |
Family AMNICOLIDE.

Amnicola limosa (Say) .

A. micrococcus, Pils. .

Paludestrina protea (Gld. ) Ss

P. longinqua (Gld.). . : O

Fluminicola virens (Lea). . . | L

F’. Modoci, n.sp. KL |
O

a)
©

On
eda
OnR
orn
i)

AnR

F. (Heathilla) fusca (Hald. he : K

F’, (Heathilla) seminalis (Hinds) O

F. (Heathilla) Merriami, Pils. & K
Behr. 1 | biel

|
falwata tricarinata (Say). . .|S/S/8|S|S]8|S\s]s/?|s|2]s

-X, extinct; K, characteristic.

luminicola (Heathilla) erythro-

. (Heathilla) Columbiana, Pils. | | [KU
. (Heathilla) minutissima, Pils. | | KL
yrgulopsis Nevadensis (Stearns) | K 0
meinnatia Cincinnatiensis het S| |
(Anth.) |

topoma Japonica (y. Mart.) . I
(Cipangopaludina) malleata I

HANNIBAL: CALIFORNIAN FRESHWATER MOLLUSCA. 205

Los Angeles.

O, regularly present; L, local;
I, introduced; S, sporadic ;

o
a

Nevada.
Mojave.
Colorado.
Arizona.
Hastern
Siberia.

Coast Range.

Yukon

_ Alas Kes
Fraser
Columbia.
Klamath.
Utah.
American. j
Northern

Extra-limital
_Provinces. _

Mexican.

ma, Pils.

VIVIPAROIDE#. vai
Family VIVIPARID2. | |

eeve) |

VALVATOIDE.
Family VALVATID.

/

Pelecypoda, 23 ; Gastropoda, 47 ; total, 70 species and sub-species.

Conc.upine REMARKS.

While it has been held as brief that unnecessary confusion of the
literature should be avoided by the introduction of as few innovations
of nomenclature as possible, the fact has not been overlooked that
unless some standard code be followed the endeavours of that corps of
specialists whose work can only be compared with the wrecking-crew
on one of our railroads would shortly render the bulk of the data in
these pages wellnigh useless to the lay reader. The problem is less
a matter of the retention of certain old names which have been more
or less current in the literature, for both consistency and common
sense prohibit their use where they have been rendered futile by the
application of the genetic classification; rather it resolves itself into
permitting the establishment of unfamiliar names for a species several
times successively, or establishing one once and, let it be hoped, for
all time.

Under the circumstances the writer has given as much care to the
selection of the names to be used for the species as in determining
their limits and relationships, and only lack of the necessary literature
has prevented even more extensive revisions. ‘he provisions and
recommendations of the International Code have ordinarily been
accepted in deciding upon the validity of names. The frequency that
these do not cover the questions at issue has led to the adoption of
several additional rules, the more important of which may be noted.
The numbers apply to the sections of the Code affected.

opi

206 PROCEEDINGS OF 'THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIPTY.

IV. The name of a superfamily is formed by adding the ending,
oidee' to the stem of the name of its type genus. Family, sub-)
family, and superfamily names are subject to the law of priority, and.
from a nomenclatural standpoint may be regarded as co-ordinate and:
interchangeable.

XXI. In the instance of a name published by one writer and |
attributed to another, and it is not clear from the context which
author is responsible for the accompanying description, definition, or 1
indication, the publishing author shall be held responsible for the >
name in all instances except (@) where it had been previously used as 3
a nomen nudum by the author to whom it is attributed, or (6) it is 3
subsequently claimed by the latter author in another publication.

XXYV (b). Generic names, whether accompanied by a definition or °
nF under which no species or merely manuscript species are cited |
or indicated (excluding as a matter of course instances where the
diagnosis of a species and genus are given as one), are not formed in
accordance with the fundamentals of binomial nomenclature, and
have no status under the Code. Such names take status only
when reintroduced in the proper manner and from the time of
reintroduction. ?

XXX (ii). If a genus without a definitely designated type
contains as an available species one which has been repeatedly
mentioned as an illustration, example, or characteristic representative
of the genus, said species shall be virtually regarded as type by
subsequent designation.

PrincipaL LIrERATURE.

Except in a few instances figures, references, or discussions of the
species recognized in the preceding pages may be found in the
following papers. It is the intention of the writer to supplement
this article with detailed studies of each group, amply illustrated, as
rapidly as possible.

GENERAL PAPERS.

Dat, W. H. Land and Freshwater Mollusks of Alaska and adjowming
Regions (Harriman Alaska Expedition, xiii, 1905, pp. 171, 3 plates, and
many text-cuts).

An indispensable handbook covering the district north of the 49th
parallel. The treatment of the Lymneide and other groups whose
metropolis is essentially boreal is far superior to that of any other writer.

HANNIBAL, H. ‘‘ Shells of Lakes and Streams,’’ in Keep, West Coast Shells
(revised edition), December, 1910, pp. 299-318, 3 plates, and several
text-cuts.

1 T. Gill, Smith. Report for 1896, 1898, p. 480. The termination oidea, first
suggested in this connexion, is preoccupied by its use as a generic ending,
cf. Cyrenoidea. Acea has appeared in one or two papers, but was originally
applied by the Adams as an ordinal termination, and must be suppressed
for a group of different rank. There is no apparent reason why it should
have been replaced by the current miscellany of names, which furnish a clue
to the groups they embrace to the specialist only.

* The necessity of this rule in dealing with the Briinnichian and Rafinesquian
genera (and some others) is obvious.

-
¥

ee

HANNIBAL: CALIFORNIAN FRESHWATER MOLLUSCA. 207

Figures and brief accounts of about forty of the more common or peculiar
species inhabiting the United States west of the Rocky Mountains. It
should be recalled that Lymne@a obrussa and Ammnicola micrococcus as
described and figured here are now referred to L. Cooperi, n.sp., and
Fluminicola Modoci, n.sp., respectively.

UNIONOIDE®.

Smpson, C. T. ‘‘ Synopsis of the Naiades, or pearly freshwater Mussels’? :
Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xxii, No. 1205, pp. 501-1044, 1 plate, 1900.

CYRENOIDE®.

PRIME, T. Monograph of American Corbiculade@ (Smith. Misc. Coll., No. 145),
1865, pp. 80, many text-cuts.
Written many years ago, but still a standard.
Dat, W. H. ([Spheriide] in ‘* Contributions to the Tertiary Fauna of
Florida, ete.’’: Trans. Wagn. Inst., vol. iii (6), pp. 1455-64, 1903.
An excellent revision of the generic classification.

LYMNOIDE®.

BINNEY, W. G. Land and Freshwater Shells of North America. Part ii:
Pulmonata, Limnophila, and Thalassophila (Smith. Misc. Coll., No. 143),
1865, pp. 120, many text-cuts.

A classical work.
MELANOIDE®.

Tryon, G. W. J. Land and Freshwater Shells of North America. Part iv:

Strepomatide (Smith. Mise. Coll., No. 253), 1873, pp. 435, many text-
figures.

Prusspry, H. A. [Notes on the Pleuroceride] in Pilsbry & Rhodes, ‘‘ Con-

tributions to the Zoology of Tennessee,’’ No. 4, Mollusks: Proce. Philad.
Acad. Sci., 1896, pp. 495-7.

RISSOIDE®, VIVIPAROIDEX, AND VALVATOIDE®.

Strupson, W.M. Researches upon the Hydrobiine and allied forms (Smith.
Mise. Coll., No. 201), 1865, pp. 59, and several text-figures.

An excellent account of the anatomical characters of the then known
genera of Amnicolide.

BINNEY, W. G. Land and Freshwater Shells of North America. Part iii
[Operculates except Melanoids] (Smith. Mise. Coll., No. 144), 1865, pp. 120,
and many text-cuts.

As valuable as the preceding parts of this series by the same writer.

DaLL, W. H. [Viviparide] in ‘‘ Contributions to the Tertiary Fauna of
Florida, etc.’?: Trans. Wagn. Inst., vol. iii (2), pp. 332-5, 1892.

Piuspry, H. A. ‘‘ Catalogue of the Amnicolide of the Western United States”’:
Nautilus, xii, pp. 121-7, 1899.

Brief, but the best treatment of the local species of this difficult group
extant.

Pinspry, H. A. “‘ Revision of Japanese Viviparide, ete.”?: Proce. Philad.
Acad. Sci., 1902, pp. 115-21, pl. ix.

PALHOMALACOLOGY.

WHITE, C. A. ‘‘ Review of the Non-marine Fossil Mollusca of North America’:

3rd Ann. Rep. U.S. Geol. Suryv., 1883, pp. 403-550, 32 plates.
Contains notices and figures of all the species described to 1882.

CaLL, R. E. ‘‘On the Quaternary and Recent Mollusca of the Great Basin,
with descriptions of new forms’’: Bull. 11, U.S. Geol. Surv., pp. 66,
6 plates, 1884.

Wuitr, C. A. ‘‘On marine Eocene, freshwater Miocene, and other Fossil
Mollusca from Western North America’’: Bull. 18, U.S. Geol. Sury.,
pp. 26, 3 plates, 1885.

208 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

CooPER, J. G. ‘‘ On some Pliocene Freshwater Fossils of California ’’: Proce.
Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 11, iv, pp. 164-72, pl. xiv, 1894.

Stearns, R. BE. C. ‘‘ The Fossil Freshwater Shells of the Colorado Desert,
their distribution, environment, and variation’’: Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., ,
xxiv, No. 1256, pp. 271-99, pls. xix—xxiv, 1902.

New Groups proposed IN THIS PAPER.
Those preceded by a + are proposed on fossil forms.
UNIONOIDER,

Quadrulide, sub-family Pleurobemine, n.sub-fam.
Lampsilide, sub-family Propterine, n.sub-fam.
Migranaa, n.gen. (Unio littoralis, Lam.).
Arnoldina, n.gen. (Anodonta dejecta, Lewis).
| Gonidea, sub-gen. Limnobasilissa, n.sub-gen. (Margaritana subangu-
lata, J. G. Cooper).
| Margaritana (Pseudunio) Herrei, sp. nov.
| Unio transpacifica, Arnold & Hannibal, n.sp.
| Gonidea Hemphilli, u.sp.
CYRENOIDES.
Corneocycladidee, n.n. (Pisidiade, Gray, not available).
+ Spherium (Amesoda) Rogersi, n.sp.
tS. (Amesoda) Andersonianum, n.sp.
tS. (Amesoda) Catherine, n.sp.
ie or neocyclas ( Pisidium) Meeki, n.sp.
". Trempert, n.sp.
LyMNoIpEx.
Lymneide, sub-family Acelling, n.sub-fam.
Ancylide, sub-family Levapecine, n.sub-fam.
Ancylide, sub-family Latiine, n.sub-fam.
Ancylide, sub-family Neoplanorbine, n.sub-fam.
Fisherola lancides, n.gen. et n.sp.
tZalophaneylus Morani, n.gen, et n.sp.
Lanx, sub-gen. Walkerola, n.sub-gen. (L. ( Walkerola) Klamathensis,

n.sp.).
Gundlachia, sub-gen. ineaidilla, n.sub-gen. (Aneylus fragilis,
Tryon)

| Helisoma, sub-gen. Perrinilla, n.sub-gen. (H. (Perrinilla) Cordil-
lerana, n.sp.).

} Planorbis (Segmentina) Mojavensis, n.sp.

Lymnea Coopert, n.sp.

MELANOIDE®.

Ellipstomide, n.fam.

Pleuroceridee, sub-family Gyrotominee, n.sub-fam.
+ Ambloxus Olequaensis, Arnold & Hannibal, n.sp.
+ Pachychilus Lawsoni, n.sp.
{P. Drakei, Arnold & Hannibal, n.sp.

RissoipEz.

Bulimide, n.n. (Bythinide, Tryon, not available).
| Brannerillus physispirus, n.gen. et n.sp.

HANNIBAL: CALIFORNIAN FRESHWATER MOLLUSCA. 209

Fluminicola, sub-gen. Teathilla, u.sub-gen. (Paludina seminalis,
Hinds).
F. Modoet, n.sp.
+ Pyrgulopsis Williamst, n.sp.
Cincinnatia Binneyana, n.n. (Paludina obtusa, Lea, preoccupied).

VIVIPAROIDER.

Viviparus, sub-gen. Callina, n.sub-gen. (Paludina intertexta, Say).
Idiopoma, sub-gen. Crpangopaludina, n.sub-gen. (Paludina malleata,
Reeve).
Tt Viviparus ( Callina) Turnert, n.sp.
TV. Washingtonianus, Arnold & Hannibal, n.sp.
{Lioplax Andersoniana, u.sp.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES Y-VIII.

With the exception of the Anodontas and Arnoldina the species illustrated
are new or figured for the first time. Characteristic figures of these four have
been added owing to the prevailing uncertainty of their identity. Unless the
contrary is stated, figures are approximately natural size.

Plates V and VI are reproduced from photographs taken by Mr. John Howard
Paine, of Stanford University ; Plates VII and VIII from photographs by the
writer, through the courtesy of Professor Trevor Kincaid.

PLATE V.
(Issued in Part II.)

1. Anodonta cygnea impura (Say). Pond, Elysian Park, Los Angeles,
California. p. 125.

2. A. cygnea impura (Say) (juvenile). Coyote River, Artesian Belt near
San José, California. p. 125.

3. A. cygnea (L.). Dalles, Oregon. p. 125.

4. A. cygnea (L.) (juvenile). Umpqua River, Elkton, Oregon. p.125. The
individual is just past the wnpwra stage at this side. Cygnea shows
almost unlimited variation in this respect, however.

5. A. cygnea Beringiana (Midd.). Lake Hicaman, Alaska. p. 125.

6. A. cygnea Beringiana (Midd.) (juvenile). Narrows between Beayer and
Alexander Lakes, Admiralty Islands, Alaska. p. 125. The specimen
is barely past the cygnea stage. _

7. A. cygnea impura (Say). x 3. Uvas River, Gilroy, California. p. 125.
Collected in July, probably about three months from the glochidium.
All three sub-species are ordinarily identical at this size.

8. A. cygnea (L.). Glochidium, length 0°35, altitude 0°35 mm. North-east
shore of Rhett Lake, near California-Oregon boundary. p. 125.

PLATE VI.
(Issued in Part IT.)

9. Arnoldina dejecta (Lewis). San Bernardino Rancho, Arizona—Mexico
boundary. p. 129.

10. Gonidea angulata Haroldiana, Dall (cotype). Coyote Creek, between
San José and San Francisco Bay, Artesian Belt, California. p. 127.
Through a misunderstanding the original locality was given by Dall as
the Guadeloupe Creek. The species formerly occurred there, but was
destroyed by sewage about two or three years previous to the time
collections sent to the National Museum were made. The variety is
not always as large or finely developed as the figure would indicate, but
exhibits more or less local variation in this respect.

2. Corneocyclas Meeki, n.sp. (type, a mould). Length 11, breadth 11 mm,

bo
bo

PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

. Spherium Andersonianum, n.sp. (type). Length 17°5, breadth 15 mm
Badlands Hills, 1 mile east of Sand Hollow, Oregon. Pliocene. p. 132.

Hill near Hawthorne, on Belmont stage road, ee Early Eocene.
135.
: Tiga Cooperi, n.sp. (a) Type, altitude 11, breadth 5mm.; (0) cotype
altitude 7, breadth 3 mm. (c) ecotype, altikade 16, hecuattle 6 mm.
Type and small cotype from spring, Wrights, Santa Cruz Mountains, |
California ; large cotype from Adobe Creek, near Camino Real, Santa
Cruz Mountains, California. p. 143.
. Pompholyx Sancteclare, Hannibal. (a) Type, altitude 5, breadth 8 mm.
near Los Gatos limestone quarry, Los Gatos, Santa Cruz Mountains, _
California. (6) Specimen from Telephone Hills, near McKittrick,
California. Pliocene. p. 163. ;
. Zalophancylus Morani, n.sp. (type). Max. diameter 9, min. diameter >
7, altitude 3°55 mm. Badlands Hills, 1 mile east of Sand Hollow
Oregon. Pliocene. p. 152.
. Helisoma Cordillerana, n.sp. (type, a mould, viewed from beneath).
Diameter 22mm. Hill near Hawthorne, on Belmont stage road
Nevada. Early Eocene. p. 161.

PLATE VII.

. Margaritana Herrei, n.sp. (type, mould and partial cast in limonite of
imperfect pair of valves). Length (estimated) 115, breadth 40 mm. —
One-quarter of a mile above Carnegie Pottery plant in cut along |
Western Pacific Railway, Corral Hollow, Tesla, California. Late
Eocene. p. 121.

Unio transpacifica, Arn. & Hann.,n.sp. (a) Type, length 58, breadth
30 mm.; (5) cotype, a slightly imperfect pair from which the shell
matter has been cut away, exposing the impressions of the hinge-teeth,
length 70, breadth 36mm. Bluffs along Olequa Creek at shoals
13 miles above Little Falls, Washington. Late Eocene. p. 123.

. Gonidea Hemphilli, n.sp. (type). Length 31, breadth 14 mm. Water

tunnel, head of Telegraph Cafion, Berkeley Hills, California. The
specimen is the mould of one valve and a portion of another (not shown

in figure) in coarse sandstone. Miocene. p. 128.

. (2? Spherium) Catherine, n.sp. (type). Length 5, breadth 3°S mm. Hill

near Hawthorne, on Belmont stage road, Nevada. The specimen is the

mould of both valvesin marl. Early:Eocene. p. 132.

. S. Rogersi, n.sp. (type, a limonite cast). Length 20, breadth 14°5 mm.
One-quarter of a mile above Carnegie Pottery plant in cut along Western
Pacific Railway, Corral Hollow, Tesla, California. Late Eocene.

p. 131.

. Corneocyclas Tremperi, n.sp. (type). Length 1°4, breadth 1°3, depth of

valve 1 mm. Bluff Lake Cienaga, San Bernardino Mountains,

California. p.137. The figure is greatly enlarged; the species is one

of the smallest Corneocyclads.

PLATE VILE.

. Pachychilus Lawsoni, n.sp. (type). Length 27, breadth 10mm. Near
Bald Peak, Berkeley Hills, California. Miocene. p. 183.

. Planorbis Mojavensis, n.sp. (type). Diameter 95 mm. (a) View from
above; (5) umbilical view, enlarged somewhat more than (a). Near
Barstow, Mojave Desert, California. Miocene. p. 157.

. Lanz Klamathensis, n.sp. (a) Type, max. diameter 11, min. diameter 75,
altitude 3mm.; (6) cotype, max. diameter 16, min. diameter 975,
altitude 3°55mm. Near Government Irrigation Dam, Upper Klamath
Lake, Oregon. p. 149.

HANNIBAL: CALIFORNIAN FRESHWATER MOLLUSCA. 211

. Pachychilus Drakei, Arn. & Hann., n.sp. (type). Altitude 45, breadth
14mm. Bluffs along Olequa Creek at bend below Little Falls,
Washington. Late Eocene. p. 183.

Amblorxus Olequaensis, Arn. & Hann., n.sp. (type). Altitude (estimated)
32, breadth 95mm. Bluffs along Olequa Creek above shoals 2 miles
north of Little Falls, Washington. Late Eocene. p. 178.

8. Brannerillus physispira, u.sp. (type). Altitude 2°6, breadth 3°3 mm.

Marl ‘reefs’ near mouth of gulch, south of Medallion One Cajon,

Kettleman Hills, near Coalinga, California. Pliocene. p. 191.

. Pyrgulopsis Williamsi, n.sp. (a) Type, altitude 8°5, breadth 7mm. :

(6) cotype, altitude 7, breadth 6°3 mm. ; (c) cotype, altitude 8°7, breadth

7mm. Martin & Dudley’s oil-well, Lost Hills, San Joaquin Valley,

California. Pliocene. p. 189.

. Fluminicola Modoci, n.sp. (type). Altitude (estimated) 5, breadth 3°2 mm.

Fletcher’s Spring, south end of Goose Lake, California. p. 187.

. Viviparus Turneri, n.sp. (type, a mould in quartzite). Altitude 32, breadth
26mm. Near coal-mine, Silver Peak Range, Nevada. Early Eocene.
p. 193.

V. Washingtonianus, Arn. & Hann., n.sp. (type). Altitude 20, breadth
15mm. Bluffs along Olequa Creek above shoals, 2 miles north of Little
Falls, Washington. Late Eocene. p. 194.

. Lioplax Andersoniana, n.sp. (type, a limonite cast). Altitude 21, breadth

11 mm. Cut along Western Pacific Railway, one-quarter of a mile

above Carnegie Pottery plant, Corral Hollow, Tesla, California. Late

Eocene. p. 196.

. Helisoma Cordillerana, n.sp. (type, viewed from above). See pl. vi, fig. 16.

p- 161.

. Fisherola lancides, n.sp. (a) Type, max. diameter 6, min. diameter 3°8,

altitude 1°2mm., viewed from above; (6) cotype, max. diameter 5°5,

min. diameter 4, altitude 1°2 mm., viewed from beneath. Snake River,

Washington. p. 152.

Footnote to p. 197.

Since the first portion of this paper was written additional studies have
shown that the fauna of the Columbia System is not homogeneous. That
inhabiting the Columbia basin above the Dalles, characterized by Spherium
corneum and tenue, Corneocyclas Idahoensis, Lymne@a auricularia and
stagnalis, Lanx Nuttalli, Fisherola lancides, Planorbis exacutus, Pompholyx
effusa, Physa hypnorum (probably), Fluminicola Columbiana and minutissima,
is more closely allied to the faunas of the other systems fianking the Rocky
Mountains, while the fauna of the lower Columbia River and coast streams,
peculiarized by Lanz subrotundatus and Fluminicola virens, groups better with
the coastal systems.

The name Columbia System originally covered all territory north to Southern
_ Alaska, but has been so restricted and warped as to have assumed an entirely
different meaning, and for either of these divisions is hardly appropriate, so
may be abandoned. The upper Columbia basin, known locally as the ‘ Inland
Empire Country ’, may take the name Inland Empire System, and the coastal
district the name Willamette System.

212

ORDINARY MEETING.
Fripay, 10ra May, 1912.
R. BULLEN NEWTON, F.G.S., President, in the Chair.
Mr. W. R. B. Oliver was elected a member of the Society.

The following communications were read :—

1. ‘‘A Synopsis of the Recent and Tertiary Freshwater Mollusca
of the Californian Province ” (continuation). By Harold Hannibal.

2. ‘On Dosinia lucinalis (Lam.) and its synonyms.” By A. J.
Jukes-Browne, F.R.S., F.G.S.

3. ‘New Generic Names and New Species of Marine Mollusca.”
By Tom Iredale,

Mr. B. B. Woodward exhibited five species of Baiealia from Lake
Baikal.

Mr. C. Hedley exhibited a species of Casstdula from Cooktown,
Queensland, and suggested that it approached nearer to Martyn’s
figure of C. nucleus than do forms from New Caledonia and other
localities which had hitherto been identified as that species. He
pointed out that the genus being unknown in the Eastern Pacific,
the habitat ‘Otaheite’ ascribed to it by Martyn was undoubtedly
erroneous, and that if, like so many of M: artyn’s shells, it was
collected by Captain Cook, it would not at all be improbable that it
had been procured when the Endeavour was repaired on Cooktown
Beach.

ORDINARY MEETING.
Fripay, 14TH June, 1912.
R. BULLEN NEWTON, F.G.S., President, in the Chair.

Mr. Loftus St. George Byne and Dr. Stephen Gaal were elected
members of the Society.

The following communications were read :—

1. ‘Ona collection of Land and Freshwater Mollusca from Java.”
By M. M. Schepman.

2. ‘ Descriptions of thirty-three New Species of Gastropoda from
the Persian Gulf, Gulf of Oman, and North Arabian Sea.” By
J. C. Melvill, M.A., D.Sc.

3. ‘Note on the generic name Pectunculus.” By Dr. W. H. Dall.

4. ‘Note on some Helicoids from New Guinea.” By G. K.
Gude, F.Z.S.

5. ‘*Remarks on the Evolution of the Recent Marine Molluscan
Fauna in the Newer Tertiary Rocks of India.” By E. W. Vredenburg,
F.G.S.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. 2s

The late Rev. R. Ashington Bullen, B.A., F.L.S., exhibited the
following specimens :—felicella Pisana from the Lido, Venice,
showing supposed hybrid characters; the animals when alive were
dark in colour resembling 7. virgata. Clausilia bidens from Torcello,
Italy, with two mouths. Otala vermiculata, also from Italy, eaten
by rodents, the epiphragm formed previous to hibernation having
been partly removed. Dark banded and albino forms of the Ota/a
vermiculata found living on the same food-plant. Helix aspersa, with
unusually elevated spire, from Fiesolli.

214

ON DOSINIA LUCINALIS (LAMK.) AND ITS SYNONYMS.
By A. J. Juxes-Browne, F.R.S., F.G.S.
Read 10th May, 1912.

Tuts species was first described by Lamarck in 1818 (Anim. sans Vert.,
vol. v, p. 572) under the name of Cytherea lucinalis, and it was
figured by Delessert in 1841 (Recueil Coquilles, Lamk., pl. ix,
figs. 2a-c). Still later a specimen, but apparently not the type
as figured by Delessert, was represented in Chenu’s JZllustrations
Conchyliologiques (vol. 11, pl. x, figs. 3-36). None of the later writers,
however, such as Hanley, Philippi, Sowerby, Reeve, or Romer,
seem to have seen a specimen which they could identify with
Lamarck’s shell.

Hanley in his Catalogue of Recent Bivalve Shells, p. 101, published
in 1848, gave a translation of Lamarck’s description, with the
additional statement that it was ornamented with ‘ minute uninter-
rupted longitudinal lineoles’’. This he probably inferred from
Delessert’s figure, a copy of which he gave in his pl. xii, fig. 30.
Romer, writing in 1862, remarks that apart from these figures and
the short description given by Lamarck ‘‘ the species is quite unknown
and seems only to exist in Lamarck’s collection”

Meantime, however, G. B. Sowerby, in his Thesaurus Conchyliorum
of 1852 (vol. u, p. 6738, pl. exliv, figs. 71, 84), described a shell under
the name of Artemis striatissima, which he believed to be a new
species, and certainly he could hardly have identified it with dweimalis,
because Lamarck said nothing about radiating strive, and his type
had a reddish tint on the umbonal region, whereas Sowerby’s shell
was white.

Recently a shell came into my possession which agreed so nearly
with the description and figure given in Hanley’s Catalogue that
I thought it must be a specimen of D. ducinalis, in spite of its being
white with only a yellowish tint on the disc. The only way to
settle the matter was to have it compared with the type in the
Geneva Museum of Natural History. Dr. E. F. Weber of that
Museum having kindly consented to make the comparison, the shell
was forwarded to him, and in returning it he writes: ‘‘ c’est bien
Dosinia lucinalis (Lamk.), cependant il est & remarquer que dans votre
exemplaire le sinus palléal est plus large, plus obtus que dans le
type, et que la coloration interne de Vindividu de Lamarck est dun
brun fonceé.”

On reporting this result to Mr. E. A. Smith, he drew my attention
to the fact that the white D. striatissima of Sowerby must be very
similar to my specimen of D. ducinalis, since both have a sculpture of
radiating striz and a similar wing-like elevation of the escutcheon
area. ‘The shell was therefore sent to Mr. Smith for comparison
with Sowerby’s type in the British Museum, and he writes ‘‘ your
specimen is so exactly like the type of D. striatissima that if I got
them mixed I should not be able to say which was which”

JUKES-BROWNE: ON DOSINIA LUCINALIS (LAMK.). 215

Moreover, Mr. Smith found that there was another shell in the
Museum Collection which agreed in every essential respect with
the ducinalis and striatissima ; this was a shell in Cuming’s collection
which had been described by Romer under the name of D. amethystina.’
There is a full description of this shell in Romer’s monograph of
Dosinia (Novitates Conch., Abt. 11, Suppl., p. 80, Cassel, 1862), but
he never figured it. The description might be one of Jucinalis or
striatissima, except that, instead of being white, it is described as
‘‘violascente albida, ad umbonum regionem amethystina’’, and also
that the pallial sinus is rounded at the end. Mr. Smith, however,
is of opinion that these are merely varietal characters, and that the
shell described by Romer is undoubtedly a variety of D. lucinalis.

Thus the identification of my shell with the types of ducinalis,
striatissima, and amethystina becomes a matter of some importance,
because it not only establishes the identity of three species which
were supposed to be different, but shows that Lamarck’s shell was
not the unique specimen that Romer imagined it to be, and also
reveals the fact that it is a form which varies much in colour.

Under these circumstances it seems desirable to give a more complete
description of D. lucinalis than has yet been published, and I think
the following will be found to include all the characters which are
of any real importance.

Dostyta LuctnaLis (Lamk.).

Testa solida, ad figuram fere circulari, alt. 24-8, lat. 24-8 mm.,
sub-convexa, inequilaterali; umbonibus parvis, obtusis, incurvatis ;
lineis elevatis, tenuibus, confertis, subtiliter nodulatis, ex umbonibus
radiantibus ornata, et liris coneentricis, erectis, distantibus ecincta;
lunula lanceolata, valde impressa, in medio prominente; area
posteriori lanceolata, marginibus angulatis limitata, medio in ale
formam Jabiis prominentibus surrecta, inter et subter que hgamentum
Vix conspicuum videtur.

Colore variabili, interdum omnino alba, interdum in parte vetustiori
colore melino, vel amethystino, vel rubido tincta. Pagina interna
alba, vel amethystina, vel rubida; sinu palliari profundo, ascendente,
in extremitate anteriori rotundato vel obtuse angulari; lamina
cardinali valida, latissima, dente laterali in valva dextra, papilliformi,
rugoso; dente cardinali mediano crasso, rugoso; dentibus in valva
sinistra normalibus. Valva dextra margine posteriori strige vel sulco
angusto, brevi sed profundo, inciso.

Shell solid, nearly circular in outline, measuring from 24 to 28 mm.
both in height and in width ; moder rately convex, inequilateral,
with small, obtuse, incurved umbones; ornamented with numerous
fine raised lines or riblets, which radiate from the umbones, and are
crossed by less numerous concentric ridges or lamellae, as well as by
fine strize, which give them a wavy or nodulated appearance. Lunule
lanceolate, deeply impressed, with pouting lips; escutcheon rather
narrow, defined by angular inflexions, and rising along the median

1 Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1860, p. 118.

VOL. X.—OCTOBER, 1912. 15

216 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

line into an arched wing-like prominence above the ligament, which
latter is just visible between its lips.

In colour the shell is variable, being sometimes entirely white,

sometimes tinged with pale ye low, or pale violet or red on the older
part of the shell. The internal surface is either white, violet, or
reddish-brown, the hinge-plate strong, bearing on the right valve
a roundish rugose anterior lateral, and the middle cardinal is also
thick and rugose; the teeth of the left valve are normal. Pallial
sinus deep, Aecendinves sometimes rounded, and sometimes bluntly
angular at the anterior end. The right valve has «a short but deep
groove on the posterior margin.
_ This species is distinguished from all others by the fine longitudinal
radiating riblets which cover its surface and are irregularly nodulated
by very fine concentric incised lines or strive. In size, shape,
concentric sculpture, and dentition D. ducinalis much resembles
D. histrio, but the escutcheon area is very different. The elevation
of this area into a wing-like projection is not a character of more
than specific importance. Other species show it in a less degree,
such as D. pubescens, D. Japonica, and D. prostrata, and the degree
of elevation varies even in the same species.

With respect to habitat, this also can now be established. The
locality given by Lamarck is the island of St. Thomas, but this was
probably. a mistake. The locality of Sowerby’s type of D. striatissima
was unknown, but that of amethystina is given as Australia, and
Mr. Smith informs me that the British Museum also possesses
a specimen of sfriatissima (1.e. the white variety) from the Monte
Bello Islands (West Australia), collected and presented by Mr. T. H.
Haynes, so there can be no doubt what part of the world i is the real
home of this interesting species.

|

217

NEW GENERIC NAMES AND NEW SPECIES OF MARINE
MOLLUSCA.

By Tom Irepate.
Read 10th May, 1912.
PLATE IX.

To this periodical I have already contributed papers originated
through the study of a collection of shells made at the Kermadec
Islands, and in this essay I describe a few of the novelties there
obtained, and also propose some new generic names. The determination
and description -f new specific forms is a necessary evil, but the
attempt to generically place even common shells seems to be an
unnecessary evil to the majority of writers, and one which has been
constantly neglected. I noted (this periodical, vol. ix, p. 70):
‘*Furthermore I have found great difficulty in generically locating
such well-known species as Drupa(?) chaidea, Duclos, and Galeropsis(?)
monodonta, Quoy & Gaimard.” Prolonged study has convinced me
of the inaccuracy of the continued attachment of the preceding, with
others, to genera with which they have little in common, and I later
wrote (vol. ix, p. 320): ‘‘ In recent years scarcely any scientific
worker has described a new minute shell without carefully detailing
the apical characters, and using them for classificatory purposes.
Yet these same workers have been content to class larger well-known
shells in an almost Linnean fashion.”

In attempting to work through this collection I have been
impressed with factors that have militated against the accurate and
easy determination of the Indo-Pacific Marine Mollusca: firstly, the
lack of series, showing variation, from almost any locality, and
especially the almost entire absence of individuals showing the
juvenile characters: this is most noticeable when it is realized that
the majority of the common littoral Indo-Pacific molluscs are so
abundant that long series of many forms could be easily obtained in
a single day, covering most stages from the very young to adult.
We are thus ignorant of the juvenile stages of very many of the
commonest molluscs, and know the development only in rare cases,
and until such are fully known all our higher groupings must be
most imperfect, and in many cases also inaccurate. Secondly, it is
no longer a possibility to correctly work out such a collection as mine
without practically monographing each genus, more certainly as the
monographs in the earlier volumes of Tryon’s Manual of Conchology
are useful only as works of reference to literature, the malacological
matter being quite unreliable. I am convinged that all future
workers, to produce any lasting results, must undertake monographic
studies, and moreover must study series, note variation, also determine
the sub-species from such series, and discriminate between species,
sub-species, and varieties. I foresee the time when there will be
more genera, fewer species, and more sub-species, with entire
elimination of varieties. These latter may interest non-scientific

218 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

workers, but serious students should never name such. Unfortunately,
though I have, in the majority of cases, long series from the Kermadecs,
the previously named molluses with which comparisons have been
instituted are represented by odd specimens only.

Since this note was written my views have received quite un-
expected confirmation by the study of series of Janthina.

Roya, n.gen.
Roya Kermapecensis, n.sp. Pl. IX, Fig. 10.

Shell thin, conical, bilaterally symmetrical, broadly ovate, anterior
slope long, arched, posterior slope steep, scarcely concave. Apex at
about four-fifths its length, nucleus anastrophic, almost immersed by
last whorl. The muscular impression is horseshoe-shaped, symmetrical,
but composed of two portions: a semicircular broad scar ending in an
enlargement, and then on each side continued by a narrow line; these
lines meet obliquely-set oval scars, which are connected by a narrow
line. ‘This muscular impression is invisible in dead shells, which are
translucent. ‘These are pale rufous, sometimes rayed with a darker
colour; there is no apparent sculpture save growth-lines. The live
shell is clothed with a fine green epidermis. Length about 5:5,
breadth 3°5, height 3mm.

Radula: Like that of Gena (Gwatkin),

Hab.—Sunday Island, Kermadec Group.

Externally this shell agrees very well with Capulus nutatus, Hedley
(Proc. Linn, Soc. N.S.W., vol. xxxiii, p. 467, pl. ix, figs. 15- 16,
1908). Upon comparison with the type of that species Mr. Hedley
and I agreed it was inseparable as far as external conchological
characters were observed. The muscle-impression of the shell, and
the animal of C. nutatus are yet unknown. In the British Museum
is the type of Zectura radiata, Pease (Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1860,
p. 437) from the Sandwich Islands. This seems to be another
species of this genus. Yet this shell was at one time accepted as
identical with Williamia Gussoni, Costa, by such an authority as
Mr. E. A. Smith (Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1890, p. 296), judging from
conchological features alone. But W. Gussoni, Costa, belongs to the
Siphonariide, whilst my shell does not. I am therefore doubtful of
the correctness of merging specifically my shell with Capulus nutatus,
Hedley, in view of the fact that animals of similar shells have proved

4

Proc. Malac. Soc. Vol. X, Pl. IX.

S

16

MOLLUSCA FROM THE KERMADEC ISLANDS.

IREDALE : ON KERMADEC MOLLUSCA. 219

so very different, and I have therefore taken the extreme course of
differentiating the Kermadec shell, until the muscle-impressions of
CO. nutatus are made known. This, moreover, appears to be necessary,
as my generic characters depend upon the animal and muscle-
impressions, and I could not accurately name, as type, a shell in
which they are not known to exist. Probably this is the shell
recorded by Melvill & Standen (Journ. Conch., vol. viii, p. 414,
1897) from Lifu, as Williamia radiata, Pease, which they placed in
the family Acmeeidee !!

This and the following genus are named in honour of my friend
Mr. Roy Bell, whose aid in investigating the Kermadec Mollusca
I wish to commemorate.

Roreria, n.gen.” Pl. UX, Figs. 1, 2.

I propose this generic name for the shell described as Cerzthiwm
clathratum by Sow erby in the Zhes. Conch., vol. 11, p. 883, pl. 185,
fig. 258, 1855, from the Island of Bohol, and whose name was changed
to C. sinon (Fig. 1) by Bayle in the Journ. de Conch., vol. xxvin,
p- 248, 1880. When recorded from Lifu by Melvill & Standen
(Journ. Conch., vol. viii, p. 116, 1895), it was transferred to
Cerithiopsis. When I noted its history as above in these Proceedings,
vol. ix, p. 320, I observed: ‘‘I don’t know where to generically
locate this shell, but it is certainly neither a Cervthiwm nor a
Cerithiopsis.”” Further research has shown its distinctness from
previously described generic forms, so 1 have been compelled to
erect a genus for its reception. I might add I have seen other forms
which appear to be congeneric. (Fie. 2 2, species undescribed. )

The shell is long, narrow, many- -whorled, and tuberculate ; apex
long, sinusigeral, and pink, whilst the main shell is white ; aperture
circular, with a short distinct recurved canal. Operculum horny,
multispiral; nucleus central.

The operculum of Cerithiopsis is said to be ‘‘ paucispiral, somewhat
concave, with three or four whorls, rather translucent and smooth
outside” (Dall, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. xviii, p. 252, 1889),
whilst that of Bittiwm agrees better with this, but the shell characters
at once separate Royella from Bittiwm. The shells usually assigned
to Cerithiopsis and Bittium are of diverse generic types, and may be
separated by means of the characters of their apices. I would
recognize Joculator, Hedley, as fully worthy of generic rank, not
accepting the conservative view taken by its author.

Brookvra, n.gen.

In the Trans. New Zeal. Inst., vol. xl, p. 382, 1907 (1908),
I recorded as recent a shell described from the Pliocene as Scalarva
corulum by Hutton (op. cit., vol. xvii, p. 322, 1884 (1885)), and
concluded: ‘‘ Having carefully compared specimens, there is no
doubt it is congeneric with Cyclostr ema angeli, Ten. - Woods, and for
the present the “pest location is in the genus Cyclostrema.’

Since then I have examined quite a number of species which are
congeneric; some were described as Zissoa, others as Scala or

220 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Scalaria, and most as Cyclostrema. ‘The first two genera being
generally abandoned, the last proves to be quite as unsuitable.
Miss K. Bush, in the Trans. Conn. Acad., vol. x, pp. 97 et seq.,
1897, published a Revision of the Cyclostrematids and allied genera,
and, though she introduced several new genera, these species cannot)
be accurately placed in any. I therefore propose the genus Brookula,
and name as type the following new species, B. stibarochila.

Brooxuta STIBAROCHILA, 0.Sp.

Shell minute, globosely turbinate, perforate, glassy, transparent. .
Whorls four. First whorl and a half unsculptured, ‘the succeeding:
whorls bearing sloping axial lamine, the interstices crossed with fine
regular strie. On the last whorl fifteen lamelle are present, the last.
forming the outer edge of the aperture. Aperture circular, continuous. |
Umbilicus narrow and deep.

Measurement of type: Height 1°25, breadth 1 mm.

Hab.—Sunday Island, Kermadee Group.

To this genus I would refer Cyclostrema conicum, Watson
(Chall. Reports, Zool., vol. xv, p. 122, pl. viii, figs. 9a—c); angeli,
T.-Woods; corulum, Hutton; crebrisculptum, Tate; denselaminatum,
Verco; Nepeanensis, Gatliff, ete.

The genus is named after Mr. W. R. Brook Oliver, my collecting
companion for many years, and one of the members of the Kermadec
Islands Expedition.

JEANNEA, N.gen.

Shell fusiform, the spire equalling the aperture in length ; aperture
oval; columella smooth; outer lip thick, but not denticled; canal
short, recurved. Protoconch turbinate, two-whorled, unsculptured.
Operculum leaf-shaped, nucleus apical.

Type, J. Hedleyi, n.sp
JEANNEA Hepteyi, n.sp. Pl. IX, Fig. 14.

Shell small, fusiform, solid. Characters as above. Adult whorls
five. Colour reddish-fawn with darker markings. Sculpture
commences with longitudinal ribs, which are well marked on the first
two whorls and fade away subsequently, not showing at all on the
last whorl. Spiral threads commence at the same time, but these
persist throughout, the last whorl showing two major ones above the
aperture, and seven equally spaced can be counted on the outer lip.
Between these are minor threads; on the last whorl three being seen
between each major thread. In some shells these are faintly nodulous,

IREDALE: ON KERMADEC MOLLUSCA. HPAI

and the higher two major threads are farther apart, and between
them are five to eight minor threads.

Measurements of type: Length 12, breadth 5mm.

Hab.—Sunday Island, Kermadec Group.

The animal examined alive was of a white colour; eyes sessile as
black specks; propodium square, whilst the radular characters are
such that it might be referable to Cantharus or Pisania.

QuoyvuLa, n.gen.

This is introduced for the shell described by Quoy & Gaimard as
Purpura monodonta (Voy. de lV Astrol. Zool., vol. ii, p. 561, pl. xxxvu,
figs. 9, 10, 1838) from Tongatabu. I have given the history of its
wanderings from Coralliophila through Lhtzochilus and Galeropsis
back to Coralliophila (these Proceedings, vol. 1x, p. 76,1910). I was
inclined to let it stay in Coralliophila through the prejudice of the
Sinusigera apex, but study of this shell with the other forms assigned
to that genus has convinced me of the impropriety of so doing, and
the only course open is to separate it.

Coralliophila was introduced by H. & A. Adams in the Genera
Recent Mollusca, vol. i, p. 185, 1858, as a sub-genus of Rhizochilus,
and, though sixteen species were named as members of the genus, no
type was selected. Dall (Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harv., vol. xviui,
p- 217, 1889) noted this, and remarked that C. madreporarum could
not be accepted as type, as it was not one of the original members of
the sub-genus, but made no designation of type, adding ‘‘ the true
Coralliophila has been renamed Pseudomurex”. Cossmann (Essais
Paléoconch. comp., Livr. v, p. 83, 1903) has named as type ‘‘ Purpura
neritoidea, Lamk.’? In Adams’ List is a ‘‘ neritocdeus, Chem.’’, so
I would fix this as type. With this species I do not consider Quoy &
Gaimard’s P. monodonta congeneric, neither do I now accept
- P. madreporarum, Sowerby (Gen. Ree. Fossil Shells, vol. 11, pl. 287,
_ fig. 12, 1834) as conspecific with the latter. When looking up this
I noticed a footnote reading, ‘‘ Since the above was written Mr. Gray
has separated the last-mentioned shells from Purpura, under the
generic appellation of Pollia.”? This refers to the sentence ‘‘ Ziriton
undosus of Lam.: we suggest the probability of its forming a well
distinguished genus in union with several other cognate species”.
In the British Museum copy of Sowerby’s work Mr. Edgar A. Smith
has noted that Pollia was not published by Gray until 1839 in
the Zoology of Beechey’s Voyage; this latter has generally been
quoted as the first entrance of Pollia, whereas Sowerby’s note has
five years priority. Moreover, the type (by monotypy) of Pollva,

Sowerby, 1834, is Z. wndosus, Lam., so that Zritonidea, Swainson,
1840, would become an exact synonym, though probably both fall as
equivalent to Cantharus, Bolten, 1798.

HEeETERORISSOA, 1.gen.

Shell minute, rissoid, smooth and shining, thin, glassy, transparent.
Aperture broadly oval, peritreme thin, not continuous. Operculum

¢

~

Die, PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

b

semilunar, horny, concentric, with a lateral nucleus: inner edge:
thickened, with an internal rib from the nucleus, but no projecting rib,
Type, Heterorissoa secunda, Iredale.
This genus apparently takes the place of Jeffreysia in the Southern:
Hemisphere ; in shell characters it agrees very closely with that’

genus, but the operculum differs in lacking the projecting rib. The
shell recently described as J. Wilfridi (Gathff & Gabriel, Proc. Roy.
Soc. Vict., vol. xxiv, p. 188, pl. xlvi, fig. 3, 1911) I would consider
to belong to my genus, also J. Hdwardiensis, Watson (Chall. Rep.
Zool., vol. xv, p. 584, pl. xlin, fig. 5, 1886), from Prince Edward
Island.

Tats, Bolten.

In this Journal, vol. ix, p. 322, 1911, I indicated my interest in
the generic treatment of the molluscs formerly classed under Purpura,
Bruguiére, but now known by the name of Zhais, Bolten. At that
time I was unaware that the group had been recently discussed by
Dall (Dep. Int. U.S. Geol. Surv., Prof. Paper No. 59, 1909), and it
was therefore with much interest that I studied his results. I hope
to more fully deal with the conclusions there arrived at, but would
here give expression to some points whereon I consider amendment
possible. Before proceeding further I would express my deep
gratitude for the great work which Dr. Dall is still doing; putting
on record valuable synthetic papers, whereby analysis is made
possible to those who are not skilled in the more difficult task of
synthesis.

I have already definitely concluded that the juvenile stages of
molluscs must be studied before generic groups can be considered
stable. Though Dall has studied the animals, and found little
variation, I do not find in his paper any notice having been taken
of the earlier stages, and consequently in his treatment of the
New Zealand and Australian Thaitids I find disagreement with my
own studies.

Dall recognizes Lepsia, Hutton, proposed for Purpura haustrum,
Martyn, as of sectional value, under the sub-genus Z’hazs. The method
of classing the Thaitids, as one genus only, I consider improper, and
the four sub-genera seem absolutely artificial. The skeletal nature
of Dall’s system is most perplexing to the Austral student who finds
no place for his most common friends. For instance, take the group

IREDALE: ON KERMADEC MOLLUSCA. 223

I mentioned (loc. cit., p. 321) as converging round Thais succincta,
Lam. The only name I know of as being based on any of thos
there mentioned is Agnewia, Ten.- Woods, proposed for Purpura
tritoniformis, Blainville. This is included in the general synonymy
of Thais by Dall, but of what section or sub-genus he considers it
a synonym in particular I am unable to say. Consequently I do not
know where Dall would place any of our Australian Thaitids, save
T. haustrum, Martyn, and 7. amygdala, Kiener. Having carefully
examined all the names noted by Dall as referable to these Thaitid
molluses, I propose ZLepsiella, n.gen., with type Purpura scobina,
Quoy & Gaimard, and Weothias, n.gen., with type Purpura Smithi,
Brazier, and will fully discuss their relationships and status in another
place.

MerarHapuet, Menke.

This would appear to be the generic name to be used for the
Australian species grouped round Littorina mauritiana, Lamarck. In
the Proc. Roy. Soe. eae 1908 (1909), p. 56, W. L. May accepted
LIntorina, Menke, 1828, concluding that Férussaec’s introduction of
Littorina was unrecognizable as being that of a nude name only.
He acknowledged that this acceptation. was due to Mr. Hedley’s
suggestion. My own interpretation of Férussac’s proposal was that
Inttorina was legitimately introduced by that author, and, moreover,
that the type of that genus was ZL. obtusata, Linné, as fixed by Rang
(Man. Mollusques, 1829, p. 185) under the name ZL. “ttoralis. I am
glad to note that Dall (Dept. Int. U.S. Geol. Surv., Prof. Paper
No. 59, 1909, p. 79) had anticipated me in arriving at the same
conclusion. The type of Zittorina is quite unlike the Austro-
Neozelanic shells known under that name, and the name to be used
for those is Melarhaphe. Commonly quoted as of Miihlfeldt, this
name was introduced into literature by Menke (Synops. meth. Moll.,
1828, p. 23) thus: Paludina glabrata, Zgl. (Turbo cerulescens, Lam.,
T. rupestris, Chabr., Melarhaphe glabrata, Mhlfid.). The first
reference is also to a manuscript name, as the only publication of
Ziegler’s name is by Pfeiffer in the Nat. Deutsch. Land u. Sudw.
Moll., part 111, p. 46, pl. vii, figs. 9-10, 1828. his shell has been
identified as Littorina neritoides, Linn., of which Turbo cerulescens,
Lam., is also considered a synonym. When Quoy & Gaimard
feteribed their Littorina Diemenensis (Voy. de |’ Astrol. Zool., vol. 111,
p. 479, 1835) they compared it specifically with Z. carulescens,
Lamarck, so that there need be no hesitation in using JZelarhaphe for
such shells.

Penton, Fischer.

The Austro-Neozelanic marine molluscan group commonly referred
to as Stphonalia must bear this generic name.

Siphonalia was introduced by A. Adams (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
ser. 111, vol. xi, p. 202, 1863) for a number of Japanese shells, of which
Buccinum cassidarieforme, Reeve, is the first species, and should be
taken as type; the others are mostly congeneric with this. This shell

224 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY

has little relationship with the New Zealand ‘Fusoid’ shells, and

Stphonalia cannot be used for the latter.

Tryon (Man. Conch., vol. ii, p. 185, pl. liv, fig. 355, 1881)
described an Australian shell as Siphonalia maxima. This was
transferred to Megalatractus by Kesteven (Mem. Austr. Mus., vol. iv,
pp. 419 et seq., 1904), but Scphonalia maxima is absolutely congeneric
with S. dilatata, Quoy & Gaimard, and these should not be classed
with Igalatractus, IL will give full details confirming this conclusion
in another place.

Kobelt introduced Austrofusus (Kiister’s Conch. Cab., 1881, p. 127)
for a number of Fusoid shells, including the Austro-Neozelanic
‘ Siphonalia’, but Fischer in the Manuel de Conch., 1884, p. 625,
cited as example of <Austrofusus (which he made a sub-genus of
Siphonalia), S. alternata, Philippi, which was the second of Kobelt’s
list, the first being indeterminable. At the same time Fischer
proposed Penton for Siphonalia dilatata, Quoy & Gaimard. I would
therefore fix S. alternata, Philippi, as type of Austrofusus, and this
leaves Penion to be used for the Austro-Neozelanic forms, and I would
here unhesitatingly place Siphonalia maxima, Tryon.

Bemsicrum, Philippi.

This name must be used for the genus of Australian molluses known
by the name of Resel/a. One species was for some time included in
the New Zealand List, but was expunged by Suter (Trans. New
Zeal. Inst., vol. xxxvill, p. 325, 1905 (1906)), who, however,
concluded it must still be retained as occurring in the Pliocene in
New Zealand.

Risella has been generally quoted as of Gray, 1840, but that
reference is to the Synops. Brit. Mus., where it only occurs as a nude
name. ‘he earliest introduction legitimately made by Gray appears
to be in the Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1847, p. 150, where we read :
** Rosella, Gray, 1840, 1844. Bembicrum, Philippi, 1846. Zrochus
melanostomus.” .

The 1844 reference to Gray seems to be only another case of Synops.
Brit. Mus., so that Bembicium, Philippi, 1846, has clearly priority
over Zisella, Gray, 1847. In the Zeitschr. fiir Malak., September,
1846, p. 129, Philippi introduced this genus and monographed the
species. Herrmannsen (Jnd. Gen. MMalac., vol. i, p. 111, 1846)
designated as type of Bembictum, Trochus melanostomus, so that Risella,
Gray, becomes an absolute synonym. In his vol. 11, 1847, Herrmannsen
included 2zse//a as a name in the Synops. Brit. Mus., which he had not
seen, and in his Supplement, p. 119, 1852, included it as published
in the Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1847, p. 150.

This correction has escaped the attention of Australian workers for
two reasons: first, the imaccessibility of literature compels acceptance
of many quotations without opportunity of verification, and the
constant citation of Gray, Synops. Brit. Mus., 1840, by better
situated workers, would arouse no suspicion that only the nude name
there occurred; secondly, in the Manual of Conchology, vol. ix,

TREDALE: ON KERMADEC MOLLUSCA. 225

where Risella is monographed, there is no mention of Bembicium,
Philippi, to incite interest.

I might here point out that Cossman recently proposed a new
genus, which he named Lisellopsis (Havre Bull. Soc. Géol., vol. xxvii,
p- 59, 1907 (1908)), but that name had been previously selected by
Kesteven (Rec. Austr. Mus., vol. iv, p. 319, 1902) for a New Zealand
marine molluscan genus.

Lora, Gistel.

In the Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. xlii, p. 259, 1908, Dall
details the history of the generic names Defrancia, Millet, 1827, and
Clathurella, Carpenter, 1856, selecting for type of Millet’s genus
Defrancia pagoda, Millet, and accepting that as type of Clathurella,
Carpenter. It has apparently been overlooked that Gistel (Naturg.
Thierr. hoh. Schulen, 1848, p. ix) had introduced Zora as a new name
for Defrancia, Millet, noting D. viridula, O. Fabr., as a typical species.

PACHYCHEILUS.

In the Penny Cyclopedia, vol. xvu, p. 454, footnote, 1840, this
name is introduced as a better name than Pachylabra, Swainson’s
substitute for Pachystoma, Guilding, preoccupied. This would seem
to invalidate Lea’s later Pachychilus.

Trocuus Royanvs, n.sp. Pl. IX, Fig. 12.

Shell pyramidal, large, massive, imperforate. Whorls more than
twelve, subscalar, last whorl strongly keeled, base flat. Colour white.
In adult specimens sculpture scarcely distinguishable, but on the
last whorl can be noted a sculpture of nodules somewhat after the
style of ornamentation seen on Z. pyramis, Born, but much finer.
Base smooth, save for growth-lines. Aperture quadrate, very oblique,
the basal portion smooth inside; outer lip thin, and very fragile.
Columella pearly, anteriorly terminating in a solid tubercle, and
ascending with a semicircular sweep. Operculum thin, horny, multi-
spiral, nucleus central; size 32X27 mm.

Measurements of type: Height 84, major diameter, 84 mm.

Hab.—Sunday Island, Kermadec Group.

The type of Zrochus, Linné, Syst. Nat., 10th ed., 1758, p. 756,
I now designate as Z. maculatus, since 7. Niloticus does not occur
there.

CLancuLus atypicus, n.sp. Pl. IX, Fig. 7.

Shell small, depressedly globose, solid, umbilicate; periphery
rounded, base flattened. Colour: dark greyish-brown, painted
obliquely with yellow or fawn. Whorls six. Sculpture consists of
fine spiral threads of varying strengths, about eighteen major ones on
the last whorl. The preceding whorl shows six major threads only.
The axial sculpture is represented by very fine close lines. Suture
deep, channelled, bounded by a row of nodules. Aperture oblique,
sub-quadrate, the outer lip slightly crenulate and recurved. Umbilicus
deep, surrounded by a noduled callused rim, the callus extending to

226 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

meet the outer lip. Columella obliquely inserted in the umbilicus,
with a small nodule at each end. Operculum circular, horny, thin,
multispiral, nucleus central.
Measurements of type: Height 8, major diameter 9mm.
Hab.—Sunday Island, Kermadec Group.

Monitea incerta, n.sp. Pl. IX, Fig. 6.

Shell small, turbinate, thin, umbilicate; whorls convex, gradually |
increasing, slightly Aaeeoned below the suture, last whorl roonded at |
the periphery. Colour: generally blackish-grey irregularly rayed
with white. Whorls six, the first one and a half minute, unsculptured ;
the sculpture consists of spiral threads increasing in number and
strength, the penultimate whorl having three major ones, the last
five above the periphery ; between these run from one to three minor
threads. The whole shell is overridden by very fine axial striae.
The base is sculptured with about twelve even-spaced ridges, similarly
overridden. Umbilicus narrow, bounded by a thickened rib, only
developed in the adult; inside white. Aperture sub-quadrate, outer
lip thin. Columella ascending with a faint reflection, and higher
again reflected, when a rib enters the umbilicus; connected with the
outer lip by a shght callus. Operculum circular, multispiral, nucleus
central, thin and horny.

Measurement of type: Height 10, major diameter 9 mm.

Hab.—Sunday Island, Kermadec Group.

Gena Ottvert, n.sp. Pl. 1X, Figs. 4, 5.

Shell oblong ovate, small, thin, about twice as long as broad.
Whorls four. Colour blackish-grey, more or less marbled with lighter
grey and white. Sculpture consists of fine spiral grooves decussated
by growth-lines, but the apex has two well-developed keels which
are diagnostic. Columella arched.

Measurement of type: Height 9, length 11 mm.

Hab.—Sunday Island, Kermadec Group.

Vanikoro Wattackr, n.sp. Pl. IX, Fig. 11.

Shell globose, thin, perforate, last whorl increasing and descending
rapidly. Whorls four. Colour white. The first whorl and a half are
elevated, unsculptured, the succeeding whorls bearing fine closely set
wavy threads, which are crossed by minute crowded striz, these last
predominate on the last whorl, but the whole sculpture is very fine.
Columella obliquely set, straight; umbilicus wide and deep, bounded
by a crenulate rib, inside crinkled parallel to the columella; aperture
semicircular, outer lip thin. Operculum horny, paucispiral, thin, like
that of a IMelarhaphe. Yhis does not agree with the description of
the operculum of Vanikoro as given by H. & A. Adams.

Measurement of type: height 4, breadth 4°5 mm.

Hab.—Sunday Island, Kermadec Group.

TRIVIA DESIRABILIS, n.sp. Pl. LX, Figs. 8, 9

Shell small, sub-oval, extremities slightly produced; white,
strongly sculptured. Sculpture consisting of about thirty major

IRKDALE: ON KERMADEC MOLLUSCA. 227

ridges, a few intercalatory ribs sometimes present; all are continuous,
a very slight depression only being noticeable in the middle of the
back. he interstices appear smooth. Aperture narrow; the teething
agreeing with the ribbing present.

Length 7, breadth 5, height 4mm.

Hab- —Sunday Island, Kermadec G Group.

TROPHON suBrRoPIcALIs, n.sp. Pl. IX, Fig. 3.

Shell very small, regularly trophonoid. Colour brownish. Protoconch
two-whorled, elevated, smooth, white. Four adult whorls, regularly
shouldered, with eight to ten longitudinal varices, which are crossed
by spiral ribs, the first two adult whorls showing one, the third three,
-and the last five, three of which are prominent. In some shells the
spirals overrule, but usually they are subordinate to the longitudinal
varices. Aperture oval, denticled within the outer lip, which is heavily
varicose. Canal short, recurved, open. Operculum typical.

Measurements of type: Length 3, breadth 1°5 mm.

Hab.—Sunday Island, Kermadee Group.

Conus Kermapecensis, u.sp. Pl. IX, Figs. 15, 16.

Shell of medium size, quite smooth. Colour reddish-yellow, towards
the middle of the shell a fainter band is usually seen when the shell
is destitute of the thick red-brown epidermis, rarely persistent, save
on the last quarter of a whorl. Number of whorls unknown. Spire
slightly elevate; broad, conical, sutures impressed, periphery
subangled. Anal notch distinct, outer lip thin. Pillar lp almost
straight with a faint twist at anterior end; aperture widening
anteriorly where there are a few wrinkles. Inside white, edge ot
outer lip tipped with brown. Operculum variable in size and shape.

Measurements: Height 55, 42, 31 mm.; breadth 29, 25, 18mm. ;
height of spire 12, 8, 8mm.

Hab.—Sunday Island, Kermadec Group.

CasstpEa Prrryi, n.sp. Pl. 1X, Fig. 17.

Shell small, ovate, smooth, aperture more than half the length of
the shell, outer lip reflexed, scarcely variced, and bearing no denticles.
Colour fawn with four darker transverse bands, only noticeable on the
last whorl and clearly marked on the reflected lip as reddish-brown
marks; sometimes the bands are broken and appear as oblong marks.
Five adult whorls and the usual juvenile Cassoid apex, but varices
are not apparent, save rarely on the last half-whorl. Aperture some-
what obliquely pyriform, the anterior canal short and recurved.
Columella with an anterior groove, but otherwise smooth. Length 43,
breadth 24, length of aperture 25 mm.

Hab.—Sunday Island, Kermadee Group.

Bearing a deceptive resemblance to C. cer nica, Sowerby, but that
species 1s a smooth relation to C. vibex, to which this form is not
closely allied.

|
|
i
|
|

228 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

All the types of these new species will be presented to the
Canterbury Museum, New Zealand, and paratypes are in the
Australian Museum, Sydney. |

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IX. :

Fia.

1. Royella sinon, Bayle.

2. Royella sp. (undescribed).

3. Trophon subtropicalis, n.sp.

4, 5. Gena Oliveri, n.sp.

6. Monilia mcerta, n.sp.

7. Clanculus atypicus, n.sp.

8,9. Trwia desirabilis, n.sp.
10. Roya Kermadecensis, n.sp.
11. Vanikoro Wallacei, n.sp.
12. Trochus Royanus, n.sp.
i$}, .e 46 operculum.
14. Jeannea Hedley, n.sp.
15, 16. Conus Kermadecensis, n.sp.
17. Cassidea Perry, u.sp.

7 be P
all = - ns :
a L fs 5
7 _~
7 ie . =
ay ¢'
j
’ E

FS

'
=
6
’
i
-
- ‘
7 7

Proc. Malac. Soc. Vol. X

J. F. Obbes del.

LAND AND FRESHWATER MOLLUSCA FROM JAVA.

229

ON A COLLECTION OF LAND AND FRESHWATER MOLLUSCA
FROM JAVA

By M. M. Scnepman.
Read 14th June, 1912.
PLATE X.

Dorine his stay in Java Mr. KE. Jacobson collected amongst other
objects of Natural History some molluses, the majority consisting of
jand and freshwater species, which he had the kindness to send to
me for identification and description ; amongst them I found a few
forms which appear to be new to science, and as the accurate
localities give a real importance, even to the more common and
already known species, I now give a lst of all of them.

1. Virrinopsis CottineEr, n.sp. Pl. X, Figs. 1, 2.

Animal of a light flesh-coloured tint, which on its upper surface
is only clearly visible beneath the shell and on the foot- fringe, the
neck of a rather dark slate colour, as well as the upper tentacles, the
sides of the anterior part mottled with faint spots of black pigment,
the dorsal face of the caudal part nearly quite blackish, mantle
biackish, with two lobes; right mantle-lobe large, strongly black-
spotted, leaving only an arborescent figure of whitish colour;
left lobe narrower, of the same colour, but of simpler pattern, with
only a few light-coloured branches; caudal part sharp, pointed
behind, without mucous pore, with a median dorsal groove of lighter
colour, and oblique furrows, running from the median groove tow ards
the posterior end; foot-fringe bordered above by a double, impressed
line. Foot-sole divided in a narrow median and two lateral planes,
flesh-coloured, darker behind. Shell depressed, thin, corneous;
whorls slightly convex, four in number, of which about two form
a large nucleus, which is microscopically spirally striated, the strize
being pitted; third whorl still finer and more remote, spirally striated
with plain striz, but as well as last whorl smooth and shining; last
whorl with fine growth-lines, which are partly fold-like and with
a crenulate infrasutural margin, bordered by a groove. Peristome
thin, aperture depressed.

Length of animal about 30, breadth of foot 2:5 mm.; largest
diameter of shell 8:5, height about 5mm.

Hab. —Nongkodjadjar, Tengger Mountains, January, 1911. One
specimen, in my collection.

This species has much puzzled me; the animal agrees in every
respect with Semper’s description of his genus Vitrinopsis, but the
shell with his genus Vitrinoidea. I have provisionally located it in
Vitrinopsis, as the mantle, though damaged, ev idently consisted of
two separated lobes. I thought it not advisable to create a new
genus on a single damaged specimen. Mr. Jacobson has given the
following interesting account of the living animal: ‘The slug was

230 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

found under the bark of a decayed tree. At its sides it has two
peculiar, thin lobes, which, when the slug creeps undisturbed, are
spread over each side of the shell, and cover a large part of it; if
disturbed it partly retracts these lobes. If excited the slug is
uncommonly active, writhing to the right and left, and violently
moving the body like an earth-worm. I have never seen a slug which
is so active in its movements. It cannot withdraw completely in the
shell.’ As far as I know this is the first species of the genus
described from Java, though Strubell and Fruhstorfer may have
found such.
2. Xxsta Dwipana, Gude.

Gude, Proc. Mal. Soc., vol. v, p. 264, pl. vii, figs. 15-17, 1903;
v. Martens, Ostas. Landschn., p. 254 (Jenynsv).

Hab.— Gunung Ungaran, September, 1910. ‘Two specimens.

The specimens belong to the colour-variety, which has been named
by Boettger v. concolor, without description, received from Fruhstorfer,
from the Gunung Gedeh, as acrochlamys Jenynsi v. concolor; it
is characterized by its rather uniform yellowish - brown colour,
without band. On comparison with Gude’s descriptive table, I find
Mr. Jacobson’s specimens agree in every respect with the characters,
and are quite different from Jlartensia Jenynsi, Pfr., of which species
I could compare two East African specimens. In Journ. of Mal.,
vol. x, p. 538, 1908, Gude has recorded the species in his classified
list of helicoid land shells of Asia as Macrochlamys Dwipensis.

3. Hemiplecta patEns, v. Martens.

V. Martens, Archiv f. Naturgesch., 1891, p. 27, pl. iui, fig. 1.

Hab.—N ongkodjadjar, January, i911. One specimen.

The only specimen is young, as may be judged by its very thin,
partly broken peristome; it agrees as well as can be desired with
the description and figure of v. Martens, but it is not quite 40 mm.
in its largest diameter, has about half a whorl less, and the aperture
is still more rounded; these differences, however, would disappear
if the shell were full grown. It is nearly from the same locality
as the type of v. Martens. It agrees with specimens received from
Fruhstorfer as 77. gemina, v. d. B., but not with the description and
figure of Philippi (Abbild. neuer Conch., vol. 1, p. 9, pl. 1, fig. 1),
the umbilicus being nearly closed, the last whorl much_ broader,
sculpture different, etc. Professor Thiele, who had the kindness to
compare my specimens with the only type of v. Martens, affirms my
suggestion that it is ZZ. patens.

4. Hemrptecta Humpnureysiana, Lea, var.
Lea, Trans. Phil. Soc. Philadelphia, vii, p. 463, pl. xii, fig. 16, 1841 ;
v. Martens, Ostas. Landschn., p. 233, pl. x, figs. 3, 4, 6.
Hab.—Nusa Kambangan, March, 1911. One specimen.

The specimen is young; it does not exactly agree with any of the
figures I could compare, nearest perhaps in shape with var. complanata,

SCHEPMAN : NON-MARINE MOLLUSCA FROM JAVA. 231

v. Martens (loc. cit., p. 234, pl. x, fig. 3); in sculptureit agrees with
other specimens from Java, but in colour it is peculiar by a narrow
brown line, just above the light-coloured peripheral zone, which is,
however, much narrower than that in v. Martens’ fig. 6 of v. bzfascvata,
which is very different in size and shape.

5. Dyaxra Rumpuu, v. d. Busch.

vy. d. Busch in Philippi; Abbild. neuer Conch., vol. i, p. 9, Heliz,
pl. i, fig. 2; Mousson, Moll. von Java, p. 18, pl. i, fig. 2;
Reeve, Conch. Icon., Helix, tig. 480; v. Martens, Ostas. Landschn.,
p. 220; Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. mu, vol. 11, p. 20, pl. 1m,
fig. 38.
Hab.—Gunung Gedeh, March, 1911, one specimen; Gunung
Ungaran, September, 1910, two specimens.
The specimens are very young, but easily recognizable.

6. Dyaxra ciypreus, Mousson.

Mousson, Journ. de Conch., 1857, p. 156; v. Martens, Ostas.
Landschn., p. 227; Pfeiffer, Nov. Conch., vol. iv, p. 27,
pl. exv, figs. 3-5; Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. 1, vol. ii, p. 20,
pl. ui, figs. 39, 40.
Hab.—Nongkodjadjar, January, 1911. Four specimens. The
largest specimen is nearly quite flat above.

7. Heticarion Apoxri, Boettger.

Boettger, Bericht Senckenb. naturf. Gesellsch., p. 138, pl. v, fig. 1,
1890.

Hab.—Gunung Gedeh, March, 1911, one specimen; Gunung
Ungaran, September, 1910, one specimen.

This species, which is characterized by excessively fine spiral
strie below the suture and at the base of shell, was found originally
on the Gunung Salak by Strubell, and it seems to be rather common,
at least Fruhstorfer has collected it at several other localities in Java.

8. ParMarion pupiILLaRis, Humbert.

Humbert, Mém. Soc. phys. et Hist. nat. Généve, vol. xvii, 1863,
p- 109, fig. 1; v. Martens, Ostas. Landschn., p. 179, pl. v,
figs. 7, 8, pl. xii, fig. 3; Simroth, in Zool. Ergebn. einer Reise
in Ost Indien, vol. iii, p. 106, pl. vii, figs. 3, 7, 10, pl. viii,
figs. 16, 17.

Hab.—Gunung Ungaran, September, 1910. One specimen.
This specimen has a dark shell with the characteristic folds at its
right side.
9. PaRMARION (?) sp.
Hab.—Gunung Ungaran, September, 1910. Two specimeus.
The largest of the two specimens has a length of scarcely 10 mm.,

and is too young for identification; the shell in situ seems to be
white.

VOL. X.—OCTOBER, 1912. 16

232 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY

10. Microparmarton Jaconsonr, n.sp. Pl. X, Figs. 3-8.

ITab.—Nongkodjadjar, January, 1911. Three specimens.

Animal dark grey-brown, with a reddish tint, more predominating
in the smaller specimens, in the adult the dorsal anterior part darker,
with traces of a blackish longitudinal band on each side behind the
tentacles, very conspicuous in young ones, and a blackish streak on

each side of the tail; mantle of the same colour as body, with faint

blackish spots, likewise conspicuous in the young ; body and mantle
rugose, but without warts; peripodial groove distinct, fringe with
very faint dark lineoles at the anterior and _ posterior parts,
particularly faint in the adult. Keel of intestinal sac rather
sharp, with a few dark spots. Foot-sole with a median part, but
little darker than the sides of body, lateral parts darker. Caudal keel
sharp, of slightly lighter colour; caudal mucous pore an oblique slit.
Length in alcohol about 40 mm.

Shell convex, oval, with bluntly rounded anterior margin, running
with rounded angles in the lateral margins, covered by a Prownishe
yellow epidermis, projecting beyond the sides. No trace of spire. Of
the generative organs the vestibule is small, the receptacular duct is
short, only represented by a narrow part of ‘the receptaculum seminis,
which is a large oblong sac, attenuated at its distal part; the penis
is swollen in its proximal part, contracted at its entrance in the
vestibule, distally it 1s hooked on one side, with a blunt point at the
other side, where the vas deferens ends it 1s rounded, below the hook-
hike top a ‘rather long retractile muscle is inserted; the free oviduct
is rather long, more distally with a swollen vaginal part, again
attenuated tow ards the vestibule; the dart-sac is oblong, roundedly
attenuated towards its distal, str ongly attenuated towards its proximal
end, no retractor muscle visible. Dart, unfortunately broken, con-
sisting of a slender calcareous rod, with a broad base; the point is
wanting.

Type-specimen in my collection, cotypes in the Leyden Museum.

As I could not identify this species with any of the described ones,
I asked the advice of Mr. Collinge, who had the kindness not only to
examine it for me, but to miaeee a dissection and to send a sketch or
drawing of the generative organs, adding that it was a new species
of Mcroparmarion on account of its dart. The shell itself agrees
more with that of Parmarion, as well as the rather sharp keel of the
intestinal sac. In shell character it agrees with JZ Austenc, Simr.
(‘‘ Ueber einige Parmarion Arten,” in Weber’s Zool. Ergebnisse einer
Reise in Niederl. Ost Indien, p. 109). Simroth says ‘of the shell:
‘‘Die Schale ist betrachtlich starker gewolbt, als bei den vorigen
(MW Strubelli), das Gewinde scheint vollig resorbiert zu sein.”’

Collinge writes that the new species is nearly allied to IZ Javaniea,
Coll. (Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. vit, vol. iv, p. 400, pl. viii,
figs. 11-19, 1899). ‘This concerns the generative organs, for in its
external characters it is very different in many respects, especially by
its relatively smooth surface, which is densely set with warts in
M. Javanica, and the shell has a well-developed spire. As to the

SCHEPMAN: NON-MARINE MOLILUSCA FROM JAVA. 233

generative organs, the new species differs from JL Javanica by its
small vestibule, which is lar ge, triangularly rounded in Javanica;
that species has a much smaller and pyriform receptaculum seminis,
and the penis is quite different in shape, the vaginal part is not
swollen, ete. Though the specimens vary in colour, the younger
ones being more distinctly marked with black, they will, however

probably belong to one and the same species, the differences are
certainly not stronger than those figured by Simroth (loc. cit., pl. vu,
figs. 6a, 6b) as the “adult and young of Parmarion Weberi.

11. Muicrocysrina InFans, Pfeiffer.

Pfeiffer, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1854, p. 290; 1id., Monogr. Heliceorum,
vol. iv, p. 51; Reeve, Conch. Icon., vol. vii, Helix, fig. 1417;
Martens, Ostas. Landschn., p. 243; Boettger, Bericht der
Senckenb. naturf. Gesellsch., 1891, p. 257.

Hab.—Nongkodjadjar, January, 1911. One specimen.

Thespecies seems to be somewhat variable, the whorls of the specimen
are a trifle narrower than the majority of those I received from
different sources from Java, but it agrees rather well with a not yet
described var. rufuda, Boettg., which is slightly smaller and darker
than those denoted as typical.

12. Purcrorropis Tenecerica, n.sp. Pl. X, Figs. 9-11.

Shell comparatively narrowly umbilicated, thin, fragile, yellowish-
brown, depressed, spire conoidal, periphery with an obtuse angle or
keel, obsolete near aperture, whorls 53, rather regularly increasing,
last one slightly broader, moderately convex, with a shallow suture,
slightly descending towards the aperture. Sculpture consisting of
fine, rather irregular plice, the whole shell with short hairs. Aperture
moderately oblique, broadly lunar, peristome regularly rounded (not
quite developed), columellar margin reflected at and partly covering
the umbilicus.

Diam. maj. 10, alt. 6°>5mm.; apert., alt. (diagonally) 4°5,
lat. 4mm.; diam. of umbilicus, 2mm.

Hab.—Nongkodjadjar, January, 1911. Two specimens. Type in
my collection, cotype in Leyden Museum.

Though these specimens are not quite developed, the peristome
being still thin and fragile, I thought it fit to name them. The
nearest ally is P. Schepmani, Mlldff. (Nachrichtsbl. d. D. Mal.
Gesellsch., 1897, p. 68), by its narrow umbilicus; compared with
a cotype presented by Professor Boettger, who originally named but
did not describe it, the shell is higher, the keel more obtuse ; that
species is conspicuously spirally striated, and shows no traces of
hairs or even scars. P. Wintertana and Sumatrana are still more
remote.

13. CHtoritis crassuLa, Philippi.
Philippi, Abbild. neuer Conch., vol. i, p. 152, Helix, pl. v, fig. 3;
v. Martens, Ostas. Landschn., p. 276; Boettger, Bericht
Senckenb. naturf. Gesellsch., 1890, p. 144, pl. v, fig. 7.

Hab.—Gunung Gedeh, March, 1911. One specimen.

234 PROCEEDINGS OF ‘THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

The specimen, which is young, agrees very well with Philippi’s
figure of a young shell, but in such forms comparison with a rather
obscure figure may alwi ays leave some doubt; Boettger has figured
a very complete specimen from the Gunung Salak; I can see no
ditference in my other specimens from Java, as far as concerns shape
and sculpture, but of course the characters of aperture remain
undecided.

14. Ampurpromus pataceus (v. d. Busch), Mousson,
Mousson, Land- u. Siissw. Moll. von Java, p. 28, pl. i, fig. 1;
v. Martens, Ostas. Landschn., p. 3852; Pilsbry, Man. Conch.,
ser. II, vol. xiii, p. 134, pl. xlvil, figs. 1, 2, 4-6.

Hab.—Babakan, March, 1911. One specimen.

Agreeing in shape and rather coarse sculpture with the existing
figures and with specimens I could compare, the only difference is
that the specimen has in all five blackish streaks, one large preceded
by a narrow one above the point of junction of the peristome, one on
the back of the last whorl, and two narrow ones on the penultimate
whorl; of these latter two I find no mention in literature. 4. perversus,
which is a many-streaked species, is much smoother. YV.d. Busch
has not described this species.

15. AMPHIDROMUS FURCILEATUS, Mousson.

Mousson, Land- u. Siisswasser Moll. von Java, pp. $2, 115, pl. my
fig. 3; v. Martens, Ostas. Landschn., p. 397, pl. xxi, fig. 3%
Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. mm, vol. xiii, p. 216, pl. lxvy
fies. 38-40.

Hab.—Nongkodjadjar, January, 1911. Two specimens.

A very variable species as regards colour-markings ; the specimens
under consideration belong to a variety with the flammules but rarely
bifurcated.

16. PseupoOPARTULA GALERICULUM, Mousson.

Mousson, Land- u. Siisswasser Moll. von Java, p. 34, pl. iil, fig. 5;
v. Martens, Ostas. Landschn., p. 324.

Hab.—Nusa Kambangan, March, 1911. One specimen.

A little larger than Mousson’s type (19 instead of 17 mm.) and
without the blackish top, but otherwise perfectly agreeing with his
description. The species seems to be rather variable in shape and
colour-markings. I possess several specimens with and without dark
top, with and without the brownish band in the aperture, quite
white and with a peripheral band, but all agree in their principal
characters,

17. Vaernuta Srrusetcr, Simroth.

Simroth, Sitzungsber. naturf. Gesellsch. Leipzig, 1891-2, pp. 58, 84;
id., Abh. der Senckenb. naturf. Gesellsch., vol. xxiv, p. 18%
pl. xiv, figs. 1-6, 9, 1897; v. Martens, in Weber, Zool. Ergebn.
Reise Niederl. Ost Indien, vol. ii, p. 247.

Hab.—Samarang, November, 1909, June, July, 1910. Three
specimens.

SCHEPMAN : NON-MARINE MOLLUSCA FROM JAVA. 235

_ One of the specimens, taken in November, is young, and the
hyponotum is but faintly spotted with blackish ; the notum is likewise
of a lighter colour than in the larger specimens.

18. Succinza Javanica, nu.sp. Pl. X, Figs. 12, 13.

_ Shell ovate, with short spire, pellucid, amber-coloured. Whorls
about three, rather convex, but more flattened at their upper part.
Sculpture consisting of numerous fine growth-lines, and at intervals
“stronger ones, which have the character of folds, especially on the
“dorsal side of last whorl, and more conspicuous below the suture;
moreover, the shell has a fine sculpture, only visible under a strong
lens or low power of the microscope, consisting of oblique protractive
and retractive lines, which intercross and give a dull appearance to
the shell; last whorl rather oblique. Aperture oval, with a moderately
sharp angle above, peristome thin. Columella forming a blunt angle
with body-whorl, with a sharp edge from body-whorl to regularly
rounded basal margin ; no trace of umbilicus, the columellar margin
_of body-whorl, with a narrow thin layer of enamel, more conspicuous
-and circumscribed in its lower half, until the point of junction with
the basal margin.

Alt. 9, lat. 5°5 mm. ; apert., alt. 6°56, lat. 3-5 mm.

Hab.—Vuntang River, October, 1910. One specimen in my

collection.

This species seems to be very different from S. obesa, v. Martens
(Ostas. Landschn., p. 387, pl. xxii, fig. 21), which is much more
convex, less oblique, and has no peculiar sculpture. The only species
from the archipelago of which I find a description of such sculpture
ij is S. solidula, Pfr. (Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1849, p. 154), afterwards
described and figured by Smith (loc. cit., 1887, p. 518, fig. 1, woodcut,
j
:
)

and Christmas Island Monograph, 1900, p. 56, pl. viii, figs. 8, 9), but
in that species the whorls are more convex below the suture,
-accordingly the shell has a less elongated appearance, and the
columellar side is less angular at the point of junction of upper
part of columella and body-whorl. SS. gracilis, Lea, which has been
recorded from Java with doubt, is quite different according to Pfeiffer’s
description (Mon. Helic., vol. ii, p. 518), and 8S. subrugata, Pfr., which
might have a secondary sculpture, according to Pfeiffer (loc. cit.,
vol. ili, p. 10), ‘‘ vix nitidula, quasi pruinosa,” is from Borneo, and
differs in many respects.

19. Liwna#a Javanica, Mousson, var.

eee: Land- u. Siissw. Moll. von Java, p. 42, pl. v, fig. 1°
Martens, Conch. Mitth., vol. i, p. 87, pl. xvi, five. 1-10;
fa. Siiss.- u. Brackwasser-Moll. des Ind. Archipels, p- 3, pl. i,
figs. 3-7; pl. xii, figs. 2, 4.
Py, = "Tratang River, October, 1910. Six specimens.
The specimens of this very variable species are young, and only
one of them seems to be full-grown, but is unfortunately broken.

a EEE

236 PROCEEDINGS OF THK MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Of the quoted figures those of var. inéwmescens, v. Martens (Conch.
Mitth., figs. 2-4), come nearest, but have the subangular shoulder
still more pronounced.

20. Cantpta Hertena (Meder.), Philippi.

Philippi, Abbild. neuer Conch., vol. ii, p. 170, Melania, pl. iv, fig. 4
Mousson, Land- u. Siissw. Moll. von Java, p. 64, pl. x, fig. 2
v. Martens, Siiss.- u. Brackw. Moll. des Ind. Archipels, p. 75.

Hab.—Vuntang River, October, 1910. Two specimens,

This species has not yet been recorded from Samarang. The
western localities recorded by v. Martens are Batavia and Preanger
Regencies; the most eastern one in Java is Surabaya; Fruhstorfer
has collected it at Sukabumi. ‘Though both specimens are only dead
shells they are noteworthy, as they fill up a gap in the geographical
distribution of the species.

?
?

21. AMPULLARIA scuTATA, Mousson.

Mousson, Land- u. Siissw. Moll. von Java, p. 60, pl. vii, fig. 2;
Philippi, Martini-Chemn. Conch. Cab., 2nd ed., Ampullaria, p. 9,
pl. i, figs. 4-6; v. Martens, Siiss.- u. Brackw. Moll. des. Ind.
Archipels, p. 18.

Hab.—Vjocja, February, 1911. Three specimens.

I have followed the views of v. Martens, who considers the name
conica, Gray, in Wood’s Index Test. too doubtful to apply it to this
species from Java, which has been so clearly characterized by
Mousson, though Gray’s name should have priority. The operculum,
which is one of the best characters distinguishing it from 4A. ampullacea,
Linn., is very well represented by the quoted figure 6 of Philippi
and by Mousson.

22. Meania TESTUDINARIA, v. d. Busch.

y. d. Busch in Philippi, Abbild. neuer Conch., vol. i, p. 3, pl. 4,
fig. 14; Mousson, Land- u. Siissw. Moll. von Java, p. 66, pl. xi,
figs. 1-38; Brot, Martini-Chemn. Conch. Cab., 2nd ed., Melanide,
p- 49, pl. vi, fig. 3; v. Martens, Siiss.- u. Brackw. Moll. des
Ind. Archipels, p. 31.

Hab.—Tuntang River, October, 1910. Fourteen specimens.

The specimens agree rather well with Mousson’s fig. 8. The
flammules are sufficiently conspicuous in well-preserved shells, but
many of them are much eroded. One specimen is remarkable for
the shape of its aperture. The shell evidently has been repeatedly
broken and repaired by the animal, and consequently the base is
quite flattened, and has a superficial resemblance with some forms
of the American genus Pleurocera, e.g. P. canaliculatum, Say; but
comparison with the other specimens from the same locality leaves
no doubt about its true position:

ro)
aI

SCHEPMAN: NON-MARINE MOLLUSCA FROM JAVA. 2

23. MeEzanra sp.

Hab.—Tuntang River, October, 1910. Three specimens.

The collection contains three ribbed specimens, one large one,
which is too much eroded for identification and has the aperture
broken, and two small specimens too young for determination.

24. Merantza scapra, Miill., var. mutica, v. Martens.

v. Martens, Siiss.- u. Brackw. Moll. des Ind. Archipels, p. 64, pl. iv,
figs. 9-12; Brot, Martini-Chemn. Conch. Cab., 2nd ed., Melanide,
p. 268, pl. xxvii, figs. 14d—e.

Hab.—Vuntang River, October, 1910. Three specimens.

These specimens differ from the type by the obsolete ribs of the
upper whorls, which are entirely lacking on the last whorl, and in
one shell even on the penultimate whorl; this latter specimen has
dark spots below the suture and near the periphery, and agrees in
this respect with Brot’s fig. 15a of the same plate.

25. Lrpropoma attum, Mollendorff.
Mollendorff, Nachrichtsbl. d. Deutschen Malak. Gesellsch., 1897, p. 90,

Hab.—Nusa Kambangan, March, 1911. One specimen.

This operculate land shell sufficiently agrees with v. Mollendorff’s
description, as far as concerns shape and sculpture ; in colour it better
agrees with one of the specimens received from Fruhstorfer, and
identified by the author, the last whorl of the specimen under
consideration being for a large part yellowish-brown, with exception
of a narrow peripheral band, a larger basal zone, and a few narrow
infrasutural zones which are whitish. ‘The species seems to be rather
rariable in colour-markings.

26. Lacocuitus TrocHiFormIs, n.sp. Pl. X, Figs. 14-16.

Shell narrowly umbilicated, umbilicus partly covered; shell sub-
conical, with high spire, rather solid, sub-pellucid, yellowish, with
purple-brown flames, reaching in last whorl from suture to the
interior of umbilicus. Whorls 53, convex, about two upper ones
forming a smooth, shining, dark, corneous apex; suture deep.
Sculpture consisting of fine spiral strive and stronger spiral lire, four
in number on penultimate whorl, about eight on last whorl, and
a few fainter ones; the whorls are crossed by conspicuous oblique
growth-lines ; rather short black hairs are visible on some parts of the
lire, and shorter ones on other parts, but they are mostly rubbed off.
Aperture nearly circular, above with the characteristic incision,
diagonal, partly double, the interior margin with a narrow, bluish-
white, thickened rim, external one narrow, formed of several corneous
layers. Interior of aperture flamed by the transparency of shell.
Alt. 6°5, lat. 6mm. ; apert. alt. (diagonally) 2°75, lat. 2°56 mm.

Hab.—Gunung Ungaran, September, 1910. One specimen in my
collection.

This species is the highest one known from Java. L. convexum,

238 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Mildff. (Nachrichtsbl. D. Mal. Gesellsch., 1897, p. 91), according to
description should come nearest in this respect, but my specimens,
formerly examined by v. Mollendorff, as well as one I received for
comparison from the Museum of Be srlin, are larger and more depressed.
It differs moreover by the larger number of keels, a_ less
oblique, more circular aperture, a narrower umbilicus, and by colour,
L. obliquistriatus, Bullen (Proc. Mal. Soc, Lond., vol vi, p. 110,
pl. vi, figs. 4, 5), which is also a rather high shell, has a much
larger (sixteen to eighteen) number of spiral lire; in Z. trochulus,
v. Martens (Ostas. Landschn., p. 141), on the contrary, it is con-
siderably smaller.

27. Nerira tineara, Chemnitz.

Chemnitz, Conch. Cab., vol. Vv, p. 297, pl. exci, figs. 1958, 1959;
teeve, Conch. Icon., vol. ix, Nerita, fig. 135 v. Mantens: Martins
Chemn., Conch. Cab., nd ed., orita, p. 15, pl. 1, figs) 35a
pl. iv, figs. 12-15.

Hab.—Vjilatjap, March, Two specimens.
This is the only marine eae The specimens are quite typical.

Native name Susuk daun.

28. Neririna (CiirHon) BREvisPInaA, Lamarck.

Lamarck, Anim. sans Vert., 2nd ed., vol. viii, p. 572; Mousson,
Land- u. Stissw. Moll. von Java, pp. 83, 118, pl. xu, fig. 12;
pl. xx; fe, 11> ple xxi) ies po (Corona australis); Reeve,
Conch. Icon., vol. ix, Nerttena, fig. 28; v. Martens, Martini-
Chemn. Conch. Cab., 2nd ed., Wervtina, p. 156, pl. xvii, figs. 1-4, 9;
id., Siiss.- u. Brackw. Moll. des Ind. Archipels, p. 79.

Hab. S Sinai river, Nusa Kambangan, March, 1911. Twenty-two
specimens.

Rather small and variable in colour, but quite typical. Native
name Keong batu.

29. SEPTARIA SUBORBICULARIS, Sowerby.

Sowerby, Cat. Tankerville, p. 10; v. Martens, Martini-Chemn. Conch.
Cab., 2nd ed., Navicella, p. 31, pl. vi, figs. 5-8, 14; id., Siiss.- u.
Brackw. Moll. des. Ind. Archipels, p. 84.

Hab.— Nusa Kambangan, March, 1911. Six specimens.

The specimens are marked with oblong lighter spots near the
margin ; some specimens come near to the sub-variety furcato-radiata,
vy. Martens, but they still belong to the type.

30. CorsicuLa pucaLis, Prime.

Prime, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. vill, p. 274, 1862; Philippi,
Abbild. neuer Conch., vol. 11, p. 76, Cyrena, pl. 1, fig. 8 (flumined) :
Mousson, Land- u. Siissw. Moll. von Java, p. 87, pl. xv, fig. 8
(fluminea); Clessin, Martini-Chemn. Conch. Cab., 2nd _ ed.,
Cycladeen, p. 184, pl. xxxli, figs. 5-6; v. Martens, Siiss.- u.
Brackw. Moll. des Ind. Archipels, p. 114.

Hab.—Tuntang River, October, 1910, Nine specimens.

ee

SCHEPMAN ! NON-MARINE MOLLUSCA FROM JAVA. 239

This species, which I have also received from Sumatra, has been
often named C. fluminea, Miill., which according to y. Martens is
a species from China.

Fics. 1, 2.
5a een
ss 5.
a 6.
5 Ue
6 8.
5) SEs
5p ea dlais
,, 14-16

EXPLANATION OF PLATE X.

Vitrinopsis Collingei, n.sp. x 13.

Microparmarion Jacobsoni, n.sp. Nat. size.

Shell of same, upper side. Nat. size.

Shell of same, inner side. Nat. size.

Generative organs of same. x 2. Alb.gl. albumen gland; d.s.
dart-sac ; f.ov. free oviduct; h.d. hermaphrodite duct; h.gl.
hermaphrodite gland; ov. oviduct; p. penis; pr. prostate;
r.m. retractor muscle; 7.s. receptaculum seminis ; v. vestibule ;
v.d. vas deferens ; v.g. vagina.

Part of dart of same, enlarged.

Plectotropis Tenggerica, n.sp. 2.

Succinea Javaica, n.sp. ~ 2.

Lagochilus trochiformis, n.sp. * 2.

DESCRIPTIONS OF THIRTY-THREE NEW SPECIES OF GASTROPODA
FROM THE PERSIAN GULF, GULF OF OMAN, AND NORTH
ARABIAN SEA.

By James Cosmo Metvitt, M.A., D.Sc.
Read 14th June, 1912.
PLATES XI, XII.

In continuation of the last paper upon the subject,! I now beg to
offer descriptions of some more interesting Mollusca, mostly culled
from the almost inexhaustible supply forwarded by Mr. F. W.
Townsend from time to time, one or two being added from Bombay,
where they were obtained either by the same collector or Mr. Alexander
Abercrombie. The Sppostualy has also been embraced of refiguring
two or three species, e.g. Ethalia diotrephes, Melv. (vide Pl. Nei
Figs. 17, 17a), which, till lately, was only known by the type, a poor
and broken example. In this new delineation the elaborate sculpture
and curious form of this ttle species are shown much more distinctly.
Argyropesa divina, M. & St., too, is now figured from an adult
example for comparison with 4. Schepmaniana, described in this
paper. And, thirdly, Mangilia recta, Smith, an interesting Persian
Gulf species, has never till now been represented by any figure: this
omission is now rectified.

CoccuLina sIMpPLicior, n.sp. Pl. XII, Figs. 1, la.

C. testa parva, ovato-conica, compressa, levi, albo-lactea, sub-
pellucida, tenui, lateribus fere parallelis, utrinque rotundatis, planius-
culis, superficie omni nitida, sub lente lineis obscuris incrementalibus
concentrice predita, apice acuminato, nucleo levi, perinconspicuo,
sub lente globoso, vitreo, postice arcuato-inclinante, antice convexiore,
intus alba, perlevi. Long. 2°75, lat. 1, alt. 1:50 mm.

Hab.—Gulf of Oman. Lat. 24° 58’ N.; long. 56° 54’ E.; 156
fathoms, in shell-sand.

This is, curious to relate, the first Cocculina reported from these
dredging results; and even this has occurred very rarely. All the
examples seen are unfortunately dead, and consequently it has been
impossible to examine the radula. It is a very minute, laterally
parallely-compressed species, perfectly smooth save for very microscopic
concentric incremental growth-lines, whole substance papyraceous
and most fragile. It is to be noted that Dr. Schepman ? treats of no
less than seven new species of this genus, mostly dredged in live
condition, in the account of the Prosobranchiata of the Svboga
Expedition ; and Dr. Dall,* the author of the genus, of three in the
reports of the U.S. ss. Albatross cruise.

Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), vol. vi, pp. 1-17, pls., 1910.
~ Prosobr. Siboga Exped., pp. 17-22, pl. i, figs. 4-10; pl. viii, figs. 8-12, 1908.
* Mull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, xliii, pp. 340, 341, pl. xvi, figs. 3-7, 1908.

1
2

Vou.X.PL.XI,

Proc. Manac. Soc.

“SScapiygiaae

A H.Searle, del et lith.

GASTROPODA FROM THE PERSIAN GULF, etc.

say

MELVILL: MOLLUSCA FROM PERSIAN GULF, ETC, 241

CycLosTREMA QUINQUEsTRIATUM, n.sp. Pl. XII, Figs. 2, 2a, 26.

C. testa depresso - conoidea, minuta, alba, subpellucida, laté
umbilicata, spira paullulum conica, anfractibus 4, quorum apex ipse
perparvus, nitidus, vitreus, ceteris ad suturas impressis, nitidis,
undique levissimis, ultimo ad peripheriam carinato, marginato,
tenuissime spiraliter sub lente 5 striato, regione umbilicari hand
profunda, apertura circulari, intus alba, margine columellari paullum
calloso. Alt. 1, diam. 2 mm.

Hab.—Persian Gulf, Mussandam, at 55 fathoms.
A minute, smooth, glassy species, with certain Ethalioid character-
istics, such as the slight thickening of the umbilicar region, and
consequent shallowness of the umbilicus itself. The body-whorl is
keeled, five spiral striz being here present on and about the periphery.
Unlike any other Cyclostrema known to us in more than one way.

CycLostREMA SPICULIGERUM, n.sp. Pl. XI, Figs. 1, 1a.

C. testa parva, depresso-discoidal, alba, profunde umbilicata,
subhyalina, anfractibus 4, apicalibus duobus inclusis, omnibus apud
suturas multum impressis et laté canaliculatis, regione infrasuturali
planata, aliter usque ad umbilicum spiraliter tenuiliratis, lira superiore
anfractus ultimi spiculis brevibus sequidistantibus decorata, apertura
rotunda, peristomate tenui, continuo. Alt. 2, diam. 8mm.

Hab.— Persian Gulf, on the Telegraph cable.

A very elegant, though small species, remarkable for the coronal
of equidistant, abbreviated spicules which denote the uppermost, and
most strongly developed of the spiral lire in the two lowest whorls.

GIBBULA ERYTHRACME, n.sp. Pl. XI, Fig. 2.

C. testa solidula, incrassata, angusté umbilicata, conica, brunnea,
anfractibus 5, quorum apicales duo leves, detriti, ceteris ad suturas
et peripherialiter obscure nodulosis, ultimo ad peripheriam obtuse
bicarinato, superficie omni irregulariter spiraliter striata, brunnea, ad
basim circa umbilicum hie illic obscure maculata, tribus supernis
anfractibus clare puniceo-depictis, apertura oblique ovata, peristomate
incrassato. Alt. 5, diam. 5:15 mm.

Hab.—Bombay (A. Abercrombie).

A somewhat solid, brown, rudely constructed Gibbula, brightened
by the intensely carmine hue of the three uppermost whorls. Allied
to G. Daniel, Ad.

Scata Anizonm, n.sp. Pl. XI, Fig. 8.

Se. testa delicatissima, eleganter fusiformi, parum rimata, anfractibus
11, quorum apicales 3-4 leves, pernitidi, lete castanei, quatuor his
proximis castaneo-suffusis, tribus ultimis solum puris, candidis,
anfractibus omnibus rotundatis, apud suturas profunde impressis, late
et arctissime longitudinaliter fimbriato-costellatis, costis vel lamellis
papyraceis, undique spiraliter decussatim liratis, interstitiis sub-
quadratis, numero lamellarum ultimi anfractus circiter 36, apertura
rotunda, peristomate continuo, margine columellari lato, nitente.
Alt. 11, diam. 4°75 mm.

Hab.—Persian Gulf, Mussandam, 55 fathoms.

242 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

A most exquisite shell, surpassing, we oes even the imposing
S. fimbriolata, Melv., from the same seas, in elegant delicacy and
intricate network pattern. Alliance may ie ae with the coarser
S. thelateria, M. & St., also from the same region, in the chestnut
coloration of the upper whorls, and, to some extent, in the spiral
liration. Several examples have occurred, by far the largest and
finest being that taken as the type, and now figured. It is named
in honour of Miss Alizon Townsend, daughter of its discoverer.

ScaLa ASPIcIENDA, n.sp. Pl. XII, Fig. 3.

Se. testa oblongo-fusiformi, delicatissima, papyracea, anguste
rimata, candida, anfractibus ad 11, inclusis apicalibus 3-4, parvis,
nitidis, levibus, pellucidis, ceteris ventricosulis, apud suturas
impressis, undique densilamellatis, lamellis arctissimis precipue
anfractus apud supernos (numero antepenultimi anfractus circiter
50), spiraliter lete arcte liratulis, interstitiis sub lente longitudi-
naliter tenuissime striatis, apertura rotunda, labro in specimine unico
effracto, imperfecto, paullum effuso, ad marginem columellarem
triangulatim reflexo. Alt. 15, diam. 6°75 mm.

Hab.—Arabian Sea, 60 miles west of Bombay, at 40 fathoms.

One of the most delicately-formed of the genus: pure white,
papyraceous in texture, very closely lamellate, lamella smooth,
thin, spirally closely lirate, the interstices between the lirations
microscopically finely striolate. Unfortunately the only two specimens
are both broken at the mouth, reducing thus both their size and the
power of describing the outer lip, which we should conjecture would
be very like aher of the nearest ally, S. dubia, Sowb., from the
Moluccas and N. Australia. That species is much of the same form,
outer lip roundly effuse, thin, but in the new form now described
the lamellae are far closes aaa more numerous on all the whorls,
more especially the upper, the whorls also hardly being so tumid,
and increasing less rapidly than in the older form.

Scaza Ipanra, o.sp. Pl. XII, Fig. 4

S. testa parva, sed solidula, ovato-fusiformi, alba, anfractibus 8,
quorum apicales 3 leves, vitrel, ceteris arcte lamellatis, lamellis
levibus, albis, crassis, numero anfractum apud ultimum 12, interstitis
spiraliter rudiliratis, apertura rotunda, peristomate continuo, a "asso,
preecipue regionem apud columellarem fere calloso. Long. 4, diam.
1°55 mm.

Hab.—Persian Gulf, Mussandam, at 55 fathoms.

A small but decided species, both as regards form and appearance
of being adult. The lamelle are thick, “proportionately speaking,
and smooth, with the interstitial spaces rudely lirulate. Peristome
continuous and extremely incrassate, particularly towards the base
of the columellar region, where this thickening is very marked.
Slightly allied to S. thelcterva, M. & St., which is, however, a more
delicate species, or S. detfica, which is likewise more delicate, larger,
and elongate.

(Idalia, one of the names of Aphrodite.)

a

MELVILL: MOLLUSCA FROM PERSIAN GULF, EYC. 248

ScaLa PASIPHAES, n.sp. Pl. XI, Fig. 4

Se. testa eleganter fusiformi, solidula, albo straminea, anfractibus
ad 10, quorum apicales parvl, leeves, ceeteris rotundatis, ventricosulis,
ad suturas impressis, regulariter lamellatis, lamellis crassiusculis,
levibus, infra suturas nequaquam angulatis, interstitiis equaliter et
spiraliter rudi-striatulis, striis distantibus, paucis, apertura rotunda,
peristomate incrassato, continuo. Alt. 10, diam. 4°50 mm.

Hab.—Persian Gulf, Bushire.

An elegant species, of fairly normal appearance, proportionately
solid, straw-coloured, with rounded tumid whorls, the lamellae white,
smooth, incrassate, not at all angular above, the interstices between
the lamellee coarsely spirally striate, strize somewhat distant.

I am very grateful to M. de Boury for his kind opinion as to the
distinctness of this species. I follow him in continuing to use the
familiar word ‘ Scala’, despite the fact that the followers of the rigid
rule of priority, including myself in a previous paper, have superseded
it by the Boltenian name “pitonium. I venture also to express the
just hope that this rule may, by common consensus, some day be to
some extent so widened that names which have been in constant
use, unchallenged till lately, for fifty to a hundred years or more, be
allowed to stand.

(raoupays, glittering, conspicuous. )

TRIcHOTROPIS cRASsicosTATA, H.sp. Pl. XII, Fig. 5.

T. testa perparva, breviter fusiformi, imperforata, alba, in speci-
minibus omnibus visis epidermide denudata, anfractibus ad 44,
quorum apicales 2 magni, vitrei, globulares, levissimi, ad apicem
ipsum planati, ceteris longitudinaliter costulatis, costis percrassis,
paucis, anfractis ultimi ad 10, undique spiraliter rudiliratis, liris
distantibus, paucis, interstitiis sub lente spiraliter striatulis, ad basim
concentrice liratis, apertura ovato-quadratula, alba, peristomate tenul,
vanali brevissime rostrato, columella fere recta. Alt. 4, diam. 2 mm.

Hab.—Gulf of Oman. Lat. 24° 58’ N.; long. 56° 54’ E.; 156
fathoms, shell-sand.

This minute Trichotrophis occurred in bleached condition only in
the dredging just recorded above, in company with 7’ Townsendt,
M. & St.; this last, however, has been fortunately obtained in
other localities in good condition. ‘The two are somewhat similar,
almost indeed identical in form and lip characters, but differing in
the character of the longitudinal ribs, those of the species now before
us being much fewer, more incrassate, and rudely formed. It is
possible that it may be a local variety of 7. Zownsendi, but we hardly
think this will prove to be the ease. It has not yet been found to
oceur in any other of the recorded localities for the earlier described
species.!

LiprisrEs Trop#um, n.sp. Pl. XII, Fig. 6

L. testa parva, anguste umbilicata, ovato-fusiformi, delicata, alba,

vel pallide straminea, anfractibus 63, quorum 24 apicales, nitidi,

1 Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., June, 1901, p. 360, pl. xxii, fig. 7.

244 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIErY.

perleeves, apice ipso planato, secundo anfractu globulari, tumescente,

candido, ceteris quatuor apud suturas multum impressis, supernis
undique carinis duabus centralibus acutis preeditis, simul ae tertia
varinula supra, juxta suturas, ultimo ad medium tribus carinis ornato,
quarta carina ad basim excavatam, circa umbilicum, apertura fere
rotunda, labro tenui, tridentato, canali brevi, columella fere recta.
Long. 6, lat. 3 mm.

Hab.—Persian Gulf, Mussandam, at 55 fathoms.

The type of this genus, formerly known as Separatista, Gray, is the
L. cornu, Gmelin. It was established by Montfort in 1810, ‘and has
priority of thirty-seven years. Our new species is a beautiful and
delicate shell, much impressed suturally, very acutely bi- or tricarinate
spirally, with swollen and somewhat flattened polished white nucleus.
Some superficial likeness to the genus Jlathilda, Semper, is noticeable,
but in this last genus the nuclear whorls are heterostrophe. The
nearest ally to Ge L. tropeum is undoubtedly the smaller Z. zodiacus,
Hedley, from Mast Head Reef, North Queensland, where it was
dredged at 17-20 fathoms off Mast Head.’ There are about seven
species of this genus known at the present time, of which four are
found in Australian seas, and this is the third discovered to exist in
the Persian Gulf region.

tissoA (AMPHITHALAMUS) ALPHESIB@I, n.sp. Pl. XI, Fig. 5.

A. testa fusiformi, seepe paullum incurva vel ineequali, albo-lactea,
tenui, subpellucida, apice planato, laevigata, anfractibus, duobus
inclusis apicalibus, ad 8, ventricosulis, apud suturas impressis,
undique delicatissime spiraliter striatulis, apertura ovata, peristomate
paullum incrassato, fere continuo, margine columellari simple,
obliqua. Alt. 5, diam. 2mm.

Hab.—Persian Gulf, Henjam Island, and Arabian Sea, Karachi.

A Deeg large for its genus, and sometimes incurved, white,
slightly pe lucent, beautifully spirally striolate, of which not very
many examples have yet come to light. It is named after the
‘Pastor Alphesiboeus ’—in fanciful allusion to his staff or crook, which
this elongate, incurved species may be supposed to resemble in form.

Rissoa (AMPHITHALAMUS) ARIsTai, n.sp. Pl. XI, Fig. 6.

A. testa minuta, alba, fusiformi, subpellucida, ad apicem late
planata, vitrea, anfractibus, apicalibus 2 inclusis, ‘ad 6, suturaliter
multum impressis, undique spiraliter fortiter sulcato- striatis, striis
regularibus, arctis, conspicuis, apertura ovata, peristomate fere
continuo, haud multum incrassato, columella obliqua. Alt. 3°50,
diam. 1 mm.

Hab.—Bombay (A. Abercrombie).

A very small, but well-defined species. Conspicuous for its regular,
strong, and close sulco- striation, the whorls well impressed suturally,
apex smooth, much and broadly flattened, swollen below, and vitreous.

_ (Aristeeus, ayenepuerd ef. . Virgil, oe lv, eg ND

: edie Proc. Linn. Se. S.W. x aa xxxii, p. 502, pl. xviii, fig. 30,
1907; also loc. cit., vol. Pe p. 23, 1902.

MELVILL: MOLLUSCA FROM PERSIAN GULF, ETC. 245

Rissoa (AMPHITHALAMUS) DENSILABRUM, n.sp. Pl. XII, Figs. 8, 8a.

R. testa parva, solidula, pallide straminea vel cinereo albescente,
impertorata, anfractibus 53, quorum 2% apicales, apice ipso depresso,
secundo anfractu vitreo, globoso, czeteris ad suturas paullum impressis,
undique spiraliter arcte liratis, liris pro parte crassiusculis, interstitiis
sub lente interdum planatis, interdum subalveolatis, apertura ovata
regione labrali dorsaliter incrassata, labro fere continuo, columella
obliqua, ad basim ecrassiore. Long. 2°74, lat. 1°25 mm.

— Hab.—Karachi.

A small Rissoid, which we refer to Amphithalamus, Carp. (= Scrobs,
Wats.), though there are leanings towards the section Onoba,
H. & A. Ad. The transverse lire are close and coarse for the size
of the shell, the region of the outer lip being, dorsally, considerably
thickened and incrassate. The species occurs generally, but locally,
along the Mekran Coast, but more particularly i in the neighbourhood
of Karachi, but I cannot find that it has been described previously.

Rissoina TIBICEN, n.sp. Pl. XII, Fig. 9.

R. testa attenuato-fusiformi, apud basim latiore, nitida, solidula,
levi, alba, anfractibus 9, quorum apicales 24, perlaves, subpellucidi,
bulbosi, ceteris longitudinaliter leevicostatis, costis anfracttis ultimi
9-10, usque ad basim ipsam extensis, superficie interstitiali sub lente
undique spiraliter tenuissime striata, apertura rotundo-ovata, peristo-
mate incrassato, albo, nitido, columella paullum excavata. Long. 5°75,
lat. 1°75 mm.

Hab.—Persian Gulf, Mussandam, 55 fathoms.

This select, white, Tiineiys. somewhat pellucid Rissoina, belonging
to the typical section of the genus, is somewhat isosceles-shaped,
attenuately fusiform, neatly and smoothly ribbed, the interstitial
spaces with a high power appearing uniformly spirally striolate.
It may, perhaps, be compared in form with R. terebra, Garrett, from
Fiji, but the character of the ribs, ornamentation, etc., is altogether
diverse. Except for size this species is much hke the type of the
genus Stiva,' Hedley, but S. ferruginea is 18 mm. in length, from
Wollongong, Australia,

(Tibicen, a piper.)

Fossarus aptus, n.sp. Pl. XII, Fig. 7.

F. testa ovato-rotunda, conica, albo-straminea, delicata, anguste sed
profunde umbilicata, anfractibus 5, quorum apicales 2 ce stanei, parvi,
simplices, ceteris gradatulis, penultimo spiraliter tri-,ultimo quinque
carinulato, interstitiis spiraliter tenuistriatis, apertura lunulata,
intus pallide straminea, labro tenui; extus 6-denticulata, margine
columellari margine fere recto. Alt. 3, diam. 3 mm.

Hab.—Persian Gulf, Mussandam, 54 fathoms.

A very small species, with elaborate sculpture, as above described,
5-keeled spirally on the body-whorl, with fine spiral intermediate

1 Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 1904, p. 192, pl. ix, figs. 23-5.

246 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

interstitial lines intervening. Umbilicus deep but narrow, outer lip
thin, columellar margin fairly straight. We know no very near
comparable species. It may have some Vanikoroid characters about

but I am convinced it is not of that alliance at all, the mouth
and peristomatal characters are entirely that of Fossarus.

MarHILDA TELAMONIA, n.sp. Pl. XII, Fig. 12.

M. testa pereleganter attenuato fusiformi, pallide straminea,
delicata, anfractibus 15, quorum apicales duo heterostrophi, albi,
rugosi, semialveolati, ceteris similaribus inter se, undique ad suturas
impressis, 4 carinatis, carina principali et magis conspicua centrali,
duabus inferioribus utrinque dispositis, quarta inferiore infra, juxta
suturas: interstitus bene alveolatis, alveis interdum profundis, ultimo
infra peripheriam usque ad basim liris quinque spiralibus, interstitiis
subalveatis, preeditis, apertura fere rotunda, labro tenui, extus
denticulato, columella recta. Long. 18, lat. 3 mm.

Hab.—FPersian Gulf, Mussandam, at 55 fathoms.

Perhaps the most graceful Jfathilda yet discovered ; perfectly
symmetrical and uniform in all its whorls. It comes near to
M. carystia, Melv., but differs in the far greater prominence of its
central keel.

Telauwy, a belt, or zone.)

Areyropeza ScHepMANIANA, D.sp. Pl. XII, Fig. 11.

A. testa minuta, oblongo-fusiformi, nitida, albo - straminea,
antfractibus ad 10, quorum 3} apicales, apice ipso rufescente, parvo,
levi, duobus proximis spiraliter unicarinatis, eeteris apud suturas
multum impressis, nitidis, tribus nodularum acutarum ordinibus
spiraliter preeditis, quorum prima intra, juxta suturas, minus
conspicua, interstitiis pernitidis, levibus, ultimo versus basim spiraliter
conspicue caripulato, apertura eae labro tenui, subangulato,
columella paullum excavata, ad basim erassiore, prolongatula. Long. 3,
diam. 1 mm.

Hab.—Mekran Coast, Charbar, 40 fathoms.

This little species, the third of the genus now discovered, is very
similar in actual appearance, form, coloration, and glazed aspect of
whorls, to A. divina, M. & St., 1 which has been found during the
past few years to occur commonly in deep water, especially at the
well-known station in the Gulf of Oman at 156 fathoms so often
quoted. From this, however, the new form differs in the possession
of three spiral rows of acute nodules or gemme around the whorls,
instead of two only, and likewise by its umiformly smaller size. It
is very uncommon, for we have not observed half a dozen examples,
it usually occurring singly, while 4. divina is gregarious. As this
little species has only been delineated in young condition, we think
the opportunity a good one for a figure of the adult shell (Pl. XL,
Fig. 10). Its extension of range is much increased by the researches

1 Proce. Zool. Soc. Lond., June, 1901, p. 372, pl. xxi, fig. 3, sp. juv.

MELVILL: MOLLUSCA FROM PERSIAN GULF, ETC. 247

of the ‘Siboga’ Expedition,! when it was found both in the Molucca
Passage and off the north coast of Sumbawa, in both instances in
deep water. The operculum of this genus is found to be sub-oval,
paucispiral, with central nucleus, according to the same author.

Evcrmetra Eeerss, n.sp. Pl. XII, Fig. 14.

E. testa minuta, attenuato-fusiformi, alba, delicata, tenuissima,
anfractibus 93, quorum apicales 24 inverso-heterostrophi, pervitrei,
nitidi, globulares, ceteris ad suturas impressis, ventricosulis, levigatis,
hic illic lineis longitudinaliter incrementalibus notandis, paullum
nitidis, ultimo anfractu maguitudine penultimum et antepenultimum
exequante, obscure ad medium rufizonato, apertura ovata, labro tenui,
columella obscurissime plicata. Long. 4, lat. 1 mm.

Hab.—Pasni, Persian Gulf, 40 fathoms.

A small, delicate, smooth, but not very shining shell, thin in
texture, with inverse-heterostrophe vitreous apex of 24 whorls, the
remainder being smoothish, the penultimate and body-whorls are
obscurely rufous banded centrally, mouth oval, peristome thin,
columella indistinctly uniplicate. The addition of this species
raises the number of Lulimella found in the Persian Gulf region to
eight. Of these one is £. nitidissima (Mont.), a European and
British species, while the remainder are all endemic, so far as is at
present known.

Torsonitta (Nisitvreis) MareeNa, u.sp. Pl. XII, Fig. 13.

T. testa elegantissime attenuata, perlonga, lete vitreo-lactea,
delicata, anfractibus ad 17, quorum apicales tres laterali-heterostrophi,
pervitrei, ceteris apud suturas impressis, ventricosulis, arcte longi-
tudinaliter costulatis, costis levibus, interdum, sed raro, hic illic
Varicosis, interstitiis spiraliter sub lente striatis, striis distantibus,
ultimo anfractu infra medium usque ad basim levi, costis evanidis,
apertura fere rotunda, labro interdum crassiusculo, interdum tenuiore,
paullulum effuso, columella simplice, recta. Long. 8, lat. 1:15 mm.,
sp. maj.

Hab.—Persian Gulf, Mussandam, at 55 fathoms.

One of the most truly refined and beautiful of the many species of
Turbonilla which have yet been discovered in this prolific region.
The form is most graceful, attenuate, and lengthened ; we have taken,
indeed, as the type, a specimen possessing seventeen whorls; more
usually examples occur with fourteen to fifteen. The nuclear whorls
are laterally heterostrophe, so that we should place them in the
section Wisiturris, Dall & Bartsch, the numerous body-whorls being
uniformly ornamented with smooth, proportionately thickened smooth
Tibs, of which very occasionally one is varixed, while the interstices
are spirally distantly striate. Mouth roundish, outer lip slightly effuse,
sometimes thickened, columella straight. It was found locally
frequent in shell-sand dredged at the depth and locality given above.

1M. M. Schepman, Prosobranchiata of the Siboga Expedition, pp. 169, 170,
pl. xv, fig. 11; pl. xii, fig. 1.

VOL. X.— OCTOBER, 1912. 17

248 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SocTRrY.

Tursonitta (Nisrrvurris) vantata, nsp. Pl. XT, Fig. 7.

T. testa parva, attenuato-fusiformi, alba, delicata, haud nitente,
anfractibus 18, quorum apicales tres omnino revoluti, heterostrophi,
albo-vitrei, levissimi, ceteris decem ad suturas impressis et vallatis,
undique costatis, costis rectis, Imerassatis, numero anfractum apud
ultimum 17-18, interstitiis levibus, ultimo ad basim fere recto, costis
infra medium evanidis, apertura squarrose ovata, labro paullum
inerassato, recto, columella subplicata, Long. 4°50, lat. 1°15 mm.

Hab.—Persian Gulf, Koweit, 10 fathoms.

Resembling 7. reeticostata, Melv., from the same region in its
straight longitudinal ribs, but differing in the gradate and flattened
upper portion of each whorl.

(Vallatus, furnished with ramparts.)

Latraxts princers, n.sp. Pl, XII, Fig. 15.

L. testa oblongo-fusiformi, anguste perforata, alba vel straminea,
interdum pallide hyacinthino-tincta, anfractibus 7-8, quorum apicales
2 minuti, vitrei, tribus his proximis spiraliter crassi-nodulosis, ad
medium angulatis, duobus ultimis ad medium late et regulariter
triangulatim spinosis, spinis recurvis, frondosis, squamatis, ultimo
antractus omni superficie tenuistriata, et, infra peripheriam usque ad
basim. spiraliter septem squamarum ordinibus imbricatis ornata,
apertura ovata, alba, lebro tenui, extus multidentato, columella fere
recta, canali paullum recurve. Long. 37, lat. 25 mm.

Hab.—Persian Gulf, off the Telegraph cable at 50 fathoms, and
near Mussandam, 55 fathoms.

Originally considered to be Z. diadema, Sowb., this very elegant
species differs in form of aperture and general contour considerably,
being, indeed, nearer to the more recently described Z. armatus,
Sowb., which has much finer sculpture upon the body-whorl, the cirelet
of spines likewise being larger proportionately. I am indebted to
Mr. Edgar Smith for pointing out these differences upon comparison
with the actual types, and for his opinion thereupon. These three
species diadema, armatus, and princeps may by some be considered
forms of one protean species, but they seem constant to their types,
and this fact points to the probability of their all being worthy of
specific recognition.

MELVILL: MOLLUSCA FROM PERSIAN GULF, WIC. 249

I may add that LZ. Siboga, Schepm., a recently described’ and very
eautiful species from Pulu Kaniungan Reef, Kast Indies, bears some
similarity to L. princeps, but in this species the spines are much
longer and less triangular basally, and the canal is more produced.
Since writing the above description, several fine specimens have
arrived, two of which are now reproduced, as they exhibit the spinal
ornamentation very satisfactorily. Having also acquired a good
specimen of L. armatus, | have been able to confirm my previously
conceived opinion as to its distinctness from any form of princeps.

Borsa (Letopomus) Townsenns, u.sp. Pl. XI, Figs. 8, 8a.

B. testa mediocri, ovato-fusiformi, solidula, rufo-purpurascente,
anfractibus 7, quorum apicales 24 lweves, vitrei, parvi, ceteris
ventricosulis, supernis parvis, ultimo effuso, magno, undique spiraliter
arcte liratis, liris crassiusculis, supernos ad anfractus plus minus
simplicibus, ultimo liris granulis oblongis decoratis, et hic illic
longitudinaliter sed irregulariter brunneo-sparso vel tessellato, apertura
ovata, intus albi-striolata, labro subeffuso, extus crenulato, columella
excavata, canali brevi, operculo rufocorneo, multi denticulato, nucleo
laterali. Long. 18, lat. 6mm.

Hab.—Mekran Coast, Gulf of Oman; near Charbar.

A very interesting form, at first considered to be, perhaps, the
young of some other species, but it is evidently distinct from
B. Kurrachensis, Sowb., its nearest ally in these waters. Several
specimens have now been obtained at different times, all much of the
same size. The sculpture of the last whorl, as regards the spiral
granulate lirule, is very characteristic, these granules being placed
obliquely impinging upon each other, all oblong in shape, smooth,
shining, and very regular. The coloration of the shell is peculiar,
being purplish or greyish fuscous. The operculum is like that of
Nassa, or Bullia proper, a8 opposed to Dorsanum, denticulate with
lateral nucleus. We dedicate this species to Mr. F. W. Townsend,
who has brought to light in these seas more Mollusca of the highest
interest than any of his predecessors collectively.

Txrronipea castanes, u.sp. Pl. XII, Fig. 16.

T. testa mediocr, fusiformi, solida, castaneo-fulva, anfractibus ad 8,
quorum apicales duo vitrei, globosi, ceteris ad suturas impressis,
ventricosulis, undique longitudinaliter crassicostatis, et spiraliter
crassiliratis, costis latis, subrotundatis, liris supra costas magis pro-
minulis, interstitiis inter liras tenuissime spiraliter bi- vel tri-striatis,
apertura ovata, intus alba, labro haud multum incrassato, columella
fere recta, infra subnodosa, canali brevi. Long. 14, lat. 6mm.

Hab.—Persian Gulf, Mussandam, at 55 fathoms.

The nearest ally seems to be 7. obliquicostata, Reeve, from the
Philippines, and of which I also possess a specimen from Rarotonga,

1M. M. Schepman, Prosobranchiata of the Siboga Expedition, p. 359, pl. xxi,
fig. 8, 1911.

250 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

formerly in the collection of Mr. C. P. Gloyne. ‘The ribs are straight
in the present species, and the whorls not so tumid.

MARGINELLA (GIBBERULA) REPLICATA, n.sp. Pl. XI, Fig. 9.

M. testa parva, crassa, ovato-elliptica, albescente, anfractibus 5,
leevibus, quorum apicales se minuti, ultimo ceteros multo magis
quam decies superante, oblongo, apertura angusta, ad basim latiore,
Jabro incrassato, intus multidenticulato, columella quatuor- -plicata,
plicis extensis. Long. 5°24, lat. 2°60 mm.

Hab.—Persian Gulf, on the Telegraph cable at 48 fathoms, 1906.

Marginella of simple build, allied to other Gibberule, e.g. maza-
gonica, Shoplandi, etc., from the same seas, but differing in several
points. Firstly in form, the present species being roundly oval
elliptic ; secondly in the strong plication, extended over the greater
portion of the frontal surface in an oblique direction ; thirdly. in the
multidenticulate inner edge of the outer lip. JL. replicata is, so far,
rare, but few examples having occurred, and these dead and pierced
by carnivorous molluscs in every instance. The figure is taken from
a combination of two or three examples, each perfect (or imperfect)
in some particular.

TEREBRA AMBROSIA, D.sp. Pl. XI, Fig. 10

T. testa attenuato-fusiformi, brunneo purpurascente, vel cinerea,
solidula, rugosa, anfractibus 12-13, quorum apex ipse parvus, vitreus,
globosus, ceteris infra suturas imprimis spiraliter nodulosis, nitidis,
glabris, deinde unisuleatis, simul ac ad basim anfractuum longitu-
dinaliter costoso-plicatis, plicis rudibus, spiraliter crassiliratis, anfractu
ultimo bino spirali nodularum ordine, contiguo, preedito, apertura
ovata, labro tenui, columella obliqua. Long. 16, lat. 4°50 mm.

Hab.—Mekran Coast, Charbar, 5 fathoms, sand.

Near 7. cognata of Smith, to whom I am indebted for calling my
attention to this species. ‘These two, with several others, belong to
the alliance of Z. variegata, which is of wide distribution in the
Eastern tropics.

Dritii1a EucHRoEs, n.sp. Pl. XI, Fig. 11.

D. testa eleganter fusiformi, attenuata, solidula, lete straminea,
liris castaneis et ochro-nigrescentibus spiraliter alternatim decorata,
anfractibus ad 11, quorum apicales tres leves, parvi, vitrei, apice
ipso bulbuloso, ceteris ad suturas impressis, ad medium angulatis,
undique longitudinaliter costatis, costis infra suturas evanidis, “ultimo
anfractu apud basim prolongato, regulariter infra peripheriam
multilirato, apertura oblonga, labro tenui, anu perobseuro, canali
producto, margine columellari recto. Long. 22°75, lat. 7 mm.

Hab. — Persian Gulf, on the Telegraph ee September 2, 1906.

A brightly coloured species, in shape attenuate- fusiform, eleven
whorled, with apex small, vitreous, bulbous, the remainder sutur ally
considerably impressed, straw- coloured with closely ranged spiral
lire of dark chestnut alternating with ochreous; in the centre of
ach whorl is a white spiral band, bringing into prominence the

MELVILL: MOLLUSCA FROM PERSIAN GULF, ETC. 251

strongly noduled ribs of the angle of the whorl. The mouth is

oblong, outer lip thin ; perhaps neither specimen we have seen is full

srown, as the sinus is so very obscurely marked. Of much the same

form as D. philotima, Melv., from the same seas, but with more

produced canal. It resembles a small Zatirus, or even a Fasciolaria

in miniature, but, of course, there is no columellar plication.
(evdxpons, well- ‘coloured, eoodly..)

MANGILIA ANARITHMA, n.sp. Pl. XI, Fig. 12.

M. testa parva, ovato-fusiformi, pallide straminea, nequaquam
angulata, anfractibus ad 6, quorum duo apicales leves, globulosi,
tertius arcte longitudinaliter liratulus, czeteris tribus longitudinaliter
pauci-costatis, costis irregularibus, incrassatis, spiraliter rudiliratis,
liris distantibus supra, versus basim magis numerosis, apertura
oblonga, labro tenui, sinu fere evanido, canali brevi, lato. Alt. 4°25,
lat. 1:50 mm.

Hab.—Mekran Coast, Charbar, 40 fathoms.

Of the same alliance as J. pheaa, M. & St., which differs in its
swarthy brown hue, and in its rarer spiral lire, particularly on the
body-whorl.

(dvapdOuos, numerous, from its local frequency.)

Maneitia REcTA, Smith. Pl. XI, Figs. 13, 13a

Pleurotoma (Mangilia?) recta, BK. A. Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
October, 1888, p. 310.

Hab.—Mekran Coast, Charbar, 7 fathoms (Townsend); Persian
Gulf (Colonel Pelly in Mus. Brit. ye

A select species of a curious waxen grey or olive hue, thickly
longitudinally ribbed, and obscurely but closely transversely striolate.
The nuclear whorls, three in number, are glossy and smooth; the
next beautifully longitudinally obliquely ribletted and decussate, in
a similar way to JL. gracilenta, Reeve, Portia, Smith, and Geers of
a very closely allied confraternity. This species, however, If. recta,
seems to possess peculiar characteristics in its facies, and to be a very
good species.

ManeItra cLaRiscutpra, n.sp. Pl. XI, Fig. 14.

M. testa parva, delicata, alba, fusiformi, rugosa, anfractibus ad 6,
quorum apicales duo globosi, leves, tertius levis, unicarinatus, ceteris
ad mediam peripheriam angulatis, longitudinaliter nodosi-costatis,
costis crassiusculis, infra suturas superficie planata, eleganter tornatula,
ultimo versus basim multum attenuato, multilirato, apertura lata,
sinu lato, labro incrassato, columella fere recta. Alt. 4, lat. 1°20 mm.
Mekran Coast, Gulf of Oman, Charbar, 40 to 150 fathoms.

A conspicuously sculptured J/angilia, which would claim close
kinship with JZ Smithit, Nevill,! from Ceylon. It seems to differ in
being slightly larger, with one or two tornate spiral keels just below

1G. & H. Nevill, Journ. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, 1875, p. 88, pl. viii, fig. 13.

252 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

the sutures of each whorl, this space being quite plain and free from
any sculpture in JZ, Smithit.

CLATHURELLA DITyLora, n.sp. Pl. XII, Fig. 17.

M. testa fusiformi, solidula, pallide albo-cinerea, vel carneola,
anfractibus 9, apicalibus duobus globulosis subvitreis, levissimis,
inclusis, tertio et interdum quarto anfractu simpliciter spiraliter
carinulatis, aliter levibus, ceteris longitudinaliter crassicostatis, et
spiraliter bicarinatis, ad juncturas costarum acutigemmatis, ultimo
anfractu tricarinato, simul ac usque ad basim 8-10, spiraliter liratulo,
numero costarum ultimum apud anfractum circa 9-10, undique apud
suturas impressis, infra, juxta suturas rufo vel castaneo tinctis, simul
ac versus basim, apertura ovata, labro paullum expanso, incrassato,
sinu perlato, albo, rufimarginato, margine columellari biplicato vel
bituberculato. Long. 7, lat. 2mm.

Hab.—Persian Gulf, Koweit, 10 fathoms; Bunder Abbas, 10 fathoms
(April 24, 1907); Henjam Island, 5-10 fathoms.

A well-known species, hitherto named C. Polynesvensis, Reeve,
but it does not agree with the specimens so named from Polynesia,
New Caledonia, Lifu, and other Eastern localities. Some examples
exist in the British Museum (Nat. Hist.) labelled ‘ Borsonia, sp.’, the
chief characteristic of this sub-genus being displayed in the typical
fossil described in 1846 by Bellardi,! as B. prima, where midway on the
columella two or more plications, superficial or otherwise, appeared,
being probably a continuation, at right angles, or in an ascending
line, of the spiral lire round the base of the body-whorl. B. nagro-
cincta, Mont., is a typical recent representative of this section, which
seems to appertain on one hand to Glyphostoma, on the other to
Mangilia. In the present state of uncertainty as to the limitations
of these genera (or perhaps sections of one vast genus), we prefer
considering the species now under discussion as a Jangilia for the
present. We have received it also from Townsville, Queensland
(A. U. Henn). Its principal allies appear to be Clathurella rava,
Hinds (Conch. Icon., Plewrotoma, pl. xxviii, fig. 250); Grayz, Reeve
(id., pl. xxvi, fig. 232); vultwosa, Reeve (id., pl. xxx, fig. 273); and,
perhaps, sealarina, Desh. (Conch. I. Réunion, 1863, p. 109).

(dis, TUNw7os, With two tubercles or plice.)

PLEUROTOMELLA EVADNE, n.sp. Pl. XII, Fig. 18.

Pl. testa parva, multum abbreviata, obesa, crassiuscula, alba,
anfractibus ad 6, quorum apicales tres pulchre decussati sub lente,
apice ipso levi, globoso, ceeteris tribus ad suturas impressis, tumidis,
longitudinaliter obliqui- costatis. costis crassis, numero anfractum
apud ultimum cirea 18, spiraliter liratis, liris haud numerosis, rudibus,
interstitiis squarrose alveolatis, ultimo a medio ad basim simpliciter
transversim lirato, labro paullum expanso, apertura oblonga, intus
alba, canali brevi. Long. 4, lat. 1°55 mm.

Hab.—Persian Gulf, Mussandam, at 55 fathoms.

1 Bull. Soe. Géol. France, vol. x, p. 30.

MELVILL: MOLLUSCA FROM PERSIAN GULF, EYc. 253

An infrequent little species, the sculpture much like that of
P. amphiblestrum, Mely., from the Gulf of Oman, but the form is
peculiar, being much abbreviate, and almost rotund, the nuclear
whorls are beautifully microscopically decussate, outer lip slightly
expanded, canal very short.

PLEUROTOMELLA HYPERMNESTRA, n.sp. Pl. XII, Fig. 19

Pl. testa fusiformi, gracili, pallide albo-straminea, delicata,
anfractibus ad 8, quorum “apicales tres ochracei, parum nitidi, leeves,
quartus ochraceus, delicatissime decussatus, ceteris ad suturas
impressis, infra, juxta suturas leniter declivibus, deinde fere rectis,
longitudinaliter costulatis, costis haud numerosis, anfractis ultimi
cirea 10, et spiraliter liratis, liris rudibus, interstitiis oblongo- squarrosis,
apertura oblonga, labro incrassato, albo-stramineo, sinu lato, haud
profundo, canali brevi, columella fere recta, simplice. Long. 6
lat. 2mm.

JTab.—Persian Gulf, Mussandam, 55 fathoms.

A well-marked elegant form, neater and finer in sculpture than the
allied P. amphiblestrum, Melv.,! from a neighbouring locality.! It
seems to come in sequence next to this species, or P. Alcestis, also
from the Gulf of Oman, described subsequently (1906).

?

CYLICHNA MECYNIEA, n.sp. P]. XI, Fig. 15.

C. testa tenui, perangusta, famelica, nitida, alba, cylindrica, recta,
apud extremitates ambas indistincte striolata, aliter perlevi, apertura
angusta, ad basim latiore, columella ad medium recta, labro tenui,
recta. Alt. 6, diam. 1°50 mm.

Hab.— Persian Gulf, Ormara, 1910.

A remarkable species, more perfectly narrowly cylindrical in
form than any other of the genus with which we are cognizant, the
aperture being equally narrow centrally, widening at ‘either ‘end,
especially basally, and the whole surface quite smooth excepting tor
some obscure striolation xt either extremity. Only one specimen has
yet occurred.

(uynxdtvteos, lengthened out.)

Atys cHELIDoN, n.sp. TP]. XI, Fig. 16

A. testa ovata, delicatissima, albo-cinerea, pellucida, effusa,
paullulum utrinque producta, antice simul ac postice spiraliter
striata, striis sulcatulis, claris, decisis, utrinque circa 14, superficie
centrali leevissima, apice uniplicato, labro paullum effuso, tenuissimo,
apertura lunari, angusta, columella obscure uniplic: ita. Alt. 12,
diam. 6°50 mm.

Hab.—Persian Gulf, Mussandam, at 55 fathoms, 1907

A very delicate, extremely pellucid Atys, whitish, vitreous, inflated,
smooth centrally, and endowed with clearly cut spiral sulculose strize

1 Proc. Mal. Soc. Lond., vol. vi, p. 58, pl. v, fig. 7, 1904; and loc. cit.,
vol. vii, p. 78, pl. viii, fig. 23, 1906.

254

at either extremity.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY,

the columella, towards the base.

Allied to A. tortuosa, A. Ad., from the Philippines, and A. flavovirens,!

M. & St., from Maskat, Persian Gulf.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES XI

Fie. 1, la.

ID Ore oF bY

Q

2
R

—"
SoH

16.

AND NXIl.
PEATE Xa.

Cyclostrema spiculigerwm, n.sp.

Gibbula erythracme, n.sp.

Scala Alizone, n.sp.

S. pasiphaés, n.sp.

Rissoa (Amphithalamus) Alphesibei, n.sp.
R. (Amphithalamus) Arist@i, n.sp.

. Turbonilla vallata, n.sp.
. Bullia (Leiodomus) Townsend, n.sp.

Marginella (Gibberula) replicata, n.sp.
Terebra ambrosia, n.sp.

Drillia euchroés, n.sp.

Mangilia anarithma, n.sp.

. M. recta, Smith.
. Clathurella clarisculpia, n.sp.

Cylichna mecyntea, n.sp.
Atys chelidon, n.sp.

., 17, 17a, 6. Ethalia diotrephes, Melv.

Fie. 1, la.
3) fay 2G, 0:
an 4,
ye 5.
.. 6.
5 Ue

8, Sa
es 9.
es 10.
4 af
-e 1p.
aC iS\.
ad 14.
- 15.
; 16.
: We
, 18, 18a

1 Ann. Mag. Nat.

PLATE XII.

Cocculina simplicior, n.sp.
Cyclostrema quingue-striatum, n.sp.
Scala aspicienda, n.sp.

S. Idalia, n.sp.

Trichotropis crassicostata, n.sp.
Inppistes tropeum, n.sp.

Fossarus aptus, n.sp.

. Rissoa (Amphithalamus) densilabrum, n.sp.

Rissoina tibicen, n.sp.
Argyropeza divina, M. & St.
A. Schepmaniana, n.sp.
Mathilda telamonia, n.sp.
Turbonilla materna, n.sp.
Eulimella Egeria, n.sp.
Latiazis princeps, n.sp.
Tritonidea castanea, n.sp.
Clathurella ditylota, n.sp.

. Plewrotomella Evadne, n.sp.

P. hypermnestra, n.sp.

Hist., ser. VU, vol. xii, p. 321, pl. xxiii, fig. 20, 1903.

Plaited at the apex and again, but slightly, on

Proc.Mauac. Soc.

A.H. Searle, del et lith.

GASTROPODA FROM THE PERSIAN GULF, etc.

NOTE ON THE GENERIC NAME PHCTUNCULUS.
Bye Dr Wise ee aaron,
Read 14th June, 1912

In an excellent review of the Lamarckian genus Pectunculus in the
Journal de Conchyliologie for February, 1912 (p. 84), M. Ed. Lamy
has some remarks on the synonymy of this genus, which seem to call
for examination and revision.

I have elsewhere shown that Glycymeris, Da Costa, 1778, is the
first name which can be used tor Pectunculus, Lamarck, in conformity
with the international rules tor nomenclature. ;

M. Lamy states that ‘ce terme de Pectunculus a été employé avec
un valeur générique, in 1770 par G. Huddesford, dans le preface
dune édition postérieure de Lister, puis il a été repris en 1799, par
Lamarck ’’.

One would naturally suppose that by ‘preface’ M. Lamy refers to
Huddesford’s ‘ Preefatio’ of a page and a quarter, in which no generic

names of any kind are mentioned, but in a letter M. Lamy has ‘kindly
informed me that he regarded not only the ‘ Prefatio’ but all the
indices as prefatory.

Two facts may easily be verified by anyone having access to
Huddesford’s additions to Lister. First, he refers all the Lamarckian
Pectunculi to Arca in his binomial index. Second, he uses the name
Pectunculus in what may be claimed as a generic sense only once in
the whole book, namely in the index to the anatomical plates, p. 5,
tab. decima tertia, figure 1 ; and the species in connexion with which he
uses it is Cardium edule, L. Consequently, if Pectunculus, Huddesford,
has any standing in zoological nomenclature at all, it is a synonym of
Car dium, Linné, and according to the rules of iomenclature cannot be
used for any subsequently erected genus,

Pectunculus was used by Lister to cover nearly all the rounded
and inflated bivalves, and not in particular for the Lamarckian
Pectuneuli.

I may add that the sole instance in which in his binomial index
Huddesford introduces a name not previously in use by Linneeus is on
p- 28, where he identifies Ostrea ephippium, L., with the genus
Pedalion, Solander, which, if accepted, would preoccupy the later
name Melina of Retzius (in Phillipsson), 1778.

SupPLEMENTARY NOTE.

Since writing the preceding remarks I have had another note from
M. Lamy, who acknowledges that his views on the validation of
the name Pectunculus, Lister, rest on the situation found on p. 6 of
the alphabetically arranged summary of Lister’s classification of the
mollusca, printed as Index i of Huddesford’s supplement.

256 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

This is as follows: Lister’s large groups being arranged
alphabetically and the minor groups under them systematically, and
nothing binomial in either.

‘¢ PECTUNCULI.
Fluviatiles : : : : : . tab. 157-60
Marines.
Paribus testis.
Polyleptoginglymi.
Margine longa seu ex altera Parte productiore tab. 229-38,”
ete.

If this may be taken as validating a generic name, Pectunculus, in
the sense of binomial nomenclature, no one hereafter will dare mention
a pre-Linnean name in any publication without a specific disclaimer.

The above words, it must be remembered, are those of Lister and not
of Huddesford.

bo
Or
~I

NOTE ON SOME HELICOIDS FROM NEW GUINEA.
By G. K. Gunz, F.Z.S.
Read 14th June, 1912.

A sMmaLL collection of Helicoids recently acquired by the British
Museum was entrusted to me for examination by Mr. E. A. Smith,
Assistant Keeper of Zoology. These shells were collected by
Mr. A. S. Meek near the Setikwa River in Dutch New Guinea, and,
although few in number, are of interest from the fact that none of
the species represented have previously been recorded from the main-
land of New Guinea, while the habitat of Papuina rhombostoma has
hitherto remained unknown.

PrLaNIsPrRa (CrisrigiBBa) LEPLocHEILA, Tapp.-Canefri.
Helix leptocheila, Tapparone-Canefri, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, vol. xx,
p. 150, pl. 1, figs. 14-16, 1883.

Three specimens. Typically this species is white with one broad
deep chestnut band above the periphery, and a rosy peristome ; one of
the specimens has this band, but it is pale brown in colour, while the
shell itself is pale fawn; the second shell has in addition two very
narrow bands, one above and one below the broad band, while the
third specimen is similarly banded, but the median one is much
reduced in width, and the peristome is blackish-brown, this colour
being suffused beyond the gibbons portion. It was originally taken
in the Moluccas. I possess specimens collected by Mr. Pratt in the
Aru Islands.

Papurna RHOMBosTOMA, Pfeiffer.

Helix rhombostoma, Pfeiffer, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1845, p. 72;
Xeeve, Conch. Icon. Helix, 1854, pl. ecvi, fig. 1456.

Helix (Papuina) rhombostoma, Pilsbry, Man. Conch., ser. 11, vol. vil,
p. 60, pl. xvi, figs. 14-15, 1891.

The single specimen received agrees fairly with the figure given by
Reeve of /Teliz rhombostoma, a form which appears not to have been
collected since it was described by Pfeiffer. It is intermediate
between P. Zayloriana, Ad. & Reeve, and P. Trobriandensis, Hedley,
having more flattened whorls than the latter, and a less developed
beak at the aperture than the former. Its habitat was unknown, but
Pilsbry shrewdly guessed that the species should be looked for in
Southern New Guinea and its neighbouring islands.

Parurna Wattaceana, Sykes.
Journ. Malac., vol. x, p. 65, pl. vi, fig. 14, 1903.

This species was originally brought home from. Waigiou. The
type has six bands: one at the periphery, two above, and three below
it. The three specimens collected are somewhat more elevated in the
spire; one has only one faint band peripherally, the second has one

258 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

above and two below the peripheral band, the third and fourth being
fused in places; the third specimen has eight bands: four above and
three below the peripheral band.

The species is related to P. pseudolabium, Pfeiffer, and P. Kapaurensis,

Smith, but has a more depressed spire than the former, and is less
solid than either.

CHLoRITIs sutcosa, var. MEEKI, n.var.

Helix sulcosa, Pfeiffer, Malak. Blatt., vol. 1, p. 65, 1854; Novit.
Conch., vol. 1, p. 1, pl. i, figs. 1-38, 1854.

Hitherto only recorded from the Aru Islands. The new variety
differs from the type in being darker—blackish-brown—and in having
the peristome purplish-brown; it is also larger, and has a relatively
higher axis.

Major diam. 53, minor 42°56 mm.; alt. 35 mm.

Vol. X, Pl. XI]

2roc. Malac. Soc.

SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION

OF THE EVOLUTION OF THE MODERN MARINE MOLLUSCAN FAUNA

Corresponding
oscillations
of sea-level

IN THE OLIGOCENE AND MIOCENE OF INDIA.

eg =
-

-
i an
-.

ere
Sata
wel.
-
ie

VINSNINId JO ONiayYmM IWNIg =
VIIVNWYW YOVG WN | |

WAVIHIN NYAVIVWIn TVNI
VITYWWYW KITWMIS Badd

SS,
: Sore

VINVWIWYW AITYMIS 3700)

VIIVA WW HITS YsMOT | \ 's

MYAV3HdN NVAVIYWIK NIvWw SSS -

» ~

VIONIH BIddh-—-

|

FVIDNIH YIMO7---- 4-
VIIVAWYW 1L99n¢

hyve

Pro
cent
(00,
qo
80
70
60
50

TVAVGHdGN NWAVYIYWIH gO 35VHd LOUId

INIIDOL'

3N3°

NVI,

NVILYV)

NVINOQC

NVINv 45)

NVINY,

NV).

NVId1

NVISIO

REMARKS ON THE EVOLUTION OF THE RECENT MARINE
MOLLUSCAN FAUNA IN THE NEWER TERTIARY ROCKS OF
INDIA.

By E. W. Vrepenzore, F.G.S.
Read 14th June, 1912.
PLATE XIII.

Tue diagram on Plate X 111 illustrates the evolution of the modern marine
molluscan fauna in the Oligocene and Miocene of India. The materials
for the construction of the diagram were obtained from the researches
upon which the author has latterly been engaged in connexion with
his surveys in the Tertiary regions of North-Western India, which
have yielded a series of marine fossils representing several successive
stages of the post-Eocene. ‘The formations represented are locally
known under the names of Nari, Gaj, and Hinglaj. Amongst the
fossils which they contain there are a certain number of Foraminifera
and Mollusca identical with well-known European forms, from which
it has been ascertained that the age of the Nari fauna corresponds
with that of the Stampian (Upper Oligocene) of Europe, that the
Gaj corresponds essentially with the Aquitanian, being the Indian
counterpart of the European Schio Beds, while the Hinglaj is
approximately astride of the boundary between Burdigalian and
Vindobonian.

The proportions of Recent species occurring in the successive stages
are as follows :—

Gastropoda. Lamellibranchiata. Total Mollusca.
aula = AL kip [ae ee ea) lies bes
Se | + o 5 ~ ao an 42 - = 2
29 | 208] om] 28 a3e| Se 23 |2on] o68
ae sox] oO. #8 qo soa |/o,4/] ge Sip et ll adie
Ba 5h Ron Se es rao | Sie Nose 162
sm = = oO I 3m | Sew o°ow 3 mM | oe @ =
“Ze ah or Bry (ely | en. +) Be 1S a
| | hee
eee | B23 | 3°7 | 35 Ae | Taras |e Ne EGO
Upper and | 84 11 1370) | 53 13 24°5 | 137 24 175
Lower Gaj
Lower Hingl4j | 44 | 12 | 272) 28 7 | 25:0 | 72 | 19 | 26:3
Upper Hinglij 16 a |, 4370. | 30 12 | 400 | 46 | 19 | 41°3
| |

For the two older stages the proportion of recent Gastropoda is
lower than that of Recent Lamellibranchiata. ‘This difference is in
harmony with the more rapid evolution of the Gastropoda as com-
pared with the Lamellibranchiata. The proportion is reversed in the
case of the Hinglaj Beds, but the number of available forms is too
small to expect closely accurate statistics.

Compared with the Tertiary faunas of European, both foraminiferal
and molluscan, the correspondence is close enough to allow of no
hesitation regarding the age of these beds, at least with regard to the

260 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

two lowest stages, the Nari and Gaj, which respectively correspond
with the Stampian and Aquitanian, and this correlation is also
supported by the stratigraphical data. For stratigraphical reasons
the newest age that can be assigned to the Hinglaj is Vindobonian.
It is evident, therefore, that the ‘proportion of Recent species is much
greater than in European strata of the same age. The Gaj, which is
essentially Aquitanian, contains a proportion of living forms which
is as great or greater than that met with in the uppermost Miocene
of Italy, while the Hinglaj, if judged by the European standard,
would have to be regarded as Phocene. Yet the Hinglaj Beds are
unconformably overlaid by the Siwalik formation, whose lower strata
contain mammalian remains of Miocene age.

A similar divergence from the European standard had already been
noticed in 1879 by Professor Karl Martin in his study of the fossil
Miocene fauna of Java (Zertidrschichten auf Java, general part, p. 24).
The figures arrived at by Martin are as follows (loc. cit., p. 28) :—

Number of Number of Percentage of

species. Recent forms. Recent forms.
Gastropoda : : 160 ; : 47 : : 29°0
Lamellibranchiata . 74 ; , 28 ; é 38°0
Total Mollusea . : 235 : ‘ 75 é : BL9

Martin was under the impression that the Miocene fauna of Java
corresponds essentially with the Gaj. Little is known of the
stratigraphy of the deposits that have yielded the Javanese fauna,
but from a comparison with the fauna of North-Western India, which
contains a very large number of species identical with fossil Javanese
forms, it is evident that the Java fossils were not derived all from
one zone, but from several successive horizons. ‘he greater number
evidently were derived from strata situated on the same geological
horizon as the Lower Hinglaj, but there is a considerable admixture
of typical Gaj and Upper Hinglaj species. showing that both these
horizons are also represented, though to a minor extent.

The explanation of this difference is to be sought in the chequered
career of the European seas, both geographical and climatic, during
later Tertiary times, as compared with the uneventful history of the
Indian Ocean during the same period, which must have allowed
therefore a much more gradual evolution of the marine fauna.

When we compare the Indian fossil faunas with European fossil
faunas of the same zones, we observe a rapid decrease of the proportion
of identical species in the stages following the Nari. The proportions
are as follows :—

European Percentage of

species. European species.
Nari. : 48 : : : 41°0
Lower and Upper Gaj ‘ ly, : : ; 12°4
Lower Hinglaj : : 4 ‘ : ; 5°4
Upper Hinglaj : : 3 : : d 6°5

The fossil fauna of the Nari resembles the Oligocene fauna of
Europe so closely as to constitute an eastern extension of the same
zoological province, indicating great freedom of oceanic communication.

at a

VREDENBURG: EVOLUTION OF MOLLUSCAN FAUNA, 261

The connexion between the two regions was already much less direct
in Aquitanian times, as dadiented: by the much smaller proportion
of European species in the Gaj fauna, while in the successive faunas
the contrast between the eastern and western faunas approximates
the conditions observed at the present day. Several geologists,
amongst whom I may mention Oppenheim and Rovereto, have already
commented upon the similarity between the Indian Eocene and
Oligocene faunas and those of Europe, as contrasted with the
divergence between the Miocene faunas. It is satisfactory to find

~ these conclusions confirmed by a closer study of the fossils than had
been practicable hitherto. It is worth mentioning that the Egyptian
Miocene marine fauna, so far as is known, contains a large admixture
of Eastern forms, indicating that the land barrier between the two
marine provinces must have extended across the Eastern Mediterranean
further north than the present isthmus of Suez. I should also
mention that the similarity between the Tertiary faunas is restricted
to those of the Lutetian and Oligocene. The Lower Eocene molluscan
fauna of India differs vastly from that of Europe, quite as much as
the faunas from the Middle Miocene.

An attempt has been made at showing the above data in the form
of a diagram upon which have also been inserted the relative position
of the principal post-Eocene mammalian faunas of India, and also
some of the main geological events such as the earth- movements of
the Himalaya and ‘of the Indian Peninsula, and the corresponding
oscillations of the sea-level, so far as can be gathered from the
information at present available.

In addition to the molluscan faunas from North-Western India,
I have inserted the proportion of living forms in the Gastropod fauna
of Karikal, another Upper Tertiary Indian fauna latterly monographed
by Cossmann, and which, from the identity of several characteristic
fossils, appears to be on a level with the Hinglaj Beds, more especially
the Upper Hinglaj. I have thought it interesting, for the sake of
comparison, also to illustrate diagrammatically the much more rapid
evolution of the Echinoidea, and especially of the terrestrial mammalia.

Bases PORIMADVERTISEMENTS.

OUTSIDE COVER. Each insertion—

Whole page . . : 30s.
Half page : ; 158.
Quarter page . ; : 7s. 6d.

INSIDE COVER. Each insertion—

Whole page . : 20s.
Half page : : : 10s.
Quarter page. : : 5s.

{Palacologtcal Soctetp of London.

(Founded 27th February, 1893.)

Officers and Council—elected 9th February, 1912.
President :—R. Butten Newton, F.G.S.

Vice-Presidents:—Rev. A. H. Cooxr, M.A.; G. C. Crick, F.G.S.;
Rev. Professor H. M. Gwarxin, D.D.; B. B. Woopwarp, F.L.S.

Treasurer :—J. H. Ponsonsy, F.Z.8S., 15 Chesham Place, London, S.W.

Secretary :—G. K. Gupr, F.Z.S., 45 West Hill Road, Wandsworth,
London, 8.W.

Editor :—E. A, Smrra, I.8.0., 22 Heathfield Road, Acton, London, W.

Other Members of Council:—Rey. E. W. Bowrutt, M.A.; H. B. Preston,
V.Z.8.); HO. ND Suaw, BZ:S.;) E: Ri (Syeus) BA eee
J. R. ue B; Tomiin, M.A., F.E.S.

By kind permission of the Council of the Lriynuan Sociury, the
MEETINGS are held in their apartments at Buriinaron Hovss,
PiccaDILiy, W., on the seconpd Fripay in each month from NovEMBER
to JUNE.

The OBJECT of the Society is to promote the study of the Mollusca,
both recent and fossil.

MEMBERS, both Ordinary and Corresponding (the latter resident
without the British Islands), are elected by ballot on a certificate of
recommendation signed by two or more Members.

LADIES are eligible for election.

The SUBSCRIPTION is, for Ordinary Members 10s. 6d. per annum
or £7 7s. for Life, for Corresponding Members 7s. 6d. per anuum or
£5 5s. for Life. All Members on election pay au Entrance Fee of 1()s. 6d.

The PROCEEDINGS are issued three times a year, and each
Member is entitled to receive a copy of those numbers issued during
membership.

[Vols. I-VIII and Vol. IX, Parts I-III, consisting of 52 Parts,
price 5s. net per Part. Parts IV-VI of. Vol. IX, and all
succeeding Parts, price 7s. 6d. each. A discount of 20 per
cent upon the above prices is allowed to Members purchasing
these Volumes or Parts through the Secretary. ]

Further information, with forms of proposal for Membership, may be

obtained from the Secretary, to whom all communications should be sent
at his private address, as given above.

STEPHEN AUSTIN AND SONS, LTD., PRINTERS, HERTFORD.

Vol. X. Part IV. MARCH, 1913. Price 7s. 6d. net.

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

MALACOLOGIGAL SOCIETY

OF LONDON.

EDITED BY
HE, A: SMITH,: 1S.0., F-.Z:S.
Under the direction of the Publication Committee.

AUTHORS ALONE ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE STATEMENTS IN THEIR RESPECTIVE
PAPERS.

Oa Ae ee E'S .

PROCEEDINGS :— PAGE! | PAPERS continued :—

Ordinary Meetings : Descriptions of two New
November 8th, 1912 ......... 263 Helicoids from British East
December Usth....2, 0.000000. 263 | Africa and Uganda. By
January 10th, 1913............ 263 H.B.PRESTON,F.Z.S. (Figs.) 285

NOTES :— Note on Cyprina islandica.

Note on Glyptorhagada Silveri By Dr. W. H. DAL ......... 286
(Angas). By G. C. Rosson, | Note on Murex mancinella,
PEN eat aie anes ewes aces oat ecoet 265 | Linn. By E. A. SmitrH,

- ee MO os re 287
. 1 . n Hygromia rufescens, auct.,
On Tivela and Grateloupia. | iacreitas By: A. We

By A. J. JUKES-BROWNE, |
HRSs, HGS. (Bigs.) ... 266
On some remarkable Shell
Monstrosities. By G. C. |

SHEL OT DY L{0 b- Cin ae AD NAN nie RP eae 290

Onsome Preoccupied Molluscan
Names (generic and specific).

Ropson, B.A. (Figs.) ...... 274 | By G. K. Gupg, F.Z.S. ... 292
Descriptions of New Species of . A Collation of the Molluscan

Limicolaria and Krapfiella | Parts of the Synopses of the

from East Central Africa. Contents of the British

By H. B. PRESTON, F.Z.S. Museum, 1838-1845. By

Wes O) eae vaverare tages cas say's Ont..| TOM» IREDATE ~ 9s. stsecee- ees 294

LONDON : BERLIN:
DULAU & CO., LTD., R. FRIEDLANDER & SOHN,

| 37 SOHO SQUARE, W. 11 KARLSTRASSE, N.W.

For information concerning the

MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON

See page iv of this wrapper.

ORDINARY MEETING.
Fray, 8rn Novemper, 1912.
R. BULLEN NEWTON, F.G.S., President, in the Chair.

Professor Ralph Arnold was elected a member of the Society.

The following communications were read :—

1. “On Zivela and Grateloupia.’ By A.J. Jukes-Browne, F.B.S.

2. “*Qn some remarkable Shell Monstrosities.’” By G. OC.
Robson, B.A.

3. ‘Descriptions of New Species of Limicolaria and Krapfiella
from East Central Africa.” By H. B. Preston, F.Z.S.

Mr. G. C. Robson exhibited two living specimens of Glyptorhagada
Silvert (Angas).

ORDINARY MEETING.
Fripay, 13ran Drcemser, 1912.
R. BULLEN NEWTON, F.G.S., President, in the Chair.

Keppel H. Barnard, Percival Ross Frames, and the Hon. Librarian
of the Conchological Society of Great Britain and Ireland were elected
members of the Society.

The following communications were read :—

1. ‘‘ Note on Cyprina islandica.” By W. H. Dall.

2. ‘‘Descriptions of two new Helicoids from British East
Africa.”” By H. B. Preston, F.Z.S.

3. ‘‘ Note on Murex mancinella, Linn.” By KE. A. Smith, 1.8.0.

Mr. E. A. Smith exhibited a handsome specimen of Murex ramosus,
Linn., presented to the British Museum by Mr. Henry Harvey, the
shell having a black spiral band, a very unusual feature in the
species. Mr. Smith further exhibited a sketch of a specimen of
Strombus gigas, presented to the Museum by the same gentleman,
and distinguished from the normal form by having a double row of
spines.

ORDINARY MEETING.
Fripay, 10ra January, 1913.
R. BULLEN Newton, F.G.S., President, in the Chair.
M. Paul Jodot was elected a member of the Society.

The following communications were read :—

1. “On Hygromia rufescens, auct., in Ireland.” By A. W.
Stelfox.

2. ‘*Onsome Preoccupied Molluscan Names (generic and specific).”

By G. K. Gude, F.Z.S.

VOL. X.—MARCH, 1913. 18

264 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

3. ‘A Collation of the Molluscan Parts of the Synopses of the
Contents of the British Museum, 1838-45.” By Tom Iredale.

Mr. EK. A. Smith exhibited the type of Helix rufescens of Pennant,
a young specimen of Arzanta arbustorum, and pointed out that the
shells described and figured by all subsequent authors under that
name belonged to a different species. He suggested that the
rufescens, auct., might take the name montana (Studer), C. Pfeiffer.’

[The meeting on 14th February approved of the auditing of the
accounts by Dr. Henry Woodward and Mr. G. C. Robson. |
1 A note upon this aubiectt has Saat in the Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1913,
vol. xi, p. 263.

NOTES:

Nove on GryprorwAGabda Sitverr (AneGas). (Read 8th November,
1912.)—Three living specimens of Glyptorhagada Silveri (Angas) from
Oulnina, South Australia, (250 miles north-east of Adelaide), were
presented to the British Museum by Mr. W. T. Bednall, a member of the
Society. These specimens are interesting as aftording satisfactory
evidence on the colour of this species. The shell was described by
G. F. Angas in 1868 (Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 257) as ‘cretacea’, and the colour
of specimens presented by the author to the British Museum endorses this
description. Thus matters have stood since 1868. It has, however,
recently been discovered that the colour thus described is merely the
result of exposure to natural bleaching agencies. Apparently it is only
under very exceptional circumstances that Helicoids are discovered in
their natural condition, as far as colour is concerned, in this part of
Australia. They are usually found dead and bleached. If, however,
after a long period of drought heavy rains come, the animals come out in
countless numbers from the deep crannies of the rocks and from under
the surface of the ground. A day or two is apparently sufficient for
them to refresh themselves, and after that time they all disappear.
On such a lucky occasion as this some specimens of Glyptorhagada Silver?
were found, and we are now able, after this lapse of years, to publish
a correct account of the colour. The latter consists of a brownish ochre
ground-colour with three spiral dark-brown bands (one being practically
sutural) upon the body-whorl. The upper two of these are continued
with diminished definiteness on to the remaining whorls.

G. C. Rosson.

266

ON TIVELA AND GRATELOUPIA.
By A. J. Juxes-Browne, F.R.S., F.G.S.

Read 8th November, 1912.

As the dentition of these shells presents exceptional features and as
I find that erroneous views regarding the structure of their hinges
are largely current, a note on the subject, with the special object of
fixing the taxonomial rank of the fossils known as Grateloupia and
Cytheriopsis, seems to be required.

With respect to Zwvela, no one seems to have fully and correctly
described the positions of the cardinal teeth, nor their complete
separation from the accessory dentiform ridges or rugosities. Most
writers, indeed, such as S. P. Woodward, Deshayes, Adams, and
Dall, have regarded all these dentiform ridges as cardinal teeth, and
have stated that the teeth vary in number from 3 to 7 in each valve,
Others, like Fischer and Cossmann, seem to have mistaken the first
supplementary tooth or ridge for the normal posterior cardinal, and
to have overlooked the small and slender anterior cardinal of the
right valve.

Having examined the dentition of many species of Z%vela, both in
young and adult specimens, and having compared it with that of
Meretriz and Sunetta, which are the most nearly allied genera, I can
state with confidence that the ¢hree normal cardinal teeth of those
genera are present in all species of Zivela, although their position
varies, because they are more or less displaced by the growth of the
supplementary teeth or ridges. ‘This displacement is often carried to
such a degree that the three real cardinal teeth are crowded into the
anterior half of the hinge-plate, while the accessory teeth occupy the
expanded posterior half.

These accessory teeth do not appear to be survivals of primitive
embryonic ridges, for they are often less definitely developed in
young shells than in adult specimens, and an examination of their
number and position in many different species has convinced me that
they are developed out of the original nymphal rugosities by the
formation of parallel grooves and ridges on this plate.

ee linvaneae

The simplest form of hinge in Zivela is exemplified in that of
7. ponderosa, Koch. In the right valve of this species the three
ordinary divergent teeth of the Meretricine group are easily
distingwishable,. the anterior tooth being very narrow and slender
and close to the lunular border, the median thie sk, solid, and
triangular, and the posterior narrow and grooved at the top.
Bey ond this and below the ligament the n ymphal plate is thickened
and rugosely striated, but is not raised into any tooth-like projections.
In the left valve the teeth are widely divergent and the posterior
cardinal occupies its normal position, but its upper and outer side is
rugose, as also is the nymph above it.

JUKES-BROWNE: ON TIVELA AND GRATELOUPIA. 267

A distinctive character of the Zivela hinge is the forward position
of the anterior cardinals*in both valves, that of the left being in line
with the long compressed anterior lateral, so that these two teeth
have the appearance of being projections from one long continuous
ridge ; that of the right valve is always placed so close to the anterior
margin and is moreover so low and slender that it may easily be
overlooked, and in some species it does become obsolete in adult
shells, though it is always discernible in young specimens.

In most species of Tivela the pallial sinus is short and small, but
in 7. ponderosa it is deep and wide, reaching horizontally about half-
way across the shell and impinging on the pallial line below. The
size and depth of the sinus vary much in different species, and it should
not be described as always small.

T. damaoides, Gray, from Peru, has the same hinge-characters as
T. ponderosa, and the specific differences are so small that it may be
regarded as a mere variety of the latter. In the right valve of
damaoides, however, the inner edge of the nymph is raised into
a narrow tooth-like ridge (Fig. 1).

7. bicolor, Gray, from West Africa, has a similar hinge, the nymph
of the right valve being nearly flat and only slightly rugose; so also
are those of 7. tripla (Linn.) and 7. dolabella (Sow.); ZT. polita
(Sow.) has a similar flat rugose nymph, and is remarkable for its
deep pallial sinus, which extends more than half across the shell and
obliterates part of the pallial line.

In 7. stultorum (Mawe), which is better known as the 7. erassa-
telloides of Conrad, there is a further development of this ridge, the
whole thickness of the nymph in the right valve being produced or
raised into a rugose dentiform ridge which forms a supplementary
tooth, but is clearly only a thickened development of the nymph.
This fits into a rugose trough or space between the posterior cardinal
of the left valve and a narrow ridge or plate on the nymph
above it.

T. natalensis (Dunker) is interesting because it shows what seems
to be the first stage in the development of two nymphal teeth. The
nymph is not thickened as in crassatelloides, being still low and
flattish, but is grooved or channelled along tie sneer line, and the
left valve carries a narrow tooth-like ridge which fits into this
groove. The hinge thus presents the appearance of having four
cardinal teeth in each valve, for the grooved nymph might be
mistaken for a bifid posterior tooth.

In this species also it is noticeable that there is a rather wider
space between the nymph of the right valve and the true posterior
cardinal, so that the latter is shorter and more central in position
than is the corresponding tooth in the species previously mentioned ;
it is a straight, narrow, entire tooth, very different from the elongate
grooved or bifid posterior of Meretriz, and it is united at the top,
under the umbo, to the end of the lunular margin of the shell, as in
Meretrix and other genera of Veneride.

In 7. compressa (Sowerby) the nymphal plate is broader, and there
are several parallel rugosities, the inner one of which becomes in

268 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

old shells a rough irregular ridge. ‘This inner ridge is still more
prominent in 7. nitidula (Sow., non Lam.).

T. intermedia (Sow.) furnishes a good example of the next stage in
the development of accessory teeth, for in this species the nymph is
much thickened and divided into two parts by a deep central groove,
so that there are two distinct dentiform ridges. Moreover, the three

Fic. 1. Tivela damaoides, Gray.
ae BOs ,, mactroides (Born).
ik », argentina (Sow.).
BAe », gracilior (Sow.).
», 9. Gratelowpia wregularis, Bast.

normal teeth are crowded into the anterior half of the cardinal plate ;
the anterior cardinal, though visible in young specimens, becomes
obsolete with age, the median is narrowly triangular and directed
forward, while the posterior is very narrow, short, straight, and
almost vertically central.

In the left valve the posterior cardinal is also central, rather thick,
and bifid when young; the nymphal area beyond it is thickened,

JUKES-BROWNE: ON TIVELA AND GRATELOUPIA. 269

very rugose, and roughly divided into two ridges by a longitudinal

roove.
j In 7. planulata (Brod. & Sow.) and in 7. hians (Phil.) the nymphal
plate is very deep, and there are two ridges on the inner side of it in
the right valve and two smaller ones on the left valve.

T. nubila (Gray), 7. mactroides (Born), 7. trigonella, and 7. laevigata
(Gray) have hinges lke that of 7. intermedia. In mactroides the
rugose area of the right valve (Fig. 2) has a deep central groove
and a second shallow one under the base of the ligament, so that
there is an appearance of three parallel teeth. In the left valve
there are two narrow ridges corresponding with these grooves, and
the posterior cardinal is only united to the nymph at the top.

In 7. radiata (Sow.) and 7. gracilior (Sow.) we seem to have the
ultimate phase of this line of development, for in these species,
which are quite distinct from one another, the cardinal plate has the
appearance of carrying six cardinal teeth. In 7. radiata (right valve)
the true posterior cardinal is actually nearer the anterior than the
posterior end of the plate, while the first accessory tooth is a well-
developed dentiform ridge separated from the next by a deep groove,
except at the top, where it merges into the nymph; the second is also
a long narrow ridge, and the third a shorter and less elevated one.
The anterior cardinal is small but visible just inside a bulge of the
lunular margin. In the left valve there are two well-developed
accessory tooth-ridges behind the normal posterior cardinal, which
is separated from them by a deep groove.

In Z. gracilior the dentition is similar, but there is a wider space
between the normal and the supplementary teeth of the right valve,
so that the different origin of the two sets of teeth is very clearly
seen. The interspace extends right up to the umbo, the posterior
cardinal is united to the lunular margin, while the accessory teeth
are obviously ridges on the nymphal plate, produced simply by the
grooving or channelling of that plate. The hinge-plate is thus
clearly divided into two parts, and there is a complete break or
discontinuity between the anterior margin of the shell and the nymph
or ligamental plate. In the left valve, however, this separation is
not quite so complete, because the posterior cardinal of that valve
is attached to the top of the nymph, springing, in fact, from the
posterior and not from the anterior margin.

Finally, in Z. argentina (Sow.) we have a rather different develop-
ment, for in this species the nymph is not grooved longitudinally, but
obliquely, and only on a portion of its surface (Fig. 3). Its anterior part
is sculptured into four or five short oblique ridges, which are roughly
but not very regularly parallel to one another, while the posterior
part of the area is smooth. These oblique ridges, though less like
teeth than the strongly developed ridges of 7. gracilior (Fig. 4), are
really more like those of Grateloupia than is the case in any other
species of Tivela. All three of the normal teeth are clearly developed,
and the right posterior is strongly united to the end of the anterior
margin, but the left posterior is adherent to the thickened nymph
of that valve.

270 PROCKEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIPTY.

2. GRATELOUPIA.

This name was given by Desmoulins to certain shells of Miocene
age which occur near Bordeaux in France, in Italy, and in Austria,
but only two species have been described. The typical form is the
Donax irregularis of Basterot (1825), which was more completely
described and well figured by Desmoulins in 1828 ! as the type of a new
genus, to which he gave the name of Grateloupia. The following is that
part of his description which relates to the hinge: ‘‘ Dentes cardinales
primarii (ut in Cytherea) divaricati, tres in utraque valva; quibus
accedunt in valvis ambabus dentes cardini-seriales 8-6 lamellosi,
paralleli, ad natem convergentes oblique rugosi, margineque denticu-
lati, sub ligamento ad latus teste posticum instructi. Dens lateralis
unicus, anticus, sub ano (ut in Cytherea) in valva sinistra positus ;
fovea in valva dextra alterius valve dentem lateralem recipiente.”’

From this account (which is given also in French) it is quite clear
that Desmoulins thoroughly understood the structure of the hinge,
for he rightly credits it with three principal or primary teeth and
several parallel accessory teeth, placed obliquely under the ligament,
which he terms ‘ eardini-seriales’, not cardinales.

It is curious that although he was fully aware of the existence of
a similar shell in the Miocene deposits of Bordeaux, namely the
Donax difficilis of Basterot, yet he and Deshayes regarded this as
belonging to Cytherea. Possibly this may have been due to his not
possessing sufficiently good specimens, for the dentition is really the
same, though the number of accessory ridges or teeth is less—only
two or three in a more contracted space. It was, however, recognized
as a Grateloupia by C. Mayer in 1858.?

Deshayes accepted the genus in 1848 (7Zraité Elémentaire de
Conchyliologie), but S. P. Woodward considered it to be only of
subgeneric rank ; in the first edition of his J/anual (1851) he placed
it as a sub-genus of Cytherea, and in subsequent editions as a sub-genus
of Trigona, which is the Zivela of Link. Most subsequent authors,
@Orbigny (1852), Sowerby (1852), Bronn (1854), Pictet (1855), and
Hoernes (1862), accepted it as a genus; while Fischer, in his Manuel
de Conchyliologie of 1887, not only described it as a genus, but separated
it entirely from Z%vela, which he placed as a sub-genus of Meretriz.

It seems to have been Fischer who first imagined that a posterior
lateral tooth existed in the right valve of Gr ateloupia. He correctly
stated that there are ‘‘ trois dents cardinales divergentes”’ in each
valve, and ‘‘ plusieurs plis dentiformes, paralléles, placés en arriére de
la dent cardinale postérieure ’’, but he adds that there are two anterior
lateral teeth and one posterior lateral in the right valve. No doubt
this was the chief reason why he separated Grateloupia from Tivela.

His opinion has naturally influenced other French writers, and
it has recently been adopted by Messrs. Cossmann & Peyrot,’ who

Actes Soc. Lin. Bordeaux, ii, p. 243, pl. vi, figs. 1-5.

Journ. de Conch., tom. vii, p. 88, 1858.

* ** Conch. Neogen de |’Aquitaine’’: Actes de la Soc. Linn., Bordeaux
tom. Ixiii, 1909.

1
2

JUKES-BROWNE: ON TIVELA AND GRATELOUPIA. ay Gl

not only mention the existence of this supposed posterior lateral as
a generic character, but show its position in their diagram of the
hinge of G. crregularis. In their description of this species, however,
they write of it as ‘trés rudimentaire, la fossette opposée étant trés
—indecisée’’, while under G. difficilis they remark that there is “ pas
d’apparence de lamelles postérieures, le bord supérieur est seulement
un peu rainuré’’.

Thus these authors admit that the supposed posterior lateral does
not exist in G. difficilis, and that it is very rudimentary in G. irregularis ;
hence it is impossible to regard it as a generic feature. Having
examined good specimens of both species, which I owe to the kindness
of Professor Peyrot, I can quite confirm their statements; I am not
surprised that they regard the tooth as very rudimentary, even in
G. wrregularis (Fig. 5), for I feel sure that it has no real existence.
The feature which has given rise to the idea of such a tooth is a slight
inflection of the posterior margin of the valve beyond the end of the
ligament, and a thickening of the inner border of the groove which
exists in all species of Zivela and Meretrix. ‘The extent of this
thickening varies with the individual and with the age of the shell,
and it has been exaggerated in some figures of the shell, notably in
that given by Hoernes (op. cit., pl. xvi, fig. 56). Moreover, no
one has claimed to recognize a corresponding tooth on the posterior
border of the left valve; no elevation exists on that border, and its
absence militates strongly against the existence of a lateral tooth in
the right valve.

As, however, I did not wish to dissent from such authorities as
Messrs. Fischer, Cossmann, and Peyrot without confirmation of my
opinion, I sought that of Messrs. E. A. Smith and R. B. Newton, of
the British Museum, who have kindly examined the specimens of
G. irregularis in the National Collection, and have informed me that
they agree in considering that ‘there is no posterior lateral tooth
in Grateloupia”’.

This being so, there is really no essential generic difference between
Grateloupia and Tivela; indeed, the differences are scarcely of sub-
generic importance. The dentition of Grateloupia is similar to that
of Tivela argentina, T. radiata, and T. gracilior. Vhe two parts of
the hinge-plate in the right valve are similarly separated by a deep
groove or space, in front of which are three divergent cardinal teeth,
while behind it are a set of oblique and parallel plaits or ridges,
varying in number from three to ten. The true posterior cardinal
is a straight, narrow tooth, placed vertically under the umbo, and
connected at the top with the anterior margin of the valve. In some
specimens it is, moreover, visibly bifid or grooved.

The pallial sinus in G. irregularis is large, deep, linguiform, and
horizontal, extending to within a short distance of the anterior
adductor scar, but in G. difficilis it is smaller and shorter, not
reaching much more than half-way across the interior space. We
have already seen (p. 267) that the depth of the sinus varies also
much in Zvvela, and it is certain that the form of the sinus cannot
be taken as a character of generic or subgeneric importance.

272 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

There is nothing, in fact, about these two species of shells to mark
them off as more than a section of Zivela, and they are actually
associated with a third species which Messrs. Cossmann and Peyrot
rightly regard as a typical Z%vela; this is 7. triangularis (Bast.),
which closely resembles the recent Z. dolabella. Messrs. Cossmann
and Peyrot have retained Grateloupia as a genus, and have placed
Tivela under it as a sub-genus, but this is contrary to the rule of
generic priority, for Link’s genus was proposed in 1807 and Desmoulins’
in 1828, so that the proper arrangement is to make Grateloupia a
section or sub-genus of Z%vela.

Cyraertopsts (Conrad).

This supposed genus or sub-genus was founded on a fossil from the
Kocene of Alabama (United States), but it is probably only a form of
Grateloupia, and consequently of Zivela, for the distinction which
Dr. Dall makes between them is a mistake, arising apparently from
a miscomprehension of the dentition. He states that in Grateloupia
‘the posterior right cardinal is fused with the nymphal rugosities ”’
and that in Cytheriopsis it is the left posterior cardinal which is so
fused. As regards Grateloupia this statement is absolutely incorrect,
for there is a deep space in the right valve between this tooth and the
nymphal plate.

With respect to Cytheriopsis, which is the Cytherea hydana ot
Conrad (August, 1833) and the Gratelupia Desmoulinst of Lea
(December, 1833), the former gave no figure, but Lea gave a good
one! showing the hinge of the left valve, and this is certainly that
of Grateloupia, as there are three prominent cardinal teeth, and
several oblique ridges on the nymph. Whether the posterior cardinal
is fused with the first of these ridges, or whether there is a groove
between them, is of small importance, seeing that in Zvvela argentina
it is so fused, and in Z. radiata it is not. There is therefore no
essential difference between G. hydana and the other species of
Grateloupia, and consequently there is no necessity to perpetuate the
name of Cytheriopsis or its substitute Grateloupina (Dall).

ConcLusIONs.

From the preceding notes and observations it will be seen that
I regard Zvvela as a fairly compact genus, including the fossils which
have been described under the names of Grateloupra and Cytheriopsis.
Consequently I consider that the genus ranges from the Kocene to
the present day.

I have shown that the so-called accessory teeth are entirely
confined to the nymphal plates, that, they are merely ridges developed
out of the rugose sculpture of these plates, and that the hinge of
Grateloupia closely resembles that of some recent species of Zivela;
also that Cytheriopsis does not seem to differ from Grateloupia in any
essential pPspaes

1 ** Contributions to fyGoneree Philadelphia, 1833 Gene pl. ii, fig. 33.

JUKES-BROWNE: ON TIVELA AND GRATELOUPIA. 273

Further, I see no reason for retaining the Pachydesma of Conrad to
include a few species which have a more vernicose periostracum than
the rest, for the supposed existence of four cardinal teeth in these
species is a mistake of Conrad’s, repeated by Dall. The hinge of
Pachydesma (i.e. T. stultorum) has been noticed on p. 267, and its
dentition is merely one phase, among several, in the development of
the nymphal ridges. It would be just as reasonable to separate those
species which have two such ridges as to make a section out of those
which have only one.

The only form, recent or fossil, which seems to have a character of
subgeneric importance is 7. perplexa (Stearns), in which the margins
of the valves are crenulated, and for which Dall proposed the name
of Hutivela in 1891.! I have referred to his description, which is
accompanied by a woodcut of the left valve, and there can be no
doubt that the shell is a Zvvela. Judging from the figure the
erenulations of the margin are distinct, though not in deep relief.

' The Nautilus, vol. v, p. 26.

ON SOME REMARKABLE SHELL MONSTROSITIES.!
By G. C. Roxson, B.A.
Read Sth November, 1912.

Mosr conchologists are familiar with the phenomenon of the formation
of callous projections on the imner surface of the valves of Lamelli-
branchs as a reaction against foreign bodies introduced between shell
and mantle. The following note deals with two growths apparently
of this nature which are admitted by those who have examined them
to be unique specimens of their kind. One of them is from the
British Museum Collection, and the other from the Museum of the

Fic. 1. Natural size.

Royal College of Surgeons. ‘he author is indebted to Mr. R. H.
Burne, Assistant Conservator of the latter Institution, for the loan of
the second specimen and for information concerning it.

These growths were in both instances imperfectly registered. It is
thus impossible to refer them with absolute certainty to any particular
form. The British Museum example (Fig. 1) was acquired over half
a century ago, and was presented by someone who could give no

' Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.

ROBSON: ON SHELL MONSTROSITIES, 27

on

more certain information concerning its origin than ‘from a pearl ?”
The Royal College of Surgeons’ specimen is ‘“ presumed” by the
catalogue to come from a species of Zridacna. They have been
examined by many competent authorities, who concur in referring
them to Zridacna, though only at hazard. Indeed, if they are to be
accepted as growths from a molluscan shell, there can hi ardly be any
refuge from this opinion. No one of the many authorities who have
seen the specimens has actually seen or heard of precisely similar
growths, and recourse has been had to the literature of shell growth
and teratology in vain,

It is hoped that the supposition that they are referable to Zridacna
will be subsequently endorsed by some observer. But in any case
the present note is rather a call for information than an assertion
of fact.

The growths in question are irregular hollow masses of aragonite,
with a slight internal lining of a dubious organic nature.

Fic. 2. Half natural size.

The specimen from the College of Surgeons’ Museum (Fig. 2)
measures 14X%10em. and is rather he art-shaped. The obtuse end
has had a ae sawn off it. The smaller specimen, measuring
8:5 X5:'9em., is flattish and roughly circular, and possesses a hollow
stalk or narrow neck of an irregular shape, which looks as if it served
to connect 1t to a surface of attachment.

The nearest analogy that suggests itself to the author is the
occurrence of ‘blisters’ in the pez arl oyster Meleagrina margar itifera.
These ‘blisters’ are irregular exerescences of nacre on the inner
surface of the valve of the oyster, and are of course very much smaller
than these supposed Zridacna monstrosities. ‘They are formed around
bodies that have intruded themselves between the mantle and the shell,
such as pearls developed in the mantle, and subsequently detached
therefrom, or foreign bodies such as sand-grains or intruding animals.

276 PROCKEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

The author is under the impression that they are also formed around
parasites that invade the shell-forming area from outside by boring
through the shell, as, for example, a boring sponge or mollusc.

Pearl blisters will be found to contain a true pearl, while the
other kind of blister is usually hollow or contains some dried organic
matter or sand.

The question suggests itself whether the large growths under
discussion are similar in origin to the latter form of ‘blister’. It
must be admitted that in the largest hollow blister the author has
examined the cavity was not very large proportionately to the size of
the blister, and its walls were very thick, while the reverse is the case
in the monstrous growths under consideration. Nor do the latter give
the impression of having been formed round an intruding body. The
stalk-like portion of the smaller growth is very curious, and suggests
an organic connexion with some body or surface—a condition not
found, of course, in the case of ‘ blisters’.

It must be admitted that examinations of sections of these
monstrosities do not reveal a histological structure comparable to that
of Tridacna, though, if these growths are pathological, one would not
expect a close similarity to the normal histology of that genus.

Dr. Smith Woodward, F.R.S., and Dr. C. W. Andrews, F.R.S.,
have drawn the author’s attention to the peculiar fact that the
interior surface of the larger specimen is seamed with shallow
meandering grooves, that give it the appearance of having been
formed round or applied to some tumour-lhke growth covered with
superficial blood-vessels.

To conclude, we may hazard the guess that these specimens are
referable to Zridacna, and possibly comparable to ‘blisters’ of the
pearl oyster, but qualify our identification with a desire for further
information on this subject.

The author desires to express his indebtedness to Mr. F. Spencer,
of Hatton Gardens, who was good enough to exhibit to him his
excellent series of ‘ blisters’ in Deleagrina margaritifera.

Postscript.—The author understands that a suggestion was developed
at the meeting of the Society at which this paper was read (when
he was unfortunately unable to be present) that these growths might
be some form of Cetacean ear-bones. As the nature of these
monstrosities is still swb judice, the author welcomes every suggestion
that may be helpful, but the aragonite composition of the growths is
sufficient, according to his view, to counterbalance a purely superficial
resemblance to the ossicles in question.

DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES OF ZLIMICOLARIA AND
KRAPFIELLA FROM EAST CENTRAL AFRICA.

By H. B. Preston, F.Z.S.
Read 8th November, 1912.

Liutconakta FErATHERI, n.sp.

Shell narrowly perforate, elongately ovately fusiform, cream-coloured,
painted with transverse bands and flame-markings of red and reddish
purple; whorls 73, moderately convex, the first 6} decussately
sculptured, the last obsoletely so; suture impressed, very narrowly
margined below with white, and irregularly crenellate ; perforation
very narrow, tubuliform owing to the narrow reflexion of the

columella ; columella narrowly reflexed, vertically descending above,
very slightly oblique below, a thin callus uniting it with the upper
margin of the labrum ; labrum acute, simple, slightly dilated below ;
aperture inversely auriform ; interior of shell showing the transverse
colour bands through the test. Alt. 46°5 mm.; diam. maj. 18°5,
min. 18mm. Aperture: alt. 19°75, diam. 8°75 mm.

Hab.—Voi, British East Africa (W. Feather).

Limicotarta Kivvensis, n.sp.

Shell allied to Z. Ponsonbyi, Preston, from Uganda,’ but ditfering
from that species in its larger size and in having one whorl less; it
also differs in its more obtuse apex, more convex whorls, and deeper
suture, more obliquely sloping parietal wall, and in the sculpture,
which is rather coarsely decussate throughout the whole shell.

1 Proce. Malac. Soc. Lond., vol. vii, p. 89.

278 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY,

Alt. 65 mm.; diam. maj. 28°5, min. 25 mm. Aperture: alt. 27,
diam. 23°75 mm.

Hab.—ULake Kivu (Robin Kemp).

Lruicotarta LArKIPIAENSIS, 1.sp.
Shell fusiform, very narrowly perforate, moderately solid, straw-
coloured, transversely streaked, chiefly on the upper part of the

whorls, and banded, especially on their lower portions, with dark
reddish chestnut ; whorls 73, not very convex, the earlier whorls

| }
¥
fay

i.
4

PRESTON: ON NEW SPECIES OF LIVICOLARLIA. 279

sculptured with rather coarse, transverse wrinkles, crossed by spiral
strie, thus presenting a finely decussate appearance ; the later
whorls somewhat malleated and having the transverse wrinkles
chiefly confined to the subsutural region; suture impressed, slightly
crenellated by the terminations of the subsutural wrinkles ; columella
descending rather vertically, livid, very finely granulate, and reflexed
over the very narrow perforation; labrum acute, simple, reddish

chestnut; aperture inversely auriform; interior of shell whitish,

showing the chestnut bands through the test. Alt. 57 mm.; diam.

maj. 23°5, min. 21°5 mm. Aperture: alt. 23, diam. 11 mm.

_ Hab.—Rumruti, Laikipia Plateau, at an altitude of 7,000 feet,
British East Africa (Robin Kemp).

The present species would appear to be identical with the specimen
in the British Museum which was quoted by Dohrn! in his list of
mollusca collected by the Speke Expedition as Z. tenebrica, Reeve ;”

the present species, however, is totally unlike the type of that

species, which is also in the British Museum, and I therefore take
the present opportunity of describing it.

Limtcorarta Perctvatt, n.sp.

Shell allied to Z. Smith, Preston,* but more elongate, and with
one whorl more; the whorls are more convex, and the last slopes less
at the base; the aperture is proportionately much shorter and rather
broader ; the columella descends almost vertically and is more widely

reflexed ; moreover, the labrum is angled above and below, which is
not the case with Z. Smithi. Alt. 59°5, diam. maj. 22°5 mm.
Aperture: alt. 27, diam. 9°25 mm.

Hab.—Rift Valley, British East Africa (A. Blayney Percival).

Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1864, p. 116.
Reeve, Conch. Icon. (Bulimus), pl. liii, fig. 347.
Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond., vol. vii, pp. 89-90.

1
2
3

VOL. X.—MARCH, 1913. 19

280 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Lruicorarta Kempr, n.sp.

Shell rimate, fusiform, moderately solid, the earlier whorls flesh-
coloured, shading to yellow below, painted with rather closely set,
transverse, zigzag, reddish purple flame-markings, and on the last
whorl with two narrow, peripheral, spiral bands of the same colour;
whorls 63, slightly convex, rather coarsely, decussately sculptured
with closely set transverse riblets, crossed by spiral striz, the
sculpture becoming quite obsolete on the base of the shell; suture
impressed, crenellated by the terminations of the transverse ‘riblets ;
perforation very narrow, almost concealed by the outward expansion
of the columella; columella pinkish flesh - colour, descending

obliquely, narrowly, outwardly expanded, and bulging inwards
above, callously granulate, and extending above into an extremely
thin parietal callus, which scarcely reaches the sutural margin within
the aperture; labrum simple, receding below; aperture narrowly
and somewhat curvedly, inversely auriform ; interior of shell very
pale bluish white. Alt. 39: 75, diam. maj. 18mm. Aperture:
alt. 17, diam. 7°5 mm.

Hab.—The extreme south-western district of Uganda (Robin Kemp).

Also allied to Z. Smithi, Preston, but separable from it chiefly by
its decussate and much stronger sculpture.

LIMIcoraRria RADIUS, 0.Sp.

Shell rimate, ovately fusiform, moderately thin, pale yellowish,
painted with transverse bands and flame-markings of reddish chestnut ;
whorls 7, flattish, the first very small and flattened above, the second
large in proportion, the remainder regularly increasing, the last rather
long, finely decussately sculptured on the upper whorls, the decussate
sculpture becoming obsolete on the last; base of shell below the
periphery polished, shining, marked only with faint, wavy, revolving
strie ; suture impressed, whitish, irregularly crenellate ; umbilicus
very narrow, deep, partly concealed by the narrow, outward reflexion
of the columella ; ; columella whitish, pearly, minutely granulate,
spreading above into an extremely thin callus which is also granulate ;
labrum simple; aperture elongately ovate; interior of shell bluish

|

PRESTON: ON NEW SPECIES OF LIMICOLARLA. 281

jilac, showing the flame-markings through the test. Alt. 40°5, diam.
maj. 18mm. Aperture: alt. 16:5, diam. 7°75 mm.

Hab.—Jombene Hills, British East Africa (A. Blayney Percival).

LIMICOLARIA SCABROSA, N.Sp.

Shell fusiform, with dark flesh-coloured apical whorls, gradually
changing to brownish yellow, and painted with transverse blotches,
streaks, and flame-markings of dark blackish-purple; whorls 64,
regularly increasing, the last rather large, coarsely, decussately
sculptured throughout, thus presenting a somewhat scabrous appear-
ance; suture impressed, crenellated by the decussate sculpture, and

narrowly margined below ; columella whitish, descending in a gentle
eurve; labrum thin, acute; aperture somewhat dilated below, in-
versely auriform ; interior of shell flesh-coloured, the transverse streaks
and flame-markings being visible through the test. Alt. 61 mm. ;
diam. maj. 28°5, min. 25 mm. Aperture: alt. 30, diam, 16°5 mm.

282 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Hab.—Between the Jombene Hills and Nyeri, British East Africa
(Robin Kemp).

LIMIcoLaRrta PELLISLACERTA, N.Sp.

Shell allied to Z. seabrosa, but much larger and paler in colour,
being, with the exception of the apical whorls, of a golden yellow
colour throughout, occasionally transversely streaked with purple on
the median whorls; the last whorl is proportionately much longer
than in Z. seabrosa, the columella is also much more curved, and
the parietal wall does not bulge over the interior of the shell ;

moreover, the aperture is much more oblique and dilated below than
in that species; the interior of the shell is of a beautiful pinkish
flesh-colour. Alt. 75°25 mm. ; diam. maj. 34, min. 27mm. Aperture:
alt. 37, diam. 20°75 mm.

Hab.—Abderdare Range, Mount Kenangop, British East Africa
(Robin Kemp).

LIMICOLARIA RADULA, 1.Sp.

Shell rimate, somewhat cylindrically fusiform with obtuse apex
and a rather diaphanous appearance, the earlier whorls reddish brown,
the later whorls pale reddish-yellow, painted with transverse bands
and flame-markings of reddish purple; whorls 64, the. first three
rapidly increasing, the remainder regularly so, the last long, coarsely
decussately sculptured, thus giving a granular appearance to the shell
with the exception of the immediate umbilical region, which is
devoid of granulation and only radiately puckered; suture impressed,

PRESTON: ON NEW SPECIES OF KRAPFIELLA. 285

erenellate, and narrowly margined below by a raised yellowish ridge ;
umbilicus narrow, deep, half-concealed by the narrow outward
reflexion of the columella; columella lilac-coloured, finely granulate,
narrowly outwardly reflexed, obliquely descending above, somewhat

Ae

curved below; labrum simple ; aperture elongately ovate ; interior of
shell lilac-coloured shading to a bluish tinge in places. Alt. 44:5,
diam. maj. 18°5 mm. Aperture: alt. 20°75, diam 9:5.

Hab.—Northern region of British Kast Africa (A. Blayney
Percival).

KRAPFIELLA MAGNIFICA, N.Sp.

Shell turriculate-fusiform, moderately thin, brownish red, shading to
yellowish red just behind the labrum, a broad, ill-detined band of the
same tint encircling the umbilical region, which is of a reddish-purple
colour, covered with a thin periostracum which gives to the otherwise
polished surface a dull appearance, extreme apex slightly sunken ;

in

whorls 73, the first 32 sculptured with somewhat fine, revolving,
spiral lire, the remainder marked only with rather oblique,
transverse ridges; base of shell finely and closely spirally striate ;
suture impressed, somewhat puckered by the terminations of
the transverse ridges; umbilicus ovate, moderately open, deep;
columella descending in a slightly oblique and very gentle curve,

284 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

outwardly expanded, but scarcely reflexed, diffused above into a thin,
polished, clearly defined, and restricted parietal callus which reaches
the interior sutural region just behind the upper margin of the
labrum; labrum slightly reflexed below, simple above; aperture
rather broadly inversely auriform ; interior of shell pale lilac, shading
to a darker tint of the same colour. Alt. 40°5 mm.; diam. maj.
20:25, min. 18 mm. Aperture: alt. 16°25, diam. 11:5 mm.
Hab.—Urguess, British East Africa (A. Blayney Percival).

KRAPFIELLA PRINCEPS, D.Sp.

Shell fusiform with acute apex, moderately solid, uniformly
reddish chestnut; whorls 8, the first very small, the remainder
regularly increasing, somewhat convex, the earlier whorls coarsely
spirally striate, the remainder closely and finely transversely
costulate ; suture impressed, finely crenellated by the terminations
of the transverse costulee; umbilicus very narrow, partly concealed
by the outward expansion of the columella; columella rather

obliquely descending, diffused above into a very thin, shining, well-
defined and somewhat restricted parietal callus which reaches the
upper margin of the labrum; labrum thin, acute, slightly dilated
below; aperture inversely auriform. Alt. 41°5mm.; diam. maj.
32°25, min. 17°75 mm. Aperture: alt. 15°25, diam. 7°75 mm..

Hab.—Mt. Nyiro, to the south of Lake Rudolph, at an altitude of
8,300 feet (A. Blayney Percival); also collected by Mr. Percival on
the Barta Steppes to the south of Mt. Nyiro, at an altitude of
4,000 feet.

DESCRIPTION OF TWO NEW HELICOIDS FROM BRITISH EAST
AFRICA AND UGANDA.

By H. B. Preston, F.Z.S.
Read 13th December, 1912.

GUDEELLA, n.gen. = Thapsiella, Gude, non Fischer.

THE name TZhapsiella, used for the group of African zonitoid land
molluses by Mr. G. K. Gude,’ and which includes the two new species
described below, being apparently preoccupied by Fischer in 1884
for a section of Alvania, Risso, it becomes necessary to substitute
a new name for Mr. Gude’s genus. I have, therefore, much pleasure
in proposing the name Gudeella in its stead.

Genotype: Gudeella Masukuensis, Smith, from Central Africa.

GuDEELLA KicEzIENSIS, n.sp.

Shell rimate, depressedly suborbicular, moderately thin, reddish
brown, polished, shining, base of shell spirally marked with lines of
yellowish grey; whorls 43, regularly increasing, smooth but for
transverse growth-markings; suture impressed, narrowly margined
below; umbilicus narrow, deep; columella obliquely descending,

outwardly expanded above; labrum simple; aperture broadly and
compressedly sublunate. Alt. 3°75 mm.; diam. maj. 7°75, min.
65 mm. Aperture: alt. 3°25, diam. 3°25 (nearly) mm.

Hab.—Kigezi, extreme South-West Uganda, at an altitude of
6,000 feet (Robin Kemp).

GuDEELLA VERNHOUTI, U.Sp.

Shell depressedly turbinate, polished, shining, yellowish brown ;
whorls 43, regularly increasing, sculptured throughout with very
fine and closely set silky spiral striz; suture impressed, margined
below ; umbilicus narrow, deep; columella very narrowly outwardly

expanded above, very obliquely descending, not curved; labrum

simple; aperture obliquely crescentic. Alt.3°5mm.; diam, maj. 6°25,

min. 5°25 mm. Aperture: alt. 2°75, diam. 2°75 mm.
Hab.—Urguess, British East Africa (A. Blayney Percival).

1 Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond., vol. ix, p. 272.

286

NOTE ON CYPRINA ISLANDICA.
By Dr. Wa. O.-Daxt.
Read 183th December, 1912.

On p. 105 of the Proceedings of the Malacological Society’s current
volume, Mr. E. A. Smith discusses the generic name of the Venus
islandica, L., and incidentally points out “that the species figured on
pl. 801, figs. la—d, of the Encyclopédie Méthodique does not
represent that species, as I had assumed, but was taken from
a specimen of Batissa. A comparison shows that Mr. Smith is quite
right in this identification, but I may perhaps be granted a few lines
to show that I erred in good company.

The figure is sufficiently like C. cslandica to deceive anyone whose
attention is not especially called to the discrepancies, but apart from
that, the circumstances which chiefly misled me are the facts that
Lamarck himself in 1806! and 1818,2 Bory St. Vincent in 1827,°
and Deshayes in 1835, all unite in referring these figures to Cyprina
islandica.

That Lamarck in 1799 selected another species as an example of
the genus would not oblige us to take it as the type, since Cyelas
cornea was not included in the species figured by Bruguiére a year
earlier under the name Cyclas, and consequently could not serve as
the type, even if it had not had a generic name given to it by Scopoli
many years before.

No one would be better pleased than I if the name Cyprina could
be preserved, but I fear that the rules would have to be strained
a little to do it. The name of the carp (Cyprinus) is doubtless
derived from its popular allocation as the fish of Venus by the ancients.
On the other hand, the binomiality of Moehring’s bird-names*® can
hardly be maintained as against the properly proposed Arctica of
Schumacher.

Again, since Link’s use of the name Cycelas is inadmissible and the
other forms figured by Brugweére had been pre-empted for new genera,
it becomes a moot question “whether Batissa, Gray, as the last-proposed
name for any of the group, should not give way to Cyclas ; since, if
there was anything in the group available for a generic name after
the elimination of Spherium, Cyrena, and Corbicula, it would be
entitled to hold the earlier name.

1 Ann. Mus. Nat. Hist. Paris, vol. vii, p. 420, 1806.

° Anim. sans Vert., vol. v, p. 557, 1818 (in synonymy).

> Tab. Eneycl. Méth. Vers., 1827, p. 156.

+ Anim. sans Vert., ed. Deshayes, vol. vi, p. 290, 1835 (in synonymy).

° Moehring’s work, Aviwm Genera, was published in 1752, and therefore, being
pre-Linnean, is not admissible in zoology. The Dutch translation, however,
with additions, by Nozeman & Vosmaer, is dated 1758, the same year as
the tenth edition of Linné’s Systema Nature. Consequently the actual
generic names proposed by Moehring may be considered as introduced into
zoology at that date, and are therefore not again available for use in other
branches of zoology, even if they are not adopted by ornithologists.—
K. A. SMITH.

NOTE ON MUREX MANCINELLA, LINN.
By E. A. Suiru, 1.8.0.
Read 13th December, 1912.

Tue Linnean collection, preserved in Burlington House, London,
contains three shells labelled Murex mancinella. They were mounted
upon wooden tablets by Mr. Hanley when he wrote his work Jpsa
Linnei Conchylia, and two of them are marked in Linné’s hand-
writing with the number 544 of the twelfth edition of the Systema
Nature.

One of the three specimens is the Purpura mancinella of Lamarck !
and most other authors, and the other two are Drupa cornus, Bolten,
of which Purpura elata of Blainville, and Ricinula spectrum, Reeve,
are synonyms.

The Purpura mancinella of authors does not agree with Linné’s
description in the tenth edition of the Systema, for the columella is
not ‘‘transversim striata’’, and nothing, moreover, is said as regards
colour. The ‘apertura edentula” is fairly descriptive, for the red
thread-like lines within the mouth could hardly be termed teeth, yet
one would expect such a conspicuous feature to have been referred to
if Linné had the shell before him aé the time.

The Murex mancinella of the Museum Ulricee published six years
after the tenth edition of the Systema is certainly, in part, the
mancinella auctorum, for this is shown by the ‘spine brevissime
purpurascentes”’, which isa characteristic feature of that species. The
‘‘ fauce lutea, transversim striata” also seems to indicate this species.

The description in the twelfth edition of the Systema, according
to Hanley,? would apply to “an immature example of Ricinula
spectrum”’, and he states that there are two adult examples of it in
the Linnean cabinet, but he does not mention the existence of the
specimen of maneinella, Lamk., which is there also. The quoted
reversed figures in Rumphius,? however, in my opinion, hardly
represents Ricinula spectrum, and cannot with certainty be referred
to any species. The figure in Argenville,° quoted by Linné in this
edition of his work, is probably an enlarged but poor illustration of
Lamarck’s Ricinula morus.

From the above notes it will be seen that there is a curious com-
plication, and it becomes a question whether either of the two
shells, mancinella auctorum or cornus, Bolten (= edata, Blainville, and
spectrum, Reeve), should be retained as the Linnean species. The
Murex mancinella of the tenth and twelfth editions of the Systema
and the Museum Ulrice is certainly made up of at least three species,
namely, mancinella, auct., cornus, Bolten, probably, and morus, Lamk.

1 Kiener, Cog. Viv., pl. xvi, fig. 46.

2 Ipsa Linn. Conch., p. 295.

3 Amboin. Rariteitkamer, 1705, pl. xxiv, fig. 5.
4 It is not unlike Thais echinata (Blainv.).

5 Hist. Nat. Lithol. Conch., 1742, pl. xx, fig. H.

288 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

The shell of the tenth edition of the Systema, as Hanley observes, may
be an immature specimen of Ricinula spectrum, but there is no proof
that it is, for the quoted figure of Rumphius har dly represents it, and
there is no such shell in “the Linnean cabinet. On the other hand,
neither the description nor the quoted figure fits the mancinedla, auct.

Considering the confusion surrounding Linné’s Murex mancinella
I am inclined to disregard it and to apply names to the shells which
have been so designated, about which there is no doubt. Mr..C. Hedley
has already come to the same conclusion.! phe j ef rg:

y orloatr

4 h7
ré
Tuais GemMuLATA (Lamarck).

1764. Murex mancinella, Linn. partim, Mus. Ulrice, p. 636.

1780. Murex manecinella, Born partim, Mus. Vindob., p. 304, pl. ix,
figs. 19-20.

1798. Drupa mancinella, Bolten partim, Mus. Bolten, p. 56.

1816. Purpura gemmulata, Lamarck, Tableau Eneyel. Méthod. Vers,
pl. 397, figs. 83a—b; liste des planches, p. 2.

1822. Purpura mancinella, Lamarck, Anim. s. Vert., vol. vii, p. 239,
excluding part of synonymy.

1846. Purpura mancinella, Reeve (Linn. partim), Conch. Icon.,
vol. 111, fig. 2.

1908. Thais gemmulata (Lamarck), Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soe. N.S.W.,
vol_xxxili, p. 457.

Hab.—Aden (Rey. A. W. Baynham, Major Yerbury in Brit. Mus.);
Seychelles I. (Sir A. Gordon in B.M.); Raine’s Island, North
Australia (J. B. Jukes in B.M.); North Borneo (J. Whitehead in
B.M.); Seychelles, Amirantes, Madagascar, Mauritius (Martens) ;
Loo Choo I. (Pilsbry); Bay of Muscat, Singapore, and Fiji LI.
(Tryon) are probably correct; Ceylon (Blainville); Darnley L.,
Torres Straits, Nickol Bay, North-West Australia, and Port Darwin,
North Australia (Brazier).?

Thais egrota (Reeve), united with this species by Tryon (Man.
Conch., vol. u, p. 164), is avery distinct form which occurs at Sharks
Bay, Western Australia.

Drura cornus, Bolten.

1758. Murex maneinella, Linn.?? Syst. Nat., 10th ed., p. 751

1798. Drupa cornus, Bolten, Mus. Bolten, p. 56.

1832. Purpura elata, Blainville, Nouv. Ann. Mus., vol. i, p. 207,
Diy alte ie

1839. Purpura martiniana, Anton, Verzeich. Conch., p. 88.

1846. Purpura elata, Reeve, Conch. Icon., vol. iii, fig. 27, dwarf form.

1846. Riernula snectrum, Reeve, Conch. Teon., vol. i, fig. 19.

1899. Sistrum elatum, Blainville; Melvill & Standen, Journ. Linn.
Soe., vol. xxvii, p. 163.

Hab.—Aden (Capt. Shopland in Brit. Mus.); Australia (Blainville
and Reeve) ; North Queensland (Melvill & Standen); Island of

1 Trans. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., vol. xxxiii, p. 457, 1908.
* Journ. Conch., vol. ii, p. 187.

SMITH: ON MUREX MANCINELLA, LINN. 289

Capul, Philippines (Reeve, for spectrum); Seychelles, Amirantes,
Mauritius, Bourbon (Martens).

The ‘lumping’ of this and several other species by Tryon
with Drupa ochrostoma (Blainville) is too ridiculous for serious
consideration.

Drupa cornus was founded by Bolten upon a figure in Martini’s
Conchylien Cabinet (vol. iii, fig. 971), which could not be referred
to the present species with any certainty had it not been accompanied
by the very good description given on p. 279. This is so complete
in every detail that we are left in no uncertainty as to the species
in question.

290

ON HYGROMIA RUFESCENS, AUCT.,’ IN IRELAND.
By A. W. Srerrox.
Read 10th January, 19138.

Dorine the last few years, at least some conchologists in this country
have awakened to the fact that the inclusion of ‘ garden records’
tables ostensibly intended to show the geographical distribution of
au species is liable to obscure rather than demonstrate its natural
range.”

For many years, however, it has been the custom for certain
English conchologists to ‘fill up gaps’ in the census by requesting
gardeners of estates to forward molluses for identification. ‘Thus the
accumulation of garden records has reached no mean proportions, and
the apparent natural range of some of our Irish species has been
affected thereby.

Among these, Hygromia rufescens, auct., may be taken as an
example. ‘This is a ‘Central European’ species, with its Britannic
headquarters in the south-east of England, and thus it belongs to
that element of our fauna which one might not expect to find i in
Treland.

After some years investigation, I have grave doubts whether
IT. rufescens can be considered a native? of Ireland, although it has
been ‘found’ in all the forty divisions of the island, and I am more
and more inclined to agree with the opinion of my friend Mr. Welch
that ‘‘it probably came to Ireland with the English”. At the time
of the publication of the ‘‘ Irish List’, in 1911, I had not studied the
problem sufficiently to give a decided opinion; but since that date
I have accumulated much evidence, all of which tends to throw doubt
upon the standing of this species in Ireland.

This evidence may be putin a tabulated form as follows :—

1. I know of no records for H. rufescens from uncultivated or
undisturbed ground. It appears to be purely a ‘hedgerow’ and
‘garden’? inhabitant in Ireland, whereas in the South of England it
occurs in woodlands on the Downs, associated with species unknown
Se rete in Britain, and is as unquestionably native as a species can be.

Records come mainly from the environs of towns and villages,
Pe: more especially from those where English settlers are known to
have dwelt. In fact, its he: idquarters in Ireland lie within the
boundaries of the Pale.’

Mr. E. A. Smith has shown that this is not the species described and figured
by Pennant, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1913, vol. xi, p. 263.

See L. E. Adams, Journ. Conch., vol. xiil, pp. 211-14, 1911.

3 For a definition of a ‘native’ see 8. T. Dunn, Alien Flora of Brita,
pp: 9-10:

Proc. Roy. Irish Acad., vol. xxix, sect. B, pt. iii, 1911.

Nearly synonymous with the province of Leinster, but not so extended
in area.

te

=

5

STELFOX: HYGROMIA RUFESCENS, AUCY., IN IRELAND. 291

3. Its former absence from the Scotch settlements in the north-east
is noteworthy, though it is now being rapidly disseminated over
this area from nursery gardens.

4. Its extraordinary powers of adaptability render it extremely
liable to accidental dispersal by man. i

From many outlying districts which I have surveyed, in which
this species had been unknown previously, I have been able to obtain
a record by searching gardens, the precincts of a village rubbish-heap,
or the ruins of some old castle or mansion. Thus I have records from
the gardens of the castle on Lambay, co. Dublin; the gardens of the
colony, Achill Island, West Mayo; in the villages on Inishmore,
Aran Islands, Clare; in the village of Ventry, near the western
extremity of the Dingle Peninsula, South Kerry; and in similar
outlying districts in Ulster, in which it was unknown in the time of
Thompson.

Writing in 1815, Captain Thomas Brown! says that it ‘‘is found
in all* dry places”, but since practically all Brown’s work was done
within the Pale this bald statement throws but little light upon the
subject.

William Thompson helps us more, but he was evidently
“unacquainted personally with the southern range of the species. He
says * that ‘‘ this species is common to the southern two-thirds of the
island: as far north as Banbridge in the county of Down it has been
found, and on old walls at Rostrevor [Co. Down also], 1848, by the
Rev. G. Robinson”. ‘Thompson was a most accurate naturalist and
a keen observer, and he could not have passed over this species had it
then occurred in the gardens around Belfast, where it isnow common.
It is evident that he depended for his information relating to the
southern counties mainly upon correspondents, and was thus led to
believe in its universal range in those districts. Its distribution,
however, is just as patchy in the south as in Ulster, and when
cultivated ground has been left behind, H. rufescens vanishes also.

To my mind there is but one fact in connexion with HZ. rufescens
in Ireland that is incompatible with the supposition that it was first
introduced into this island by the English settlers. This fact, which
I have kept until the last, is that in 1885 the late R. D. Darbishire
recorded* it from the famous sandhill deposits at Dogs Bay, West
Galway, and that Mr. Standen in 1895 repeats the statement ‘ that
the shell occurs there as a fossil.

Even should these records—the accuracy of which I have grave
doubts—be proved to have been correct, the fact that A. rufescens
owes its wide range in Ireland to its ‘artificial’ dispersal by man
cannot be doubted for a moment.

1“ Account of the Irish Testacea’’?: Mem. Wern. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. ii,
p. 525.

2 Natural History of Ireland, vol. iv, p. 292, 1856.

3 Journ. Conch., vol. iv, p. 317.

4 Trish Naturalist, vol. iv, p. 270.

292

ON SOME PREOCCUPIED MOLLUSCAN NAMES (GENERIC AND)
SPECIFIC).

By G. K. Gupr, F.Z.S.
Read 10th January, 1913.

On some former occasions I have already pointed out that in |
several cases molluscan nomenclature required revision, and these »
Proceedings have been made the channel for publishing the results +
of my investigations.

In the course of my further work upon European Tertiary non-
marine mollusca in the Collection of the British Museum I have »
recently come across some additional instances which it has been
thought desirable to place on record.

The first case is that of Diana, a section of Pyrgula, proposed by
Clessin in 1878,! the type being Pyrgula Thiesseana, Clessin,*? from
Greece.

The name Diana having already been employed on two previous
occasions, i.e. by Risso, 1826, in Pisces, and by Lapparent and Gory,
1837, in Coleoptera, a new designation becomes necessary. While
following brusina® in according it generic rank, I propose to modify
the name to Dianella, nom. mut.

The other cases referred to are specific names.

In 1838 Kichwald‘ described a shell from the Caspian Sea under
the name of Paludina pusilla, which later® he figured. Some shells
of this species having been acquired by the British Museum from
a Miocene (Pontian) deposit in the Island of Tcheleken, Caspian Sea,
I discovered, in looking up the literature of the species, that Basterot
in 1825 © referred a species from the Eocene (Bartonian), previously
described by Brard? as Bulimus pusillus, to the genus Paludina, in
which course he was followed by Deshayes.$ Eichwald’s name not
being available for the Caspian form, especially since both this and
the French shell are referable to Paludestrina, I propose to change
the former to Paludestrina Newtoni, nom. mut. In associating with
this species the name of our esteemed President, I desire to express
my appreciation of the invariable courtesy I have received at his
hands, and of the readiness, shown on so many occasions, with which
he has placed his extensive knowledge, both stratigraphical and
paleontological, at my disposal.

The next species to be dealt with is Paludina ovata, Dunker,’

Malak. Blatter, vol. xxv, p. 127.

Loe. cit., p. 127, pl. v, fig. 8.

Icon. Moll. foss. tert. Hungarie, etc., 1902, expl. pl. vii, figs. 33-8.
Bull. Soc. Imp. Naturw. Moscow, 1838, p. 153.

° Faune Caspio-Caucasica, 1841, p. 204, pl. xxxviii, figs. 12, 18.

® Mém. Soc. Hist. Nat. Paris, vol. ii, p. 31.

7 Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, vol. xv, p. 377, pl. xxiii, fig. 3, 1810.

8 Deser. Coq. foss. Env. Paris, vol. ii, p. 134, pl. xvi, figs. 3, 4, 1825.
® Paleontogr., vol. i, p. 159, pl. xxi, figs. 10, 11, 1848.

1
2
3
4

GUDE: ON SOME PREOCCUPIED NAMES. 293

occurring in the Miocene (Tortonian) strata of Bavaria. Bouillet?
having twelve years previously published a Paludina ovata which he
states forms beds several feet thick at Puy de Marman, Veyre,
Department Puy de Dome, and occurs in a much older formation—
Oligocene (Stampian), I would suggest for the more recent form the
specific name Dunkert in lieu. Sandberger* placed it in the genus
Bithynia, a view coinciding with my own, and the shell will therefore
bear the name Bithynia Dunkerv, nom. mut.

The last species to require renaming is Cardium suleatinum,
Deshayes,? 1838, not Cardium sulcatinum, Lamarck,! 1819. It is
somewhat remarkable that Deshayes in applying this specific name
overlooked the fact that it had already been used by Lamarck for
another species, the more so since he himself edited a later edition
of Lamarck’s work, vol. vi (containing C. suleatinum) being dated 1835.
That the two forms are specifically distinct may at the outset be
assumed from the fact that Deshayes makes no reference to Lamarck’s
specific name, an assumption which receives confirmation from
Lamarck’s note to the effect that his species is allied to Cardium
suleatum, Lam. = C. oblongum, Chemn.

Andrusov places the Crimean shell in the genus Didacna,*> and
I have much pleasure in coupling the name of the Russian savant
with Deshayes’ species: Didaena Andrusovi, nom. mut.

Cat. Esp. Moll. Auvergne, in Ann. Sci. Acad. Sci. Clermont-Ferrand,
tom. viii, p. 145 (1835), 1836.

* Land und Siissw. Conch. Vorwelt, 1875, p. 560, pl. xxviii, fig. 17.

Mém. Soe. géol. France, vol. iii, p. 53, pl. ii, figs. 3-5. Miocene (Sarmatian—
Pontian) : Kertch, Crimea.

Anim. sans Vert., vol. vi, pt. i, p. 18.

Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci., St. Petersburg, ser. VIII, vol. xxv, No.8, p. 22,1910.

ao

ao

294

A COLLATION OF THE MOLLUSCAN PARTS OF THE SYNOPSES
OF THE CONTENTS OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM, 1838-1845.

By ‘Tom Irepate.
Read 10th January, 1913.

I wAvE had occasion in this periodical to point out that some of the
generic names commonly cited as ‘‘Gray 1840”, and a reference
given to the ‘‘Synops. Brit. Mus.”’, could not be referred to that
date, since apparently the new names there mentioned were nomina
nuda. My friend Mr. Charles Hedley admitted that he had never seen
the book, on account of its rarity. In a recent letter to me Dr.W.H.
Dall wrote: ‘‘ Much trouble would have been saved if we had only
had a copy of Gray’s 1840 Synopsis on this side of the water.
I never got even a sight of it.””. Such information indicated the
necessity of an endeavour to terminate the uncertainty surrounding
this work. The best means of publicity seemed to be the reproduction
in these Proceedings of the few pages dealing with Mollusca.

Upon investigation I found that Mr. C. Davies Sherborn had
carefully noted all the new names as nomina nuda, and that these
were catalogued and available to workers at the British Museum
(Natural History). This paper, however, is written for the benefit
of extra-London workers, for Mr. Sherborn’s much-desired second
volume will not be ready for publication for some time.

Under the title ‘‘ Synopsis of the Contents of the British Museum ”’
booklets were issued, apparently at irregular intervals, between the
years 1808 and 1856, running into sixty-three editions. These
covered the whole of the subjects in the British Museum, and their
scope can be estimated by the warning given on the inside of the
title-page. Thisreads: ‘‘ The public are apprised that this Synopsis is
merely intended for the use of persons who take a cursory view of the
Museum.” The result of this notice is seen in the fact that of the
1840 Synopsis I have only heard of the existence of two copies, one
at the old British Museum, and the other at the Natural History
branch at South Kensington.

In the thirty-sixth edition, dated 1838, the matter relating to
molluscs reads in this style: ‘‘ Cases 3 and 4 contain the shells of
those Gasteropodous Mollusca that have the branchiz similar to the
former... They generally have a fringe on each side of their body,
as the genera Zrochus, Monodonta, and Haliotis.”” No new names
are introduced, and the booklet has no interest to the systematist.

In the thirty-seventh edition, also dated 1838, the subject is more
fully dealt with. Thus: ‘*The Gasteropoda are divided into orders
according to the form of their respiratory organs. The greater
number of those furnished with shells have comb-like gills placed
over the back of the neck. -They are culled Cteno-branchiata .. .
Cases 5, 6, 7 contain the family of the Strombide, which are
peculiar for having a sinus formed by the head of the animal, and
placed on the side of the canal, as the true Strombus, Pteroceras,

IREDALE: SYNOPSES CONTENTS BRITISH MUSEUM, 295

Rostellaria, Aporrhais, and Struthiolaria.”’ This method is followed
throughout, similar notes being given about the families admitted.
I do not see any new names, however, but I noted a few misspellings
as Truneatella, Gaster optera, Syphonaria, and Namnia (? for Nanina).
This account is signed by J. G. Children.

The thirty -eighth (1839), thirty-ninth (1839), and fortieth (1840)
editions agree in detail, even the misspellings remaining unaltered.

It is obvious that these also have no systematic value.

In the forty-first edition there is no matter about shells, a note
being given on p. 53 to the following effect :—

‘CT WELFIH AND THIRTEENTH Rooms.

‘“The first of these Apartments, till lately, held the Collections of
British Birds and British Shells, with a small assemblage of Birds’
Eggs. ‘These have been removed, and with the general collection of
Birds and Shells, which filled the Thirteenth Koom, are now in
progress of rearrangement in the East Gallery.”

The forty-second edition, dated 1840, is the important one, since
the preliminary account, although after the manner of the preceding,
is somewhat more fully rewritten, and contains a few new generic
names with scant remarks diagnostic of them. Appended, however,
is a general classification, which is here reprinted.

While engaged upon editing this paper, Mr. Edgar A. Smith
consulted another copy of the ‘“ forty-second edition” dated ‘‘ 1840”.
This copy, preserved in the Library of the Zoological Department at
the Natural History branch, differs from the one just noted in that
in the preliminary account whole paragraphs concerning families not
separated in the former are here inserted, whilst the classification
following is much amplified, many additional genera occurring, but,
as far as I can observe, only one new one, viz. Livona. ‘Two obvious
misprints were noted: p. 151, Ringula (= "Ringicula), and p. 153, Papa
(= Pupa). The pagination ‘of course differs, the tables occupying
pp. 150-6. The tables are signed at the end ‘John Edward Gray,
Nov. 4, 1840”. I propose to refer to this copy in the succeeding
notes as 1840.

“The following Tables exhibit the series of genera of Mollusca at
one view”’:

p. 146. Rostellaria, 2b. Fusus, 8.

Terebellum, 2b. Pyrula, 8.
Tritonium, 8.

Sub-kingdom :

MOLLUSCA. Family 2: Muricide. Struthiolaria, 8.
Class I: a. Ranella, 3a. Aporhais, 8.
Triton, 30, 4. d.* Lathirus.
GASTEROPODA. Persona’, 4. Polygona.
Section I: Apollon, 4. Turbinellus.
Crenoprancuiata, 2 Murex, 4c. Cynodonta.
Brontes, 4. Fasciolaria.
Order I: ZOOPHAGA. Chicoreus, 4d, 5. Cancellaria.

; : Typhis, 6 : pc
Family 1: Strombide. a Bete ato: 7. Family 3: Buccinide.

Strombus, 1. Clavatula, 7. a. Cassis.
Pteroceras, 2a—b. Conus, 7. Cassidaria.

VOL. X.—MARCH, 1913. 20

296 PROCEEDINGS OF THE

p. 147.
Oniscia.
Dolium.

b. Harpa.
Purpura.
Monoceros.
Planaxis.
Quoyia.
Concholepas.
Ricinula.
Magilus.
Leptoconchus.
Buccinum.
Terebra.
Nassa.

Phos.
Bullia.
Cyllene.
Oliva.
Ancilla.
Eburna.

Family 4: Volutide.
Cymbium.
Voluta.
Mitra.
Volvaria.
Imbricaria.
Marginella.
Persicula.

Family 5: Cypreade.
Cypreea.
Cyprovula.
Trivia.
Erato.
Ovula.
Coriocella.

Order IL: PHYTOPHAGA.

1. Podophthalma.
Family 1: Turbinide.
Turbo.
Batilla.
Imperator.
Trochiscus.
Phasianella.
*Thicolia.
Family 2: Trochide.
Pyramis.
*Cardinalia.
Trochus.
*Polyodon.
*Clangulus.
Phorcus.
*Ziziphinus.
Canthiridus.
*Thalotia.
Monodonta.

*Gibbium.
Gibbula.
Rotella.

*Talopia.

*Camitia.
Delphinula.

Family 3: Stomatellide.

Stomatella.

*Gena.

Family 4: Haliotide.

Stomatia.
Haliotis.
Padollus.

*Deriobranchus.
Scissurella.
Pleurotomaria.

Family 5: Fisswrellide.

Parmophorus.
Emarginula.
Diodora.
Fissurella.
Macrochisma.
*Pupillia.
*Lucapina.
Fissurellidia.
Family 6: Neritide.
Nerita.
Pileolus.
*Culana.
Neritina.
Clithon.
*Dostia.
Velates.
Navicella.

Family 7:
Ampullariade.
Ampullaria.
*Marisca.
Lanistes.
Asolene.
Ampulloidea.

Family 8: lanthinide.

Tanthina.

Family 9: Atlantide.
Atlanta.
Helicoplegma.

*Helicophora.

2. Hriophthalma.
Family 1: Naticide.
Natica.
Neverita.
Nacea.
*Cepatia.
Mammilla.

MALACOLOGICAL

SOCIETY.

*Cernina.
Globulus.
Naticina.
Cryptostoma.
Stylina ?

*Radula ?

Family 2: Melaniade.
Littorina.
Hydrobia.

*“Amnicola.
Assiminea.
Lithoglyphus.

*Risella.
Nematura.
Paludestrina.
Lacuna.

*Medoria.

*Niomia.
Merria.

*Fossar.
Pagodus.

*Modulus.
Solarium ?

*Torinia.
Bifrontia.
Turritella.
Haustator.

*Zaria.

*Mesalia.

*Eglisia.
Eulima.

*Nisso.

*Bacalia.
Rissoa.

*Nectia.

*Turbonella.

p. 148.
Rissoina.
Chemnitzia.

*Tania.
Vibex.
Melania.

*Thaira.
Pachystoma.

*Lampania.

*Potamia.
Proto.
Pyrena.
Anculosa.

To.

Melanopsis.
Potamides.
Tympanotomus.
Telescopium.

*Pyraze.
Vertagus.

IREDALE ¢

Cerithium.
Ceriphasia ?
Acione.
Scalaria.
Clathrus:
*Cyclotrema.
Cornu ?

Family 3:
Truncatellide.
Truneatella.

Family 4: Paludinide.

Paludina.
Meladomus.
Bithinia.
Family 5:
Pyramidellide.
Pyramidella.
Odostomia ?
Nerinea ?
Family 6:
Tornatellide.
Tornatella.
Solidula.
*Cinulia.
Monotygma.
Section II:
HETEROBRANCHIATA.

Order III:
PLEUROBRANCHIATA.

Family 1: Bullide.
Bulla.
Bullea.
Acera.
Doridium.
Gasteropteron.
Family 2: Aplysiade.
Aplysia.
Dolabella.
Notarchus.

Family 3: Umbrellide.

Umbrella.
Tylodina.
Family 4:
Pleurobranchide.
Pleurobranchus.
Berthella.
Pleurobranchia.
Family 5:
Pterotracheide.
Pterotrachea.
Firola.
Carinaria.

SYNOPSES CONTENTS BRITISH MUSEUM.

Argonauta.
Bellerophon.

Order IV:
GYMNOBRANCHIATA.

Family 1: Doride.
Doris.
Hexabranchus.
Asteronotus.
Dendroris.
Glossodoris.
Actinodoris.
Pterodoris.
Actinocyclus.
Onchidoris.

*Brachychlamys.
Polycera.
Villiersia.
Plocamophorus.

*Cladophora.
Triopa.

Idalia.
Dimorpha.
Thecathera.

Family 2: Tritonide.

a. Glaueus.

Laniogerus.

Eolida.

Eolidia.

*Styliger.

Phyllodesmium.

Flabellina.

Bursiris.

Cavolinia.

Calliopea.

*Liopa.

.*Tethya.

*Malybe.

Melibzxa.
Scylleea.
Tritonia.

*Dota.

Eubranchus.

Montagua.

Duyaucelia ?

Tergipes.

o

Family 3:
Placobranchide.
Placobranchus.
Acteon.

Family 4: Phyllidiade.

Phyllidia.

Diphyllidia.
Family 5: Patellide.

Patella.

Patina.

Helcion.

297

Nacella.
*Lepeta.

Family 6: Chitonide.

a. Chiton.
Acanthopleura.

*Tonichia.

b.* Acanthochetes.
Chitonellus.
Cryptoconchus.

*Amicula.

Order V:
PNEUMONOBRANCHIATA.
Family 1: Arionide.
a. Arion.

Phosphorax.
b. Helicarion.
c. Nanina.

p- 149.

Stenopus.

d. Zonites.

Family 2: Helicide.

a. Limacellus.
Scutelligera.
Mehimatium.

b. Limax.

c. Parmacellus.
Cryptella.
*Pectella.
Vitrina.
Helicolimax.
Omalonyx.

d. Plectrophorus.

e. Testacellus.

f. Helix.
Streptaxis.
Anostoma.
Helicodonta.
Polydontes.
Pleurodontua.
Dentellaria.
Carocolla.
Iberus.
Chilotrema.
*Odontostylus.
Helicophanta.
Tapada.
Amphibulina.
*Epistylium.
Mesomphyx.
Proserpina.
Delomphalus.
Hyalina.

g. Bulimus.
Clausilia.

298

Siphonostoma.
Bulimulus.
Succinea.

h. Achatina.
Macrospira.
Achatinella.

Family 3:

Veronicellide.
Veronicella.

Family 4: Onchidiade.

Onchidium.
Onchis.
Peronia.
Family 5: Awriculide.
Auricula.
Melampus.
*Sidula.
*Tralia.
*Detracia.
Pedipes.
Marinula.
Ovatella.
*TLeuconia.
Scarabus.
Chilina (*Ida).
Carychium.
Acme.

Family 6: Limneade.

Limnea.
Amphipeplea.
Physa.
*Diastropha.
Aphlexus.
Planorbis.
Segmentina.
Ancylus.
*Velletia.

Family 7: Amphibolide.
Amphibola.
Family 8:
Siphonariade.
Siphonaria.

Family 9: Gadiniade.

Gadinia.
Sormetus.

Family 10:
Cyclostonnde.

a. Cyclostoma.
*Licina.
*Poteria.
*Leonia.

. Annularia.
*Bolania.

=

PROCEEDINGS OF THE

Cyclotus.
Pterocyclos.
Strophostoma.

c. *Realia.
Megalomastoma.

d.* Callia.

e. Pupina.
Registoma.

f. Pomatias.

Family 11: Helicinide.

Helicina.
Lucidella.
Aleadia.

Class II:
CONCHIFERA.
Order 1: PHYLLOPODA.

Family 1: Veneride.

a. Artemis.

b. Cytherea.
Meroe.
Gratelupia.
Trigona.
Chione.
Circe.

*Dorsina.
Mercenaria.
‘Anomalocardia.
Cyprina.
Tapes.
Venerupis.
*Clementia.

Family 2: Cyrenide.

a. Cyrena.
*Geloina.
*Velorita.

b. Cyclas.

c. Pisidium.

Family 3: Cardiade.
Cardium.
Hemicardium.

Conocardium.
Lichas ?

Family 4: Mactride.
Mactra.
Schizodesma.
Spisula.

*Cypricia.
Lutraria.
Cryptodon.
Mulinia.
Gnathodon.

MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Family 5:
Mesodesmide.
Mesodesma.
Donacilla.
Anapa.

p. 150.
Family 6: Tellinide.

a. Psammobia.
Psammotea.

b. Tellina.
*Macroma.
Arcopagia.
*Strigella.

c. Ligula.
Semele.
Cumingia.

d. Petricola.
Clotho.

e. Mysia.

f. Donax.

Hecuba.
Cuneus.
Latona.
Iphigenia.
Capsa.
Galathea.

Order Il: CLADOPODA.
Family 1: Pholade.

Pholas.
*Barnia.
*Zirfea.
*Mactresia.
*Talona.

Xylotrya.
*Guetera.

Touannetia.

Teredina.

Teredo.
*Bankia.
*Kuphus.

Family 2:
Gastrochenade.
Aspergillum.

*Foegia.

“Bryopa.
Clavagella.
Fistulana.
Gastrocheena.
Septaria ?

Family 3: Solenide.

Solen.

Ensis.
*Pharus.

Cultellus.

Solecurtus.

Panopea.

Glycimeris.
~— *Ctenoconcha.

Family 4: Anatinide.

a. Auriscalpium.
Periploma.
Cochlodesma.
*Hemicyclostoma.

b. Thracia.

c. Lyonsia.
*Myodora.

d. Chamostrea.
Myochama.

Family 5: Myade.

Mya.
Platyodon.
Spheenia.

Family [6]: Corbulide.

Corbula.
* Azar.
Lentidium.
*Neara.
Family 7: Pandoride.
Pandora.

Family 8: Solenomyade.

Solenomya.

Family 9: Galeomnude.

Galeomma.

Family 10: Saxicavide.

Saxicava.
Hiatella.

Order III: GOnNIOPODA.

Family 1: Chamide.

Chama.
Arcinella.
Diceras.
Caprina ?

Family 2: Htheriade.

Etheria.
Mulleria ?

Family 3: Carditide.
Cardita.
*Jesonia.
*Aoaria.
Venericardia.
*Ophis.
Myoconcha.

IREDALE :

SYNOPSES CONTENTS BRITISH MUSEUM.

Family 4: Crassinide.

Astarte.

Goodallia.

Nicania.
*Ginorga.

Family5: Crassatellide.

Crassatella.

Family 6: Isocardiade.

Tsocardia.
Family 7: Lucinide.
a. Lucina.

Semele.

Diplodonta.

Cyrenella.

Myrtea.

Corbis.

Mysia.

6 Loripes.

Ungulina.
c. *Lenticularia.

*Verticordia.

Thetis.

Family 8: Unionide.

Anodon.
Margaritana.
Alasmodon.
*Damaris.
Unio.
*Heterodon.
Dipsas.
*Monocondyla.

Family 9: Inidinide.
Tridina.
*Leila.
Pleiodon.
Hyria.
Castalia.

Family 10:
Mycetopodide.

Mycetopus.

Family 11: Trigomade.

les
Trigonia.

p» Lol:

Family 12: Arcade.
a. Area.

*Titharea.

*Senilia.
b. Cucullea.

Trisis.

*Barbatia.

299

c. “Noetia.
*Argina.
*Licarea.

Pectunculus.
Trigonocelia.
*Cannabina.
d.*Limnopsis.
e. Nucula.
Leda.

OrderIV: POGONOPODA.
Family 1: Tridacnide.

Tridacna.
Hippopus.

Family 2: Dreissenide.
Dreissena.
Congeria.
Mytilimeria.

Family 3: Mytilide.
Mytilus.
Modiola.

Family 4: Crenellide.
Crenella.
*Modiolarca.

Family 5: Puuude.

Pinna.
“Atrina.

Family 6: Aviculide.
a. Malleus.
Vulsella (Reniella).
Avicula.
Margarita.
Pterynea.
Monotis.
*Wolfataria.
Posidonia.

b. Crenatula.
*Dalacia.
Inoceramus.
Catillus.
Pachymya.

Perna.

c. Gervillia.

Order V: MICROPODA.

Family 1: Pectinide.
a. Pecten.
Pallium.
Janira.
Amusium.
Neithwa.
*Pycnodonte.
b. Lima.
Plagiostoma.

3800 PROCEEDINGS OF

*Limacula.
c. Pedum.

Family 2: Spondylide.

Spondylus.
Pachytos.
Podopsis.
Dianchora.
Plicatula.
Hinnites.
Harpax.

Family 3: Ostreide.
Ostrea.
Gryphea.
Exogyra.
Alectryonia.

*Plectronia.

Carolia.
Mulleria.

Family 4: Placunide.
Placuna.

Family 5: Anomiade.
Anomia.

Placunanomia.
Pododesmus.

Class III:
BRACHIOPODA.

Family 1: Lingulide.
Lingula.

Family 2: Terebratulide.

a. Terebratula.
b. Spirifer.

Family 3: Productide.

Productus.
Calceola ?

Family 4: Thecideide.

Thecidea.

Family 5: Craniade.
Crania.

Family 6: Discinide.
Discina.

October 16, 1840.

Class IV:
PTEROPODA.

Order I: THECOSOMATA.

Family 1: Cleodoride.

a. Hyalea.
*Diacria.

b. Cleodora.
Balantium.
Pleuropus.
Vaginella.
Creseis.
Brochus.
Psyche.
Euribia.

Family 2: Liumacinide.

Limacina.

Family 3: Cuvieride.
Cuvieria.
*Tripteres.

Family 4: Cymbuliade.

Cymbulia.

Order 2:
GYMNOSOMATA.
Family 1:
Pnewmodermide.

Pneumodermon.
Spongobranchia.
Trichocyclus.

Family 2: Cymodoceade.

Cymodocea.
Family 3: Clionide.
Clio.

p. 152.
Class V:
CEPHALOPODA.

Order 1: SEPIOPHORA.
Family 1: Octopodide.
Ocythoe.
Octopus.
Eledona.
Philonexus.

THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Family 2: Sepiade.
Sepiola.
Onychoteuthis.

*Peratoptera.
Ommostrephes.
Loligopsis.
Cranchia.
Loligo.
Sepioteuthis.
Sepia.
Beloptera.

?Family3: Belemmtide.

Belemnites.
Belemnosepia.

Family 4: Spirulide.
Spirula.

Family 5: Anunonitide.
Ammonites.
Planites.

Globites.
Crioceratites.
Cyrtoceras.
Clymene.
Scaphites.
Hamites.
Turrilites.
Baculites.

Order II:
NAUTILOPHORA.
Family 1: Nautilide.
Omphalia.
Nautilus.
Lituites.
“Orthostoma.
Gyroceratites.
Orthoceras.
Conoceras.
*Cyrtolites.
Actinoceras.

Family 2: Goniatida.
*Phragmolites.

’ Ceratites.
Goniatites.

JOHN EDWARD GRAY.

The names which were new to science in the preceding list I have
marked with an asterisk, but it will be obvious to every student
that these cannot be treated otherwise than as nomina nuda, and
must date from some later introduction.

In the forty-third edition, dated 1841, the same general account of
the Mollusca is given as in 1840a, and a list follows, the note at the

IREDALE: SYNOPSES CONTENTS BRITISH MUSEUM. 301

commencement reading: ‘‘ The following List exhibits the series of
genera of Mollusca at one view, and the numbers indicate the ‘lable
Cases in this Gallery, in which the genera in the collection are placed.”
The succeeding list extends from. pp. 124-80, and almost exactly
agrees with the 18404 list. :

The forty-fourth edition, dated 1842, however, presents a trouble-
some complication. The general account is entirely rewritten, and
diagnostic remarks are given of the genera, including most of those
indicated as new in the forty-second edition, and an extended list
follows. The remarks appear to me to be insufficient to establish the
names, but in order that they may be fairly considered I reproduce
them on pp. 3802-9.

The forty-fifth edition was published in 1843, and on p. 10 the
following note appears: ‘‘ For an explanation of the method on
which the Zoological Calteacins is arranged, and a list of the genera,
see a small work ‘called the ‘Guide to the Zoological Collection’
sold in the Hall, where may also be had a ‘List of the Species
of Mammalia’, Sen the Synonymes.”’

Herein the matter relating to the ‘‘ Shells of Molluscous Animals”
is reduced to 4} pages, and the list is omitted. The subject
is rewritten very briefly in the following manner: ‘Table 17.
The Top Shells (Zrochus) and their allied genera, as the pyramid
(Pyramis). The rosary (Clangulus Pharaonicus). The jujube berry
(Trochus Ziziphorus). The iris or rainbow eardrop ( Cantherus Iris),
from New Zealand. The button shell (Rotella lineolata). The
strawberry (onodonta). The gold button (Livona aurea), which is
peculiar for the light golden colour of the pearl. The dolphin
(Delphinula).” This is exactly repeated in the forty-sixth edition
(published in 1844), which contains none of the names credited by
Gray himself to ‘‘1844”’. In the forty-fourth to the sixty-third
(the last) editions there is nothing relating to the systematic study
of Molluses worthy of note.

It has now been shown that the forty-fourth edition, published in
1842, is the most important one, and needs careful consideration.
It is also obvious that the diagnoses there given cannot be literally
accepted, as most of them are merely comparative ones, and the fact
must not be overlooked that Gray used many of the common generic
names in a different sense to that hereafter assigned to them. ‘Thus
in the Proc. Zool. Soc. article we are told, for instance, that Vermetus,
Gray, 1840, was not Vermetus, Adanson; Entalis not Entalis, Detrance;
Ovatilla not Ovatilla, Bivon.; Potamides not Potamides, Brongn. ; and
Clathrus not Clathrus, Oken, 1815.

It is on account of such difficulties that I would advocate the
rejection of the whole of the names used in this edition, and date
them all from 1847; but, as this is simply an individual opinion,
I am giving the Shale of the diagnoses so that this matter may now
be fully discussed, and a definite policy of rejection or acceptance
adopted. There appear to be few alterations necessary through the
adoption of the former policy, which seems to me to best favour
accuracy.

302 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

In the Proe. Zool. Soc. (Lond.), 1847, p. 129 et seq., a paper wag
published entitled ‘‘A List of the Genera of Recent Mollusca, their
Synonyma and'l'ypes by J. E. Gray”. In the introduction is written :
‘©T have been induced to send it in its present state, as I am con-
stantly requested by both English and continental conchologists to
supply them with copies of the Synopsis of the British Museum for
1838, 1840, 1842, and 1844, which contains a list of the genera of
Mollusea, and which is now out of print, and also often to give them
information with regard to the authorities for the several genera
contained in that list, which shows that there is an evident want of
some recent information on this subject. ... ‘The arrangement
followed is that which was proposed in the Synopsis of the Contents
of the British Museum for 1838, and which has been gradually
modified in the different editions as I have become better acquainted
with the animals of the different genera.”’

It is this list which brought into prominence the ‘‘ Synopsis”
names, these being there quoted as ‘‘Gray Syn. 1840”, Syn. B.M.”,
“$.B.M.”, or simply ‘Gray 1840”. I have therefore carefully
gone through that list, and taken out all the names Gray there credited
to himself as introduced in the Synopsis. As usual in all of (rray’s
work discrepancies are at once evident, names being given which do
not appear in the Synopsis, and some I have noticed as new in the
Synopsis are not included in the 1847 list. Further, Gray constantly
quotes 1844, and generally after this a number. This shows great
carelessness, since all these 1844 references, and there are many,
should be 1842, where the number given agrees with the page on which
the genus is diagnosed. It has been suggested that an alphabetical list
would prove serviceable, and therefore I tabulate the names on that
method and give after each its definition which appeared in 1840 or
1842, or the disposal of it in 1847, according to the Proc. Zool. Soe.
article.

Acanthochetes, 1840. 1847. Acanthochites, Risso.

Agaria, 1840. In 1847 type is given as Chama Agar.

Aleadia, 1840, p. 130. 1840, p. 184. ‘‘ The Helieine have a simple
mouth. Alcadia differs in having a slit in front of the mouth,
into which is fitted the tooth-like process of the operculum.”

Amathina, 1842. 1842, p. 63. ‘The Amathina differ from Capulus
in having three or more strong longitudinal ridges in front.”

Amicula, 1840, p. 123. 1840a, p. 127. ‘* Acanthochetes is peculiar
for having a bundle of bristles placed on each side of the valves;
and Chitonellus and Amicula only differ in having the valves
nearly hidden in the mantle of the animals.”

Amnicola, 1840. 1847. Amnicola sp., Anthony.

Anapa, 1840. In 1847 quoted as Anapa, Gray, 1844, and type
given as Hrycina petitiana.

Argina, 1840. 1842, p.81. “. . . and Arginaare ovate, subcordate,
convex shells with a crenated margin, and the front group of
teeth small and roundish: the hinge teeth are all equally
transverse.”’

IREDALE: SYNOPSES CONTENTS BRITISH MUSEUM. 308

*Atrina, 1840. 1842, p. 83. ‘*The Pinna have an elongated shell
with a longitudinal crack filled with a cartilage in the middle
of each valve, and Af¢rina are shorter shells without any such
erack.”

Azar, 1840. In the Proc. Zool. Soc. 1847, on p. 186, Azor, Leach,
MSS. 1819, is included with type Solen vespertinus. On p. 189,
Azor, Leach, MSS. 1819, is again included with type Solen
antiquatus. Its usage in connexion with the latter species needs
investigation.

Bacalia, 1840. Does not seem to be further mentioned by Gray,
either in 1842 or 1847. H. & A. Adams (Gen. Rec. Moll.,
vol. i, p. 812, 1854) quote it as a synonym of Littorina, a con-
clusion which its position in the previous tables (between
Nisso, = Niso, and Rissoa) would not have suggested.

Bankia, 1840. 1842, p. 76. ‘In Bankia they [the pallets of
Teredo | are elongated, and formed of small cones one within the
other, looking somewhat lke a quill.”

Barbatia, 1840. 1842, p. 81. ‘* The Barbatia are elongated shells,
covered with a hairy periostraca; the teeth on the middle of the
line are small, of the ends large and oblique.”

Barnia, 1840. 1842, p. 76. ‘‘ Pholas has an elongated shell with
three pieces on the back. The Barnia has only one piece, and
the Zirfea are short shells with very large gapes at each end,
and no distinct dorsal pieces. ‘The J/artesia, when the animal
arrives at full size, closes up the gape in front of the shell with
a shelly plate, and the dorsal ligament is covered with a large
shield-like convex plate. The Zalona differ from the latter in
being longer, and in the back margin being reflected, and only
furnished with two small back pieces.”

Bolania, 1840. Not further mentioned, either in 1842 or 1847.

Brachychlamys, 1840. 1847. Brachychlanis, Ehr.

Bryopa, 1840. 1842, p. 77. ‘The Bryope, which are only known
in a fossil state, appear to have lived in sand like the Asper-
gillum, for the tubes are of a regular club shape with a fringe of
small tubes round the disk.”

Callia, 1840, p.129. 1840a, p. 183. ‘The Callie have a peculiarly
polished shell very like the former [ Pupina], but they want the
groove.”

Camitia, 1840. 1842, p.57. ‘‘The Zalopia are like the Rotella;
the shell is striated and umbilicated, the umbilicus being edged
with a striated callus edge, which in Camitia is so large as
nearly to hide it.”

Cannabina, 1840. 1847. ? Cannabina, Gray, 1840. No type or
further information given.

Cardinalia, 1840. 1842, p. 56. ‘In Pyramis the front of the
inner lip has a slight canal, and in Cardinalia it appears
notched.” :

Cepatia, 1840. 1842, p. 60. ‘*The operculum of WVatica is simply
horny ; Cepatia differs in the axis being covered with a large
callosity. J/ammiila chiefly differs from the latter in the axis

304 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

of the shell being covered with a large callosity, and Naticaria
in having a thin oblong shell with a large oblong mouth and
a thin inner lip. Cernina is imperforated with a large mouth,
and the inner lip callous.”

In 1847 Gray informs us that Mammilla, Gray, 1840 =
Polinices, Montf., 1810; and Naticaria, Gray, 1840 = Mammilla,
Schum., 1817.

Cernina, 1840. See preceding note.

Cinulia, 1840. 1842, p. 62. ‘The Cinulia are like the Tornatella
with two plaits, and the outer lip is thickened externally.”

Cladophora, 1840. In 1847 given as a synonym of Zriopa, Johnst.,
1838; and Liopa, Gray, 1840, quoted as a misprint for this
name, though the two names are given in different families.

Clangulus, 1840. 1847. Clanculus, Montf.

Clementia, 1840. 1842, p. 75. ‘The Zapes and Venerupes have
oblong shells with very compressed teeth, and the Clementia are
like the latter, but are very thin, and have a cavity in the margin
before and behind the teeth.”

Clenoconcha, 1840, p. 185. 1840, p. 189. ‘* Ctenoconcha, which has
many characters in common with the Solens, has the teeth like
Nucula, but it has an external cartilage.”

Culana, 1840. 1842, p. 58. ‘‘The Pvleoli are [fossil] shells of
a conical form with a circular base; the inner lip is expanded as
far back as the hinder edge of the whorls, forming an edge to
the base. The Culane differ in being oblong and rather convex
beneath.”

Cyclotrema, 1840. 1847. Cyelostrema.

Cypricia, 1840. In 1847 given as of Gray 1837, but I have not
found any reference of that date. The type is given as
M. anatina, and Labiosa, Schmidt MSS., Moller, 1832, “cited as
coequal.

Dalacia, 1840. 1842, p. 83. ‘The Dalacta are like the Crenatula,
but have the umbo some distance from the front of the hinge
margin instead of quite at the angle.”

Damaris, 1840, p. 38. 18404, p. 142. “In Unio, Damaris, ete., it
has lateral teeth of different degrees of development and form, so
that they sometimes resemble cardinal ones.’

Deriobranchus, 1840. 1847. Deridobranchus, Ehr.

Detracia, 1840. In 1847 type is given as Vol. bull@oides.

Diacria, 1840. 1842, p. 86. ‘In some [ Cleodorid@ | there are lateral
slits in the sides of the shell which are interrupted in front in
the globular shells of the Hyalea, and continued to the mouth in
the elongate Diacria.”’

Diastropha, 1840. In 1847 quoted as Diastrophia, Guild., Gray, and
type given as Ph. Guildingit.

Dorsina, 1840. 1847. Dosinia.

Dostia, 1840. 1842, p. 58. ‘The Dostie differ [from Clithon] in
having a nearly symmetrical shell with only the rudiment of
a spire, and the inner lip, like Weritina, is only denticulated.”’

Dota, 1840. 1847. Doto, Oken, 1815.

IREDALE: SYNOPSES CONTENTS BRITISH MUSEUM. 305

Eglisia, 1840. 1842, p. 60. ‘ The Turritelle are turreted and
marine; the mouth of the shell is squarish and the operculum
orbicular, many whorled. The /Zaustators chiefly differ in the
outer lip being marked with a deep notch leaving a groove
on the whorls. The Zaria has an ovate mouth rather produced
in front [p. 61]. Jfesalia is very like the former, but the mouth
is round and produced into a slight canal in front, and the front
of the inner lip is slightly twisted. glis¢a has a round mouth
with the outer lp rather thickened internally.” In the
Proc. Zool. Soc., 1847, Gray introduced a new name Zoreula
for Haustator, Gray, 1840, not Montfort, 1810.

Epistylium, 1840, p.125. 18404, p.129. ‘The true Helices, Helico-
donta, etc., have the peristoma of the shell thickened, while the
Helicophanta, Epistylium, and Proserpina have it thin and sharp.”

Fegia, 1840. 1842, p. 77. (Compared with Aspergillum.) ‘In
Fegia the lower end is irregular, with scattered tubes, and
destitute of any fringe.”

Fossar, 1840. In 1847 Forsar is printed, but corrected in the errata.
Type given, Helix ambigua, Linn. (= Natica ( fosar), Adans., 1757).

Gasterosiphone, 1842. 1842, p.88. ‘ Insome of them[{ Belemnitide |,
as Gastrosiphone, the syphon is in the front.”

Geloina, 1840. 1842, p. 75. ‘The Cyrene have three teeth in
each valve, and the compressed lateral teeth striated across.
The Geloina differ in the lateral teeth being smooth, and the
Velorita has a short thick anterior lateral tooth close to the large
cardinal ones.”

Gena, 1840. 1842, p.51. ‘The Gene are thin, oblong, ear-shaped
shells, with a very large animal and no operculum.”

Gibbium, 1840. 1842, p.57. ‘*The Gibbium have a depressed top-
shaped shell with perforated axes.”

Ginorga, 1840. Not further mentioned, either in 1842 or 1847.

Guetera, 1840. In 1847 the type is given as Fist. corniformis.

Harlea, 1842. 1842, p. 78. ‘‘ The Harlea are oblong, subquadrate,
thin shells, with a sharp keel from the umbo and conical hinge
teeth.”

Hatina, 1842. 1842, p. 62. ‘The Biving have an orbicular spiral
operculum with an oblong lateral scar, like the Zrochi. The
Vermilia has the mouth of the tube surrounded by three spines,
and the Hatina has no operculum.”

Helicophora, 1840. 1842, p. 59. ‘The Helicophore always have
oblong spiral unkeeled shells with an entire mouth.”

Hemicyclostoma, 1840. 1847 = Hemicyclonosta.

Heterodon, 1840. Not mentioned in 1842 notes or in 1847.

Ida, 1840. This name, bracketed after Chilina, is not again mentioned
in 1842 or in 1847.

Jesonia, 1840. In 1847 this is placed in the synonymy of Jfyéili-
cardia, Blainv., 1825.

Kuphus, 1840. 1842, p. 76. ‘‘The Auphus has ovate pellets
toothed at the tip; the tubular case of this genus is club-
shaped, contorted, opaque, and closed at the end.” ;

306 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Lampania, 1840. Type given in 1847 as Certthium zonale, Lam.,
and Batillaria, Benson, 1842, cited as a synonym.

Lathirus, 1840. 1847. Latyrus, Montf.

Leila, 1840, p. 188. 1840a, p. 142. ‘In ZLridina and Leila the
hinge edge is smooth, hke Anodon, and the latter has a sharp
syphonal inflection.”

Lenticularia, 1840. 1842, p.80. ‘*The Lentecularia are solid shells,
like the Zucina, but with the cartilages partly internal; they
have a conical anterior lateral tooth.”

Leonia, 1840. In 1847 still a nude name, neither the type being
designated nor the name placed in synonymy.

LTepeta, 1840. 1842, p. 67. ‘‘In Patella the gills form a complete
series round the edge of the mantle. In Helicon | sic] the series
is interrupted over the head, and Lepete differ from both in the
animal being destitute of any eyes.”

Leuconia, 1840. In 1847 typified by Voluta alba.

Licarea, 1840. Not again mentioned, either in 1842 or in 1847.

Treina, 1840. In 1847 given as of Brown, 1756, with type Zurbo labea.

Limacula, 1840. 1847. ? Limatula.

LTimnepsis, 1840. 1847. Limopsis.

Liopa, 1840. 1847. Triopa.

Inotia, 1842. 1842, p. 57. ‘*The Dolphin shells (Delphinula)
differ from all the rest in being thick turbo-like umbilicated
spinose shells with a round mouth, and the Ziotea differs from
Delphinula in having a regular margined mouth to the shell.”

Litharea, 1840. 1842, p.81. ‘‘ The Litharce are elongate, truncated
behind, and live in holes in stones and rocks; the hinge teeth
are all equally transverse.”

Livona, 1840. 1842, p. 57. “The Zivone are solid conical shells
with a rounded mouth and a callosity partly covering the
umbilicus.”

Lucapina, 1840, p. 114. 1840a, p. 117. ‘+ In ZLucapina the mantle
covers the cancellated shell.”

Lunarea, 1842. 1842, p. 81. ‘*The Lunarca differ from the former
[ Argina] in the front group of teeth being replaced by an
elevated ridge.”

Macroma, 1840. 1847. ? Macoma.

Mactresia, 1840. 1847. Jlartesia.

Malybe, 1840. 1847. Melibe, Rang, 1829.

Marisca, 1840. 1847. ? Dlarisa.

Medoria, 1840. 1842, p. 60. ‘The MMedoria are like the Lacuna,
but more solid, and covered with a rongh periostracum.”

Mesalia, 1840. 1842, p. 60. See note under Zglisza.

Modiolarca, 1840. 1842, p. 82. “The Crenelle@ are suborbicular,
and the Modiolarie ovate elongated shells.”—Note: Mlodiolarca,
1840, is thus a misprint for J/odiolarva.

Modulus, 1840. 1842, p. 60. “The Jfoduli only differ from them
[ Pagodus] in the shell being more depressed and the inner lip
having a distinct notch forming a tooth; they have been con-
founded with the Jlonodonta.”

IREDALE: SYNOPSES CONTENTS BRITISH MUSEUM. 307

~ Monocondyla, 1840. 1847. Monocondylea.

Myodora, 1840, p. 136. 18404, p. 140. ‘In the Zyonsie and
Myadore, the cartilage pit is sunk into the hinge margin of
each valve, and covered by a large flat hinge-piece; the shell
of the former is thin and of the latter thick, with very unequal
valves, the left one being flat.”

Mysia, 1840. Appears twice on the same page (150), once in the
Tellinide, and afterwards in the Lucinide.

Neara, 1840. 1842, p. 78. ‘*The Neara have a thin nearly equi-
valve shell produced into a beak behind and with small hinge
teeth.”

Nectia, 1840. Not again mentioned, either in 1842 or in 1847.

Niomia, 1840. 1842, p. 60. ‘ Mioma has a white spirally striated
shell with a deeply perforated axis.” 1847. Given as a synonym,
with Derria, ot Vanikoro.

Nisso, 1840. 1847. iso, Risso.

Netia, 1840. Not again mentioned, either in 1842 or in 1847.

Notosiphone, 1842. 1842, p. 88. ‘And in another { Belemnitide],
the Wotosiphone, [the syphon is] in the dorsal part of the septa
of the alveolus. The alveolus is sometimes obliterated.”

Odontostylus, 1840. Not again mentioned, either in 1842 or in 1847.

Ophis, 1840. 1847. Opis, Defrance, 1825.

Orthostoma, 1840. In 1847 fossil genera are not included, hence
nothing further is given concerning this name.

Pectella, 1840. In 1847 included with a ? in front, and neither
placed in synonymy nor type designated.

Peratoptera, 1840. Not again mentioned, either in 1842 or in 1847.

Pharus, 1840, p. 185. 18404, p. 189. ‘‘In Solen and Ensis the
foot is club-shaped, and the tubes are short and united. In
Pharus the foot is long with a dilated end, and the syphons are
elongate and separate.”

Phragmolites, 1840. In 1847 nothing is mentioned of this, as the
fossil genera are not included.

Plectronia, 1840. In 1847 nothing further is offered, whilst the
name itself is accompanied by a ?.

Polyodon, 1840. 1847. ? Polydonta, Montf.

Potamia, 1840. 1847. ? Potamis.

Poteria, 1840. In 1847 neither type designated, nor placed in
synonymy. ASc@ he

Pupillia, 1840, p. 114. 1840a, p.117. ‘In Pupillia the shell is
surrounded by a sharp white edge.”

Pycnodonte, 1840. 1847. ? Pyenodonta.

Pyraze, 1840. 1847. Pyrazus.

Radula, 1840. 1842, p. 60. ‘‘The genus Radula is referred here
provisionally until its animal is known; the shell is solid and
Nerite-like, with a rounded inner lip, having a deep notch in its
centre; the throat is somewhat striated.”

Raleta, 1840. 1842, p.78. ‘‘The Zomala are like the Corbule, but
have a triangular projecting plate with a ridge on each side
in the left valve, and two triangular teeth in the other, and

308 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Raleta differs from the latter only in having a narrow central
pit, its right valve with a strong conical tooth falling into the
large pit before the tooth in the left valve.”

Realia, 1840. In 1844 the type cited as “‘R
still a nomen nudum at that date.

Risella, 1840. 1842, p. 60. ‘* Rised/a is like Littorina, but the shell
is top-shaped, the whorls keeled, and the mouth rather square.”

Scaphura, 1840. 1847. Scaphula.

Senilia, 1840. 1842, p. 81. ‘The Senilia have very thick shells,
covered with a smooth olive periostraca; the hinge teeth are all
equally transverse.”

Sidula, 1840. 1842, p. 70. ‘The Scarabus, like Ranella, forms half
a whorl between each period of rest, the thickened and reflexed
parts of the lips forming an edge to each side of the shell. The
Sidule have a sharp internal ridge to the outer lip.”’

Strigella, 1840. 1847. Stragilla.

Styliger, 1840. 1847. Stylifer.

Talonia, 1840. 1842, p.76. See note under Barnia.

Talopia, 1840. 1842, p. 57. See note under Cametia.

Tania, 1840. 1842, p. 60. ‘The genera Zania, Aneulosa ,and To
have the mouth of the shell truncated in front of the axis, as in
Achatina, the former having a turreted, the second an ovate
short, and the latter a fusiform shell with a large mouth.”

Tapada, 1840. In 1847 given as a synonym of Cantareus, Risso, 1826.

Tethya, 1840. 1847. Tethys.

Thaira, 1840. 1847. Zrara.

Thalotia, 1840. 1842, p. 57. “In Lziphinus, Cantharidus, and
Thalotia the mouth is oblong and simple and the axis of the shell
is covered by the inner lip; the former is top-shaped, the
Cantharidi ave ovate and green within.”

Thecathera, 1840. 1847. Theeacera.

Thicolia, 1840. 1842, p. 56. ‘The Zhicolie chiefly differ from the
latter [ Phastanella| in the animal being less ornamented with
beards.” In the Proc. Zool. Soc., 1847, Gray spells this name
Thicolea, and cites it as intended for Zricolea, Risso.

Tomala, 1842. 1842, p. 78. See note under Raleta.

Tonichia, 1840, p. 123. 1840a, p. 126. ‘‘The Tonichia has the
upper surface of the mantle bald and cartilaginous, and the under
covered with a very hard striated skin.”

Torinia, 1840. 1842, p. 60. ‘ Zorinda differs [from Solarium | in
having a nearly orbicular operculum, which is very convex and
marked with a spiral ridge looking like a pagoda.”

Tralia, 1840. In 1847 the type given as V. pusilla.

Tripteres, 1840. 1847. Triptere.

Tugonia, 1842. 1842, p.78. ‘The Zagonia have the same kind of
process, but the shell is ovate, ventricose, with a large gape on
its short hinder slope.”’

Turbonella, 1840. 1847. ? Turbonilla.

‘elletia, 1840, p. 128. 1840a, p. 132. ‘‘The Velletie differ in the
animal and shell being reversed, like the Phys@.”

?n.s.”’; therefore

TREDALE: SYNOPSES CONTENTS BRITISH MUSEUM. 309

Velorita, 1840. 1842, p. 75. See note under Geloina.

Vermilia, 1842. 1842, p. 62. See note under Hatina.

Verticordia, 1840. 1842, p. 80. ‘‘The Verticordie are fossil shells,
allied to the latter [ Cryptodon].”

Wolfataria, 1840. Not again mentioned, either in 1842 or 1847.

Zaria, 1840. 1842, p. 60. See note under Lglisia.

Zirfea, 1840. 1842, p. 76. See note under Barnia.

Ziziphinus, 1840. 1842, p. 57. See note under Vhalotia.

In the Proc. Zool. Soc., 1847, I find the following quoted as Gray,
1840, which I have not found in the Synopsis either of 1840 or
1842: Ersina, Isthmia, Lauria, Philippia, and Sarmaticus.

It should be noted that Gray probably distributed shells between
the years 1840 and 1847 under these new generic names, and that
some of these may have been correctly introduced into literature by
other authors.

I have observed that Philippi, in the Enum. Moll. Sic., vol. ii,
p- 90, 1844, recorded that Lucapina elegans, Gray = Fissurella
cancellata, Sow., and that Pupillea aperta, Gray = F. hiantula,
Lamarck. This was only noticed through the misspelling of Pupillia
attracting the writer’s attention.

A name that seems to need rejection is Zivona. In 1840 it is
a nomen nudum; in 1842 it is indeterminable; in 1848 it is
associated with a shell which is certainly not the one selected as the
type in 1847.

In February, 1847, Philippi (Zeitschr. Malak., Jahr. iv, p. 21)
introduced Cittarium for Turbo pica, and in November, 1847, that
shell appeared as type of Zivona, Gray. Unless Livona can be traced
to an earlier legitimate introduction than the Proce. Zool. Soc., 1847,
Citt arvum voust replace it.

Algoa and Musica. Although neither of these names appears in the
tables in any edition of the Synopses the following notes are given :—
Musica, 1840, p. 112. 1840a, p. 114. ‘‘In general the shell is

covered with a distinct periostraca as Mttra, Voluta, and Musica.”
Algoa, 1840, p. 118. 18404, p. 115. ‘In Cyprea, Algoa, and

Ovula the outer coat of the shell is polished.’ -Algoa is never

afterwards mentioned, but in the 1847 list Gray quotes Musica as

of 1840.

BiAkKGES FOR ADVERTISEMENTS.

OUTSIDE COVER. Each insertion—

Whole page . ; : 30s.
Half page ; : 3 15s.
Quarter page. : : 75..G0.

INSIDE COVER. Each insertion—

Whole page. : : 20s.
Half page : : 10s.
Quarter page. : : 5s

bond S

Walacological Soctety of London.

(Founded 27th February, 1893.)

Officers and Council—elected 14th February, 1918.
President :—Rev. A. H. Cooks, M.A., F.Z.S.

Vice-Presidents:—G. C. Crick, F.G.S.; R. Bunnen Newton, F.GS.;
H. B. Preston, F.Z.S. ; E. R. Syxss, B.A., F.L.S.

Treasurer :—J. H. Ponsonsy, F.Z.S., 15 Chesham Place, London, S.W,

Secretary :—G. K. Gupn, F.Z.S., 45 West Hill Road, Wandsworth,
London, 8.W.

Editor :—H. A. Sutra, [.S.0., 22 Heathfield Road, Acton, London, W.

Other Members of Council:—Rev. E. W. Bowrtt, M.A.; C. OnpHaM;
G. C. Rosson, B.A. ; H.O. N. SHaw, F.Z.S.; J. R. ue B. ToMLIN,
M.A., F.E.S.; B. B. Woopwarp, F.L.S.

By kind permission of the Council of the Linnuwan Socimry, the
MEETINGS are held in their apartments at Burnincron Hovusg,
Piccaptniy, W., on the seconD Fripay in each month from NovEMBER
to JUNN.

The OBJECT of the Society is to promote the study of the Mollusca,
both recent and fossil.

MEMBERS, both Ordinary and Corresponding (the latter resident
without the British Islands), are elected by ballot on a certificate of
recommendation signed by two or more Members.

LADIES are eligible for election.

The SUBSCRIPTION is, for Ordinary Members 10s. 6d. per annum
or £7 7s. for Life, for Corresponding Members 7s. 6d. per annum or
£5 5s. for Life. All Members on election pay an Entrance Fee of 10s. 6d.

The PROCEEDINGS are issued three times a year, and each
Member is entitled to receive a copy of those numbers issued during
membership.

[Vols. I-VIII and Vol. IX, Parts I-III, consisting of 52 Parts,
price 5s. net per Part. Parts IV-VI of Vol. IX, and all
succeeding Parts, price 7s. 6d. each. A discount of 20 per
cent upon the above prices is allowed to Members purchasing
these Volumes or Parts through the Secretary. ]

Further information, with forms of proposal for Membership, may be
obtained from the Secretary, to whom all communications should be sent
at his private address, as given above.

STEPHEN AUSTIN AND SONS, LTD., PRINTERS, HERTFORD.

:

»
od

:
ol. X. Part V.
}

JUNE, 1913.

Price 7s. 6d. net.

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF LONDON.

EDITED BY
He Aj SMITH *1:S:0;5) B-ZS.
Under the direction of the Publication Committee.
THORS ALONE ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE STATEMENTS IN THEIR” RESPECTIVE

PAPERS.
(GUS Bee Ba SUAS a a
ROCEEDINGS : — PAGE PAPERS continued :— PAGE
Annual Meeting, February 14th, Description of a New Species
1913 Ber ccccccceseccccccces sr esence 312 of Cryptoplaz. By the Rev.
Ordinary Meetings : A. H. Cooks, M.A., F.Z.8.
February 14th, 1913 ......... 313 (Ribei es eit cells. cote ca 320
TSCM TAG ccs sinessccsericneiese es 314
ADEM UGH ese. einccinwoccnsiesnes 314 Characters of a New Sub-genus
Obituary INGIIGESI ci eves ssisce se 315 and Species of Choanopoma
>APERS : ae . from Cuba. By, sHtsebe

Note on the identity of Torinia
_ densegranosa, Pilsbry, and

T. Hnoshunensis, Melvill. By
J.C. MELVILL, M. A.,D.Se. 317
Note on a Holocene Deposit at
Boyeney, Buckinghamshire.
By J. E. COOPER

LONDON:
DULAU & CO., LTD.,
37 SOHO SQUARE, W.

*
se
4

See

PRESTON, F.Z.S. (Figs.) . 323

The Helicoid Land Shells of
the Fiji Islands, with defini-
tions of three new genera
and descriptions of four new
species. By G. K. GUDE,
BZ Ss (Plate: KTV) seuss 325

BERLIN :
R. FRIEDLANDER & SOHN,
11 KARLSTRASSE, N.W.

For information concerning the

MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

See page iv of this wrapper.

Proc. Malac. Soc. Vol. X, Frontispiece.

LIEUT.-COL. H. H. GODWIN-AUSTEN, F.R.S.
PRESIDENT 1898-9.

1

oa

3

PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

‘S10JI PNY NOSHOW "0) AOD
; GUuVM@OOM AUNHH

“C16 ‘GG Awwnune
“IDINSVOTT, “UOP{ ‘ATNOSNOG “F{ NHOL

*409IIOD OQ OF} JUAIUOYRYS DAOGB

du} puy aM pue ‘uopuory Jo AJoIOOg [voISOlOoV[VIY OY} FO IoIMsvoly, ay} JO syuNodov oyy poulMexd Avp sty} oavy a AV

0 L CIF’ ° ° ° Sl6l ‘savnuve puvy Ur doULTRg oF 10 £ cig ° 7 * meek qsuy wom cousleg o7,
‘UNAM -TVIOAdS

1-6 6rLs

Teor eS ee ee = | cone
> ole - " + + + + gosuedxq s Ateqjeroeg
OP SsS:

0 OLS * SpUBpuez VY 03 soTzIN{V.tH
OG Gre oe ee eer
asn Aq poalimout sosuodxiy
—Ayotoog uvouUry

Opel 8) 4 2 Se Serena rou,

hee Se =
ida | a ee ae SUOT4VAYSN TT
0 91 SLIF ° esvqysog pue suuug
—,, SSUIPaV00Ig ,, JO JSON

iia a)

‘@I6L ‘I§ UAAWHOAdC CHANT YVAA ZHI

‘

n~

e

6

ce

Ag

cououoococo

€
ae.

6 6FI5
e JT °* y03g °/, $% uryrqodomeyy uo puopraiq ‘
C Se ee Oee St acy tae 6 JUOWIOSTAOAP Y 66
Oh Sie snk ee eke Se eee et eee SIUC GuLICYG § 66
ee 8 2 of a Ee satipoovotar. 10 ol Ba
Cie 8S ee er Soo ROO UNIO ian:
PL

be g ¢* sdioquoyy Sutpuodses10g

9 ILITX ° ° ° stequoyy Areutpio

—oouvape ut suodiosqng yenuuy ‘

ae? =
0 F LT °* stoqmopy Surpuodsoi.09
9 Ol F °° * Stoqmoyy Arwurprg¢
—Ivolie ut suoydiosqng Tenuuy ‘
cece
9 2 FZ ° Sdtaqmoyy Surpuodsoit0)
0 SI 8aF °° * Sdoquoyy rvutpsC
—suorjdiosqng jenuuy “
9 0 2 SS oY Tek AseT mon GoUBT em aeT,

6
Se ace “aT
YOHd ATALICGNATXH UNF ANOONI

ri
i

VOL. X.— JUNE, 1913.

512

ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING.
Fripay, 14tH Fesruary, 1913.

R. BULLEN NEWTON, F.G.S., President, in the Chair.

Mr. H. C. Fulton and Mr. A. W. Oke, LL.M., F.L.S., were
appointed scrutineers.

The Secretary announced that at the last Ordinary Meeting,
through an oversight on his part, no Auditors had been appointed,
and that in the interval he had consulted the members of the Council,
who decided that the two members who acted in that capacity the
previous year, viz. Dr. Henry Woodward, F.R.S., and Mr. G. C.
Robson, B.A., should again be asked to officiate, and that the Annual
Meeting should be asked to confirm this course. This was carried
unanimously.

The following report was read :—

‘Your Council, in presenting their twentieth Annual Report, find
it a source of great satisfaction to be able to refer to the useful—and
in some cases voluminous—papers published through the usual
channel of the Society’s ‘ Proceedings’, details of which will be found
below.

‘Tt is with deep regret that they have to record the loss by death
of two prominent members, the Rev. R. Ashington Bullen and
Dr. J. C. Cox, and also of two others, Mr. D. D. Baldwin and
Mons. A. Bonnet, while resignation and other causes are responsible
for the removal from the roll of five more names.

‘During the year eleven new members have been elected, so that
the membership of the Society on December 3lst, 1912, stood as
follows :—

Ordinary members . : j 3 F ; : 71
Corresponding members. F : : : : ol
Total . = 62

‘‘The financial condition of the Society is essentially the same as
last year. The current account shows a balance of £4 10s. 11d. The
special fund has still £12 7s. standing to its credit, while the Society
still holds the sum of £50 invested in Metropolitan 23 per. cent
stock. For its improved financial condition the Society is indebted
to some members who made generous contributions to its funds.

‘‘During the year 1912 three parts of the ‘ Proceedings’ have
been published as usual, forming the first half of Vol. X. They
comprise 261 pages, 13 plates, and 36 text-figures.

“The following gentlemen have very kindly contributed towards
the cost of illustrations or have supplied drawings or photographs for
the plates or text-figures: Dr. R. Arnold, H. H. Bloomer, H. Hannibal,
J. C. Melvill, R. B. Newton, H. B. Preston, M. M. Schepman,
E. A. Smith, G. B. Sowerby, A. W. Stelfox, and E. W. Vredenburg.

~ Without such liberal help it would not be possible so fully to illus-
trate the ‘ Proceedings’.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. 313

‘‘The thanks of the Society are especially due to the Council of
the Linnean Society, through whose kindness it has been permitted,
as in former years, to hold its meetings in Burlington House.”

On the motion of Mr. H. C. Fulton, seconded by Mr. A. W. Oke,
LL.M., F.L.S., the above was adopted as the Annual Report of the
Society.

The following were elected as Officers and Council for 1913 :—

President.—Rey. A. H. Cooke, M.A., F.Z.S.

Vice- Presidents.—G. C. Crick, F.G.S.; R. Bullen Newton, F.G.S.;
H. B. Preston, F.Z.S.; E. R. Sykes, B.A., F.L.S.

Treasurer.—J.H. Ponsonby, F.Z.S., 15 Chesham Place, London, S.W.

Secretary.—G. K. Gude, F.Z.S., 45 West Hill Road, Wandsworth,
London, 8.W.

Editor—E. A. Smith, 1.8.0., 22 Heathfield Road, Acton,
London, W.

Other Members of Council.—Rev. E. W. Bowell, M.A.; C. Oldham ;
me. ©. Robson, BA.; H. O.. N. Shaw, F.Z.S.; J. R. Le B. Tomlin,
M.A., F.E.S.

On the motion of Mr. A. S. Kennard, F.G.S., seconded by
Mr. J. E. Cooper, a vote of thanks was passed to the Retiring
Officers and Members of the Council and to the Auditors and
Scrutineers.

ORDINARY MEETING.
Fripay, 14ra Frsruary, 1918.
The Rev. A. H. CooK#, M.A., F.Z.S., President, in the Chair.
The following specimens were exhibited :—

By the Rev. A. H. Cooke, M.A., F.Z.S.: A series of Purpura
lapillus (Linn.), from many localities in Great Britain, France, the
Faroe Islands, Norway, and Iceland; and in drawing attention to the
wide range of variation shown by this species he made some remarks
upon the possible causes of variation in certain cases.

By Mr. J. E. Cooper: Specimens of P. Japillus (Linn.), including
a very large form from crab-pots, Swanage; a very small form
from exposed rocks, Lynmouth; imbricated examples from oyster-
beds, Burnham-on-Crouch ; and fossil forms from the Red Crag,
Norwich; also Dr. Gwyn Jeffreys’ copy of Wood’s Index Testaceo-
logicus, with his book-plate and autograph.

By Mr. L. St. G. Byne, M.Sc.: A fine series of Cyprea Mauritiana,
from the Andaman Islands.

By Mr. G. B. Sowerby, F.L.S.: A specimen of Edentellina typiea,
Gatliff & Gabriel, upon which a discussion arose as to whether it is
a Lamellibranch or a Tectibranch; also a fine group of Zenagodus
australis from Victoria, Australia.

By Mr. E, A. Smith, I.8.0.: Some of the types of Mollusca described
by Pennant in his Zoology, 1777, together with other specimens
figured in the same work, all of which had recently been presented
to the National Collection by Lord Denbigh.

314 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

ORDINARY MEETING.
Frinay, l4tH Marcu, 1913.
The Rev. A. H. Cooxnr, M.A., F.Z.S., President, in the Chair.

Mr. G. C. Leman, Mr. H. McClelland, and Mr. F. H. Sikes, M.A.,
F.L.S., were elected members of the Society.

The following communications were read :—

1. ‘‘Note on the identity of Zorcnia densegranosa, Pilsbry, and
T. Enoshimensis, Melv.” By J. C. Melvill, M.A., D.Se.

2. ‘Note on Cyprea tigris, L.” By L. St. G. Byne, M.Sc.

3. ‘* Note on a Holocene deposit at Boveney, Buckinghamshire.”
By J. E. Cooper.

ORDINARY MEETING.
Fripay, llra# Aprit, 1913.
The Rev. A. H. Cooks, M.A., F.Z.S., President, in the Chair.

Mr. J. Vernhout was elected a member of the Society.

Mr. F. H. Sikes, M.A., F.L.S., exhibited a series of land and
freshwater mollusca collected by him in Iceland, together with three
pictures in oil painted by himself showing the habitats of some of the
Mollusea.

Mr. E. A. Smith, I.8.0., exhibited the three largest known living
species of Zima, viz. L. Goliath, Sow., from Japan; JL. excavata,
Gmel., from Norway; and Z. Dalli, Bartsch, from the Philippines.

The following communications were read :—

1. ‘* Description of a new species of Cryptoplax.” By the Rev. A. H.
Cooke, M.A., F.Z.S.

2. ** Characters of anew sub-genus and species of Choanopoma from
Cuba.”’ By H. B. Preston, F.Z.S.

3. ‘The Helicoid Land Shells of the Fiji Islands, with definitions
of three new genera and descriptions of four new species.” By G. K.
Gude, F.Z.S.

d15

OBITUARY NOTICES.

WE regret very much to have to record the loss by death of another
member of the Society. The Rev. R. Ashington Bullen, who joined
it in 1897, died suddenly in his 63rd year whilst journeying abroad
on August 14th, 1912. He often attended the meetings of the
Society, which on several occasions was much indebted to him for
financial assistance.

It was not until 1894 that he commenced to write upon concho-
logical subjects, and he was not a prolific author, but fifteen papers
from his pen appear in the Society’s ‘‘ Proceedings”. The majority
of these treat upon the land and freshwater Mollusca occurring
in Holocene and Pleistocene deposits in various parts of England and
a few foreign localities, but four of them are descriptive of non-
marine forms from the Philippine Islands, the Island of Gisser,
Sumatra, Java, and New South Wales.

In the Geological Magazine (dec. v, vol. ix, No. xi, pp. 525-8)
an obituary notice, accompanied by his portrait, furnishes many
interesting details regarding Mr. Bullen’s career. He was possessed
of a most charming personality, which much endeared him to all the
many friends who had the pleasure of his acquaintance.

The following is a complete list of Mr. Bullen’s writings treating
exclusively, or in part, upon fossil and recent Mollusca :—

1894. ‘‘ Shells from Portland Rubble Drift.’’?

1898. ‘‘ Note on Non-marine Mollusca obtained from Holocene and Pleistocene
Deposits at Buckland, Dover.’’*

1899. ‘‘ Notes on Land-shells from a Holocene Deposit at the Horse-shoe Pit,
Colley Hill, Reigate.’’?

“* Notes on Mollusca ’’: Science Gossip, vol. v.

1900. ‘‘ Shells from Portland Rubble Drift.’’ +

1901. Harlyn Bay and the Discoveries of its Prehistoric Remains. 3 editions,
1901, 1902, 1912.

‘* Pleistocene Mollusca from the Raised Beach Deposits of Perim
Island.’’ *

‘* Note on a Well-section at Dallinghoo, Suffolk ’’: Quart. Journ. Geol.
Soc., vol. lvii.

‘* On two apparently new species of Corbicula.

“Notes on Helicella Cantiana as food for the Turdide’’: Journ.
Conch., x, 27.

1902. ‘‘ Notes on Holocene Mollusca from North Cornwall.’’”

1903. ‘‘ Notes on the Pleistocene Non-marine Mollusca at Portland Bill; and
on Holocene Non-marine Mollusca from (1) West Harnham, Wilts ;
(2) Harlton, Cambridgeshire; (3) The Down above Durdle Barn
Door, Dorset; and (4) Folkestone.’’ *

1904. ‘‘ Descriptions of new species of Non-marine Shells from Java, and
a new species of Corbicula from New South Wales.’ *

1905. ‘‘ On a new variety of Planispira zebra, Pfr., from the Island of Gisser,
and a new species of Chloritis from Java.’’ *

‘* Notes on Land and Freshwater Shells from the Alhambra Ditch,
Granada, Andalusia, Spain; on recent Land Shells from various
localities near Carmona, Province of Sevilla; and on Land, Fresh-
water, and Marine Shells from Holocene Deposits, Carmona.’’ *

‘* Notes on Pleistocene and Recent Shells from Crete.’’ *

1906. ‘‘ Notes on some Microzoa and Mollusca from East Crete.’’!

** Notes on a Holocene Deposit at Harlton, Cambs.’’ *

992

' Geological Magazine. 2 Proc. Malac. Soc.

316 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

1906. ‘‘ On some Land and Freshwater Mollusca from Sumatra.”’ !

1907. ‘‘ Notes on Land and Freshwater Mollusca observed in the neighbourhood
of St. Albans’’: Trans. Herts Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. xiii.

1908. ‘‘ Kitchen Middens in North Cornwall.’’?

1909. ‘‘ Holocene and Recent Non-marine Mollusca from the neighbourhood
of Perranzabuloe.’’ !

1910. ‘‘ Notes on the Afolian Deposits on the Coast at Kitel, Morbihan.”? 2
Parts I and II.

‘* Notes on (1) Pleistocene, (2) Holocene, (3) Recent Non-marine Shells

from Mallorca; (4) Marine Shells associated with the Holocene
Deposits ; (5) Marine Shells from Aleudia, Mallorea; (6) Non-marine
Shells from Manresa, Catalufia.’’ !

1911. ‘‘ Some Notes on the Geology of the Bermuda Islands.”’ *

kK. A. Sirs.

Wira much regret we also have to record the death, at a good
old age, of Dr. James C. Cox, of Sydney, New South Wales, which
occurred on September 29th of last year. He became a member of
the Society in 1893, and contributed one paper, the last from his pen,
to our Society’s ‘‘ Proceedings ”’.

Dr. Cox was a leading member of the medical profession in Sydney,
where he had resided for many years. His writings have chiefly
been upon the Pulmonata of Australia, and altogether he was the
author of thirty-seven different papers, practically restricted to the
description of the Australian fauna.

His most important work is the Jlonograph of Australian Land
Shells, published at Sydney in 1868, consisting of 111 pages and
illustrated with 20 coloured plates. The nomenclature in this book
is of course quite out of date, but the distribution of the then known
species is recorded, and the illustrations are very useful. Fourteen
of his papers are descriptive of marine forms, especially the genera
Cyprea and Voluta, but he also wrote upon the Oysters and Octopodidee
of Australia, and other genera of which he described new species are
Haliotis, Recluzia, Chiton, and Cytherea.

The principal journals in which his writings occur are the
Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London for 1864, 1865,
1866, 1867, 1869, 1870, 1871, 1872, 1873; the Annals and Magazine
of Natural History, 1864; Proceedings of the Linnean Society of
New South Wales, 1880, 1882, 1883, 1888, 1889, 1890, 1894, 1895,
1899. ‘wo papers were published in the Journal de Conchyliologre,
1866 and 1871.

He possessed a very extensive collection of shells chiefly from the
Australian continent and the Pacific islands. This was sold in
London in 1908-5, and the British Museum was fortunate in
obtaining many of the types of the species described by him. Among
the rarities comprised in the collection were Cyprea Valentia,
Thatcheri, and venusta, Voluta Wisemant, Bednalli, Braziert, Tissotiana,
canaliculata, and coniformis, Mitra Rossie, and Conus gloria-maris.
These valuable shells are now distributed in the J. J. MacAndrew,
Dautzenberg, Melvill, Prince Salm Salm, and British Museum
collections EK. A. Smira.

' Proce. Malac. Soe. 2 Geological Magazine.

317

NOTE ON THE IDENTITY OF TORINIA DENSEGRANOSA,
PILSBRY, AND 7. ENOSHIMENSIS, MELVILL.

By James Cosmo Mervitt, M.A., D.Se.
Read 14th March, 19138.

I wave lately received specimens of 7. densegranosa, Pilsbry, 1905,
and am satistied it is only the adult state of the smaller Hnoshimensis
described by me fourteen years earlier, in October, 1891. I am
confirmed in this view by Mr. Edgar Smith, who with me also
compared the types of the latter with densegranosa at the British
Museum (Natural History) a few months ago. I repeat my original
description.

Solarium ( Torinia) Enoshimense, sp. nov.

‘‘S. testa depresso-discoidea, solida, profunde umbilicata, fusco-
castanea, anfractibus quatuor, spiraliter sulcatis, papillis monili-
formibus, regulariter transversim decoratis, apud suturas depressis,
ultimo anfractu rapide accrescente, ad peripheriam tribus costis
crenulato-carinatis, ad umbilicum pulchre crenulato, apertura circu-
lari, labro simplice. Long.: 2°50 mm. speciei majoris. Lat.: 5 mm.

‘¢ Hab.—Enoshima, Japonia.

‘‘Shell flattened, pale-brown chestnut, moderately and deeply
umbilicate, whorls four, the last very rapidly increasing, with spiral
channels of unequal breadth covering the whole surface, and forming
regular rows of moniliform papille. At the periphery these spiral
channels have a very boldly defined semblance of angularity; the
concentric spaces below the sutures are double the width of the three
intervening spaces between them and the periphery. At the base,
the crenulations round the umbilicus are boldly defined, and the
next concentric space is twice the breadth of those, in their turn,
intervening between this and the angle of the periphery, four in all.

‘Of this small species, obtained in a native box of Japanese shells
forwarded direct, and which contained several novelties, | have two
specimens precisely similar, and in one of the drawers of the National
Collection at the Natural History Museum, South Kensington, have
found two or three others, unnamed, labelled ‘ From Japan’.”

There is really nothing to add to this description, but I may utter
a word of apology for the somewhat crudely drawn magnified original
figure. Reference to this is given below.

The synonymy will therefore be as follows :—

Hettacus Enosurensts (Melvill).

Solarium (Torinia) Enoshimense, Melv., Journ. Conch., vol. x, p. 411,
pl. nu, fig. 12 (October, 1891).

Torinia densegranosa, Pilsbry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia,
p. 106, fig. (1905).

318

NOTE ON A HOLOCENE DEPOSIT AT BOVENEY,
BUCKINGHAMSHIRE.

By J. E. Cooper.
Read 14th March, 1913.

Tue Holocene deposits of the Thames Valley have received con-
siderable attention, especially from Messrs. Kennard & Woodward.
Full lists of fossil Mollusca from these beds have been published for
Wallingford,’ two separate localities near Staines,? and Clifton
Hampden,* besides several less complete lists for other places in
this area.

Last year there was an excellent section in the north bank of the
Thames at Boveney, Bucks, which appears to be worth notice.
This exposure consisted of a thick bed of brickearth (alluvium), with
a maximum depth of about 5 feet, resting upon a thin sandy bed
some 2 inches in thickness, which was crowded with shells. The
shell-bed was just above water when the river was low, and
corresponded to a similar deposit at Staines. The fossils in the
brickearth were chiefly land shells, and the specimens were scattered
about in the clay like currants in a pudding. As usual ygromia
hispida was the commonest Helicoid, and Helix nemoralis was also
abundant.

1. From this alluvium the following species were obtained :—

Vitrea cellaria (Mill.). Jaminia muscorum (L.).

V. nitidula (Drap.). Succinea putris (L.).
Pyramidula rotundata (Miill.). S. elegans, Risso.

Hygromia hispida (L.). Limnea peregra (Miill.).
Vallonia excentrica, Sterki. L. palustris (Miill.).
Helicigona lapicida (L.). Planorbis umbilicatus, Miill.
H. arbustorum (L.). P. Stremi, Westd.

Helix nemoralis, L. Bithynia tentaculata (L.).
Hi. hortensis, Miill. Valvata piscinalis (Miill.).
Cochlicopa lubrica (Miill.). Neritina fluviatilis (L.).

Planorbis Stremi was only noticed quite at the base of this bed;
it was probably derived from the sandy bed below.
2. The narrow sandy bed, characterized by the abundance of

P. Stremi, consisted chiefly of freshwater shells, with a few land ~

species here and there. The list comprised—

Vitrea crystallina (Miill.). Vallonia costata (Miill.).

V. nitidula (Drap.). V. excentrica, Sterki.
Zonitoides nitidus (Miill.). Helicigona arbustorum (L.).
Punctum pygmeum (Drap.). Helix nemoralis, L.
Euconulus fulvus (Miill.). Cochlicopa lubrica (Miill.).
Pyramidula rupestris (Drap.). Jaminia muscorum (L.).

P. rotundata (Mill.). Vertigo pygmea (Drap.).

Hygromia hispida (L.). V. pusilla, Mill.

1 Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. viii, p. 93.
2 Proc. Geol. Assoc., vol. xix, p. 252; Proc. Malae. Soc., vol. vii, p. 310.
3 Proc. Cotteswold Club, vol. xiv, p. 198.

COOPER: ON A HOLOCENE DEPOSIT AT BOVENEY. 319

Clausilia laminata (Mont.). P. contortus (L.).

Succinea putris (L.). P. fontanus, Lightfoot.

S. elegans, Risso. Physa fontinalis (L.).
Carychium ninimum, Mill. Bithynia tentaculata (L.).
Ancylus fluviatilis, Mill. B. Leachi (Shepp.).
Acroloxus lacustris (L.). Valvata piscinalis (Miill.).
Limnea auricularia (L.). V. cristata (Miill.).

L. peregra (Miill.). Neritina fluviatilis (L.).
Ix palustris (Miill.). Spherium corneum (L.).
DL. truncatula (Miill.). Pisidium amnicum (Miill.).

L. stagnalis (L.).
Planorbis corneus (L.).
. albus, Mill.
. Stremi, Westd.
. crista (L.).
. carinatus, Mill.
. umbilicatus, Miill.
. vortex (L.).
. spirorbis (L.).
Pyramidula rupestris and Vertigo pusilla were the most interesting
finds; the latter species still lives at Burnham Beeches, a few
miles away.
Mr. B. B. Woodward, F.L.S., has kindly identified some of the
Pisidia quoted above. [am also indebted to Mr. A.S. Kennard, F.G.S.,
for naming two immature forms of other shells.

. supmnum, A. Sch.
Henslowanum, Malm.
. pulchellum, Jenyns.
Casertanum, Poli.

. pusillum (Gmel.).

. nitidum, Jenyns.

. obtusale, Pir.

. nilium, Held.

. subtruncatum, Malm.

bh
hhh wethth

3020 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF CRYPTOPLAX.
By the Rev. A. H. Cooxr, M.A., F.Z.S.
Read 11th April, 1913.

CrypropLax EVANESCENS, 0.Sp.

Animal narrowly cylindrical, much elongated, foot exceedingly
narrow ; Jody thick and leathery, covered with short deciduous spines
’ fine scales, spines yellow or reddish- yellow ; body colour variable,
grey, yellow, or reddish, and blotched with red de neath the spines;
gill-rows rather large, but occupying only about one-fifth of the entire
length of the animal; valves very small, in a fresh specimen the

fourth, fifth, and sixth are scarcely visible; as the animal contracts
in spirit they become more noticeable; the two front valves are the
largest, third valve considerably sm: aller (these three valves are close
together) ; fourth valve remote from the third, very small, hardly
visible, buried deeply in the muscular integument of the pice fifth
valve remote from the fourth, hardly visible; sixth valve remote
from the fifth, just visible; seventh valve remote from the sixth,
more conspicuous; posterior valve conspicuous, much nearer to the
seventh than the seventh is to the sixth.

The articulamentum is relatively large in proportion to the tegmentum,

COOKE: ON CRYPTOPLAX EVANESCENS, N.SP. 321

especially in the more buried valves; the angle of the articulamentum
is very deeply cut, especially in valve 3.

The scudpture of the external portion of the valves is rude, and
consists mainly of a central ridge, which slightly projects forward,
forming a sort of blunt beak; this ridge in valve 1 is broadly oval,
and lies on the hinder portion of the shell ; in valve 2 it is prominent,
and runs the whole length of the valve, with two small, longitudinally
striated, lateral areas, but in valves 3, 4, and 5 it consists of a beak
only ; this beak area increases in size, and becomes more prominent,
in the posterior valves.

Radula normal (Professor H. M. Gwatkin).

Length of full-grown specimen, 44 inches.

Hab.—F¥ unafuti, South Central Pacific (Mr. J. 8. Gardiner).

The nearest ally of this species appears to be Cr. Burrowi,
E. A. Smith, from which it differs markedly in (1) its narrower
form, (2) the smaller size of the valves, (3) the relative position of
the valves, and (4) length of the gill-rows, which in Burrow? are
longer in proportion to the whole length of the animal.

I am not able to say whether pores are present, but there is no
sign of lateral tufts on the integument. ‘The usual three slits in
the anterior valve are present, but are very rude and undeveloped.
Measurements of the valves are subjoined (in tenths of an inch) :—

Length. Breadth.
Front valve , ; : +125 ; ; +125
Second ,, : ; ; +125 ‘ ; 15
Third _,, Pate Seb eco et Poss
Fourth ,, : 5 : -07 : : 05
Fifth Be : 3 : -07 ; : 05
Sixth ss 3 ‘ ; 05 F : -045
Seventh ,, i : F -083 ; : -05
Posterior ,, ; 1 j -06

The whole animal is thus thirty-six times as long as its longest
valve, and ninety times as long as its shortest.

This species may be regarded as forming, so far as our present
knowledge extends, a sort of last term in the series of Chitons which
exhibit gradual degradation of the valves.! So far as I am aware,
it is the only species yet described in which, while all the valves are
reduced in size, some are so far embedded in the integument that in
fresh specimens they are scarcely visible.

If we may take it for granted that the original object of a molluscan
shell was the protection of some vital part or parts of the organism,
it is plain that in the present case, as compared with the form of
shell normal in the Polyplacophora, this particular function of the
shell has practically ceased to exist. But, since the vital organs may
be taken to exist as before, and to be in equal need of some sort of
protection—except in so far as it is afforded by increased safety
of habitat—it may be safely assumed that the degradation of the
valves has been accompanied by a parallel thickening or extension of
the dorsal integument, so that the protection once afforded by one
portion of the animal has been transferred to another.

1 See Haddon, Challenger Expedition, Report on the Polyplacophora.

one PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

It is interesting to note the analogy presented by other limaciform
Mollusca, in which the shell, once probably external and substantial,
has become overlapped by developments of the dorsal area and has
gradually disappeared from view, ultimately either vanishing alto-
gether or becoming disintegrated, or else, as in the case of Zestacella,
completely shifting its position or becoming redeveloped in a position
where a special necessity had to be provided for. In all these cases
it will be found that the modification of the size or shape of the
shell was, as it were, compensated for by a corresponding modification
of the integument, which took its place and did its work.

It is possible that future discovery may bring to light a form or
forms of Chiton in which the process of degradation has proceeded
further still, and in which all the valves are markedly embedded, or
in which some have even become non-existent. On a consideration
of the present species and its nearest allies, one would expect the
sixth, fifth, and fourth valves to disappear first, since in their case
the reduction of size has proceeded furthest, while one might hazard
a conjecture that the limit valves at either end would maintain their
existence longest.

Mr. C. Hedley records ' no Polyplacophora from the atoll, with the
exception of a single mutilated median valve of a species of Zonicia,
dredged at 150 fathoms. He remarks that Pease only knew of six
species of Polyplacophora from the Central Pacific, a fact remarkable
when it is considered how abundantly the group is represented on the
west coast of South America, Australia, and New Zealand.

1 «“The Mollusea of Funafuti,’’ Supplement : Mem. Austr. Museum, iii, pt. ix,
p- 550, 1899.

323

CHARACTERS OF A NEW SUB-GENUS AND SPECIES OF
CHOANOPOMA FROM CUBA.

By H. B. Presron, F.Z.S.
Read 11th April, 1913.

RamspeEnia, n.subgen.

Shell perforate, cylindrical, the first two whorls mamillary,
contiguous, the third widely disjunct, the fourth, fifth, and sixth
contiguous except towards the aperture where the last is slightly
disjunct, transversely, laminately sculptured; operculum calcareous,
with central, depressed nucleus, the outer margin costulate, the inner
or depressed portion bearing a raised spiral ridge.

Genotype: R. mirifica, u.sp.

The adult shell is generally decollate, and lacks the first three
whorls; thus only immature specimens, as a rule, show the upper
distinguishing characters.

There seems little doubt but that Ramsdenia should be classed as
a sub-genus of Choanopoma,' Pfr., and would in some respects appear
to be intermediate between Choanopoma, sensu stricto, and its sub-
genera Blesospira® and Xenopoma,® both of Crosse.

It is with great pleasure that I associate the name of my friend
Mr. Charles T. Ramsden, the collector, with the above sub-genus.

CHoanopoma (RAMSDENIA) MIRIFICA, 0.Sp.

Shell dextral, cylindrically fusiform, cream-coloured ; whorls 6, the
first two smooth except in the sutural region, where they are strongly
and serratedly crenellate, the third whorl loosely disjunct, sculptured
only with erect, fine, slightly distant, transverse costule, the fourth,
fifth, and sixth volutions joined except just behind the aperture,
angled at the periphery, sculptured with spiral lire crossed by very
wavy, erect, fine, frill-like, transverse costule arranged in groups of
two or three on the fourth whorl, three to four on the fifth, and four
to five or six on the last whorl, the interstices beimg occupied with
fine, wavy, scratch-like, spiral strie ; suture deeply incised, coarsely

' Zeitsch. f. Malak., 1847, pp. 47, 107.
* Journ. de Conch., Paris, vol. xxxviii, pp. 280-2, 1890.
3 Tom. cit., pp. 282-3.

324 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

crenellated and serrated by the termination of the groups of frill-like
costule; perforation very narrow, spinously costulate; peristome
continuous, subcircular, outwardly frilled by the termination of the
spiral lire except in the immediate contra-parietal region; operculum
calcareous, sinistral, white, deeply depressed in the centre, having four
volutions, the two outer whorls closely, obliquely, arcuately costulate,
the two inner bearing an erect, serrated, spiral ridge. Alt. (allowing
for apical whorls), 8°75 (about), diam. maj. 4 mm.; aperture,
alt. 1°75, diam. 1°75 mm.

Hab.—Bayate, near Concepcioncita, 30 miles north-west of
Guantanamo, ‘‘a totally unexplored locality’? (C. T. Ramsden).
Young specimens of this extraordinary form are widely umbilicate
and bear a marginal, a sub-marginal, and an interior spiral liration.

Proc. Matac.,

, CS
a %
A.H. Searle del et lith. Huth imp,
LAND SHELLS FROM FldJl ISLANDS.

co
bo
Or

THE HELICOID LAND SHELLS OF THE FIJI ISLANDS, WITH
DEFINITIONS OF THREE NEW GENERA AND DESCRIPTIONS
OF FOUR NEW SPECIES.

By G. K. Guns, F.Z.S.
Read 11th April, 1913.
(PLATE XIV.)

Aw interesting little collection of Helicoids from the Fiji Islands
has been kindly placed in my hands for identification by Mr. John
Ponsonby. They were collected by his son, Mr. Richard Ponsonby,
during a temporary residence in that group of islands, and although
there appears to be only one undescribed form among them, several
of the older species, which have hitherto remained rare in collections,
have now fortunately been rediscovered. It is also of interest having
to record the presence in those islands of two Oriental species—
doubtless introduced with living plants—viz. Hemiplecta striata (Gray),
a native of the Malay Peninsula, and Hulota similaris (Feér.), believed
to be indigenous in China, but at present found in many parts, not
only of the old, but also of the new world. It is believed to owe its
present wide distribution to the fact that it has been carried with the
suil attached to coffee plants. My own records cover the following
localities: Asia—China and Formosa, Japan, Siam, Cochin-China,
Penang, Perak, Singapore, Java, Celebes, Philippine Islands, India,
Burma, Ceylon; Australia—New South Wales; Pacific—Sandwich
Islands; Africa—Natal, the Seychelles, Comoros, and the islands of
Rodriguez, Mauritius, Bourbon, Madagascar, and Ascension; America—
Bermuda, Cuba, Barbados, Brazil, and Argentina.

In comparing Mr. Ponsonby’s shells with those in the Natural
History Museum, I came across a considerable quantity of unnamed
material collected in the Fiji Islands by the officers of H.M.S. Herald
(MacGillivray, Rayner, and McDonald) between 1854 and 1857,
and presented to the Museum by the Admiralty. Mr. E. A. Smith,
the Assistant-Keeper of Zoology, having with his unvarying courtesy
placed these at my disposal, I have considered this a fitting opportunity
of working out these shells at the same time. This collection yielded
four undescribed species—one of them co-specific with the one found
by Mr. Richard Ponsonby—three of which I refer to the genus Fretum,
while the fourth does not appear to be referable to any known genus,
and I am therefore obliged to create a new genus for its reception.

Fista, nov. gen.

Shell discoid, umbilicated, thin, pellucid; the later whorls costulate,
decussated by spiral sulci.
Type: FP. Macgillivrayi, Gude.

Three other species (Clayi, Barkasi, and Samoensis) do not appear
to assimilate with any other Zonitoids, and for these I propose—

326 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

LIARDETIA, noy. gen.

Shell small, trochoid, thin, finely but distinctly costulate, periphery
carinated.
Type: Nanina Clayi, Liardet.

Three further species (Nouleti, Pfeiffer’, and Otare) I am likewise ©

unable to classify with any other Pacific shells. One of these, Pfecferi,
has indeed been referred by von Martens to the genus Hurypus of
Semper'— Hurypus being preoccupied, Mr. Sykes has substituted
Fretum for Semper’s name—but I am unable to concur in this view,
seeing that this species and its allies are widely different from Casea,
the type of that genus. More recently Mr. Sykes* has placed some
Norfolk Island species in Mretuwm, which, however, hkewise bear no
resemblance to its type, and may in fact constitute another new
genus, but these will, I hope, be dealt with on another occasion.
For the reception of the three before-mentioned species I now
propose—
TRENELLA,® Nov. gen.

Shell imperforate, turbinate or depressed conoid, solid, livid purplish,

shining, smooth or striated and decussated with spirals.

Type: Helix Nouleti, Le Guillou.
Fretum Lepipum, n.sp. Pl. XIV, Figs. 3a-e.

Shell perforate, turbinate, shining, dark fuscous above, milky
white below, or entirely milky white; spire depressed, apex obtuse,
suture channelled; whorls 4, rounded, very finely striated trans-
versely and spirally, the strize being perceptible only with a strong
lens; aperture rotundate, margins acute, regularly curved; columellar
margin reflected, practically covering the narrow perforation of the
umbilicus, and furnished inside with a slightly entering callous fold,
not equally developed in all specimens. Diam. maj. 9, min. 8 mm.;
alt. 5°5 mm.

Hab.—Island of Ngau, under dead leaves and logs. October, 1855.
(J. MacGillivray.) Six specimens.

Type in the British Museum.

Allied to xodulata, Mouss., but, while possessing only four whorls,
it is nearly twice as large as that species, which has six whorls.

Fretum Puacitum, n.sp. Pl. XIV, Figs. 4a-e.

Shell narrowly perforate, conoid; spire depressed, apex obtuse,
suture channelled; whorls 4, increasing rapidly, last more than
twice as wide as the penultimate, slightly dilated towards the
aperture, a little rounded above, angulated above the periphery,
the angle disappearing towards the aperture, inflated below ; smooth,
shining, finely striated; aperture oblique, crescent-shaped, margins
acute, regularly curved; columellar margin reflected and almost
covering the narrow perforation of the umbilicus. ‘Type whitish

1 Monatsber. Berlin Akad., 1877, p. 268.
2 Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond., vol. iv, p. 140, 1900.
3 eipnvn, ‘ peace,’ to convey the idea of the locality : Pacifie Ocean.

|

)

GUDE: ON FIJIAN HELICOID LAND SHELLS. 327

corneous, slightly suffused with pale fuscous. Diam. maj. 10,
min. 8°75 mm.; alt. 6 mm.

Hab.—Island of Ngau. September, 1854. (MacGillivray.) Five
specimens.

Type in the British Museum.

One specimen is fuscous in colour, and measures, diam. maj. 10°5,
min. 9mm.; alt. 6mm.
Allied to the preceding species, but larger, the last whorl is more
tumid below towards the aperture, the umbilicus is narrower, the
aperture less dilated transversely and the angulation above the
periphery is much less, while the microscopic spirals of Mretum
lepidum are absent in the present species.

Fretum Ricwarpi, n.sp. Pl. XIV, Figs. lac.

Shell narrowly umbilicated, depressed, conoid, pellucid, clouded at
the umbilical region, corneous, shining, smooth, faintly and irregularly
striated; apex acute, suture shallow, margined; whorls 4,
increasing rapidly, the last twice as wide as the penultimate ;
flattened above, rather acutely angulated above the periphery,
inflated below; aperture diagonal; margins acute, upper and outer
nearly straight, lower regularly curved, columellar obliquely
descending, slightly reflected and overhanging the narrow umbilicus.
Diam. maj. 15°5, min. 13°5 mm.; alt. 9mm.

Hab.—Viti Levu, under dead leaves. September, 1856. (Rayner
and McDonald.) Two specimens.

Allied to Fretum Hoytt, Garr., but more depressed than that
species and with more conical spire; the angulation of the whorls
is more pronounced, the whorls increase more rapidly, the aperture is
more dilated transversely, and the shell is of a thinner texture. The
second specimen measures, diam. maj. 14°25, min. 13 mm.; alt. 9mm.

Var. atrofusea, n.var. ,
Differs from the type in being dark fuscous. Diam. maj. 15:5,

min. 13°5 mm.; alt. 9°5 mm.
Hab.—Suva Harbour. (Mr. Richard Ponsonby.) Two specimens.

Fig1a Maceitrivrayi, n.sp. Pl. XIV, Figs. 2a-e.

Shell narrowly umbilicated, conoid, pale corneous; spire depressed,
apex obtuse, suture deep ; whorls 53, tumid, increasing slowly
and regularly, apical whorl almost smooth, the next regularly and
strongly costulate above, the costule becoming more crowded and
finer on the last portion of the last whorl; costule strongly
decussated by spiral sulci; last whorl angular above periphery,
costule and spiral sulci descending below the periphery where they
terminate abruptly, below which the shell is finely striated trans-
versely, shining, with some distant, irregular, shallow spiral grooves ;
aperture oblong-ovate; margins acute, regularly curved, columellar
shortly dilated, reflected and overhanging the moderate umbilicus.
Diam. maj. 12, min. 11 mm.; alt. 7 mm.

Hab.—M atuku, under dead leaves, August, 1855. (MacGillivray.)
Seven specimens.

bo

VOL. X.—JUNE, 1913. 2

328 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

As regards sculpture and shape of shell the present species some- -
what resembles a miniature Hemitrichia. I do not know any species «
with which to compare it.

As a quarter of a century has elapsed since any new species of —
Helicoids from this group of islands were described,' the present
would appear to be a suitable occasion to tabulate all the known |
forms from that region.

In the subjoined classified list the species represented in the Herald '
collection are indicated by the letter H, while those brought home by
Mr. Richard Ponsonby are distinguished by R.P. A few species sent.
to the British Museum by Liardet are marked with the letter L. In
each case the localities are appended.

Genus Parmetia, H. Ad.
planata, H. Ad.

Genus Lrarperra, Gude.
Clayt (Liardet). Vatou, Neau; H. Taviuni; L.
Barkast (Liardet). Ngau, Vatou; H.

Genus Sitaza, H. Ad.
Pinnocki (Liardet). Taviuni; L.
sansita (Cox). Pl. XIV, Figs. 7a-c. Totoya; H. Island in Suva
Harbour: RP.
microconus (Mouss.). Also found in the Samoa and Friendly Islands.

Genus Purtonesra, Sykes.
sororia (Cox).
Vitiensis (Mouss.). Viti Levu, Moalu, Totoya; H. Island in Suva
Harbour; R.P. |
perpolita (Mouss.). Also found in the Samoa and Friendly Islands.
Upolensis (Mouss.). Totoya; H. Also found in the Samoa Islands.
= Samoensis (Baird, non Mouss.).

Genus Lamprocystis, Pfeff.

excrescens (Mouss.). Viti Levu; H. Island in Suva Harbour; K.P.
Also found in the Cook Islands, the Friendly Islands, and the
New Hebrides.

jirmostyla (Mouss.). Also found in the Samoa and Friendly Islands.

Kiaoensis (Garr.).

= Kiraensis, Garr. (err. typ.).
= Kivaensis, Tryon.

Stearnsiana (Garr.).

Taviuniensis, Garr.

unisuleata (Mouss.). Also found in the Samoa Islands.

= laqueata (Baird).
Genus Frerum, Sykes.
casca (Gould),
= calva (Gould, non Lowe).
= Vitiensis (Pfr., non Mouss.).

1 The last paper is by Garrett, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1887, p. 164.

GUDE: ON FIJIAN HELICOID LAND SHELLS. 329

similis (Semp.).
tenellum (Garr. ).
nodulatum (Mouss.).
piacitum, Gude. Ngau; H.
lepidum, Gude. Ngau; H.
Ramsay? (Liardet).
vitrininum (Liardet). Taviuni; L.
Schmeltzianum (Garr.). Pl. XIV, Figs. 5a-c.
Richardi, Gude. Viti Levu; H.

var. atrofusca, Gude. Suva; R.P.
Assavaense (Garr.).
Ffragillimum (Mouss.). Viti Levu, Ovalau, Ngau; H. Viti Levu; R.P.
Hoyti (Garr.). Viti Levu, Ovalau; H.
Godeffroyanum (Garr. ).

Genus OrpIEcta, Gray.
scorpio (Gould),

Genus IrENELLA, Gude.

Nouleti (Le G.). R.P.
= rubricata (Gould).
polita (Mouss.).
Pfeiffert (Phil.).
= lurida (Gould),
Otaree (Garr.). Vanna Levu, Viti Levu; H.

Genus Fisra, Gude.

plicostriata (Mouss.). Viti Levu; H.
Macgillivrayt, Gude. Matuku; H.

Genus TrocnomorpHa, Albers.

abrochroa (Crosse). Viti Levu; H. Island in Suva Harbour; R.P.
var. pseudoplanorbis, Mouss.

accurata, Mouss.

corallina, Mouss.

Jessonia (Angas).

Kantavuensis, Garr.

latimarginata (Smith).

Liidersi (Pfr.). Ngau; H. Also found in the Society and Friendly

Islands.

Merzianoides (Garr. ).

planoconus (Mouss.), Garr.

subtrochiformis, Mouss. Also found in the Samoa Islands.

Swainsont (Pfr.). Also found in the Society Islands.

Taviuniensis (Garr.).

themis, Garr.

transarata (Mouss.).
var. depressostriata, Mouss.

tumulus (Gould).

330 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY,

Genus Enpnoponta, Albers.
Section Z'haumatodon, Pilsbry.

Maupiensis (Garr.). Also found in the Society Islands.
= Maupitiensis, Pfr.
subdedalea (Mouss.).
Genus Cuaropa, Albers.
adposita (Mouss.).
tnermis (Mouss.). Vatou; H.
monstrosa (Ancey). Pl. XIV, Figs. 6a-e.
= trregularis (Mouss., non Semp.).
Princet (Liardet). Taviuni; L.

IntropuceD SpECcIEs.

Hemiplecta striata (Gray). Suva; R.P.
Eulota similaris (Fér.). R.P.

DovusrruL or Spurtous lEecorps.

Trochomorpha planorbis (Less.), var.

Planispira ( Trachiopsis) leucolena (Crosse).
= Delessertiana, var.

Cochlostyla ( Callicochlias) semirufa (Albers).

From the foregoing list it appears that the total number of
Helicoids known from Fiji amounts to fifty-eight, by far the greatest
number being confined to those islands, since only ten of them have
been recorded from other groups, of which seyen occur in the three
immediately surrounding archipelagoes, viz. the Samoa or Navigator
Islands, the Tonga or Friendly Islands, and the New Hebrides,
while four are shared with the farther outlying groups (the Society
Islands and the Cook or Hervey Islands). As regards the genera,
four are as far as can at present be ascertained endemic ( Lzardetia,
Orpirella, Irenella, and Fyia), the others being generally distributed
over all the Pacific Island groups, some of them, viz. Sztala, Lampro-
eystis, and Trochomorpha, having in fact a much wider distribution,
occurring on the continent and most of the islands of Asia, while
Endodonta even reaches South Africa and St. Helena, and Charopa
extends to Australasia.

Two previously described species, viz. Sitala sansita (Cox) and
Fretum Schmeltzianum (Garr.), the latter from my own collection,
are now figured for the first time.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIV.
Fics.

la-c. Fretum Richard, n.sp.

2a-c. Fujia Macgillwrayi, n.sp.
3a-c. Fretum lepidum, n.sp.

4a-c. FF. placitum, n.sp.

5a-c. F'. Schmeltzianum (Garr.).
6a-c. Charopa monstrosa (Ancey).
7a-c. Sitala sansita (Cox).

PaAkhGes FOR ADVERITSEMENTS.

OUTSIDE COVER. Each insertion—

Whole page . , ‘ 30s.
Half page : : ; 15s.
Quarter page. ; : 7s. 6d.

INSIDE COVER. Each insertion—

Whole page . : : 20s.
Half page : : 10s.
Quarter page. : : 5s.

MWalacologtcal Soctety of London.

(Founded 27th February, 1893.)

Officers and Council—elected 14th February, 1918.
President :—Rev. A. H. Cooks, M.A., F.Z.S.

Vice-Presidents :—G. C. Crick, F.G.S.; R. Bunten Newton, F.GS. ;
H. B. Preston, F.Z.S. ; E. R. Syxus, B.A, F.LS.

Treasurer :—J. H. Ponsonsy, F.Z.8., 15 Chesham Place, London, S.W.

Secretary:—G. K. Gupr, F.Z.S., 45 West Hill Road, Wandsworth,
London, 8.W.

Editor:—E. A. Surra, I.S.0., 22 Heathfield Road, Acton, London, W.

Other Members of Council:—Rev. E. W. Bowett, M.A.; C. OLDHAM ;

G. C. Rogson, B.A. ; H.O. N. Saaw, F.Z.S.; J. R. te B. Tomiin,
M.A., F.E.S.; B. B. Woopwarp, F.L.S.

By kind permission of the Council of the Liynan Sociwry, the
MEETINGS are held in their apartments at Burttineron House,
Piccapituy, W., on the second Fripay in each month from NOVEMBER

to JUNE.

The OBJECT of the Society is to promote the study of the Mollusca,
both recent and fossil.

MEMBERS, both Ordinary and Corresponding (the latter resident
without the British Islands), are elected by ballot on a certificate of
recommendation sigued by two or more Members.

LADIES are eligible for election.
The SUBSCRIPTION is, for Ordinary Members 10s. 6d. per annum

or £7 7s. for Life, for Corresponding Members 7s. 6d. per annum or
£5 5s. for Life. All Members on election pay an Entrance Fee of 10s. 6d.

The PROCEEDINGS are issued three times a year, and each
Member is entitled to receive a copy of those numbers issued during
membership.

[Vols. I-VIII and Vol. IX, Parts I-III, consisting of 52 Parts,
price 5s. net per Part. Parts IV-VI of Vol. IX, and all
succeeding Parts, price 7s. 6d. each. A discount of 20 per
cent upon the above prices is allowed to Members purchasing
these Volumes or Parts through the Secretary. |

Further information, with forms of proposal for Membership, may be
obtained from the Secretary, to whom all communications should be sent
at his private address, as given above.

STEPHEN AUSTIN AND SONS, LTD., PRINTERS, HERTFORD,

Vol. X. Part VI. SEPTEMBER, 1913. Price 7s. 6d. net.

{ PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

PALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY

‘ OF LONDON.

EDITED BY
Pi ASS MEPH SL SOne Acs.
Under the direction of the Publication Committee.

“AUTHORS ALONE ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE STATEMENTS IN THEIR RESPECTIVE
A PAPERS,

t
b eae

icone AP ak Sr ING

PROCEEDINGS :— PAGE | PAPERS continued :— PAGE
Ordinary Meetings : Descriptions of new species of
Wl ilils, dhs 8} AAs oeeqsbeanasaa 331 Land Shells from Africa. By
URINE Matas conecses.s=. sce cows 331 C. R. BorttTGErR. (Plates
XV VALS RA wee oe esos wevintigreee 348

_ NOTES :— | Ona collection of Land and

7 Non-marine Mollusea from the | Freshwater Shells from the

¥ Old Bed of the Thames at | Upper Nile Region. By C. R.

f Barn Elms with Margaritana | BOETTGER&F. HAAs. (Figs.) 355
(Pseudunio) auricularius Note on Pseudomalaxis, Fischer,
(Speng.). By A.S. KENNARD, and descriptions of a new

: F.G.S., & B.B. WooDWARD, speciesand sub-genus. By the

I ‘PLS CQL e nD B24 Marquis de MONTEROSATO.

+ | (BSR ale tei siec askance caeteeeesek 362

__ PAPERS :— | The Land Mollusca of the

: Descriptions of three new species | Kermadec Islands. By T.

A of Land Shells from New | IREDALE. (Plate XVIII.)... 364

4 Zealand. By H. SuTER. | Definitions of further new

‘i GEN ates hecugictst-srsie. BOO | genera of Zonitide. By

— On Callista, Amiantis, and G. K. GuDE, F.Z.S. ......... 389

: Pitaria. By A. J. JUKES- | TITLE-PAGE, Contents, and Index

; Browne, F.R.S., F.G.8. ... 335 | to Vol. X.

LONDON : BERLIN:
DULAU & CO., LTD., R. FRIEDLANDER & SOHN,
37 SoHO SQUARE, W. 11 KARLSTRASSE, N.W.

For information concerning the

MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON

See page iv of this wrapper.

331

ORDINARY MEETING.
Fripay, 9TH May, 1913.
The Rey. A. H. Cooks, M.A., F.Z.S., President, in the Chair.
Dr. Augusto Nobre was elected a member of the Society.

The following communications were read :—

1. ‘‘ Descriptions of three new species of Land Shells from New
Zealand.” By H. Suter.

2. “On Callista, Amiantis, and Pitaria.” By A.J. Jukes-Browne,
PR.S., F.G.S.

3. ‘Descriptions of new species of Land Shells from Africa.”
By Cesar R Boettger.

4. “On a collection of Land and Freshwater Shells from the
Upper Nile Region.” By Cxsar R. Boettger and Fritz Haas.

Mr. B. B. Woodward, F.L.S., exhibited a number of glass tubes
which were found after a time to be covered with condensed moisture
on the inner surface, although the aperture had not been sealed or
closed with cork, but only with cotton wool. He believed this to be
due to an inherent defect in the glass itself, but he was taking steps
to find out the cause, and promised to communicate the result.

Mr. R. B. Newton exhibited specimens of Ampullaria ovata, with
opercula of that species, and Lanistes carinatus from a Miocene
deposit near the Victoria Nyanza, both species occurring in that
region in the recent state.

ORDINARY MEETING.
Fripay, 13TH Jung, 1913.
The Rev. A. H. Cooke, M.A., F.Z.S., President, in the Chair.

The following communications were read :—

1. “ Note on the genus Pseudomalazis, Fischer, and descriptions of
a new species and sub-genus.”” By the Marquis de Monterosato.

2. ‘“Non-marine Mollusca from the Old Bed of the Thames at
Barn Elms with Margaritana ( Pseudunio) auricularius (Speng.).”” By
A.S. Kennard, F.G.S., and B. B. Woodward, F.L.S.

3. ‘The Land Mollusca of the Kermadec Islands.”” By Tom Iredale.

4. “ Definitions of further new genera of Zonitide.” By G. K.
Gude, F.Z.S.

Mr. Tom Iredale exhibited a two-mouthed specimen of a Pupa
taken by him in Hungary.

Mr. C. N. Bromehead, B.A., exhibited Unio tumidus and Anodonta
eygnea, var., dredged from the River Thames off Battersea.

VOL. X.—SEPTEMBER, 1913. 23

3382

NOTES.

Non-martneé Moriusca From THE OLp Bep or THE THAMES AT
Barn Evmus witu Warearitana (PSevpUNIO) AURICULARIUS (SPENG.).
(Read 13th June, 1913.)—We received from Mr. Lawrence some small
masses of iron-cemented grit containing shells that had come from the
same deposit as the race-covered Unio auricularius,Speng.,and U.tumidus,
Retz. From these masses we extracted the following species :—

Aneylus fluviatilis, Mill. Valvata cristata, Miill.

Limneea pereger (Miill.). Theodoxus fluviatilis (Linn. ).
Planorbis albus, Miill. Spherium corneum (Linn. ).

P. crista (Linn.). Pisidium Henslowanum (Shepp.).
P. contortus (Linn. ). P. supinum, A. Schm.

Bithynia tentaculata (Linn.). P. nitidum, Jenyns.

B. Leachii (Shepp. ). P. pusillum (Gmel.), Jenyns. ~

Valvata piscinalis, Miill.

The Spherium corneum resembles in form the variety menanum met
with at Crayford and Erith, so that this form must have lingered on, or
the Barn Elms deposit is older than one would have been led to believe.

A. S. Kennarp & B. B. Woopwarp.

333

DESCRIPTIONS OF THREE NEW SPECIES OF LAND SHELLS
FROM NEW ZEALAND.

By Hewry Soren.
Read 9th May, 1913.

Some New Zealand land shells, collected by Mrs. G. B. Longstaff,
and also a number found by Mr. G. W. Howes, of Dunedin, were
sent to me by the former for identification. Amongst them I found
the three new species which are now described and figured.

Enpoponta (Cuaropa) Lonesrarri, n.sp.

Shell very small, sub-discoidal, the whorls very narrow, umbilicate,
with close radiate riblets, uniformly light brown. Sculpture of the
post-embryonic whorls consisting of very fine and close radiate riblets,
28 to 30 per millimetre, slightly flexuous above and upon the
periphery, straight on the base, with exceedingly faint microscopic
dense spiral striation, the interstices with a few fine incremental

lines. Colour light brown, without any colour-markings. Spire
slightly raised, broadly convex, flat in the centre. Protoconch of
14 smooth flattish volutions. Whorls 64, narrowly coiled up, very
slowly increasing, convex, periphery regularly rounded. Sutwre well
impressed. Aperture oblique, rotundly lunate. Peristome simple,
acute, margins converging. Columella short, arcuate, vertical.
Umbilicus wide and deep, perspective, about one-third of the greatest
diameter. Height 1°5, diam. 2°8 mm.

Dentition unknown.

Type in my collection.

Hab.—Orepuki, Southland (Mrs. G. B. Longstaff), type; Wood-
haugh, Otago (Mr. G. W. Howes).

Named in honour of Mrs. G. B. Longstaff, F.L.S., who discovered
the species when visiting New Zealand in 1910.

THALASSOHELIX PYGM#A, N.Sp.

Shell very small, trochiform, narrowly umbilicated, smooth, pellucid
and thin, periphery distinctly angled. Scw/pture consisting of fine

oblique growth-lines and fine microscopic spiral striation, base with
spiral line more prominent than the others at some distance from the

334 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

umbilicus. Colour pale horny, with faint rufous radial streaks of
different width, extending over the base. pidermis thin, slightly
shining. Spire conoidal, convex, of about the same height as the
aperture. Protoconch of 1} smooth whorls, obtuse. Whorls 5,
regularly increasing, lightly convex, periphery angled; base
convex. Suture not much impressed. Aperture slightly oblique,
sub-quadrangular. Peristome simple, acute. Columedla short, sub-
vertical, a little reflexed. Umbilicus narrow, open, one-eighth of the
greatest diameter. Height 2°8, diam. 4 mm.

Dentition unknown.

Type in my collection.

Hab.—Woodhaugh, Otago (Mr. G. W. Howes). One specimen.

Laoma (PHRIXGNATHUS) GRACILIS, n.sp.

Shell minute, depressed globose, umbilicated, almost smooth, thin,
somewhat shining, pellucid, uniformly horn-colour. Sculpture con-
sisting of fine irregular growth-lines and very fine microscopic spiral
strie, the last whorl being faintly and somewhat irregularly radially
plicated. Colour greenish horn-colour. Spire conoidal, the height
slightly more than that of the aperture. Protoconch obtuse, smooth,

-

of 1} volutions. Whorls 44, the last large in proportion, convex;
base rounded. Suture well impressed. Aperture somewhat oblique,
broadly lunate. Peristome acute, thin, the margins faintly converging.
Columella short, oblique, nearly straight, slightly reflexed. Umbilicus
moderate, open, deep, about one-seventh of the greatest diameter.
Height 1°5, diam. 2°3 mm.

Dentition unknown.

Type in my collection.

Hab.—Woodhaugh, Otago (Mr. G. W. Howes). One specimen.

This species stands nearest to Z. virddula, Suter, which, however,
is imperforate.

300

ON CALLISTA, AMIANTIS, AND PITARIA.
By A. J. Joxes-Browne, F.R.S., F.G.S.
Read 9th May, 19138.

Tue large group of shells which was called Callista by Morch (1853)
and by the Adams Bros. (1857), and Dione by Gray (1847), was
divided by Romer into three sections (1857 and 1862), which were
really genera, for he regarded them as co-ordinate with Zvvela,
Meretrix, and Circe.! His divisions were Callista for the Venus chione
group, Caryatis for the C. tuwmens group, which he had called Pitar
in 1847, and Dione, which he restricted to the Venus dione group,
but included D. nodilis, which is the Cytherea callosa of Conrad, and
for which Carpenter proposed the sub-genus Amiantis.

A little later (1876) the whole group was briefly reviewed by
Meek, who thought all these divisions might be reunited into one
genus under the name Callista (Poli & Adams). Of this genus he
made six sections or sub-genera, including Rémer’s three groups, and
adding to them a sub-genus Macrocallista, and the fossils Aphrodina
(Conrad) and Dosiniopsis (Conrad).

More recently (1902) Dr. Dall published a ‘Synopsis of the
Veneride”,*? in which he regarded most of these groups as separate
genera, discarded the name Callista, and made a still further sub-
division of them so that his genera and sub-genera are as follows :—
Macrocallista, Meek, with sub-genus Chionella, Cossmann.
Amiantis, Carpenter, with section Aucallista, Dall.
Callocardia, Adams, with sub-genus Agriopoma, Dall.
Pitaria, Romer, em., with sub-genus Hysteroconcha.
Aphrodina (as sub-genus of his Cytherea, Bolten).

A comparison of this arrangement with those of Romer and Meek
has convinced me that Rdmer’s is much more natural and satisfactory
than either of the others. I propose to give my reasons for this
opinion and to bring under review some other small groups of shells
which are closely allied, viz. the Zivelina of Cossmann, the Lepidocardia
and Zransenella of Dall, and that for which I proposed the name of
Calpitaria in 1908.

If it be argued that all these groups are so closely allied that
they form no more than one genus, there is little fault to be found
with Meek’s arrangement, for we need then only exclude Dosiniopsis,
which indeed he included with some doubt. It may be admitted
that the groups above mentioned are linked together by species which
combine the characters of two or more of them. At the same time
there is no reason why we should not accept the existence of links
between groups which it is otherwise convenient to regard as separate
genera.

Orv He Co bo

1 Krit. Untersuchung der Arten des Moll. Venus, Cassel, 1857; and Malakozool.
Blatter, Bd. viii, 1862.
2 Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. xxvi, p. 335, 1902.

336 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

A genus is not a definite creation, but a result of evolution, and
the establishment of genera is therefore largely a matter of convenience,
Thus, when we are dealing with a large group of shells it is con-
venient to divide it into several genera, if these can be usefully
defined, while, if this very group had not developed so many species,
it might have been more convenient to make one genus with several
sub-genera. It is not necessary that a genus should be an absolutely
isolated group ; a genus may be isolated from other recent genera by
the extinction of links, though some of these links may occur in fossil
faunas; on the other hand, in some cases links between two generic
groups may have survived to the present time, and for convenience
may have to be included in one of the two genera.

The Cytherea or Callista group is a large one, and consequently it
seems convenient to divide it into a limited number of genera,
provided that these can be defined so that they are easily distin-
guishable from one another. Both Romer and Dall have essayed
to do this, and Romer’s three divisions seem to me much more
natural and convenient than Dall’s. Thus I see no reason for
separating what Dr. Dall calls ‘Agriopoma’ from Pitaria, the shells
having substantially the same dentition; while the typical Dione
group agrees much more closely with Amantis than with Pitaria.
Finally, Aphrodina is essentially a Callista, as I have previously
shown, and has so little in common with the Venus puerpura group
that I am sure few will follow Dr. Dall’s lead in that direction.

An independent examination of a large number of species
belonging to these groups led me to the conclusion that they
might conveniently be arranged in three sets which could well be
regarded as genera. Subsequent reference to Romer’s lists of species
showed me that my grouping was substantially the same as _ his,
though I can certainly indicate the critical differences between them
more briefly and clearly than he did.

These three genera have been widely known by the names of
Callista, Dione, and Caryatis, but here we are brought up against
that thorny and almost insuperable obstacle of nomenclature.
Callista cannot be used as if it had been properly established by Poli,
because he applied it solely to the animal, or rather to the animals of
several Linnean genera, and did not intend it to be used as a name
for any shells belonging to the Linnean genus Venus. Again, if the
strict rule of priority is enforced Callista cannot be derived from
Morch or Adams because Gray unfortunately published Leach’s
use of it in 1852, though so used it becomes merely a synonym of
Clausina (Brown).

The rule of priority, however, is breaking down from the shear
weight of the absurdities and inconveniences with which it is
burdened, and of these Callista is a striking instance. If discarded
it would have to be replaced by the name Macrocallista, which
presupposes the existence of a Callista and was actually proposed
by Meek for a mere section of Callista. The larger and typical
group has then to be included under the name Chionella, which
was proposed by Cossmann so late as 1887 for a small group of

JUKES-BROWNE: ON CALLISTA, AMIANTIS, AND PITARIA. 337

Eocene fossils. This is surely a reductio ad absurdum! For the
prevention of such cases as this it seems to me that a relaxation of
the rule is required, and that authority should be given for deriving
the name from the first subsequent author who used it for the same
group to which the current type belongs. ‘This would enable us
to pass over Leach and to derive the name Callista either from
Morch, whose first species was C. erycina, or from H. & A. Adams,
whose typical example was C. chione. I shall therefore retain the
name Callista in the hope that the International Zoological Congress
will eventually adopt this course.

The name Dione, however, cannot stand because it was preoccupied
by Hubner in 1816 (Lepidoptera), nor can it be replaced by Hystero-
concha as Dr. Dall proposed, for this name is not Fischer’s as he
supposed. Fischer in his Manuel (1887) used Dione, and only
mentioned Hysteroconcha of ‘‘ Lang, 1722” in brackets as a synonym,
the date showing this name to be pre-Linnean. I shall demonstrate
in the sequel that the Dione group is more closely connected with the
Amiantis of Carpenter than with the Pitaria group. Consequently,
I agree with Romer in regarding the two former as members of one
genus, the name of which will be Amiantis.

With regard to the name Caryatis, this was also preoccupied by
Hubner in 1816; moreover, Romer had himself previously proposed
the name Prtar for the group, and this, as amended by Dr. Dall and
converted into Pitarza, should certainly be accepted.

The criteria on which I mainly rely for the establishment of these
three genera, Callista, Amiantis, and Pitaria, are (1) the existence
in the two latter of a channel leading from the pit between the
anterior laterals of the right valve below the anterior cardinal into
the first interdental socket, (2) the position and shape of the left
posterior cardinal, (3) the form and direction of the pallial sinus.
Neither the characters of the external surface nor the _ bridge-
connexion of the anterior and posterior cardinals in the right valve
are to be depended upon, though of course they are useful points in
diagnosis. So also is the existence of a definite eseutcheon in Amzantis.

Relying on the characters of the dentition only, the three generic
groups may be distinguished as follows :—

In Callista there is no connecting channel; the left posterior
cardinal is short, high in the middle, and confluent with the nymph.

In Amiantis there is a channel under the right anterior cardinal ;
the left posterior cardinal is long, highest at the end, and confluent
with the nymph (as in Callista).

In Pitaria there is a channel as in Amiantis, but the left posterior
cardinal is generally more or less separate and slightly curved, so as
to extend across the hinge-plate to its inner margin.

There are, however, some exceptions to these rules or generaliza-
tions. Thus, Callista aurantiaca, Sow., has the fosse and channel of
an Amiantis, though in all other respects it is a Callista. It may,
therefore, be regarded as to some extent a link between the two
genera, but I do not propose to give it a sectional name, as that would
be magnifying the importance of a single structural character.

338 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Another exceptional shell is Callista vulnerata, Brod., a rather rare »
form from the Pacific coast of America. This has the external aspect »
of a Callista, and was so classed by Rémer, but inside it presents the
dentition of Prtaria, and was properly referred to that genus by °
Dr. Dall in 1902.' | Moreover, as pointed out by the latter, it is |
remarkable for having its inner margins irregularly crenulated,
a feature not found in any other member of either genus. On
account of these peculiarities I propose to separate it as a sub-genus
of Pitaria under the name of Callizona, from its purple marginal band
of colour, which is often reduplicated as a zone along the lines of
growth.

A more important and inconvenient exception to the discrimination
of Amiantis and Pitaria, as above formulated, is that of Pitaria
tumens, the very type of the latter genus; for in this shell the left
posterior cardinal resembles that of Amzantis in being confluent with
the nymph along its whole course, and in this respect differs from.
most other species of Pitaria. There is also another point of difference
between P. tumens and its congeners, this being the form of the
pallial sinus, which is long, horizontal, linguiform, and pointed at
the anterior end, like that of Am/zantis callosa and A. dione.

Pitaria tumens therefore combines some of the features of Amiantis
with some of those which are distinctly characteristic of most other
Pitaria, but it must remain the type of the latter because it is the
original ‘ Pitar’ of Adanson. Weare therefore in this predicament,
that the majority of the species composing the genus Pitaria differ
from the genotype in two important particulars, i.e. in the position
of the left posterior cardinal and in the possession of a short rounded
or bluntly angular sinus; while the genotype only differs from
a typical Amantis in certain external characters, such as its finer
surface sculpture, the exsert lunule, and absence of escutcheon.

Some may think that the best plan would be to unite the Prtaria
and Amiantis groups, and to make only one genus of them, but this
would obscure the fact that there are two essentially distinct groups
linked together by a few intermediate forms. Moreover, I regard
the complete separation of the left posterior cardinal and its extension
across the hinge-plate as a character of much importance, because it
links Pitaria with Dosinia, and suggests that the latter has been
evolved from the former.

There is also another point of difference between the typical
Pitaria tumens and the numerous species which have a free right
posterior cardinal; for in the former the cardinals of the right valve
are separate from one another, like those of Callista, while in the
latter the anterior and posterior cardinals are more or less united at
the top to form an arch over the median tooth. This is markedly the
case in the species citrina, pellucida, and subpellucida, the arch in
these being really as complete as it is in the shells which Dr. Dall
separated in 1902 under the name of Agriopoma. In the species Jeta,
obliquata, and inflata, the connecting bridge is lower and slighter, and

? Proc. U.S. Nat. Museum, vol. xxvi, p. 388.

4

JUKES-BROWNE: ON CALLISTA, AMIANTIS, AND PITARIA. 339

in some specimens it is either absent or was so slight as to have been
broken and detached; the same is the case with the West Indian
Julminata (Menke). There is, in fact, every gradation between
a complete arch and an incomplete one, proving that the character
is of little value as a basis of generic or sub-generic distinction.

Dr. Dall based his Agriopoma group on three characters: (1)
a continuous cardinal arch in the right valve, (2) a chalky shell
without coloration, (3) an angular pallial sinus; and he placed it as
a sub-genus of Callocardia, taking Texasiana, Dall, as the type and
exciuding P. fulminata. It is clear, therefore, that his small group
of American shells is not the large group which I distinguish by
another set of characters, and for which I now propose the name
Pitarina, indicating P. citrina as the type. This I regard as a section
of Pitaria, distinguished by a free oblique posterior cardinal in the
right valve and a short pallial sinus; the valves are frequently
coloured with brown markings, and there is often a complete cardinal
arch in the right valve.

So far as I can ascertain, there are only five other reputed species of
Pitaria which agree with the type. One of these is P. cor, Romer
(non Hanley), which only differs from tumens in being more trigonal
in shape, and may be regarded as a mere variety; another is
P. rufescens, which seems only to differ in colour, but is said to come
from the Philippine Islands, while ¢wmens is a native of West Africa.
The third is P. virgo, which also comes from West Africa and differs
very little from ¢wmens, but in which the posterior cardinal is not
quite so completely confluent with the nymph. The other two
species are P. manille, Sow., and P. tumida, Sow., both of which are
trigonal and concentrically ribbed. It is therefore these five species
or varieties which, with P. tumens, will form Pitaria, sensu stricto.
The true Cytherea cor (Hanley) is a very different shell from that
above-mentioned.

We cannot leave the Pitaria group without taking notice of the
shell described by A. Adams under the name of Callocardia, and of
certain other shells which have been associated with it. Cadllocardia
was founded in 1864 on a single left valve, and Adams thought that
it did not possess an anterior lateral tooth, for he distinctly wrote
‘‘dentibus lateralibus nullis’.1 In 1883 (Challenger Reports,
Mollusca) Mr. E. A. Smith doubtfully referred three new species
of shells to Callocardia, but in the following year Dr. Dall proposed
the genus Vesicomya for these and another new form (V. venusta,
Dall)? In 1888 Mr..G. B. Sowerby, having obtained perfect
examples of the original species Callocardia guttata, pointed out
that its dentition agreed more closely with that of Caryatis than
with that of Miocardia, near which it had been placed by Adams.
In 1900 Mr. Smith confirmed Sowerby’s view,*® and figured the
hinges of both valves of C. guttata; indeed, he went farther and

' Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. xiii, p. 307, 1864.
* Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. xii, p. 272.
3 Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. iv, p. 81.

340 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

declared that so far as the hinge is concerned there is no essential —
difference between Callocardia and Caryatis. He also figured the
hinge of Vestcomya lepta for comparison, but did not discuss the
generic affinities of the latter, thus leaving us under the impression
that it was akin to Callocardia. It is noticeable, however, that he :
writes of Vestcomya as a genus, and that his list of species which
probably belong to it comprises all the forms which had been
deseribed by Dr. Dall and himself under the names of Cadlocardia,
Vesicomya, and Callogonia.

The figure of the Callocardia hinge is not very good, and does not
clearly bring out the existence of the anterior lateral in the left.
valve, but Mr. Smith informs me that it is there—‘‘ an erect acute
tooth arising from the margin of the hinge-plate.”’ He further tells
me that he does regard C. guttata as merely a species of Pitaria, the
fact of the united cardinals in the right valve not reaching the dorsal
margin in some species being in his opinion of no great importance.
On this point I agree with Mr. Smith, and differ from Dr. Dall,
who makes Callocardia a genus with a sub-genus Agriopoma on the
strength of it. I think, however, that the hinge of Cadlocardia has
some features which are more than specific, and if it really has an
entire pallial line it may remain as a sub-genus of Pitaria.

The only other shell which can be placed with Callocardia guttata
is that described by Dr. Dall in 1889 as Veneriglossa vesiea, but
afterwards regarded by him as a species of Callocardia.’ It was
described as having a hinge like Cytherea, but with an entire
pallial line.

The shell described by Mr. H. B. Preston in 1905 under the name
of Callista (Callocardia) Birtst only resembles Callocardia in being
a thin white shell with some resemblance to Prtaria. Its dentition
is like that of Zamedliconcha and Pitaria tumens; the hinge-plate is
deeply excavated and attenuated posteriorly, but all the teeth are
very short, tall, and narrow, except the left posterior cardinal, which
is a short low inconspicuous lamina under the umbo, and confluent
with the nymph. The pallial sinus is obscure, but is rather short
and rounded. The lunule is superficial, not impressed, and there is
no escutcheon.

There are several shells which are similar to C. Birtsi, namely
Caryatis Deshayest, Pfy., C. Hungerfordi, Sow., C. pudicissima, Smith,
a fine shell which may be a variety of Deshayest in Mr. MacAndrew’s
collection, and another unnamed species from the Persian Gulf in
Mr. J. C. Melvill’s collection. All these are thin, white, oval shells,
concentrically striated, and slightly angulated on the posterior slope.
For this small group I propose the name of Leucothea with L. Birtst
as the type, and would place it as a sub-genus of Pitaria, as a link
between the typical section and Callocardia.

The fossil shells described by M. Cossmann in 1886 under the
generic name of Atopodonta are closely allied to Callocardia. When
referring to them in 1908 I omitted to notice that P. Fischer had

1 See Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. xxvi, p. 353, 1902.

JUKES-BROWNE: ON CALLISTA, AMIANTIS, AND PITARIA, 341

interpreted their dentition in the same manner as Dr. Dall and
myself;' but as the true construction of the Callocardia hinge
was unknown to him, he retained the latter in the Cyprinide and
placed Atopodonta with a (?) in the Veneride. As I have pointed
out, the arrangement and form of the teeth in Atopodonta are not
quite the same as in Callocardia; the former must therefore be
regarded as a section of the latter, though no doubt it is really the
ancestor of Callocardia, and is at present only known to occur in
the Eocene of the Paris Basin.

There only remains the genus Veszcomya to be considered, and by
the kindness of Mr. MacAndrew I have been able to examine a good
specimen of V. depta. This has convinced me that Ves¢comya cannot
be placed in the same genus as Cadlocardia, nor even in the same
sub-family, for it does not possess any lateral teeth. ‘he hinge-plate
is long and narrow, extending beyond the teeth at each end, and
turned up slightly on the anterior side of both valves, but this is
clearly due to the attachment of the pedal muscle. There are only
three teeth in each valve, and these are laterally elongated, pulled
out as it were, the united median and anterior of the left valve being
both directed forward, while the right anterior is high up near the
lunular margin, and the median is placed below it and projects
a little beyond it. The right posterior is a double tooth consisting
of two separate lamine, of which one is united to the anterior tooth.
This arrangement of teeth differs from that of any other genus, but
comes nearest to what is found in the fossils Cyprimeria and
Cyclorisma. ‘There is an additional point of similarity in the fact
that some species of Vesicomya (like V. lepta) have no pallial sinus,
while others (like Zeeana, Dall) have a fairly deep one, and for the
latter Dall proposed the name Callogonia.

Having satisfied myself of the existence and convenience of these
generic groups so far as recent shells are concerned, I thought it
desirable to re-examine some of the Kocene fossils which were dealt
with in a former paper,” in order to see how they could be classified
by the hinge characters above indicated.

It will be remembered that a certain number of these Eocene
fossils seemed to combine some of the characters of Pitaria with some
of Callista, and that for these I proposed to create a section under the
name of Calpitaria, with P. sulcataria, Desh., as the type. I now find
that this estimate of their taxonomic position is curiously confirmed
by the form of the left posterior cardinal, which in these species is
closely appressed to the nymph for part of its length, but is
slightly curved at the end so as to disengage itself and extend
across the hinge-plate. It thus occupies a position which is
intermediate between that of the same tooth in Cadlista and that
in Pitarina.

From specimens which I owe to the kindness of M. Cossmann,
I find that this is the case with P. suleataria and its var. Suettonensis,

1 Manuel de Conchyliologie, 1887, p. 1088.
2 Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. viii, p. 148, 1908.

342 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

with P. ambigua and with P. obliqua, while in the more typical
Pitaria Parisiensis this tooth is completely, though very narrowly,
separated from the nymph. The last-mentioned may therefore be
classed as a Pitarina, but probably most of the other species referred
to Pitaria by M. Cossmann in his Zeonographie Complete of 1907 haye
an elongate partially free posterior cardinal like sudeataria; from his
photographic figures this certainly seems to be the case with P. avia,
P. Lamberti, and P. fastidiosa.

Furthermore, I find that afew recent species agree with P. sulcataria
in having a similar left posterior cardinal which is only partially
free from the nymph, the upper portion being closely appressed to
it. Thisisthe case with P. rudis, Poli, P. Simpsonz, Dall, P. indecora,
Phil., P. vartans, Hanley, P. hebrea, Lam., and P. munda. Under these
circumstances I now regard Calpitaria as more closely allied to Pitaria
than to Callista, and consider that this group may be placed as
a section of the genus Pi/aria; and that it includes the recent species
above-mentioned.

Another small group of Eocene shells which I found difficult to
allocate to any recognized genus was that to which M. Cossmann
gave the name of Zivelina. The affinities of this little group are
undoubtedly with Cadlista and Amiantis, and not with Zivela as the
name implies, and in this opinion I am glad to say that M. Cossmann
now agrees with me.

A fresh study of the specimens with which M. Cossmann previously
supplied me, and of two others which he has recently sent me, only
confirms my previous observations, but shows that the group might
be divided into two sections by the dentition of the right valve. One
of these would include the type, and agrees with Amiantis in having
an undercut anterior cardinal and a channel leading from the anterior
lateral pit; while the dentition of the other set differs little from
that of Callista. ‘he first section includes 7. tellinaria, T. Dixont,
T. rustica, T. humerosa, and 7. gibbosula; the second would comprise
7. analoga, T. subanaloga, T. sphenarium, and 7. distans.

One common species, however (7. striatula), occupies an inter-
mediate position in this respect, the anterior cardinal being deeply
undercut, but there is no continuous channel in front of it. Further,
there is no association of other specific differences to warrant such
a division iuto sections; on the contrary, they all agree in having
a short left posterior cardinal confluent with the nymph, as in
Callista, a short narrow and nearly entire right posterior tooth, and
a short rounded ascending pallial sinus.

These fresh observations only confirm my previous statement that
‘in Zivelina we seem to have a group of shells which has branched
off from the common ancestor of Callista and Pitaria, for in some
of the species the hinge resembles that of Callista and in some it
makes a near approach to that of Prtaria. Tivelina seems to have
been a plastic group, i.e. one which had a special tendency to develop
variations while still retaining a certain general facies”, I am still
able to agree with M. Cossmann in regarding the group as one which
is united by a common set of characters, and I am still of opinion

JUKES-BROWNE: ON CALLISTA, AMIANTIS, AND PITARTIA, 343

that, ‘‘on the whole, Zive/ina is more nearly allied to Callista than
to any other genus.”

When drawing up the tabular view of genera and sub-genera for
my paper on Cretaceous and Tertiary Veneride in 1908, I placed
Tivelina as an independent genus, but I now incline to regard it as
merely a sub-genus of Callista. Moreover, I think the species
Baudont, elegans, and elegantula should be separated from it and
referred to Callista itself, from which they do not differ in any
essential respect; and in this view I understand that M. Cossmann
concurs. On the other hand, I regard 7’ capsulovdes as a small Pitaria
belonging to the Calpitaria section; for there is nothing in the
dentition or the pallial sinus or the shape of the shell to dissociate
it from such species as P. suleataria and P. Parisiensis. Meretrissa
(depressa and dubia) must also be separated and placed under the
genus Meretriz.

While comparing the shells of Zivelina with the smallest species
of Callista, I came across the very small shells which have been
separated by Dr. Dall as a distinct genus under the name of
Transenella,' and I noticed that the dentition of Zr. Conradina (his
type) is very like that of some species of Zvvelina, i.e. those which
most resemble Callista. The chief differences are that in Zransenella
the left posterior cardinal is rather longer and is partially free from
the nymph, and that the valve-margins are finely and tangentially
grooved, whereas in 7Zivelina they are smooth. It appears to be this
marginal grooving which has induced Dr. Dall to regard Zransenella
as a genus, but I do not agree in considering this character to be of
generic importance. Such striation has probably less embryological
and structural value than crenulation of the margins, and yet both
smooth and crenulated margins are found in the genera Circe and
Sunetta as well as in Astarte. Moreover, I have discovered that
similar tangential grooving occurs in Callista pannosa, Sow., and in
C. puella, Carp., shells from the Pacific coast of Central and South
America, which Dr. Dall has not hesitated to class as ‘ Macrocallista’
(Chionella), which is his equivalent for Cadlista. In the shells which
I believe to be puella the grooves are clearer than they are on the
thicker shells of C. pannosa, but probably they are equally distinct
on the young of the latter. I also find them to be well developed in
Callista angulifera, Sow., with specimens of which I have been
furnished by Mr. G. B. Sowerby, but unfortunately the locality of
this species is unknown. As all the other species which possess this
peculiar striation have their home in American waters, it is probable
that C. angulifera is also an American shell. Dr. Dall has described
four species from the Caribbean Sea, and one (the ‘ Psephis’ tantilla,
Gould) from the Pacific coast; the three species above mentioned
raise the number to eight, and they certainly form a small group,
section, or sub-genus of Callista, which may well be recognized
under the name of Zransenella.

Another shell which certainly belongs to the Callista group and

1 Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. vi, p. 340, 1883; vol. xxvi, p. 348, 1902.

344 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

bears much external resemblance to Zivelinais the Venus Africana of
Philippi (= Chione floridella, Gray). This species was separated by |
Dr. Dall in 1902! under the name of Lepidocardia, and was placed |
for some inscrutable reason as a sub-genus of his Cytherea (Bolten), |
I cannot see any kind of connexion between C. Africana and Venus
puerpura or V. plicata, with which it seems positively absurd to place :
it. In its small size, faint striation, compressed form, and posterior |
attenuation it resembles 7ivelina, but the hinge differs in the close :
approximation of the anterior laterals to the cardinal teeth; the -
pallial sinus again agrees in form and direction with that of typical |
Callista. The hinge-plate is very short and the cardinal teeth are
more equally divergent in both valves, the median occupying a more -
central position than in Callista or Tivelina. It certainly has:
characters of its own which are not found in any other species, and |
which entitle it to sectional or sub-generic rank in the genus Callista.

SuMMARY.

The conclusions arrived at in the preceding pages may be summarized
in the form of a descriptive synopsis of the genera, thus :—

Genus Cattisra (Poli), H. & A. Adams, 1857.

Type. Venus chione, Linn.

Synonyms: Chione, Gray (not Megerle, 1811); Dione, Gray, 1847
(not Hubner, 1816); Chionella, Cossmann, 1887.

Shell oval, rarely trigonal, smooth or concentrically grooved, with
minute discontinuous ingrained radial strize beneath a glossy vernicose
periostracum. Lunule circumscribed, but escutcheon not defined.
Hinge of left valve with a strong anterior lateral and three cardinal
teeth, of which the two anterior are united to form a A, and the
posterior is confluent with the nymph; in the right valve there are
two anterior laterals with a pit between them and three separate
cardinals, the median being nearer the anterior than the posterior,
and the latter is superficially grooved (only bifid in Aphrodina),
Pallial sinus generally wide, horizontal, and pointed in front.
Margins of valves smooth (except in Zransenella). Anterior left and
posterior right dorsal margins grooved to receive bevelled edges of
opposite valve.

Section Macrocallista, Meek, 1876. Type, Venus nimbosa, Solander
(=V. gigantea, Gmel.). Shell much elongated, pallial sinus short.

Section Callistina, J.-Br., 1908. Type, Cytherea plana, Sow.,
Cretaceous fossil. Left posterior cardinal long and not confluent
with the nymph. Left anterior lateral elongate, narrow, corrugated ;
right laterals obsolete. Pallial sinus ascending.

Sub-genera.

Aphrodina, Conrad, 1868. Type, Meretrix tippana, Conrad.
Shell like Callista, but finely striated, and without trace of radial
striation. Left posterior cardinal partially free, and anterior cardinal

1 Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. xxvi, p. 356.

JUKES-BROWNE: ON CALLISTA, AMIANTIS, AND PITARIA. 845

eurving forward. Right anterior cardinal pointing to lower anterior
lateral, posterior broadly bifid. Pallial sinus deep, ascending. This
group is Cretaceous and Kocene, including C. netidula, Lam., C. nitida,
Desh., C. tranquilla, Desh., and C. corbulina, Desh.

Lepidocardia, Dall, 1902. ype, Venus Africana, Phil. (= floridella,
Gray).

Shell ovate, compressed, posteriorly attenuated, nearly smooth, but
showing radial strie. Hinge-plate short, with crowded teeth, the
left anterior lateral long and reaching nearly to top of anterior
cardinal. Pallial sinus horizontal, pointed. No other species
known.

Transenella, Dall, 1883. Type, 7. Conradina, Dall.

Shell oval or sub-trigonal, smooth or striate. In left valve three
divergent cardinals, the median being thick and triangular; in right
valve the anterior is short and undercut, the posterior narrow and
often entire. Pallial sinus rounded. Valve-margins tangentially
grooved. This includes C. pannosa, Sow., C. puella, Carp., and
C. angulifera, Sow., besides the species mentioned by Dr. Dall, and
there are also some species of Miocene age.

Tivelina, Cossmann, 1887. Type, C. tellinaria, Lam.

Shell small, oval, compressed and posteriorly attenuated; surface
smooth or finely striate; hinge-plate strong in front, but curtailed
behind; cardinal teeth all short; left valve with a strong anterior
lateral and three divergent cardinals, of which the median is triangular
and the posterior narrow and confluent with nymph; in the right
valve the pit of the anterior lateral is sometimes isolated, sometimes
continued into a channel which undercuts the anterior cardinal.
Pallial sinus small, rounded, and ascending.

Genus Amtanvts, Carpenter, 1863.

Type, Cytherea callosa, Conrad (= Dione nobilis, Sow.).

Synonyms: Dione (in part), Gray ; Dione, Romer; LHysteroconcha,
Lang (in Fischer), pre- Linnean.

Shell oval, more or less angulated on the posterior slope; surface
sculpture of concentric ridges; lunule impressed and circumscribed,
escutcheon defined, but very narrow, with raised ligamental margins ;
ligament long, open, and conspicuous; hinge similar to that of Callista,
but in the left valve the pit between the anterior laterals is continued
into a channel which passes under the anterior cardinal; left median
thick and triangular, right median semilunar; nymphs rugose or
longitudinally grooved; pallial sinus deep and horizontal.

In Amiantis (s.s.) the shell is thick, oval, glossy, and strongly
ribbed; the interior is irregularly thickened; the hinge is thick, the
right posterior cardinal grooved, the left one long and prominent ;
nymphs rugose; pallial sinus linguiform and pointed. Only two
recent species are yet known, A. cadlosa, Conr., and A. purpurata,
Lam., but it is represented in the Miocene of Aquitaine by Cytherea
undata, Bast.

Section Lamelliconcha, Dall. Type, C. coneinna, Sow.

Shell oval, striated or ridged; hinge-plate excavated and attenuated

346 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

posteriorly ; teeth as in Améantis, but left posterior cardinal deeply »
grooved; nymphs longitudinally ribbed; pallial sinus linguiform,
rounded, or obtusely angular.

This section corresponds with the Dione group of Romer, but must, ,
I think, also include one species which has been referred to Pitaria, ,
viz. the Cytherea cor of Hanley.

Section Agriopoma, Dall, 1902. Type, Cyth. Texasiana, Dall.

Outer surface dull and chalky ; nymphs smooth, median and |
anterior cardinals of right valve forming a complete arch ; left |
posterior long and partly free, left median narrow. Pallial sinus ;
sharply angular.

Genus Prrarta, Romer, 1857, em.

Synonyms: Caryatis, Romer, 1862; Dione, Gray (in part).

Shell oval or sub-trigonal, smooth or finely striate; lunule super- -
ficial; escutcheon not defined; ligament short and deeply sunk; |
teeth in left valve like those of Amiantis, but posterior cardinal
generally more or less separate from the nymph; in the right valve
the anterior and posterior cardinals are often united to form an arch
over the median; pallial sinus generally short and rounded, often
ascending.

Pitaria (s.s.). Type, Venus tumens, Gmelin.

Nymphs longitudinally ridged ; left posterior cardinal long and
confluent ; left median triangular; right cardinals separate; pallial
sinus deep and pointed. This small group is a link with Amzantis.

Section Calpitaria, J.-Br., 1908. Type, Cytherea sulcataria, Lam.

Left posterior cardinal partly free and oblique ; median triangular ;
right cardinals separate ; pallial sinus short and rounded.

Section Pitarina, nov. sect. Type, C. eitrina, Lam.

Nymphs smooth; left posterior cardinal free and crossing the
hinge-plate obliquely; pallial sinus short, rounded, ascending; two
outer cardinals of right valve forming a complete arch.

Sub-genera.

Callizona, n.subgen. Type, Callista vulnerata, Brod.

Shell thick, sub-orbicular, glossy; valve - margins irregularly
erenulated; nymphs smooth; hinge strong; left posterior cardinal
long and partly free as in Calpitaria; right posterior cardinal short
and entire, rugose; pallial sinus short and rounded. Only the one
species known.

Callocardia, A. Adams. Type, C. guttata, A. Adams.

Shell very thin; hinge-plate narrow and excavated between the
teeth ; the united cardinals in each valve forming complete arches
which are regularly curved and not angular; left posterior tooth long
and free, but parallel to nymph; right posterior cardinal formed of
two plates, one of which is continuous with the anterior tooth;
pallial line obscure, but believed to be entire.

Leucothea, n.subgen. Type, Callocardia Birtsi, Preston.

Shell very thin, dull white, concentrically striated; hinge-plate
short, deeply excavated, and narrowed posteriorly ; nymphs narrow,

JUKES-BROWNE: ON CALLISTA, AMIANTIS, AND PITARIA. 347

ith a single groove; teeth thin and weak; left posterior cardinal
hort and marginal, under umbo; cardinal arch in right valve
jomplete, and the hinder part of posterior cardinal rising into a sharp
peak ; pallial sinus short and rounded.

~ In conclusion, I desire to express my gratitude to Dr. J. C. Melvill

nd Mr. J. J. MacAndrew for the loan of many specimens from their
respective collections, for without this kind assistance I should not
have been able to examine so many different species of these genera.
I have also to thank Dr. Melvill for reading this paper in MS. and
for testing the practical applicability of the descriptions and definition
herein set forth.

VOL. X.—SEPTEMBER, 1913. 24

348

DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES OF LAND SHELLS FROM
AFRICA.

By Casar R. Borrrerr.

Read 9th May, 19138.

PLATES XYV-XVII.
| nave lately received the following new species and sub-spec
among a large number of well-known African land shells. Most
them were collected in German East Africa, two in Togo, one
Southern Cameroons, and one in Southern Abyssinia. I receiv
them through the kindness of Mr. P. Hesse, Venice (No. 6), Mr.
Naegele, Waltersweier, near Offenburg (Nos. 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 10, 12, 10
Mr. H. Rolle, Berlin (No. 7), and Mr. M. Stahlberg, Schwe1
(Nos. 1, 2, 11). I have to thank Dr. L. Germain, of Paris,
having kindly examined Nos. 1, 2, 6, 9, 11; also Mr. KE. A. Smit
who informed me that No. 1 was not in the British Museum. TT’
types are in my collection, excepting that of Ligatella Letourneus
Bourg., var. intermedia, nov. var., which has been presented to th
Senckenberg Museum, Frankfurt (M.).

to

1. Trochonanina GrERMAINI, n.sp. Pl. XV, Figs. 1-3.

Testa perforata, applanata, distinctissime carinata, linea impressa
indistinctissima supra et distincta sub carinam, supra corneo-fusca,
infra cornea et nitens, supra sericea, propter costulas angustas, basim
versus evanescentes. Anfractus 63, plani, regulariter accrescentes,
sutura plana separati; ultimus non descendens. Apertura angulato-
ovata, obliqua; peristoma simplex, acutum, marginibus callo tenut
junctis. Alt. 10mm.; diam. maj. 24°5, min. 22mm.; apertura,
alt. 12, lat. 9mm.

Hab.—Harrar, Southern Abyssinia.

Shell perforate, flattened, very sharply keeled, the keel bordered
above by a very indistinct line, and below by a distinct impressed
line; corneous brown above and corneous below, glossy below, above
with a silky lustre, caused by narrow, fine riblets, which become
very indistinct on the underside. Whorls 64, flat, regularly increasing
in size, separated by a flat suture; the last whorl not descending in
front; aperture angulate-ovate, oblique; peristome simple, acute,
the margins united by a very thin callus.

This pretty new Zrochonanina is related to 7. Nyassana, EK. A. Smith,
but is easily distinguished by its flatter shape. I received this species
from Mr. M. Stahlberg, Schwerin. JI have the honour of connecting
with it the name of Dr. L. Germain, Assistant of the Muséum
d’ Histoire naturelle at Paris.

2. THAPSIA CALAMICHROA, Jon., var. DEPRESSA, 0.var.
Pl. XV, Figs. 4-6.
Differt a typo spira depressa. Alt. 7mm.; diam. maj. 14, min.
12mm.; apertura, alt. 8, lat. 6 mm.
Hab.—Atakpame, Central Togo.

roc.

Malac. Soc.

Vol.

LAND SHELLS

FROM

AFRICA.

BOETTGER: ON NEW AFRICAN LAND SHELLS. 349

This new sub-species of the widely distributed Thapsia calamichroa,
Jon., differs from the type in having a more depressed spire and
being therefore flatter. I received this fine shell from Mr. M.
Stahlberg, Schwerin.

3. Ennea (GULELLA) QUINQUEDENTATA, n.sp. Pl. XV, Fig. 7.

Testa rimata, pupiformis, levis, non costata; apex obtusus.
Anfractus 8, convexiusculi, regulariter et leniter accrescentes, sutura
subplana, prope aperturam ascendente, separati ; ultimus cirea 2 longi-
tudinis totius equans. Apertura subverticalis, pyriformis, quinque-
dentata; dente uno lamelliforme parietali, uno columellari, uno ad
basim marginis columellaris, duobus ad marginem basalem ; peristoma
tenue, reflexum, marginibus callo tenuissimo junctis. Long. 10,
diam. 5mm. ; apertura, alt. 3, lat. 2°56 mm.

Hab.—XKipatimu, German East Africa.

Shell rimate, pupiform, smooth, without ribs; apex obtuse;
whorls 8, moderately convex, regularly and slowly increasing in
size, separated by an almost flat suture, which somewhat ascends
near the aperture, the last whorl measuring about 2 of the length
of the shell; aperture nearly vertical, pyriform, with 5 teeth; one
lamelliform on the parietal margin, one on the columellar margin,
one at the base of the columellar lip, and two on the basal margin;
peristome thin, reflexed, the margins united by a very thin callus.
I received this new Hnnea from Mr. G. Naegele.

4. EDENTULINA AFFINIS, n.sp. Pl. XV, Fig. 8.

Testa perforata, oblonga, oviformis, obtusa, albescens, nitens.
Anfractus 7, moderate convexi, sutura subplana, prope aperturam
ascendenti, infra linea impressa sculpta, separati; ultimus circiter
! longitudinis totius equans. Apertura ovata, intus alba; peristoma
crassum, reflexum, marginibus callo distincto junctis. Long. 31:5,
diam. 15 mm. ; apertura, alt. 13, lat. 10 mm.

Hab.—Kipatimu, German East Africa.

Shell perforate, oblong, oviform, obtuse above, whitish, glossy.
Whorls 7, very moderately convex, separated by an almost flat
suture, which ascends near the aperture and is bordered below by an
impressed line ; the last whorl measuring about one-third the length
of the shell. Aperture ovate, white within; peristome thickened,
reflexed, the margins united by a distinct callus.

War. aractia, Pl, XV, Pig. 9.

Differt a typo testa graciliore. Long. 30, diam. 12°5mm.; apertura,
alt. 12, lat. 7-5 mm.

Hab.—Kipatimu, German East Africa.

This new variety differs from the type by its slender shape.

Edentula affnis is most closely related to the variable Adentulina
ovoidea, Brug., but can easily be distinguished from that species by
its smaller size and flatter whorls. It is also rather more perforate,
and has a flatter suture which does not ascend so much at the

350 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

aperture. This new species and the var. gracilis are due to the zeal
of Mr. G. Naegele.

5. GOoNAXIS HELIcoIpES, n.sp. Pl. XV, Figs. 10-12.

Testa perforata, subsolida, luride lactea, supra anguste costulato-
striata, infra levis, nitens. Anfractus 7, convexiusculi, sutura plana
separati; ultimus celeriter accrescens, antice non descendens, supra
sulco superficiale impressus. Apertura ovata, obliqua, margine
superiore in lobum producto; peristoma moderate incrassatum,
subreflexum, marginibus callo tenuissimo junctis. Alt. 10 mm.;
diam. maj. 14°5, min. 12 mm.; apertura, alt. 8, lat. 7 mm.

Hab.—Kipatimu, German East Africa.

Shell perforate, not very thick, but solid, dirty milky white,
closely costulately striated on the upper sides, smooth and shining
below. Whorls 7, moderately convex, separated by a flat suture ;
the last whorl rapidly increasing in size, not descending in front,
furnished on the upper side with a very low furrow. Aperture
ovate, oblique, its upper margin produced; peristome somewhat
thickened, moderately reflexed, the margins united by a _ very
thin callus.

Mr. G. Naegele has kindly sent me this characteristic new Gonaais.

6. Acuatina Hesser, n.sp. Pl. XVII, Fig. 1.

Testa imperforata, fusiforme ovata, brunnea; anfractus superiores
flammulis brunneis indistinctis, in anfractu ultimo evanescentibus,
ornati; anfractus ultimus praecedentibus saturatius coloratus; apex
albescens. Superficies subnitens, granulis distinctissimis, sulcis
spiralibus longitudinalibusque valde incisis induta. Anfractus 8,
moderate convexi, regulariter accrescentes, sutura subplana separati;
ultimus subeonvexus, 4 longitudinis totius equans. Apertura ovata,
intus alba, colore externo translucente; peristoma simplex, acutum ;
margo columellaris albescens, cum basali angulum formans. Long.
128, diam. 64 mm.; apertura, alt. 71, lat. 37 mm.

Hab.—Yaunde, Southern Cameroons.

Shell imperforate, fusiform-ovate, of a chestnut colour; the upper
whorls painted with very indistinct darker chestnut stripes, which
disappear on the last whorl, which is somewhat darker-coloured than
the preceding; apex whitish. Surface nearly lustreless, furnished
with strong granules, produced by deeply-cut spiral and longitudinal
furrows. Whorls 8, very moderately convex, regularly increasing im
size, separated by an almost flat suture; the last whorl somewhat
convex, measuring about one-half of the shell. Aperture ovate,
white within, displaying the external colour; peristome simple,
acute; the margin of the whitish columella forming an angle with
the basal margin.

This pretty Achatina is related to A. balteata, Rve., but is distinctly
separated from that species by its very different sculpture, which
recalls the granulation of 4. reticulata, Pfr. A. Hessei is named in
honour of Mr. P. Hesse, from whom I received this new species.

roc. Malac. Soc. Vol. X, Pl XVI.

LAND SHELLS FROM AFRICA.

BOETTGER : ON NEW AFRICAN LAND SHELLS. 351

7. AcHatina Kitimz, Dautz., var. Rotuvt, n.var. Pl. XVI, Fig. 1.

Differt a typo colore et pictura. Testa flava, flammulis nigro-
brunneis ornata; flammule in medio anfractuum interdum zigzag-
formes, confluentesque. Anfractus superiores subtiliter rosacez.
Testa indistincte granulata, subnitens, solida. Long. 88,diam. 43 mm. ;
apertura, alt. 47°5, lat. 25-5 mm.

Hab.—Bulwa, Usambara, German East Africa.

This new variety differs from the typical Achatina Kilime in colour
and painting. The shell is straw-yellow, ornamented with blackish
chestnut stripes, which in the median zone of the whorls sometimes
become zigzag, flammulate, and confluent. The upper whorls are
pale roseate, but are never so intensely coloured as in 4. Zanzibariea,
Bourg., and its allies. The granulation of the shell is not so distinct
as in that species, and the shell has more lustre and is heavier.
I have also a specimen before me which is rather more elongated,
but does not justify a new sub-specific name. This pretty Achatina
is named in honour of Mr. H. Rolle, from whom I received it.

8. Acmatrina Zanzrpartca, Bourg., var. NAE@ELEI, n.var.
POV, Bies.4-

Differt a typo figura minore et graciliore et anfractibus rapidius
accrescentibus; testa flava, flammulis brunneis ornata. Long. 78,
diam. 38mm.; apertura, alt. 39, lat. 20 mm.

Hab.—Kwiro, post-oftice Mahonge, German East Africa.

This variety differs from the type in being smaller and more
slender, even than var. Lhotellerii, Bourg.; the whorls increase
more rapidly than in the type. The shell is straw-yellow,
ornamented with chestnut stripes. The shape of the new form is
quite different from that of the type of 4. Zanzibarica, Bourg., and
nobody, seeing only these two forms, would suppose that they belonged
to the same species. The variety Zhotellerii, Bourg., however, is
intermediate between them. We now see that A. Zanzibarica is
a species, the shape of which varies from tumid ovate to slender ovate.
All forms clearly show that they belong to one species by their upper
whorls being intensely roseate, by being not very heavy, and by other
features mentioned in Bourguignat’s diagnosis (Description de diverses
especes terrestres et fluviatiles de différents genres de mollusques de
V Kgypte, de UV Abyssinie, de Zanzibar, du Sénégal, et du centre de
V Afrique, Paris, 1879, pp. 5-6). -4. Usambarensis, Rolle (Nachrichts-
blatt der Deutschen Malakozoologischen Gesellschaft, 1895, p. 100)
is a synonym of A. Zanzibarica. I figure (Pl. XVI, Fig. 2)
a typical specimen of 4. Zanzibarica (a cotype of A. Usambarensis
preserved in the Senckenberg Museum), also (Pl. XVI, Fig. 3)
a specimen of var. Lhotelleri?, neither of which has ever been figured,
and the type of var. Naegelet, showing the considerable variation in
form which occurs in this very variable species. ‘The new variety
(var. Naegele’) was received from Mr. G. Naegele, with whose name
I have associated it.

352 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY

9. Psrupoctessuta Leroy, Bourg., var. oBTUSA, n.var.
PIX yill hist 2:

Differt a typo spira obtusa. Long. 32, diam. 15°5 mm.; apertura,
alt. 13, lat. 8°56 mm.

Hab.—Pugu, 19km. from Daressalam, German East Africa.

This new variety is less elongated than the typical form of the
species, but shows in all other respects a close relationship. I received
this form from Mr. G. Naegele.

10. Psrupoctessuta NaxrcExer, n.sp. Pl. XVI, Fig. 5.

Testa perforata, elongata, anguste striata, nitens, non solida,
cornea. Anfractus 8, convexiusculi, sutura subimpressa separati ;
ultimus 4 longitudinis paulo minor; apertura ovata; peristoma
tenue, reflexum; margo columellaris reflexus, cum basali angulum
indistinctissimum formans ; margines callo tenue juncti. Long. 17°5,
diam. 7°5mm.; apertura, alt. 6, lat. 4mm.

Hab.—Kipatimu, German East Africa.

Shell perforate, elongate, finely striate, shining, not heavy,
corneous; whorls 8, somewhat convex, separated by a not very
impressed suture, the last measuring less than one-third of the length
of the shell; aperture ovate; peristome thin, reflexed ; the margin
of the columella reflexed and forming a very indistinct angle with
the basal margin; the margins united by a thin callus.

This species is ‘allied to Pseudoglessula introversa, K. A. Smith, but
is easily separable, being more slender and somewhat larger. The
perforation in P. Waegelet is also larger, and the shell is corneous, not
ereenish corneous as in P. introversa. The whorls also increase more
gradually, and the aperture is smaller. For comparison, a specimen
of P. introversa from the same locality is figured (Pl. XVI, Fig. 6).
I have the pleasure to connect with the new species the name of
Mr. G. Naegele, from whom I received it.

11. Ruacuis Srautperei, n.sp. Pl. XVII, Fig. 3.

Testa rimata, elongata, conica, subearinata, anfractibus superioribus
rubris, inferioribus albescentibus, supra carinam striis carneis longitudi-
nalibus, sub carinam deficientibus ornata; carina linea nigrescenti-
fusca comittata, supra quam anfractus mediani guttis ejusdem coloris
ornati; anfractus 7, superiores subconvexi, sequentes plani, regulariter
accrescentes, sutura planissima separati ; ultimus circa 2 longitudinis
totius equans. Apertura oblongo-ovata, obliqua, linea externa trans-
lucente; peristoma simplex, acutum; margo columellaris albescens,
cum basali angulum indistinctum formans. Long. 14, diam. 7 mm. ;
apertura, alt. 6°5, lat. 4 mm.

Hab.—Atakpame, Central Togo.

Shell rimate, elongated, regularly conical, slightly carinated, upper
whorls red, elsewhere whitish, above the carina ornamented with fine
flesh-coloured longitudinal stripes, which are wanting below the
carina ; carina provided with a dark blackish-brown band, which on
the middle whorls is bordered above with dots of the same colour;
whorls 7, upper whorls moderately convex, the others flat, regularly

Proc. Malac. Soc. Vol. X, Plo XVII-

LAND SHELLS FROM AFRICA.

BOETTGER: ON NEW AFRICAN LAND SHELLS. 300

increasing in size, separated by a very flat suture, the last whorl
measuring about 2 the length of the shell ; aperture oblong-ovate,
oblique, displaying the extern al band ; peristome simple, acute ; the
margin of the whitish columella forming a very indistinct angle with
the basal margin.

This beautiful little shell can easily be recognized by its regular
conical shape and its pretty markings. I received it from Mr. M.
Stahlberg, in honour of whom it is named.

12. Ruacuis opetiscus, n.sp. Pl. XVII, Fig. 4.

Testa rimata, elongata, conica, fere ecarinata, flavo - albescens,
guttis parvis nigro-ceruleis irregulariter picta, ad carinam linea
fusco-purpurascente ornata; apex niger; anfractus 7}, superiores
subconvexi, sequentes plani, sutura plana separati; ultimus circ:
2 longitudinis totius squans; apertura oblongo- ovata, obliqua,
fusco-purpurascens, linea externa translucente; peristoma simplex,
acutum ; margo columellaris purpurascens, cum basali angulum
indistinctissimum formans. Long. 22°5, diam. 11°5 mm. ; apertura,
alt. 11-5, lat. 7 mm.

Hab.—Kipatimu, German East Africa.

Shell rimate, elongate, conical, very faintly keeled, yellowish
white, irregularly dotted with small dark-blue spots; at the keel
ornamented with a purplish-brown band; apex black; whorls 73,
upper whorls moderately convex, the others flat, regularly increasing
in size, separated by a flat suture, the last whorl measuring about
2 the length of the shell; aperture oblong-ovate, oblique, purplish
brown, displaying the external band; peristome simple, acute; the
margin of the purple columella forming a very indistinct angle with
the basal margin.

This new species was received from Mr. G. Naegele.

13. LigateLta Lerournevxt, Bourg., var. INTERMEDIA, N.var.
Pl. XVII, Figs. 5-6.

Differt a typo figura majore. Testa linea brunnea lata et alia
angustiore superiore ornata. Alt. 16°5 mm.; diam. mag. 17, min.
14 mm.; apertura, alt. 9°5, lat. 8°56 mm.

Hab.—Kipatimu, German Kast Africa.

This new sub-species differs from the typical form in being
constantly larger, but never so large as var. Stuh/manni, V Mart.
The shell is ornamented with a dark-brown band and a me one
above it. I received this fine new form from Mr. G. Naegele.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES XV-XVII.

PLATE XY.

Fies. 1-3. Trochonanina Germain, n.sp.
6. Thapsia calamichroa, Jon., var. depressa, n.var.
Uc Ennea (Gulella) quinquedentata, n.sp.
8 Edentulina affinis, n.sp.
Hae wae) H. affinis, var. gracilis.
-, 10-12. Gonawis helicoides, n.sp.

354

FIG.

9

”

9

”

9:2:

FIG.

”

oe)

9

”

UR NO

OR whe

PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

PLATE XVI.

Achatina Kilime, Dautz., var. Rollei, n.var.
A. Zanzibarica, Bourg.

A. Zanzibarica, var. Lhotellerui, Bourg.

A. Zanzibarica, var. Naegelei, n.var.
Pseudoglessula Naegelei, n.sp.

P. wmtroversa, Smith.

PLATE XVII.

Achatina Hesset, n.sp.

Pseudoglessula Leroyt, Bourg., var. obtusa, n.var.
Rhachis Stahlbergi, n.sp.

R. obeliscus, u.sp.

-6. Ligatella Letourneuxi, Bourg., var. mtermedia, n.var.

300

ON A COLLECTION OF LAND AND FRESHWATER SHELLS FROM
THE UPPER NILE REGION.
By Casar R. Borrrerr and Friiz Haas.
Read 9th May, 1918.

Tre land and freshwater shells here enumerated were collected in
1910 by Dr. Otto le Roi, of Bonn, during Prof. Dr. Al. Koenig’s
expedition to the Upper Nile region. It is quite natural that in
a collection from Central Africa the species of the genus Limicolaria
largely predominate, both as regards the number of species and
specimens. The collection forms part of Dr. Koenig’s museum at
Bonn, but duplicates have been kindly presented by the collector
to the Senckenberg Museum, and duplicates of the Pulmonates to
C. R. Boettger. The Gastropods are treated by C. R. Boettger, and
the Bivalves by F. Haas.

Burtoa Nixorica (Pfr.).

There are two specimens of this form which is found especially in
the lake district and near the sources of the White Nile. They were
collected near Gemesa, Bahr el Djebel (March 20, 1910).

LimicorartaA Kampeut (Brug.), var. turrets, Pfr.

In 1860 L. Pfeiffer (Proceedings of the Zoological Society of
London, 1861, p. 25, pl. ii, fig. 8) described a new species, Limico-
laria turris, based on specimens from the source of the White Nile
(leg. Petherick). The species was mentioned again by L. Pfeiffer
(Novitates conchologice, Bd. ii, p. 162, pl. xliv, figs. 1-8, Cassel,
1860-6) and by E. von Martens (Malak. Blatt., 1865, p. 197).
E. von Martens (Malak. Blitt., 1870, p. 33, and 1873, pp. 38-9)
found Z. turris in the collection of G. Schweinfurth from the Djur
and Rek forests, south of the Meshra of the Bahr el Ghazal.
E. von Martens first recognized the similarity between Z. turris and
the West African Z. Adansoni, Pfr. The first author who united the
two species was C. J. Jickeli (Fauna der Land- und Siisswasser-
Mollusken Nord-Ost-Afrika’s, Dresden, 1874, pp. 154-7, pl. ii,
figs. 8, 4). A complete list of the forms of this group, of which
L. Kambeul was first described and ought to be the typical sub-species,
was given by Pilsbry (Man. Conch., ser. mu, vol. xii, pp. 251-3,
Philadelphia, 1904). We now see that Z. Kambeul is a species which
ranges in the form of several varieties from Senegal to the sources of
the Nile. Dr. le Roi brought home four specimens of ZL. Aambeut,
var. turrts, one from Redjaf, Bahr el Djebel (March 14, 1910), two
from Kiro, Bahr el Djebel (March 17, 1910), and one from Gemesa,
Bahr el Djebel (March 18, 1910).

Limiconarta FLAMMATA (Caill.).

This species is the most common shell in North-East Africa, and is
one of the most variable. There is a fine series in Dr. le Roi’s
collection : one specimen from the junction of the Bahr el Ghazal and

356 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

the Bahr el Arab (March 1, 1910), one from Bor, Bahr el Djebel,
and one from Malek, Bahr el Djebel (March 8, 1910), two northward
at Mongalla, Bahr el Djebel (March 17, 1910), three from Lado, Bahr
el Djebel (March 11, 1910), two from Gondokoro, Bahr el Djebel
(March 12, 1910), three northward from Lado, Bahr el Djebel (March 15,
1910), four from Gemesa, Bahr el Djebel (March 18, 1910), one from
Kaka, Bahr el Abiad (February 20, 1910), one from Abu Doleb, Bahr
el Abiad (March 30, 1910), four from Renk, Bahr el Abiad
(February 19, 1910), and three from Djebel Achmed Aga, Bahr el
Abiad (April 3, 1910).
Limicorarta Kornter, n.sp.

Testa rimata, longissima, procera, corneo-albida, flammulis tenuibus
castaneis ornata, maxime supra suturam; apex albus; anfractus 9,
subconvexi, regulariter accrescentes, sutura plana separati; ultimus

paulum convexiusculus, fere 4 longitudinis totius equans; apertura
alba, pictura translucente, angusta; peristoma simplex, acutum ;
columella alba; margo columellaris valde reflexus, cum margine

BOETTGER AND HAAS: ON AFRICAN NON-MARINE SHELLS. 357

basali angulum formans. Long. 57°5, diam. 18 mm.; apertura,
alt. 20°5, lat. 8°5 mm.

Hab.—Kaka, Bahr el Abiad (leg. Otto le Roi, February 20, 1910;
Museum Al. Koenig).

Shell rimate, very long and slender, corneous white, ornamented
with fine chestnut stripes, especially above the suture; apex white;
whorls 9, very moderately convex, regularly increasing in size,
separated by an almost flat suture; the last whorl somewhat convex,
measuring about one-third of the length of the shell; aperture white,
displaying the external striping, narrow; peristome simple, acute;
the margin of the white columella widely reflexed, forming an angle
with the basal margin.

This species is most nearly related to Zimicolaria longa, Pils. (Man.
Conely., ‘ser. 1m, vol, xvi, p. 284, pl.’ xxxil, figs. 18, 19). Like
that species it belongs to the group of ZL. flammata (Caill.). From
L. longa it is distinguished by being smaller and more delicate.
The unique type-specimen was collected at Kaka, Bahr el Abiad
(February 27, 1910). We have named the species in honour of
Professor Dr. Al. Koenig, to whose scientific energy the whole
expedition was due.

LiviconariA cANDIDIssimA, Shuttl.

We have before us four specimens of this rare Limicolaria, which
is found especially in Kordofan. There are three from the Bahr el
Ghazal (February 27, March 2, and March 1, 1910, the last near
the mouth of the Bahr el Arab), and one from Abu Doleb, Bahr el
Abiad (March 380, 1910). Only the specimen from Abu Doleb was
obtained with animal. The four shells have no markings at all.
The one from Abu Doleb has a pale corneous epidermis, darker than
in L. flammata. It is uniformly coloured, except the columella,
which is dull purplish. JZ. candidissima is certainly specifically
distinct from Z. flammata, though it belongs to the same group as
that shell.

Lrtcotarta Routrst, Kob,

The well-marked Zimécolarta Rohifst, Kob., was described by
Kobelt at the request of E. von Martens (Kobelt, Die Genera
Livinhacia, Pseudachatina, Perideris, Limicolaria, und THomorus, in
Martini und Chemnitz: Syst. Conch. Cab., 1895, p. 72, pl. xxin,
fies. 5-6; Martens, Beschalte Weichtiere Deutsch- Ost - Afrikas,
Berlin, 1897, p. 107, pl. v, fig. 836). The type (leg. G. Rohlfs) came
from the Ngadda River (north-west of the junction of the Benue and
the Niger). Some more specimens were obtained by O. Neumann
(February, 1894) at Mhugu, north-east side of the Victoria Nyanza,
south of Ngowe Bay, and at Kavirondo, and by Stuhlmann in the grassy
steppe in Vitshumbi, at the south-west end of Albert Edward Nyanza
(May, 1891), and in a banana plantation in Buginda at Chef Oransi,
district of Andetei, west of the Semliki-Issango (December 18, 1891).
This species is easily recognized by its peculiar coloration. It is
furnished with a row of dark-brown spots close below the suture and
a broad dark-brown band around the umbilicus, while the space

358 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

between is uniformly straw-yellow. The columella is usually dull
purplish. Dr. le Roi obtained a magnificent set of twenty-seven
examples at Thombe, Bahr el Djebel (March 20, 1910), and a single
specimen at Gemesa, Bahr el Djebel (March 18, 1910). While
G. Rohlf’s specimen, according to Kobelt, measures only 38mm.,
O. Neumann’s specimens had a length of 60 to 65 mm. (Stuhlmann’s
Seamiees were young). Dr. le Roi’s specimens vary from 388 to
50 mm.; they, therefore, nearly approach Rohlf’s shell.

LIMICOLARIA CONNECTENS, v. Mart.

This species was described by E. von Martens from a specimen
obtained by O. Neumann (Nachrichtsblatt Deutsch. Malakozool.
Gesell., 1895, p. 183; Martens, Beschalte Weichtiere Deutsch - Ost -
Afrikas, Berlin, 1897, p. 112, pl. v, figs. 5-6). The following
localities are enumerated by von Martens: Mhugu, on the north-east
shore of Victoria Nyanza (O. Neumann, February, 1894), Karevia,
western foot of Runssoro (Stuhlmann, February 16, 1891), and
Bundeko, 0° 55’ (Stuhlmann, July 4, 1891). Eighty specimens
of this rare Limicolarta were taken by Dr. le Roi at Thombe,
Bahr el Djebel (March 20, 1910), and two specimens at the Bahr
el Ghazal (February 27, 1910). They fully agree with E. von
Martens’ description and figures, and are easily distinguished from
L. rectistrigata, KB. A. Smith, by their browner colour and stronger
granulation. In many specimens the stripes of the last whorl possess
a forwardly pointed emargination in the line which continues the
suture. E. von Martens has already mentioned this.

Lrurcorarta Lerot, n.sp.

Testa perforata, solida, oblongo-turrita, superne czruleo-albida,
infra flavo-albida, fusco-nigrescens flammulata; apex albus.
Anfractus 8, plani, regulariter accrescentes, sutura plana separati,
sub sutura tenue plicati, in anfractu ultimo et precedentibus
linea impressa marginata; ultimus paulum convexiusculus, fere
5 longitudinis totius equans. Apertura ceruleo-albida, pictura
translucente, angusta, verticalis; peristoma simplex, acutum;
columella cxrulea; margo columellaris reflexus, cum margine basali
angulum formans. Long. 37°5, diam. 16 mm.; apertura, alt. 16,
lat. 7mm.

Hab.—Bahr el Ghazal (Otto le Roi, February 23, 1910; Museum
Al. Koenig).

Shell perforate, solid, oblong turreted, upper whorls bluish white,
lower whorls yellowish white, flammulated with dark blackish
brown; apex white. Whorls 8, rather flat, regularly increasing in
size, separated by an almost flat suture, beneath which a fine plication
is to be seen, bordered by an impressed line upon the last and
preceding volutions; the last whorl somewhat convex, measuring
about ? the length of the shell. Aperture bluish within, displaying
the external striping, narrow, vertical; peristome simple, acute,
the margin of the blue columella reflexed, forming an angle with the
basal margin.

BOETTGER AND HAAS: ON AFRICAN NON-MARINE SHELLS. 309

This species somewhat resembles the shell described by Preston
(Proc. Malac. Soc. London, vol. vii, pp. 89-90, 1907) as Limicolaria
Smithi,’ from Uganda, but is distinguished by its flatter whorls,
by more distinct markings, and by the impressed line, which borders
the fine plication beneath the suture. It also somewhat resembles
L. Martensiana, E. A. Smith, but is distinguished from it by its rich

dark blackish-brown markings, which are more intense. The angle
which the margin of the columella forms with the basal margin is
better marked in Z. Zerow than in ZL. Martensiana. We have
pleasure in connecting with this handsome species the name of its
collector, Dr. Otto le Roi. Unfortunately only one specimen is at
hand, which was found at the Bahr el Ghazal (February 23, 1910).

Limicotaria Hevuewint, v. Mart.

This species was based by von Martens on two shells, collected by
J. Heuglin in Southern Abyssinia (Malak. Blatt., 1866, pp. 94-5).
Since that time specimens of this shell have been brought to Europe
rather frequently, and a number of sub-species in North-East Africa
have been distinguished. Four specimens were taken by Dr. le Roi,
one at the Bahr el Ghazal (February 27, 1910), one northward of Bor,

1 Timicolaria Smithi, Preston, named in honour of E. A. Smith, is pre-
occupied by L. Smithi, Pils>, named after A. Donaldson Smith, which is
a sub-species of L. flammata, Caill. (Man. Conch., ser. If, vol. xvi,
p. 283, Philadelphia, 1904). Therefore, we propose the name Limicolaria
Prestoni, nom. nov.

9

360 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Bahr el Djebel (March 8, 1910), and two at Gemesa, Bahr el Djebel
(March 9, 1910).

Prysopsis AFRICANA, Krauss.

Physopsis Africana ranges from South Africa through Mozambique
and Zanzibar to the Nile. Dr. le Roi obtained one specimen in the
Bahr el Ghazal (February 25, 1910).

Puysopsis Diptert, Rochebr. & Germ.

This rare species was described by Rochebrune & Germain
(Bull. Mus. hist. nat., 1904, p. 142). It was collected by the
members of the mission of Bourg de Bozas at Donfile, White Nile.
Dr. le Roi obtained a fine living specimen in the Bahr el Ghazal
(February 25, 1910). It is quite distinct from the preceding species,
although found together.

Pranorsis Supanicus, v. Mart.

In Dr. le Roi’s material there are eight specimens, which represent
different ages. They agree well with von Martens’ description
(Malak. Blatt., 1870, p. 35). The first figure of the shell is to be
found in Pfeiffer’s Movitates Conchologica, vol. iv, pp. 238-4, pl. exiv,
figs. 6-9. Dr. le Roi’s specimens are from the Bahr el Ghazal
(February 28, 1910).

SEGMENTINA ANGUSTA, Jick.

One specimen of this rare Segmentina was collected by le Roi
in the Bahr el Ghazal (February 28, 1910). It agrees well with
Jickeli’s description and figure (Jickeli, Mauna der Land- und
Siisswasser - Mollusken Nord-Ost-Afrika's, Dresden, 1874, p. 220,
pl. vil, fig. 24).

CLEOPATRA BULIMOIDES (Oliv).

Dr. le Roi collected one specimen of this common species at Dakke,
Nubia (February 7, 1910).

PacayLaBra ovata (Oliv), var. Korporana, Parr.

Three specimens of this variety of the widely distributed Pachylabra
ovata, which is common in Kordofan, were taken by le Roi in the
Bahr el Abiad.

PacuytaBra WeErNEI (Phil.).

Five magnificent specimens were collected by le Roi in the Bahr el
Abiad together with the preceding species.

Lanistes Borrentanus (Chemn.).

Six specimens of this Zanistes, which iscommon in the Nile Valley,
were obtained by le Roi, one in the Bahr el Ghazal (February 24, 1910),
one in the Bahr el Djebel at Kiro (March 17, 1910), one in the
Bahr el Abiad at Abu Doleb (March 30, 1910), and three in the
Bahr el Zeraf (March 24-8, 1910).

BOETTGER AND HAAS: ON AFRICAN NON-MARINE SHELLS. 361

Lanisres (Metapomus) ovum (Peters).

A magnificent set of six specimens of this Zanistes, which has
a wide range in Africa, was obtained by le Roi. Three were collected
in the Bahr el Ghazal (February 24, 1910), and three in the Bahr el
Djebel near Malek (March 8, 1910).

CorpicuLa consoprtna (Caill.).

One specimen and a single valve of this Corbicula were obtained
by le Roi in the Bahr el Abiad near the island of Lakadavia
(February 17, 1910).

Corsicuta rapiatra (Phil.).
Dr. le Roi collected a single specimen of this species at Abu Simbel,
Nubia (February 9, 1910).
Caatora Nirorrca (Caill.), var. Sennaarrensts, Kiist.
One specimen of this beautiful little shell was found by le Roi in
the Bahr el Abiad near the Djebel Achmed Aga (April 3, 1910).
Moreta Ninotica, Sow.

We have before us one specimen of this J/utela which was
taken by le Roi in the Bahr el Abiad near the island of Lakadavia
(February 17, 1910).

SpatHa Marwor, Jick.

Dr. le Roi obtained a fine specimen of this bivalve, the type of
which was collected by Jickeli (Jickeli, Fauna der Land- und
Siisswasser - Mollusken Nord-Ost-Afrikas, p. 264, pl. vin, fig. 3,
Dresden, 1874) in the Bahr el Seraf (Marno) in the country of the
Nuir, where Dr. le Roi also found his specimen (March 24-8, 1910).

AMrHERIA CaiLtaupi, Fér.

One perfect specimen and a single valve were taken by le Roi in the
Bahr el Abiad near the island of Lakadavia (February 17, 1910).

NOTE ON THE GENUS PSHEUDOMALAXIS, FISCHER, AND
DESCRIPTIONS OF A NEW SPECIES AND SUB-GENUS.

By the Marquis de Monrrrosavo.
Read 13th June, 1913.

Carrot attention to Dr. Fischers diagnosis of his sub-genus
Pseudomalaxis indicates that he did not appreciate the differences
separating his selected type (Bifrontia zanclea, Phil.—a fossil) from
the species which is found living at Madeira. The latter is characterized
by the complete detachment of the whorls, a fact not mentioned by
Fischer, who united the two forms. IL propose, therefore, to raise
Pseudomalaxis to generic rank (for it has no connexion with Bifrontia,
fossil species from the Paris Basin '), and to constitute a new sub-genus,
Spirolaxis, for the Madeiran shell.

The European species (for I have no knowledge of the extra-
European forms) will stand as follows :—

PsrEuDOMALAXIS, Fischer.
Man. de Conch., 1885, p. 714.
Type, Bifrontia zanclea, Phil.

1. PsrupoMALAXIS ZANcLmHA (Philippi).
Bifrontia (2) sanclea, Phil. Enum. Moll. Sicil., vol. ii, p. 226,
pl. xxviu, fig. 11.

Fossil in the Messina district ; unknown in a living state.

2. PsEUDOMALAXIS ALDROVANDI (Foresti).

Solarium Aldrovandi, Foresti, Mem. Acecad. Sci. Inst. Bologna,
ser. u, vol. vil, pl. 625, pl. u1, figs. 17-20, 1868.

Discohelix (Pseudomalaxis) Aldovrandi [sic] (For.); Sacco, Moll.
Terz. Piemonte e Liguria, pt. xii, p. 75, 1892.

Var. Ligustica, Sacco, l.c., pl. i, fig. 65.

Fossil of Orciano and Zinola; extinct.

9)

3. PsevpomaLaxis Acront, n.sp.
Pseudomalaxis, Omalaxis, and Bifrontia zanclea, auct.

Hab.—Living in the coralline zone at Naples, Palermo, Algeria,
and Sardinia (coll. Monterosato).

The largest species of the genus, measuring lat. 15, alt. 3mm.
Very dilated, umbilicus widely open, surface roughened, ornamented
at the periphery with minute denticulations. Named in honour of
Admiral G. Acton, one of the oldest conchologists, who was the first
to discover it.

' Bifrontia bifrons, Deshayes.

MONTEROSATO : ON PSEUDOMALAXIS, FISCHER. 363

Sub-genus Sprronaxis, n.subgen.
Shell discoidal ; whorls quadrangular, detached, solute.
The operculum is characterized by Fischer in his description of

Pseudomalaxis zanclea, of which species, occurring only in the fossil
state, it is unknown.

4, PsevpomaLaxis (Sprronaxts) cenrriruea (Monterosato).
Pseudomalaxis centrifuga, Monterosato, Nat. Sicil., Ann. 1x, num. 7,
p- 161, 1890; Boll. Soc. Mal. Ital., vol. xvii, p. 12, 1892.

Mention is made in the Nat. Sicil. of the quadrangular solute
whorls and of the Madeiran habitat.
Omalaxis zanclea (non Phil.), H. & A. Adams, Gen. Rec. Moll.,
vol. i, p. 244, pl. xxv, fig. 9 (Madeira).
A good figure showing the characteristic separation of the whorls.
Bifrontia zanclea (non Phil.), Watson, Journ. Linn. Soc., vol. XXvil,
p. 275, 1897.
Pseudomalaxis Macandrewi, Iredale, Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. ix, p. 254,
1911 (Madeira).

This species is much smaller than the others, measuring only diam. 4,
alt. 1-S5mm., and the surface is almost smooth ; but under a ‘good lens
fine spiral striz are distinctly visible in well-preserved specimens.

VOL. X.—SEPTEMBER, 1913. 25

364

THE LAND MOLLUSCA OF THE KERMADEC ISLANDS.
By Tom Irepa.r.
Read 13th June, 1918.
PLATE XVIII.

I proposr to deal with the Land Molluscs collected on Sunday
Island, Kermadec Group, under four headings, viz., Historical Notes,
Kcological Notes, Systematic Account, and General Conclusions.

1. Htsroricat Norers.

In 1854 H.M.S. Herald surveyed Sunday Island, and although
Macgillivray collected five species of land shells which were presented
to the British Museum, they were never reported upon. In 1856
Pfeiffer described two species collected by Lieutenant Chimmo:
I presume Lieutenant Chimmo was one of the officers of the Herald.

Nothing more was heard from the Kermadecs until 1878, when
Mousson recorded one of Pfeiffer’s species, and added three new ones
from a collection made by Dr. Graeffe. The same year EK. A. Smith
described a Vitrina received from Sunday Island via Auckland: this
was one of Mousson’s new species, and Smith’s name has priority by
a few days.

In 1892, when Hedley and Suter made up the Reference List of
the Land and Freshwater Mollusca of New Zealand, they included
four species only from the Kermadecs, one of Pfeiffer’s species being
omitted. Mr. Hedley has since pointed out to me that Pfeiffer had
recorded in 1863 Zornatellina Novoseelandica, Pfr., from Sunday Island.

The Land Molluscan fauna of Sunday Island therefore stood at the
end of 1907 thus—

Helicarion Kermadecensis (Smith) = ultima, Mousson.
Medyla exposita (Mousson).

Macrochlamys Kermadeci (Pfeiffer).

Endodonta modicella vieinalis (Mousson).

Helix Chimmor, Pfeiffer.

Tornatellina Novoseelandica, Pfeiffer.

2. Ecotoaicat Norrs.

Sunday Island is the summit of an immense volcano, the crater
being about one mile and a quarter in diameter. To the north-west
and south-west run two long spurs which are cut into innumerable
deep short gullies. The crater ridge averages about 1,000 feet, the
highest point being over 1,700 feet, the lowest about 200 feet. The
two spurs are each over 1,000 feet practically their whole length.
The only flat land on the island was a small piece on the west coast
and another on the east coast, though on the north coast a series
of terraces about 80 feet above sea-level existed. The crater was
similarly provided with minor ridges, the level being calculated
as 40 feet above sea-level. From a theoretical point of view the
island seemed favourable for the finding of localized races due to
isolation. It is densely bush-covered, has a heavy rainfall, 70 inches

IREDALE: LAND MOLLUSCA OF THE KERMADEC ISLANDS. 365

being registered in ten months, and an equable climate, the minimum
thermometric record being 50° F., the maximum just under 90° F. in
the shade. Such conditions would suggest a veritable paradise for
land molluscs, especially as there seems to be little bird life to molest
them. However, all the animals found were very minute, and well
distributed. Before proceeding to the island I looked up the
literature regarding New Zealand Land Molluscs, but found little
was recorded of the habitats of the species published. I therefore
made a simple rule of ‘search everywhere’’. One result was the
finding of some snails in most unlikely places, and as I have always
been interested in the habits of the animals as well as in the shells
I now offer my observations.

The bush consisted of various kinds of trees, nikau palms, and
tree-ferns; the undergrowth was chiefly fern. The most abundant
tree, the poutukava of Polynesia, was disliked by all molluscs, only
very rarely the commonest species being found thereon. On account
of the pumiceous nature of the soil it did not hold water, and therefore
the wet quickly disappeared after rain. In the crater there were
three lakes, two of large size; these were, however, of a mineral
character ; the third, of very small size, was fresh. In the west bay
was a large freshwater swamp, and there were besides two very small
permanent springs. I did not, however, find any freshwater molluscs,
though I constantly searched for them. I also noticed that the
wettest portions of the bush did not yield anything out of the
common, but rather that molluscs generally were scarcer in such places.
Immediately upon landing a snail was found, which is the one
recorded by Pfeiffer as Zornatellina Novoseelandica. This lived on
the flat under pumice-stones and rotten logs; I was much surprised
to find a snail under dry pumice-stones, yet this species was there
commonly living and with it a molluse which I have called Paralaoma
Raoulensts. 1t was noted in the case of the latter that the pumice-
stones which harboured it were generally moss-covered on the top,
and in wet weather it was observed near or among the wet moss.
When the rain stopped it retreated, and was then only discovered
very snugly hidden away in the crevices, whereas the former was not
so particular. P. Raoulensis was later found throughout the island
under rotten wood and stones and decaying leaves. It was collected
all over the heights as well as on the level, though it was more
common on the latter. My next find, also on the flat, was a few
specimens of Aveconcha Kermadect (Pfr.). These were taken on the
underside of a piece of rotten wood, and diligent search in the locality
revealed no moré. It was later sparingly found distributed all over
the island, the favourite location being under well-decayed nikau
leaves on the ground, but it was a solitary creature, rarely more than
one or two being sheltered by the same leaf, and many leaves would
be turned without disclosing any.

Trochonanina exposita, Mousson, was next collected, and its habits
were, to me, very curious. It was never met with on the level, but
only on the crater ridge. It would there be noted very numerous for
a short distance, and then absolutely none could be found, the patch

366 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

being exactly limited. No reason whatever could be discovered for
this extreme localization, only about half a dozen patches being
observed, though every effort was made to find more. he species had
gregarious habits, living under rotten nikau leaves on the ground,
and hundreds could be collected from one of these patches in a few
hours. Neither height nor dampness was accountable for the patches,
one of the most vigorous patches being in a relatively dry position on
the sides of the cliffs only about 500-600 feet high. Upon the
highest point, over 1,700 feet, a few were obtained. ‘hese lived
principally under rotten logs and were of a grey colour, whereas all
the rest were uniformly brown. Little variability in size, shape, or
colour was apparent, though thousands were critically examined.
This is more remarkable in view of the extreme variability of the
close ally of the species, the Norfolk Island 7. inseulpta (Pfeiffer).

On the sides of the cliff, while cutting a path, I obtained a few
specimens of another Charopoid shell from under a wet moss-covered
stone. Upon examination it showed a fully armoured mouth, and
was consequently classed under Ptychodon. It was afterwards
commonly obtained all over the cliffs, and also rarely on the level,
its most frequent habitat being under dead nikau leaves, but it did
not despise rotten wood, and also sometimes hid itself under wet
stones. It was never found under dry stones like the first two
species mentioned. This shell I call Pétychodon pseutes. The
preceding five were the only snails found during the first eighteen
weeks, whilst our time was engaged fixing up living places, making
food arrangements, ete., so that it will be understood that the snails
were not obtrusive.

Having cleared up the aforesaid matters vigorous search was
prosecuted throughout the island, with most delightful results. The
only way to establish the presence or absence of molluscs was to
thoroughly search the island section by section. It had been proved
to me by this time that the only feasible method was to search while
it was raining, when the snails were moving. After a couple of days’
search on the flat at one end, with no result, the other and untouched
bush-covered end was investigated. The bush, however, was so
dense that it was quite impossible to see these minute molluses, and
my only chance was when a break came, which was rarely.
However, a piece of black bark was turned over whereon glistened
two minute cream Charopoids, which I feel justified in naming
Charopa exquisita. This species was afterwards found on the under-
sides of moss-covered stones deeply embedded in earth on the side of
the cliff. A few were found under dead nikau leaves on the ridge,
and some more were discovered under loose dry pumice-stones in the
crater. Only two or three were found at a time, and it is the
searcest shell I obtained, the majority of the specimens being not
fully grown. ‘The next day in the same place, searching among dead
leaves, I came across a dead shell which I call Pronesopupa senex.
Search as I would I could gather no more specimens that day, the
minute size and dark coloration effectually prohibiting its discovery
in the darkness of the dense bush.

IREDALE: LAND MOLLUSCA OF THE KERMADEC ISLANDS. 367

At the same time a new shell was brought to me that had been
obtained on the cliffs. It was a very close ally of Ptychodon pseutes,
and I have called it P. amanda on account of its beauty. This
discovery made me forsake the flat and commence the investigation
of the heights at once. I had noted in literature that snails from
different altitudes differed specifically, and sometimes generically,
from those living on the low level. The first day revealed a new
shell in numbers under stones, dead nikau leaves, and rotten wood,
well stowed away at about 1,200 feet. It was a cream Charopoid,
which was at first thought to be the same as the one found on the
level, but comparison showed them to be absolutely different. I have
named this Charopa Macgillivrayana in honour of the first naturalist
to exploit Sunday Island, and whose collections received no recognition.
I find, in the British Museum, that he obtained all the species known
at the end of 1907, though none were described from his collection.
This shell was well distributed, in some places being almost numerous,
but the small size prevented rapid collecting, each specimen having
to be taken from its hiding-place by means of a pen nib reversed in
a pen-holder. I offer this suggestion to collectors who have to get
minute shells out of crevices of wood. Associated with it, under
nikau leaves, were found Ptychodon pseutes and amanda, the latter
rarely occurring. The last named was later found all over the
heights, but it was a somewhat solitary animal, usually confining
itself to its favourite rotten nikau leaves. This successful foray
encouraged to further search, and as it rained all the night I set out
for the same place the next morning to collect more specimens and
perhaps add another new species. A great surprise was, however, in
store, as approaching the hunting-ground my friend Mr. Roy Bell,
one of the settlers of the island and who generally accompanied me
on my excursions after these minute animals, noted a new larger
snail climbing on a moss-covered tree-trunk. Immediately every idea
was given up to the very careful inspection of all the tree-trunks in
the immediate vicinity, with the result that they were found to have
a peculiar and interesting snail fauna of their own. Previously tree-
trunks had been casually examined, but with no result save rarely
a Zornatellina, which I confused with the ground-living 7. Novo-
seelandica. Furthermore, it had been mainly dry weather when such
searching had been undertaken. I might point out that hunting for
these tree-living minute snails was not a delightful occupation, as
they only fed while it was raining or immediately afterwards. It
needed all the zeal of the enthusiast to walk out in the pouring rain,
climb 1,000 feet cliffs up slippery and dangerous goat-tracks, becoming
wet and bedraggled at every footstep, wade through dripping ferns
knee-deep, all to be done before the happy hunting-ground was
reached, then to stoop low down round tree-trunks while the rain
trickled down the neck, only stopping to wipe the wet out of one’s
eyes, already strained to a hurtful point to distinguish these dark-
coloured atoms from the deep-green background. ‘l'wo or three hours
was quite sufficient at a time, as no rest could be taken owing to the
dripping state of everything, including ourselves. It was not the

368 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

least use looking for these snails in the dry weather, as they hid
themselves away in the moss, and were quite erratic in their choice
of trees. From one tree-trunk a dozen might be procured, while
eareful examination of the adjoining half a dozen trees might not
disclose an additional specimen. Further, this discrimination referred
even to individuals as well as species. It was early observed that
particular kinds of trees were never frequented by snails, but it was
later absolutely proved that, even among the favoured species of
trees, a further particularization was carried out to individuals,
sometimes even to parts of one tree. I well remember one tree
consisting of four separate limbs; from the first I obtained twenty
odd specimens, and anticipating a fine haul commenced on the other
three, with a total result of one specimen. Yet an investigation
carefully carried out provided no solution. In addition localities
differed; no place afterwards gave such results either as to species or
individuals as the occasion now referred to, yet these tree-dwellers
were afterwards recognized all over the island on the highlands.
A few were obtained as stragglers on the flat, and it may be they
were as common on the level, but the bush was there so dense that it
was difficult to see even in dry weather, and an absolute impossibility
in dull wet weather. However, to particularize the tree snails found
on this eventful field-day. Four species were obtained associated
together ; the first one found and the largest of the four as well as
the largest Charopoid was a Ptychodon, with which I have associated
the name of Mr. Roy Bell, as an appreciation of his help and comrade-
ship in the discovery of these forms. The specifie name Foyanus will
always distinguish this. The next largest was a most beautiful shell
which I refer to Calymna, and specifically call arboricola. It was
much scarcer than the preceding. The third was a delightful
Charopa with a resemblance to Reeve’s anguicula, so I have termed
it pseudanguicula. A very minute brownish shell completed that
day’s surprise list, and I propose to designate it /lammulina miserabilis.
It is a wretched-looking little shell, and it was a miserable job
keeping the eyes focussed to pounce upon it.

Such a fine haul urged to further efforts, and despite the continued
and uninviting rain, a day later the trees in the same neighbourhood
were again undergoing critical investigation with interesting results.
On the cliffs, almost at the top, the Pronesopupa, previously represented
by one dead shell from the level, was found numerously on tree-trunks,
which were not moss-covered and unassociated with any of the
previous day’s finds. It appeared to have hidden away in crevices
in the bark, and only came out after a deal of rain. Higher up, just
on the ridge, an entirely different Zornatellina was noted on the
moss-covered tree-trunks along with the Zornatellina I had confused
with Z. Novoseelandica, Pfr. In this case again the Charopoid forms
were not found living with these, and this Zornatellina was always
a very scarce shell. Considered criticism of the preceding results
injuced the idea of new forms, perhaps existing due to localization.
Excursions to different parts of the island destroyed this, no new
forms being obtained, but the known ones were proved to be well

IREDALE: LAND MOLLUSCA OF THE KERMADEC ISLANDS. 369

distributed. However, on the flat a new Zornatellina was found
upon a patch of Kawa Kawa or Pepper plant. When raining it was
seen crawling up the stems and under the leaves in fair numbers.
Nowhere else was it found save on this one small plot; I could not
discover where it hid itself in the dry weather, though every wet day
it was noted. It appeared quite an aberrant style of Zornatellina,
the animal being quite unlike those previously examined, so that it
was quite a pleasure to find that Pilsbry had created a new genus
for either it or a very close ally. This species was immediately
recognized as 7’. inconsptcua, Brazier, from Lord Howe Island, when
I showed it to Mr. Hedley at Sydney. I concluded that many prior
names have been bestowed upon it, but I will note these in the
systematic portion later. Upon the other side of the island another
species of Zornatellina was observed. It was, however, noted all
over the higher portions of the island under dead leaves, stones,
rotten wood, etc.

By this time it seemed that the snail fauna must be pretty well
known, yet the largest and most noticeable species had escaped our
search. I allude to Helicarion Kermadecensis (Smith), which was
simultaneously described by Mousson, who received it from Dr. Graeffe,
who had stated it to be ‘‘numerous’’. Such was certainly not the case
at this time, and therefore it was thought advisable to investigate
the problem. It was considered probable that, as it was undoubtedly
not ‘‘numerous’’ anywhere we had searched, its last refuge might
be the highest point of the island, known as Moumoukai. It was
therefore at once decided to be necessary to thoroughly search that
locality as a forlorn hope. Much to my delight the first excursion
provided one specimen living under a fallen nikau leaf, and among
dead fern-leaves a couple of broken dead shells were noted. My
second and third trips were unsuccessful, but on the fourth a second
live specimen was obtained from under a fallen nikau palm leaf.
It was now concluded that a beautiful clean animal like this
Helicarion would not live among dirty leaves, but should be a tree-
liver. Following up this line of investigation did not solve the
problem. Two other members of our party, however, proved this
theory correct, and to them belong the credit of the rediscovery of
this beautiful animal. Messrs. W. R. Brook Oliver, now a member
of this Society, and W. L. Wallace, while making a trip over
Moumoukai, camped overnight on the top, and in the dew of the
early morning a Helicarion was observed crawling on the bulbous
head of the nikau palm. Upon climbing up the palm the underside
of the leaves was found to be the station of the missing Helicarion.
Hearing this, Mr. Roy Bell and I immediately visited the place, and,
camping there, were well rewarded. It was found that only a very
small colony existed, that its limits could be exactly defined, and that
only a few trees were selected. Having fixed their station, search
was renewed all over the island, but without success. No other
colony was discovered at any altitude, so that it seems that this
species has become almost exterminated in a space of forty years
without visible enemies. If this colony be the only existing remnant

370 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

of this species, to what can it owe its extinction? As before quoted,
Dr. Graeffe termed it ‘‘numerous”’, and I find Macegillivray collected
it. There is not the least probability that either of these obtained it
from the colony I have denoted, which was the south-west aspect of
the highest peak of the island.

In thie spring of the year, under stones on the level, another Para-
laoma was obtained, to which I attach the designation ambigua. Fair
numbers were collected, and it gave rise to much disquietude on my
part. After nine months searching, to note a new shell on the well-
looked over level was unexpected, while the discovery that Helicarion
Kermadecensts was confined to a very small patch, and Tornatellina
inconspieua to an even more restricted area, caused me much misgiving.
I had anticipated I should be able to confidently state I had collected
all the land molluses of Sunday Island, but such facts as these destroyed
my complacency. Renewed efforts were made, and other parts of the
island explored, with no further results. Consequently, though I hope
I have made known the whole of the non-marine molluscan fauna,
I feel I can make no justifiable claim to have done so. A strange
mollusc must here be dealt with. Shells were dredged in various
depths, up to 25 fathoms, which I immediately recognized as non-
marine though of Rissoid appearance. Later, Mr. W. L. Wallace
discovered them alive crawling over wet moss on the sea-cliff of Dayrell
Island, one of the outlying islets. Then Mr. W. R. Brook Oliver
discovered them on the mainland in a similar situation. I searched
very closely, but only found a few well hidden in crevices where
water trickled down after heavy rain. From their occurrence in
dredgings they would have been collected numerously had their station
been discovered. From shell characters they would be referable to
Assiminea, but they are inoperculate. Upon examining the Lifu
marine Mollusca in the Manchester Museum, I recognized my puzzling
shell in the type of Barleeva chrysomela, Melv. & Standen, ‘This species
was described from dead specimens found among shells and collected
at Lifu, and the type has the mouth badly broken. I cannot discern
the least difference between the Lifu shells and my own, but Barleeta
is a very bad selection for generic location.

It seems of interest to note the great distinction between the
tree-dwelling species and those found upon the ground. Owing
to falling leaves, some of the former were occasionally noted on
the ground, but none of the ground-livers were ever noticed to occur
on trees.

The tree-dwelling molluses w

Helicarion Kermadecensis (Smith).
Ptychodon Royanus, Iredale.
Calymna arboricola, Iredale.
Flammulina miserabilis, Iredale.
Charopa pseudanguicula, Iredale.
Pronesopupa senex, Iredale.
Tornatellina sp., a slender form.
T. sp,, near bilamellata, Anton.
Elasmias inconspicua (Brazier).

IREDALE: LAND MOLLUSCA OF THE KERMADEC ISLANDS. . 371

To the ground were confined—
Fanulum expositum (Mousson).

Kieconcha Kermadeci (Pfeiffer),
Ptychodon pseutes, Iredale.

P. amandus, Iredale.

Charopa Maegillivrayana, Iredale.

C. exquisita, Iredale.

Paralaoma Raoulensis, Iredale.

P. ambiqua, lredale.

Tornatellina Novoseelandica (Pfeiffer).

vy)

. sp., conoid form.

3. SysrEMATIC ACCOUNT.

The account herewith given is purely conchological. I am
incompetent to deal with the anatomy of the snails obtained, though
I have ample material in spirit which will be placed at the disposal
of any anatomist willing to study and report upon them. It must be
understood that the notes given here are mainly critical and are based
upon shell features alone, and I would point out that I must conclude
that even in the study of land Mollusca a fair consideration should
be given to shell characters when attempts at classification are made.
T find that Mollusca with heterogeneous shell characteristics are
lumped together because some small anatomical feature is found
constant, while shells, conchologically similar, are placed far apart on
account of anatomical differences. There seems to be more reason in
the latter procedure than in the former, but the anatomist seems to
have outdone his brother conchologist in confusing material with
immaterial differences. It is also imperative that for the study of
zoogeography the exact generic location should be ascertained if
possible, since the more restricted the genus the more accurate will
be the conclusions drawn. ‘he placing of a shell in any genus does
not help much, and the consequent differentiation in the ensuing part
is due to an attempt to observe the relationships of the molluscs
collected. I shall have further to say on this subject under the
generic names utilized.

Genus Hericarion.
Helicarion, Férussac, Tabl. Syst. Moll., 1821, p. 24. Copy in Brit.
Mus. (Nat. Hist.).

Type (by subsequent designation), H. Cuviert, Férussac.

Hericarton KrrmMapecensis (Smith).
Vitrina Kermadecensis, E. A. Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. rv,
volexi, p. 288, 1873.
Vitrina ultima, Mousson, Journ. de Conch., vol. xxi, p. 110, pl. vu,
fie. 1; 1873.

Hab.—Sunday Island, Kermadec Group. Living upon the under-
side of the leaves of the nikau palm on the highest point of the
island only.

The generic reference would seem in this case to be easy, as Smith
compared it with Strangei, Pfr., an Australian species, which should

372 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

certainly be congeneric with the Australian H. Cuviert, the type of
the genus. It has been shown that the glassy shells commonl
referred to Helicarion cover very differently constituted animals.
I note that the coiling of the Indian shells, for instance, is quite
regular, and quite unlike the rapidly increasing, somewhat excentric
coiling of the present species, which agrees with Australian shells.

In the Trans. New Zeal. Inst., vol. xvi, 1883, p. 204 (1884),
‘¢ Vitrina Kermadecensis, Pfr.’ is included in the New Zealand List
as occurring at ‘‘ Hobson’s Glen, Auckland (T. W. Kirk)”. This
record is quite untrustworthy, as no other worker has found it in this
locality ; secondly, on the same authority European shells such as
Neritina fluviatilis were recorded from the Wanganui River; and
thirdly the specimens described by Smith were forwarded to him
by a close relative of T. W. Kirk, so that an erroneous locality might
have been easily added.

Genus Fanvtum, nov. gen.

This name is proposed for the small group of molluses typified by
Trochonanina exposita, Mousson, and which includes Helrx insculpta,
Pfr., and Medyla imitatrix, Sykes. They have obviously little
relationship with Zrochonanina, and cannot remain in Medyla.
My friend Mr. G. K. Gude has pointed out to me that the genus
Medyla was proposed by Albers (Die Heliceen, 2nd ed., 1860, p. 47)
to replace Vitrinella, Gray, which was preoccupied by C. B. Adams,
and as type was designated Manina viridis (Quoy). In the Gen.
Rec. Moll., vol. 11, app., p. 642, 1858, Albers, however, was
anticipated by H. and A, Adams, who had provided Otesia for
exactly the same group. Consequently Medyla is quite unavailable.
In the Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. iii, pp. 380-3, 1899, Suter gave some
anatomical notes upon ZZ. insculpta, Bins and referred it to Medyla
(Eupleeta), and wrote that, on account of anatomical similarities,
Kaliella, Sitala, Coneuplecta, and Euplecta would probably be best
regarded as sections of one genus. ‘The same writer later, in the
Index Faune Nove Zealandia, "1904, p. 63, referred to the Kermadec
species as Medyla ( Coneuplecta). Under such conditions, and inasmuch
as I do not advocate the lumping of such diverse groups as regards
shell characters, | am putting forward the above new name.

Fanutum Exposttum (Mousson).
Trochonanina exposita, Mousson, Journ. de Conch., vol. xxi, p. 111,
pl. vu, fig. 2, 1873:

Hab.—Sunday Island, Kermadee Group. Living on the ground
in local scattered colonies on the underside of rotten nikau palm
leaves, only on the higher ground.

This species, as previously stated, was characterized by its occurrence
gregariously in a few widely separated colonies. It was found on the
highest point of the island, occurring as an aberration of a white
colour, the regular colour being brown, and living under rotten logs
in a solitary manner. The few specimens collected seemed somewhat
more flattened, but some more conical ones were included, so that the
only appreciable difference to grasp is the coloration, Yet the

IREDALE: LAND MOLLUSCA OF THE KERMADEC ISLANDS. 3738

animals had somewhat different habits, as above noted. On account
of these differences I carefully preserved some animals for investigation,
and would refer to them as var. Moumoukat, nov. var. By this means
it may be able to fix this variation. This shell is practically smooth.
The two described Norfolk Island forms which I would refer here,
insculptum and imitatriz, are both heavily sculptured on the adult
whorls, but the initial ones are smooth. On Norfolk Island also
occurs a smooth race with a tendency to form sculpture, from which
I should deduce that the unsculptured form is the oldest. Not
much variation is shown in shape in the Kermadec shells, but the
Norfolk Island insculptum seems to have a tremendous range, from
a flattened conical shape to a high turreted one, which latter has
become fixed in the species imitatriz. A still undescribed Norfolk
Island smooth form is somewhat flattened, resembling the Kermadec
species.
Genus Kreconcna, nov. gen.

This generic name is proposed for the shell called Helix Kermandeci,
Pfr. Mousson included it in the genus Merocystis in the Journ. de
Conch., vol. xxi, p. 111, 1873. Hedley and Suter allowed it to
remain in the same genus in the Reference List of the New Zealand
Mollusca, but later Suter transferred it to Macrochlamys.

The following notes regarding the generic name Microcystis may
be of interest. In the Index Moll. Beck introduced on p. 2 as a sub-
genus of Vanina, Gray,

‘‘Mrcrocystis, Beck.

1. UM. pellicula, Beck. F.H. ix, A 5-7 (?). Antill (?). An

H. Helicolimax pellicula, ¥. (?).
M. trifaciella, Beck. I. Jamaica. An ZH. trifasciata, Stentz (?).
M. pictella, Beck. I. Jamaica.
M. ornatella, Beck. I. Opara.
M. filiceti, Beck. I. Pitcairn.
MM. amenula, Beck. I. Opara.”
Sherborn gives a note to the following effect: ‘‘ This appeared in
2 pts.; I, pp. 1-100, 1837; II, pp. 101-124, perhaps first in 1888.
This was a preliminary issue. The final issue of pp. 1-124 and
pp- 1-8 (the n.spp.) was issued in 1838.”

From this the above is absolutely the earliest introduction of
Microcystis, and unless the first species can be considered as equalling
‘‘nellicula Férussac ’’ it must be regarded as a nomen nudum. The
pp. 1-8 (the n.spp.) mentioned by Sherborn, which were issued in
1838, contain descriptions of the five succeeding species mentioned
after IL. pellicula, and these are all described as ‘‘Vanina (Microcystis)”’,
and from this introduction it would appear that Icrocystis must be
quoted. The following is the order : —

p. 2. Nanina (Mierocystis) trifasciella, p. 2, No. 2. Hab., Insulam Cuba.

> Or Co bo

ess, 55 iy pictella, p. 2, No.8. ,, Ins. Jamaica.
Rs ee ornatella, p.2, No. 4. » Opara:
5 “3 filiceti, p. 2,No. 5. ,, Pitcairn.

a Pe amenula, p. 2, No. 6. », Opara.

374 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

What should be considered the type of this heterogeneous mixture
requires a little consideration. In the Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1847,
p. 170, Gray, being in a quandary, wrote: ‘(?) Merocystes, Beck.
? Helicolimax, sp. Férus. I. pellicula.” It would seem, in face
of the data given, that this type-designation can be ignored.

In 1860, in Die Heliceen, 2nd ed., p. 49, Microcystis, Beck, is
included, and ‘Typus: ZH. ornatella, Beck” definitely stated.
I should therefore conclude that this might be accepted, and Merocystis
thus retained in the conventional usage. Accepting ornatella as the
type of Microcystis, 1 would not recognize Kermadeci as congeneric
unless that generic name was used with a very wide significance.
For the purposes of zoogeographical study genera of wide limits are
valueless, and I therefore do not adopt ‘them. The transference of
the species to Macrochlamys cannot be defended, as Godwin-Austen
has shown that the only species really referable to M/acrochlamys
(save a Mauritian form, probably introduced) are confined to India.
The only other generic name suggested in connexion with this species
was Microcystina, Morch, which, however, was founded on a Nicobar
species, and is quite unsuitable for the Kermadec shell. Granting
that Avrmadecit might prove from animal characters to be referable
to Microcystis, sensu lato, the shell characters deserve recognition by
some other name, especially as typical Microcystis occur on Norfolk
Island. I have therefore introduced the new name given above, and
have assigned to it full generic rank until such time as the animals are
dissected and compared with the type of Icrocystis.

Kirconcna Kermapect (Pfeiffer).
Helix Kermandect, Pfeiffer, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1856, p. 326.

Hab.—Sunday Island, Kermadee Group. Living under rotten
nikau leaves and rotten wood on the ground.

Pfeiffer’s cups reads ‘‘ turbinata”’’, and the measurements are
given as diam. maj. 83, min. 3} mm. ; alt. 24mm. This suggests
an immature ene and the type, still preserved in the British
Museum, though in imperfect condition, confirms that suggestion.
The adult is conical, recalling Zrochonanina, but the last whorl is not
keeled and the base is rounded. I counted six whorls regularly
increasing and descending ; the aperture not oblique, almost regularly
broadly sublunate ; columella nearly vertical, somewhat expanded ;
no umbilicus.

Genus Prycnopon, Ancey. a
Ptychodon, Ancey, Bull. Soc. Mal. France, vol. v, p. 372, 1889.

Type (by original designation), 2elix leioda, Hutton.

The correct attachment of the Polynesian, Neozelanic, and Australian
‘Endodonts’ is difficult. It is somewhat strange that much of the
confusion seems due to the action of the maker of modern terrestrial
malacology. Thus Pilsbry, when he evolved order out of chaos in his
monumental Gude to the Helices, wrought some little confusion in
this group by lumping all the Polynesian ‘ Endodonts’ in Hndodonta.
He has been somewhat slavishly followed by later writers who have

IREDALE! LAND MOLLUSCA OF THE KERMADEC ISLANDS. 375

overlooked the fact that he subsequently corrected his own erroneous
conclusions.

Whilst collecting I separated my shells into their apparent genera.
Unfamiliar with land molluses, [ was unaware of the subtleties
constituting the different groupings, and simply knew at sight

‘ Flammulina’ by shell characters from a Charopoid, and knew
a Charopoid with an armed mouth was a Ptychodon. Attempting to
gain information I consulted the unqnestioned authority, Pilsbry’s
Guide to the Helices. 1 there found the family Endodontide com-
prising LHndodenta and Flammulina, and that Lndodonta covered
Ptychodon, Charopa, Phenacharopa, ete., these ‘ genera’ being regarded
as sections only. ‘The typical Endodonta seemed to show little
relationship as regarded shell characters with my ‘ Endodontoid’
forms, and I also observed that Pilsbry himself seemed to have had
no little trouble in attempting to produce a satisfactory classification
of these minute forms. His final diagnosis of the genus Endodonta
reads: ‘‘ Animal having distinct grooves above the margins of the
foot, but no caudal mucous gland.”

One of the few criticisms of this classification is that by Moellendorff,
who, writing upon the Land Shells of the Caroline Islands (Journ.
Malace., vol. vil, p. 107, 1900), recorded the genus FVammulina. The
animal was dissected by Suter, who observed: ‘‘the presence of
a peripodial groove, a caudal pore, the plaited jaw, and the radula
clearly indicate that it must be classed under /lammulina.”’ Moellen-
dorff therefore wrote: ‘‘ As I have said elsewhere, I consider Pilsbry’s
arrangement of including the well-defined family of Phenacohelicide,
Suter (2 Charopide, Hutton) within his Endodontide as a regr ettable
step backwards. The two families are not only conchologically
well distinguished, but have different types of jaw and radula, and
the Phenacohelicide possess a mucous pore... This (Suter’s above
quoted) confirmation of my classification is interesting for two reasons.
Firstly, it proves that shell characters are not by any means so
unimportant as modern malacology tends to consider them, and
secondly that the Phenacohelicide extend much more to the North
than hitherto known, the most northern habitat observed being New
Caledonia.”” It will be noted that both Moellendorff and Pilsbry
agree in accepting as a differential feature the absence of a caudal
mucous pore.

I would now suggest that careful criticism of shell characters will
prove as beneficial to malacology as the premature grasping of
misunderstood animal characters. Thus, much as it displeases me,
I must call for reconsideration the presence or absence of a caudal
mucous gland as being of primary or even secondary importance.
The shell I hereafter name Ptychodon Royanus is a typical Polynesian
‘ Endodontoid’ in shell characters, and it covers an animal possessing
a well-developed caudal mucous gland in life. It is a tree-dweller,
and it should be noted that of the four discoidal forms living on
tree-trunks, from shell characters two are easily referable to
Flammulina, the third is the above-noted Ptychodon, and the fourth
is a typical Charopa. I would suggest that all four possess a caudal

376 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

mucous pore, whilst I should not be surprised to find that no ground-
living Endodont was possessed of such a feature. It should be
remarked that no /’/ammu/ina was found permanently ground-dwelling,
and my explanation of the presence of a caudal mucous pore was
quite simple! To the snails which had taken up a tree-life a mucous
gland was a necessity, whilst to those ground-dwelling it would be
a luxury. Whether in these latter it had become aborted through
disuse, or in the former it had been developed through necessity, and
also the exact relationship of Wlammulina and ‘ Hndodonta’, 1 must
leave to the anatomist to puzzle out. My own conclusions as to the
classification put forward by Pilsbry is that it was based upon too little
material, and too much value was given to a really insignificant
feature. Had more material been handled it is probable that a tree-
living Endodont might have been included. As a matter of fact little
damage has been done, as, after a very few animals were dissected,
the molluse ‘s were almost entirely grouped by means of shell characters.
Having thus mentioned the general classification 1 would deal with
the generic names Ptychodon and Thaumatodon.

Ptychodon was proposed for the Neozelanic levoda, Hutton. In the
Man. Conch., ser. 11, vol. ix, p. 25, Pilsbry introduced Lhaumatodon
as a section of Endodonta. Under this a large number of Polynesian
and New Zealand snails are classed. No type is named, but as
multilamellata, Garrett, is selected for illustrative purposes, I would
designate that as type. Now from the diagnosis of Ptychodon and
Thaumatodon given by Pilsbry, no differences can be observed, and
the two seem absolutely synonymous. If they can be maintained
from shell characters alone, a multitude of sections can be introduced.
But my criticism of Pilsbry’s figures and description of multilamellata
(I have seen many specimens from Garrett’s own collection, but none
agreeing with Pilsbry’s account) leads me to recognize in it a close
relation, judging from shell characters, of my caudal mucous pore-
bearing Ptychodon, so that it is quite possible that Z’haumatodon may
come into use for such forms. In the meanwhile it would be much
better to drop Thaumatodon and refer to these armoured Charopas as
Ptychodon only.

As I have noted, Pilsbry called all the Polynesian Endodonts
Endodonta, whatever their shell characters might be, and in this he
has been followed by most Australian and New Zealand writers. But
in 1906 he and Ferris introduced the genus Radiodiscus (Proc. Acad.
Nat. Sci. Phil., 1906, p. 154) for a shell from Arizona, and wrote :
‘«In the Endodontide, where small differences in the shell characterize
extensive series of species, it seems desirable to recognize as generic
such readily definable groups as Radiodiscus.” Later, writing on
the Non-marine Mollusca of Patagonia in the Reports Princeton
Univ. Exped. Patag., 1896-9, vol. iii, p. 516, 1910, this was
reprinted, and then was added—‘‘ Some Tasmanian snails have a great
resemblance to Radiodiscus in size, form, and sculpture, a resemblance
possibly due to convergence, but perhaps indicating affinity. I have
not been able to actually compare specimens. On account of their
spirally sculptured embryonic shells Hedley has referred them to

IREDALE: LAND MOLLUSCA OF THE KERMADEC ISLANDS. 377

the sub-genus Allodiscus of the genus Flammulina.” The species
indicated by Pilsbry are figured by Petterd & Hedley (Rec. Aust.
Mus., vol. vii, p. 288, 1909), and the shells called Fl. Rodlini,
Petterd (pl. Ixxxiv, figs. 19-21), and FV. curacoa, Brazier (pl. 1xxxiii,
figs. 14-16), have certainly an unfamiliar appearance when contrasted
with typical Plammulina. It might be noted that Hutton considered
Helix ide, Gray, such a typical Charopa that he cited it as the type,
whereas on account of anatomical features, including the possession
of a caudal mucous gland, it is included in Flammulina by Pilsbry,
though a new sectional name was bestowed upon it, viz. Suteria,
to replace Patulopsis, Suter, preoccupied.

I would endorse Pilsbry’s dictum, above quoted, on the introduction
of Radiodiscus, and advocate the introduction of many new names
to be used generically in the family Endodontide. Through the
kindness of Mr. J. H. Ponsonby I have been enabled to examine
many Australian Endodontids, and I note many of the forms of shell
differ: and it would seem that examination of the apical features
might lead to a better understanding, since so far I have observed
that similar shell characters are subsequent to similarly constituted
protoconchs. I hope to have further to say on this subject later.

PrycHopon Royanus, nsp. Pl. XVIII, Fig. 10.

Shell discoidal, spire not sunken, last whorl scarcely descending,
widely umbilicate. Whorls 4, in very old shells 5. Colour red-
brown, sometimes unicolor, sometimes flammulate with darker.
Protoconch consisting of one whorl finely sculptured with closely set
slanting radial threads, over sixty being easily counted; adult whorls
with a sculpture of straight erect sharp lamelle, regular and
equidistant, between which are clearly marked minor threads. On
the first adult whorl there are about fifty regular lamelle with
a couple of minor threads between each; the next has sixty lamelle,
more widely spaced, with generally three minor threads intervening,
and soon. Umbilicus deep and wide, almost one-third the diameter
of the shell, sides steep, exposing previous whorls. Aperture lunate,
lip thin. Apertural armour: on the parietal wall are three long
prominent slender lamelle, two of which project so as to be observed
when the shell is viewed sideways and displacing five of the lamelle
of the previous whorl; sometimes the third and lowest also is thus
observed, but generally it does not pass the outer lip. On the outer
lip are five lamelle; two strongest agreeing in position with the two
major ones on the parietal wall, a third weaker agreeing with the
weaker parietal lamella, and two still smaller situated on the basal
curve; they can scarcely be said to be placed on the columella. his
description is drawn up from an old specimen with a max. diam. of
4mm. The teeth vary somewhat with age, as a young shell shows
four well-defined parietal lamelle, a thin slender one occurring
between the two prominent ones above noted. Diam. max. 3°4,
min. 3mm.; alt. 1°5 mm.

Hab.—Sunday Island, Kermadee Group. Living on the moss-
covered trunks of trees.

378 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Prycnopon psEutes, n.sp. Pl. XVIII, Fig. 12.

Shell sub-discoidal, spire slightly raised, narrowly umbilicate,
sutures deeply impressed, last whorl descending to about half-way
down the penultimate whorl. Colour pale reddish brown with
darker flammulate markings. Whorls 45, well rounded ; first whorl
and a half, constituting the protoconch, radially sculptured with
fine slanting threads, abruptly ceasing when the adult sculpture
of straight, even-sp: aced lamellae commence, about sixty being counted
on the first adult whorl; the lamella regularly increase in number,
but the spaces widen a little with age, and minute threads occur
betwixt. Umbilicus narrow and deep, exposing the previous whorls,
about one-fourth the diameter of the shell. Aperture lunate, lip thin.
Apertural armour: well inside on the centre of the parietal wall is
situated a long bifurcate lamella; on the columella are two separate,
somewhat crass, conical teeth, the basal one the larger; on the inside
of the outer lip, situated far back, are six lamelle, one in the upper
bend of the whorl almost unnoticeable and five even-spaced ones
lower. Diam. max. 1°75, min. 1:6mm.; alt. 9mm.

Hab.—Sunday Island, Kermadec Group. Living under stones,
rotten wood, and dead nikau leaves.

PrycHopon amanpvus, n.sp. Pl. XVIII, Fig. 11.

Shell sub-discoidal, spire slightly elevated, narrowly umbilicate,
last whorl descending to about one-third the depth of the penultimate
whorl. Colour white. Whorls and sculpture as in preceding.
Aperture regularly lunate, outer lip thin, sharp. Apertural armour:
much as in preceding; on the top of the outer lip inside is a very
small thin lamella which is almost unnoticeable; four equal-placed
lamella can be seen situated well back on the inside of the outer hp.
Diam. max. 1:75, min. 1:5 mm.; alt. 1 mm.

Hab.—Sunday Island, Kermadee Group. Living under stones,
rotten wood, and dead nikau leaves.

This is one of the quaint puzzles which occur to the thinking
collector. To the systematist handling the shells it would only
appeal as a well- marked colour variety, yet I am quite satisfied
it is a well-differentiated species. I studied it on the island for
nine months, and though the only appreciable difference was the
colour, it occurred separately from PP. pseutes and was always
recognizable; it occurred all over the island, yet no intergradation
as regards colour was met with. I have described a typical shell, but
as regards the apertural characters some P. pseutes, Pteiffer, seem to
show exactly the same.

I note that of a 'asmanian shell Petterd & Hedley (Rec. Austr.
Mus., vol. vii, p- 288, 1909) write: ‘‘ Andodonta antialba, Beddome.
Noted for the tact that half the specimens are milkwhite, and the
balance brown colour.” Ido not know whether the conditions under
which this shell lives have been reported upon, and therefore cannot
be sure whether it provides a parallel case to the pair L have separated.
In view of my experience, field observations of anéialba, Beddome,
might prove interesting.

=

IREDALE: LAND MOLLUSCA OF THE KERMADEC ISLANDS. 579

Genus CuHaropa, Albers.
Charopa, Albers, Die Heliceen, 2nd ed., 1860, p. 87.

Type (by original designation), Helix coma, Gray.

(Not Charopus, Krichson, Entomogr. 1840, p. 119.)

This genus name provided for the toothless ‘Endodont’ Helix
coma, Gray, has been used to cover many different styles of toothless
‘Endodonta’. It seems certain that instead of lumping, if splitting
were indulged in we should have a better chance of gauging the
immediate relationships of the species described. It would be easy
to form sections of Ptychodon where teeth in varying numbers and
shapes are present, but it is not so easy in Charopa, yet my Charopoid
forms are certainly of diverse origin. I am of the opinion that my
tree-living Charopa has a caudal mucous gland, and its shell characters
certainly differ from those of the ground species. As noted previously,
Pilsbry has recently advocated the splitting of the genus Hndodonta,
though it was due to his influence that these well-marked genera
were merged into Hndodonta. Australasian workers have not yet
accepted his retraction, and most recently described species of
Charopa have been placed in Endodonta.

CHaropa Maceritiivrayana, n.sp. Pl. XVIII, Fig. 6.

Shell sub-discoidal, whorls regularly coiled, spire not sunken, last
whorl scarcely descending, widely umbilicate. Colour cream. Whorls
33; first whorl and a half, constituting the protoconch, smooth ; adult
sculpture consisting of straight, evenly spaced, erect lamelle, about
sixty on the first adult whorl and 80 to 90 on the next, becoming
uneven and more widely spaced towards completion of whorl ;
interstices with minor threads. Aperture regularly lunate, outer
lip thin, sharp. Mouth unarmed. Umbilicus deep, about one-fourth
the diameter of the shell, exposing all the previous whorls. Diam.
max. 2, min. 1°75 mm.; alt. 1 mm.

Hab.—Sunday Island, Kermadec Group. Living under stones,
rotten logs, ete., on high land only.

Cuaropa (DiscocHaropa, n.subgen.) exquisira, n.sp. Pl. XVIII,
Fig. 8.

Shell minute, discoidal, thin, spire slightly sunken, widely
umbilicate. Colour cream. Whorls 8, well rounded, last whorl
searcely descending. Sculpture: apical quarter whorl unsculptured ;
the remainder of the first whorl sculptured with very fine radial
lamella, 40 in number; succeeding whorl with straight, even-spaced
very closely set radial lamellae, about 100 in number, increasing on
last whorl to about 120, only due to rather wider spacing. Aperture
lunate, lip thin, mouth unarmed. Umbilicus deep and very wide,
exposing all previous tvhorls and more than one-half the breadth of
the shell. Diam. max. 1:25, min. 1 mm.; alt. 5 mm.

Hab.—Sunday Island, Kermadee Group. Living under rotten
wood, stones, ete.

Mr. J. H. Ponsonby has generously allowed me to examine his fine
collection of Australian Endodonts, and among them I noted a series

VOL. X.—SEPTEMBER, 1913. 26

380 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

bearing the data ‘“ Bassi, Brazier, 6 miles S. of Hobart. Under rocks
3 or 4 feet deep. Beddome”’. Under the microscope these were seen
to be, comparatively speaking, gigantic facsimiles of the shell above
described in form and sculpture, even to the apical characters. The
coincidence of habitat must certainly indicate relationship, and I note
that Suter (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. v1, vol. xiii, p. 64, 1894) refers
‘bassi’ to the section Gerontia of Flammulina. Such a location is
conchologically impossible, so that if Suter’s shells were similar to
the ones [ have examined the species cannot be correctly placed in
Charopa. As the apical features differ from those of Charopa and are
constant in such distant localities as the Kermadecs and Bass’s Straits,
I propose the new sub-generic name DiscocHarora with Charopa
exquisita as type.

CHAROPA PSEUDANGUICULA, n.sp. Pl. XVIII, Fig. 9.

Shell discoidal, whorls loosely coiled, spire slightly elevated, last
half whorl somewhat descending, widely umbilicated. Colour buff,
regularly flammulate with rich red brown. Whorls 33; first
whorl and a half unsculptured, including a bulbous first whorl
a little tilted; the succeeding sculpture consists of very slender
straight distant lamelle, becoming more separate on last whorl; the
interstices are finely threaded, and about fifty lamellae occur on the
first adult whorl. Aperture regularly lunate, lip thin, mouth un-
armed. Umbilicus wide, cavernous, exposing all previous whorls.
Diam. max. 1:9, min. 1°6 mm.; alt. °9mm.

Hab.—Sunday Island, Kermadec Group. Living upon moss-
covered trunks of trees.

Genus ParaLaoma, nov. gen.

The first turbinate land shell I noted on Sunday Island was that
which I call Paralaoma Raoulensis. I was quite unable to generically
locate it, and provisionally called it ‘‘ Charopa”’, but the shape and
sculpture seemed to effectually remove it from that genus. I knew
of no New Zealand shell which remotely suggested this, and I felt
convinced it should not be placed in Hndodonta, sensu lato. Recently
Mr. J. H. Ponsonby loaned me a large number of Australian
Endodonts to look over, and almost at once I noted a shell from New
South Wales which was apparently congeneric. This was labelled —
‘« Morti””. In the Mem. Nat. Mus. Melb., No. 4, p. 7, 1912, Cox
and Hedley place this species in Zaoma and synonymize with it
a shell Tate called Flammulina retinodes. In the same place figures
are given (pl. li, figs. 9-12) of Zaoma mucoides, considered closely
related. This was a generic location that had never suggested itself
to me, and as my shells do not seem to have the least resemblance to
typical Zaoma, I am proposing the above generic name.

Laoma was thus introduced: In the Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1849,
p. 167 (1850), Gray described a new species of shell from New
Zealand under the name ‘‘ Bulimus ? (Laoma) Leimonias”, writing,
‘“T am inclined to regard this shell as the type of a particular sub-
genus of shell which may be characterized by the simple peristome,

IREDALE: LAND MOLLUSCA OF THE KERMADEC ISLANDS. 381

the perforated axis, the square mouth, and the spiral ridges in the
throat. If it prove distinct, it may be called Zaoma.”

Pilsbry in the Guide to the Study of the Helices lumped all the
species assigned to Phrixgnathus under the genus Zaoma, but later,
in the Zndex Faune Nove Zealandie (1904), Suter admitted a family
Laomide (p. 62), comprising the two genera Laoma and Phrixgnathus.
No conchologist could possibly place the shells here discussed in
Laoma from a study of the shell characters of the type of Zaoma. As
Australian conchologists have variously chosen /Vammulina, Endodonta,
and now Zaoma, I consider the introduction of a new generic name
necessary, granted even that the animal may possess the structural
characteristics of Zaoma, sensu lato, which I have not yet seen proved.

In the Rep. Horn Sci. Exped., vol. ii, Zool., p. 188, 1890, Tate
referred his Charopa retinodes to Flammulina, and wrote: ‘ This
species resembles Helix paradoxa, Cox, but is more depressed, the
spiral sculpture more distant, and the umbilicus wider. The animal
was not studied, but by shell characters it should be conspecific with
the fore-named species, which Suter (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Jan. 1894,
p. 64) refers to Zaoma, section Phrixgnathus. On the other hand,
it is also comparable with an undescribed species of //ammulina,
inhabiting South Australia, which possesses the caudal gland, pedal
suture, jaw and dentition proper to that genus, whilst the form of
the shell is more consonant with Flammulina than with Laoma.”

In the Rec. Austr. Mus., vol. vil, p. 294, 1909, Petterd and
Hedley synonymized paradoxa, Cox, with Morti, Cox, and in the
Mem. Nat. Mus. Melb., No. 4, p. 11, 1912, Cox and Hedley added
Flammulina retinodes, Tate, as another synonym, whilst in the former
place they recorded as habits, ‘‘always in dry positions nestling
under stones.”? Here, again, we havea coincidence of form, sculpture,
and habits in such distant localities as the Kermadecs and Eastern,
Southern, and Central Australia, which seems most suggestive of
generic affinity.

Parataoma Raovutensis, n.sp. Pl. XVIII, Fig. 7.

Shell small, sub-conical, spire elevated, thin, translucent, last
whorl descending, somewhat flattened, but periphery rounded,
umbilicus wide; whorls 35; colour uniform brown. Sculpture:
first whorl and a half smooth; the succeeding whorls sculptured
with slanting, distant lamelle, between which are minor threads
crossed by minute scratches; on the penultimate whorl the major
lamella number over thirty, and on the last whorl exceed forty.
Aperture almost circular, columella slightly reflected, lip thin, sharp,
mouth unarmed. Umbilicus wide and deep, exposing previous
whorls, and about one-third diameter of shell. Diam. max. 2:0,
min. 1°8 mm.; alt. 1°56 mm.

Hab.—Sunday Island, Kermadec Group. Living under stones,
wood, and dead leaves on the ground.

PaRALAOMA AmBIcuA, n.sp. Pl. XVIII, Fig. 5.

Shell small, sub-discoidal, spire little elevated, thin, translucent,
last whorl descending, flattened above and periphery semi-keeled ;

382 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

umbilicus wide; whorls 8}; colour, uniform rich pale brown.
Sculpture as in preceding species, but the lamelle more distant
and sharply defined with clearly marked minor threads, four to six
between, and cross scratches obsolete; the lamelle number less than
twenty-five on the penultimate, and less than thirty on the last
whorl. The aperture somewhat more quadrate than in the preceding
species, whilst the umbilicus is slightly narrower ; compared with
the above it is flatter, paler, and more sharply sculptured. Diam.
maxs2 1 ,¢min, 1°9 mim. alt. ile

Hab.—Sunday Island, Kermadec Group. Living under stones,
wood, and dead leaves on the ground.

Genus Frammutina, Martens.
Flammulina, Martens, Critical List, New Zealand Mollusca, 1873, p. 12.

Type (by subsequent designation by Suter), Helix compressivoluta,
Reeve.

Pilsbry divided his family Endodontide into two genera, Endodonta
and Flammulina, the former being possessed of no caudal mucous
pore, such being present in the latter. Mr. Suter, to whom Pilsbry
was most indebted for his knowledge of the New Zealand molluscan
fauna, had, however, issued the warning (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
vol. xiii, p. 64, 1894): “I do not attach very great importance to the
presence or absence of the caudal gland, as we really do not know its
true significance.”

Subsequently Suter, in the Index Faune Nove Zealandia, 1904,
p- 62, retained his own family Phenacohelicide, including as genera (?)
Flammulina, Suteria, Phenacohelix, Therasia, Pyrrha, Allodiscus,
Gerontia, Carthea, Thalassohelix, and Phacussa.

Hedley in recent papers seems to have utilized Flammulina in the
Pilsbryan sense, but there seems to be ample room for subdivision
from a criticism of the species he has allotted to <Adlodiscus, for
instance, in the Tasmanian fauna.

The type of Flammulina is characterized by few whorls, somewhat
rapidly increasing, and an oblique mouth, whose breadth is greater
than its depth. Whatever sculpture is present is fine, and the
costulee are more or less evanescent in similarly shaped shells. According
to Suter the jaw is characteristic.

A more scientific treatment would be the recognition of a family
Flammulinide, and then the sections would be raised to the rank of
genera and the relationships of the species denoted by means of these
generic names. Thus Hedley in his recent Jndex to the Land Shells
of Victoria—written in conjunction with Cox, but the classification
would seem to be referable to Hedley—has included species of
Flammulina, but the figures of F. Fordei, Brazier (Mem. Nat. Mus.
Melb., No. 4, pl. ii, figs. 18-15, 1912), J. elenescens, Cox & Hedley
(ibid., pl. ii, figs. 16-18), and F. meraca, Cox & Hedley (ibid.,
pl. ii, figs. 19-21), portray shells having very different shell
characters. If these had been placed in different genera we might
have had a clue to their relationship other than that afforded
in the description, without the examination of all recorded species

IREDALE: LAND MOLLUSCA OF THE KERMADEC ISLANDS. 3883

of Flammulina and Endodonta, for the latter is also necessary
through the acceptance of the spirally striated nuclear whorls as
characteristic of Adlodiseus, considered as a sub-genus of Flammulina.
In the following cases [ refer one species to Calymna on account of
its eostulate appearance, whilst the other I simply call /lammulina,
sensu lato, as my studies have not yet enabled me to place it. When
Suter (loc. cit.) gave his experience with regard to the examination
of Tasmanian molluses, he concluded that the majority of Tasmanian
‘ Flammuline’ belonged to Gerontia, but I note that Cox and Hedley
have replaced some of these in Endodonta, where, judging from shell
characters, they seem more happily located. Hndodonta, however,
seems, as regards species with armed aperture, very rare in Australia,
whilst it also appears doubtful whether typical Charopa has yet been
recorded. The delimitation of genera would certainly make these
points more obvious.

FLAMMULINA MISERABILIS, n.sp. Pl. XVIII, Fig. 4

Shell minute, thin, sub-conical, spire slightly elevated, sutures deep,
umbilicus narrow. Colour uniformly pale-brownish fawn. Whorls 3};
first whorl and a half finely spirally striated; succeeding whorls
sculptured with fine radial strie, and between the striz closely set
spiral scratchings. Aperture obliquely lunate, lip thin, sharp.
Umbilicus deep and narrow, about one-fifth the diameter of the shell.
Diam. max. 1°5, min. 1:25 mm.; alt. :8 mm.

Hab.—Sunday Island, Kermadee Group. Living on the moss-
covered trunks of trees.

CaLYMNA ARBORICOLA, n.sp. Pl. XVIII, Fig. 3.

Shell small, sub-discoidal, thin, fragile, umbilicus narrow. Whorls
S. comemhat rapidly increasing, sutures well marked. Colour pale
fawn with darker red-brown flammulate markings. Sculpture: first
whorl and a half, constituting the protoconch, finely spirally striated ;
the succeeding 23} whorls radially sculptured with closely set, low,
evenly spaced riblets, about eighty being counted on the first adult
whorl, minute threads intervening between each; on the following
whorl the riblets and threads become almost insepar able, and about
one hundred major riblets can be noted in most specimens, with two
or three minor ones clearly marked between and almost as prominent ;
in some shells the major ones disappear on the last quarter whorl, and
this consequently appears smoother in comparison. Aperture oblique,
somewhat lunate ovate, columella reflected. Base rounded, umbilicus
deep and narrow, about one-sixth the diameter of the shell. Diam.
max. 2°6, min. 2:2 mm.; alt. 1:25 mm.

Hab. —Sunday Island, Kermadee Group. Living on the moss-
covered trunks of trees.

Hetix Curmmor, Pfeiffer.

In the Proce. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1856, Pfeiffer described two shells
supposed to have come from Sunday Island, Kermandee [s¢e] Group.
The first (p. 326) was called Helix Kermandeci, and has since been
recognized from Sunday Island. The other was called H. Chimmor,

384 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

and both were received from Lieutenant Chimmo, whom I have
suggested may have been one of the officers of the H.M.S. Herald.

I took with me to Sunday Island copies of all the descriptions of
the known Kermadec shells, and I could find nothing on the island
answering at all to the description of H. Chimmot. In the British
Museum I found specimens of the shell I have called Ptychodon pseutes
so labelled, and concluded they must be the original specimens, though
they disagreed with the original description as to size. I have, how-
ever, now found specimens which bear the label HZ. Chimmoz, and
which someone has marked ‘Type’, and which agree with the
Pfeifferian description. I have carefully examined them and would
now suggest that the locality is quite erroneous. They are quite
unlike anything I have collected, and though I do not claim to have
absolutely obtained every mollusc, I cannot think that such a large
and conspicuous form should have escaped me. My suspicions seem
further confirmed in that two species about the same size were
contained in this typical lot, and the other one is also quite unrepre-

sented in my collection and is quite as unfamiliar as the typical
H. Chimmor.

Parouta mopicetta, Férussac, var. vicinalis, Mousson.

In the Journ. de Conch., vol. xxi, p. 112, 1873, Mousson described
as from Sunday Island, Kermadec Group, a shell he compared with
P. modicella, Férussac, and only gave it varietal rank, but doubted
that it might be regarded as specifically distinct. He wrote: ‘‘ Ces
différences consistent avec une forme générale assez analogue, en des
tours un peu plus arrondis,’’ and his measurement read ‘diam. 3;
alt. 1-2 mm:,”’

Here, again, nothing agreeing with this description was found,
though the shell [ have called Ptychodon Royanus suggested itself by
its size. Comparison with Patula modicella showed that this had no
relationship and could never be contrasted, and no other shell measuring
anything hke 3 mm. was found.

What can be the solution of these extraordinary puzzles? I have
recorded our search for Helicarion Kermadecensis. Can it be that both
Helix Chimmoi, Pfr., and Patula modicella vicinalis, Mousson, have
been exterminated or likewise driven to some last undiscovered
stronghold? The suggestion seems preposterous, so that I simply
record here the facts that shells supposed to have been collected
by Macgillivray and Graeffe were not found by me, though I should
think I made much more extended and diligent search than either of
my predecessors. Can it be that either of these shells were collected
on one of the outside islands and characterize the former molluscan
faunula of the group ?

Genus PRronzEsopupa, nov. gen.

The small shell for which I propose the above name has greatly
perplexed me. It can be shortly characterized as a Vesopupa without
any apertural armour. When Pilsbry wrote upon the Pacifie Pupoid
Shells (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., 1900, pp. 431-3) he introduced

TREDALE: LAND MOLLUSCA OF THE KERMADEC ISLANDS. 385

Nesopupa (p. 432) for the shells previously named Pagodella, H. and
A. Adams, and Ptychochilus, Boettger, both these names being pre-
occupied. Pilsbry’s diagnosis reads—

‘Small, dark brown, opaque and lustreless; ribbed, costulate or

striate, the aperture armed . . . , lip expanded.
_ “Type, WV. tantilla, Gld. This is par excellence the Polynesian
type of Pupa. A number of sections may perhaps eventually be
distinguished, but only one seems to have any foundation in nature.
This may be defined thus:

‘« Nesopupa, s.s. Peristome discontinuous above; palatal folds of

moderate length.

‘* Lyropupa, n.sect. Peristome continuous; upper palatal fold very

long; shell strongly costate.

“Type, WV. /yrata, Gould.”

The species here described resembles Vesopupa in shell characters,
but the unarmed mouth easily separates it. Moreover, it is not
‘‘opaque and lustreless’? as I understand those words. I would
rather describe some specimens as ‘‘semitransparent and somewhat
glossy’. I have little doubt, however, that my genus will be later
degraded, as some specimens of Vesopupa I have examined show that
the teeth grow with age and are absent in the juvenile stage. These
species, however, differ somewhat from the type of Vesopupa, and the
series may not be congeneric, whilst they cannot be allotted to
Lyropupa.

PRoNESOPUPA SENEX, n.sp. Pl. XVIII, Figs. 1, 2.

Shell minute, pupoid, dextral, few whorls. Colour brown. Whorls 4;
the first whorl and a half smooth; the succeeding whorls have
a sculpture of distant sharp lamella, the intervening spaces threaded
with striz; in some shells the lamelle are obsolete, or only occur on
the last half whorl, whilst in others they regularly appear on each
whorl; on the last whorl about a dozen can be counted, either
indistinct or very prominent. A narrow deep umbilicus is present.
The columella is straight and reflected ; aperture discontinuous, almost
circular, with the outer lip reflected and expanded. In general
shape the specimens vary, some being more loosely coiled than others
which have a humped-up appearance. Height 2, breadth 1:25 mm.

Hab.—Sunday Island, Kermadee Group. Living on tree-trunks,
not moss-covered, and hiding in the crevices of bark in dry weather.

No species, in any way allied to this, has yet been recorded from
New Zealand, though I have seen very similar shells with the mouth
fully armed from Fiji. Nothing of this nature has yet been found on
Lord Howe Island, but the species named Vertigo norfolcensis by
Sykes, from Norfolk Island, is referable to Vesopupa; it is, however,
very much larger and sinistral.

Family Tornateiiinip®.
My systematic notes on the molluscs referred to this family are
brief, for the following reason: When I had got together a few notes
regarding the synonymy and forms, Pilsbry published in the Nautilus

386 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

(vol. xxiii, p. 122, 1910) a synopsis of the classification of this group
as adopted in the anual of Conchology, shortly to be issued. I at
once forwarded specimens and notes to Dr. Pilsbry, asking him to
make use of them. In the paper quoted, Pilsbry recognized three
genera of Tornatellinids: Hlasmias, nov., with Zornatellina aperta,
Pease, as type; TZornatellina, Pfeiffer, 1842, with 7. elausa =
bilamellata (Anton) as type; and Zornatellides, nov., with 7. simplez,
Pease, as type.

The introduction of the first-named genus seemed necessary to me
from a study of the animal and shell characters of the molluse
mentioned as 7. ¢nconspicua, Brazier, in the earlier part of this paper.
The fact that this molluse was only found in one place on the low-
lying part of the island nearest the present and former dwelling-
places of the few settlers, led me to suggest its recent introduction to
this faunula. Its recognition as identical with a Lord Howe molluse,
rare or apparently of restricted habitat under similar conditions, seems
to confirm my conclusion, whilst, as pointed ont to me by Mr. Hedley,
the figures of 7. eucharis, Brazier, and 7. Wakefielde, Cox, approach
this and may refer to the same species. I have recognized five species,
two of which are ground-dwellers and three tree-dwellers.

The Hlasmias would appear to be constantly a plant-living genus,
as I note that when Benson described his 7. cerniea (certainly referable
to this group) he noted (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 1, vol. vi, p. 254)
‘* creeping in showery weather on the leaves of Niccioli hedges”. One
of the tree-living species has the armature of the mouth closely
agreeing with that of 7. b¢lamellata, Anton, whilst in the other it is
very slender. ‘The two ground-dwelling forms are very different, one
being a conical straight-sided form, the other being probably the one
recorded as 7. novoseelandica, Pfeiffer. In these Proceedings, vol. viii,
p. 263, pl. xi, fig. 30, 1909, Suter described 7. subperforata and
observed: ‘‘The inflated body whorl, the straight, not tortuous,
columella, and the narrow perforation separate it at once from 7. novo-
seelandica, Pfeiffer.”

When Pilsbry’s monograph of these molluscs appears, we shall
learn all about these.

4. GerneraL Concivsions.

It was anticipated that the collection of Land Mollusca would give
some clue as to the relationship of the group, but I do not think any
considerable deductions can be drawn from them. Asa whole, their
affinity is undoubtedly with the forms of the North and not with
those of New Zealand. It must never be forgotten that New Zealand
has been well searched for minute land molluscs, and has a great
area with variable climatic conditions, as well as being most
fayourably disposed for the rapid differentiation of these minute forms
through isolation. The northern islets have still innumerable minute
forms to be brought to light, and not until much more is known can
anything very definite be decided. The negative evidence afforded
by this collection is, however, of much interest, and may be briefly
glanced at. The faunulas and flora of the Kermadec Group has been

Proc.Manac.Soc.

<=

VoL Pe evi

A.H.Searle del. et lith. Huth imp.
LAND SHELLS FROM THE KERMADEC ISLANDS.

IREDALE: LAND MOLLUSCA OF THE KERMADEC ISLANDS. 387

generally compared and contrasted with those of Norfolk Island, Lord
Howe Island, and New Zealand, whilst recent evidence points to its
great distinction. It is unfortunate that the land molluscs of Lord
Howe Island are unknown as regards the minute forms, and although
a fairly representative collection was obtained by Macgillivray at
Norfolk Island, it remained unexamined until quite recently. It was,
however, then studied by Sykes (Proc. Malac. Soe., vol. iv, p. 189 seq.,
1900), who observes: ‘‘ As pointed out by Professor Tate and others,
the faunal relationship of Norfolk Island lies rather with New
Zealand and Lord Howe Island than with the Australian Continent.”
This conclusion is so contrary to the nature of the molluscs recorded
by Sykes, that it is quite impossible to explain it. To take Sykes’
own generic dispositions, he admitted fourteen genera, including
twenty-six species, and of these fourteen only five have been recorded
from New Zealand. Of these five one is the Polynesian Hndodonta; the
second is Charopa, to which the Norfolk Island species are questionably
referred and which is also Polynesian; the third and fourth, Omphalo-
tropis and Diplommatina, which are typically Polynesian, have only
one representative each in the north of New Zealand, the latter a very
doubtful record; this leaves the fifth, Carthea, which is an endemic
New Zealand genus, but here the Norfolk Island shell does not seem
correctly placed. What a hindrance to the zoogeographer must prove
such an erroneous statement as that put forward by Sykes is only
known to those interested! It would be quoted by many not
conversant with molluscs, and who would depend upon Sykes’
reputation as a conchologist for the correctness of his conclusions.

I have fortunately been able to examine a large quantity of material
from Norfolk Island, and its extraordinary distinction from New
Zealand forms is so markedly noticeable as to cause much wonderment
as to its origin. Its distinction from that of the Kermadec Island
is only emphasized by the finding of a species on each group closely
allied. The genus Fanulum, which I have introduced for Zrochonanina
exposita, Mousson, apparently includes Medyla insculpta, Mousson,
and IM. imitatriz, Sykes, as well as a third undescribed species, all
from Norfolk Island. Mr. Gude, however, who suggested the name
and pointed out the differences between this genus and J/edyla would
include in its limits 7’ha’s, Homb. & Jacq., from the Solomon Islands and
rectangula from the Marquesas. This at once discounts the affinity of
the Kermadee with the Norfolk Island forms of the genus. As noted
above, no minute forms are yet known from Lord Howe Island, but
the general aspect of that molluscan faunula is just as distinct from that
of Norfolk Island as the New Zealand one has been shown to be. As
Hedley pointed out, the Lord Howe land Mollusca show most affinity
with those of New Caledonia, the presence of Placostylus being most
suggestive.

Now, the Kermadec faunula is characterized by the entire lack of
any molluscs of appreciable size, whereas such do commonly occur in
New Zealand (as Placostylus, Paryphanta, Rhytida, etc.), Lord Howe
Island (as Vanina, Placostylus, etc.), and Norfolk Island (as Fretum,
Rotula, etc.). It is conceded that Lord Howe Island has a relationship

388 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

with New Caledonia in the same manner as New Zealand has through
Placostylus. It is obvious that Norfolk Island, from the absence of
Placostylus, does not enter into the same chain, whilst the predominance
of the Hretum group points to a relationship of Norfolk Island with
the Solomons and the Fiji Islands. There is nothing in the Kermadec
Mollusca that is distinctive in the same manner as the Placostylus and
Fretum are. The general character of the minute species of the
Kermadees differs from that of most northern groups in the absence
of Omphalotropis and Diplommatina, which both occur on Lord Howe
and Norfolk Islands, and seem to just reach New Zealand. It
would follow, then, that these genera did not arrive at New Zealand
via the Kermadecs. The presence of Tornatellinids on the Kermadees
points to their easy colonization of the Pacific groups by means of
drift or other conveyance. I feel certain that Hlasmias has very
recently settled on the Kermadees, and also on Lord Howe Island.
The Endodontoid shells show as much relationship with those of
Polynesia as they do with New Zealand forms, whilst the Pupoid
shell I have called Pronesopupa is Polynesian, no such form having
yet been found in New Zealand. The species for which I have
proposed the genus Paralaoma does not seem as yet to have relations
recorded from New Zealand, though I consider the Australian morti,
Cox, to be absolutely congeneric. This species has apparently a wide
range in Australia, being recorded from Tasmania, Victoria, New
South Wales, and South “Australia. The Helicarion certainly came
from the North, since no representative of this genus occurs in New
Zealand, nor does it occur on Lord Howe or Norfolk Islands.

In view of the known molluscan faunule of New Zealand, Fiji,
New Caledonia, Lord Howe, and Norfolk Islands, the whole facies of
the Kermadec land Mollusca suggests the entire extinction of the
faunula comparative with those named, and the re-peopling of the
group by means of drift, and that the drift has been from the North.
When the Northern groups have been thoroughly searched a more
accurate comparison will be able to be made.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVIII.

Fias.1,2. Pronesopupa senex, n.sp.
3. Calymna arboricola, n.sp.
4. Flammulina miserabilis, n.sp.
5. Paralaoma ambigua, n.sp.
50 6. Charopa Macgillwrayana, n.sp.
7. Paralaoma Raoulensis, n.sp.
8. Charopa exquisita, n.sp.
9): in pseudanguicula, n.sp.
», 10. Ptychodon Royanus, n.sp.
ep hI sp amandus, n.sp.
Pe ee +5 pseutes, n.sp.

389

DEFINITIONS OF FURTHER NEW GENERA OF ZONITID®.
By G. K. Gupz, F.Z.S.
Read 13th June, 1913.

On two previous occasions I have published in these Proceedings
some notes on preoccupied generic names in the Zonitide. My
further work in classifying this division of Gastropods has brought
to light some instances of genera containing more or less heterogeneous
assemblages of species, and it has been thought expedient meanwhile
to revise these groups.

The first case is that of Zrochonanina, a genus established by
Mousson ! for a somewhat numerous group which he considered should
be separated from Zrochomorpha, and which should include, besides
the new species— Zrochonanina Schmeltsiana—he was describing at the
time, conus, Phil., rectangula and insculpta, Pfr., argentea, Kve.,
Calabarica, Labuanensis, and Mozambicensis, Pfr., conicoides, Metce.,
lychnia, Bens., etc. This incongruous assemblage of species from
widely separated regions, i.e. East and West Africa, the Mascarenes,
the Malay Archipelago, and Oceania, it is impossible, according to our
present views of generic limits, to retain in one genus, and several of
them have, in fact, already been assigned to other genera. Thus
argentea, Rve., has been classed in Rotula by Nevill,’ cnsculpta of
Pfeiffer has been referred to Medyla by Suter.* The type of Medyla
being Vitrina viridis, Quoy, from the Philippine Islands, cnxseulpta
will require to be placed in another genus, but Mr. Iredale is dealing
with this question, and I merely allude to this en passant.

Calabarica, Pfr., was classed by Bourguignat in MJoaria,* while
finally Mozambicensis, Pfr., was made the type of the genus Iartensia
by Semper.® Mollendorff, in creating the genus Coneuplecta® for
the reception of scalarina (type), confusa, Molldff., rotwndata and
turrita, Semp., proposed to include Zongana, Quoy, and Schmeltziana,
Mouss. He referred to the fact that Pfeffer’ had restricted Zrochonanina
to radians, Pfr., and Schmeltziana, Mouss., and that Coneuplecta was
consequently synonymous with Zrochonanina, as understood by Pfeiffer.
For that reason he thought it advisable to suppress Mousson’s name
and to give a new name to the group of conicoides, but did not do so.
I do not, however, consider that the Philippine species referred to are
congeneric with the Pacific forms, and while it is perfectly true that
Mousson did not specify a type, the fact that he had before him
and was describing 7. Schmeltziana is sufficient to enable us to fix
that species as the type of Zrochonanina, as was pointed out by

1 Journ. de Conch., vol. xvii, p. 330, 1869.

2 Hand List Moll. Indian Museum, vol. i, p. 43, 1878.

3 Proc. Malac. Soe. Lond., vol. iii, p. 330, 1899.

+ Moll. Afrique Equat., 1899, p. 14.

® Reisen Arch. Philippinen, vol. iii, p. 42, 1870.

5 Ber. Senckenb. Ges., 1893, p. 64.

7 Abh. Ges. Naturw. Hamburg-Altona, vol. vii, pt. ii, p. 22, 1883.

390 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Lieut.-Colonel Godwin-Austen,! who suggested retaining the Pacific
Island shells in that genus. With regard to conzcordes, he stated that
the animal belongs certainly to the Zonitidee. Mollendorff subsequently ?
came to the conclusion that another name was available for the group
of conicoides, i.e. Dendrotrochus, proposed by Professor Pilsbry as
a sub-genus of Papuina for Helix helicinordes and its allies, which
Mr. Hedley has proved,? however, to have affinity, not with Papuina,
but with Zrochomorpha. Under these circumstances I think we are
justified in retaining the genus Zrochonanina, taking 7. Schmeltziana
as the type, and in giving a new designation to the group of conicotdes,
from which I propose to dissociate conus and multicarinata.

KuryBasis, nov. gen.

Shell conoid or depressed conoid, imperforate, whorls increasing
slowly ; upper surface striated, generally with a few spiral lire near
the lower suture, but in some species the whole surface is spirally
decussated ; base finely striated, more or less excavated round the
umbilicus. The margins of the aperture slightly thickened and
reflexed.

Type, Helix conicordes, Mete.

The genus appears to have its centre of distribution in Borneo,
twelve species being known from that island, while a single species
is recorded from the Malay Peninsula, and another, referred to the
genus with some doubt, occurs in Celebes.

CHIROKTISMA, noy. gen.!

Shell trochiform, imperforate, whorls flattened; upper surface
covered with numerous raised spiral lire ; lower surface shining, finely
striated transversely ; margins of aperture acute, not reflexed.

dls Helix Phil

ype, Helix conus, Phil.

HT. multicarinata, O. Boettger, is cogeneric. The genus appears
restricted to Java. The type much resembles Zrochomorpha coniformis,
Fér., except in the imperforate umbilicus.

5

TEGUMEN,° nov. gen.

Shelltrochoid, narrowly umbilicated, spire concave ; whorls flattened,
strongly ribbed above, finely striated below, the striz crossed by
close microscopic spirals; acutely carinated, the keel pinched.

ry x - : 2

e, Helix petasus-c us :

Type, Helix petasus-chinensis, Heude

This species, from the valley of the Blue River, Southern China,
does not appear to assimilate with any other species known to me.
The genus may provisionally be placed with the two preceding in
Ariophantine.

The next group comprises a number of species from the Marquesas,
the Friendly, and the Society Islands, some of which have been

1 Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond., vol. i, p. 283, 1895.

* Nachr. Deutsch. Malak. Ges., 1897, p. 5.

° Records Australian Museum, vol. ii, p. 90, 1893.

* xeip and krisua, a hand-creation, suggesting engine-turning.
° A covering, in allusion to the hat-like shape.

v

GUDE: ON NEW GENERA OF ZONITID®. 391

referred by various authors to Z)ochonanina or to Microcystis. For
this I propose the name of—

Drastote,! nov. gen.

Shell conoid, imperforate; whorls convex, angulate or keeled at the
periphery, finely striated, the base densely covered with microscopic
spirals; the columellar margin provided with a tooth or callus.

Type, Helix conula, Pease.

I would class the genus with Zrochonanina; it is probably vivi-
parous, since in one of the species (conula) embryos were observed
inside the shells. The following species are included: subconula,
Pease; subvenosa, Ancey ; angulifera, Mouss.; Garrettiana, Ancey ;
and rectangula, Pfr.

The last genus to be proposed is monoty pic—

ADVENA,” noy. gen.

Shell depressed conoid, imperforate; whorls increasing rapidly,
planate above, tumid below, keeled at the periphery, coarsely and
unevenly ribbed or wrinkled above, the earlier ones with the ribs
decussated by about six spiral sulci which gradually become lost or
indistinct on the later whorls, the decussation descending below the
periphery and terminating rather abruptly, beyond which the base is
smooth and polished.

Type, Helix Campbelli, Gray, from Norfolk Island and Phillip
Island.

The present genus appears to me to have some affinity with Fiza
and Hemiplecta.

u eon a diferonies, 2 A stranger.

INDEX TO

VOL. X.

A + is prefixed to the names of fossil species.

A PAGE

Achatina Hesse, u.sp.

kilime, n.sp.

Zanzibarica, var. Naegelei,
m.var. .

Advena, n.g.

Alopia < :

Ambages Sharmani,1 n.g.etn.sp.

+Ambloxus Olequacnsis n.sp.

Anmuiantis . :

Anodonta cygnea

Aphamitoma Locardi ;

Argyropeza aoe n.sp.

Aricia :

Arnoldina, n.g. ;

Atys chelidon, n.sp. -

Azor, anatomy .

B

Beddome, Colonel R. H. pea
notice .

Bembiciwm, Philippi

Bithyma Dunkeri, nn. :

Bloomer, He Hy, “On the
Anatomy of Species of Cuwl-
tellus and Azor’ : '

Boettger, C. R., * Descriptions
of new species of Land Shells
from Africa’. : : :

and Haas, F., ‘On a
collection of Land and Fresh-
water Shells from the ere
Nile Region’ F

Boveney, Holocene deposit

Brannerillus, n.g.

1 physispia, n.sp. :

Brookula stibarochila, n.g. et
Nesp. 219,

Bulinunus castaneo - balteatus,
n.sp

(ieepeenss) Cookei, n. sp.
ordinarwes, n.sp.
oscitans, n.sp.

—— (Serinus) sobrinus, n. 1.8.

Wardi, n.sp. .-
Bullen, Rev. R. A., obituary
notice . :
Bullia (Zeiodomus) Townsend
n.sp.
Burnup, H. Ce ‘On the ¢ occur-

rence of Pupisoma in South
Africa ’ C :

350
351

351
391
90
21
178
345
4

+
246
26
128
253,
tl

293

348

355
318
ig
191

220

12
14
12
12
13
13

C PAGE
Californian Mollusca 112-211
Callina, n.subgen. 193
Callista ; 344
Callizona, n.subgen. 346
Calymna arbor icola, n. sp. 383
Cassidea Perryi, n.sp. 227
Charopa exquisita, n.sp. . 379
Macgillwrayana, n.sp. 379
pseudanguicula, n.sp. 380
Chiroktisma, n.g. . 390
Choanopoma (Ramsdenia) miuwi-
fica, n.sp.. 323
Cirpangopaludima, n. subgen. 194
Clanculus atypicus, n.sp. 225
Clathurella ditylota, u.sp. 252
Clausilia Cookei, n.sp. . 14
+Clavalithes Beadnelli, n.sp. 76
Clionella tripartita . : 54
Cocculina simplicior, n.sp. . 240
Connolly, M., ‘Note on the
existence of two editions of
Férussae’s Tableaux Systé-
matiques ’ 53
Conus Ker madecensis, n. sp. . 227
Cooke, A. H., ‘ The Distribution
and Habits of Alopia, a sub-
genus of Clausilia ’” 90
‘Description of a new
species of Or yptoplas ’ 320
Cooper, J. E., ‘Note on a Holo-
cene Deposit at renee
Buckinghamshire ’ 318
Corneocycladidee, n.fam. . 133
Corneocyclas a Meeki,
n.sp. : . 135
Trenuper ie n. sp. d . 137
Cox, Dr. J.C., obituary notice . 316
Cryptoplax evanescens, N.sp. 320
Cultellus cultellus, anatomy 5
Cyclostrema Le alia
eS De 2 241
spiculigers wm, N.Sp. 241
Cylichna mecyntea, n.sp. . 253
Cyprina islandica 106, 286
Cytheriopsis 272
D
Dall, W. H., ‘ Note on the spay
Panope, Ménard? 34

‘Note on the generic name
Pectunculus ’

394 INDEX.

PAGE
Dall, W. ‘Note on Cyprina
eae g . 286
Dianella, n.n., vice Diana 2 292
Diastole, n.g. . : 5 ay
Didacna Andrasovi, MGT . 293
Discocharopa, n. subgen. 5 Ht
Dosuua . : : ; 5 OE
lucinalis . : : . 214
Drillia euchroés, n.sp.. . 200
Drupa cornus . : : . 288
E
Edentulina affinis, n.sp. . 349
Endodonta (Char opt) Longstafii,
MSPs - 333
Ennea (Gulella) quing uedentata,
n.sp. . A . 3849
Eremina desertorum , . 49
Hulimella Egeria, n.sp. . 247
Eulota (Cathaica) Or estias,
imgs]0s : 5 dul
fruticun, British 1
(Plectotropis) Wardi, n. sp. 11
Hurybasis, n.g. : 390
FE
Fanvulum, n.g 5 Be
Fayum Tertiary Mollusca . - 56
Feérussae’s Tableaux Systéma-
taques . : - 53
Fiji Islands, land shells ; . 825
Fijia, n.g. . 3265
Macgillivra yt, N. n.sp. - 327
Fisherola, n.g. : = Loi
lancides, n.sp. 152
Flamnulina miserabilis, n. n.Sp. 383
+Flumuucola Modoci, n.sp. . 187
Fossarus aptus, n.sp. ; . 245
Fretum lepidum, n.sp.. e265
placitum, n.sp. : . 326
—— Richardi, n.sp. ; . 327
G
Gena Olweri, n.sp. . : . 226
Gibbula erythracme, n.sp. . 241
Glyptorhagada Silveri . 265

Godwin-Austen, H. H., portrait
frontispiece.
obituary notice of Colonel

Beddome . Ow
Gonawis helicordes, n. 1.sp. . 3850
+Gonidea Hemphilli, n. *P. . 128
Gratelouma . 266, 270
Gray, Synops. Brit. Mus. : . 294

PAGE

| Gude, G. K., ‘Note on Viques-

nelia of Deshayes from the
Miocene (Sarmatian) of
Turkey ’ ; 19
* Characters of two un-
described Land Shells from
the Republic of Colombia and
a new genus of Helicoids’ . 21
‘Explanation of the Figures
occurring in Westerlund’s
‘Sibiriens Land- och Sét-
vatten-Mollusker’’’ —.. 24
“On two Preoccupied
Specific Namesin Gastropoda’ 25
“Note on some Helicoids
from New Guinea ’ : 257
“On some Preoceupied
Molluscan Names (generic
and specific) ’ 292
‘ The Helicoid Land Shells
of the Fiji Islands, with
definitions of three new genera
and descriptions of four new

species ” : : . 325
‘Definitions of further
new genera of Zonitide ’ . 389
Gudeella Kigeziensis, n.g. et
Spee : . 285
Vernhouti, n. sp. : . 285
Gyrotomine, n. subfam. : 2 GT
H
Haas, F., see Boettger, C. R.,
and Haas, F. 355

Hannibal, H., ‘A Synopsis of
the Recent and Tertiary Fresh-
water Mollusca of the Cali-
fornian Province, based upon
an ontogenetic classification’ 112
Happia Pilsbryi, nn. . Be)

Heathilla, n.subgen. : . 186
Heliacus Enoshimensis . ei l7/
Helicarion Cozi, n.sp. . = eG
Knysnaensis, n.sp. . ~~ = 16
Helicella caperata . 3 : 4
Hervpensis : > BH)
Helicoids from New Guinea 257
+Helisoma (Perrinilla) Cordil-
lerana, n.sp. : : EG
Helix Aillyi, MyM 6 : os a25
(Hremina) desertorum . 49
rufescens . ‘ : . 264
Heterorissoa secunda, n.g. et
TSP oy ee : : 221, 222
Hydrobia Adamsi, u.sp. . Selon

Hygromia rufescens, auct. <1 5290

I

Iredale, T., ‘New Generic Names
and New Species of Marine

INDEX.

PAGE

Mollusca’. 217
“A Collation of the Mollus-

can Parts of the Synopses of

the Contents of the British

Museum, 1838-1845’. 294

‘The ‘Land Mollusea of the
Kermadec Islands ’ 364
Trenella, n.g. 326
J
Java Mollusea . 229-39
Jeannea Hedleyt, n.g. et n. sp.. 220
Jones, K. H., ‘Note on the
occurrence of Pisiduum Lillje-

borgv in the Isle of Arran ’ 4
Jukes-Browne, A. J., ‘ The

Nomenclature of the Veneridee :

a reply to Dr. W. H. Dall’ 36

‘The genus Dosinia and its
subdivisions’ : go
“On Dosinia lucinalis
(Lamk.) and its synonyms ’ 214
— ‘OnTivelaandGrateloupia’ 266
“On Callista, Amiantis,
and Pitaria’ 335
K
Kennard, A. S., and Woodward,

B. B., ‘ Non-marine Mollusea

from the Old Bed of the

Thames at Barn Elms with

Margaritana. (Pseudunio)

auricularius (Speng.)’ 332
Kermadec land Mollusea . 364
Kieconcha, n.g. 373
Kincaidilla, n.subgen. 148
Krapfiella magnifica, n.sp. 283

princeps, N.sp. . 284
L
Levapecinss, n.subfam. 147
Lagochilus trochiformis, n.sp. . 237
Lanx ae Saas:

n.sp. 149
Laoma (Phr iagnathus) grac ilis,

ESD. : : . 3834
Lapparia Par ki 55
Lapsiella, n.g. < 223
Latiaxis princeps, n.sp. 248
Leucothea, n.subgen. 346
Liardelia, n.g. 3 . 326
Ligatella Letourneuxi ee Ene

intermedia, n.var. 353

VOL. X.—SEPTEMBER

a tiiioy

Linicolaria Alhiensis, n.sp.
Featheri, n.sp.
Kempi, n.sp.

—— Kwuensis, n.sp.

| —— Koenigi, n.sp. .
| —— Latkipiaensis, n.sp.
| —— Lerow, n.sp:

— Nakuruana, n.sp.

—— Nyiroensis, n.sp.

—— pellislacerte, n.sp.

—— Percwali, n.sp.

radius, n.sp.

radula, n.sp. : ‘
(Rebmanniella) percurta,
n.sp.

perobtusa, n.sp-
scabrosa, n.sp.

spp., viviparous
Limnobasilissa, n.subgen.
+Lioplax Andersoniana, n.sp. .
Lippistes tropeum, n.sp. -

| Lora, Gistel

Lymnea Coopert, n.sp.
Lyropupa, n.sect.

M

Mangilia anarithma, n.sp.

clarisculpta, n.sp.

| Margaritana (Pseudunio)
Herrei, n.sp.

Mar ginella (Gibber ula) 1 eplicata,
n.sp.

Mathilda ‘telamonia, n. sp.

Melarhaphe, Menke .

+Melongena Andrewst, n.sp.

Melvill, J. C., ‘ Description of
Sistrum Oparense, n.sp., from
the South Pacific ’

‘Descriptions of thirty-

three new species of Gastro-

poda from the Persian Gulf,

Gulf of Oman, and North

Arabian Sea’

‘Note on the identity of
Toriniadensegranosa, Pilsbry,
and 7. Enoshimensis; Melvill’

Microparmarion Jacobsoni, n.sp.

Migranaja, n.g. P

Mitra biconica .

Monilea incerta, n.sp. ‘

Monterosato, Marquis de, ‘ Note
on the genus Pseudomalaris,
Fischer, and descriptions of a
new species and sub-genus ’

Murex mancinella

ramosus, Var.

to
=]

396

N
Natalina liliacea, n.sp.

INDEX.
PAGE PAGE
17 | Preston, H. B., ‘ Description of

Neocyclotus Peilet, n.sp. . 22
Neoplanorbme, n.subfam. 147
Neothias, n.g 223
Nesopupa. 385
New Guinea Helicoids 257
Newton, R. B., ‘On the Lower
Tertiary Mollusca of the etre
Province of Egypt’ 56
O
Obituary notices ‘ Dil ola wolo
P
Pachycheilus 225
tPachychilus Drakei, n. sp. 183
il Lawsont, n.sp. 183
Paludestrina confusa 43
Newtoni, nn. . 292
Panope, Ménard 34
Paralaoma, n.gen. 380
ambigua, n.sp. 381
Raoulensis, n.sp. 381
Pectunculus ‘ 255
Penion, Fischer 223
Perrimlla, n.subgen. 159
Phacosoma, n.sect. . 100
Pisidiwm Hibernicum 54
Lilljeborgii 4
Pitaria 346
Pitarima, n. sect. 346
Planorbis levistr vatus, n. sp. 107
ii (Segmentina) Mojavensis,
n.sp. ov
Ur uguayensis, n.sp. 107
vorticulus 42
Plectotropis Tenggerica, n. ‘sp. . 233
Pleurotoma (Clionella) bipartita 53
Pleurotomella Evadne, n.sp. 252
hypermnestra, .sp. 253
Presidential Address 56
Preston, H. B., ‘ Descriptions of
new Terrestrial Mollusea from
North-West China ’ 11
‘Descriptions of new Heli-
coid Shells from Cape Colony’ 16
“Characters of three new
species of Freshwater Shells
from Uruguay ’ 107
‘Descriptions of five new
species of Limicolaria from
British East Africa ’ 108
‘ Descriptions of new species
of Linuicolaria and Krapfiella
from East Central Africa ’ 277

two new Helicoids from British
Kast Africa and Uganda’ . 285
‘Characters of a new sub-
genus and species of Choano-

poma from Cuba’ . : . 323
Pronesopupa, n.g. . : . 384
senex, 0.Ssp. . C - 385
Pseudoglessula Leroyi, vay.
obtusa, n.var. : ; . 852
Naegelei, n.sp. ; . 352
Pseudomalaxis ; : . 362
Actoni, n.sp. . . 362
Ptychodon amandus, n. sp. . 378
pseutes, N.sp. . : . 378
Royanus, n.sp. : aii
Pupisoma japonicum 3 AG
orcula. : 5 Seto

+Pyrgulopsis Williamsi, n.sp. . 189

Q
Quoyula, n.g. . F : . 222i
R
Ramsdenia, n.subgen. 1 a2a
Rhachis obeliscus, n.sp. . . 308
Stahlbergi, n.sp. 352
Rissoa rg) Alphe-
sibei, n.sp. . ; . 244
—- Aristet, n.sp. . . 244
densilabrum, n.sp. . 245
Fissoma tibicen, n.sp. 245

Robson, G. C., ‘On a ease of
presumed Viviparity in Limi-

colaria’ F 32
“Note on Gilyptorhagada

Stlvert (Angas) ’ 265
“On some remarkable Shell

Monstvrosities ’ : : . 274
Roya Kermadecensis, n.g. et

n.sp. . é : : . 218

Royella, ng. . : : 5 PAIS)

SS)

Scala Alizone, n.sp. ; . 241
aspicienda, n.sp.. . 242
Idalia, n.sp.. : . 242
pasiphaés, n.Sp. 243,

Schepman, M. M., ‘Ona collec:
tion of Land and Freshwater

Mollusea from Java’ , 229
Shaw, H. O. N., ‘ Note on the

genus Aricia of Gray’ . . 26
Shell monstrosities . 5 , 2a:

et

Sunodia, n.sect.
Sistrum Oparense, n.sp. . :
Smith, E. A., ‘ Note on a large
specimen of Anodonta cygnea’
‘Note on Pleurotoma
(Clionella) bipartita, Smith ’ .
“On the generic name to be
applied to the Venus island ee
Linn.’

‘Note on Mur ex manci-
nella, Linn.’ j : ;
Solecurtus (Azor) ie
anatomy °

coar ctatus, anatomy .

Sowerby, G. B., ‘ Notes on the
shells of Tridacna and de-
scription of a new species ’

tSpherium (Amesoda) Ander-
sonianun, 0.sp. j

t Catheri me, n. sp.

+ —— Rogersi, n.sp.

Spirolaxis, n. subgen.

Stelfox, A. W., “The occurrence
of Helicella Heri ipensis
(Mabille) in Great Britain ’

“Notes on some British

Non-marine Mollusca ’

‘On Hygromia rufescens,
auct., in Ireland’. :
Strombus gigas, abnormal
Succinea Javanica, n.sp . :
Suter, H., ‘ Note on ina

Par ka’ :

* Descriptions of three new
species of Land Shells from
New Zealand :

Sykes, E. R., ‘ Note on Aphani-
toma Locar di, Bavay, and
Mitra biconica, Sykes’. ;

Synopsis, contents, British
Museum

iT

Tegumen, n.g..

Terebra ambrosia, n. ‘sp. ‘
Tertiary rocks of India, fauna .
Thais, Bolten .

gemnulata :
Thalassohelix p One, n. as
Twwela

Toruia densegr anosa
Enoshimensis .
Trachycystis Coxi, n.sp. .
Knysnaensis, n.sp.
mucrostriata, n.sp.

INDEX
PAGE
100 | Trichotropis crassicostata, n.sp.
27 | Tridacna, internal monstrosities
list of species
4 acuticostata, n.sp.
Tritonidea castanea, n.sp.

53 | Trivia desirabilis, n.sp.
Trochonanina Germaini, n.sp. .
Trochus Royanus, n.sp.

105 | Trophon subtropicalis, n.sp.
Turbonilla (Nisiturris) materna,
287 n.sp. 3 3 :
vallata, n.sp.
7 | tZurritella Oppenheimi, n.n.
8
U
29 | Unio batavus .
t transpacificus, .s
Bp spacifi D.
132
131 Vv
363 | Valvata macrostoma
Vanikoro Wallacei, n.sp. .
; Veneridz, nomenclature
39 | Venus islandica
a Vertigo Moulinsiana
42 Viquesnelia
5 Vatrinopsis Collingei, n. sp.
290 | +Vi wiparus (Callina) Turneri,
263 mesp. :
235 | + Washingtonianus, n. 1.Sp.
_ | tVoluta Beadnelli, n. n.
55 Vredenburg, E. W., ‘Remarks
on the Evolution of the Recent
oe Marine Molluscan Fauna in
333 the Newer Tener Rocks of
India ’ :
4
W
294 | Walkerola, n. subgen.
Woodward, B. B., ‘Fragments
of Limestone eroded by Heli-
cella caperata’
390 “On the occurrence of
250 Pisidium Hibernicum in
259 Southern Sweden ’
299 see Kennard, A. §., and
288 Woodward, B. B.
333
266
317 “Z
317 | Zalophancylus, n.g.

18 + Morani, n.sp.

17 | Zingis perlevis, n.sp.

18 | Zonitide . -

Printed by Stephen Austin and Sons, Ltd.,

iE Tertford :

397

PAGE
243
274

29
30
249
226
348
225

227

247
248
81

259

152
152

17
389

S7ARGES FOR ADVERTISEMENTS.

OUTSIDE COVER. Each insertion—

Whole page . ‘ : 30s.
Half page : : 15s.
Quarter page . : 7s. 6d.

INSIDE COVER. Each insertion—

Whole page . : ; 20s.
Half page : : 10s.
Quarter page. ‘ y 5s

Walacological Soctety of Wondon.

(Founded 27th February, 1893.)

Officers and Council—elected 14th February, 19138.
President :—Rev. A. H. Cooxn, M.A., F.Z.S,

Vice-Presidents :—G. C. Crick, F.G.S.; R. Butnen Newton, F.GS. ;
H. B. Preston, F.Z.8. ; E. R. Sykes, B.A., F.1S.

Treasurer :—J. H. Ponsonpy, I".Z.S., 15 Chesham Place, London, S.W.

Secretary:—G. K. Gupn, F.Z.8., 45 West Hill Road, Wandsworth,
London, S.W.

Editor:—I. A. Surru, [.8.0., 22 Heathfield Road, Acton, London, W.

Other Members of Council:—Rev. E. W. Bowext, M.A.; C. OLDHAM ;
G. C. Rosson, B.A. ; H.O. N. Saaw, F.Z.S.; J. R. ne B. Tomiin,
M.A., F.E.S.; B. B. Woopwanp, F.LS.

By kind permission of the Council of the linnwan Socivry, the
MEETINGS ave held in their apartments at Burtinaron Hovusy,
Prccapinny, W., on the second Fripay in each month from NovEMBER
to JUNE,

The OBJECT of the Society is to promote the study of the Mollusca,
both recent and fossil.

MEMBERS, both Ordinary and Corresponding (the latter resident
without the British Islands), are elected by ballot on a certificate of
recommendation signed by two or more Members.

LADIES are eligible for election.

The SUBSCRIPTION is, for Ordinary Members 10s. 6d. per annum
or £7 7s. for Life, for Corresponding Members 7s. 6d. per annum or
£5 5s. for Life. All Members on election pay an Entrance Fee of 10s. 6d.

he PROCEEDINGS are issued three times a year, and each
Member is entitled to receive a copy of those numbers issued during

membership.

[Vols. I-VIII and Vol. IX, Parts I-III, consisting of 52 Parts,
price 5s. net per Part. Parts 1V-VI of Vol. IX, and all
succeeding Parts, price 7s. 6d. each. A discount of 20 per
cent upon the above prices is allowed to Members purchasing
these Volumes or Parts through the Secretary. ]

Further information, with forms of proposal for Membership, may be
obtained from the Secretary, to whom all communications should be sent
at his private address, as given above.

STEPHEN AUSTIN AND SONS, LTD., PRINTERS, HERTFORD.

fp e

,—

ie
ri a lel 3
re ea
ee
i iy y
i
i) DAR @
% is

he
71

| tie, 6 ei al
ay ii ; o F
ge

VoOmaiNo YSAIGVagi lt LIONANICO OMILAOUNIAN TNOTIITULION

INSTITUTION
Satuvyugiy
INSTITUTION
INSTITUTION.

HSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLIWS
5

se diatated 5

NVINOSHLINS S3iuvugit

SMITHSONIAN
NVINOSHLIWS
SMITHSONIAN

OSHLIWS saruvugin LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION

.
We

HSONIAN

NOILNLILSNI
LIBRARIES
NOILNLILSNI

INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI eNOS EUaS saluvugly

Saiuvugin LIBRARIES

INSTITUTION

INSTITUTION

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
ce.

Sh
ay

IOSHLINS S3IIYVYEIT LIBRARIES

NVINOSHLINS S3!1u¥WvWYa!IT LIBRARIES _SMITHSONIAN

NVINOSHLINS S3/1Y¥VvVual

NVINOSHLIWS
SMITHSONIAN
SMITHSONIAN

HSONIAN _ INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI a edn tg saiuvuai

LIBRARIES

NOILNLILSNI
LIBRARIES

OSHLINS S3IYVYdIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION

INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI
INSTITUTION NOILNILILSNI

INSTITUTION
Saiuvugiy
=e

HSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLIWS Salyvygiy

SMITHSONIAN
NVINOSHLIWS
SMITHSONIAN
NVINOSHLIWS
_SMITHSONIAN

LCLIITITIATC CRM UW U oT 1p eR MAMI AO AREITILICAARIL ARAL 6 RIC TITIITIAA

L
L

N NVINOSHLIWS S3IYVYdIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUT]

~~ i ee

INSTITUTION N
saiuvugit

INSTITUTION A
SaINVNGITL

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLIWS lala
~

NVINOSHLINS S31uvuagit

i si

SMITHSONIAN
SMITHSONIAN

NVINOSHLINS
NVINOSHLIWS

N

NVINOSHLINS saruvual LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTI

ee
NOILNLILSNI

NOILNLILSNI
LIBRARIES
NOILNLILSNI

8 SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NWINOSHLINS S3I1YVa'

SaIMVUGIT LIBRARIES

INSTITUTION

INSTITUTION
INSTITUTION

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUT

3N NVINOSHIIWS saluvugit PPRARTSS

4,
Wy,
es
NVINOSHLINS S3iuvuadit

z i Zz WY Zz KX
fe gy 2 Be aN

: : aes :

= > = =

” a ” ”
ES.SMITHSONIAN~ INSTITUTION. NOLLALILSN! NVINOSHLINWS S31] uve

Fa Zz ”

a 2” a ” ASS sae
\ ea ec i AWS oc
t, < % = <x = hg
3 SX <
) ; : 5 MA eg
fo = m = ry

“as ° = =

- _2 aa 2 So teal
SNI_NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYSIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUT
yoy z c ae OE:
83) = w ro @
Wes > 2 5 ne.
s) 2 E 5 2 E
\2 ; 2 E, 2

v z D z D

ES SMITHSONIAN ead al NOILNLILSNI NYINOSHLIWS sbi

SNGHLIWS

AVINOSHLINS

SMITHSONIAN
NVINOSHLIWS
SMITHSONIAN

ee ee 8 ee ee

We ae {
hee % Kg A hEOHY TE RECS ES
ee wa wie, oud

Ti RRS Natt SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION LIBRARIES

aed fos 6 4
De ee id HY EH 16 CE Ba
. CTR Ry ee ee wd {
Hedy ghee hot gid es A OE
ce Dive wae ae EPA Dey “ve
Kb ob ret A$ rr hee ak et A ,
hae .4g ier ; rt *
Pre Chel esl fer es fas f:
8 ¥ , al.

De 3 9088 00843 7691

Hie fie ae
OH EW Mid
feo en Saito ge.

Hiei haw ged ee

Als eae
ft wit ar es core
BAA CA AEE AE EM EMD SAL
WE eC ee eee ee
CM AAN NAKA OR HAD OREN ODA Sts
TY renee eae ee nig
GeO RANG MOEIT-te BNO SE Me
MC hl AU fo kon Mee x
CAB HAE HEE DS Ce GT BY €
ee ACME Kn hem Mit digs OE CTR Sw Sts
Hse ME foe ACO toe ORAL Ald OF eH ees
SHO eh Hab he oA a dM te oes
OF de AeA Be
OW ee na
0 Cee Bed
te ge te oe
1 AOL a.
bb Ai kd oe fh
Hah eogele bee Beek
LAA NG AOR
HAN Ghai
Lh ra medht ert ce Whale Git
COA MH IF Boe He
Mingel ttt ok Oe

ig A Peek Wl Gta eS
PN ne ‘ a \
Steel erk ‘ ah 4

ares he are An

AaNes ree i ‘
SATU aS Wi

Pe ven ey

CORN ALE

i wht

ata ‘
we Waa
ask Te ee
wha 40 he
a Cea ae

WRASSE LAR ea

AD CE RL CO Vis ke OR
Perse hee hs ee vi poe. LAM ASE RRA Beale YM
OUR Tah BR USE AAS | ARES AAA EET

: hak
PET Rte es
aaah ay RA bb
eA a A AA a ey
=k Vasa VA
ih Ae Aw
ee Ph hea ae hs Wh
= 6.44 Ose & he bo ok